K I PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. VOL. VI. FROM MAY, 1862, TO MAY, 1865. SELECTED FROM THE RECORDS. BOSTON AND CAMBRIDGE: WELCH, BIGELOW, AND COMPANY. 18 6 6. -^loA qIO io 2 ^ ^ ^' PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. SELECTED FROM THE RECORDS. VOL. VI. Five buudred and ninth meeting. May 27, 1862. — Annual Meeting. The Pkesident in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to the ex- changes of the Academy. As Secretary of the Council, he also read its Annual Report upon the changes which have occurred in the Academy during the past year, as follows : — Five Resident Fellows, one Associate, and three Foreign Honorary Members have deceased since the last anniversary meeting. The names now removed from our list of immediate members are those of Nathan Appleton, Samuel A. Eliot, Richard Sul- livan, Cornelius Conwat Felton, and Luther V. Bell. The Hon, Nathan Appleton, LL. D. died at his residence, in this city, on the 14th day of July last, at nearly 82 years of age, — having been born on the 6th day of October, 1779. He was a native of New Ipswich, in the State of New Hampshire, whither his family had removed from Old Ipswich, in the State of Massachusetts. He enjoyed the advantages of a good school educa- tion, was fitted for College, and was regularly admitted to the Fresh- man Class at Dartmouth, in August, 1794. But it having been de- cided that he should be a merchant rather than a scholar,' he abandoned the collegiate course at the very outset of the term, and came at once VOL. VI. 1 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY to Boston, to enter upon commercial pursuits in connection with his elder brother, the late excellent Mr. Samuel Appleton. By his per- severance, his industry, his integrity, and his force of character, he rose to the very first rank among the merchants of Boston, and iden- tified himself with not a few of the most important enterprises of the last half-century. He was associated with the late Mr. Francis C. Lowell in the introduction of the power loom into our country, and in the establishment of the cotton manufacture in New England ; and he was one of the founders of the great manufacturing city which bears the name of his associate and friend. But his practical pursuits by no means absorbed his attention. He found time to observe, to think, to read, and to study ; and he acquired the power of communicating the results of his reading and reflection in a style of remarkable condensation and clearness. He was not without a taste for natural science, and was early accus- tomed to travel with a compass in his pocket, with a view to making observations as he went along. In a communication which he prepared in April, 1826, and which was published in Silliman's Journal in the following October, under the title of " Proofs that General and Power- ful Currents have swept and worn the Surface of the Earth," he was among the first to call attention to those grooves and scratches on the surface of the rocks which have since given occasion to so much scientific discussion. His studies, however, were mainly directed to subjects connected with his business pursuits. He studied the laws of currency and credit, of trade and revenue, of labor and wages ; and his writings on all these topics were among the most valuable of the period in which he lived. They were generally brief articles, thrown into the columns of a newspaper from day to day, to meet the exigencies of an immediate question. But sometimes they assumed the form of elaborate essays. His " Remarks on Currency and Banking," published origi- nally in 1841, and which reached a third edition in 1857, may be men- tioned particularly, as an important contribution to the right under- standing of this much-vexed subject, and one which has by no means lost its interest or its value with the occasion which called it forth. Mr. Appleton was frequently employed in public life, and I'endered distinguished service to the Commonwealth and to the whole country, both as a member of our State Legislature, and as a member of Congress. His speeches, in the House of Representatives of the OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 27, 1862. 6 United States, on the Tariff and the Protective System, were marked with great ingenuity and ability. He was an antagonist whom no one cared to encounter a second time. But his tastes were not for the strifes and contentions of political service, and he always returned with eagerness to the quieter walks and duties of life. He was univer- sally resj^eeted in the community in which he lived, and will long be remembered among our most sagacious and successful merchants, and among our most enterprising, upright, and public-spirited citizens. The Hon. Samuel Atkins Eliot died at Cambridge, on the 30th day of January, 1862, in the 63d year of his age. He was the third son of Samuel Eliot, Esq., an eminent and wealthy merchant of Boston, whose name is so honorably connected with the Professorship of the Greek Language and Literature at Harvard University. Mr. Eliot, our late associate, was born in Boston on the 5th of March, 1798, and was graduated at Harvard in 1817. After finishing his collegiate course, he entered on the study of divinity, but soon abandoned the idea of becoming a clergyman. He did not attach himself, however, to any other profession, but devoted himself for many years to literary studies and pursuits. He was deeply interested in the public charities of Boston, and contributed several elaborate articles in relation to them to the pages of the North American Re- view. He was an ardent lover of music, and was hardly second to any one of his time in his eflPorts to pi'omote the systematic culture of this delightful science in the community in which he lived. He was an active and earnest friend to the University at Cam- bridge ; serving it faithfully for more than ten years as its Treas- urer ; adding to its Library a noble collection of works on American History, at a cost of not less than five thousand dollars ; and prepar- ing and publishing (in 1848) a compendious and excellent sketch of its rise and progress. His services were often put in requisition by his fellow-citizens in important public stations. He was associated, for a period of five successive years, with the municipal government of his native city, — for two years as one of its Aldermen, and for three years as its Mayor. In 1850 he was elected to Congress as the Representative of the Boston District, and took his seat at a moment when the oi'dinary responsibilities of the longest service were crowded within the little period of an expiring term. Li all these positions he exhibited a 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY fidelity and a firmness which secured him the esteem and confi- dence both of those whom he represented and of those with whom he acted. He was a gentleman of varied accomplishments, of liberal culture, of generous impulses, and of the highest moral principle. He was eminently a practical and useful man, always ready to render a service to his friends, or to the public, wherever he could find or make au opportunity. Entei'ing upon commercial pursuits during the latter years of his life, he met the reverses which unexpectedly befell him with Christian courage and resignation ; and proved himself entitled to the respect which he ever enjoyed, in adverse as well as in pros- perous fortune. Many more years of usefulness and honor might have been hoped for him by his friends, might have been anticipated by himself: but he lived long enough to secure an enviable remembi'ance among his fellow-men, and to lay up treasures beyond the reach of reverse or accident. The name which comes next in order upon our annual obituary record is that of an aged associate, who, although for more than fifty years a Fellow of the Academy, so long ago retired from our meetings that his venerable form was to some of its younger members probably unknown. The Hon. Richard Sullivan was born at Saco, Maine, June 17th, 1779 ; was graduated at Harvard College in 1798 ; was admitted to the Suffolk bar in 1801; and died, December 12th, 1861. Although his life was marked by no brilliant epochs, and although he has left no monuments of fame, yet if purity and integrity, a generous culture and refined tastes, urbanity of manners and dignity of mind, gentleness in prosperity and fortitude in adversity, uniform benevolence and a consistent faith, constitute a just title to respect, his character is worthy of honorable notice, and his name is an ornament to the roll of the Academy. His services on behalf of the institutions and interests of education, literature, philanthropy, and religion were as efficient as they were unostentatious. To him, as much as to any individual, this Com- monwealth is indebted for that advancement of agricultural knowledge and taste which has contributed so much to the productiveness of its soil, the embellisliment of its scenery, and the comfort and enjoyment of its people. The Massachusetts General Hospital, of which he was one of the founders, — the College, his Alma-Mater, of which he was for OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 27, 18G2. O many years an Overseer, — the Divinity School at Cambridge, which he assisted in establishing, — besides other public associations, were large- ly indebted to his prudent counsels and well-directed exertions. He was a member, for several years, of the Legislature of Massachusetts and of the Executive Council. The few specimens which are remem- bered of his qualities as a writer and public speaker are such as to leave no doubt that, had he more extensively cultivated and exercised his gifts, he might have secured an enviable reputation for eloquence. He always enjoyed retirement, and as his strength began to fail he not reluctantly withdrew from the world, and, gracefully gathering his unspotted robe about him, calmly awaited his change. Dr. Luther V. Bell was born in Francestown, New Hampshire, Dec. 20, 1806. He was the second son of the Hon. Samuel Bell, who held successively the offices of Chief Justice, Governor, and U. S. Senator of his native State. At the age of sixteen Dr. Bell was graduated at Bowdoin College, and received the degree of Doctor in Medicine at Dartmouth College at the age of twenty, and later in life the honorary degree of Doctor of Laws from King's College, in Nova Scotia. He commenced the practice of medicine in his native town, where he soon acquired a distinguished reputation as a successful physician and skilful surgeon, and especially for his tact in meeting with limited means the emergencies in which country practitioners are so often called upon to act. In 1834 he deceived the Boylston prize for a dissertation " On the Diet best fitted for the Inhabitants of New England," and in the following year he offered for the same prize a second dissertation " On the External Exploration of Disease," a subject which was then just beginning to attract the attention of medical men in this country. The prize was justly awarded to Dr. O. W. Holmes ; but the dissertations of Dr. Bell and of Dr. Haxall of Virginia were considered of unusual merit, and, through the liberality of the late Dr. Shattuck, they were printed in the publications of the Massachusetts Medical Society. Through these dissertations and his professional reputation his name became favorably known thi-oughout New England. The establishment of an Asylum for the Insane in New Hampshire having been proposed, Dr. Bell became one of its most earnest advo- cates. The inquiries of several benevolent persons revealed the existence of insanity to an extent wholly unsuspected : still the Legis- lature and the politicians shrank from incurring the expenditure neces- 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY sary to an adequate provision for so much suffering. To advance this object in question, Dr. Bell was elected a member of the Legislature ; and no one contributed more largely than he, by his infiuence among the members and by his writings in the public journals, to insure the success of the enterprise. While engaged in this important public service, and probably in no small degree in consequence of it, he was invited to take charge of the McLean Asylum. This appointment was highly honorable to him, as it was wholly unexpected and unsolicited on his part. He entered upon the duties of his new office early in the year 1837, and continued to perform them with unsurpassed zeal and fidelity for a period of nearly twenty years. There is but little in the routine life at such an institution which can properly be brought before the public, and yet there are but few positions where the responsibility to the public is more serious, or of a more delicate nature. The complicated details of the management of the internal affairs of an asylum for the insane, the demands, sometimes conflicting and often unreasonable, of those interest- ed in its inmates, call for very varied and efficient executive abilities, and these he possessed in an eminent degree. Endowed with a mind naturally shrewd and observing, with wide interests and attainments in science and literature, an extensive knowledge of men and things, quiet and unostentatious, but at the same time frank, genial, and attractive, he commanded the respect and confidence of all who came in contact with him. That his administration of the affairs of the McLean Asylum were wholly successful is proved by the fact that, while under his charge, its means for usefulness were greatly increased, it attained to higher confidence in the community, and steadily advanced in reputation as the best-organized charity of its kind in the country. His published reports give abundant evidence of the success of his treatment, of the justice and truthfulness of his character, and of his intolerance of any- thing like exaggeration in presenting the results of his labors to the public. While his life at the Asylum was necessarily one of comparative seclusion, he was ever ready and willing to aid in the establishment and further the objects of other institutions for the treatment of the insane. In 1845 he was commissioned by the trustees of the Butler Hospital for the Insane, in Rhode Island, to visit Europe to collect information, and to report upon the best plans for the construction, warming, ventilation, and internal economy of the newer and better- OF AKTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 27, 1862. 7 organized Asylums. Visiting Europe for the first time, he gave his whole time to the one object of his mission, spending the day in visit- ing the institutions and the evenings in the preparation of his plans, giving little or no attention to other objects of interest which had so many attractions for his inquisitive and enlightened mind. The results of his labors have been presented to the public in various forms, partly in a Report to the Trustees of the Butler Hospital, partly in a discourse delivered before the membei's of the Massachusetts Medical Society at their annual meeting, and in a printed volume entitled " The Practical Method of Ventilating Buildings." Dr. Bell occupied an eminent position in relation to the jurispru- dence of insanity ; and in our courts of justice his opinions were often called for, and were received with entire confidence and respect. The best criterion of the justness of his professional reputation is to be found in the estimation in which he was held by the members of the medical profession, who trusted in his wisdom and honoi-ed him with their high- est gifts. His last days were given to the country. In the early stage of the rebellion he offered his services, and was appointed surgeon of the 11th Massachusetts Regiment of Volunteers. At the battle of Bull Run he distinguished himself, not only by his humane devotion to the sick and wounded, foes as well as friends, but by the timely aid he secured for many of the soldiers who were wandering about after the disas- trous retreat, without direction, and suffering great privations. He was subsequently made Brigade-Surgeon, and served in General Hooker's division on the Lower Potomac, where, in the active discharge of his duties, he was attacked with inflammation of the pericardium, and died in camp on the 11th of February, 1862. His life was a beneficent one ; and thousands in the community whose minds have been restored from disease to health will hold him in grateful remembrance ; and yet others in coming years will reap the fruits of his religious devotion to the interests of benevolence and humanity. Cornelius Conway Felton, LL. D. was born in West Newbury, INIassachusetts, jSTovember 6, 1807. His boyhood was passed amid the privations incident to the embargo and the war with England, so ruinous to the maritime parts of the North. He was formed by nature for a scholar, and even in extreme childhood showed aptness for learn- ing. But the means of his parents were very limited, and he was early obliged to depend wholly on himself. The boy was an epitome 8 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY of the man. He was industrious, exceedingly rapid in acquirement, always the resort of his schoohnates for aid in difficult tasks, always giving assistance with cheerfulness and alacrity, never jealous, con- stantly improving himself and amassing knowledge of all kinds. Moreover, his delicacy of thought and conduct in early years was as remarkable as his other traits ; and these peculiarities distinguished him through his whole life. Beside the common-school training in the districts where his father at different times resided, the entire period during which our associate obtained the advantage of schooling in the classics was just one year and nine months ; and yet, when, prompted by his teacher, he sought to become a student of Harvard College, and offered himself for admis- sion, his acquisitions, especially in the Greek and Latin classics, were far beyond the requirements of that institution, and, under the cir- cumstances, quite astonishing. He entered College in 1823, and re- ceived the degree of A. B. in 1827, among the first scholars of his class. He was eminent in every branch of the collegiate studies : if superior to all others in any one respect, it was in the Greek lan- guage and in general philology. His mind seemed to seize a lan- guage with no painful effort in the mastery of its vocabulary or its structure, and his memory retained it with an iron grasp. For two years after leaving College Mr. Felton was employed in teaching school in Geneseo, New York. In 1829 he was appointed Latin Tutor in Harvard College, and was transferred to the Greek Tutorship in 1830. From his first appointment at Cambridge till his death, his whole life was identified with that institution. Nearly a generation of men have witnessed his untiring devotion as a teacher. In 1832 he was made College Professor of Greek ; and in 1834 he succeeded Dr. Popkin as Eliot Professor of Greek Literature, which chair he filled with signal ability until the year 1860. He mastered the whole classic literature of Greece, and became imbued with the life and genius of her people in all the epochs of her eventful history. He was familiar with the works of all the erudite Germans who have wrought in the same rich mine, and his knowledge extended to other realms of science. He also became a deep student of the English language and literature, as well as of those of most European nations. Art also found in him a votary. He was evidently first won by its illustration of his favorite authors. But soon his mind recognized the creative genius of the artist as akin to that of the poet, and he woke OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 27, 1862. 9 to a perception of the more abstruse meaning of Art ; then he became entirely fascinated with Grecian sculpture and architecture, and we find him discoursing on the union between Greek Art, Song, and Philosophy. He took an active part in the government of the College under four administrations, and was for several years, as Regent, the chief ex- ecutive assistant of the President. But his interest was not entirely absorbed by his academic duties. He had time to give, and zealous services also, to the cause of education and science elsewhere. He was an active member of the Massachusetts Board of Education, and one of the Regents of the Smithsonian Institution. In these offices of honorable confidence his influence was widely felt. He was a ready and an eloquent writer, always prepared to uphold the cause of truth. In the latter years of nis life he established a leputation also for his interesting popular addresses on many passing occasions which could have allowed but little preparation. But his tongue and pen were never more eloquent than when employed in the interests of Greek learning, and in describing the reawaking of Hellas. He twice visited Athens. Becoming deeply impressed by the institu- tions of that city and the learning of its scholars, he was full of hope for the future of Greece, and through her of Eastern Europe. He enjoyed the opportunity thus allowed of knowing her men of letters and her statesmen ; and, bearing with him their lasting friendship, he returned with the desire of proving to others his own convictions of the importance of modern Greek civilization and literature. Mr. Felton's published writings have been already enumerated in print. They consist chiefly of editions of the Greek Classics, of Ho- mer, the Agamemnon of ^schylus, the Panegyricus of Isocrates, the • Clouds and the Birds of Aristophanes, and compilations for the use of advanced classical students. He also published an edition of Smith's History of Greece, adding a continuation from the Roman Conquest down to the year 1844. His contributions to Reviews on a variety of subjects are numerous and able. Besides the lectures pertaining to his professoi'ship, he also delivered four courses upon Greek Literature before the Lowell Institute in Boston, and others at the Smithsonian Institution at Washington. Nor does this enumeration fully represent the sum of his literary labors. The trait of his childhood remained a peculiarity of his mature life. Every one who needed literary aid applied to him, and was sure to receive a willing response. The VOL. VI. 2 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY amount of these generous contributions to the works of other writers can never be specified. In his educational works, as well as in the class-room, President Felton always aimed to develop before his pupils the prevailing thought of the author, and to lead them to appreciate its beauty or its grandeur. If they were reading an oration of Demosthenes, he rather helped them to perceive the compact perfection of the whole design, than lingered upon the phrases. All appliances of historical, archaao- logical and critical knowledge were sought to help this great object. And yet the notes to his editions contain enough of minute philological remark, showing an appreciation of those points of discussion which the profoundest grammarians have dwelt on. His mirthful nature, also, — another attractive feature of his mind, — caught every merry allusion and sparkled in its light, adding a grace to the wit it reflected. As he performed the prime duty of a teacher, that of securing his own growth while cultivattng others, his teaching became continually more successful ; and although his kindly nature led him to be lenient to the short-comings of his pupils, and to overlook their devices, yet the scholarly men of every class felt, as they passed under his care, that they were in contact with a master mind. Particularly has this develop- ment been apparent since his European tours in 1853 - 4 and in 1858. With the Odyssey before him, he then traced the Greek headlands and the islands of the -3^gean, and learned to interpret the author by this commentary. Iliad in hand, he wandered over the Troad, and believed in Homer. At Athens he demonstrated to sceptics the identity of the Pnyx ; and, standing on its Bema, looked towards the Acropolis and recalled the thunder-words of the great orator. Wandering to the re- mains of the Dionysiac Theatre, he was in imagination present at the representation of the Prometheus. He climbed the steps of the Pro- pylaea, and, standing amid the ruined glories of the Parthenon, looked down on the waters of the Saronic, and away to the blue heights of the Peloponnesus, and read the whole Grecian history in the scene. He felt too the consecration of these monuments in the holier reminiscences of Mai's Hill. The vivid pictures thus obtained, with the wider range of thought received from intercourse with the highly cultivated minds he encountered wherever he travelled, so wrought upon his plastic nature, that he seemed almost a new man, — so fed and rekindled was his en- thusiasm for his favorite studies, — so felt was his assured position among the world's scholars, and so extended were his sympathies with everything embraced in human science. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 27, 1862. 11 Thus developed, and thus prepared by academic life for the office, he succeeded to the presidency of the University in 1860. He entered on his new duties with the most conscientious determination to perform its functions with a sole regard to the best interests of learning and the true glory of religion. His aim was to bring about some whole- some reforms, and to foster a manly public sentiment among the stu- dents in favor of mental culture ; to withdraw the young men from the pursuit of pleasure ; to bring them more into sympathy with their teachers ; to make the college less a resort of those who wish to amuse themselves, and more a place for vigorous training. In this endeavor he had achieved some measure of success ; and, sustained by public opinion, had his life been spared, he would doubtless have seen his wishes fully realized. Disease had already insidiously approached him before he entered on this new office, the duties of which, so unremitting and engrossing, with such painful outlay of sympathy, evidently aggravated an organic derangement of the heart. He was advised to drop his cares and give himself rest during the vacation of the College, and he went to visit his brother near Philadelphia. There, early in February last, he was seized with more aggravated symptoms, and lingered till the 26th of that month, when, surrounded by his brothers, sisters, and wife, exhib- iting all the amenities of his nature, he closed his eyes on this world, to explore the glories of the next, — leaving a void here, and wherever his talents and character could be appreciated, never to be filled. His age was 54 years 3 months and 20 days. Greece speaks by her living representative from the ranks of the Academy in the following epitaphion, in the language that our brother loved so well*: — 'Ei/^dSe fj yrj KaraKoKinTTei KopvTjXiov KovFeiov '^eXrava Tov iv KavTa^piyia Ap^ap8iov '2va'TrjfiaTos Ylp6e8pov. 'E/3ia) eTT] N A, [irjvas T, fifiepas K. MerrjWa^e fir]v6s (fit^povapiov K ?, trovs \CISB. O'lxeai els 'Ai'Soo, cpiXcov noXv (^tXroTe ^eXrco!/, 2oiy 8' irdpois XeiVftS aXyea Koi (TTOva)(ds. 'H [lev KkalovfTLv aocplrjs dyadoi BepcmovTes, 'EXXcs S', ijj/ €(f)i\ei.s, afjv dpertjp nodift. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Don Angel Calderon de la Barca, the only member upon the associate list whom we have lost, so far as is now known, during the past year, died, at his residence, near San Sebastian, only a day or two after our last anniversary, viz. on the 31st of May, 1861, seventy years old. This eminent Spanish statesman, who was elected into the Academy while resident in this country, was also born upon our side of the Atlantic, in what was then the viceroyalty of Rio de la Plata. But he was early sent to Spain, and trained for the diplomatic service of his country in the Bureau for Foreign Affairs at Madrid. At different times he had different secretaryships in some of the principal countries of Europe ; and, like others in similar relations to his government, suffered occasionally — once at least severely — from the factions that disturbed his country's peace. Later, he was twice Minister to the United States ; his first term of service falling wholly or chiefly in the time of Mr. Van Buren, and his second in that of Mr. Tyler. During the latter, he managed with honorable ability a question which for a short time disturbed the friendly relations of Spain and the United States. In the interval between these two missions, he was sent with large powers to Mexico, as the first authorized ambassador from Spain to her revolted colony ; and by his wisdom, his moderation, and a kindliness of temper which everywhere smoothed the roughest paths before him, he established between the two governments relations of amity which many statesmen had thought impossible, and which in fact did not long continue after he left the country. His success as a diplomatist who carried into all his negotiations a spirit of conciliation and forbearance, was at this time so appreciated, that, in a season of trouble and anxiety, he was summoned to Madrid, and placed at the head of the foreign affairs of the government. But, notwithstanding the great advance- ment such a summons implied, he left the United States with regrets, openly expressed, and with no anticipations of permanent favor in his high place, or of permanent benefit to his Queen or her people. His misgivings were soon sadly realized. The factions that divided his country became more and more exasperated. Tumults followed. The administration of which he was a member was broken up by violence ; and although his well-known fidelity and honor, no less than well- known toleration, caused a marked distinction to be made between him and some of the ministers with whom he was associated, he felt at OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 27, 1862. lo once that he was proscribed and doomed. At first he found hospitality under the flag of one of the foreign ambassadors ; but it was soon certain that neither Madrid nor Spain could afford him the shelter his honor demanded. He therefore escaped to France, and passed a period of no common anxiety at Paris and in its neighborhood. When calmer times came, the injustice that had been done to him was felt by all. He was therefore recalled to Madrid, and received, with other distinctions, that of a place in the Senate, whose duties he fulfilled during the few remaining years of his life with assiduity and dignity. But even in youth ambition had never been a prominent trait in his character, and now in old age he felt more than most men the unfitness of office and power. He never again sought public place, but lived retired and much respected, either at Madrid during tlie sessions of the Cortes, or at his villa on the shore of the Atlantic, where he died. Sefior Calderon was a person of much elegant culture, and was familiar in many languages in diffei-ent departments of literature, some of which are rarely sought or valued by his countrymen. The Ameri- can Academy may be thought bound to take the more careful charge of his memory, since he lived so long among us, and since his only published works, except those connected with his duties as a states- man, were, we believe, two that appeared in the United States. One of these is a graceful translation into Spanish octave verse of Wieland's Oberon, which appeai'ed at New York in 1841, in a duodecimo volume of 318 pages, of which it may be not unsuitable to add, that a copy, materially corrected and improved by his own hand, is preserved by one of his friends in this city. The other is a translation into Spanish of Miiller's Universal History, in four large octavo volumes, published at Boston in 1843, — a labor which, we believe, he undertook to gratify friends in Mexico and Cuba, who desired to read in their own language a book which he had taught them to believe was so much to be valued for the condensed instruction it affords. The Foreign Honorary Members deceased during the past year are BiOT and Barlow of the first Class, and Sir Francis Palgrave of the third. Sir Francis Palgrave died on the 6th of July, 1861, aged seventy- two years. He was one of those men who not only do honor to their calling, but who elevate the calling itself. The strenuous application, 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY endless patience, and intense interest in the past, which make the province of the antiquarian so respectable, are not unnaturally asso- ciated with a microscopic and narrow vision. The discoverer, adding his own zeal and toil to the inti'insic worth of his discovery, is not in the best position fairly to compare it with things before known, and to set it in its true place. A positive benefactor to his fellow-men, he suffers in their estimation by the morbid or doting fondness with which he cherishes his benefactions. Antiquarian inquiry is often pursued as a relief from active cares, or as a refuge from the burden of unemployed ease. Idle men overvalue the light work which they really do, and busy men overvalue the by-occupation which proves their capacity to do more than one thing. But the highest kind of antiquarian research, that which follows the legal and political vestiges of the past, and seeks to unbury the cradle of a nation's institutions, is no secondary business. It tasks the energies of the best-trained mind. This was the field in which Sir Francis Palgrave labored with marked success ; and his services have been largely used and gratefully acknowledged by writers whom it is a distinction to have pleased and aided. Though his studies often led him to explore special questions, and kept him more closely to English antiquity, his researches were not without a wider scope. One thread runs through most of them. To his mind, the ground-fact in mediaeval and modern history is the perpetuation of the Roman element. The fourth empire he finds in existence still, and in possession of the area of civilization. This thought, which connects ancient, mediaeval, and modern history to- gether, though not absolutely new, and though held and enforced of late in greater or less extent by other eminent inquirers, was with him an independent and unborrowed one. Not content with linking the destiny of Continental Europe to the influence of the Eternal City, he seeks to bridge over the channel which insulates his native island, and to draw Britain also within the same great circle. In following out, sometimes it may be with excessive emphasis, this comprehensive and fruitful idea, he was able to turn to account the vast reading which had domesticated him in the Middle Ages. His familiarity with the history of art, particularly of architecture, appears in his contributions to the two leading English periodicals, in which he shakes off the dust of the Record Office, and sometimes rises to a strain of moral eloquence. Travellers in Europe have been indebted to him, often perhaps without knowing it, as the learned and able compiler of the " Handbook of North Italy." OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 27, 1862. 15 Having published, some thirty years ago, a small volume on the His- tory of England under the Anglo-Saxon Period, and an elaborate work on the Rise and Progress of the English Commonwealth, he was en- gaged in his last years on a " History of Normandy and England." Of this work he lived to complete three volumes, to publish two, and to make progress in at least a fourth. The double aspect of his sub- ject would enable him to develop and enforce his leading ideas on early French and early English history. The published volumes deal only with the Continental side. The English portion, for which his wide and deep studies had liberally furnished him, will, it is to be hoped, soon be brought out. The work, so far as it has appeared, abounds in the fruits of learning, and bears perpetual witness to the Christian zeal and moral thoughtfulness of its author. That it has not won for him the highest honors of an historian, but has left his reputa- tion to rest mainly, as before, on his great antiquarian labors, is owing less to a want of unity of thought (although the plan of the history has been in some respects excepted to) than of unity and proportion in the execution. He has too readily yielded to the temptation to digress and moralize ; his imagination is not sufficiently curbed by severe taste ; and his style is occasionally eccentric, even to the verge of the gro- tesque. His plea that a history is not strictly a work of art is not a full absolution for these peculiarities. But even in the part already published, as well as in many of Sir Francis's earlier essays, there is abundant life ; and the reader meets with striking thoughts, sometimes expressed with great felicity and point. In fine, if not a great historian. Sir Francis Palgrave, as a great his- torical antiquary, has contributed invaluable materials to history, and he has left behind him a most honorable example of fifty years of ac- complished, disinterested, and devoted study. Professor Peter Barlow was born in Norwich, in 177G, and educated in that city. His strength of character and mathematical genius displayed themselves* at an early age. In 1806 he was ap- pointed one of the mathematical professors at the Royal Military Academy at Woolwich, which office he held forty-one years. He was the author of numerous works, among which are his well-known treatises on the " Theory of Numbers," " The Strength of Materials," and his " Essay on Magnetism." He was the author of most of the articles on subjects of practical mechanics and the useful arts in the Encyclopcedia Metropolitana. These papers have been collected and 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY published in a separate volume. To him also we are indebted for the discovery of the cause of the weakness of hollow cylinders when ex- posed to an internal pressure, as in the hydrostatic press. His dis- covery of the means of correcting the local attraction on the compasses of ships brought him into great notoriety ; he received the Copley medal, and was elected on the Council of the Royal Society. The Board of Longitude conferred upon him the rewards provided for useful nautical discoveries, and he was likewise placed by government upon several royal commissions connected with public works, while many foreign governments and societies bestowed their honors upon him. When at length, in 1847, he retired from the Royal Military Academy, the government awarded to him the full income of the pro- fessorship for the remainder of his life, in consideration of his eminent services. In his person and manners, Mr. Barlow presented a fine specimen of the thorough, straightforward Englishman. His simple and up- right character and his kind and cheerful disposition endeared him to all who were honored with his acquaintance. Jean Baptiste Biot was born in Paris, on the 21st of April, 1774. He died on the 3d of February, 1862, at the advanced age of nearly eighty-eight years. Having studied in the College of Louis-le-Grand, Biot joined the army. After he left the Artillery service, which he had first chosen, Biot entered the Polytechnic School, and then became Professor in the Central School at Beauvois. He was Professor of Physics in the College of France from the year 1800, and Professor of Astronomy in the Faculty of Sciences in Paris from 1809. He had been a mem- ber of the Institute since 1803, and of the Bureau of Longitudes since 1806. Biot enjoyed the honor, which had fallen to no one besides, of be- lono-inf to three of the classes of the Institute, viz. the French Acad- emy, the Academy of Inscriptions and Belles Lettres, and the Acad- emy of Sciences. In the Academy of Sciences, of which he was chosen a member at the age of twenty-seven, Biot was assigned to the section of Geometry. For, although he is most familiarly known to the pres- ent generation as a physicist, he began his career as a mathematician and astronomer. No one in France was so much at home with the Mecanique Celeste of Laplace, all the computations in which he re- peated, besides making annotations on the most difficult passages. The OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 27, 1862. 17 session of the French Academy of Sciences on the 18th of April, 1853, was rendered memorable by the congratulations extended to Biot upon the completion, only a few days before, of his Academical Jubilee. On this occasion Thenard observed that it was a sufficiently comprehensive tribute to Biot to say simply, " that it was fortunate for science that Biot had been a member of the Academy of Sciences for 50 years." Although the senior member of the Academy, he remained in the full exercise of his great intellectual powers to the last. During his illness, which was not alarming at first, and which continued only eight days before it suddenly terminated in death, he conversed with his associates, and responded to the profound interest taken in his restora- tion. When the fatal consummation of his malady, which at last mani- fested itself as congestion of the lungs, was announced to the Acad- emy by Duhamel, the minds of all were too much paralyzed even for reminiscences or eulogies, much more for the election which had brought them together, and an adjournment was immediately voted. The Institute of France made a large part of the life of Biot. He came at length to look upon himself almost as the personification of it, and spoke of its concerns with an authority conceded to no one else. He was keenly alive to its privileges and its honor. In 1837, and again in 1842, he expressed his misgivings as to the influence which the pub- licity of its meetings and the weekly publication of the Comptes Ren- dus would exert upon science. And again in 1858, in his Melanges Scientijiques et Litteraires, he expressed the conviction that the Acad- emy, by wishing to be known to the multitude, had lost in independence what it had gained in vulgarity. " Dieu veuille que son avenir scien- tifique ne se trouve pas profondement affecte par cet echange ! " Under the conviction, almost universal, that Biot was the most illus- trious embodiment of the Academy and of science, the wish has been expressed that his place in the section of Geometry should remain vacant for one year, as happened after the death of Cuvier and Pois- son. It was understood that Biot was ready to die as soon as the geometer Bour had ripened into a fit candidate to succeed him. On the death of Poinsot, Biot inquired of the mathematician Bertrand, what young man promised the greatest future in the career of geomet- rical analysis. Bertrand replied, " Bour. But he will not be of full stature for three or four years." " Then," says Biot, " I need not hurry myself." Soon after, Biot asked the same question, and received the same answer again. In a short time Bour received a package contain- VOL. VI. 3 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY ing a rare copy of the works of Lagrange, which had never been collect- ed, but which were scattered in Memoirs of different Academies, with this inscription : " Presented by Lagrange to Condorcet, by Condorcet to Lacroix, by Lacroix to Biot, by Biot to Bour, by Bour to ." Biot's long and laborious life furnishes one of the most brilliant illus- trations of science. He had no higher earthly ambition than to dis- cover new laws of nature. He was not ambitious, as Arago, to add political distinction to his scientific honors. In 1804 he prevailed upon the Listitute not to vote for Bonaparte's elevation to the throne. But his conscience as a man of science revolted at the thought of wast- ing any time in the distractions and jealousies inseparable from political preferment. As the Abbe Moigno adds : " L'aureole de la science lui paraissait infiniment preferable k l'aureole de la politique." The most elaborate works of Biot are, — 1. The Trait e de Geometrie Analytique, 1802 ; 2. The Physique Experimentale, in 4 volumes, 1816 ; 3. The Precis de Physique, in 2 volumes, 1817 ; 4. The Traite d'As- tronomie, in 3 volumes, 1805 ; and afterwards in 1850 in 6 volumes, with an Atlas. The latter labor he finished at the age of seventy-six, with- out the aid of younger collaborators. Besides these most important trea- tises, he published in 1803, Essai sur VHistoire des Sciences pendant la Revolution Frangaise ; Relation d'un Voyage fait dans le Departement de V Orne pour constater la Realiti d'un Meteore observe a VAigle ; Re- cherches sur les Refractions Ordinaire, ^c, 1810 ; Tables barometriques portatives, 1811 ; Recherches Experimentale et Mathematique sur les Mouvements des Molecules de la Lumiere autour de leur Centre de Gravi- te, 1814; Recherches sur Plusieurs Points de VAstronoinie Egyptienne, 1823 ; Recherches sur rAncienne Astronomic Chinoise, 1840. In connec- tion with Arago, he published Recueil d' Observations Geodesiques, SfC, Sfc, executes par Ordre du Bureau des Longitudes de Prance, en Es- pagne et en Ecosse pour determiner la Variation de la Pesanteur, 1821 ; Instructions pratiques sur V Observation et la Mesure des Proprietes Optiques appelees Rotations, 1845. He also published, with Lefert, in 1856, Commercium epistolicum J. Collins et aliorum de Analysi Pro- mota, ^c. To these must be added the Melanges Scientifiques et Lit- teraires, in 3 volumes, 1858. Space would fail even to enumerate his many scattered memoirs and notices. A conception may be formed of the enormous literary and scientific labor of his life, by considering that he contributed twenty- three memoirs to the Institute, and one to the Memoires des Savans OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 27, 1862. 19 Etrangeres; that he published eight papers in the Memoires d'Arcueil, twenty-three in the Bulletin de la Societe Philomatique, fifteen in the Annales de Chimie et de Physique, forty in the Comptes Rendus, four in the Journal des Mines, three in the Journal Polytechnique, and one each in the Connaissance des Terns and the Journal de Physique. He became editor in the mathematical department of the Journal des Savans in 1816, and has himself contributed largely to its pages, be- sides furnishing many notices in the Bibliotheque Universelle. These numerous publications only presented the fruits of great historical or experimental research, often in new and difficult fields of investiga- tion, ranging through every branch of Physics, Chemistry, Astronomy, and Mathematics. He welcomed, in their infancy, the new-boi-n sci- ences of Electro-Magnetism and Radiant Heat, and nourished them from his own affluent resources. At one time we see him listening to the different sounds of the same organ-pipe, when filled with various gases ; at another time, he is lost in the mazes of astronomical chronol- ogy, or delving among the remains of ancient Chinese science. Now he is solving a problem in the attraction of spheroids, or the tauto- chronous curves, or the mathematical laws of heat and sound, and then, again, he is experimenting on the gases in the bladders of fishes, or on the elastic force of vapors, or the eye-pieces of telescopes. He handles with the same delicate touch the hypothetical atoms of chemistry and the second differentials of the calculus. No speciality in the phy- sics of our own globe eluded his vigilant eye. The figure of the planet ; the variations of terrestrial gravity and terrestrial magnetism; the multitudinous phenomena of the atmosphere, its constitution, its limits, its refractions, ordinaiy and extraoi'dinary ; the aurora borealis ; mete- oric stones ; — all these subjects, however incomplete they yet remain, received an additional touch at his hands. But the great thought in all his studies was given to theoretical and experimental optics. The polarization and double refraction of light, and its applications to crys- tallography, its use as a substitute for chemical analysis, and the pro- duction of artificial crystallization by heat, pressure, or induration, were favorite topics of study, on which he experimented largely and wrote voluminously. The most original step which Biot took in science was when he dis- covered the laws of rotatory polarization, and their application to the analysis of various solutions. His labors upon this subject extend over forty years of his life, and culminated in the brilliant discovery by 20 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Faraday of the rotatory influence imparted to glass when exposed to the constraint of electro-magnetic induction. Biot was the ablest champion of the corpuscular theory of light. By his celebrated hypothesis of movable polarization, which fills the entire volume of the Academy of Science for 1812, he succeeded in giving a formal explanation to the phenomena of depolarization, and of delaying for a time the triumph of the theory of undulations. In this attempt he had the sympathy of Laplace and other prominent mathe- maticians, who found the speculations of Biot more congenial to their habits of thought than the theory of Fresnel. Arago, however, soon entered the lists against Biot, and the discussion was carried on with such bitterness that these distinguished physicists, once intimately asso- ciated, were wholly estranged from each other. It may be inferred, however, from the reflections of Biot in his Melanges Scientijiques et Litteraires, that, if he were not altogether converted to the undulatory theory of light, he could not but acknowledge the wonderful felicity with which Fresnel had adapted it to the various classes of phenomena with which experimental research had enriched the domains of optics within the present century. Few salient points present themselves in the even tenor of a life dedicated to the unostentatious pursuit of science, as that of Biot was par excellence. In 1804, Biot and Gay-Lussac proposed to ascend in a balloon to the higher region of the air, to measure the force of terrestrial magnetism at gi'eat elevations, and to experiment upon the chemical and electrical properties of the atmosphere at different heights. By the instigation of Berthollet and Laplace, aided by the influence of the great chemist Chaptal, who was then Minister of the Interior, the government gave its support to the projected enterprise ; and one of the celebrated balloons of Conte, which had survived Na- poleon's campaign in Egypt, was intrusted to the scientific explorers, and the artist who constructed it was placed at their disposal to pre- pare it for its peaceful ascent. Supplied with a full complement of barometers, thermometers, hygrometers, electrometer, and instruments for measuring the magnetic force and dip, as well as frogs, insects, and birds for galvanic experiments, the scientific voyagers embarked in their aerial car on the 23d of August, 1804. They began their experi- ments at the altitude of 6,500 feet, and continued them up to the alti- tude of 13,000 feet, and with a success commensurate with their wishes. The last part of the excursion, and especially the landing which they OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 27, 1862. 21 made, was so difficult, and even dangerous, tliat, according to the state- ment of Sir John Leslie, " Biot, though a man of activity, and not de- ficient in personal courage, was so much overpowered by the alarms of their descent, as to lose for the time the entire possession of himself." At the commencement of 1806, Biot, accompanied by Arago, who was then only twenty years old, left Paris to resume the measurement of a degree of the meridian in Spain, which had been interrupted by the death of Mechain. Arago, in his autobiography, has given a de- tailed account of the labors and dangers of this scientific enterprise, all of which, however, were successfully surmounted. To connect by tri- angulation the station at Deserto de las Palmas with Campvey, in the island of Ivi9a, required intense signals, capable of being seen nearly one hundred miles. Long and anxiously they awaited a favorable opportunity, encamped on inhospitable mountains, with no society but the winds and the eagles. In the summer of 1817, Biot was despatched to the Orkney and the Shetland Islands, to correct some disputed astronomical observations ; and thus at both extremes he was instrumental in fixing that ideal meridian line which the finger of geometry has drawn from Uust, in the North Sea, to Formentera, in the Mediterranean, — the sure foun- dation of the French metre and the decimal system which the Revo- lution introduced into science. Biot returned to Paris by the way of the Greenwich Observatory, and there, in presence of Arago and Hum- boldt, he experimented on the vibrations of the pendulum, Humboldt being willing, as Biot expressed it, to lay aside for the moment the mul- titude of his other talents, for the sake of being only a good observer. Durino- his two months' residence in the Shetland Islands, Biot lost no opportunity of observing the aurora, and studying for himself the problematic phenomena associated with it. And wherever he trav- elled, he was not unmindful of the climate, or the manners and customs of the people nurtured under it. His good sense and calm philosophy are often forcibly impressed on his writings. The Itahans pity the French, because doomed to live under a cold sky ; the French are con- tented, but pity the English ; the English are contented, but pity the Scotch ; the Scotch are contented, but pity the Shetlanders ; the Shet- landers are contented, but they, too, pity the Icelanders, for the inhos- pitable chmate of their Northern home. " La verite est que dans tons les climats du monde, I'homme peut vivre avec une somme de bon heur a peu pres egale, s'il porte avec lui les vertus sociales et les resources du commerce et de la civilization." 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Biot was the last survivor of a brilliant epoch in science, made illus- trious by the names of Laplace, Gay-Lussac, Cuvier, De Candolle, and Humboldt, and inspired to extraordinary activity by the spirit of the early French Revolution. Biot outlived, by ten years, his own son, Edward Constant Biot, who shared his father's love of knowledge, rose to be a member of the Academy of Inscriptions and Belles-Lettres in 1847, was distinguished by his acquaintance with the Chinese lan- guage, and is well known as an explorer among the archives of Chinese science. When Biot and Arago were engaged in Spain upon their geodetic survey, they had an interview with the Archbishop of Valencia, to seek his protection. Biot left the liall of reception without kissing the hand of the Franciscan. Before Arago could escape, he was recalled, and obliged to submit, though he confesses he had in mind chiefly the suc- cess of the survey, and the beautiful stone in the ring of the Archbishop, which he coveted for optical experiments. Late in life Biot returned to the bosom of the mother Church, and received the rite of confirma- tion at the hands of his own grandson. Biot was able to accomplish a task, enormous even when measured by his long hfe, in consequence of his simple and regular habits of study and recreation, and the singleness of heart with which he dedi- cated himself to the study of physical laws. He wrote during the forenoon, took a walk at noon, read in the afternoon, and passed the evening in the family circle. The Journal des Dehats of February 6 has the following notice : " To-day, at noon, the obsequies of Biot were attended by a crowd of the colleagues and friends of the deceased. The entire Faculty of Sci- ences, and many members of the Institute, assisted at the sad ceremony. The Normal and Polytechnic Schools were represented by large depu- tations. The funeral cortege was directed from the Church of St. Etienne-du-Mont to the cemetery Montparnasse, where many eulogies were pronounced. Viennet spoke in the name of the French Academy, Bertrand for the Academy of Sciences, M. de Rouge for the Academy of Inscriptions and Belles-Lettres, Serret for the College of France, and Puiseux for the Faculty of Sciences. A distinguished French litterateur writes to one of our own acade- micians : " Biot's death is a sad loss to our scientific world. He was the only member of the Institute who belonged to the consular period. His successor as Doyen de Reception, the astronomer Matthieu, dates OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 27, 1862. 23 from 1817. A whole age, a whole scientific world, has been borne with Biot to the tomb. Even the venerable Academic Fran9aise is tottering to the grave. Tliat old institution is dying by mere impossi- bilite de vivre. The other classes of the Institute have more sap, and can last much longer." The accessions to the ranks of the Academy since the last report consist of 11 Resident and 4 Associate Fellows, and of 4 Foreign Honorary Members. Four of the newly chosen Resident Fellows are assigned to the first Class, two to the second Class, and five to the third Class. Two of the Associates are of the first, one of the second, and one of the third Class. Of the Foreign Honorary Members recently chosen, Sir William Fairbairn fills the vacancy left by the death of Robert Stephenson in Class I. Section 4. Captain Duperrey, in Class II. Section 1, supplies the place of the late Professor Tiedemann of the third Section. Pro- fessor Bekker takes the place of Professor Thiersch in Class III. Section 2 ; and Professor Trendelenburg, in the first Section, that of Bunsen. The following schedule indicates the numbers of the actual members of the Academy, and their distribution in the Classes and Sections : — Class I. Class Resident 11. Fellows. Class III, Sect. 1 12 Sect. 1 10 Sect. 1 12 "27 " 2 8 " 2 18 " 3 16 " 3 14 " 3 13 " 4 14 " 4 16 " 4 15 49 48 58 155 Associate Fellows. Sect. 1 9 Sect. 1 10 Sect. 1 3 " 2 10 (( 2 7 u 2 8 " 3 11 11 3 9 a 3 2 " 4 7 37 11 4 5 31 (( 4 3 16 84 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Foreign Honorary Members. Sect. 1 8 Sect. 1 8 Sect. 1 5 « 2 6 (i 2 7 u 2 8 " 3 7 (( 3 8 ii 3 3 " 4 4 25 (f 4 5 28 li 4 2 18 71 310 The annual report of the Treasurer, attested by the Audi- tors, was read, accepted, and ordered to be entered m full upon the records. The annual report of the Library Committee, and that of the Committee on Publications, were read, accepted, and ordered to be placed on file. On motion of the Treasurer, appropriations for the various expenditures of the Academy, the same as for the preceding year, were voted. On motion of the Vice-President, a committee was appointed to examine and report on the administration of the Rumford fund ; and, on motion of Dr. M. Wyman, the same committee was instructed to consider the expediency of collecting and reprinting Count Rumford's published writings, at the ex- pense of the Academy. The President, Professors Parsons and Gray, and Messrs. Emerson and J. A. Lowell, were chosen to serve on this com- mittee. Professor Hubert A. Newton, of Yale College, was elected an Associate Fellow, in the Mathematical Section. The annual election was held, and the following officers were chosen for the ensuing year : — Jacob Bigelow, President. Daniel Treadwell, Vice-President. Asa Gray, Corresponding" Secretary. Samuel L. Abbot, Recording Secretary. JosiAH P. Cooke, Librarian. Edward Wigglesworth, Treasurer. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 27, 1862. 25 Council. J. I. BOWDITCH, Joseph Lovering, )- of Class I. e. n. horsford, Louis Agassiz, Jeffries Wyman, y of Class II. J. B. S. Jackson, James Walker, Henry W. Torrey, V of Class III. Robert C. Winthrop, The several Standing Committees, upon the nomination of the President, were appointed as follows : — Rumford Committee. Eben N. Horsford, Joseph Lovering, Daniel Tread well, Morrill Wyman, Joseph Winlock. Committee of Publication. Joseph Lovering, Jeffries Wyman, Charles Beck. Committee on the Library. Augustus A. Gould, William B. Rogers, George P. Bond. Committee to Audit the Treasurer's Accounts. Thomas T. Bouve, Charles E. Ware. Committee of Finance. Jacob Bigelow, ] ^ . , „ -ny f ex officio, by statute. Edward Wigglesworth, J u/ ^ j J. Ingersoll Bowditch, by appointment. On motion of the Vice-President, the meeting was adjourned vol. VI. 4 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY to Tuesday, the first day of June next ; then to consider and act upon the question of awarding the Rumford Premium. Five liundred and tenth meeting. June 1, 1862. — Adjourned Annual Meeting. The President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to the exchanges of the Academy. Professor Child presented a paper, entitled, " Observations on the Language of Chaucer." On motion of Professor Horsford, seconded by Professor Treadwell, it was voted : — "That the Rumford Premium be awarded to John B. Ericsson, for his improvements in the management of heat, particularly as shown in his Caloric Engine of 1858." On motion of Dr. Morrill Wyman, the following resolution was passed, viz. : — " That the sum of six hundred dollars be paid by the Academy, from the Rumford Fund, to Philander Shaw, of the city of Boston, to be expended by him in experiments or investigations relative to air- engines ; said expei'iments and investigations being, in the opinion of the Academy, such as will facilitate and encourage the making of a discovery or improvement which may merit the Rumford Premium or Medals." Five hundred and eleventh meeting. August 12, 1862. — Statute Meeting. The President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary read letters received relating to the exchanges of the Academy. Also a letter from the Secretary of the American Oriental Society, conveying the thanks of that Society to the American Academy for the use of its hall. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : AUGUST 12, 1862. 27 The President, from the Committee appointed at the Annual Meeting on the 27th o^May last, read the following Report. The Committee appointed to examine and report upon the adminis- tration of the Rumford Fund, respectfully report: — The followino; letter was addressed bv Count Rumford to Hon. John Adams, July 12, 1796: — " Sir : — " Desirous of contributing efficaciously to the advancement of a branch of science which has long employed my attention, and which appears to me to be of the highest importance to mankind ; and wishing at the same time to leave a lasting testimony of my respect for the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, ^ I take the liberty to request that the Academy would do me the honor to accept of Five Thousand Dollars three per cent stock in the funds of the United States of North America, which stock I have actually purchased, and which I beg leave to transfer to the Fellows of the Academy, to the end that the Interest of the same may be by them, and by their suc- cessors, received from time to time, forever, and the amount of the same applied, and given once every second year, as a premium to the author of the most important discovery, or useful Improvement, which shall be made and published by printing, or In any way made known to the public, in any part of the continent of America, or In any of the American islands, during the preceding two years, on Heat or on Light ; the preference always being given to such discoveries as shall, in the opinion of the Academy, tend most to promote the good of mankind. " With regard to the formalities to be observed by the Academy In their decisions upon the comparative merits of those discoveries, which, in the opinion of the Academy, may entitle their authors to be considered as com- petitors for this biennial premium, the Academy will be pleased to adopt such regulations as they in then* wisdom may judge to be proper and neces- sary. But In regard to the form in which this premium is conferred, I take the liberty to request that it may always be given in two medals, struck in the same die ; the one of gold, and the other of silver, and of such dimen- sions that both of them together may be just equal In Intrinsic value to the amount of the interest of the aforesaid Five Thousand Dollars stock diu-ing two years ; — that Is to say, that they may together be of the value of Three Hundred Dollars. " The Academy will be pleased to order such device or inscription to be engraved on the die they shall cause to be prepared for striking these medals, as they may judge proper. " If during any term of two years, reckoning fi-om the last adjudication, or from the last period for the adjudication of this premium by the Academy, 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY no new discovery or improvement should be made, in any part of America, relative to either of the subjects in question (Heat or Light), which in the opinion of the Academy shall be of sufficient importance to deserve this pre- mium, in that case it is my desire that the premium may not be given, but that the value of it may be reserved, and, being laid out in the purchase of additional stock in the American funds, may be employed to augment the capital of this premium ; and that the interest of the sums by which the capital may from time to time be so augmented may regularly be given in money, with the two medals, and as an addition to the original premium, at each succeeding adjudication of it. And it is further my particular request, that those additions to the value of the premium arising from the occasional non-adjudications, may be suffered to increase without limitation. " With the highest respect for the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, and the most earnest wishes for their success in their labors for the good of mankind, I have the honor to be, with much esteem and reo-ard. Sir, Your most obedient, humble servant, RUMFORD." ^'■London, July 12, 1796." The stocks mentioned in this letter were received by the Academy in 1797. In 1831 a Bill in Equity was brought before the Supreme Judicial Court of Massachusetts, praying relief in the matter of the Rumford Fund ; and thereupon the following decree was made by that Court : — Decree. — Supreme Judicial Court, March Term, 1832. In Equity | The American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Complainants, between > The President and Fellows of Harvard College, Defendants. " The cause coming to be heard upon the Bill and answer, by agreement of the parties, — the substance of the plaintiff's Bill appeared to be that " Benjamin, Count Eumford, in his lifetime, made a donation to the plain- tiffs of five thousand dollars in the three per cent stocks of the United States, as a testimony of his respect for the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, and for the purpose of promoting by premiums, to be adjudged biennially by them, for the making of such discoveries relating to light and heat, as should, in the opinion of the plaintiffs, tend most to promote the good of mankind, and which should be made and published in the American continent or isl- ands within the two years next preceding the awarding of such jDremium, and directing the surplus income and accumulation of said fund to be invest- ed In the stock of the United States, and the income thereof added to the said premiums. But it is alleged that the mode of awarding said premiums pointed out by the donor cannot usefully, nor without defeating the general OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : AUGUST 12, 1862. 29 intent of the donor, be strictly complied with ; and that in consequence thereof no premiums have been yet awarded, but the said fund has, by the addition of the income thereof, accumulated to the sum of nearly twenty thousand dollars ; and the income thereof for two years has become too large for a proper premium for such discovery ; and that the same cannot longer be con- veniently invested in the stocks of the United States. Therefore, that the plaintiiTs may be authorized to dispose of the surplus income of said funds in other modes adapted to promote the general intent of the donor, and to invest said fund in more convenient securities. " Whereto, the defendants, by answer, admit the material facts set forth in the Bill, but allege that, as residuary legatees of said Benjamin, Count Rum- ford, they are entitled to have paid over to them, for the use of the Rumford Professorship, founded by said Count Rumford, at said University, any por- tion of said fund, and of the accumulation and interest thereof, which cannot be applied in the hands of the complainants to the execution of the general intent of said donor. " The cause having been argued by counsel, and fully considered, it ap- peal's to the Court that the complainants have not done any act, or neglected or omitted to do anything, whereby they have forfeited, waived, or renounced the said donation, and that the President and Fellows of Harvard College have no right, as residuary legatees of Count Rumford, or otherwise, to claim the same, or any part thereof It further appears that the said donation was made to the American Academy for a general purpose of charity, that, namely, of promoting a useful branch of science for the benefit of mankind ; that the Academy accepted the same, upon the terms stated, and for the purposes contemplated by said donation, and are now under obligation to carry the general intent of the donor into effect, as far as it is practicable to do so. It further appears, that, in consequence of the impediments set forth in the Bill, it is impracticable for the Academy to carry the general chari- table intent of the donor into effect in the exact and precise mode specified by him ; but, considering the general and primary intent of Count Rumford to have been to awaken and stimulate the ingenuity, and encourage the re- searches and experiments of individuals on the continent or the islands of America to make important discoveries or useful improvements upon the subjects of Light and Heat, and to cause them speedily to be published for the good of mankind, it does appear to the Court, that it is quite practicable for the Academy to accomplish and carry into effect the general charitable intent and puqiose of Count Rumford by some slight alterations in the mode particularly prescribed by him for carrying the same into effect. It also appears to the Court that it would tend to promote the general charitable intent of the donor to allow the complainants to invest the principal of the said fund in some safe and productive securities other than the stocks of the United States. 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY " Whereupon, it was ordered by the Court that the matter be referred to one of the Masters in Chancery, to report a scheme for carrying into effect the general charitable intent and purpose of the donor, conformably to the prayer of the plaintiffs' Bill ; and now John B. Davis, Esquire, one of the Masters in Chancery for the County of Suffolk, having reported a scheme in pursuance of said order, which, being heard and considered by the Court, and the same appearing reasonable and conformable to the general intent of the donor, is accepted ; and it is therefore by the Court ordered, adjudged, and decreed, for the reasons set forth in the Bill, that the complainants be, and they are by the authority of this Court, empowered to make from the income of said fund, as it now exists, at any annual meeting of the Academy, (instead of biennially, as directed by the said Benjamin, Count Rumford,) award of a gold and silver medal, being together of the intrinsic value of three hundred dollars, as a premium to the author of any important discovery or useful improvement on Light or on Heat, which shall have been made and published by printing, or in any way made known to the public, in any part of the continent of America, or any of the American islands, preference being always given to such discoveries as shall, in the opinion of the Academy, tend most to promote the good of mankind ; and to add to such medals as a further reward and premium for such discovery or improvement, if the complainants see fit so to do, a sum of money not exceeding three hundred dollars. " And it is further ordered, adjudged, and decreed, that the complainants may appropriate from time to time, as the same can advantageously be done, the residue of the income of said fund hereafter to be received, and not so as aforesaid awarded in premiums, to the purchase of such books and papers and philosophical apparatus, (to be the property of said Academy,) and in making such publications, or procuring such lectures, experiments, or inves- tigations, as shall in their opinion best facilitate and encourage the making of discoveries and improvements, which may merit the premiums so as afore- said to be by them awarded. And the books, papers, and apparatus so pur- chased shall be used, and such lectures, experiments, and investigations be delivered and made, either in the said Academy or elsewhere, as the com- plainants shall think best adapted to promote such discoveries and improve- ments as aforesaid ; and either by the Rumford Professor of Harvard Univer- sity, or by any other person or persons, as to the complainants shall from time to time seem best. " And it is further ordered, adjudged, and decreed, that the said fund, or any part thereof, may be from time to time invested by the said complainants either in notes, stocks, or debts of the United States, or of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or of the City of Boston, or in stock of the Bank of the United States, or of any bank in this Commonwealth, or in notes or bonds secured by pledge of any of said stocks, or by mortgage of real estate in this Commonwealth, or may be deposited in trust, and on interest, with the Mas- sachusetts Hospital Life Insurance Company." OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : AUGUST 12, 1862. 31 In 1832 the Rumford Fund amounted to . ... $ 23,159.00 From that time to the present, the receipts of the Rum- ford Fund have amounted to . . . . . 41,574.00 These receipts have been used or expended by the Academy in the following manner : — Addition to the Rumford Fund 3,158.00 (making the sum now $ 26,317). Award to Dr. Hare 600.00 For the publications of the Academy .... 19,642.00 For the purchase of books ..... 12,646.00 For the Telescope and other astronomical apparatus in the Observatory at Cambridge .... 3,776.00 For Rain Gauges, and sundry expenses, by T>i\ Hale, for experiments and investigations relating to the fall of rain 1,697.00 $41,519.00 The above items were taken from the returns made to this Com- mittee by the treasurer of the Academy. In relation to them he says : " The following statements are substantially correct. To make the figures strictly accurate would take more time than I can spare." The Committee offer these facts for the consideration of the Acad- emy ; and with them the following suggestions in respect to the future administration of the trust : — 1. The statutes require that "the Treasurer shall keep a separate account of the income and appropriation of the Rumford Fund, and report the same annually." (Chap. vi. 3.) Your Committee recom- mend that all payments and expenditures from the income of this fund shall be by separate and distinct appropriations. 2. It appears that the Rumford Committee was formerly charged with a general supervision of this trust, and that they directed or superintended the expenditure of such appropriations as from time to time were made from the income of the fund, for instruments, books, &c. Your Committee recommend that this supervision be resumed, and that books, instruments, apparatus, &c. shall be paid for from the Rumford Fund only on the certificate of the Rumford Committee, that such books, «&c. will " in their opinion best facilitate and encourage the making of discoveries and improvements which may merit the Rum- ford medals." 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 3. Your Committee further recommend that the Rumford Committee be instructed to use all pi'oper means to make the Rumford Fund con- stantly active and useful, so as to carry out the donor's intention in the manner defined by the decree of the Supreme Court in 1832, not only by recognizing just claims to the Rumford medals, but also by insti- tuting or encouraging investigations and experiments, which may lead to discoveries or improvements worthy of the Rumford Premium. 4. As one method of effectively promoting the foregoing objects, your Committee would recommend the occasional offering of a premium for the solving of important specific questions concerning the properties or uses of light and heat. Questions or problems of this kind from time to time arise, of much scientific and practical consequence, the settlement of which may probably be expedited by the opportune direction of attention to them by the Academy ; and to those who best solve such problems the medal may perhaps not unfrequently be given. 5. Your Committee recommend that such books or publications as the Academy possess, or may hereafter acquire, by means of the income of the Rumford Fund, should be so marked or ticketed as permanently to indicate the fact that they were so acquired. Should the Academy adopt the foregoing propositions, a few altera- tions of its laws will be necessary to give them effect. A draught of the alterations proposed is appended to this Report. Another subject referred to this Committee was the expediency of republishing the complete works of Count Rumford at the expense of the Academy. The Committee have inquired of a bookselling house the pi'obable expense of an edition of five hundred copies of the three volumes of Count Rumford's works now in the Academy's library, and find that it would be about $ 1,800. Although they would desire to pay any practicable mark of respect to the memory of Count Rumford, both for his services to science and his relations to this Academy, yet they feel obliged to report that it is inexpedient for the Academy, in the present state of its funds, to incur so considerable an expense. Jacob Bigelow, TiiEOPHiLus Parsons, J. A. Lowell, Asa Gray, Geo. B. Emerson. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : AUGUST 12, 1862. 33 Draught of the proposed alterations of the Statutes and Standmg Votes. Statutes : in Chapter IV., amend Section 3, so that it shall read as follows : — 3. The Bum ford Committee, of jive Fellows, to he chosen by ballot ; tcho shall consider and report on all applications and claims for the Rumford Premium, also on all appropriations from the income of the Rumford Fund, and generally see to the due and proper execution of this trust. Chapter VII., as an additional section : — 1". To all books in the library procured from the income of the Rum- ford Fund, the Librarian shall cause a stamp or label to be ajffixed, ex- pressing the fact that they were so procured. Additional Standing Vote proposed : — Boohs, publications, or apparatus shall be procured from the income of the Rumford Fund only on the certificate of the Rumford Committee that they, in their opinion, will best facilitate and encourage the 7nak- ing of discoveries and improvements which may merit the Rumford Premium. The above Report was accepted, and ordered to be printed and distributed to the Fellows previous to the ensuing ad- journed meeting, to be held on the 9th of September, proximo. Also the draught of the proposed Statutes and Standing Vote was recommitted, with instructions to the Committee to report a draught of such other alterations of the Statutes as, in view of the adoption of those now proposed, may appear to them necessary or expedient. On motion of the Treasurer, it was ordered, that the letter of the executors of the late Samuel Appleton's will, which accompanied their donation of ten thousand dollars to the Academy in November, 1854, be recorded, and that a reference be made from the record of the donation to the record of the letter. The meeting was adjourned to September 9, proximo, at 7a o'clock, P. M. VOL. VI. 5 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Five Iiundred and twelfth meeting. September 9, 1862. — Adjourned Stated Meeting. The President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary read a letter from the Libra- rian of the Royal Irish Academy, in reference to the disposi- tion to be made of certain duplicate volumes of the Transac- tions of that Academy which have been found in the Ameri- can Academy's library. The President, as Chairman of the Committee on the Ad- ministration of the Rumford Fund, reported back the amend- ments to the Statutes and Standing Votes, which were again referred to them at the last meeting, with the following pro- posed additions : — To the Statute, Chapter III., vSection 3, it is proposed to add, " which are not chosen by ballot." The Statute, with this addition and a shght verbal change, will read : The President, or in Ms absence the next officer as above enumerated, shall nominate members to serve on all the Committees of the Academy which are not chosen by ballot. In Chapter IV., Section 1, strike out " upon nomination of the President," when the section will read : At the Annual Meeting there shall be chosen the following Standing Committees, to serve for the year ensuing, viz. Section 2 of the same chapter, which now reads, — " The Committee of Finance, to consist of the President, Treasurer, and one Fellow, who shall recommend to the Academy, from time to time, any meas- ures that they may think ought to be adopted concerning the disposi- tion and management of the funds and trusts of the Academy, includ- ing all questions of appropriations and expenditures," — to be amended so as to read : The Committee of Finance, to consist of the President, Treasurer, and one Fellow chosen by ballot, who shall have charge of the investment and management of the funds and trusts of the Academy. Tlie annual and any other appropriations from the general and publication funds shall be moved by this Committee. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : SEPTEMBER 9, 1862. 35 Chapter VL, Section 4, M'hich now stands, — "All moneys which there shall not be pi-esent occasion to expend, shall be invested by the Treasurer, on such securities as the Academy shall direct," — to read: All moneys which there shall not he present occasion to expend shall he invested hy the Treasurer, under the direction of the Finance Com- mittee, on such securities as the Academy shall direct. Amendments were severally moved by Professor Peirce, Dr. B. A. Gould, and Professor Eliot. And the proposed Statutes and Standing Votes, with the proposed amendments, were re- committed to the same Committee, to be presented for final consideration at the next Statute Meeting. Mr. T. H. SafFord communicated a paper entitled, — A Catalogue of Standard Stars : Polar and Clock Stars, for the Reduction of Observations in Right Ascension, with a Discussion of the Positions. In computing the instrumental corrections for a transit-instrument, it is often useful to have a catalogue of stars near the pole, of some extent. The positions of these stars must be known with much ac- curacy beforehand for the current reductions ; and the further deter- mination of their positions may be advantageously made one object of the observations. Such is the process employed at the Observatory of Harvard Col- lege. The twenty-five stars within 10° of the pole, of which the dis- cussion is given in this Memoir, are to be determined there ; the obser- , vations are partially made, in fact, and the positions here given serve for the daily reductions, to be afterwards corrected where necessary. These stars are so arranged as to give means of determining instru- mental corrections at every hour in the night, and often of detecting changes which would otherwise be recognized with difficulty. The risht-ascensions of the clock-stars of the Nautical Almanac are also discussed in the Memoir, but with less detail. There may be systematic differences between the different available catalogues which require further investigation. The thirty-six stars whose places with those of a and 8 Ursae Minoris are given in Wolfer's Tabulce Reduc- tionum are not rediscussed, but the right-ascensions there given are referred to 1855.0. These places depend upon a great many obser- 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY vations, and are probably the most accurate predicted star-positions in existence. They have been made the standard in the Memoir now laid before the Academy, ' Professor Peirce made the following brief communication, — On the Lunar Bolis. In a memoir by the illustrious Plana " on the motion of the centre of gravity of a solid body, thrown towards the earth, between the cen- tres of the moon and the earth, which are supposed fixed in space di- rectly after the impulse," the attention of geometers is drawn to the hypothesis of the lunar origin of the bolis. This memoir deserves to be studied for its interesting mathematical developments. But the limitations of the problem, arising from the immobility of the moon and earth, remove the solution quite far from the case of nature. And yet it would seem that, in its unlimited form, the problem was beyond the powers of analysis. This is indeed the case, theoretically ; but practically, the solution is greatly simplified by giving the moon its proper motion relatively to the earth. The reason of this practical simplification is not difficult to perceive. The path of the bolis which actually comes from the moon to the earth must differ very little from a straight line ; and it is only in the imme- diate vicinity of the moon that there can be any sensible motion per- pendicular to the radius vector drawn to the earth. When the bolis leaves the sphere of the lunar action, then its velocity must be almost wholly in the direction of the radius vector drawn to the earth. A careful and critical analysis fully confirms this inference, which was indeed the basis of Dr. Gould's memoir upon the lunar origin of the aerolites, which was read at the Springfield Meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, and establishes the con- clusions of that original and able memoir. Five Iinndred and thirteentli meeting, October 14, 1862. — Monthly Meeting. The President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary presented the following botan- ical papers : — OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: OCTOBER 14, 1862. 37 1. Characters of some New or Obscure Species of Plants, of Blonopetalous Orders, in the Collection of the United States South Pacific Exploring- Expedition under Captain Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. With various Notes and Re- marks. By Asa Gray. (Continued from Vol. Y. p. 352, November, 1861.)* Cyrtandrce Polynesienses. Since the publication of the diagnoses of the Cyrlandrce of the Sandwich Islands, specimens collected in our Expedition at the Soci- ety and Samoan or Navigators' Islands, accidentally mislaid, have come to light. C. hiflora, the original of the genus, is the only one recorded from the Society Islands. But we have now tolerable mate- rials of two other Tahitan species, as well as four or five from the Sa- moan or Navigators' Islands. Ctrtandra biflora (Forst.) : arborea, pube furfuracea crocea nascentium partium mox delapsa glaberrima ; foliis (3 - 5-pollicaribus) ovato- seu lanceolato-oblongis utrinque subacutis Ijevibus subtus palli- * Cyathodes Douglasii, of the preceding paper, p. 325, proves to be C. imhricata, Stschelglew, in Bull. Soc. Mosc. 32, p. 10, a memoir published in the year 1859, which I had overlooked. Nama. The following is supplementary to the revision of this genus published in the preceding paper, p. 337 : — Specimens of two new species of Nama, collected somewhere in the interior of California, probably in the southern part of the country, by Mr. Lobb, have been communicated to me from the Hookerian herbarium. They do not fall well into place under any of the divisions in my revision ; but one of them might stand next to N. origanifolia, although it has the inflorescence of N. sericea ; the other should be placed between N. hispida and N. sericea, having the white villosity of the latter and the slender sepals of the former. The distinctive characters are annexed. Nama Lobbii (sp. nov.) : albo-pilosa ; caule basi suflFruticuloso ; foliis anguste spathulatis basi longe attenuatis vix petiolatis subtus pilis arachnoideis albo- villosis ; floribus subsessilibus congestis ; sepalis angustissime linearibus sursum attenuatis corolla tubum (limbo paullo longius) subsequantibus ; ovario stylisque hirsutis. Corolla 5 lin. longa. — California, Lobb, No. 108. Nama ststtla (sp. nov.) : viscosohirsutula ; caule debili ; foliis ovatis petiolatis ; pedunculis gracilibus cymoso-plurifloris ; sepalis angustissime linearibus superne baud dilatatis hispidis corolla triplo brevioribus ; stylis longe ultra medium connatis inferne cum ovario hispidis. Corolla semipolHcaris, angusta. — California, Lobb, No. 164. The connate styles, united for more than two thirds their length, are peculiar to this species. 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY dis crenato-subserratis vel subintegerrimis ; pedunculis petiolum paullo excedentibus " involucrum albidum 2 - S-pbyllum caducum pedicel- losque 2-3, unifloros gerentibus"; calycis quinquefidi lobis lato-lan- ceolatis sensim acurainatis ; corolla bipollicari ; fructu oblongo. Folia adulta in sicco chartacea, venis pagina3 inferioi'is albidre perspicuis at vix prominulis. — Tahiti. Also, Tutuila, of the Samoan Islands, unless there has been transposition of specimens. Our specimens are very incomplete, wanting the corolla, calyx, &c. The above character is completed partly from Forster's figures, and his detailed description printed in Guillemin's Zephyritis Taitensis, and partly from notes upon his specimen in the herbarium of the British Museum. Hooker and Arnott, in Bot. Beech. Voy., having introduced the phrase " calyce pubescenti-tomentoso" into the character, must have had one of the following Tahitan species in view, and so probably had De CandoUe. The nearest relative of G. hijiora is the following, from the Samoan Islands. Cyrtandra PtJLCHELLA (Rich in herb. Expl. Exped., sp. nov.) : "fruticosa, tripedalis," glaberrima; foliis oblongo-lanceolatis (o-9-pol- licaribus) subfalcatis basi subcuneata intequilatera versus apicem repando-crenatis supra nitidis subtus pallidis ; pedunculis folio paullo brevioribus 7-9-floris; " bracteis latis" caducis ; calycis coriacei bre- viter injequaliter quinquefidi lobis ovatis obtusis ; corolla bipollicari ; ovario elongato. — Tutuila, one of the Samoan Islands, on the moun- tain ridge. Peduncles 4 or 5 inches long up to the bifurcation, stout, inclined to become fistulous. Anthers, as in all the following species which have an elongated and dry berry, with the cells perfectly paral- lel, and the stigma is 2-lobed ; so that they are truly of this genus. Cyrtandra induta (sp. nov.): arborescens, foliis ingequalibus (al- tero 5-8-, altero 8- 14-pollicari) ovatis seu ovali-oblongis acuminatis dentatis basi inaequilatera scepius acutis pilis pluriseptatis suprk hir- sutis subtus cum petiolis pedunculis ramisque junioribus molliter villo- sis ; pedunculis petiolo tequilongis plurifloris ; calyce infundibuliformi pubescente, lobis lanceolatis acuminatis tubo 2-3-plo brevioribus; corol- la bipollicari ; fructu immaturo elongato-oblongo basi attenuate quasi stipitato. — Tahiti, in the mountains, at the elevation of 2000 to 3000 feet, collected by Professor Dana. I have a less downy specimen, communicated by M. Pancher, said to be very common in moist val- leys of Tahiti, the pubescence of the lower surface of the leaves ferru- gineous. This has been confounded with C. biflora, but it is wholly or ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 14, 1862. 39 distinct. Calyx nearly an inch and a half long when full grown, acute at the base. The forming fruit an inch and a half long, including the attenuate base. Cyrtandra Taitensis (Rich in herb. Expl. Exped., sp. nov.) : fruticosa, "8-10-pedalis," puberula vel glabella, partibus novellis pube minuta sericea subferrugineis ; foliis fere Eequalibus ovatis seu ovato- oblongis acutis vel acuminatis subserratis (6-12-pollicaribus), adultis supra hirtulo-scabridis subtus ad costas prominulas venulasque puberu- lis ; pedunculis petiolo 3- 4-plo longioribus plurifloris ; calyce campanu- lato brevi ad medium quinquefido, lobis ovato-acuminatis ; corolla ses- quipollicari, tubo gracili ; fructu immature elongato-oblongo baud basi attenuato. — Tahiti, in the forest. One specimen is ticketed " Samoa," but as one specimen of the following species is ticketed " Tahiti," a transposition of the loose tickets giay be strongly suspected. Petioles slender, 12 to 18 lines long. Peduncles often thickish, and inclined to be fistulous, 3 to 6 inches long. Cyme appai'ently loose and rather many-flowered, three or four times dichotomous, with a flower in each fork. Coi'oUa white ; the tube narrower and the limb smaller than in the foregoing species. Cyrtandra Samoensis (sp. nov.) : frutescens, novellis partibus minutim ferrugineo- vel fulvo-pubescentibus ; foliis ovatis ovalibusque (6- 12-pollicaribus) aequalibus utrinque saspius acutis vel subacuminatis subdentatis vel fere integerrimis, adultis supra glabratis subtus albidis ad costas prominulas venulasque pubescentibus, petiolo (sesqui - quadri- pollicari) cymis plurifloris breve-pedunculatis bis terve longioi'ibus ; calyce tenuiter pubescente a basi 5- (- 6-) partito, segmentis lato-lanceo- latis corolla semipollicari paullo breviore ; fructu breviter ovoideo. — Tutuila, Savaii, and Manua, Samoan Islands, along the coast. A spe- cimen is ticketed "Tahiti," probably through a transposition. This should be compared with C. latifolia, Benth., a Feejean species not yet met Avith in later collections, which, however, has peduncles 2 or 3 inches, and the petiole only an inch long. In the present species, the peduncle is half an inch, or at most an inch long, the corymbose or umbel-like cyme about the same length. Forster's C cymosa, from Tanna, as described by Vahl, also has peduncles surpassing the petiole. Cyrtandra Richii (sp. nov.) : glabra; caule fruticoso crasso (10- 15-pedali) ; foliis amplis (1 -2-pedalibus) membrana^eis lanceolato- oblongis basi attenuatis subintegerrimis utrinque viridibus ; cymis sub- 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY sessilibus fasciculiforraibus petiolo brevioribus ; " corolla viridula sub- urceolata parvula"; fructu immaturo ovoideo. — Savaii, one of the Samoan Islands, in the deep, interior forest. Petioles 3 or 4 inches long, stout. Calyx and also the corolla not seen by me. Cyrtandra labiosa (sp. nov.) : glabra, prascedenti affinis, sed foliis lato-lanceolatis multo minoinbus (6-7-pollicaribus) ; "floribus majoribus ; corolla alba eximie bilabiata." — Savaii, Samoan Islands. Loose corollas with the very imperfect specimens appear to be short and broad, deeply bilabiate, the lips twice or thrice the length of the tube, the upper one arching, the lower spreading. Cyrtandra pogonantha (sp. nov.) : frutescens ; foliis araplis (pedalibus) utrinque acutis vel basi attenuatis subintegerrimis glabra- tis viridibus membranaceis, nascentibus ferrugineo-pubescentibus ; cy- mis petiolo brevioribus invokicratis brevi-pedunculatis hirsutis ; ala- bastris (calycis) rostrato-acuminatis ; corolla tubulosa breviter bilabi- ata (lobis conformibus ovatis subacutis) extus pilis longis pluriseptatis insigniter barbata. — Savaii, Samoan Islands, in the deep, interior forest. The calyx in anthesis apparently splits down one side to near the middle. Corolla an inch long ; the bearded whitish hairs which cover the outer surface, especially of the limb, are remarkable. In structure they resemble those of the petioles and branches of the two following species. Stamens 2, as of the genus ; anthers exserted from the throat. Fruit not seen. The following are the Feejean species of our collection. Cyrtandra Milnei (Seem, in Bonplandia, 9, p. 257, absq. char.) : caule crasso ; ramis petiolis costaque foliorum rufo-villosissimis, pilis longis multiseptatis superne attenuatis ; foliis (5 - 8-pollicaribus) ovali- bus utrinque acutis vel acuminatis serratis pilosis ; pedunculis brevissi- mis plurifloris ; bracteis amplis ; calyce pedicello longiori tubuloso fere ffiqualiter 5-dentato persistente fructus ovatum includente. — Feejee Islands. This remarkable species we have in fruit only ; the coi'olla and stamens therefore unknown to me. The very shaggy petioles 3 or 4 inches long; the blade of the leaf conspicuously veiny. Fruc- tiferous calyx 7 to 10 lines long, cylindraceous or tubular-cyathiform, glabrate, longer than the included even full-grown fruit. Cyrtandra dolichocarpa (sp. nov.) : frutescens ; ramis gracili- bus, junioribus cum petiolis pedunculisque (unifloris ?) pilis longis rufescentibus multiseptatis (modo C. Milnei) barbatis ; foliis subasquali- bus lanceolato-oblongis acuminatis denticulatis supra hispidulis subtus OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: OCTOBER 14, 1862. 41 breviter fulvo-pubescentibus; calyce longe tubuloso fructu cylindrico siliqujfiformi (1^- 2-pollicari) ucuto -^ breviore sero deciduo. — Sandal- wood or Mbua Bay, Vanua-levu, Feejee Islands. A solitary speci- men, in fruit only. Evidently allied to C. Milnei, by the pubescence, tubular calyx, &c. The latter is made out from vestiges which remain upon one side of one of the fruits, showing that it attains fully an inch in length. Yet it is exceeded by the singularly elongated fruit, which, except in form, resembles that of other species of Cyrtandra, i. e. is corticate, probably fleshy when fresh, but juiceless, and indehiscent. The stamens must determine whether its relationship is with Fieldla or Whitia (the latter probably no good genus) ; but other Polynesian species exhibit a similar, only less elongated fruit. Cyrtandra involucrata. Seem. 1. c. A very imperfect speci- men, from Ovolau, appears to belong to this species (the involucre fallen) ; but my specimen from Dr. Seemann wants the flowers, that of the Expedition the fruit, and both the corolla, — so that I cannot properly identify them nor furnish a specific character. In ours, the calyx is rostrately acuminate in the bud, the lobes subulate from a broad base and about the length of the ovoid-campanulate tube. Cyrtandra anthropophagorum (Seem. 1. c.) : frutescens, minu- tim fusco-pubescens ; foliis oblongis acuminatis subserratis (3-5-poll.) ; pedunculis petiolo brevioribus paucifloris, pedicellis flore longioribus ; calyce ad medium 5-fido, lobis subulato-lanceolatis corolla (semipol- licari) dimidio brevioribus ; fructu ovato-oblongo. — Ovolau. The flower is described from scanty materials in the collection of the Ex- pedition, the young fruit from that of Dr. Seemann. Cyrtandra Pritchardi, Seem. 1. c. Ovolau. Dr. Seemann's materials are probably much better than ours. The Feejee Islands are apparently as rich as the Sandwich Islands in species of Cyrtandra. Besides those above mentioned. Dr. Seemann has the following undescribed ones, which are not in the Exploring Expedition's collection : C. aciitangida, with square branches ; G. Viti- ensis, with a tubular calyx ; C. coleoides, and C. ciliata. None of these wholly accords with one collected by Prof. Harvey, nor with the char- acters of Bentham's G. calycma and C. latifolia. The former must, by its calyx, be of the same group with C. Vitiensis, C. Milnti, tV;c. GentianacecE. ErythrjEA sab^oides. Schenkia sahceoides, Griseb. in Bon- plandia, 1, p. 226. This plant was not met with by the naturalists of VOL. VI. 6 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Wilkes's Expedition. But having examined a specimen of Seemann's no. 2272, and of Remy's no. 375, fx'om Oahu, I cannot regard the plant as other than, a close congener of the plant which it most resem- bles, viz. Erythrcea spicata. The leaves are broader and rounder, being broadly oval, the tube of the corolla proportionally shorter and its lobes broader ; the sepals are less narrow and more carinate, or, if you please, winged on the back. But this varies somewhat, even in the sepals of the same flower, and at most is only a matter of degree, the sepals being carinate, at the base sharply so, in E. spicata. So other American species effect a transition in this respect to Gyrandra, Griseb. {Erythrcea chironioides, Torr.). Grisebach describes the stigma of his SchenHa as " capitulatum," or " crassiusculum " ; but there must be some mistake or confusion here. For in Seemann's own specimens, which I have examined, as also in those of Remy, the stigma is very large and just as in E. spicata, that is, appearing as this organ is char- acterized by Grisebach in the section Spicaria, but upon maceration separating ^completely into two nearly orbicular flat divisions. In Erythrcea generally I cannot verify the character " corolla supra capsulam con^or^o-marcescens." LiMNANTHEMUM Kleinianum, Griseb. var. ? Imperfect specimens of a Limnanthemum from the Feejee Islands, said to be " common in Taro ponds, and probably introduced," (and similar ones were collected there by Dr. Harvey,) accord, except in their smaller leaves, with Dr. Seemann's 323, referred by him to L. Kleinianum. But they differ from my only Indian specimen of the latter (from Maisor or the Car- natic, coll. Thomson and Hooker) in not having thi-ee ribs prominent underneath, in their smaller flowers (the corolla in all too poor for investigation), and in their flat and acute-edged, perfectly smooth seeds. Those of the Indian specimen referred to are not badly repre- sented in Hook. Bot. Misc. 3, suppl. t. 30, in the figures which Grise- bach excludes from the species,' being turgid, obtuse at the margin, and their face minutely muricate by fine spiculae, which, however, may be readily rubbed off. SolanacecB. SoLANTJM Nelsoni (Dunal in DC. Prodr. 13, p. 123 ?) : inerme, pube stellata fulvo- seu fiavido-tomentosum ; caulibus fruticosis pro- cumbentibus ; foliis cordatis vel rotundo-subcordatis integerrimis utrin- que moUiter tomentosis saepius cum axillari parvo ; racemo paucifloro OF AKTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 14, 1862. 43 pedunculato demum lateral! ; floribus extus toraentosis ; calycis lobis ovatis obtusis corolla 5-fida plicata triplo breviori ; antheris apice at- tenuatis incurvis filamento (in sicco buUato-rugoso) subduplo longioribus. Solarium argenteitm, Hook, and Arn. Bot. Beech. ? S. rotundifolium, Nutt. in herb. Hook. — Sandwich Islands, on the sands of the low isth- mus of Maui. Collected by Nuttall on Kauai, and on Oahu by Remy, no. 442. Without having seen Nelson's specimen in the Banksian herbarium, upon which Dunal, in the year 1819, drew up his character of S. Nelsoni, we may presume, notwithstanding some discrepancies, that it is the species here described from ampler materials. But it does not belong to his division Pachystemonum. The anthers, although rather short, are strongly attenuate at the summit, and the cells open by a minute and strictly apical pore. Branches perhaps sarmentose. Leaves an inch or two in length and breadth. SoLANUM Sandwicense (Hook. «fe Arn.) : fruticosum, inerme ; foliis sublonge petiolatis ovatis (basi obtusa vel rotundata) integerrimis undulatis vel angulato-sinuatis supra pube stellata minuta parce delapsa glabratis subtus ramis floribusque cano- seu ochraceo-tomentosis ; cymis pedunculatis plurifloris demum lateralibus, pedicellis gracilibus ; calycis lobis subulatis corolla fere 5-partita (segmentis sestivatione valde in- duplicatis, evolutis ovalibus obtusis) 3 - 4-plo brevioribus ; antheris ob- longis arcuatis apice subattenuatis, poris apicalibus. Ludit indumento tenuiore minus incano, et in var.? j8. crassiore furfuraceo. S. Sand- wicense S^ S. Woahense, Dunal in DC. — Oahu, Sandwich Islands. Var. ? /3. Kavaiense : foliis ovato-oblongis magis acuminatis, tomento furfuraceo ; calycis lobis angustissimis. — Kauai, on the leeward verge of its tabular summit. SoLANUM incompletum (Dunal, 1. c): frutescens, subtomentosum, aculeis igneis validis (aut perpaucis aut numerosis, prsecipue foliaribus rarissime caulinis) armatum ; foliis longe petiolatis ovalibus oblongisve sinuatis vel subpinnatifidis (lobis brevibus obtusissimis) supra stellulato- puberulis subtus cum inflorescentia fulvo- seu ochraceo-tomentosis ; pedunculis lateralibus brevissimis plurifloris ; calycis lobis brevibus ob- tusis ; corolla profunde 5-fida (alba ?), segmentis oblongis arcuatis sur- sum vix attenuatis, poris apicalibus majusculis ; baccis globosis parvis. Hawaii, Sandwich Islands, Nelson (without flowers or fruit), Remy (no. 451, a very aculeate state, in blossom), and fruiting specimens in the collection of the Expedition. Apparently only a foot or so in height, and barely woody at the base. Leaves 1^ to 2 inches long, 44 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY and the petiole 6 to 14 lines in length. Berries half an inch or less in diameter. SoLANUM viRiDE, Solander, from various South Sea Islands, appar- ently includes S. anthropophagorum, Seemann, from the Feejees. SoLANUM INAMCENUM, Benth., of the Feejee Islands, does not pre- sent tortuous branches ; the leaves are seldom oblique ; and cymes are often bifid. SoLANUM Amicorum, Benth., from Tongatabu. In the same group of islands. Dr. Harvey collected fine specimens ; the globular fruit resembling that of the preceding species. SoLANUM EEPANDUM, Forst. The " Fcejec Tomato" appears to be a variety of this species, altered by cultivation, the ovary nearly gla- brous, the fruit completely so, and " as large as an apple."* Lycium SANDVfiCENSE (sp. nov.) : glabrum ; ramis rigidis ; foliis subcarnosis aveniis spathulatis obtusissimis basi attenuatis vix petiola- tis plerisque fasciculatis ; pedicellis solitariis folio brevioi-ibus ; floribus tetrameris ; calycis breviter quadrifidi lobis late triangularibus coroUae tubum adfequantibus ; corolla3 lobis tubo suo longioribus patentissimis ; filamentis basi glaberrimis ; bacca globosa. — Sandwich Islands, on Diamond Hill, Oahu, near Honolulu. Dr. Pickering, whose judg- ment in this regard is critical, records it as undoubtedly indigenous ; and it does not accord with any one of Mr. Miers's sixty-nine described * The following is a North American species, which occurs in several collec- tions : — SoLANCM ToRRETi (sp. Hov.) : percnnc, aculeis rectis breviusculis parce arma- tum vel subinerme, griseo-pabescens pube stcllata scabrida ; foliis sinuato-pinnati- fidis basi truncata vel subcordata, lobis 3-7, terminali undulato vel repando, costa pi. m aculeato ; cyma terminali demum laterali bifida ; pedicellis defloratis recur- vis ; calycis tubo brevi-campanulato, lobis e basi lata caudato-acuminatis ; corolla ampla (1| - 2 pollices lata) semiquinquefida violacea ; antheris conformibus flavis elongatis apice attenuatis stylo apice incurvo brevioribus ; bacca globosa (pol- licem lata viridi demum lutea) calyce turn denique 5-partito subtensa. — Solanum rnammosum ? Engelm. & Gray, PI. Lindh. 1, p. 46, no. 281, non Linn. S. platy- phyllum ? Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. Y. 2, p. 227, non Dunal. 5. , Torr. & Gray in Pope, Rep. Pacif R. R. Surv. 2, p. (172) 16. This species is not rare from the Upper Arkansas to Lower Texas. At New Braunfels, according to Lindheimer, it is common in clayey soil, wherever the original vegetation has been destroyed by men or cattle. It has long survived in the Cambridge Botanic Garden, where it spreads by running subterranean shoots, and the large flowers are rather showy. Having for many years vainly endeavored to identify the plant with some described species, I at length venture to publish it as new. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: OCTOBER 14, 1862. 45 species. It occurs in no other collection that I know of, yet it was found in a district which has often been botanized over. The peculi- arities of the species are its fleshy leaves, and tetramerous flowers, with the corolla so deeply cleft that it falls into Miers's section Macro- cope. Otherwise it approaches L. vulgare, but it is without hairiness at the base of the filaments. Berry " saline to the taste, but edible." The North American species, represented in Dr. Torrey's herbarium and my own, on examination, give the subjoined results.* * Ltcia America Bokealis. § 1. Flores majores : corolla infundibulifortni-tubulosa, ultra-semipollicaris (9-10 lin. longa, viridula) : calyx laxe campanulatus, usque vel ultra medium 5-fidus, lobis subfoliaceis patentibus ; antheras mucrone deciduo snperatas. Glabra. 1. L. PALLIDUM, Miers, Monogr. in Contrib. 2, p. 108, t. 67, C. ; Torr. in Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 154. — New Mexico and adjacent parts of Arizona, Fendler (670, 668''), Bigelow, Thurber, Fremont, Newberry. Forma a : filamentis et corolla intus glaberrimis. Spec. Fendler, Newberry, &c. Forma (9 : filamentis tnboque corollse intus pilosulis (spec. Thurber) vel hirsutis (spec. Fremont e Rio Virgen). This difference in respect to the smoothness or hairiness of the filaments and base of the corolla inside, in what is evidently the same species, throws doubt upon the value of that character in the rest of the genus. No other evidence of dimorphism is observable. Mr. jNIiers described the species from the smooth form ; yet he noticed (what I have not detected in Fendler's specimens) some hairs below the insertion of the filaments. The lobes of the calyx (1^ to 2 lines long) are seldom " lineari-acutis " ; they vary from lanceolate to ovate, and are often very obtuse. § 2. Flores mediocres sed breves : corolla semipollicaris vel brevior, limbi rotato- expansi lobis 4-5 tubo mox longioribus. Glabra, foliis carnosis. 2. L. Cakolinianum, Walt., Michx. — Coast of South Carolina to the Mexican boundary (Texas, Drummond, Coll. 2, 244). I have it not under the numbers of Berlandier cited by Miers. Filaments very densely tomentose-bearded for a short distance just above the insertion. §3. Flores minores : corolla 1 - 1-pollicaris, lobis tubo (saepissime multum) bre- vioribus. * Calyx profunde 5-fidus, lobis tubo suo longioribus corollae angustse apice bre- viter 5-lobse dimidium fere attingentibus : pedicelli nulli vel brevissimi. Pube- rulse, spinosae. 3. L. MACRODON (sp. nov.) : ramis junioribus pubescentibus ; foliis glabratis spathulato-oblanceolatis enerviis fasciculatis (2-4 lin. longis) ; pedicellis brevis- simis (ad summum sesquilinearibus) ; calycis minutim viscosi lobis anguste line- aribus tubo breviter campanulato (sesquilineali) duplo longioribus ; filamentis ver- sus basin hirsutulis. — California, in the interior 1 Coll. Fremont in Expedition to California, 1849, Herb. Torr. Corolla half an inch long, narrow. Anthers oval- oblong, slightly if at all exserted. 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY The three following Solanacece of the Sandwich Islands, which I cannot refer to any known genus, are here characterized from materials 4. L. PUBEEDLUM (sp. Dov.) : foliis obovatis vel oblongo-spathulatis subtus uni- nerviis fasciculatis (4-8 lin. longis) cum ramulis gracilibus calycibusque minutim pruinoso-pubescentibus ; floribus sessilibus ; calycis lobis angusto-oblongis obtusis tubo subhemisphffirico longioribus ; filamentis glabris. — Western borders of Texas, near El Paso, C. Wright, no. 1609. " A much branched shrub, 2 to 4 feet high ; tube of the corolla white, the margin yellowish-green." Spines numerous and slender. Lobes of the calyx a line and a half long, very blunt. Corolla 4| or 5 lines long, the short lobes recurved, ovate ; the tube within pubescent below the insertion of the glabrous filaments : anthers cordate-globular. * * Calyx insigniter 4 - 5-dentatus, dentibus lanceolatis tubo suo parum bre- vioribus : pedicelli calyce breviores vel jequilongi. Glabrse vel fere glabrie, spi- nescentis. 5. L. BREViPES, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 40; Miers, 1. c. p. 117, t. 69 C. — Lower California, Hinds and Barclay, Xantus, no. 89 "? without flowers or fruit. Our herbaria atford no materials for this species. We have nothing from that region, or indeed from elsewhere, with the calyx scarcely a line long, and yet longer than the pedicel, its teeth lanceolate and acute, and the corolla five lines long, or in the imperfect flower figured by Miers three lines long. A fragment in herb. Torr., from California, Kev. Mr. Fitch, somewhat accords with the character, except in the calyx-teeth, which are very short and broad. 6. L. EiCHii (sp. nov.) : foliis spathulatis (3-5 lin. longis), novellis tenuissime puberulis vel fere glabris; floribus tetrameris; calyce carapanulato pedicello (1 -2- lin.) longiori vel sequilongo, dentibus lato-lanceolatis acutiusculis tubum suba;quan- tibus; coroUffi (4 lin. longse) tubo calyce et lobis ipsis duplo longiori intus glabro ; filamentis basi villosis. — La Paz, South California, Major Rich. California, Rev. A. Fitch (Herb. Torr.). The latter specimen has the young leaves minutely pu- berulent, the former scarcely if at all so. Teeth of the calyx inclined to become re- curved-spreading. Lobes of the corolla 4, oval, not ciliolate, not exceeded by the filaments. Anthers oblong. * * * Calyx breviter vel brevissime 4 -5-dentatus, si3epe hinc vel bi - trilabiatim fissus, dentibus segmentisve latis. •1- Subpuberulum : filamentanuda vel basi vix pilosa (corollam haudsuperantia). 7. L. Fremonti (sp. nov.) : foliis spathulatis (J-|-pollicaribus) cum pedicellis calycibusque tenuiter puberulis; calyce cylindraceo quam pedicellus gracilis bre- viori, tubo dentibus quadruple longiori ; corolla tubulosa, tubo lobis 5 quadruple longioribus; filamentis prorsus glabris. (L. near yj-a^osi(?n, Miers, in herb. Torr. ; Torr. in Pacif. R. R. Exped. 4, p. (71) 127.) — Interior of California or country east of it, Fremont, Coll. Exped. 1849. Williams's Fork of the Colorado, between California and New Mexico, Dr. Bigelow, a form with narrower leaves and smaller, more slender flowers, — i. e. calyx about 2 lines and corolla ^\ lines in length ; the tube of the latter pubescent inside in lines below the stamens ; while in the type of the species, the calyx is 3 lines, pedicels 4-7 lines, and corolla 6 lines in length ; OF AKTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 14, 1862. 47 which are both scanty and imperfect. Attention being thus directed to them, perhaps these materials may be supplemented from some other the latter, I believe, like the filaments, wholly glabrous ; the lobes in both not cilio- late. Anthers oval. Var. /?. ? BiGELOvii : pedicellis abbreviatis calyce subturbinato (2 lin. longo) Aagis dentato vix a^quilongis ; filamentis corollaque intus basi parce hirsutulis. — Canons of Williams's Fork of the Colorado, Dr. Bigelow. Perhaps a distinct spe- cies ; but, as it was collected with one of the above specimens, and the materials of all three are scanty, I cannot venture to consider it so. ■t--i- Glabrum : filamenta basi villosa : pulvilli fasciculorum foliorum ssepius lanu- losi. — Species a longifloris ad brevifloras ordiuatae. 8. L. ToRRKTi {L. barbinode, Torr. in Pacif. R. R. Exped. 5, p. 363, & Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 154, non Miers, Monogr.) : foliis lanceolato-spathulatis crassiusculis (semi-subsesquipollicaribus) ; pedicellis fasciculatis (2-5 lin. longis) ; floribus pentameris; corolla tubuloso-infundibuliformi (5-6 lin. longa) calyce subsequaliter 5-dentato quadruplo longiori, lobis suis tomentoso-ciliatis. — Texas, on the Rio Grande, to Fort Yuma, interior of California, along the Mexican boundary, collected by Fremont, Major Thomas, Thurber, Bigelow, Schott, and "Wright (1609, in herb. Gray, probably an error, as L. pnberulum bears this number also : 1604 and 1608 in herb. Torn, but I have no Lycium under the former number). Calyx cam- panulate ; the teeth about a third or more of the length of the tube, often tomen- tulose-ciJiate. Lobes of the " blue or purple " corolla always bordered by a fine white tomentum, the throat or portion above the insertion of the stamens elongated and narrow, very gradually enlarging upwards, about one third of the length of the tube, nearly equalling the stamens. The flowers abundantly distinguish this species from the next, — for which, however, Mr. Miers mistook an insufficient specimen in herb. Torrey. We now have it in great abundance. 9. L. BARBiNODUM (Micrs, I.e. p. 115, t. 68, E.) : foliis lineari-spathulatis (semi- subpoUicaribus) ; pedicellis (sesquilineam longis) calycem sequantibus; floribus pentameris; corolla e tubo angusto superne campanulata (3 lin. longa) calyce ssepius fisso duplo - subtriplo longiori, lobis brevibus parce pilosulo-ciliatis. — Mexico, on the table land of Durango, Seemann, 2090. Unless a specimen of Thurber's col- lection from Sonora, in fruit only, belongs here, this species is known solely from Seemann's specimens : from one of these the above character is derived. It will be found to accord well with the description published by Miers, but not, as respects the shape of the corolla, with his figure. We ought not to rely too much upon this (as the following species shows) ; but the phrase " corolla tubo imo coarctato, hinc repente campanulato . . . laciniis . . . margine subciliatis," accords perfectly with an authentic specimen in my herbarium. The corolla, moreover, is only about half the length of that of the preceding species. 10. L. Berlandieri (Dunal in DC. L.stolidum Sp L. senticosum, Miers, 1. c.) : foliis lineari-spathulatis seu linearibus basi attenuatis (4-7 lin. longis); floribus saepissime tetrameris pedicello (1^-3 lin.) subduplo vel parum longioribus; corolla (3-3|^lin. longa) infundibuliformi fauce ampliata calyce brevi 3-4-plo longiori 48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY collection. From the shape of the unripe seeds it is probable that the embryo is curved. NOTHOCESTRUM, Nov. Gen. Calyx campanulatus 4-dentatus vel subbifidus, immutatus. Corol- la breviter hypocraterimorpha, limbo 4-partito, lobis ovatis isstiva- tione valvato-iudupHcatis. Antherse 4, infra faucem insertae, sessiles, lineares, inappendiculatte, loculis introrsum longitudiualiter dehiscenti- bus. Discus hypogynus nullus ? Ovarium globosum, estipitatum, biloculare, loculis pluriovulatis : stylus breviusculus : stigma bilobum : ovula subcampylotropa. Bacca calyce suffulta. Semina subreniformia, majuscula. — Arbores vel frutices, Cestri seu Lycii facie, Sandwicenses, foliis alternis integerrimis, pedunculis unifloris seu pedicellis in axillis foliorum solitariis vel fasciculatis. NoTHO OESTRUM LATIFOLIUM (sp. nov.) : foliis subpuberuHs late ovalibus seu ovatis obtusis ; corolla extus subsericea, tubo calyce breviter campanulato duplo longiore ; bacca globosa. — Oahu, on the ridge of the Kaala Mountains. " Shrub about 1 2 feet high." Leaves membranaceous, about 2 inches long. Pedicels fascicled. Calyx 3 lines long. Corolla white ? its tube half an inch long ; the lobes not half the length of the tube, their margins strongly induplicate and the sinuses plaited. Anthers almost two lines long. NoTHOCESTRUM LONGIFOLIUM (sp. nov.) : glabrum ; foliis oblon- go-lanceolatis oblongisve basi attenuatis ; pedunculis solitariis ; calyce obtuse 2 - 4-dentato longiuscule campanulato ; bacca (immatura) elongato-oblonga. — Oahu, on the mountains behind Honolulu, at nunc breviter quadriloba nunc altius 4-fida. — Texas and the adjacent parts of Mexico along the Rio Grande, from its mouth to Monterey and to the borders of Arizona, Berlandier (1411, 1426, 1788, 3022), Gregg (199), Wright (540, 542, 1610), Bigelow, Thurber, Schott. Corolla " white," fully 3 lines long ; the lobes varying from one fourth to one third the length of the undivided portion, or in the older flowers sometimes reaching almost to the middle. Stamens and style usually exserted. Calyx with 4 broad, blunt, equal or unequal teeth, sometimes splitting deeply on one or two sides. Berries red. 11. L. PAKViFLORUM (sp. uov.): foliis lineari-spathulatis (2-5 lin. longis) ; floribus tetrameris brevi-pedicellatis ; corolla (2 lin. longa) calyce 2 - 3-plo longiori, fauce ampliata, lobis tubo dimidio brevioribus. — Arizona (Sonora), Thurber ; also Dr. Parry, without indication of particular locality. Perhaps this may pass into the foregoing ; but the flowers are smaller, and the corolla proportionally much shorter. Calyx either equally 4-toothed or 2-3-cleft. Stamens inserted very low down on the corolla. Pedicels a line or a line and a half in length. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 14, 1862. 49 the elevation of 1,500 feet. Leaves 4 to 7 inches long. thin. Pedi- cels 6 to 9 lines long. Corolla not seen. Testa of the immature seeds reticulated. NoTHOCESTRUM BREViFLORUM (sp. nov.) : arboreum, fere gla- brum ; foliis anguste oblongis ellipticis ; corollte tubo calycem 2-4- lobum vix superante. — Hawaii, " between the Great Crater and the upper base of Mouna Roa. A tree 20 feet high, with the trunk 5 inches in diameter and the wood greenish : habit of Solandra viri- dis ; the flowers greenish, but small." Pickering. Leaves 2^ to 4 inches long, rather coriaceous. Calyx 4^ lines long, 4-nerved. Corolla, &c. nearly as in N. latifolium, but shorter. Fruit not seen. Scrophulariacece. Calceolaria petiolaris, Cav., is the name of this species, as written by Cavanilles ; but every succeeding author, except Sprengel, has changed it to C. petiolaris, which makes a decided misnomer, and has caused already the introduction of two useless synonymes. Calceolaria bartsi^polia, Wedd. Chlor. And. Andes of Peru, above Banos. This we had thus named in our collection long before the appearance of Weddell's work, so obviously appropriate is the spe- cific name. Capraria caltcina (sp. nov.) : glabra, humilis ; foliis lanceolatis seu linearibus paucidentatis, dentibus grossis divaricatis plerumque ver- sus basim ; floribus in axillis solitariis; calycis laciniis foliaceis pedun- culo squilongis seu longioribus corollam adasquantibus capsulam super- antibus; staminibus 4; stigmate emarginato. — Hunter's River, New South Wales. The only ground of suspicion as to the correctness of the habitat is, that all the species before known are American. This is related to C. bijlora: it differs in its solitary and short-pedun- cled flowers, and its calyx of twice the size, with lanceolate, foliaceous, accrescent divisions, in flower 4 lines, in fruit half an inch long, some- times slightly denticulate. Verhenacece. LiPPiA SERiPHioiDES (sp. nov.) : fruticosa, intricato-ramosissima, puberulo-scabrida ; ramis rigidis ; foliis minimis (1-2^-Hn. longis) fas- ciculatis lineari-spathulatis cuneatisve saepius trilobis margine revolutis ; capitulis globosis demum elongandis ex axillis breviter pedunculatis solitariis vel subracemosis ; bracteis ovatis concaviusculis calyce oblongo VOL. VI. 7 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY breviter bifido brevioribus ; antheris superioribus sajpe (non semper) 6 connective glanduloso-appendiculatis. — Rio Negro, North Patago- nia, on the upland plain. This, I believe, occurs in the Hookerian herbarium, in the collections of Tweedie and of Gillies, and was by the latter called Verbena ruhiginoscr, a name never published, and now preoccupied in Lippia. Clerodendron inerme, R. Br,, var. /3. Oceanicum: foliis majori- bus (2J--5-pollicaribus) magis acuminatis ; calyce truncato denticulis 5 minutis ; cymis nunc 5 - 7-floris. — Samoan, Tonga, and Feejee Islands. This must be Forster's Volkameria inermis, and perhaps Sprengel's Clerodendron Commersonii. I have seen no intermediate forms (though they probably occur) between this and the true G. inerme of India, &c., which has smaller and blunter leaves, and, as described by Schauer, a distinctly 5-toothed calyx, " dentibus lato-tri- angularibus acutis." Clerodendron, sect. Tetrathtranthus. Limbus calycis et co- rollas quadrilobus, fere regularis. Clerodendron (Tetrathtranthus) ovalifolium (sp. nov.) : foliis ovalibus obtuse acuminulatis integerrimis basi subangustatis (cum petiolo ramisque teretibus) glabris ; cymis plurifloris corymboso-pani- culatis canescenti-puberulis ; corolla hypocraterimorpha, tubo (ultra- poUicari) calycem obtuse 4-lobum pluries excedentibus, lobis 4 rotun- datis inter se tequalibus stamina adsequantibus. — Feejee Islands. Differs from the next somewhat in the foliage, but strikingly in the shape of the corolla. Clerodendron (Tetrathtranthus) Amicoru^h {Clerodendron Amicorum, Seem, in Bonplandia, 10, p. 249) : foliis ovali- seu cune- ato-obovatis (9 - 11-pollicaribus) in petiolum brevem attenuatis inte- gerrimis cum ramis subteretibus glabris ; cymis multifloris corymboso- paniculatis canescenti-puberulis ; corollte tubo subinfujidibuliformi ca- lyce 4-lobo quadruplo lobis ipsis duplo triplove longiori ; staminibus modice exsertis. — Samoan and Friendly Islands. Corolla stouter, its tube shorter (at most an inch long) and enlarging iipwax'ds, and the limb larger than in the preceding. The tetramerous flowers remind ns of Labillardiere's genus Oxera, of New Caledonia, but in all other particulars it is a Clerodendron. Since the above character was drawn up, Dr. Seemann has published the species as a new one, under the same name, comparing it with C. inerme, but without noticing the tetramerous character. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 14, 1862. 51 Nksogenes euphrasioides, a, DC. {Myoporumi euphrasioides, Hook. & Arn.), which was collected upon several of the Coral Isl- ands,— a plant with much the aspect of Hedeoma ptdegioides, or of some Lythram, — proves to be no shrub, but probably an annual, and no Myoporineous plant. The anthers are distinctly two-celled, and the ovules are erect. Without doubt it is a true Verbenacea, but I kjjow not any genus which it particularly approaches. The generic character, as corrected and completed, is as follows : — Char. gen. Calyx obconicus, 10-nervis, 5-dentatus, dentibus tri- angulatis, post anthesin auctis patentibus. Corolla bilabiata, labio superiori bipartite, inferiori tripartito, lobis rotundatis consimilibus, posticis paullo brevioribus. Stamina 4 fertilia, didynama, cum vestigio filament! quinti : antherce biloculares, didym;©, loculis paullo divergenti- bus (baud confluentibus) basi aristulatis. Discus hypogynus nullus. Ovarium ovatum, biloculare, loculis uniovulatis : stylus terminalis, fili- formis : stigma parvum indivisum. Ovula e basi loculi erecta, ana- tropa. Drupa sicca, nucuraentacea, parva, calyce inclusa, epicarpio tenuissimo, endocarpio crustaceo, bilocularis (vel dissepimento evanido unilocularis), disperma vel abortu monosperma. Semen cylindraceum, testa reticulata, albumine parco. Embryo teres : radicula infera coty- ledonibus sequilonga. — Herba sesquipedalis, ut videtur annua, hirtello- scabra, caulibus nunc basi lignescentibus, ramis foliosis ; foliis oppositis parvulis ovatis basi angustatis in petiolum attenuatis integerrimis, in- ferioribus quandoque subcrenatis ; floribus parvis in axillis saspissime geminis ; pedicellis calyce brevioribus minutissime bibracteolatis mox decurvis ; corolla caerulescente ? Mj/oporinece. The ordinal character in the Prodromus respecting the stamens, " absque vestigio quinti superioris," disregards Brown's character, " quandoque rudiraentum quinti, raro polliniferi." It may be indirectly made out that Brown here refers to llyoporum, and I suspect that he had a Sandwich Island representative of this group in view, in which the stamens are really isomerous with the lobes of the corolla in all the numerous flowers which I have been able to examine. This chai'acter in M. Sandwicense, (which has escaped the notice of all preceding observers, except, probably, of Brown, who must have had this plant under examination,) along with the increase in the number of the cells of the ovary, would fully warrant the establishment of a separate 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY genus. B«t the fifth stamen is wanting in M. {Pentacoeliiim) bonti- oides of Japan, and in the allied M. Chinense. The Japanese species sometimes has the cells of the ovary reduced to four (unless there is a slip or misprint in Zuccarini's detailed description) ; while, on the other hand, one of the original species, M. Icetum, Forst.,* has a 3-celled and 3-Seeded putamen ; and this not by the abortion of a half-carpel, for the ovary in the flower I examined was found to be trilocular with^a single ovule in each cell. All this militates against De Candolle's primary division of the genera, and against the validity of his genus Polycceliurn (Pentacoelium, Zucc). The alternative evidently now is the establishment of two genera, Polycceliurn and Pentaccelium, or their reduction to mere sections of Myoporum. Tlie latter is, I confidently suppose, the better view, and the species in question may be disposed as follows : — § 1. Pentaccelium (Pentaccelnun, Zucc). Ovarium 4-6- ssepius 5-loculare. Stamina 4, didynama. Myoporum Chinense. Polycceliurn Chinense, A. DC. Prodr. 11, p. 706. — China. Mtoporum bontioides. Pentaccelium hontioides, Zucc. Fam. Nat. Fl. Jap. 2, p. 27, t. 3. Polycceliurn bontioides, A. DC. 1. c. — Japan. § 2. PoLYCCELiUM. {Polycceliurn, A. DC. 1. c. pro parte.) Ovarium 5 - 8-loculare. Stamina 5 vel 6, petalis isomera. Myoporum Sandwicense {M. tenuifolium, Hook. & Am. Bot. Beech, p. 93, vix Forst. & R. Br. Polycceliurn Sandwiceiise, A. DC. 1. c.) : glabrum ; foliis oblongo-lanceolatis acutissime vel tenuiter acu- minatis integerrimis, inferioribusve nunc parce serrulatis ; fasciculis 3 - 8-floris ; pedicellis petioluA subsequantibus ; corolla late campa- nulata ad medium usque o-fida; staminibus 5 ; drupa 4- 8-loculari. Ludit floribus 6-meris 6-andris, foliis aut 2 - 3-pollicaribus angustis aut 3 - 5-pollicaribus multo latioribus. — Sandwich Islands, leg. Men- zies, Beechey, Gaudichaud, Douglas, Nuttall {Prinastrum caidijlorum, Nutt. in Herb. Hook.), Remy (nos. 461, 462, 463), &c., on almost all the islands. Variable in the foliage, &c. One form is recorded as " a decumbent shrub " ; another, as " a tree, forty feet high." But no mention is made of its wood, which, according to Hooker and Arnott, * " Stamens 5," in the generic character of Hook. f. Fl. N. Zeal., is an evident lapsus or misprint. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: OCTOBER 14, 1862. 53 on the authority of Menzies, has the fragrance of sandal-wood, and was formerly exported as such to China. Stamens all antheriferous and alike, or two of them frequently a little exceeding the others, or with larger anthers. Seed cylindrical : albumen thin, or sometimes wanting. Embryo cylindrical ; the cotyledons as long as the radicle. Plantaginacece. Notes upon the dimorphism and tendency to diclinism in the flowers of many species of Plantago have been published in Man. Bot. N. U. S., the Botany of the Mexican Boundary, and in Silliman's Journal for Nov. 1862, p. 419. Plantago Orbigntana, Steinh. ex Decaisne, appears to be only an andine variety of P. hirtella, a perennial analogue of P. Virginica, and which, like that species, occasionally has the long-stamened and open-flowered form fruitful. Of the var. Orbignyana, only the form with short stamens and connivent-closed corolla is known. In our specimens, the style projects from the apex of the closed corolla in an- thesis ; so that these flowers are not self-fertilized, as has been sup- posed, but cross-fertilized, as in analogous cases. Plantago pauciflora. Lam., Barneoud, &c. (P. harbata, Forst., &c. P. polymorpha, Banks & Soland. P. motianthos, D'Urv., Hook. f. &c.) — Fuegia. The distinctions between P. barhata and P. %io- nanthos have been reduced by Dr. Hooker to two ; viz. the want of beard at the base of the leaves in the latter, and the basal portion of the calyx scarcely exceeding the calyx in the former. The character derived from the beard would be expected to break down on considera- tion of Dr. Hooker's varieties of the two, and of what we know of other species. In fact, antarctic specimens with copious beard or wool, and with broad and toothed leaves, — and even some of Hooker's own, from Hermite Island, with long, narrow, entire leaves, — exhibit the funnel-shaped persistent portion of the capsule after dehiscence of twice or thrice the length of the calyx. Decaisne's distinctions in respect to the ovules and seeds are invalidated by Dr. Hookei''s excellent figures, which represent four seeds in each cell of P. monanthos. These an- tarctic forms being evidently all of one species, Forster's name of P. barbata, being inapplicable to the whole species and not very much earlier than Lamarck's, may properly enough give place to the latter. I suspect that Dr. Hooker's specific diagnosis has been drawn between the common antarctic species and the following one, confused with 7* 64 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY P. harhata of Forster. I have seen no Chilian specimens referable to the latter ; but they very probably exist. Plantago uncialis, Decaisne. (P. paucijiora, var. major, Bar- neoud ? P. barhata, var. uncialis, Wedd. P. andicola, Gillies in herb. Hook.) — High Andes of Chili, close to the snow. In this the glob- ular-ellipsoidal, 4-seeded capsule dehisces below the middle, and the persistent portion is decidedly shorter than the sepals. Plantago princeps, Cham. & Schlecht. This remarkable spe- cies, of the Sandwich Islands, certainly includes P. Queleniana of Gaudichaud (as Chamisso suspected) ; and I am constrained to append to it the following as varieties, although they appear so different that they would naturally be taken for species. If so, many such are mak- ing in the Sandwich Islands. Var. /3. LAXiFOLiA : caule 1 - 2-pedali minus lignoso ; foliis magnis (4 - 7-pollic.) submembranaceis oblongo-lanceolatis ovalibus seu ob- ovatis basi in petiolum alatum angustatis 7 -9-plinerviis, basibus laxe imbricatis ; capsula plerumque 4-sperma. — Hawaii, growing among stones by the sea-side, at the northern base of Mouna Kea. Var. y. niRTELLA: foliis prtesertim subtus cum pedunculis pilis crispatis hirsutis, petiolis angustis ; capsula disperma : cajt. fere proece- dentis. — On the tabular summit of Kauai. Plantago pachyphylla (sp. nov.) : acaulis ; caudice crassissimo lanato ; foliis crasso-coriaceis ovali-oblongis ligulato-lanceolatisve inte- gerrimis 5 - 11-nerviis glabratis vel tomentulosis puberisve scapo raultum bi'evioribus ; spica elongata densitlora ; floribus basi lanatis (denique saspius glabratis) ; bractea sepalisque ovatis obtusis vel obtu- sissimis ; corolloe lobis ovatis obtusis vel obtusissimis vel post anthesin acutatis ; ovulis in quoque loculo 2-4. — Sandwich Islands. Var. a. Maviensis : latifolia ; foliis 9-ll-nervii3 (cum petiole brevi lata 5-7 poll, longis Ig-- 2 poll, latis) subtus scapisque (pedali- bus) lana decidua tomentosis ; caudice erecto percrasso. Subsexus masculinus, staminibus (styloque) longe exsertis ; ovulis in utroque loculo 2-4 baud gravidis. — Maui, on Mouna Haleakala, alt. 7,500 feet. Aspect of P. Auklandica. Var. /3. Haw^aiensis : caudice repente minus lanato ; foliis ovato- lanceolatis seu latiuscule lanceolatis seu lineari-ligulatis raro denticula- tis 5 - 9-nerviis in petiolum breviusculum vel brevissimum attenuatis cum scapo (1 - 2-pedali) glabratis vel hirsutiusculis, tomento saepius evanido ; sepalis plerumque ciliolatis capsula ellipsoidea 4 - G-sperma OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 14, 1862. 55 paullo brevioribus. — Subvar. gracilis, longipes ; petiolo gracili 1 - 2>|^-pollicari lamina lanceolato-oblonga 3-5-nervi sequali ; scapo gra- cili; spica laxiflora ; capsula oblonga calycem subduplo superante. — Hawaii, on Mouna Kea and Mouna Loa to the elevation of 6,000 to 8,000 feet, and in the environs of the Great Crater. Subvar. gracilis, Hawaii, Remy, no. 429. Var. y. Kavaiensis : depauperata ; foliis oblongis cum petiolo lato brevissimo 14 -2-poUicaribus ; spica laxiflora cum scapo gracillimo semipedali : cajt. var. /3. — Kauai, on the tabular summit. Aspect rather of P. eriopoda. Barneoud's P. Brongyiiartii (briefly described fi-om a single speci- men of Gaudichaud's collection, and not identified by Decaisne), on ac- count of the narrow and very acute lobes of the corolla and the acute bracts, would appear to be rather a depauperate state of P. princeps than any other. Still, from its being ranked with P. macrocarpa and with P. viresce)is (which is P. eriopoda, Torr.*), and the leaves de- scribed as fleshy and obtuse, it may prove to be one of the depau- perate forms of the polymorphous species here described. 2. Additional Note on the Genus Rhytidandra. Bi/ Asa Gray. This genus I established on a flowering specimen in the Feejean collection of the South Pacific Exploring Expedition ; and afterwards (in the Memoirs of the Academy, 5, p. 334, in 1854) I indicated its close relationship to Marlea. To the characters assigned, which should distinguish it from the latter, namely, the camerate anther-cells, the strictly one-celled ovary, and the bifid style with slender lobes, may be added the thin and deplanate epigynous disk. That of Marlea forms a large and globular stylopodium, well described by Endlicher, and figured by Clarke, and so conspicuous that it may have misled Ben- tham ; or else there is some slip in his character, " ovary adhering to above the middle," in the Flora Hongkongensis. But the object of this note is to state that specimens of Rhytidandra Vitiensis in fruit have now been detected among some undetermined * Plantago eriopoda, Torr., includes P. attenuata, James in Long's Exped. ; P. lanceolata y & fi (pro parte), Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am.; P.virescens, Barneoud; P. Rich- arclsonii and P. ohlongifolia, Decaisne ; P. salsuginosa, Nutl. ined. 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY plants of the collection. So that the detailed character of the genus may be completed as follows : — Drupa ovata, subacuminata (ultra-semipollicaris), sarcocarpio tenui, putamine osseo ruguloso. Seminis testa raembranacea: albumen carnosum copiosum, per cotyledones tenui-foliaceas orbiculares fere bipartitum : radicula supera cylindrica quam cotyledones dimidio bre- viore. 3. Synopsis of the Genus Pentstemon. By Asa Gray. PENTSTEMON, Mitchell, L'Her. Sect. 1. EUPENTSTEMON. {Pentstemonum sect. 1-4, Benth. in DC.) Antherarum loculi per anthesin divaricati seu diver- gentes, usque (in P. baccharifolio vix) ad basin dehiscentes, api- cibus pi. m. coadunatis. § 1. (Euianthera, Benth.) Fruticuli vel sufFrutices ramosissimi, foliis crasso-coriaceis parvulis. Inflorescentia stricte racemosa, nempe pedunculis fere semper unifloris. Corolla violacea seu purpurea, speciosa, leviter bilabiata, fauce ampliata. Antherae lana louga densa prjeditss ! loculis usque ad summum apicem hiantibus, effoetaj peltatim explanatse. Am. Bor.-Occidentales. 1. P. Menziesii, Hook. British Columbia to the Rocky Moun- tains, and those of California. — On comparison of all the specimens within reach, I confidently conclude that all the genuine members of this section (for P. frutescens, Lamb, cannot be of the group) are forms of one species, — for which P. Menziesii is the most appropriate name. P. Scouleri, Lindl. is the earliest published name under this genus ; but that belongs to a form with narrowest leaves and sepals, which other botanists may keep distinct, — until they learn how small reliance can be placed upon the particular shape of the divisions of the calyx in this genus. The sterile filament varies from rather strongly bearded to almost naked. The forms which have been indicated as species are : — a. Lewisii. {P. Menziesii, Plook. P. Lewisii, Benth. in DC. Gerardia fruiicosa, Pursh.) Folia elliptica basi attenuata, seu obo- vato-oblonga, serrato-dentata : calycis segmenta lanceolata vel ex ova- to lanceolato-acurainata. — Hartweg's no. 1878 and Bourgeau's from the Rocky Mountains have the broadest sepals, which are also glandu- lar-pubescent. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 14, 1862. 57 ^3. DoDGLASii. {P. Douglasii, Hook,, spec, fructif. P. crassifo- lius, Lindl. Bot. Reg. 24, t. 16, florif.) Folia integerrinia, s^pius obovato-lanceolata : calycis segmenta ex ovato lanceolato-acuminata. y. ScouLERi. {P. Scouleri, Dougl., Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1277.) Folia obovato-lanceolata vel oblanceolata, plerisque argute serrata: calycis segmenta ex lanceolate attenuato-acuminata. 8. Newberryi. (P. Newberryi, Gray, in Pacif. R. R. Exped. 6, p. 82, t. 14.) Folia var. a. cum calycis fere var. y. : corolla rubro- purpurea? — Dr. Newberry noted the corolla as "crimson." If really of the red series, I was justified in characterizing it as a new species ; but I much suspect that the color is purple. The corolla is that of P. Menziesii, somewhat reduced in size. § 2. (Fruticosi.) Frutices vel suffrutices ramosi (3 - 6-pedales), ramulis floridis s£epe hei-baceis, foliis coriaceis parvis parvulisve subpetiolatis. Inflorescentia paniculata pluriflora. Corolla bila- biata, labio superiore pi. m. arcuato-incurvo, inferiore deflexo vel patente. Antherae glabrae, usque ad apicem dehiscentes, eiFoetae explanatse. Californici. * Brevijiori ; corolla profunde bilabiata ringente flavescente, labiis tubo Eequilongis vel sublongioribus. Folia basi attenuata. 2. P. MiCROPHYLLDS, Gray, in Pacif R. R. Exped. 4, p. 119. Cinereo-puberula ; foliis ramealibus primariis deciduis vel ad squamas minimas reductis, fasciculorura lineas 2 tantum longis obovatis retusis integerrimis ; sepalis lanceolato-ovatis acutis. — Williams's Fork of the Colorado, between New Mexico and California. Corolla and stamens unknown. Probably allied to the next. A style that remains indi- cates a rather short corolla. 3. P. ANTiRRHiNOiDES, Benth. Subcinercus, fere glaber, ramo sissiraus ; foliis spathulato-lanceolatis oblongisve integerrimis ; pedun- culis diphyllis stepius unifloris ; sepalis ovato-rotundis ; corolla lutea nuda, labiis amplis ; filamento sterili superne dense barbato. 4. P. BREVIFLORUS, Benth. Floribus exceptis glaberrimus ; foliis lineari- seu oblongo-lanceolatis argute serrulatis ; pedunculis plurifloris ; sepalis ex ovato acuminatis aut glabris aut glanduloso-hirsutis; corolla extus glanduloso-bai'bata flavescente intus purpureo tincta, tubo per- brevi; filamento sterili glabro. — The beard, generally so conspicuous on the summit of the unexjianded corolla, is sometimes almost wholly wanting. 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY * * Longijlori ; corolla (plerumque coccinea) longe tubulosa cylin- drica, labiis brevibus, superiore erecto subincurvo, inferiore pa- tente 3-partito. H— Foliis basi attenuatis. 5. P. TERNATUS, Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 115 ; Gray, in PI. Coll. Xant., no. 63, Jour. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Fruticosus, glaber ; foliis lineari-lanceolatis ternato-verticillatis denticulatis ; sepalis lanceolato- ovatis ; corolla " pallide coccinea " pollicari ; filamento sterili a basi ad apicem valde barbato. 6. P. CORYMBOSUS, Bcnth. Decumbens ; ramulis foliisque oblon- gis obtusis subintegerrimis pubescentibus ; cyma corymbosa terminali ; sepalis lineari-lanceolatis ; filamento sterili glabro ex Benth. in spec, nostris longitudinaliter parce bai'bato. — Known only from Coulter's Californian collection, no. 629, and from good specimens gathered in Wilkes's Exploring Expedition. •f— H— Foliis basi obtusis vel retusis. 7. P. coRDiFOLius, Benth. Sarmentosus, etiam scandens, prui- noso-puberulus vel glabratus ; foliis ovatis vel subcordatis scepe den- ticulatis parce dentatisve scabridis, venis supra impressis ; floribus plerumque resupinatis ; sepalis ovato-lanceolatis ; corolla ultrapollicari coccinea ; filamento sterili dense barbato. — " Runs over tall bushes like a Lonicera " ; and, as the bright scarlet flowers are profuse, it would be a great acquisition to the gardens. Probably a variety of this, or possibly an allied species, is the plant collected in Cajon Pass by Dr.Bigelow, in Whipple's Expedition, with vestiges of fruit only, which I unfortunately, but very doubtfully, re- ferred to P. Lewisii. § 3. (Ambigui.) Suffruticosus, foliis coriaceis, inflorescentia panicu- lata. Corolla miniata, speciosa, superne ampliata, labiis brevi- bus, superiore suberecto, inferiore tripartito reflexo. Antherae glabrae, reniformes, effoetge propter rimam leviter incorapletam (nempe imam basim loculorum non attingentam) baud explanatae. 8. P. BACCHARiFOLius, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4627 ; Gray, in Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 114. W. Texas, 439, 1479, coll. Wright. A well- marked, showy species ; the anthers making a slight approach to the structure in the section Saccanthera. § 4. (Elmigera, Reichenb., sine char.) Herbfe, plerumque glaber- rimse, foliis iutegerrimis, caulinis sessilibus lanceolatis seu lineari- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: OCTOBER 14, 1862. 59 bus, paniculis virgatis laxifloris. Corolla coccinea tubulosa, pi. m. bilabiata, labio superiore erecto concavo, inferiore patente vel de- flexo. AntherjB glabra?, loculis a basi ad suhapicem debiscentibus, apice vero clausis, efFoetis ergo baud explanatis. Filamentum sterile nudum. 9. P. BARBATUS, Nutt. Elatus, floribundus ; corolla eximie bilabi- ata, labio inferiore deflexo ad faucem vulgo bai'bato; antbera? loculis (etiam in alabastro juniore divergentibus) maxime divaricatis. — Mexico; common. iS. ToRREYi. (Gray, in Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 114. P. Torreyi, Bentb. in DC. Prodr.) Corolla fauce minus barbata vel nuda, labiis vulgo (prssertim superiore) paullo longioribus. — Rocky Mountains in Colorado Territory to Northern Mexico. Clearly a mere form of P. barbattts, tbe name of which was not well chosen. (581, Fendl. ; 440, 1474, Wright; 395, Hall & Harbour.) y. WiSLiZENi. (P. coccinea, Engelm. in Mem. Wisliz., p. 107.) Pauciflorus, statura facie corollisque superne dilatatis P. imberbis, sed loculis antherse divaricatis. — Chihuahua, Wislizenus. The speci- mens are quite intermediate between P. barhatus and P. imberbis, the corolla more bilabiate than in the latter, but less so than in the former, especially than in the var. Torreyi, the lobes of the lower lip broader, shorter, and apparently less recurved. The absence of beard in the throat is of small consequence ; the strongly divaricate anther-cells assign the plant to P. barbatus in preference. 10. P. IMBERBIS, Trauttv. (P. Humboldtii, Don. C/ielone imberbis, H. B. K.) Sesquipedalis, laxiflorus ; corolla superne sensim dilatata, labiis brevibus, inferiore baud deflexo nee recurvo ; antherte loculis diu parallelis (ut videtur nunquam divaricatis). Mexico. Under no. 1274 of Coulter's Mexican collection, I have both this and P. barbatus. § 5. (Speciosi.) Herbae, pleruraque glaberrimre, foliis integerrimis, caulinis sessilibus, floribus thyrsoideo-paniculatis speciosis. Co- rolla e purpureo seu violaceo caerulea superne ventricoso-ampli- ata, limbo breviter bilabiato, lobis rotundatis asqualiter patentibus. Antherse laxe pilosse vel hirsutulas, vel in eadem specie nunc gla- brae, loculis divaricatis a basi vix ad summum apicem debis- centibus, efFoetis hand explanatis. 11. P. GLABER. (P. glabra, Pursh. P. Erianthera, Nutt. in Fras. Cat., non Pursh. The latter name frequently inappropriate, not pub- 60 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY lislied with a character, and applied by Pursh to a different species ; so that Pursh's good name has priority, and is altogether to be prefered. P. Gordoni, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4319.) Glaberrimus ; foliis sajpius glau- cescentibus, caulinis lanceolatis seu ovato-lanceolatis ; sepalis late ovatis margine submembranaceis aut muticis aiit acumine nunc brevissimo nunc longiusculo terminatis ; filamento sterili apicem versus breviter hirsute, baud raro in stirpibus tarn indigenis quam cultis pilis evanidis glabro. — Upper Missouri to the mountains of Utah and New Mexico. iS. occiDENTALis. {P. speciosus, Dougl., Lindl. Bot. Eeg. t. 1270.) Fere var. a ; foliis caulinis vulgo angustioribus ; antheris cum filamento sterili glabris. — Interior of Oregon, in and near the Rocky Mountains. y. ALPiNUS. {P. alpinus, Torr., Benth. in DC. Prodr.) Humilior (4-12-poll.), strictior; sepalis e basi ovata seu oblongo-lanceolata sen- sim longe acuminatis. — Rocky Mountains, on both sides. (No. 259, coll. Parry.) This has the anthers and the tip of the sterile filament more commonly or more abundantly hairy than in the ordinary P. gla- ber, into which it manifestly passes. The acuminate portion of the sepal green, firm, and marginless. 8. CYANANTHUS. P. cymiantlius, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4464, raised from seeds from the upper valleys of the Platte, in the Rocky Moun- tains, I know only from the published figure. I had mistaken it for a large form of P. acuminatus, in Botany of Mexican Bound. Survey ; but it clearly must stand next to P. glaber, var. alpinus ; from which it appears to differ only in its greater height and robustness, large and dense thyrsus, and its bi'oader (cordate-ovate) and acuminate upper cauline leaves. Probably it is no more than a particularly well-grown state of the above plant. All the varieties are showy, and the species is one of the handsomest in cultivation. 12. P. STRiCTUS, Benth. in DC. Prodr. Glaberrimus, subglaucus, virgatus ; caule gracili ; panicula angustata ; foliis caulinis longe linea- ribus ; floribus vix evolutis fere P. glabro sed multo minoribus. — Wind River Mountains, near the sources of the Sweet Water of the Platte, Fremont. The specimen is too incomplete for much investigation. It may prove to be an extreme form of P. glaber. 13. P. Fremonti, Torr. & Gray, ined. Pruinoso-puberulus, spi- thamseus et ultra ; foliis imis spathulatis, caulinis lanceolatis sessilibus ; panicula stricta spiciformi nuda, cymulis approximatis plurifloris bre- vissime pedunculatis ; sepalis oblongo-ovatis acutis margine membra- naceis; corolla (9 lin. longa) anguste infundibuliformi vix bilabiata; OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 14, 1862. 61 antheris parce hirsutis ; filaraento sterili apice dilatato bine barbato. — " On the Uinta plains, very abundant and in large patches. June 5, 1844." Fremont. Clearly of this section, notwithstanding the prui- nose pubescence. § 6. (Genuini.) Herba3 variae. Corolla aut modice aut vix bilabiata, labiis lobisve vulgo patentibus. Antherse glabrae, valvulis baud raro denticulato-ciliatis, loculis a basi ad summum apicem usque rima continua dehiscentibus, elFoetJB apertaB, plerumque explanatse. * Undique glaberrimi glauci (summo caule P. C(Brule(B quandoque ex- cepto), foHis integerrimis coriaceis, caulinis arete sessilibus seu amplexicaulibus : inflorescentia thyrsoidea virgata, pedunculis cymularum plerumque brevissimis seu vix uUis tri - plurifloris : corolla superne pi. m. dilatata, vix bilabiata, lobis patentibus vel patentissimis planis. •1— Gcerulijlori ; corollis baud pollicaribus laete azureis seu purpureo- CEeruleis ; filamento sterili apice saepissime dilatato flavo-barbato. 14. P. c^RULEUS, Nutt. (P. angustifolius, Nutt. in Fras. Cat., Pursh.) Spithamjeus ; foliis lineari-lanceolatis, superioribus apiceque caulis vulgo minutim pubescentibus ; sepalis lanceolatis sensim acumi- natis margine stepius ciliolatis albo-membranaceis. — Upper Missouri and Platte, etc. Nuttall probably included forms of the next species under his P. ccendeus, probably with good reason. The pubescence of the stem, not mentioned by Nuttall, is alluded to by Pursh. It is evi- dent in a specimen said to be an original one of Bradbury's, in Rafl- nesque's, now Mr. Durand's, herbarium, in that of Nuttall, in herb. Acad. Philad. (from the Platte), and in that of Fremont from the Wind River Mountains, in Dr. Torrey's herbarium ; — which are the only genuine ones before me. But the same thing, only perfectly glabrous and the sepals less white-margined, is Geyer's no. 154 (P. cceruletis, Hook, in Kew Jour. Bot. 3, p. 299) ; and also Richardson's specimens from the north, on which P. acuminatiis, ^3. minor, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. is partly founded ; and these pass insensibly into such specimens as Parry's no. 264, which is undoubtedly a narrow-leaved state of P. nitidus, Dougl. So that one ought really to add the next species to P. ccendeus, diverse as are the extreme forms. 15. P. ACUMINATUS, Dougl., Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1295. (P. nitidus, Dougl., Benth. in DC. Prodr. P. secundijiorus, Benth. 1. c. P. Fend- leri, Gray in Pacif. R. R. Exped. 2, p, 168, t. 5, & in Bot. Mex. VOL. VI. 8 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Bound, p. 114, excl. syn. P. cyananth.) Spithamgeus ad sesquipedalem ; foliis radicalibus spathulatis, caulinis lanceolatis oblongis ovato-lanceo- latis vel prgesertim superioribus subcordatis rigidis lajte glaucis ; thyrso eloncato floribundo ; sepalis aut ovatis aut lanceolatis corolla 6-10 lin. lonf^a ; capsula acutissime acuminata. — Saskatchawan and interior of Oregon, along the mountains and elevated plains to Chihuahua. (No. 576, Fendler; 245 and 463, Wislizenus ; 1473, Wright ; 258, Parry, a form nearly similar to P. secundijiorus, Benth. ; 264, Parry, and 390, Hall and Harbour, passing to P. ccBruleus.) Lindley, in pub- lishing P. acuminatiis, describes the sterile filament as slightly hairy and hooked at the point, but figures the tip dilated. So I find the tip dilated and more or less yellow-bearded in the only flowering specimens I have from the interior of Oregon, collected by Mr. Spalding. Ben- tham's character, "filamento sterili filiformi glabro," which has been misleading, I have verified only in Hall and Harbour's no. 385, which in other respects is just P. secundijiorus. There is no question about the propriety of reducing all these synonymes to P. acuminatus. ^_ H_ Grandijlori ; corollis sesquipollicaribus speciosissimis; foliis cau- linis prEEsertim superioribus rotundatis amplexicaulibus vel connato- perfoliatis ; sepalis baud acuminatis ; filamento sterili apice adunco leviter dilatato : cymiulis 2 - 5-floris absque pedunculo communi. 16. P. GRANDIFLORUS, Nutt. {P. Bradburii,V\\vii[\.) Tripedalis ; foliis omnibus distinctis ; pedicellis abbreviatis ; corolla subito inflata C£esio-ca3rulea ; filamento sterili apice vix barbulato. — Wisconsin and Iowa to Kansas. A very handsome species in cultivation, and the earliest to flower. It is singular that it has not yet been figured. I have never observed the sterile filament bearing a small two-lobed an- ther, as Nees records in Prince Neu-Wied's Travels; on the contrary, in the plants now for many years cultivated in the Cambridge Bo- tanic Garden, this filament is absolutely wanting in about one blos- som out of twenty. 17. P. MuRRAYANUS, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 3472. Bi - tripedalis ; foliis superioribus floralibusque in laminam orbiculatam connatis ; pedicellis gracilibus ; corolla sursum modice sensim ampliata l^te rubra ; fila- mento sterili glaberrimo. — E. Texas (coll. IT. 292, Drummond ; 282, Lindheimer, &c.) and Arkansas. In Mr. Durand's herbarium is a specimen of P. Murrayanus from T. J. Hale of Wisconsin, said to have been found at Dubuque, Iowa (where Dr. Hor collects P. grandi- jiorus) ; but I suspect there is some mistake about it. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: OCTOBER 14, 1862. 63 •f — I — I— Ruhrijiori ; corollis vix ultrapoUicaribus rubris vel coccineis ; foliis inferioribus oblongis, superioribus subovatis seu lanceolatis araplexantibus ; caulibus sfepius elatis. 18. P. CENTRANTHiFOLius, Benth. (Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 5142.) Sepalis lato-ovatis ; corolla pollicai'i kermesina tubulosa superne vix ampliata, limbo brevi tequali ; filamento sterili glaberrimo. — California. The corolla is bright carmine, the lobes equal, except that the two upper are united higher, and equally spreading, scarcely longer than the breadth of the throat. 19. P. PUNiCEUS, Gray in Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 113. Cymulis plurifloris densioribus ; sepalis ovatis seu oblongis ; corolla pollieari vel minore laete coccinea tubulosa fauce leviter ampliata, limbo amplo sub- £equali, lobis rotundatis ; filamento sterili sub apice barbato. — Ari- zona. 20. P. Wrightii, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4601. CymuKs paniculas laxe virgataj paucifloris ; sepalis oblongis apice patentibus ; corolla haud pollieari Itete roseo-rubra superne ventricoso-dilatata, limbo am- plo, lobis rotundatis patentissimis, filamento sterili hinc longe denseque barbato. — W. Texas and Arizona. Length of the corolla and breadth of its limb about equal. * * Undique glaberrimus, subglaucus, elatus ; foliis crebre seu ovato- lanceolatis coriaceis, caulinis superioribus in laminam amplexi- caulem connatis : panicula laxa, elongata, cymulis 3 - 9-floris pedunculatis : corolla (pollicaris) caerulo-purpurea, tubo superne inflato, limbo bilabiato, lobis latissimis patentissimis ; filamentum sterile glabrum. 21. P. SPECTABiLis, Thurber, in Pacif. R. R. Exped. 4, p. 119 (63), & Bot. Mex. Bound. 1. c. ; Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 5260. — Califor- nia to W. Texas. (1475, Wright.) * * * Glabri prjeter inflorescentiam calyces corollasque minutim viscoso-pubentes ; foliis lanceolatis, vel superioribus e basi dilatata amplexicauli ovato-lanceolatis sensim acuminatis integerrimis : panicula laxa, peduncuUs paucifloris: corolla sesqui -bipoUicaris, lobis subsequalibus patentibus : filamentum sterile fere glabrum. Mexicani. 22. P. GENTiANOiDES, Don. (Cheloue gentianoides, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. &. Sp. 2, t. 172.) Corolla violacea, vix sesquipoUicaris, supra 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY calycem usque ad faucem valde ampliata carapanulata : pedunculi abbreviati. 23. P. Hartwegi, Benth. (P. gentianoides, Bot. Eeg. 1838, t. 3 ; Bot. Mag. t. 3661.) Corolla bipollicaris, coccinea vel sanguinea, superne sensim leviter dilatata tubuloso-infundibuliformis : pedunculi 2 - 3-flori elongati. * * * * Undique fere glabri ; foliis pinnatipartitis, segmentis an- gusto-linearibus : panicula laxiflora : corolla purpurea, baud polli- caris, superne ampliata, lobis subsequalibus : filamentum sterile apice barbatum. 24. P. DI3SECTUS, Ell. Bot. 2, p. 129; Chapm. Fl. p. 289.— Georgia. o ***** Glabri, vel pruinoso- seu viscoso-puberuli, angustifolii ; foliis filiformi-subulatis linearibus vel lineari-spatbulatis, omnibus integerrimis ; racemo simplici seu panicula virgata laxiflora. (Cf. spp. subsequentis foliis quandoque integerrimis glabris.) ■»— Inflorescentia stricte racemosa, i. e. pedunculis unifloris, infimis rarissime bifloris ; corolla vix bilabiata. •1-+ Foliis angustissimis fere filiformibus glabris. 25. P. TENUiFOLius, Benth. Elatus, ramulosus, foliosus, subpu- berulus ; racemo elongato laxo ; corolla (pollicari purpurea ?) superne valde ampliata, lobis brevibus ; filamento sterili imberbi. — Mexico. 26. P. LARiciFOLius, Hook. & Am. (P. flifolius, Nutt. ined.) Semipedalis, ccespitosus ; caudicibus crebre foliatis ; caulibus floridis gracilibus simplicibus ; racemo 4 - 8-floro ; corolla (semipollicari purpu- rea), tubo superne ampliato ; filamento sterili barbato. — Utah. 27. P. AMBiGuus, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. Y. & Marcy, Rep. t. 1 6. Subpedalis ad bipedalem, paniculato-ramosus e basi lignescente ; foliis inferioribus linearibus basi attenuatis, superioribus subulato-filiformi- bus vel aceroso-subulatis ; racemis laxifloris ; corolla (" alba purpureo tincta "5-8 lin. longa), limbo amplo patentissimo pi. m. obliquo ; fila- mento sterili glabro. — Rocky Mountains of Colorado Territory to Ari- zona. — Forma vera : corollee tubo semipollicari stepius incurvo superne vix dilatato, limbo explanato semipollicem diametro, fauce fere undi- que hirsutula; filamento sterili quandoque antheram parvara gerente. — To this belong Bentham's var. foliosus, Fendler's no. 569 (probably, for the flowers are wanting), 459, &;c. of Wislizenus, 1471 of Wright, OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 14, 1862. 65 742 of Thurber, &c. But some of Wright's specimens, and no. 74 and a part of IS'' of Wislizenus's, have the tube of the corolla as short and funnel-shaped as in the following. /3. Thurberi (P. TJmrheri, Torr. in Pacif. R. R. Exped. 7, p. 15, hot. appx.). Corolla minor, brevior, hand semipollicai'is, tubo magis dilatato, fauce lineis 2 barbatis antice instructa. — Here belong Dr. Antisell's specimens from the Burro Mountains, and Thurber's 1056 from Ojo de Gavilan, New Mexico, as described by Dr. Torrey, fi'om Prof Thurber's notes. The distinctions are well taken ; but the speci- mens mentioned above make me hesitate to admit the species. ++ ++ Foliis lineari-lanceolatis seu lineari-spathulatis sajpius puberu- lis vel pruinoso-pubescentibus ; caulibus basi lignescentibus. 28. P. Gairdneri, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. Spithamteus, basi ra- mosissimus ; pedicellis brevibus oppositis vel alternis ; sepalis glandu- loso-viscosis ; corolla semipollicari ; filamento sterili longitudinaliter barbato. — Mountains of the Northwest Coast. The naturalists of Wilkes's Expedition collected a flowering specimen in Washington Territory. 29. P. DASTPHYLLUS, Gray in Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 112. Pruinoso- vel subglanduloso-puberulus ; caule subsimplici ; racemo laxe pauci- floro ; pedicellis alternis vix bracteolatis ; corolla purpureo-caerulea fere sesquipollicari ; filamento sterili glabro. — Arizona and New Mexico. (1478, Wright.) -1— -1— Inflorescentia racemose- seu virgato-paniculata, pedunculis pie- risque 2 - 5-floris ; sepalis ovatis ; caulibus erectis vulgo simplicibus. •t-i- Ultrapedalis ; pedunculis alternis brevibus 1 - 2-floris ; coroUis pu- niceis subpollicaribus. 30. P. LANCEOLATUS, Benth. Pruinoso-puberula vel glabella, pedi- cellis calycibusque subglandulosis ; filamento sterili glabro. — Mexico ; 184, Hartweg ; 57 and probably 441, Gregg. In my specimens of Hartweg's collection, as in others, I do not always find the " pedunculi communes subnulli " ; but some of them are uniflorous. ++ -n- Bi - tripedalis ; pedunculis oppositis elongatis 2 - 5-floris ; pani- cula quam in cseteris laxiori ; corollis " casruleis " (an purpu- reis ?) superne ampliatis sesquipollicaribus. 31. P. STENOPHYLLUS, Gray in Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 112. Glaber, foliis linearibus 3-4-pollicaribus, superioribus minoribus angustissimis ; 8* 6Q PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY filamento sterili glaberrimo. — Mexico, Cosiquiriachi, Wislizenus, 186. Arizona, 1477, Wright. ++++++ Semi-sesquipedalis, cum foliis sgepius minutissime pruinoso- puberulus ; pedunculis pedicellisque brevibus ; corollis purpureis ultra-semipollicaribus, fauce valde ampliata, limbo breviter bilabi- ate, labio superiore minus patente. 32. P. viRGATUS, Gray, 1. c. Caule e basi simplicissimo ; foliis linearibus seu lineari-lanceolatis 1^ - 4-pollicaribus ; panicula elongata angustissima multiflora nunc secunda, pedunculis plerumque oppositis ; corolla roseo-lilacina ; filamento sterili glaberrimo. — New Mexico ; 580, Fendl.; 1476, Wright. 33. P. LiNARioiDES, Gray, 1. c. Multicaulis e basi suffrutescente, cinereo-pallidus, foliosissimus ; foliis (pollicaribus vel brevioribus) in- ferioribus spathulato- superioribus angustissimo-linearibus, floralibus subulatis ; panicula angusta subsecunda ; pedunculis omnibus alternis, inferioribus 2 - 5-floris, superioribus unifloris ; corolla pallide ceesio- purpurea, palato barbato ; filamento sterili longitudinaliter barbato. — New Mexico and Arizona; 1472, Wright; 331, 1115, Thurber. H— -1--I- Axillijiori, nempe ramis (e caulibus ctespitoso-humifusis) usque ad apicem subsequaliter foliosis. 34. P. C^SPITOSUS, Nutt. in herb. Acad. Philad. (P. pumilus, Benth. quoad pi. Fremont., non Nutt.) Depressus, cinereo-puberulus ; ramis confertis e basi humifusa vel repente adscendentibus foliosissi- mis (1-3 poll, longis) ; foliis lanceolato- seu lineari-spathulatis mucro- nato-apiculatis aveniis (5-9 lin. longis) ; pedunculis axillaribus brevi- bus secundis mox decurvo-patentibus apice folioso-bibracteatis flores 1-3 assurgentes brevi-pedicellatos gerentibus ; sepalis e basi latiore marginibus scariosa lineari-lanceolatis foliaceis ; corolla (6-9 lin. longa) cajruleo-purpurea tubulosa, tubo superne sensim subampliato intus plicis 2 intrusis percurso, limbo breviter bilabiate, lobis sub- sequalibus ; filamento sterili longe barbato. — Rocky Mountains, Nut- tall (a diminutive specimen in herb. Acad. Philad.), Fremont (a poor specimen in herb. Torr.), Parry, Hall and Harbour, coll. 1862 (no. 393), at the Middle Park, also on "rocky ledges of the upper Platte, growing in spreading decumbent patches : flowers blue, with purplish tips, and streaked with pink lines, first found by Mr. J. Har- bour." Parry in litt. Very fine and full specimens (received as this article is going to press) are given in the recent collection above men- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBEK 14, 1862. 67 tioned, both of the form gathered by Nuttall, with the leaves only about half an inch long and scarcely a line wide, and of a luxuriant form, with larger leaves, and flowers three fourths of an inch long on longer pedicels. The leaves on decumbent branches are all turned to the upper side, and often falcate, while the peduncles are rigidly turned to the lower side of the branch. The species is a well- marked one, and the most dwarf of the genus. ****** Aut pi. m. pruinoso- sen viscoso-pubescentes, aut serrati- folii, aut panicula interrupta cymulis densitioris : inflorescentia ssepius thyrsoidea ; corolla nunquam coccinea. -I— Boreali-Americani ; corollis baud rubris. ++ Filamento sterili longitudinaliter flavo-barbato ; corolla superne campanulato- seu infundibuliformi-ampliata parum bilabiata. a. Foliis lanceolatis subintegerrimis, saltern superioribus floribusque viscoso-pubescentibus ; panicula stricta, pedunculis brevibus ap- pressis. 35. P. PUMiLUS, Nutt. Forte P. albidi forma alpina, nana (3 - 4- pollicaris), pauciflora, foliis caulinis basi paullo attenuatis, corolla glabri- uscula. — Little Goddin River in the Rocky Mountains, Wyeth. Fremont's specimen, referred here in the Prodromus, must belong to the preceding species. 36. P. ALBiDUS, Nutt. (P. teretijiorus, Nutt. in Fras. Cat, P. vis- cidulum, Nees, Bot. Appx. in Neu-Wied. Trav. p. 18.) Subpedalis; foHis majoribus Sccpe oblongo- seu ovato-lanceolatis ; panicula quasi spi- cata subverticillatim interrupta cymulis plurifloris vel in depauperatis pauciflora ; sepalis lanceolatis viscido-pubentissimis ; corolla f-pollicari e purpureo albida, tubo superne sensim modice ampliata, limbo imberbi ; barba filamenti sterilis breviuscula subinterrupta. — Upper tributaries of the Missouri to W. Texas. 37. P. CRiSTATUS, Nutt. (P. erianthera, Pursh, non Nutt.) Sub- pedalis ; panicula spiciformi, cymulis 3 - 4-floris ; sepalis lineari-Ianceo- latis attenuatis hirsutissimis ; corolla pollicari violaceo supra calycem late infundibuliformi-ampliata, labio inferiore intus et filamento ste- rili pilis longis insigniter barbatis. — Upper Missouri to the Rocky Mountains. 38. P. Jamesii, Benth, (P. albidus, Torr. in Ann. Lye. pro parte.) Spithamseus ad pedalem, puberulus ; foliis liueari-Ianceolatis scepe denticulatis rigidis ; inflorescentia prgecedentis ; sepalis lanceolatis e 68 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY basi sat lata gradatim attenuatis viscldo-puberulis ; corolla ultrapolli- cari pallide purpurea supra calycem subito inflata campanulata, labio intus vix barbato ; filaraento sterili minus quam in P. cristato barbatis. — Eastern side Rocky Mountains and vicinity, to New Mexico (575, 579, Fendler) and the adjacent parts of Texas. Nearest to P. cristatus, from which it plainly differs in the narrower leaves, more abruptly ampliate corolla, shorter and less abundant beard, and the calyx more viscid-puberulent, as in P. albidus. h. Foliis latioribus ssepius serratis, caulinis plerisque amplexicaulibus ; panicula vulgo nuda laxiflora. 39. P. CoB^A, Nutt. Pedalis, raro bipedalis, viscoso-puberulus ; foliis ovatis oblongisve argute serratis vel denticulatis ; panicula pauci- flora cum sepalis oblongis vix acutis viscoso-pubescente ; corolla bi- pollicari ex albido purpui'ascente supra calycem subito inflata late campanulata intus glabra. Kansas to Texas. (142, Lindheimer ; 577, Fendler; 1834, Berlandier, depauperate.) 40. P. Digitalis, Nutt. Elatus (3 - 5-pedalis), pra;ter flores pi. m. viscosos sa^pissime glaberrimis ; foliis tantum serrulatis, caulinis (3 - G-pollicaribus) lanceolatis vel superioribus ovato-lanceolatis e basi lata sursum sensim attenuatis ; thyrso nudo laxo plurifloro ; corolla ultrapollicari alba superne e tubo angusto campanulato-ampliata, lobis brevibus subaequalibus, filamento sterili parcius barbato. — Illinois to Arkansas, Louisiana, and Georgia. ^. MULTiFLORTJS, Chapman, Fl. (P. multijiorns, Chapm. ined. P. crassifolius, Shuttlew., fide Benth.) is I suppose rightly placed by Dr. Chapman under this species, — a form from the pine barrens of Florida and Georgia, with the corolla smaller and narrower, less abruptly ampliate. But I have not seen sufficient materials. 41. P. TUBiFLORUS, Nutt. — judging from the insufficient specimens cited in the Prodromus (from Herb. Torr.), where the name of "Engel- man " should be Leavenworth — is probably a slender variety of P. Digitalis, with the corolla less ampliate, tubular-funnel-form, and the sterile filament less bearded. But sufficient materials ai'e not in hand. — Arkansas. ++++ Filamento sterili longitudinaliter saltem secus apicem dilatatum flavo-barbato ; corolla minus ampliata (P. glauco excepto) evi- dentius bilabiata. Gismontani vel montani ; inflorescentia baud glomerato-condensata. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 14, 1862. 69 a. Multiflori ; panicula thyrsoidea vel racemiformi nuda, foliis (canlinis aut argute serrulatis aut subintegerrimis) superioribus ad bracteas parvas diminutis, pedunculis vulgo tri-plurifloris ; corollas labio superiore saspius parum breviore. These species with the two preceding, all very difficult of definition in the herbarium, need re-examination in the living state. I have examined fresh flowers only of P. Digitalis and P. pubescens, — than which no two species are more clearly distinct, although in dried speci- mens they may not always be readily identified. From the shape of the corolla, P. glaucus should also be re-established. And I am obliged to intercalate an unpublished species of Nuttall, P. humilis, between the latter and P. gracilis, Nutt., here reduced to P. pubescens. The two new species which follow are choice fruits of Messrs. Parry, Hall, and Harbour's collection, during the present season, which, with other good materials, have come to hand just in time to find a place in this article as it is passing into the printer's hands (November, 1862). 42. P. PUBESCENS, Soland. (P. Icevigatus, Soland. P. Mrsutus, Willd. P. Mackayanus, Hortul.) Sub-1 - 3-pedalis, viscoso-pubescens vel fere glaber ; foliis caulinis (nunc lineari- nunc ovato-) lanceolatis ; thyrso laxifloro ; corolla albida cserulescente vel purpurascente su- perne sensim paullo ampliata leviter obcompressa sub labio inferiore plicis 2 intrusis sursum barbatis percursa, fauce subclausa ; filamento sterili deorsum longe denseque barbato. — Canada to Florida and Texas. In the fresh flowers the two introrse plicae of the lower side of the corolla, and the throat somewhat closed by the approximation of the base of the lower lip to the rather fornicate upper one, are char- acteristic. ^. GRACILIS. (P. gracilis, 'Nutt.; Bot. Mag. t. 2945, excl. descr. Graham; Bot. Cab. t. 1541.) Subglaber; foliis caulinis et thyrso angustatis ; corolla vulgo graciliori, plicis baud barbatis. — Saskatcha- wan to Texas. Clearly this is only a slender variety of P. pubescens, with the flowers commonly rather narrower, and its beard (always unreliable in this genus) reduced to some scattered hairs on the lower lip. Intermediate forms abound. 43. P. HUMILIS, Nutt. in herb. Acad. Philad. P. gracili Nutt. (P. pubescenti var. gracili supra) maxirae affinis, sed vulgo humilior (3 - 9-pollicaris), foliis pallidioribus, thyrso etiam strictiore, corolla satu- rate cserulea breviore (baud ultra-semipollicari) fauce satis ampliata hiante plicis sub labio inferiore obsoletis. — Rocky Mountains, Nuttall 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY (a very depauperate doubtless alpine specimen in herb. Acad. Philad.) ; common about Pike's Peak and vicinity, Parry, no. 257 (Enum. p. 27), Mr. Howard, and in taller specimens than before seen, Hall and Har- bour, 1862, no. 387, on low mountains, " an early and very pretty spe- cies," confirming its close relationship with P. gracilis. Yet this cannot be regarded as a variety of P. puhescens. ^ 44. P. GLAUCUS, Graham ; Lindl. Bot. Mag. t. 1286. Spithamseus ad ultrapedalem, prajter inflorescentiam floresque viscosos glaber ; foliis subglaucis, (radicalibus subovatis,) caulinis lanceolatis sen basi dilatata ovato-lanceolatis ; thyrso subcompacto (sepalis ovato-lanceolatis) ; co- rolla poUicari supra basim ventricoso ampliata lilacina seu violacea, fauce ampla hiante, plicis sub labio inferiore (pilis longis parce villoso) vix ullis. — Saskatchawan, or in the Rocky Mountains, Drummond. Var. /3. STENOSEPALUS : thyrso brevi compacto ; sepalis lanceolatis longe attenuato-acuminatis. P. glaucus, Gray, Enum. PI. Parry, p. 27. Rocky Mountains, about Pike's Peak, Clear Creek, &c.. Dr. James in herb. Torr., Dr. Parry, 261, 262, and coll. 1862, distributed by Hall and Harbour, 399. — Corolla, as in the figure P. glauciis in the Botanical Register, abruptly much ampliate, almost as much so as that of P. Digitalis, but more gibbous, very distinctly bilabiate, the lower lip a little exceeding the upper. 45. P. Hallii (sp. nov.). Nanus, 3 - 5-pollicaris, multiceps, praster jnflorescentiam calycesque (occulo armato) minutissime glandulosos gla- ber ; foliis glauco-pallidis integerrimis lineari-spathulatis seu lineari- bus basi attenuatis ; thyrso vel potius racemo simplici 4-10-floro, pedicellis calyce brevioribus ; sepalis ovatis oblongisve margine late scariosis sa;pius erosis ; corolla subpollicari e basi brevissima inflata ventricoso-campanulata cteruleo-purpurea, labiis brevibus suba^quilongis, superiori fere ad medium bilobo inferiori trilobo intus glabro, fila- mento sterili hinc barbato. — Rocky Mountains near Clear Creek, &c., in the alpine region, colh 1862, Parry, Hall and Harbour: no. 388 dis- trib. Hall and Harbour. — A most beautiful species, from the size of the flowers as compared with that of the stem, and their bright color. Co- rolla nearly an inch long, more inflated than that of P. glaucus, the con- tracted base being very sliort, decidedly bilabiate, but the lips only 3 or 4 lines long, very deeply colored ; the tube appears much paler. Radical and lower cauline leaves one or two inches long, including the narrowed base or petiole, 1^ to 2 lines wide towards the summit, thick- ish ; the floral ones reduced to 6 or 3 lines long, and scarcely at all OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 14, 1862. 71 dilated at the insertion. Flowers solitary or in pairs in the axils, the short peduncle usually bibracteate, forming a short racemose inflores- cence. Beard of the sterile filament short, but copious and extend- ing well down one side. This charming Pentstemon may appropri- ately bear the name of one of its zealous discoverers. b. Bi-triflori; caulibus usque ad apicem oequaliter foliatis; pedunculis unifloris plerisque ebracteatis ; corolla3 tubo vix gibboso, labiis cequilongis. 46. P. Harbourii (sp. nov.). Nanus, 2 - 4-pollicai-is ; caulibus multicipitibus pruinoso-puberulis usque ad apicem 2 - 3-florum jequali- ter foliosis ; foliis fere glabris crassiusculis obovatis oblongisve obtusis- simis integerrimis vel repandis ; pedicellis alternis cum calyce sub- aequilongo viscoso-pubescentibus ; sepalis ovatis breviter acuminatis seu lato-lanceolatis margine baud scariosis ; corolla purpurea (7-9 lin. longa), tubo cylindraceo limbo breviter bilabiato, labio superiori pro- funde bilobo, inferiore profunde trilobo intus ad faucem hispido-bar- bato ; filamento sterili apice dilatato bine deorsum barbato. — Rocky Mountains of Colorado Ten-itory, in the high alpine region, no. 396 of Hall and Harbour's distribution ; found only by Mr. J. P. Harbour, whose name it should bear. Leaves thickish, glabi'ous or minutely pruinose, 4 to 8 lines long, 3 to 5 lines wide, sometimes retuse ; the uppermost closely sessile by a more or less narrowed base, the lowest, or those of sterile shoots, ovate and tapering into a slender petiole. Pedicels in the axils only of the uppermost leaves, and alternate, in flower 1|, in fruit 2 or 3 lines long. Corolla bluish purple, slightly viscous-pubescent ; the tube slightly widening upwards ; the lips about 3 lines, the similar and spreading rounded lobes 1^ to 2 lines long ; a copious and rather stiff beard in the throat or on the base of the lower lip. Capsule not exceeding the calyx. ++ ++ -^-1- Filamento sterili apice barbato : corolla manifeste bilabiata, tubo vix aut ne vix ampliato. Transmontani, panicula interrupta, cymis multifloris condensatis, floribus pro genere parvis 5-8 raro 9 — 11 lin. longis. a. Serratifolii ; foliis ovatis seu ovato-lanceolatis ssepius argute denta- tis, caulinis superioribus basi subcordata amplexicaulibus ; sepalis vix scarioso-marginatis ; floribus minus confertis. 47. P. OVATUS, Dougl. Puberulus, latifolius ; sepalis ovatis seu lato-lanceolatis ; corolla purpureo-cserulea. Oregon to British Co- lumbia. 72 PROCEEDINGS OF -THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 48. P. PRUINOSUS, Dougl. Pubescens ; foliis cassiis ; inflorescentia (saspe quasi verticillata) et prcesertim sepalis (lanceolatis longe attenu- ato-acuminatis) viscoso-villosis ; corolla laste cyanea. — Priest's Rapids of the Columbia River ; found only by Douglas, long ago lost from the gardens. b. Integrifolii ; foliis glaberrimis fere semper integerrimis, caulinis lan- ceolatis oblongisve ; sepalis saltern marginibus albo-scariosis ; pa- lato vulgo barbato ; thyrso spiciformi interrupto ssepius quasi verticillastrifloro. 49. P. ATTENUATUS, Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1295. Sesqui - bipedalis ; foliis raro paucidenticulatis ; inflorescentia villosa seu pi. m. viscoso- pubescente ; cymis plerisque breviter pedunculatis ; sepalis ovato- lanceolatis anguste scarioso-marginatis ; corolla ochroleuca vel caeruleo- purpurea ultra-semipoUicari. — Lewis and Clarke's or Kooskooskie River. The figure in the Bot. Register depicts the flowers as ochro- leucous. Bentham writes, " corolla sulphurea." But in similar speci- mens collected on the Kooskooskie by the naturalists of Wilkes's Expe- dition it is noted that the " corolla is blue " ; while Hooker remarks that those of Douglas's specimens were purple. The color is probably vari- ous. Mr. Spalding's specimens from Clearwater, in the same district, have the inflorescence and calyx varying from rather slightly viscid- pubescent to merely puberulent ; the color of the flowers not recorded. 50. P. CONFERTUS, Dougl. ; Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1260. Glaberri- mus, semi - sesquipedalis, strictus ; floribus dense glomeratis ; cymis prseter infimas fere sessilibus ; sepalis lato-lanceolatis seu ovatis latis- sime albo-scariosis margine soepius eroso-dentatis vel laciniatis aut acutis aut in acumen saepe longum viride productis ; corolla angusta 5-6 lin. longa, sulphurea. — Interior of Oregon and Rocky Moun- tains. /3. c^RULEO-PURPUREUS. (P. procerus, Dougl., in Bot. Mag. t. 2954; Bot. Cat. t. 1616. P. Tolmiei, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 97. P. micranthus, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Philad.) Spithamajus ad bipeda- lem ; corolla cteruleo-purpui-ea. — Plains of the Saskatchawan, and through the Rocky Mountains to the coast range of Oregon and British Columbia. I find nothing beyond the color of the flowers to distinguish this from P. confertus ; and the name P. procerus is sin- gularly inappropriate for a plant like this, never tall, and ordinarily one of the lowest of the genus. The sepals are most variable, and the variations are not in relation with the color of the corolla. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 14, 1862. 73 ++ ++ ++ ++ Filamento sterili glaberrimo. a. Serratifolii, confertiflori, panicula stricta multiflora ; corolla parum bilabiata. 51. P. DEUSTDS, Dougl. in Bot. Reg. t. 1318. (P. ilicifolius, Nutt. ined.). Glaber ; foliis stepe laciniato- seu pectinato-serratis, caulinis oblongis seu lanceolatis ; cymis pedunculatis, sepalis lanceolatis acu- minatis; corolla flavida semipollicari, tubo parum ampliato. — Interior of Oregon ; a rare species ; but it has been collected by Douglas, Nut- tall, and (on the Spokane River) by the naturalists of Wilkes's Explor- ing Expedition. Also by Dr. Lyall, on the Kootenay River, in 1861. Corolla more slender than in Lindley's figure. 52. P. HETERANDER, Torr. & Gray in Pacif. R. R. Exped. 2, p. (9) 123, t. 8. Glaber (calyce minute puberulo excepto), virgatus ; foliis lanceolatis seu lineari-oblongis argute denticulatis ; panicula spi- ciformi interrupta gracili ; cymulis subsessilibus ; sepalis lanceolatis ; corolla albida semipollicari, tubo parum ampliato ; filamento sterili quandoque antherifero. — Sierra Nevada, interior of California. h. Subintegrifolii, laxiflori, pedunculis 1 - 3-floris ; corolla bilabiata. 53. P. TVhippleanus (sp. nov.). Pedalis; caule debili fohisque membranaceis ovatis oblongisve subserrulatis glabris ; panicula parva ; pedunculis plerisque oppositis 1- 3-floris; sepalis lineari-lanceolatis longe attenuatis laxis cum inflorescentia viscoso-pilosis; corolla polli- cari superne valde ampliata bilabiata, labio superiore breviore suberecto bilobo, inferiore trilobo intus parce barbato ; filamento sterili glaber- rimo apice dilatato uncinate. — Arroyas in the Sandia Mountains, New Mexico, east of the Rio Grande, Dr. J. M. Bigelow, in Whipple's Expedition, Oct. 1853. Stem slender, apparently diffuse from a de- cumbent base, leafy. Leaves thin ; the radical ones petioled, 3 inches long ; the cauline 2-1^ inches long, sessile, or the upper partly clasp- ing by the rounded base, ovate-acuminate ; only the floral ones reduced in size, these with the peduncles and flowers more or less viscid-pubes- cent. Peduncles nearly as long as the floral leaves : pedicels short. Sepals 5 lines long, very attenuate, even narrower than those of P. Jamesii ; the corolla almost as ampliate as that of P. cristaius, but very distinctly bilabiate, its color not recorded. Except for the beard- less filament and broader and thin leaves, this should stand with the above-named species. VOL. VI. 9 74 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY H— H— Mexicani; panicula laxiflora ; corollis roseis atro-purpureis vio- laceis, etc. snperne ventricoso-ampliatis ; foliis argute serratis vel denticulatis sensim acuminatis. 54. P. CAMPANULATUS, Willcl. (cum synon. Prodromi). Procter in- florescentiam pi. m. viscosam glaber; foliis caulinis distinctis lanceo- latis ovato-lanceolatis seu linearibas argute serratis ; panicula elongata nuda racemiformi secunda ; corolla superne aut tubuloso- aut campa- nulato-ventricosa ; filamento sterili pauUo barbato. — Common in culti- vation, under various forms. 55. P. PERFOLiATUS, A. Brongn. Viscoso-villosus ; foliis caulinis ovatis connato-amplexicaulibus denticulatis ; panicula interrupta foliosa ; filamento sterili fere glabro. ''' Sect. 2. SACCANTHERA, Benth. Anther* sagittata? vel hippo- crepiformes, loculis apice confluentibus rima unica deorsum usque ad medium debiscentibus, basibus saccatis. Transmontani ; inflo- rescentia paniculata. Corolla plerumque speciosa, violacea seu lilacina, superne ampliata, limbo breviter bilabiato. * Undique viscoso-pubescens, grandiflorus ; foliis amplis subserratis, superioribus cordato-amplexicaulibus. 56. P. GLANDULOsus, Liudl. Bot. Reg. t. 1262 ; Bot. Mag. t. 3688. P. staticifoUus, Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1770. — Oregon. * * Puberulus vel glaber ; foliis argute serratis vel pinnatifidis. 57. P. VENUSTUS, Dougl., Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1309. (P. amoenus, Kunze ?) Glaberrimus, erectus ; foliis lato- seu ovato-lanceolatis argute dentatis subcoriaceis ; panicula thyrsoidea laxiuscula ; sepalis ovato- lanceolatis ; corolla ultrapoUicari e tubo angusto supei'ne dilatata, lobis ciliatis ; filamentis omnibus superne antherisque parce pilosis rariusve glabris. — Oregon. 58. P. DiFFUSUS^ Dougl., Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1132; Bot. Mag. t. 3645. {^P. serrulatus, Menzies in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ?) Puberulus; caulibus adscendentibus ; foliis ovatis seu ovato-lanceolatis superioribus subcordato-amplexicaulibus crebre serratis ; panicula sa^pius foliosa, "^ cymulis densifloris ; sepalis ovatis acuminatis nunc laciniatis ; corolla baud pollicari ; antheris glabris ; filamento sterili apice barbato. — Or- egon to British Columbia. 59. P. RiCHARDSONii, Dougl., Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1121 ; Bot. Mag. t. 3391 ; Bot. Cab. t. 1641. (jP. laciniatum, Nutt. in herb. Acad. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 14, 1862. 75 Philad.) Fere glaber ; caule stepius ramoso ; ratnis patentibus ; foliis ovato-lanceolatis seu angusto-lanceolatis incisis vel laciniato-pinnatifi- dis, ramealibus ssepe alternis ; panicula laxa ; corolla poUicari violacea ; filamento sterili apice parce barbato. — Oregon. P. argutus, Paxt., of the gardens appears to be a form of this, or a hybrid between it and the foregoing species. 60. P. TRiPHTLLUS, Dougl., Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1245. Fere glaber, ramosus ; foliis lanceolatis seu linearibus paucidentatis pinnatifidisve rigidulis, inferioribus ternis vel quaternis, superioribus quandoque op- positis, ramealibus nunc alternis ; panicula laxa foliosa ; corolla semi- pollicari violacea superne parum ampliata ; filamento sterili superne dense barbato. — Oregon to British Columbia. * * * Glaberrimus vel pubero-glandulosus ; foliis integerrimis ; fila- mento sterili apice complanato glaberrimo vel glabi'iusculo ; pe- dunculis paucis gracilibus 3 - 6-floris. -1— Corolla semipollicari (cterulea) superne parum ampliata ; antheris glabris secus rimam minute denticulatis. 61. P. GRACiLENTUS, Gray in Pacif R. R. Exped. 6, (Bot.) p. 83. — Mountains of North California, Dr. Newberry. Lower leaves lan- ceolate, attenuate into slender petioles, the upper linear, attenuate at the base. -)— -)— Corolla ultrapollicari superne infundibuliformi-ampliata, limbo leviter bilabiata ; antheris secus rimam hirtello-ciliatis basi aut hirsutis aut glabris. 62. P. HETEROPHTLLUS, Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1809 ; Bot. Mag. t. 3853. Glaberrimus vel pruinoso-puberulus, vix glaucus ; foliis cauli- nis lineari-lanceolatis vel anguste linearibus basi attenuatis ; racemo vir- gato, nempe pedunculis unifloris raro bifloris ; corolla rubro-purpurea. — California. It is to be hoped that the color of the flowers may hold constant in this species ; for there are specimens which, in the shape of the leaves and in the inflorescence, in the herbai'ium appear quite am- biguous between this and the next species. 63. P. AZUREUS, Benth. PI. Hartw. p. 327, no. 1819. {P. glauci- folius, Gray in Pacif. R. R. Exped. 6, 1. c. P. Jaffrayanus, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 5045, forma latifolia.) Glaberrimus, glaucus ; foliis cauli- nis anguste aut lato- vel ovato-lanceolatis, inferioribus nunc spathulato- oblongis, superioribus arete sessilibus e basi lata subcordato-ovatis seu ovato-lanceolatis ; panicula virgata ; pedunculis 1 - 3-floris : corolla 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY pulcherrlme azurea, tubo basi rubro-purpureo. — California. The above names all evidently belong to one species, variable as to the foli- age, of which the P. azureus of Hartweg's collection represents the narrowest-leaved state, and P. Jaffrayanus of the Botanical Magazine the broadest. 64. P. L^TUS, Gray in Jour. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc. Subpedalis, pube brevi moUi glandulosa coesio-pruinosus ; cset. fere prascedentis. — Fort Tejon and vicinity, Xantus, Wallace. This is likely to be a glandular-downy variety of P. azureus. Species incertce seu vix cognitce. P. FRDTESCENS, Lamb, in Trans. Linn. Soc. 10, p. 259, t. 6. That this was collected in the Ural region (in the Government of Perm, by Georgi, 1773) — far away from its known congeners — seems to be made out by the ticket in Willdenow's herbarium, cited by Ledebour (Fl. Ross. 3, p. 222). So that Lambert was probably misled in some way as to the habitat " Kamtschatka and Unalaschka " ; and my mem- oranda made in 1839 enable me to certify that there was no specimen in Lambert's herbarium to authenticate Pursh's habitat, " On the Northwest Coast, M. Lewis" Lambert's figure makes it clear enough that the species does not belong to the section Erianthera. P. canosoiarhatum, Kellogg in Proceed. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci., Sept. 1859, (which is translated as meaning Gray -bearded Pentstemon,) I cannot make out. P. rostriJlo7-mn, Kellogg, 1. c, with cream-yellow flowers, is equally unknown to me. Saccularia Veatchii, Kellogg, 1. c., from Cerros Island, oflP California, of which two flowers were communicated to Dr. Torrey, one of them showing a small stei'ile filament, is probably a Russelia. Addenda. P. Menziesii (p. 56), var. ? Lyalli : ramis (an caulibus ?) herba- ceis virgatis sesquipedalibus ; foliis lanceolatis tenuioribus elongatis (vix coriaceis 2-3^ poll, longis) ; cjet. y. Scoideri. — Between Fort Colville and the Rocky Mountains, Dr. Lyall, ex herb. Hook. A most remarkable form, if not a distinct species. Dr. Lyall also collected true P. acuminatus, Dough, on the Walla- walla, with the dilated tip of the sterile filament bearded, as figured by Lindley, — and further north he obtained the rare P. pruinosus, Dougl. OF ARTS AND SCIEXCES : OCTOBER 14, 1862. 77 4. Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Calamagrostis, Sect. Deyeuxia. By Asa Gray. The species of Calamagrostis which possess the rudiment of a sec- ond flower {Deyeuxia, Kunth.), that have as yet been detected in Eastern North America, I can discriminate as follows : — * Panicle loose and open even after floivering, and the {mostly purple- tinged or lead-colored) strigose scabrous glumes not closing in fruit : hairs of the base of the flower about as long as the hyaline lower palea or sometimes a little shorter, not surpassed by those of the ru- diment ; awn slender, straight, about equalling the palea. Leaves flat ; culm tall. 1. C. Canadensis, Beauv. Glumes ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, barely a line and a half long ; awn very delicate, not exceeding the hairs of the flower. — Subarctic America (from Bear Lake) and throughout Canada to Pennsylvania and New Mexico above Santa Fe (Fendler, 957). 2. C. Langsdorffii, Trin. Glumes lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, attenuate-acuminate, 2^ to 3 lines long, often cinereously strigose-sca- brous; awn stouter and often slightly exceeding the palea. — Labrador and Newfoundland to Behring Straits, Sitcha ( G. strigosa, Bongard), and south to the White Mountains of New Hampshire in the alpine region (W. Boott), Santa Fe, New Mexico (Fendler, 969), and Oregon (Tol- mie, Nuttall, C. Columbiensis, Nutt. in herb., &c.). Also Greenland ( Wormskiold, fide spec, ex herb. Lehmann.) ; Scandinavia ( C. elata, Blytt. G. phragmitoides, var. elata, Anderss., — and it has the aspect of the last-named species, but the rudiment is manifest) ; Russia ; and Siberia (C. purpurea, Trin., &c.). C. hirtigluma, Steud., is certainly this species, but not Arundo Grcenlandica, Schrank. C Langsdorffii has been much confounded with C. strigosa, perhaps even by Wahlen- berg himself; whose Arundo strigosa would seem from the original figure and description to be the C. strigosa of Hartmann ( C. Hariman- niana. Fries), while all recent Scandinavian authors take it to be another, closely related, strict-panicled species, and from Wormskiold's herbarium we have the open-panicled and long-haired C. Langsdorffii under this name. The latter may be what Wahlenberg communi- cated to Bongard. At least, spikelets received by me from herb. Hook., as " C. strigosa, Sitcha " (whether from Bongard is not stated), belong to C. Langsdorffii. 9* 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY * * Panicle strict, its branches short and erect or oppressed after flowering, and the glumes mostly closed: lower palea membrana- ceous or even of nearly as firm texture as the glumes, scabrous: awn stoider. ^— Hairs of the base of the flower copious, nearly equalling or only aboitt one third (or rarely one half) shorter than the thin-membranaceous lower palea, not surpassed by those of the rudiment : awn straight or slightly bent, barely exceeding the palea. Leaves narrow and mostly inclined to be involute. Northern and Arctic species, also European. 3. C. STRiGOSA, Wahl., under Arundo, according to Fries, Anders- son, &c. Glumes lanceolate and gradually subulate-acuminate, consid- erably exceeding the flower, 2|^ to 3 lines long, scabrous on the keel ; awn from or below the middle of the palea. — Referring to the remarks under the preceding species, I have only to add, that I have never seen an American or even a Greenland specimen of O. strigosa, as un- derstood by Fries (Herb. Norm.) and all recent Scandinavian botanists, but have di'awn the character from specimens of Fries and Blytt. The Canadian specimen mentioned by Grisebach in Flora Rossica proba- bly belongs, like the Sitcha plant, to G. Langsdorfjii, which, in the un- expanded state, might be confounded with it. The rudiment of the second flower, in all the specimens examined, is short and wholly or almost naked ! 4. C. Lapponica, Trin. Glumes oval-ovate or lanceolate-ovate and short-acuminate or acute, about 2 lines long, little exceeding the flower ; awn from slightly or much below the middle of the palea (hairs scarcely or nearly one half shorter than the flower). — Labrador and Greenland ( C.Grcenlandica, Kunth.), and Arctic sea-coast. Lower Canada, Pursh, Canad. Herb. ! 5. C. STRiCTA, Trin. Panicle larger and more lobulate, the spike- lets more numerous, smaller (about a line and a half long), and more crowded than in the preceding ; glumes lanceolate- or ovate-oblong, obtuse or acute; awn fi'om the middle of the palea or lower. — Canada to the Arctic regions, the Rocky Mountains, &c. Spikelets mostly (but not always) larger than in the Scandinavian plant. Ledges at Wil- loughby Lake, N. Vermont, W. Boott: a rather luxuriant form, with spikelets nearly two lines long, resembling C. chalybcea. Fries, beino- to G. stricta what that is to G. Lapponica. Indeed, these two species appear to run together. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 14, 1862. 79 +- H— Hairs of the base of the Jlower slightly or one half shojier than the membranaceous loiver pulea and commonly surpassed by those of the rudiment : awn stout, divergent or bent when dry, but not twisted, not surpassing the glumes. Culms tall: leaves broad and flat. Eastern United States. 6. C. CONFINIS, Nutt. Panicle elongated, its rather slender branches spreading in anthesis but soon oppressed ; glumes oblong-lanceolate and very acute, 2 lines long ; hairs copious, slightly or one third short- er than the thin-membranaceous lower palea, which bears an awn much below its middle ; grain glabrous. — In swamps, Pennsylvania and New York. 7. C. NuTTALLiAXA, Stcud. (C coarctctta, Torr., not of Kunth under Deyeuxia.) Panicle contracted and spike-like ; glumes lanceo- late and subulately long-acuminate, serrulate-scabrous on the keel, fully 3 lines long ; hairs of the base of the flower scanty and barely half the length of the chartaceous-membranaceous and keeled lower palea on the dorsal side, longer on the other side, where they nearly equal those of the copious tuft at the summit of the otherwise naked rudiment; awn from half-way between the middle and the tapering summit of the palea; grain crowned with a bearded tuft. — Moist grounds, Massachusetts to North Carolina. -)--)—-{- Hairs of the base of the flower short and commonly not copi- ous, not reaching to the middle of the lower palea, at least on the lower side of the floiver : aion from toioards the base of the firm- membranaceous jjalea, mostly bent or diverging above, spirally twisted when dry. Leaves usually flat. 8. C. PoRTERi, n. sp. Leaves broadly linear, a woolly-bearded ring at the junction with the sheath ; panicle elongated, linear, with the branches appressed ; glumes lanceolate, barely acute, pale, and rather scarious, 2 or 24- lines long ; hairs of the flower and of the short rudi- ment scanty, nearly equal in length on the upper side of the flower and attaining about its middle, very short or wanting on the lower side ; awn equalling the palea, suprabasilar, twisted. — Huntingdon County, Pennsylvania, at Pulpit Eocks, and between Alexandria and Huntingdon, in the mountain region, on wooded and dry hillsides, Aug. 18G2, Prof. Thomas C. Porter. Stems 2 to 4 feet high. Leaves 2 to Sp- lines wide, tapering gradually to a slender point. Panicle 5 to 6 inches long, not purplish. This is an American analogue of G. varia or mon- tana of Europe ; but in that the glumes are more acute, the beard of tlie rudiment far longer and more copious, and the awn lon"-er. 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 9. C. STLVATiCA, DC. Panicle contracted ; glumes ovate-lanceolate, sharply acuminate, about 3 lines long ; hairs only one fourth of the leno-th of the flower, but the plumose elongated rudiment with its hairs reaching to or much above the middle of the flower ; awn suprabasilar, twisted, exceeding the palea and the glumes. — Arctic coast (Cpurpii- rascens, R. Br.), Saskatchawan (a specimen in Bourgeau'a collection has the second flower sometimes imperfectly, sometimes perfectly formed), &c., and Rocky Mountains. 10. C. PiCKERiNGii, Gray, Man. ed. 2. (C. sylvatica, var. hreviseta, ed. 1.) Panicle pyramidal, contracted after flowering, purplish ; glumes ovate-oblong, obtusish or obtusely somewhat pointed, 2 lines or less in leno-th ; hairs, both those at the base of the flower and of the short rudi- ment, scanty and very short, only one fourth or fifth the length of the very obtuse lower palea, which bears half-way between the middle and the base a stout and straight or bent (but not twisted) awn not surpass- ing the flower. — White Mountains of New Hampshire, in the alpine region, Aug. - Sept. A luxuriant and smaller-flowered variety of this was gathered far below the alpine region, at Echo Lake, Franconia, by Wra. Boott, Esq. ; its spikelets only a line and a half long. Hairs wanting at the base of the back of the lower palea, as in allied spe- cies. Rudiment always less than half, and often only a quarter of the length of the flower, and sparingly plumose with short hairs, or merely tipped with a few such hairs, or not rarely perfectly naked ! From the western side of North America are some forms of Cala- magrostis, as yet imperfectly known to me. The species in the books peculiar to that region are perhaps reducible to two, viz. : — C. Aledtica, Bongard. Some spikelets from an authentic speci- men, supphed from the Hookerian herbarium, show that I had cor- rectly (in Proceed. Acad. Philad., July, 1862, p. 334) referred here the a pallida, Nutt. in herb. Acad. Philad., a name changed by Mr. Buckley to C. albicans. The species is a well-marked one, with spike- lets 3 lines or more in length, the equal palea of nearly the same tex- ture as the glumes, short hairs at the base of the flower, and a short straight awn. From the character in the Reliquiae Ha^nkeana^ I infer that Deyeuxia Nutkaensis, Presl., is the same thing. C. DESCHAMPSioiDES, Trin. Judging from the figure of Trinius and the description in the Flora Rossica, to this may perhaps belong one of Nuttall's species published by Mr. Buckley under the name of C. ruhescens. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES ; NOVEMBER 12, 1862. 81 Mr. Agassiz made a communication intended to show : — That the principle generally received by geologists, that difference of fossils indicates difference of age, and that identity of fossils is essen- tial to synchronism of deposits, is erroneous ; for different areas of the same geological epoch would exist under different external condi- tions, and would therefore contain very different fossils, — just as the faunae of the present day differ widely from each other in different parts of the earth ; also that the so-called tertiary age is made up of at least ten distinct ages, with faunte specifically distinct from each other. If the principle thus far advocated has led to correct results, it is chiefly because the researches upon this subject have been carried on within one and the same zone in Europe and America. With the ex- tension of our comparisons over wider areas of the earth's surface, it becomes evident that the faunae of past ages, even when contemporary, may differ, according to their geographical relations, in a way similar to the differences existing among the fauna? of the present period. Five liunclred and fourteenth meeting. November 12, 1862. — Statute Meeting. The President in the chair. The Recording Secretary read letters received since the pre- vious meeting. Cyrus M. Warren, of Boston, was elected a Fellow, in Class I., Section 3 ; Alexander E. R. Agassiz, of Cambridge, in Class II., Sec- tion 3 ; W'^illiam P. G. Bartlett, of Cambridge, in Class I., Section 1 ; George Searle, of Brooklinc, in Class I., Section 1. Dr. C. T. Jackson presented a paper on the extraction of the cobalt oxide from the iron pyrites of Brockville, Canada West, by Thomas Macfarlane. He also enforced the great im- portance of a careful examination of the pyrites of this coun- try for nickel, on account of the value of this metal at the present time as an element in the currency. Dr. B. A. Gould presented some copies of his paper recently published by the Coast Survey, and entitled, " Standard Mean 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY FdgJit- Ascensions of Circumpolar and Time Stars, prepared 'for the use of the U. S. Coast Survey." He stated that This pamphlet contains, — 1st, the right-ascensions and decHnations, for the Mean Equinox of 1855.0, of 48 Circumpolar Stars, or stars within 25° of North Polar Distance, together with their proper mo- tions and the coefficients of all those terms of the precession which became appreciable within one hundred years ; 2dly, the right-ascen- sions, proper motions, annual precessions, and secular variations of 128 time-stars, or stars favorably situated for determining time within the latitude of any portion of the United States ; 3dly, the corresponding mean right-ascensions of each of these 176 stars for the beginning of every year, from 1851 to 1863 inclusive. To the fundamental tables are also appended the logarithmic constants for reducing from the mean to the apparent equinox, and their annual variations. The positions of these stars were originally computed in 1854, but have repeatedly since that time been revised and corrected by the introduction of new observations ; and they seem to be the best yet attainable, inasmuch as all observations of a high character which were to be found on record have entered into the determination. For each catalogue or series of o observations employed, the reduction to the zei'o of Argelander's Abo catalogue has been carefully deduced by the method of least squares, having regard both to constant terms and to terms which are functions of the right-ascension or declination ; the materials being derived, 1st, from collation of all stars common to Argelander's catalogue and to the authority under investigation ; and 2dly, where this means was suf- ficient, by indirect comparison through the medium of other catalogues. The star-lists in their present form were essentially completed early in 1861, although a few observations have since then been incorporated with the other materials. In March, 1862, manuscript copies were furnished by Professor Bache to the Superintendents of the Washington Observatory and of the American Nautical Almanac, on their respective applications, and these places adopted for use by them ; so that the fun- damental places or zeroes employed for determining time and right- ascensions are now identical in all the national scientific institutions. The equinox of 1855.0 was originally selected, because this date, being the semi-decade nearest to the time of computation, was then the most convenient. By a happy coincidence, this epoch is precisely a century later than the epoch of Bradley's observations, as reduced by OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : NOVEMBER 12, 1862. 83 Bessel in the Fundamenta Astronomice, the earliest trusty telescopic determinations ; and this circumstance has seemed a sufficient reason for leaving the oi'iginal epoch of computation unchanged, although a date nearer to the present time of publication would of course appear to be more natural. The small pamphlet now submitted contains only the last results of the laborious and protracted investigation which has long been prepared for the " Records and Results of the U. S. Coast Survey," of which it constitutes one volume. This work has been long delayed, in spite of the efforts of the Superintendent, and the present war threatens to postpone the publication for an indefinite period. It has now seemed desirable to the Superintendent of the Survey for many reasons to circulate in type the results long since disseminated in manuscript. Dr. Gould added, that, while the places here given were, in his belief, the best yet attainable, — nevertheless, since each new measurement furnished new materials for the research, he proposed to continue the work hitherto accomplished, by the periodic incorporation with the old data of the results of recent observation, that the limits of possible error may be reduced to a minimum, and that astronomers may hereafter find ready access at all times to the best positions for fundamental stars which the condition of practical astronomy affords. The committee to whom was recommitted the proposed draught of amendments to the Statutes and Standing Votes reported them back to the Academy for enactment, recom- mending, however, the adoption of the amendment of the draught of the Statute, Chapter lY., Section 2, essentially as proposed at the former session. The propositions being severally put to vote, the following were duly enacted as Statutes : — Chapter III., Section 3. The President, or in his absence the next officer as above enumerated, shall nominate members to serve on all the Committees of the Academy which are 7iot chosen by ballot. Chapter IV., Section 1. At the Annual Meeting there shall be chosen the following Standing Committees, to serve for the year ensuing, viz. : 2. The Committee of Finance, to consist of the President, Treasurer, and one Fellow chosen by ballot; who shall have charge of the investment and management of the funds and trusts of the Academy. The general appropriations for the expenditures of the Academy shall be moved by this Committee at the Annual Meeting, and all special appropriatio7is 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY from the general and puhlication funds shall he referred to or proposed hy this Com)mttee. 3. The Rumford Committee, of seven Fellows, to he chosen hy hallot ; who shall consider and report on all applications and claims for the Rumford Premium ; also on all appropriations from the income of the Rumford Fund, and generally see to the due and proper execution of this trust. Chapter VI., Section 4. All moneys which there shall not he present occasion to expend shall he invested hy the Treasurer, under the direction of the Finance Committe, on such securities as the Academy shall di- rect. Chapter VIL, Additional Section : — 1^ To all hooks in the library procured from the income of the Rum- ford Fund, the Librarian shall cause a stamp or label to he affixed, ex- pressitig the fact that they were so procured. The following additional Standing Vote was enacted : — 2'^. Boohs, puhlications, or apparatus shall he procured from the in- come of the Rumford Fund only on the certificate of the Rumford Com- mittee, that they, in their opinion, will best facilitate and encourage the making of discoveries and improvements which may merit the Rumford Premium. Also voted, That the Statutes and Standing Votes as now amended be printed under the direction of the Committee on Publication . Five Iiuudred and fifteenth Meeting^. December 10, 1862. — Monthly Meeting. The President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary read letters from Messrs. Bart- lett, Searle, and A. Agassiz, in acknowledgment of their elec- tion as Fellows. Dr. Hill read a paper " On a Geometrical Illustration of sev- eral Algebraical Theorems concerning the Roots and Powers of Monomials." Professor Peirce showed that some modifications of the geo- metrical figure would render it capable of illustrating a still wider range of algebraical theorems. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES ; DECEMBER 10, 1862. 85 Professor Hitchcock read the following paper, which was illustrated by specimens, casts, and drawings of the footprints described. Suppleme^it to the Ichnology of New England. By Edward Hitchcock. Professor Hitchcock stated that this paper was the result of the examinations he had made in preparing a descriptive catalogue of the large collection of fossil footmarks in Amherst College. He had thus become satisfied that some of the species of footmarks described in his Ichnology of New England, published by the government of Massachusetts in 1858, should be given up, that some others were doubtful, but that a still large number of new ones must be added to the list. The paper also contains important additions to the Ichnology in respect to insect tracks, and points out a supposed error, as to some of the larger tracks, into which the author and others have fallen, whose correction may essentially modify our views as to the nature of the animals. 1. Species of the Ichnology not reliable. Brontozoum isodacttluji. Ptilichnus typogkaphus. Plattpterna gracillima. Ptilichnus pectinatus. Batrachoides antiqdior. Grammepus uniordinatus. 2. Species of doubtful Character. Ambltontx giganteus. Platypterna Deaniana. Amblyonyx Lyellianus. Tridentipes uncus. Argozoum Redfieldianum. 3. Neiv Species. 1. Anom(epus intermedius. 2. Anomoepus minimus. This genus in the Ichnology is classed among the Marsupialoids, but called also Ornithoid, combining as it does characters found now in the Marsupials and Birds. Two species are described in the Ichnology, — A. major and A. minor. Two others are now added. VOL. YI. 10 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 3. Anisopus gracilior. The Anisopus is also regarded in the Ichnology as Marsupialoid ; but also Loricoid. 4. Brontozoum isodacttlum. The B. isodactylum of the Ich- nology is probably identical with Anomcepus intermedins, and therefore stricken out. The present is substituted, — a much larger species. 5. Grallator parallelus. Having the form of Grallator cur- sorius, but much larger, yet with even a smaller stride. 6. Harpedactylus crassus. ) Beautiful species, which I can 7. Harpedactylus gracilior. J hardly doubt belong to this genus. 8. Trihamtjs elegans. I make of this a new genus (Trias and Hamus, three hool's) as well as species, because I cannot refer the very distinct specimen which contains it to any genus of the Ichnology. It seems to have been a biped, so far as we yet know. 9. ExoCAMPE MINIMUS. Differs from the JE. ornafa of the Ich- nology chiefly by its minuteness. 10. Apatichnus curvatus (No. -^o* of the Cabinet). A fine track, doubtless undescribed ; but I am not sure it is an Apatichnus, for as yet we find no fore-foot. 11. Grammichnus Alpha. The Ichnology has two species of Grammepus, which means that the foot has the form of letters : Gram- michnus implies that the track has that form. This is the true idea; and I should prefer if Grammepus were stricken out. Yet the Gram- michnus Alpha is totally unlike the Grammepus of the Ichnology. It has the appearance of a repetition of the capital A impressed cross- wise upon the trackway. But I cannot imagine even by what class of animals it was made. 12. Ampelichnus sulcatus. This is the same as the Grammepus uniordinatus of the Ichnology. But a more careful examination shows it to be totally unlike the Grcmimepus erismatus. It is named from a not very close resemblance to a vine with its clusters (a/in-e^oy). I cannot refer it to any known class of animals. 13. Lunula obscura. This new genus is characterized by lunate impressions along the sides of an axis ; and perhaps they are made by a Myriapod. But the specimens are rather indistinct. 14. BiSULCUS UNDULATUS. 15. Trisulcus laqueatus. The Ichnology has a Unisulcus. The etymology of the above two new genera will show their essential character. They were doubtless Annelids. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : DECEMBER 10, 1862. 87 Insect Tracks. Though the Ichnologj does not undertake to distinguish between the tracks of Insects, Crustaceans, and Myriapods, yet it describes six species that had six feet with single linear extremities, and we can hardly doubt that these were insects. It also describes in the same group six other analogous species, some of which had apparently only two and others four feet. Yet on one or two specimens there appeared, occasionally at least, tracks of at least a second set of feet ; and the suggestion was made, that probably they had the six feet of insects, but only two or four of them usually left an impression. Several specimens recently obtained completely confirm this view. It is exceedingly probable, then, that at least fourteen species of insect tracks are described in the Ichnology. To these may be added two new ones, which follow, one of which seems to be a new genus. 16. BiFURCULAPES CDRVATus. The tines of the fork are so curved here as to be distinctive of a species. 17. Harpepds capillaris. The principal feet are beautifully curved, and the mud at the larger end of the track is crowded into a bunch, that may be regarded as a short handle to the sickle {ap-nrj, a sickle). The curve of the sickle is as fine as a delicate hair: hence the specific name. The other fourteen species are the following (see Ichnology) : — AcANTHICHNUS CURSORIUS. HeXAPODICHNUS MAGNUS. a. saltatorius. h. horrens. a. tardigradus. bifurculapes laqueatus. conopsoides larvalis. b. tuberculatus. Grammepus erismatus. B. scolopendroides. lithographus hierogltphicus. b. elachistotatus. l. cruscularis. copeza triremis. If these conclusions are correct, they show the presence, during the Connecticut Eiver sandstone period, of numerous insects, and thus the probability is increased that this rock is Jurassic rather than Triassic ; for of the species of fossil insects described by Bronn, only nine occur below the oolite, and one hundred and nineteen in that formation. Peculiar and Undetermined Specimens. 18. SCALICHNUS INCERTUS. These impressions are very distinct ; and if we look only at the 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY ladder-like rows, of which the specimen shown contained several, we should hardly doubt that they are tracks ; but the whole slab is cov- ered with analogous markings, and there are some rows of them that seem as if of vegetable origin. Though a name is for convenience attached to these specimens, yet it is extremely difficult to make up one's mind as to their character. 19. Perhaps Crustacean Tracks. Some large and remarkable slabs were described under this head. On these slabs, the largest three and a half by four and a half feet, may be noticed the following : — 1. Several perfectly straight grooves or furrows, perfectly parallel, sometimes not half an inch apart, resembling drift furrows. 2. Numerous rows of impressions, not less certainly than thirty-five, running across the slab, nearly parallel to one another and to the grooves, but sometimes intersecting at a small angle, and apparently independent of the grooves. 3. Circular dents, as if made by a blunt stick, but nearly equidis- tant ; sometimes elongated and linear, sometimes boot-shaped, some- times with a trifid arrangement in equidistant steps. 4. Three deeper and distinct furrows, parallel to the others, evi- dently tail-traces, from which small ripple-marks proceed like the vane of a feather. An excellent photograph of the largest slab was exhibited ; also outlines, several inches long, of the ten or twelve varieties of impres- sions of the natural size. By the aid derived from a recent paper in the Canadian Naturalist, by Dr. Dawson, " On the Footprints of Limu- lus, as compared with the Prototichnites of the Potsdam Sandstone," the suggestion was made that these impressions might have been the work of an analogous Crustacean. Supposed Mistake as to the member of Phalanges in the thick-toed Animals that made the Footmarks in the Connecticut Valley. The opinion seems to have been unanimous, with all who have examined the footmarks of the Connecticut Valley, that the number of phalanges denoted by the impressions in the thick-toed bipeds corresponds to those of most tridactyle birds, viz. (omitting the ungual phalanx, which would not show an impression distinct from that made by the penultimate phalanx) two in the inner toe, three in the middle, and four in the outer toe. And this is certainly the con- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : DECEMBER 10, 1862. 89 elusion to which the best specimens would naturally lead. But recent examinations have led to the conviction that one phalanx too many has been assigned to the outer toe. If any one will look at the outline sketches of the fourteen species of thick-toed birds, as they are called, given in the Ichnology, — or, better still, if he will look at the speci- mens in the cabinet, from which these were copied, — he will see that the hindmost phalanx of the outer toe lies entirely farther back, or nearly so, than the first phalanx of either of the other toes, so far as the author had been able to ascertain since this subject had arrested his attention. This is not the case in livins: animals ; but in birds especially, the first phalanx of the outer toe is abreast of that in the inner toe, though in the middle toe it is usually a little in advance of the others. Hence, what has been regarded as the imprint of the first phalanx of the outer toe was probably made by a heel-bone ; and in- deed in some cases this impression differs somewhat from the others. Hence the true number of phalanges in these fossil animals was three in the inner toe, and four in both the other toes. The author did not feel entirely satisfied" that this conclusion would stand ; but he had be- come more and more convinced of its truth, the more he examined the subject. "Want of access to large collections of living animals and ill health had embarrassed his investigations. Do the Protuberances on the under side of the toes correspond to the number of Phalanges, or to that of the articulations, or to neither'? These questions sprung up during this investigation, and have led to some examination. Plaster moulds of the feet of a few birds have been taken, which were exhibited, whose characters are as fol- lows. The protuberances on the foot of the turkey, both wild and domestic, correspond neither with the phalanges nor the articulations. They are more numerous than either, and very unequal as to size and depth. As many as six or seven can be counted. Those of the domestic hen are very similar. In the Botanies lentiginosiis they correspond to the articulations, — certainly so on the dried specimen from which the mould was taken. The wings on the toes of the Coot expand along the phalanges, and contract at the joints. The expansions in the Crow's foot correspond to the articulations, as is learnt from some impressions on clay from the banks of Connecticut River. 10* 90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY A good mould of the feet of the South American Ostrich {Rhea Americana) shows rather indistinctly the normal number of phalanges in the middle toe, but gives no idea of the number in the other toes. This mould was taken by Professor Jeffries Wyman. These resvilts show the need of further investigations in this direc- tion. They awaken a deeper interest in the remarkable uniformity of the phalangeal impressions of the fossil footmarks, apparently so much more perfect than in living animals. Were any of the Animals that made the Fossil FootmarTcs Birds ? The facts above stated as to the number of phalanges, if admitted, of which some doubt may still remain, very much weaken the strong- est argument for the ornithic character of the thick-toed bipeds ; perhaps they are absolutely fatal to such an opinion ; yet in all other respects the tracks correspond vs'ith those of birds. They were undoubtedly bipeds, and the long stride taken by some of them cor- responds with that of wading birds, but of no other known animals. Whether anatomists would admit that the earliest birds might have been so unlike the present species as to a slight difference in the number of phalanges, must be left for them to decide. Professor Hitchcock referred to the Anoyncepus as furnishing an- other argument against the ornithic character, — especially to a re- markable specimen recently obtained for the Amherst Cabinet. It is eleven feet long, and of its forty-nine tracks, forty-five belong to Anomcepus, and sixteen of them are so perfect as to show the papillae of the toes more or less. A drawing of the slab of the natural size was exhibited, showing the position and form, the phalanges and claws, and the papillae of the whole. Four rows of the tracks were mani- fest, the longest containing seventeen tracks, and three of these rows would be pronounced by a good judge of tracks to be those of thick- toed birds ; especially as the phalangeal impi'essions, — certainly on the inner and middle toes, and probably also on the outer one, — corre- spond with those of birds ; that is, as we have been accustomed to re- gard them. For here, too, the first phalanx of the outer toe is thrown back beyond that of the other toes. On looking, however, at the fourth row, which for the first five steps exactly resembles the others, we find at the fifth step two tracks nearly abreast, with long stout heels running back several inches, and a little in advance two small five-toed impressions ; proving beyond all question that the animal OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: DECEMBER 10, 1862. 91 was a quadruped with unequal feet and long heels to its hind feet ; as is still further proved by the trace of a tail. The animal seems to have rested for a moment upon all its feet ; and then it rose and went forward again upon the toes of its hind feet ; in other words, it was digitigrade ; and Professor Hitchcock suggested that several of these ancient animals must have used only the toes of their hind feet in walking, and rarely brought their fore feet to the ground. We must not hastily conclude from these facts that all the tracks of apparently biped animals in the valley are really those of quadrupeds, which proposition Professor Hitchcock attempted to prove in a paper read before the American Association for the Advancement of Sci- ence, at their Newport meeting, and published in their Proceedings. Moreover, he had attempted to show in his Ichnology, that the facts as to the number of phalanges in the Anomcepus might be explained without destroying the evidence of an ornithic origin in the fourteen thick-toed bipeds : for other slabs in the cabinet had taught the same facts, though less distinctly than the specimen above described. The facts, however, do show us that the quadrupeds of sandstone days had strong ornithic characters, and they justify the conclusion, that, if none of the animals that made the tracks were veritable birds, they approached very near them in chai-acter. Every department of pala3- ontology teaches that many of the ancient animals possessed inter- mediate characters between the less perfect races that preceded and the more perfect ones that followed, so that we should not think it strange if Ichnology teaches the same, as it does most decidedly; and it may be that, so nearly balanced sometimes are the characters between birds and reptiles, that from tracks alone we may never be able certainly to determine to which class the animals belonged. The recent discovery in the lithographic quarries at Solenhofen, in Bavaria, of the Gryphosaurus, is a striking illustration of this subject. For, according to the discoverer, it was a feathered fossil reptile, feathered on the fore legs, and with a radiate fan at the extremity of the tail. Its osteology, also, in some important respects, corresponds to that of birds. Indeed, it was stated by a member of the Academy, that Professor Owen still maintains that this animal was a bird, in opposition to the German anatomists, Wagner and Meyer. But if such eminent authorities differ, when even the skeleton is before them, much more may we hesitate when we have only tracks. It may be, however, that hght may come from Ichnology, which 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY even the fossil skeleton would not teach. Hence the importance of large collections of the footmarks. Professor Hitchcock stated that he had counted the individual tracks in the Amherst Cabinet, and found them to exceed 12,000, nearly 4,000 of w^hich are the tracks of insects. Within a few days, through the liberal donations of a few friends of science, the entire collection of Roswell Field, made at Turner's Falls, has been added, which will increase the collection by several thousand tracks. May they furnish new light to future ex- plorers ! [Postscript, January 15, 1863. Among the specimens just added to the cabinet, as mentioned above, are some very perfect ones, show- ing the phalangeal impressions with great distinctness. And one of them, probably a new species of Anomoepus, has in the outer toe, be- sides the hindmost impression, which I now regard as made by a heel- bone, four other perfectly distinct impressions in at least two tracks. Here, then, we have the normal number for birds, after setting aside the hindmost. Again, on another quite perfect sjjecimen of a Grallator, I find the same facts, — not so distinctly marked, indeed, as in the first case, still obvious enough to a practised eye ; and now that attention has been directed to this point, I am anxious to re-examine all my specimens of the fourteen thick-toed bipeds, to see whether they may not all have had the same number of protuberances. I incline to the opinion that it may so turn out ; and if so, that we may still confidently maintain that these species were birds. — March 20. It so turns out.] Dr. B. A. Gould directed th.e attention of the Academy to an echo, of remarkable excellence, in the chimney of the Rox- bury Chemical Works. The buildings have been recently taken down, with the exception of this tall chimney, which must be nearly two hundred feet high, and into which entrance is easy by means of large, door-like flues. Sounds made within the structure are repeated with great distinctness many times, — and repeated trials showed the possibility of obtaining at least ten clearly audible repetitions, for sounds of moderate strength and low pitch, such as that made by stamping with the foot upon the • frozen ground. The nearest estimate which Mr. Gould could make with the aid of a common watch, gave 3^4 or 3^5 as the interval between the primitive sound and the tenth echo, — corresponding to a series of reflections from the open end of a pipe about one hundred and ninety feet high, at the temperature of freezing. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : DECEiMBER 10, 1862. 93 The interval before the first echo was sufficient to permit the full utterance of some five-syllabled words, such as " quadrupedante," " anemometer," etc., — which would indicate as much as thirty-five hundredths of a second, at the least possible estimate. He had not succeeded in learning the actual height of the chimney, but had taken measures to do so, as he hoped by means of a careful determination of the fundamental tone to succeed in setting the whole column of air in vibration. Articulate sounds of all kinds appeared to be reproduced by the echo without any loss of their original distinctness, except the sibilants. ^Mr. Gould had found all the other consonants, and many of their com- binations, such as pi, cl, tr, gn, kn, It, as also the aspirate, to be echoed with as perfect enunciation as the original sound. But a hiss, or the letter s, was repeated as a very sharp aspiration. The echo of z was a softened aspiration, and even / and th could not be obtained with distinctness. These (including of course x) were the only exceptions to completeness of articulation in the echoes. A prolonged musical note filled the cavity with resonance until it was almost unendurable, and it was easy by sounding three harmonic notes, such as C, E, and G, to obtain the effect of a chord in full perfection. Mr. Safford made the following communication : — In the sixth volume of his Astronomical Journal, Dr. B. A. Gould has given a detailed investigation of the places of 48 stars within 25° of the North Pole ; and has since published the results of a more com- plete investigation of the places of 40 of these same stars, together with those of 132 stars nearer the equator. The prefatoiy letters of the pamphlet in which these latter results are contained (without any de- tails of the investigation), bear the dates Sept. 10th, 1862, and Sept. 13th, 1862 ; though the work seems not to have been published till some months later. At the meeting of the Academy on Sept. 9th, I presented the results of a somewhat similar investigation upon the positions of 25 stars within 10° of the North Pole ; of which 4 were common to my own catalogue and that of Dr. Gould ; and also upon the positions of an extensive list of time stars, of which 49 were common to the two. My Memoir (now in the hands of the Publishing Committee of the Academy) con- tained also the positions of 47 stars extracted from the materials of Wolfers's Tahulce Reductionum. 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY The four polar stars differ thus in the two catalogues (G. denoting Dr. Gould's results, S. my own, in both cases reduced to the ecliptic of 1855) for the time 1855 -}- t. G.- -S. A » A J 51 Cephei H. —6.66 —0.0752 t H —0.40 +o!o26 t 1 Draionis H. —0.13 — 0.0127 < +0.10 +0.005 t £ Ursa; Minoiis —0.09 +0.0039 t +0.06 A Ursffi Minoris B. —0.14 +0.0023 ( —0.11 Much the largest discrepancy occurs in the case of 51 Cephei H. ; for which Dr. Gould has omitted the best early authority, — Struve, of 1815, — and employed unreliable catalogues (Lalande, Piazzi, Groombridge, for A.R.), with uncertain corrections for the proper mo- tions. His formula differs, therefore, from observation, by moi'e than 2^ in 1815, and by varying amounts, but with the same sign, from every published year's work (but one) of an observatory, since 1854, the date of the last observations employed. The single exception is the Washington Observations of 1861, where the eri-oneous place of this same star was used (by a peculiar j^rocess)* in determining itself over again. The time stars of the two lists agree better ; the follow- ing table gives the differences for 1855. Stars which in my memoir are quoted from the excellent catalogue of Wolfers have numbers cor- responding to them in the second column ; the results of comparison of my own catalogue are contained in the third column ; the first being occupied by the star's name. The initials W., G., S., denote the right ascensions of the three catalogues for 1855. The mean of the SO Nos. W. — G. is +0^033 ; mean diff. from this mean ±0».0205. " 49 " S. — G. +0=.026; " " " ±0».0213. The largest discrepancy is in the case of /5 Corvi. There is some * These Washington observations of 51 Cepliei are almost exclusively such that the instrumental corrections depend on this star and J Ursse Minoris. Let e be the error of the assumed A.R. of 51 Cephei, and e' that of 5 Ursae. The error hence re- sulting of the deviation (n) of the transit instrument at the pole will be -^^ — ^ ^ i' "^ tan 0 + tan J' or, for these stars, onsXirq ~ ^=^-~ ! ^'^^ ^'^ resulting error of the position of 51 Cephei will be 20.8 ^Z^n — 0.55 e — 0.55 e' ; that is, the so-called observed po- sition (even deduced from 100 or 1,000 observations) will be erroneous by more than one half the algebraic difference of the errors of the two catalogue positions. The process is one not approved by European astronomers. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 13, 1863. 95 doubt about Bradley's two observations of this star ; one or both of them are 1' wrong. W. — G. S. — G. W. — G, S.-G. a Aiidromedffl +0°010 (9 Corvi +0.095 y Pesjasi +0.067 s 12CanumVen. +0.028 /i Ceti +0.038 3 Virginis 8 —0.006 t Piscium —0.022 ; a Virginis +0.007 9 Ceti +0.017 L Virginis +0.018 t] Piscium +0.061 ri Boutis +0.025 /S Arietis +0.043 « Bootis +0.019 a Arietis +0.040 s Bootis +0.027 y Ceti +0.018 1 or' Libra) +0.013 a Ceti +0.011 /J Libras +0.021 y] Tauri +0.030 a Coronse +0.048 y Eridani —0.008 a Serpentis +0.044 £ Tauri +0.052 d Ophiuclii -4-0.027 a Tauri +0.019 u Scorpii —0.001 I Auriga +0.026 y. Ophiuchi +0.043 a Auriira +0.041 a Herculis +0.063 /? Orionis +0.044 « Ophiuchi +0.041 /* Tauri +0.027 ^t Herculis +0.039 S Orionis +0.030 ,ui Sagittarii +0.012 a Leporis +0.005 a Lyrie +0.041 « Orionis +0.024 (i Lyrse +0.044 a Orionis +0.039 t Aquilae +0.044 it Gerainorum +0.055 (J Aquilaj +0.043 y Geminorura +0.046 y Aquilte +0.051 s Canis Majoris +0.010 a Aquila) +0.071 (5 Geminorum +0.011 (5 Aquihis +0.060 p Geminorum +0.016 d^ Capricorni +0.054 I Navis +0.008 « Cygni +0.020 s Hydrse +0.001 t Cygni +0.046 a Hydrse +0.015 |9 Aquarii +0.025 s Leonis +0.021 t Pegasi +0.012 a Leonis —0.007 a Aquarii +0.050 y Leonis, pr. +0.049 6 Aquarii 0.000 (} Leonis +0.008 >/ Aquarii +0.010 / Leonis +0.080 t Pegasi +0.030 S Leonis +0.029 a Piscis Aust. +0.015 i Crateris +0.027 a Pegasi +0.049 t Leonis +0.002 I Piscium +0.006 ^ Leonis +0.019 1 w Piscium +0.012 1] Virginis +0.015 Five linndretl and sixteenth Meeting, January 13, 1863. — Monthly Meeting. The President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary read a letter from Dr. C. M. "Warren, in acknowledgment of his election as a Fellow. Also various letters relative to the exchanges of the Academy. 96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY A bronze medal struck in memory of the late Frederick Thiersch, presented by the Royal Bavarian Academy, was received and exhibited. Professor H. J. Clark made a detailed communication upon the group of MedusjB of which Lucinaria is the type, — a group which he finds now to consist of two families and seven if not eight genera, the characters and structure of which were illustrated. Dr. Dexter made a communication upon Revolving Storms, in particular upon one of June last, which he had observed and investigated. Mr. Safford remarked upon certain forms of personal equa- tions. Professor B. Peirce commented upon certain remarks upon the American Lunar Tables contained in a recent volume of the Transactions of the Royal Astronomical Society. Five Jiiindred and seventeenth meeting. January 28, I860. — Statute Meeting. The President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to the exchanges of the Academy. An artist's proof of Mr. Marshall's engraving of Stuart's portrait of Washington, presented by the engraver, was ex- hibited, and ordered to be appropriately framed. On motion of Mr. Folsom, the thanks of the Academy were voted to Mr. Wm. E. Marshall for this valuable donation. Capt. Henry L. Abbot, U. S. Topographical Engineers, was elected a Fellow, in Class I., Section 4. Wm. W. Story, Esq., was elected a Fellow in Class III., Section 4. General A. A. Humphreys, U. S. A., was elected an Asso- ciate Fellow, in Class I., Section 4. Christopher Hansteen, of Christiania, Norway, was elected a Foreign Honorary Member, to fill the vacancy left in Class L, Section 3, by the death of Biot. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 28, 1863. 97 Leopold von Rankc, of Berlin, was elected a Foreign Hon- orary Member in place of the late Sir Francis Palgrave, of Class III., Section 3. Mr. Alvan Clark read a paper entitled " The Sun a small Star." Professor B. Peirce made a communication on the vibration of solids floating in water, in reference to the displacement and stability of vessels in a heavy sea. The following paper was presented On the Aluminates of Baryta, by W. P. Dexter. M. H. Sainte-Claire Deville has described, in the Comptes Rendus for February, 1862, a "very curious compound," an aluminate of baryta, soluble in about ten parts of water, and which can be made to crystallize out of alcohol. The composition assigned to the crystals is one atom of alumina, one of baryta, and four of water. The analysis, however, leaves it uncertain whether they contain four or three atoms of water. The existence of a compound of alumina and baryta has been long known to chemists. The solubility of alumina in solution of baryta is mentioned by Berzelius,* who states that alumina acts as an acid in relation to the alkalies, the alkaline earths, and some of the stronger metallic bases. And Vauquelinf speaks of two compounds, the one soluble, containing more baryta, the other insoluble, and containing excess of alumina. According to Unverdorben,J a neutral aluminate can be obtained by dissolving alumina in caustic potash, evaporating to dryness, and taking up the excess of potash with alcohol. Its solution gave, with chloride of barium, a gelatinous precipitate, containing equal equiva- lents of alumina and baryta, and the aluminates of other bases could be precipitated in the same way. The solution of alumina in excess of potash gave, with the chlorides of barium and calcium, precipitates resembling the former, but containing two equivalents of baryta to one of alumina ; they were dialuminates. The analyses of these compounds given by Unverdorben agree so * Traite de Chimie, Tom. II. p. 155 (Paris, 1846). t L. Gmelin, Bd. II. s. 296. % Pogg. Ann., Bd. VII. VOL. VI. 11 98 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY precisely with the equivalent numbers at that time in use, that I can- not but think, considering the ditficulty of obtaining in a pure state precipitates of a gelatinous consistency and decomposable by the cai'- bonic acid of the air, that he has given the calculated numbers, and not the results of his analyses. This subject was studied by me several years ago ; the results of that investigation I have now the honor of laying before the Academy. On repeating Unverdorben's experiment, I found that neutral alumi- nate of potash gives, as he states, a precipitate with chloi'ide of barium ; much alumina, however, remained in solution, and on attempting to wash the alurainate of baryta, the greater part of it dissolved and passed through the filter. When freshly precipitated alumina is dissolved in hot concentrated solution of baryta, a compound of these bodies separates in minute crystals, which attach themselves to the sides of the vessel. If the solution is dilute, it must be concentrated ; the crystals then form sud- denly during the evaporation, and adhere so strongly to the glass that it is difficult to remove them by mechanical means. They are trans- parent, colorless, are hard and heavy, and, while covered by the liquid, have an almost adamantine lustre. They are decomposed by the car- bonic acid of the air, and by water, which separates from them alumina. For these reasons, and from their adhesion to the glass, it is somewhat difficult to collect them for analysis. 1.0605 gr. of these crystals gave 0.972 sulphate of baryta and 0.2197 alumina ; whence we have for their composition. Found. Equivalents. 1.96 1.00 5.32 It is doubtful whether the salt contains 6 or perhaps the more probable formula is 2 BaO, AI2O3, 6 HO. In a preparation in which the baryta had been boiled with a con- siderable excess of alumina, the liquid separated from the crystals was evaporated in vacuo over sulphuric acid to dryness. There re- mained an amorphous, friable, white mass, containing, exclusive of water, Ba 0 69.46 AI2 O3 30.54 BaO 60.18 AUO3 20.62 HO 19.20 100 Calculated. 6 H 0. 5 H 0. 59.25 61.39 19.86 20.58 20.89 18.03 100 100 6 or 5 atoms of water OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 28, 1863. 99 These numbers are not in atomic proportion ; and the mass was a mixture of aluminate and dialuminate. In a similar liquid, but of another preparation, alcohol produced an amorphous precipitate of neai'ly the same composition. The analysis gave Ba O 65.70 Alj Os 34.30 100 being intermediate between the neutral aluminate, which requires 59.86, and the dialuminate, in which is 75 per cent of baryta. It is easy to obtain, by a different process, a solution containing alumina and baryta in nearly the proportion of equal atoms, but many attempts which I made to separate the salt proved unsuccessful ; only once was I able to get a body having this composition, and on repeating that process it gave me a different result. A mixture of carbonate of baryta and chloride of sodium fuses at a very moderate temperature and without decomposition. If alumina be added to the melted mass, or to the mixture before ignition, a brisk disengagement of carbonic acid ensues. Water dissolves from the mass, beside the chloi-ide of sodium, a considerable quantity of neutral aluminate of baryta, or more probably, as will presently appear, a double salt of aluminate of baryta and -chloride of sodium. The solution is unaffected by caustic alkalies ; acids and chloride of am- monium precipitate the alumina, the latter with disengagement of ammonia. Equal equivalents of alumina and carbonate having been thus fused, and the mass digested with water, the solution gave on analysis, BaO 63.51 AI2O3 36.49 Too or from five to six per cent more baryta than is required by the com- position of the neutral aluminate. Thinking that the excess of baryta would be precipitated by car- bonic acid before the baryta contained in the neutral aluminate was acted upon, a similar solution was exposed, with frequent agitation, to the air, or a stream of carbonic acid was led through it until with the carbonate of baryta a sensible quantity of alumina was precipi- tated. The liquid then contained BaO 62 AI2 0, 38 100 being nearly 3j- per cent of baryta in excess. 100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY With the same view, to anothei' solution a very dilute hydrochloric acid of known strength was added until a precipitate of alumina be- came visible. But the quantity of acid which could be so added corresponded to only the half of one per cent of baryta ; deducting this amount, the liquid contained BaO 61.44 AU O3 38.56 100 A solution giving the same reactions may be obtained by fusing car- bonate of bai'yta and alumina with other chlorides, or with salts of a similar chemical nature. By employing a salt easily soluble in alcohol, I hoped to be able to separate the aluminate. To this end 5 parts of carbonate of baryta and 2 of alumina were fused with 10 parts of bro- mide of sodium, the mass dissolved in water, and evaporated in a water- bath under a pressure less than that of the atmosphere, and finally in vacuo over sulphuric acid. The residue was digested with alcohol, brought upon a filter and washed with alcohol till the washings contained only a trace of bromine. The mass was then only partially soluble in water, the solution gave the reactions of aluminate of baryta, but con- tained a great deal of bromine. In fact, under these circumstances a double salt of aluminate and bromide is formed which is insoluble in alcohol. If the simple aluminate be really soluble in alcohol, as would be inferred from the statement of M. Deville, it is not easy to understand how its combination with bromide of sodium should be nearly insoluble in that liquid. Finally, carbonate of baryta was fused with fluor-spar and alumina. The fusion is easily eflfected, the fluor-spar is apparently not decom- posed, and the aluminate is formed as in the former cases. The fused mass was very finely pulverized and digested with water, which could here dissolve nothing but the aluminate. The solution contained BaO 70.5 Al, O, 29.5 100 which is not very far from the composition of the dialuminate already described. Another solution made in the same way was evaporated until the salt began to separate, and then precipitated with twice its volume of alcohol and the precipitate washed with alcohol : it was found to be composed of OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 28, 1863. 101 BaO 62.84 AljOs 37.16 100 When this precipitate was treated with water, it disso ved only par- tially, leaving a considerable residue of alumina. This seems to show that the neutral aluminate is not soluble without decomposition in water, and to explain why in its solutions the baryta was invariably found in excess. Beside the reactions which have been already mentioned as charac- terizing the aluminates, the'solution of the precipitate by alcohol (which was found to contain 64 per cent of baryta and 36 of alumina) gave with nitrate of silver a voluminous, flocculent, chocolate-colored precip- itate, subsiding quickly in the liquid, and soluble in ammonia with very little residue. The ammoniacal solution acidified with nitric acid, and then saturated with ammonia, let fall a large quantity of alumina. With acetate of copper it gave a precipitate of a delicate blue color, in other respects resembling alumina : it was completely soluble in ammonia, and from the ammoniacal solution the alumina was precipi- tated by chloride of ammonium. A concentrated solution of chloride of calcium produced at once a white flocculent precipitate, very easily and completely soluble in dilute nitric acid : in a dilute solution of the same salt no precipitate was formed. The analysis was in every case effected by first separating the baryta as sulphate, then neutralizing with ammonia and completing the pre- cipitation of the alumina with sulphide of ammonium. The alumina was removed with a spatula from the filter after being incompletely washed, redissolved in hydrochloric acid, the filter washed with this acid and the alumina again precipitated and collected upon the same filter. While endeavoring to obtain the neutral aluminate of baryta, I ob- served two double salts of the aluminate with chloride of barium, and others doubtless may be formed in the same way. When chloride of aluminium, which for this purpose is most easily formed by precipi- tating sulphate of alumina with chloride of barium, is added to a hot solution of baryta, chloride of barium is of course formed, and the sep- arated alumina redissolves in the excess of baryta. By further addition of the chloride a permanent precipitate appears, which consists of alu- mina combined with a small quantity of baryta. The filtered liquid 11* 102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMEPJCAJiT ACADEMY deposits on evaporation crystals, appareiitly rhombic tables and prisms, which are not so hard and do not attach themselves so firmly to the glass as the crystals of the dialuminate. They contain chlorine, and are soluble in hot water, giving a slightly turbid solution : cold water dissolves them less easily, but does not extract the chlorine, which is found in the washings until they are completely dissolved. In concen- trated solution of baryta they were only partially soluble ; what re- mained, after being dried by pressure in paper, was free from chlorine and composed of BaO 62.11* AI2O3 37.89 100 being very nearly the composition of the aluminate previously obtained, and probably as a double salt, by fusing alumina and carbonate of ba- ryta with chloride of sodium, — a neutral aluminate of baryta with slight excess of base. In the moist state it was little soluble in very concen- trated solution of baryta, but dissolved at once on dilution with water. On repeating the experiment I failed to obtain this body ; owing perhaps to insufficient concentration of the baryta, the crystals dis- solved in it without residue. The crystals of the double salt, dried between folds of paper, lost in vacuo over sulphuric acid 0.23 per cent, evidently adhering moisture. 0.7137 gr. then gave 0.6078 Ag CI, 0.6692 BaO, S03,and 0.0692 AI2 O3 ; from which their composition appears to have been Eq uivalents. BaCl 61.76 3.00 BaO 16.15 1.07 Al„03 9.69 0.95 HO (12.40) 6.97 100 and is represented by the formula 3 BaCl, BaO AI2O3, 7 H 0. The aluminate contained in the double salt consisted of Ba 0 62. .50 AI2 O3 37. .50 100 The aluminate thus appears to have had in combination with chloride of barium almost exactly the same composition, the same excess of OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 28, 1863. 103 base, which was found in it when uncombined, by the former anal- yses. The liquid which had been decanted from the crystals just described, let fell, after standing well covered for some hours, a snow-white crys- talline powder in considerable quantity. This powder, which seemed to be free from crystals of hydrate of baryta, when compressed be- tween paper became of a plastic or cheesy consistency. It was not washed. The analysis gave the following results: 0.566 gr. weighed, after remaining in vacuo over sulphuric acid till the weight became constant, 0.4232 ; of this, 0.423 gave 0.2076 Ag CI, 0.3476 Ba O S 0., and 0.073 Al, O3 , whence we have the composition, Equivalents. Ba CI 26.58 1.00 BaO 20.79 1.06 . • AI2O3 12.90 0.98 HO (14.51) 6.31 Aq _25.22 10.98 Too Aq designating the water lost in vacuo. The formula of the salt is then Ba CI, Ba 0 AI2 O3 , 6 H 0 + 1 1 Aq. From the diflBculty of freeing a body of such consistency from all adhering liquid, and its tendency to absorb carbonic acid during the requisite manipulations, it is very probable that the water may not be correctly given by the above figures. The aluminate of baryta in the double salt has the composition BaO 61.71 • Al O3 38.29 100 which differs little from that previously found for the neutral aluminate. We know then, in the crystalline state, the following compounds of alumina and baryta : — A neutral aluminate described by M. Deville, BaO, AI2O3, 4 HO; a dialuminate of the formula 2 Ba 0, Ab Os , 6 H 0 ; a double salt of aluminate of baryta and chloride of barium, 3 Ba CI, Ba 0 AI2 Os , 7 H O ; and a second double salt, containing the same simple salts, and com- posed of g^ ^^^ Ba 0 AI2 O3 , 6 H 0 + 1 1 Aq. 104 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Five hundred and eigliteentli Meeting. February 10, 1863. — Monthly Meeting. The President in the chair. Mr. Ritchie exhibited and explained his newly-invented compass, designed to obviate the effect of local attraction. Professor Hitchcock read the following postscript to his paper communicated at a former meeting. Since I presented my paper on Footmarks, in December, I have continued my researches with a large addition of new specimens, and I feel a strong confidence that the following positions may be relied upon. 1.* The protuberances on the under side of the feet of living animals do not, as a general fact, correspond either to the number of phalanges or of articulations. 2. In some species, however, there is such a correspondence, some- times showing the number of articulations, and sometimes that of the phalanges. 3. The hindmost impression in the outer toe of the thick-toed biped animals, described in my Ichnology as birds, was made, not by a phalanx or a joint, but by a heel-bone or a process on the tarso-meta- tarsal bone. 4. Besides this hindmost impression, however, a more careful ex- amination of specimens has satisfied me that the outer toe had four phalanges besides the ungual, the middle toe three, and tfce inner one two, corresponding to the number in tridactyle living birds. 5. Still more certain is it that the quadruped Anomcepus, described in the Ichnology, had the same number. 6. The same is true, without much doubt, in the remarkable feath- ered animal, the Archceopteri/x, lately discovered at Solenhofen. 7. Hence we cannot distinguish in fossils, as has always been sup- posed, between birds and quadrupeds, by the number of jihalanges in their feet. 8. Hence there is as much reason to suppose that some of the fossil footmarks were made by birds, as there is for putting Archceopteryx into that class, as has been done by eminent zoologists. These old ani- mals, both the fossil and the Lithichnozoa, must have differed a good deal in their anatomical structure from birds, lizards, and marsupials ; OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 10, 1863. . 105 and they seem to have been so nearly intermediate between the different classes that it may be impossible to fix their place with certainty, either from tracks or skeletons. It is interesting to find that these two sources of evidence illustrate and coiToborate each other. 9. The question whether the hindmost impression on the outer toe in the fossil footmarks was made by a tarsal bone, or some process on the tarso-metatarsal, has only just engaged my attention. It may have a most important bearing on the whole subject. But I am not yet pre- pared to present any conclusions. Dr. B. A. Gould made a communication on the diurnal change in the position of the azimuthal arms of the transit- instrument along the Atlantic coast of the United States. Professor Hitchcock, in this connection, recounted several observations showing a singular pressure on the earth's sur- face from the east, as exhibited in the pushing up of the strata in a quarry at Portland, Connecticut, and at Rutland, Ver- mont. And he suggested that this might account for certain peculiar rumbling sounds in the earth heard at times in Con- necticut. Professor Parsons discoursed upon the resemblances be- tween the German and English Jury and the analogous insti- tutions of Greece and Rome. Five hundred and nineteenth Meeting. March 10, 1863. — Monthly Meeting. The President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary read a letter from General A. A. Humphreys, dated Camp near Falmouth, Virginia, in acknowledgment of the announcement of his election as an Associate Fellow. Also, from Captain Henry L. Abbot, U. S. Engineers, in acknowledgment of his election as a Fellow of the Academy. Dr. Charles Pickering propounded the inquiry whether the irregularity in the eclipses of Jupiter's satellites may not be due to the difference between real and apparent time. To wdiich Professor Peirce returned a negative response. 106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Dr. Beck and Professor Washburn commented upon the Jury system, as to its origin, character, and relations to the analogous institutions in ancient Greece and Rome. Mr. Folsom pointed oul^ the origin and history of the line, " Flos rubet, inque auras frustra disperdit odorem," which Gray had been thought by some to have plagiarized. Five liundred and t-wentieth Meeting. April 14, 1863. — Monthly Meeting. The President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary read various letters relative to the exchanges of the Academy. Also a letter from Professor Christopher Hansteen of Chris- tiania, Norway, in acknowledgment of his election as a For- eign Honorary Member. Mr. Alexander Agassiz read a paper, of which the followiiig is a summary : — Oil the Embryology of Asteracanthion herylinus Ag. and a species allied to A. rubens M. T. Asteracanthion paUidus Ag. ; by A. Agassiz. The following account of the development of our common star-fishes is intended to appear in full, with many plates, in the fifth volume of the Contributions to the Natural History of the United States of Prof. Agassiz. A part of the material for the investigation was obtained by artificial fecundation, and the rest by fishing for it with the dip-net during the greater part of the summer of 1862. The larvae of our common star-fishes are found floating in large numbers at night among those long trains of cast-off skins of barnacles collected by the tide, which appear to provide them, as well as many of our small Crustacea, hydroids, and annellids, with food during the time when they swim freely about. They seem to be nocturnal, as I have only found here and there a single specimen when fishing for them in the daytime under exactly the same circumstances of tide and wind. The adult larvas move about quite rapidly by means of the cilia of their vibratile chord. Their position in the water is much more con- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: APRIL U, 1863. 107 stant than when young. The anal portion is kept in advance when moving, and the larva rotates about, but not as frequently as when young ; moving more generally with either the ventral or dorsal side uppermost, and more rarely in such a way that the profile can be seen. When at rest, they invariably assume one and the same position ; that is, turn slightly obliquely below the anal portion, with the dorsal surface downwards. In this way they often remain for a long period, simply carried about by the currents ; the only movements being the expansion and contraction of the oesophagus, and the slow bending and twisting of the arms in every direction. Up to the stage represented in Fig. 9, all the larvte were raised by artificial fecundation from eggs of Asteracanthion berylinus Ag. At the time when I discovered these larvaj I immediately examined the ovaries of our star-fishes, and found that in one species, the heryli- nus, the eggs were not yet sufficiently advanced to be fecundated, while the eggs of the second species, which is so common on our rocks, the Ast. paUidus, had all escaped. I had, however, been fortunate enough to find quite young larv^ of this second species in which the water-tubes were still exceedingly small, and had made a complete series of drawings of general outlines from their youngest stage up to the time when the star-fish is formed, so that I am certain that all the young I have represented as belonging together are those of one species, as the interval between the time when these two species spawn is more than three weeks. The time of spawning is very short ; three or four days after the Ast. berylinus began to spawn it was quite difficult to find females which had not lost their eggs, and a week after that period I found none. Owing to this great difference in the time of spawning, and its short duration, the dates at which I caught these star-fish larvae floating about leave no doubt to which of the species the larv^ be- longed. A careful comparison of the youngest specimens also shows very striking differences, which will always enable an observer to dis- tinguish readily the larva3 of these two species, even in their earlier stages. The males can easily be distinguished from the females by their difference of color ; the females being always slightly bluish, while the males have a decidedly reddish tint. The same difference in color is noticed in our Sea-urchin, Toxopneustes drohachiensis. The fe- males are of a light green at the time of spawning, while the males are of a dull vermilion color. 108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY In eggs which have been fecundated artificially (Fig. 1), the sper- matic particles surround like a halo the whole of the outer envelope, beating about its surface with the greatest violence. Tlie yolk soon begins to contract after the germinative vesicle and dot have dis- appeared, and then divides into two spheres. (Fig. 2.) The segmentation takes place very rapidly, and as soon as there are eight spheres (Fig. 3), they arrange themselves in such a manner as to enclose the remaining space, which is more and more separated as the spheres become more numerous ; finally, there is a complete en- velope formed before the young makes its escape from the egg. The young when it escapes is spherical. The walls of the envelope are of the same thickness. One side becomes thicker (Fig. 4) ; the embryo flattens on the thick side. This wall is then bent in so as to form a slight cavity, in which fluid circulates. (Fig. 5.) This cavity extends half the length of the larva (Fig. 6), then swells at the ex- tremities. The walls become thinner ; the pouch formed at the end. of the cavity develops laterally to form two smaller pouches (Fig. 7), which soon become small hollow bodies entirely separated from the main cavity. (See Fig. 10.) The main cavity bends slightly to one side (Fig. 8), and eventually forms a junction with a depression oppo- site to it, and there the mouth is formed. The other opening, which was the first to be developed, thus becomes the anus. This bent tube divides into three distinct regions, forming the oesoph- agus, the digestive cavity, and the alimentary canal. (Fig. 9.) The small hollow bodies, the water-tubes, which are not connected with one another in the young embryos (Fig. 10), differ one from the other. One, the left (Avhen seen from above), connects with the sur- rounding medium by means of an opening, the water-pore. (Fig. 9.) In older specimens these two tubes extend to the extremity of the digestive cavity, and towards one another, beyond the mouth, where they unite, forming a Y-shaped tube. (Fig. 11.) Arms are developed which are edged with rows of vibratile cilia. Some of these arms are of a differ- ent character, having different appendages (see Figs. 12, 13). On these water-tubes is developed the star-fish ; one of the water-tubes (the one with the water-pore) developing the actinal side and the tentacles (Fig. 13), the other developing the spines and the abactinal area (Fig. 12). These opposite parts of the star-fish are open (Fig. 13) pentagonal spiral surfaces, not in the same plane, but making nearly a right-angle with one another. The water-pore becomes the madrepoi'ic body. Fisr. 1. Fie. 2. Tv. Fisr. 4 FiiT. 7. Fijr. 8. Fijr. 6. Fi-. 9. /. <( Fisr. ifi. Fis. 14. Fisr. 15. Fi^'. 17. Fi-r. 18. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : APRIL 14, 1863. 109 The open pentagons do not close till after the star-fish has absorbed the whole of the larva. The complicated system of arms and the whole of the Brachiolaria is absorbed by the star-fish, which is not separated from the larval stock, as seems to be the case in Bipinnaria according to Mliller's statements. The arms of the star-fish are broad and short in the young. (See Figs. 14, 15, 16.) The suckers are pointed, and arranged only in two rows (Fig. 17). The disc is developed only later. The odd terminal tentacle has an eye at its base, and never develops a disc (Fig. 17). The abactinal surface is very arched (Fig. 18). The spines are arranged in regular rows, and the plates remind us of the arrangement of plates of Crinoids (Fig. 16). The anus opens near the edge of the disc on the lower side. The madreporic body also is situated on the edge (Fig. 17). The mode of development of star-fishes, as observed in our Astera- canthion, cannot be called a case of alternate generation, nor is it a metamorphosis in the ordinarily received sense. It is, in fact, a mode of development peculiar to Echinoderms, something entirely different from what we find in any other class of Radiates. It is not an alternate generation ; for the Brachiolaria can in no way be called a nurse, as each Brachiolaria produces but one star-fish, the whole Brachiolaria being absorbed by the star-fish, and not a single appendage left out. Nor is it a metamorphosis, as the changes which take place are so gradual, that at no time can the line of demarcation be drawn between two stages, with any degree of precision, as in Crustacea or Insects. It is a mode of development eminently Echinodermoid, and whether we observe it in the Ophiurans, the Sea-urchins, the Holothurians, or the Crinoids, there seems no doubt, from the observations of Miiller, that it takes place according to one and the same plan. Lately there has been a great deal of discussion among the writers on Echinoderms, as to whether the madreporic body was a proper point to start from to draw the axes of the body ; Agassiz, on one side, maintaining that the madreporic body was constantly in the same rela- tion to the different parts of the Echinoderm ; while Miiller, Desor, and Cotteau have been the most prominent opponents of this view. The mode of formation of the madreporic body seems to me to decide this question. It is invariably on the left water-tube that we find the madreporic body. While the star-fish is developing, it is placed at the angle of the upper arm, and the natural consequence is, that the madre- poric body will invariably be found opposite the middle arm of the VOL. VI. 12 110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY five, when the pentagon has become closed. The opening of the anus, on the contrary, has no such clear and precise position with reference to the odd arm as the madreporic body. At any rate, it is perfectly apparent that the madreporic body is always in the suture of the terminal arms of the pentagon, which places it opposite the odd arm. The case of the Echinometradae and of Salenidfe is constantly brought up to show that the madreporic body is not connected with any definite axis of the body ; but from what has been shown of the twisted state of a young star-fish, and of the manner in which it unwinds itself after- wards, and from the fact that in Echinidie we find families in which the unwinding is not completed, and the madreporic body naturally cannot be in a line passing through the middle of the animal, though still opposite the odd arm whatever its position may be, owing to this embryonic feature, as in the Echinometradas, we infer that the madre- poric body retains the same normal position in all Echinoderms. On embryological grounds, from the changes which the young star- fishes undergo, it is evident that all the star-fishes with pentagonal outline and pointed tentacles, like Ctenodiscus, stand lower than star- fishes like Luidia, with elongated arms and pointed tentacles ; that pen- tagonal star-fishes, like Culcita, without any sjiines or plates, though higher than those just mentioned on account of the discs of the tentacles, stand lower than those pentagonal star-fishes like Hippasteria and An- tennea, where we have a complicated system of plates. Next, those star-fishes which have suckers and long, smooth arms, like Ophidiaster, stand lower than those star-fishes which have tentacles provided with suckers, and complicated spines on the surface of their long, slender arms, as Asteracanthion. Finally, as a general rule, all star-fishes with two rows of suckers are lower than those which have four, the former being an embryonic character. Among other characters which are not those of the order, but nevertheless exist in the young star-fish, the most prominent is the position of the madreporic body on the actinal side, which is a feature of the Ophiurans. The position of the anus next to the mouth is eminently crinoidal, as well as the arrangement of the plates on the abactinal side ; while the arched abactinal area and the tall spines remind us of the Echinoids. The mode of development of Echinaster is not according to a dif- ferent plan ; it seems to me to be only a shorter way of arriving at the same result. There is not the same complicated system of arms, as the young is not nomadic, but is carried about by the parent. From OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: APRIL 14, 18G3. Ill what I have been able to see of the development of our Cribrella, I should think it highly probable that the peduncle is homologous to the brachiolar appendages of the Brachiolaria. I would also suggest that the two modes of development, the viviparous and plutean of the Ophiurans, and the auricularian and the other mode of growth of the Holothurians, do not differ in any other way, and that future investi- gations will show that in all these cases the young Echinoderm is de- veloped from the water-tubes, whether it is a nomadic or plutean mode of development, as I shall call it, or a sedentary mode of develop- ment, as we may call the second, where the eggs are carried about by the parent till the young Echinoderm has passed through the greater part of its development. The younger stages of the larva of the Echinus drohachiensis do not differ, in their general features, from the mode of development of the star-fishes. We have the same water bodies formed as diverticula from the digestive cavity, the same differentiation of the digestive cavity into an alimentary canal, a stomach, and an oesophagus. This differ- entiation only takes place at an earlier period than in the star-fish, be- fore the mouth is formed. However, there is nothing in the earlier stages of development of the Sea-urchin which is not applicable as well to the Brachiolaria. Figs. 1-9. — Asferacantkioti herylinus. Fig. 1 . Egg of Asteracanthion herylinus Ag., surrounded by spermatic particles during artificial fecundation. Fig. 2. The yolk has divided into two segments. Fig. 3. The yolk has divided into eight spheres. We can already see at this early stage the tendency of the peripheric arrangement of the spheres to form an outer shell. Fig. 4. An embryo hatched from the egg a few hours, showing the diflference in the thickness of the walls at the two poles (a). Fig. 5. The same as Fig. 4, somewhat more advanced ; a depression appears at the pole («) where the thickening of the walls is found. This is the first appearance of a mouth. Fig. 6. An embryo somewhat more advanced, in which this depression has assumed the shape of a long digestive cavity (d), in which the opening (a) performs at the same time the functions of anus and mouth. Fig. 7. The extremity of the digestive cavity at the time of formation of the water system, at the moment when the two water-tubes (w, lo) are about to separate from the digestive cavity {d), from which they arose as diverti- cula ; they are still united in this figure. 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Fig. 8. An embryo somewhat more advanced than Fig. 6, seen in profile, to show that this digestive cavity does not remain in the centre of the body, but bends towards one side, and eventually joins the wall of the lower side as seen here (m). This point of junction is the indication of the future mouth, after the formation of which the first mouth assumes exclusively the functions of an anus, which is also now bent down, while the anal extremity of the embryo («) is slightly bevelled. Fig. 9. An embryo of Asteracanthion herylinus still more advanced than Fig. 8, seen in profile ; at this time the digestive cavity has been diiferentiated into three distinct parts, — a retort-shaped stomach, of which the bulb is the stomach (rZ), and the tube the alimentary canal, the walls of which are quite thick, while the walls of the oesophagus are quite thin and transparent, capable at the same time of great contraction and expansion. The mouth (jri) is seen like a large opening in the middle of the depression on the lower side, leading into a pistol-shaped oesophagus. Immediately over this is seen one of the water-tubes communicating by means of a tube (if') ■with the outer medium. This opening (&) becomes eventually the madre- poric body. On the opposite side there is a similar water-tube which has no connection with this one, and does not open outward. The two small protuberances (v, v) on the sides of the mouth are the first signs of the chord of vibratile cilia. Figs. 10-18. — Asteracanthion pallidus. Fig. 10. A young embryo of Asteracanthion pallklus seen fi'om the mouth side, to show the position of the two water-tubes {lo, tu'), and also the manner in which the vibratile ciHa commence as two independent arcs on ^each side of the mouth. The broad oesophagus is also seen leading into the round stomach (fZ), which empties through a narrow alimentary canal (c), through an anus (a) placed near the upper arc of vibratile cilia. Fig. 1 1 . An embryo in which all the parts of the Brachiolaria can already be detected. (Compare with Fig. 12.) The two simple arcs of vibratile cilia have formed two independent plastrons, the corners and indentations of which are the first ti'aces of the future arms (e', e", e'", e""). The two independent water-tubes of the preceding figure have increased in size ; they now extend beyond the level of the mouth, and form a broad Y- shaped body, which surrounds the oesophagus (o) and extends from the mouth to the opposite extremity of the stomach. Fig. 12. A Brachiolaria in which the corners of the vibratile chord of the embryo of the preceding figure have developed into long arms (e', e", e" . . .). There are also three small heavy appendages {/■,/")■, surmounted by short ■warts, which did not exist in the other figures, situated at the extremity opposite to that where the young echinoderm is developed. Branches of the water system (/') enter into these arms, as shown In the following OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : APRIL 14, 1863. 113 figure (Fig. 13), in which the embryo is seen in profile. This figure repre- sents it fi-om the mouth side. We see on the left of the stomach the open curve of the tentacles (st), while on the other side the beginning of the abactinal region (r) is visible. The tentacles are formed, as is clearly- seen in this figure, by the folds of the walls of the water-tube of one side ; while the abactinal area (r) is developed on the surface of the water-tube placed on the opposite side. The large opening (w) on the right of the stomach is a branch of the water system which passes out on the opposite side, under the intestine, between it and the stomach. Fig. 13 is Fig. 12, seen in profile. It shows the course of the vibratile chord, the position of the rudimentaiy tentacles (*7) of the young star-fish, the shape of the oesophagus (o) and its position, hanging down between the Y shanks of the water system. The position of the branches of the water system (/') which pass into the brachiolar tentacles is also clearly seen. Fig. 14 is a young star-fish (^A. pallidus), a few hours after it has absorbed the Brachiolaria. Its irregular outline is apparent. The arms are not yet all in one plane ; the young star-fish is not yet unwound. Fig. 15. The S9,me as Fig. 14, seen fi-om the actiual side to show the rudimen- tary character of the tentacles (t), which are simple loops opening into a wide cavity. The mouth (??«) of the young star-fish is movable. In this and the preceding figure the spines are simple warts, with accumulation of Y-shaped limestone particles. They are, however, arranged in regular order ; the outer rows of each arm have four spines, the next three, then two, and finally a central one. Fig. 16. A young star-fish much more advanced than Figs. 14 and 15, in which the arms are on one level, the spines quite well developed, and the tentacles extending far beyond the edge of the disc, provided with suckers. We see in this particularly well the crinoidal arrangement of the plates of limestone particles on the abactinal side. The arrangement of the spines is still regular. There are no signs of the madreporic body or of the anus on this abactinal side. Fig. 1 7. The lower side of a young star-fish in about the condition (not quite as advanced) of Fig. 16, to show that the terminal tentacle (t', Fig. 16) never develops a sucker ; but at the base of this odd tentacle, which always remains cylindrical, even in the adult, we find an eye-speck (e) placed on a prominent bulb. The other tentacles, as is seen in the same figure, have all suckers, and are arranged in one row on each side of the radiating tube. The position of the madreporic body (b) is still on the lower side, opening in the angle between two of the arms, as is seen in this figure. Fig. 18 is a young star-fish seen in profile, to show the arched abactinal area and the mode of carrying the odd ocular tentacle (f), which is always turned up. The spines are very prominent for the size of the star-fish, and in this attitude the young star-fish would readily be mistaken for a young sea-urchin. 12* 11-1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Explanation of Lettering. a, anus. f brachiolar arms. 0, oesophagus. /", odd brachiolar arm. m, mouth. /', branch of water-tube leading d, digestive cavity. /'", surface warts of/". [into /. c, alimentary canal. s, actinal region. w, water-tube. [body, r, abactinal region. iv', water-tube leading to madreporic t, tentacles. w w\ point of junction of m; and to. t\ odd terminal tentacle of star-fish. ft, madreporic body or suture of the e, eye of star-fish. arms. [laria. v, vibratile chord, anal part. * e', e", e'", e"", e*, e*, arms of Brachio- v\ oral portion of vibratile chord. Professor Peirce and Mr. Winlock made a communication upon the remarkable auroral arch seen on Thursday evening, the 9th instant. Professor Lovering made the following communication On the Velocity of Lights and the Sun^s Distance. Foucault's recent experiment on the velocity of light, though of a less popular character than his celebrated pendulum-experiment to prove the earth's rotation, will, nevertheless, attract even more attention among men of science. If its results are placed beyond doubt, they vpill affect Astronomy to a degree not possible for the pendulum-experi- ment, unless it had come as early as the time of Galileo. I shall exam- ine Foucault's investigation on the velocity of light : 1st, as it influences the science of Optics ; and 2d, as it tells upon one at least of the vexed questions in Astronomy. In the circle of the sciences the centre may be placed anywhere, and the circumference will be everywhere ; such is the natural dependence of each upon all the rest. The child even may become father of the man. After the science of Optics had furnished Astronomy with the telescope, the astronomer discovers with it the satellites of Jupiter and the aberration of light, and with the help of these phenomena assigns the value of the velocity of light, and thus repays to Optics the debt incurred by his own special science. Now for the first time the sci- ence of Optics has relinquished the guardianship of Astronomy ; ascer- tained by direct experiment one of its own fundamental data, and thereby, possibly, put Astronomy under a new obligation, to be can- celled doubtless, with interest, hereafter. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: APRIL 14, 1863. 115 Let US glance first at the two astronomical raetliods of measuring the velocity of light. While the senses of touch and taste act only by con- tact, those of hearing and seeing bring the mind into communication with distant objects. The air and the omnipresent ether supply the delicate and ever-ramifying threads by which telegraphic intercourse is maintained with the ear and the eye. "When the origin of the sound or the light is at a large distance, compared with the velocity of the acoustic or luminous wave, allowance must be made for the time taken by the news of an audible or visible event to come to us. Only the vast spaces of Astronomy are commensurable with the great velocity of light, and furnish a sufficiently large theatre for a direct experiment upon it. But in stellar astronomy, the magnificence of the extent of view so far transcends in magnitude even the velocity of light, that the luminous ray, vast as is its speed, seems to loiter upon its long way. Hence in Astronomy a distinction exists between the actual interval of successive events and the apparent interval. For example, the first satellite of Jupiter revolves around its primary in about 42^ hours ; and, therefore, enters the shadow of Jupiter and is eclipsed once every 42^ hours. As it takes light more than 40 minutes to pass over the average distance of Jupiter, the echpse is not seen until so many minutes, on the average, after it has happened. If this delay were constant, the interval of successive eclipses would not be changed. But in the course of six months the distance of the earth from Jupiter increases by the diameter of the earth's orbit, and in the next six months changes back again ; and when the earth is nearest to Jupiter, the news of an eclipse reaches us in about 32 minutes ; whereas if the earth is at the greatest distance, 50 minutes are required. Consequently, the intervals between successive eclipses, as they exist for our eyes, are variable, beinf sometimes larger and sometimes smaller than the real intervals. This irregularity in the apparent intervals of the eclipses of the same satellite, at first attributed to errors of observation, finally conducted Romer in 1675 to the discovery of the velocity of light. Delambre, after dfscussing 1000 of these eclipses, observed between 1G62 and 1802, calculated the velocity of light to be such as to require 493.2 seconds to pass over the mean distance of the sun. If this time divides 95,360,000 statute miles, which is the sun's distance as given by the transits of Venus in 1761 and 1769 according to Encke's computations, the quotient, or 193350 statute miles, is the velocity of light in a second. 116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY The second process which Astronomy has supplied for obtaining the velocity of light may be called the indirect method. It demands not a space, but a velocity which is commensurable with the velocity of light. If two such velocities are compounded together, according to the prin- ciple of the parallelogram of motions, there is a resultant motion, the direction of which deviates sensibly from that even of the largest mo- tion which enters into the composition. In nature the velocity of the earth is compounded, in this way, with the velocity of light, and imparts an apparent path to the light, differing by a small angle from the true path. The angular displacement which this causes between the appar- ent and real places of a star is called aberration, and was first discov- ered by Bradley, in 1726 ; this astronomer explaining, on this simple principle, anomalies in observation which had hitherto been considered accidental. As the displacement of the star works opposite ways at opposite seasons of the year, half the difference between the extreme places is the distance from the apparent to the true place, or the constant of aberration. This, when known as an observed fact, estab- lishes the ratio between the velocity of light and the velocity of the earth, and enables the astronomer to assign the value of the one with all the accuracy which pertains to his knowledge of the other. Ac- cepting Struve's determination of the aberration, viz. 20".45, the velocity of light is calculated to be 10088 times as great as the velocity of the earth. The mean velocity of the earth is known with all the certainty which belongs to our knowledge of the magnitude of the earth's orbit ; that is, of the sun's distance. Assuming, as before, that the distance derived from Encke's parallax is the most reliable, the velocity of the earth in one second of solar time is 18.987-|- miles. This multiplied by the aforesaid ratio gives 191513 miles for the velocity of light by Bradley's method. It appears, therefore, that the velocities by the two methods of Astronomy (the direct and the indirect), differ by 1837 miles ; a small quantity comparatively, being only one per cent of the whole velocity. Whatever other value is adopted for the sun's distance will alter these two results proportionally, without dis- turbing the ratio between them. I may add, that the velocity which aberration ascribes to light belongs to it at the earth's surface ; that is, in the dense atmosphere ; whereas, the velocity discovered from the eclipses is that which extends through the planetary spaces. This distinction, however, will do little towards bringing the two results into greater accordance. The velocities of light in different media are pro- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: APRIL 14, 1863. 117 portional to the indices of refraction inversely, which in the case pre- sented are as 1 to .000294. This theoretical difference of velocities is less than tj^\j^ of the whole, or less than 70 miles. Compare with these conclusions of Astronomy two experimental results on the same subject. Although Wheatstone's experiment on the velocity of electricity, published in 1834, suggested the possibility of measuring, in a similar way, other great velocities, I shall consider first a contrivance of Fizeau, equally applicable to light and to elec- tricity. If a wheel finely cut into teeth on its circumference is put in rapid rotation, a ray of light which escapes between two consecutive teeth will, after being reflected perpendicularly by a mirror, return to strike the wheel at a different point, and either be intercepted by a tooth, or admitted at another interstice. Suppose the velocity of the wheel just sufficient to bring the adjacent tooth to the position whence the ray first started, in the time which the light occupies in going to the mirror and returning. In this time the wheel has moved over an angle found by dividing 360° by twice the number of teeth which the wheel contains. Therefore the time taken by light in going over a line equal to twice the distance of the mirror is that portion of a second found by dividing unity by the product of the number of turns the wheel makes in a second, multiplied by double the number of teeth on the wheel ; the velocity of the wheel being first made the smallest which will cause it to intercept the light. Such an experiment was made in 1849, by Fizeau, the rotating wheel being placed in a tower at Suresne, near Paris, and the mirror upon a hill (Montmartre) at the distance of 8633 metres. As the wheel contained 720 teeth, and the slowest velocity which produced obscui'ation was 12.6 turns a second, it appeared that light required x^ii"?^ ^^ ^ second to go 8633 metres and return. Hence the velocity was 313,274,304 metres, or 194667 miles a second. The French Academy thought so favorably of this attempt that they referred the subject to a scientific commission consisting of Biot, Arago, Pouillet, and Regnault, with authority to procure a grand machine for repeating the experiment. When Arago advocated the claims of Wheatstone to the vacant place of corresponding member of the French Academy in the section of Physics, it was objected that Wheatstone had only made a single experiment, without having discovered a principle. Arago engaged to prove that the candidate had introduced a fertile method of experi- mentation, which would be felt in other sciences as well as electricity. 118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY For example : the corpuscular theory of light requires that the veloci- ties of light in different media should vary directly as the indices of refraction, whereas the undulatory theory inverts this ratio. Arago prepared for the trial by experiments on rapid rotations, the mechanical difficulties to be overcome, and the comparative advantage of slower rotations, assisted by several reflections, in place of a single mirror turning with its maximum speed. Aided by the refined skill of Bre- guet, he realized velocities in the mirror of 1000 turns a second, and of the axis detached from the mirror of even 8000 turns. In the mean while his eyesight began to fail him, and younger physicists entered into the fruit of his labors. After Foucault and Fizeau by separate efforts had decided the question in relation to the velocities of light in air and in water in favor of the undulatory theory, and thus confirmed a conclusion which Arago reached by diffraction in 1838, and after Fizeau had studied the variation of the velocity of light in running water, according as the motions agree or differ in direction, Foucault was emboldened to attempt a measure of the absolute velocity of light by an experiment which could be brought within the compass of a single room. I translate his own account of the arrangements made for this purpose : — " A pencil of solar light reflected into a horizontal direction by a lieliostat, falls upon the micrometric mark, which consists of a series of vertical lines distant from one another y\y of a millimetre. This mark, which in the experiment is the real standard of measure, has been divided very carefully by Froment. The rays which have traversed this initial surface fall upon a plane rotating mirror at the distance of a metre, where they suffer the first reflection, which sends them to a concave mirror at the distance of 4 metres. Between these two mir- rors, and as near as possible to the plane mirror, is placed an object- glass, having in one of its conjugate foci the virtual image of the mark, and in the other the surface of the concave mirror. These conditions being fulfilled, the pencil of light, after traversing the lens, forms an image of the mark on the surface of this concave mirror. " Thence the pencil is reflected a second time in a direction just oblique enough to avoid the rotating mirror, an image of which it forms in the air at a certain distance. At this place, a second concave mirror is placed, facing so that the pencil, once more reflected, returns to the neighborhood of the first concave mirror, forming a second image of the mark. This is taken up by a third concave mirror, and so on to the OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : APRIL 14, 1863. 119 formation of a last image of the mai'k on the surface of the last concave mirror of an odd number. I have been able to use 5 mirrors, which furnish a line 20 metres long for the ray to travel. " The last of these mirrors, separated from the preceding one which faces it by a distance of 4 metres, (equal to its radius of curvature,) returns the pencil back on itself; a condition surely fulfilled, when the returning image and the original image on the last mirror but one coalesce. Then we are sure that the pencil retraces its steps, returns in full to the plane mirror, and all the rays go back through the mai'k, point for point as they went forth. " This return of the pencil may be proved on an accessible image by reflecting the pencil to one side by a surface of glass at an an- gle of 45°, and examining it through a microscope of small power. The latter, resembling in all respects the micrometric microscopes in use for astronomical observations, forms with the mark and the inchned glass one solid piece of apparatus. " The real image sent into the microscope, and formed by the return- ing rays, partially reflected, occupies a definite position in relation to the glass and the mark itself. This position is precisely that of the virtual image of the mark, seen by reflection in the glass. At least this is true when the plane rotating mirror is at rest. But when this mirror turns, the image changes its place ; for while the light is going and returning between the mirrors, the plane mirror has shifted its position, and the retui'ning rays do not strike at the same angle of inci- dence as when they left it. Hence the image is displaced in the direc- tion of the rotation ; and this displacement increases with the velocity of rotation ; it also increases with the length of the route passed over by the rays, and with the distance of the mark from the plane mirror. " If we call V the velocity of light, n the number of times the mirror turns in a second, I the distance between the plane mirror and the last concave mirror, r the distance of the mark from the turning mirror, and d the observed displacement, we have TT 8 TT n I r ^ — '~d ' an expression which gives the velocity of light when the other quanti- ties are separately measured. The distances I and r are measured directly by a rule. The deviation is observed micrometrically ; it remains to show how the number of turns of the mirror n is found. 120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY "Let US describe first how a constant velocity is imparted to the mirror. This mirror, of silvered glass, and 14 millimetres in diameter, is mounted directly upon the axis of a small air-turbine of a well- known model, admirably constructed by Froment. The air is supplied by a high-pressure bellows of Cavaille-Coll, justly distinguished for the manufacture of great organs. As it is important that the pressure should be very constant, the air after leaving the bellows traverses a regulator, recently contrived by Cavaille, in which the pressure does not vary by ^ of a millimetre in a column of water of 30 centimetres. The fluid flowing through the orifices of the turbine represents a motive power of remarkable constancy. On the other hand, the mirror when accelerated soon encounters in the surrounding air a resistance, which, for a given velocity, is also perfectly constant. The moving body placed between these two forces, which tend to equilibrium, cannot fail to receive and to preserve a uniform velocity. Any check whatever, acting upon the flow of the water, allows this velocity to be regulated within very extensive limits. " It remains to estimate the number of turns, or rather to impress on the moving body a determined velocity. This problem has been completely resolved in the following manner. Between the microscope and the reflecting glass, a circular disk is placed, the edge of which, cut in fine teeth, encroaches upon the mark and partly intercepts it. The .disc turns uniformly on itself, so that if the image shines steadily, the teeth at its circumference escape detection from the rapidity of the motion. But the image is not pei'manent ; it results from a series of discontinuous appearances, equal in number to the revolutions of the mirror ; and whenever the teeth of the screen succeed one another with the same frequency, there is produced on the eye an illusion easily ex- plained, which makes the teeth appear immovable. Suppose, then, that the disk, with n teeth in its circumference, turns once in a second, and that the turbine starts up. If by regulating the flow of aii', the teeth are made to appear fixed, we are certain that the mirror makes n turns in a second. " Froment, who made the turbine, wished to invent and construct a chronometric wheel-work to move the disk. It is a remarkable piece of clock-work, which resolves, in an elegant manner, the problem of uniform motion in the particular case in which there is no work to be done. The success is so complete, that it is my daily experience to launch the mirror with 400 turns a second, and see the two pieces of OF ARTS AND SCIEXCES : APRIL 14, 1863. 121 apparatus march within xtj^iTtt nearly of accordance during whole minutes. " Notwithstandinsf the assurance I had gained in the measurement of time, I was surprised to prove in my results discordances, which were out of proportion to the precision of my means of measuring. After long research, I discovered the source of error in the micrometer, which did not allow of the degree of accuracy willingly attributed to it. To meet this difficulty, I have introduced into the system of observa- tion a modification which amounts simply to a change of the variable. Instead of measuring micrometrically the deviation, I adopt for it a definite value in advance ; suppose ■^^J of a millimetre, or 7 entire parts of the image ; and I seek by experiment to find the distance between the mark and the turning mirror necessary to produce this deviation ; the measures extending over a length of about a metre, the last frac- tions have a magnitude directly visible, and leave no room for error. " By this means the apparatus has been purged of the principal cause of uncertainty ; henceforth the results accorded within the limits of errors of observation, and the means are settled in such a way, that I am able to assign confidently the new number, which appears to me to express nearly the velocity of light in space, namely, 298000 kilometres in a second of mean time." This value reduced to statute miles shows that the velocity of light is 185177 miles in a second ; which is less by 6336 miles than the velocity for light usually admitted into science, namely, the velocity obtained from the aberration of light. This discrepancy between the result of experiment, and that astronomical determination which comes nearest to it, is three times greater than the variation between the velocity deduced from aberration and that derived from eclipses. Foucault states that the extreme difference of the results of various trials amounted to only y^^ of the whole quantity, and that the mean result can be trusted to the fraction of -g-^-^. Moreover, the aberration of 20".45, adopted by astronomers, cannot be supposed at fault by more than iw^u *^f the whole. Neither the velocity by Foucault's experi- ment, nor the value of aberration, can be charged with a possible error of 3 per cent, or of any error approaching to this large discrepancy. How is the new velocity of light to be reconciled with the old value of aberration ? I have said that aberration establishes only the ratio between the velocity of hght and the velocity of the earth. If this ratio cannot be tampered with, and if one term of it (the velocity VOL. YI. 13 122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY of light) must be diminished by 3 per cent, to suit Foucauh's experi- ment, then we must at the same time diminish the other term (the velocity of the earth) proportionally ; and the old ratio will be pre- served and the value of aberration will be left unchanged. Is it possi- ble, therefore, that there can be an uncertainty to the extent of 3 per cent in the velocity of the earth ? If so, the tables are turned ; and instead of employing the ratio which aberration supplies to calculate tlie velocity of light from the velocity of the earth, as the best known of the two, we henceforth must calculate the velocity of the earth from the velocity of light. For Foucault has found the latter by experi- rtient more accurately than Astronomy gives the former. If there is an error of 3 per cent in the velocity of the earth, it is an error in space, and not in time. To diminish the velocity of the earth sufficiently by a change of time would demand an increase in the length of the year amounting to 11 days nearly. The only other way of reaching the velocity of the earth is by di- minishing the circumference of the earth's orbit, and this, if diminished, changes proportionally the mean radius of the orbit ; that is, the sun's mean distance. The question, therefore, resolves itself into this. Can the distance of the sun from the earth be considered uncertain to the extent of 3 per cent of the whole distance. The answer to this question will lead me into a brief discussion of the processes by which the sun's distance from the earth has been de- termined, and the limits of accuracy which belong to the received value. To see the distance of any body is an act of binocular vision. When the body is near, the two eyes of the same individual converge upon it. The interval between the eyes is the little base-line ; the angle which the optic axes of the two eyes, when directed to the body, make with each other, is the parallax ; and by this simple triangulation, in which an instinctive geometrical sense supersedes the use of sines and logarithms, the distance of an object is roughly calculated. As the distance of the object increases, the base-line must be enlarged ; but the geometrical method is the same, even when the object is a star, and the base of the triangle the diameter of the earth's orbit. Substi- tute, then, for the two eyes of the same observer the two telescopes of different astronomers, planted at the opposite extremities of the earth's diameter, and any one will understand the principle upon which the binocular eye of science takes its stereoscopic view of the universe, and plunges into the depths of space. In this way it is that the dis- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: APRIL 14, 1863. 123 tance of the sun from the earth is associated with the solar parallax, which is the ansjle between the directions in whicli two astronomers point their telescopes when they are looking at the sun at the same moment. To know the sun's distance, the astronomer studies the solar pai'allax. As Kepler's third law establishes a relation between the distances of the different planets from the sun and their periods of revolution, if the astronomer finds either distance by observation, the others can be computed from this law. As the horizontal solar parallax is only about 8 seconds, and an eiTor of ^jj of a second includes an error of more than a million of miles in the sun's distance, he takes advantage of the law of Kepler, and selects a planet which comes occasionally nearer to the earth than the sun. The choice lies between Venus at inferior conjunction and Mars at opposition. The parallax of Mars may vary from 20".7 to 19".l, according to the positions of Mars and the Earth with respect to the perihelion of the orbit, at the time of opposition. The parallax of Venus at conjunction may vary, for the same reason, from 33".9 to 29".9. Venus, therefore, may be nearer to the earth than Mars, and the parallax more favorable. But Venus cannot be seen at conjunction except when its latitude is so small that a transit across the sun's disc occurs. Then the two observ- ers refer its place, not to a star, but to the sun, and the quantity they determine is the difference of parallax between Venus and the sun, which will vary from about 21" to 25". Moreover, the difference of parallax is measured, not directly, but through the influence it produces on the duration of the transit at the two stations, and therefore upon a greatly enlarged scale. What are the results which have been obtained, 1st, by observa- tions of the transits of Venus, and, 2d, by observations of Mars at opposition ? 1. Only two transits of Venus have occurred since the time when the sagacious Dr. Halley invoked the attention of posterity to these rare astronomical events, as pregnant with the grandest results to science; viz. those of 1761 and 1769. The astronomers of the last century did not neglect the charge which Halley consigned to them. The transit of 1769 was eminently favorable, offering a chance which comes only once in a millennium, as Professor Winthrop happily explained in his lectures on the last transits. Whatever verdict posterity shall pronounce on the deductions from the observations then made, they will never, says Encke, reproach 124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY astronomers or governments with negligence, or want of appreciation towards this golden opportunity. The solar parallax which Encke de- duced from an elaborate discussion of all the observations, fifty years after they were made, is 8".57116. This coiTesponds to a solar dis- tance of 95,360,000 statute miles. Although transits of Venus will take place in 1874 and 1882, and astronomers already begin to talk of preparing for them, I have the authority of Encke for declaring that, in comparison with that of 1769, the next two transits will be so unfavorable, that nothing short of jierfection in the construction of instruments, and in the art of ob- serving, can compensate for the natural disadvantage ; — so that the reduction of the possible error in the sun's parallax within the limit of the hundredth of a second is hopeless for at least two centuries more. 2. The solar parallax may also be derived from the parallax of Mars, when this planet is in opposition. In 1740, the French as- tronomer, Lacaille, was sent to the Cape of Good Hope, and from the parallactic angle observed between the direction of Mars, as seen from that station and from the Observatory of Paris, deduced from observations of declination, the horizontal parallax of Mars was computed, and consequently that of the sun. The solar parallax thus found was 10".20, with a possible error not exceeding 0".25. Henderson, by comparing his own observations of the declination of Mars at its opposition in 1832, with corresponding observations at Greenwich, Cambridge, and Altona, computed the solar parallax at 9".028. The United States Naval Astronomical Expedition to Chili, under the charge of Lieutenant J. M. Gilliss, during the years 1849-52, had for its object the advancement 'of our knowledge of the solar parallax, partly by observations of Mars at opposition, and partly by observa- tions of Venus during the retrograde portion of her orbit, and especi- ally at the stationary points, in conformity with a method suggested by Dr. Gerling ; the whole to be compared with simultaneous observa- tions at the northern observatories. Although the observations at Chili were made on 217 nights, covering a period of nearly three years, the co-operation of northern astronomers was so insufficient that only 28 corresponding observations were made. On this account tlie second conjunction of Venus was useless; the other conjunction of Venus and the second opposition of Mars were of little value, and OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : APRIL U, 1S63. 125 even the first opposition of Mars led to no significant result. Dr. B. A. Gould has computed the solar parallax from the first opposition of Mars, observed at Chili, at 8".50. 3. The solar pai'allax can also be computed from the law of uni- versal gravitation. The principle may be thus stated : The motion of the moon round the earth is disturbed by the unequal attraction of the sun on the two bodies. The magnitude of the disturbance will be in some proportion to the distance of the disturber, when compared with the relative distance of the two disturbed bodies ; and this ratio of distances is the inverse ratio of the parallaxes of the sun and moon. By selecting one of the perturbations in the moon's longitude particu- larly adapted to this purpose, Mayer, as early as 1760, computed the solar parallax at 7".8. In 1824, Burg calculated this parallax, from better observations, at 8". 62. Laplace gives it at 8'''.61. Fontenelle had said that Newton, without getting out of his arm-chair, found the figure of the earth more accurately than others had done by going to the ends of the earth. Laplace makes a similar reflection on this new triumph of theory. " It is wonderful that an astronomer, without going out of his observatory, should be able to determine exactly the size and figure of the earth, and its distance from the sun and moon, simply by comparing his observations with analysis, the knowledge of which formerly demanded long and laborious voyages in both hemispheres. The accordance of the results obtained by the two methods is one of the most striking proofs of universal gravitation." Pontecoulant makes the solar parallax by this method 8".63. Lubbock, by combining Airy's empirical determination of the coetficient with the mass of the moon, as he finds it from the tides, (namely, -g\,) makes the solar parallax 8".84. If the mass of J^ is substituted, the parallax is changed to 8".81. Finally, Hansen, in his new Tables of the Moon, adopts 8".8762 as the value of the solar parallax. Moreover, Leverrier, in his " Theory of the Apparent Mo- tion of the Sun," deduces a solar parallax of 8".95 from the phenom- ena of precession and nutation. The conclusions of this whole review are summed up in the following table, in which the values of the solar parallax, and of the sun's distance by the three methods of Astronomy, and by the experiment of Foucault, are placed in juxtaposition. Also the different velocities of light found by astronomical observations and by experiment. 13* 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Observer or Computer. Method. Parallax. Distance. Encke, Encke, By Venus (1761), (1769), II 8..53 8.59 Miles. 95,141,830 95,820,610 Lacaille, Henderson, Gilliss and Gould, By Mars, it it 10.20 9.03 8.50 76,927,900 90,164,110 96,160,000 Mayer, Burg, Laplace, Pontecoulant, Lubbock, Lubbock, Hansen, Leverrier, By Moon, u it ic £t Ct H It 7.80 8.62 8.61 8.63 8.84 8.81 8.88 8.95 104,079,100 94,802,440 94,915,970 94,689,710 92,313,580 92,652,970 91,861,060 91,066,350 Foucault, Fizeau, By Light, 8.86 8.51 92,087,342 96,117,000 Velocity of Light, it t( By Eclipses, By Aberration, By Fizeau's Experiment, By Foucault's Experiment, , 193,350 191,513 194,667 185,177 Foucault's experiment on the velocity of light has been popularly announced as making a " revolution in astronomical science." But it appears from the preceding sketch, that it has raised no new question in Astronomy, though it may have attracted popular attention to an old difficulty, and possibly given a solution to it. The three astronomical methods present solar distances, which, even if we select the most trustworthy decision of each, differ by three or four millions of miles ; that is, by three or four per cent of the whole quantity. Though the best products of the first and second methods were at one time within a million of miles of each other, an increase of lunar observations, and especially improvements in the lunar tables, have now carried that difference up to four millions of miles. If Foucault's experiment were allowed to give the casting vote, it would decide in favor of the third method ; thus making the reflection of Laplace, which I have already quoted, still more memorable. In regard to the commonly received distance of the sun, which is based upon Encke's profound discussion of all the observations made at the last two transits of Venus, the case stands thus : Encke decides from the weights of the observations, discussed in the light of the math- ematical principle of Least Squares, that the probable error of the sun's distance, as given by the transits, does not exceed ^\-^ of the whole OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 12, 1SG3. 127 quantity. Astronomers have also reason to believe that the adopted value of aberration is correct within ■j'S^'s ^^ ^^^^ whole quantity. Moreover, Foucault is confident of his determination of the velocity of light within ^^ of the whole quantity ; nay, he expects to improve his instruments so as to banish all errors larger than ^xnrtr of the whole quantity. Neither the velocity of light, aberration, nor the sun's dis- tance, can be suspected of an error to the extent of three or four per cent, and yet one at least must be wrong to this degree, as the best values of the three elements are irreconcilable with each other. Which shall be changed ? It may excite surprise in those who have heard of the accuracy of Astronomy without weighing the exact significance of the word as applied to so large a subject, that there should still be a lingering uncertainty to the extent of three or four miUions of miles in the sun's distance from the earth. But the error, whatever it is, is propagated from the solar system into the deepest spaces which the telescope has ever traversed. The sun's distance is the measurino;-rod with which the astronomer metes out the distances of the fixed stars, and the dimen- sions of stellar orbits. An error of three per cent in the sun's distance entails an error of three per cent in all these other distances and dimen- sions. Trifling as three per cent may seem, the correction runs up to 600000 millions of miles in the distance of the nearest fixed star. Five hundred and tiventy-first Meeting. May 12, 18G3. — Monthly Meeting. The President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary (who also acted as Recording Secretary in the absence of the latter officer) read letters relative to the Academy's exchanges ; also a letter from W. W. Story, Esq., now at Rome, in acknowledgment of his elec- tion as a Fellow. Mr. Treadwell read a memoir on the effect of cannon-shot upon iron-clad ships and armor-plates generally ; this being a sequel to his memoir " On the Practicability of constructing Cannon of Great Caliber," published in the sixth volume of the Academy's Memoirs (1856) ; the object of this sequel 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY being to show, that the recent application of rifling to cannon is especially adyantageous for increasing the size and power of guns made upon tlie principle proposed by him in the former memoir. Professor W. B. Rogers exhibited a new form of electropho- rus, made of vulcanite, by Mr. Cornelius of Philadelphia, which has the advantage of working perfectly in damp as well as in dry weather. He also showed an adaptation of the same apparatus in anotlier form, for the lighting of gas-lamps. Professor B. Peirce discoursed on the mathematical prop- erties of the elastic sac, which he thought had some bearing upon physiological problems. Five buudred and twenty-second fleeting. May 26, 1863. — Annual Meeting. The President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary, on the part of the Council, read the following Report : — Upon a I'evision by the Council of the roll of the Academy, it appears that six Fellows, two Associate Fellows, and two Foreign Honorary Members have been elected into this Society during the past year. On the Foreign list, Christopher Hansteen was chosen to fill the vacancy left by the death of the venerable Biot, in the First Class and Leopold von Ranke, in place of the late Sir Francis Palgrave, in the Third Class. The two Associate Fellows, Professor Newton and General Hum- phreys, are both of the First Class. Of the six resident Fellows, four were assigned to the First Class, one to the Second, and one to the Third Class. Nine of our members, — the same number as last year, — viz. two Foreign Honorary Members, four Associate, and three Resident Fel- lows, have deceased during the year, or at least since the last Annual Report was drawn up. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 26, 1863. 129 One of the Resident Fellows, James Fowle Baldwin, of the section of Technology and Engineering, died suddenly, on the 20th of May, 1SG2, a week before our anniversary meeting. Mr. Baldwin was born in Woburn, at the little village of New Bridge, on the 29th of April, 1782. His father, Colonel Loammi Baldwin, was a cabinet-maker and a land-surveyor. The latter occu- pation, more congenial to his taste, led him to the projection of plans foi' the internal improvement of his native county. He devised and carried to successful completion the Middlesex Canal, one of the earliest, and for the time one of the most considerable works of the kind in the United States. He was a native of the same village with Count Rumford, was his constant friend through his political trials, and under his care and that of his son Rumford's daughter, the Countess Rumford, passed the greater part of her life. James, the fourth son of Colonel Baldwin, received the usual instruction of the village school of his native town, and afterwards went to the acade- mies in Billei'ica and Westford. About the year 1800 he was in Boston preparing for a mercantile life, and after a few years was established as a merchant. But the influence of his early associations with his father, and the example of his brother Loammi, who, though educated as a lawyer, had relinquished this profession for that of an engineer, stimulated his own turn for the same pursuit. When Loammi was engaged in the construction of that beautiful and massive work, the Dry-Dock at the Charlestown Navy Yard, the first of its kind in this country, James joined him, and thus commenced in earnest the work of his life. In the year 1828, a railroad from Boston to Albany was projected, and Mr. Baldwin was one of the commission appointed by the State to make the surveys. Upon this arduous work he was employed for two years. Although the enterprise was not proceeded with at that time, yet subsequently the Western Railroad, now in operation, was built upon the location selected by him, and his plans for its construc- tion were generally adopted. Mr. Baldwin looked upon this, next to the supply of pure water to the city of Boston, as the most important of his professional works. From 1830 to 1835, he was employed in the construction of the Boston and Lowell Railroad, and in the plan- ning of several of the mills of manufacturing companies in this and the neighboring States. He also determined the relative amount of water-power used by the mills of the different companies at Lowell. 130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY In 1825, the subject of supplying Boston with pure water began to attract serious attention. Different sources were investigated, and estimates made. In 1837, Mr. Baldwin was appointed on a commis- sion still further to inquire into and recommend a plan for this object. A majority of this commission recommended the introduction of water from Spot and Mystic Ponds, — from the latter by pumping. From these sources they proposed to furnish three millions of gallons daily, a sufficient supply, as they supposed, for ten years. Mr. Baldwin dis- sented, and recommended Long Pond (Lake Cochituate), which would itself furnish nine millions of gallons daily, and could be materially increased from other sources in the same water-shed. He urwd the adoption of a conduit of masonry instead of iron pipe, and of gravita- tion instead of pumping. The city authorities adopted the plan of the majority ; it was submitted to a popular vote, and rejected. The pro- ject was not I'evived until the year 1844, when Mr. Baldwin was again on the commission. The plan proposed by him was adopted at the close of March, 1846, and the work was completed on the 25th of October, 1848. Instead of three millions of gallons daily for the first ten years, it actually delivered fifteen millions of gallons during that period. It may fairly be claimed that the city of Boston is pre-emi- nently indebted to the forecast, firmness, and professional skill of Mr. Baldwin for its present abundant and constant supply of pure water from Cochituate. Although confining himself to his professional duties, and having little taste for politics, Mr. Baldwin was once elected a Senator for Suffolk, and he held the ofiice until his appointment as Water Com- missioner. Mr. Baldwin was of commanding presence, being considerably above six feet in stature, and remarkably well-proportioned. He was dignified and affable in manners, kind and benevolent in disposition, warm and unfaltei'ing in his friendships. Steadfast in his conviction of the right, no force could drive nor influence allure him from the path of duty. His mind was clear, but not rapid in its operations. He came to his conclusions by successive steps, carefully taken, and closely examined ; but the results once reached, his confidence in them was rarely shaken. His judgment was formed upon a wide considera- tion of all the circumstances, rather than upon nicely balanced compu- tations. He was more anxious that his works should abound in strengtli, than that they should be constructed with the least theoretical amount of material and the greatest possible economy. OF ARTS AXD SCIENCES: MAY 26, 1863. 131 Nathan Hale, another of the oldest members of the same sec- tion, having been a Fellow of the Academy for forty-four years, died on the 8th of February of the current year. He was born in Westhampton, Massachusetts, on the 16th of August, 1784, was graduated at Williams College in 1784, studied law at Troy, New York, was a teacher of mathematics at Phillips Academy, Exeter, New Hampshire, and settled in Boston in 1810, where he soon became a member of the Suffolk bar. On the first of March, 1814, he became the editor of the Boston Daily Advertiser, the earliest daily paper in this city ; and he retained his connection with it for more than forty years. He was the first to introduce an editorial department as an essential part of a public journal ; and by the justice, thoroughness, and sagacious prudence with which he managed this department, by the fairness of his criticisms, and by the discrimination and pure taste of his selections, he not only secured the confidence of the community, but did much to elevate the charac- ter of journalism. A journal more entirely reliable than Mr. Hale's was not to be found. Those who have regularly read what has ap- peared in its columns have seldom missed any event of public im- portance which has occurred in either hemisphere ; and any one who should now wish to get a clear, condensed, honest, and unprejudiced view of the civil, social, and literary history of the last half-century would be rewarded for the labor of examining the columns of the Daily Advertiser. Although his unceasing duties as editor, and in the public and private offices he filled, left little time for original inves- tigation, and he may have done nothing for the advancement of science directly, he did what was not less honorable nor less deserving of respectful remembrance, by constantly availing himself of the re- sources of science, with which he kept himself familiar, for the advancement of the useful arts. He was the first in this State to apply the power-press to newspaper printing. He made from original sources a valuable map of New England, and an excellent manual of geography, illustrated by maps printed with common types. More than all, he took a leading part in the establishment of the railway system in New England, and in the introduction of pure water into Boston. Associated as he was, in these important works, with men of greater knowledge and skill as engineers, and more full of original suggestions, he still did as much as any one else to advance these ob- jects, by his perseverance and devotion, by the enlarged views he was 132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY constantly presenting in his journal, by his able advocacy of them, in both houses of the Legislature, and by the confidence reposed in his prudence, his extensive knowledge, his calm judgment, and his spotless integrity. Although, from his scrupulous delicacy, he derived no pe- cuniary advantage from his severe and long-continued labors in these works for the public good, and died poor, he had the pure satisfac- tion, in his last years, of having contributed at least as largely as any one individual to the health and welfore of his adopted city, and to the unexampled prosperity of his native State. As a writer, Mr. Hale commanded attention and secured confidence by the purity of his style, by the clearness and exactness of his state- ments, by the fulness of his knowledge, and by his entire sincerity. He was always interested in the advancement of literature, and was one of the founders of the North American Review and of the Christian Examiner. He was for many years an active member of the Massachusetts Historical Society. He was a member both of the Convention of 1820, and of that of 1853, for the amendment of the Constitution of this Commonwealth. Benjamin D. Greene, whom we have lost from our botanical sec- tion, died on the 14th of October last. He was born in Demarara, dui'ing the temporary sojourn of his parents there, in the year 1793, and was graduated at Harvard College in 1812. He first pursued legal studies, for a time in the then celebrated law-school at Litchfield, Connecticut, and was duly admitted to the bar in Boston. He then studied medicine, mainly in the schools of Paris and Scotland, and took the degree of M. D. at Edinburgh in the year 1821. While pursuing these studies abroad, his scientific tastes were strongly devel- oped, especially for Botany, which, on his return home to the enjoy- ment of an ample fortune, now became the favorite pursuit of his life. His retiring, contemplative, and unambitious disposition rendered him averse to the toils, and wholly indifferent to the fame, of authorship. Of him it may especially be said, that he pursued his scientific studies for the pure gratification which they afforded him ; but those who knew him are well aware that no small part of that gratification came from the pleasure which he took in freely placing his observations and his collections in the hands of those who could turn them to best account for the advancement of science. Perceiving that the great obstacles encountered by the naturalist here were the want of books, and of authentic collections, he early and steadily endeavored to sup- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 2G, 1863. 133 ply these desiderata, so far as he could, in one department, by gather- ing a choice botanical library, and a valuable herbarium, especially rich in authenticated specimens and in standard North American col- lections. These were most kindly placed at the disposal of working botanists, even those of distant parts of the country ; and, to secure their continued usefulness, were at length, by gift and by bequest, con- signed to the Boston Society of Natural History, — of which Mr. Greene was one of the founders, and the first President, — to which, besides, he bequeathed a large legacy in money. In character, Mr. Greene was remarkably quiet and unobtrusive, yet highly sensible, cultivated, and discriminating. Eminently kind and disinterested, if he gave no thought to secure for himself a scientific reputation, he should all the more be remembered for the wise and considerate liberality through which he sought to promote the investi- gations of others in a chosen department of natural history. Of the four Associate Fellows deceased, one of the most distinguished, Ormsby McKnight Mitchel, was born on the 28th of August, 1810, in Union County, Kentucky. With a scanty early education, and still more scanty material wealth, he entered the Military Academy at West Point in 1825, where he was graduated in 1829 with a class- rank of fifteenth, and where for the next two years he was Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Having resigned his commission as Sec- end Lieutenant of Artillery, which bears the date of July 1, 1829, he studied law in Cincinnati. But he soon left the practice of it for a professorship of Mathematics and Astronomy in Cincinnati College, which he held from 1834 to 1844. By his zeal and eloquence, an enthusiasm for astronomy was created in the West, which resulted in the establishment of the Cincinnati Observatory, with its admirable equatorial telescope ; the corner-stone being laid in November, 1843, in the presence of the venerable Ex-President John Quincy Adams. In July, 1846, Professor Mitchel began the issue of the " Sidereal Messenger," and he continued its publication for two years, to the benefit of popular science. He also published a work on " Popular Astronomy," and another on " The Planetary and Stellar Worlds." At his chosen observatory he applied himself to the study of the double stars in southern declination, and discovered the comjianion of Antares. He also measured the time of rotation of Mars. Professor Mitchel was one of the first to recognize the value of the electric method of observing Risht Ascensions and Declinations, and he VOL. YI. 14 134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY devised an instrument for that purpose, which attracted the favorable attention of astronomers, and was largely discussed at meetings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. The determi- nation of differences of longitude by electro-magnetic signals gave a new importance to the assumed value of the velocity of electricity, which did not escape his practical mind. His mechanical skill enabled him to apply his ideas rapidly to practice, and his great independence and energy of character surmounted pecuniary restrictions which would have fatally discouraged most men. In 1836 and 1837 Mr. Mitchel was Chief Engineer of the Little Miami Railroad, and in 1848 of the Ohio and Mississippi Railroad. In 1841 he was placed upon the Board of Visitors for West Point, and in 1847-8 he was Adjutant-General of the State of Ohio. He was chosen Director of the Dudley Observatory at Albany in 1859. As soon as the rebellion broke out, Mr. Mitchel pi'omptly resigned the peaceful pursuits of science, in which he had achieved large honor and usefulness, and gave himself, with all the ardor of his nature, to the cause of his country. On the 9th of August, 1861, he was commis- sioned a Brigadier-General of Volunteers, and on the 11th of April, 1862, as Major-General in the Department of the Ohio under General Buell. At the head of an independent column, he entered Bowling Green, Kentucky, in close pursuit of the reti'eating rebels, and, con- tinuing his advance southward, he seized the line of railroad between Corinth and Chattanooga, and established his forces in the north of Alabama. He was relieved of that command in July, 1862, and on the 17th of September he assumed the charge of the Department of the South. He had bai'ely time to give promise of inaugurating a vigorous campaign, when he was seized with yellow-fever, and, after a brief illness of four days, he died at Beaufort, South Carolina, on the 30th of October, 1862, leaving to the world the memory of a name which deserves well of science and of his country. James Renavick, our late Associate in the section of Technology and Engineering, was descended from a Scotch family, his grandfather having emigrated to the United States from Scotland. His father, William Renwick, was a merchant of New York, who married a lady of Scotland during a visit to that country. Professor Renwick was born at Liverpool in 1702, and came to this country Avith his parents when he was two years old. He exhibited very early in life a devotion to books, and a remarkable capacity and power for acquiring knowledge. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 26, 1S63. 135 This is fully shown by the fact that he was sutficiently advanced to enter Columbia College at the age of eleven years, and he was gradu- ated, at the head of a class of twenty-two, at the age of fifteen years. At the age of twenty-one, he was appointed provisionally to the chair of Chemistry. Shortly after this he became a trustee, and in 1820, at the age of twenty-eight, he was appointed to the Professorship of Nat- ural and Experimental Philosophy and Chemistry, a chair which he fiiUed for the long period of thirty-three years. During this time his lectures embraced Natural and Experimental Philosophy, Chemistry, Geology, Mineralogy, Practical Mechanics, and for a long period As- tronomy ; and he was able, by his unfaltering industry and great memory, to master and communicate to his classes a knowledge of the most important discoveries made through these vast fields of science. In the year 1838 he was appointed one of the Commissioners for the survey of the Northeastern Boundary, and his letters to a distinguished friend in England are said to have had much influence in prepar- ing for the subsequent diplomatic arrangement upon that subject. As a writer. Professor Renwick is known by several treatises on Chem- istry and Mechanics. He likewise wrote somewhat elaborate biogra- phies of Fulton, Rittenhouse, and DeWitt Clinton, not to mention large contributions to various reviews and scientific journals. To this arx'ay of Professor Renwick's wide acquirements and labors we must not omit to add, that his taste for the fine arts was highly cultivated, and his critical knowledge, especially of painting, often refen-ed to as exact and authoritative. Although Professor Renwick made no great discovery by which the boundaries of science were enlarged or the mastery of man over nature increased, yet the influence exercised by his full mind upon a veiy large and active community was extensively felt, and tended greatly to the advancement of knowledge and the arts. He died at his residence in New York, after a short illness, on the 12th of January, having nearly completed his seventy-first year. Charles TVilkixs Short, M. D., one of the pioneers of Botany in the Western States, died at his residence near Louisville, Kentucky, on the 7th of March last, in the sixty-ninth year of his age. He was born in Woodford County of that State, in October, 1794, took his med- ical degree from the University of Pennsylvania in the year 1815, was called to the chair of Materia Medica and Botany in Transylvania University in 1825, and to the same chair in the new University at 136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Louisville in 1838, fulfilling liis duties as Professor with assiduity and success until the year 1849, when he retired from public functions. He was for many years one of the conductors of the Transylvania Journal of Medicine, to which he contributed numerous scientific papers, mostly relating to the botany of his native State. Dr. Short's influence upon the advancement of the science to which he devoted himself was more considerable than would be inferred from the extent of his publications. He was a keen observer, a diligent explorer, a liberal promoter of the explorations of others, and a bountiful corre- spondent. There are few herbaria of consequence in this country or in Europe that have not been enriched by choice contributions from his hands. He and the late Mr. Oakes, independently, and at nearly the same period, seem to have invented the art of preserving perennially in dried specimens almost all the beauty and attractiveness, and the scientific usefulness, of the living originals. The frequent recurrence of his name in the pages of the systematic botanical works of the last thirty years testifies to his scientific industry. His faults were an un- warrantable diffidence, a too fastidious taste, and the total absence of pei'sonal ambition, together conspiring to limit unduly his endeavors in the fields of original investigation and authorship. Edward Robinson, our late eminent Associate in the section of Philology and ArchaBology, belongs to that not inconsiderable class of men who are led into a literary career by their decided taste, by their inner prompting, and in spite of outward impediments. Born on the 10th of April, 1794, in Southington, Connecticut, where his father was settled as a parish minister, he attended first the common school of his native town, and then a private school, kept by a clergyman. In his sixteenth year he was apprenticed to a merchant ; but a year later, after many fruitless efforts, he overcame the opposition of his father, and obtained permission to enter Hamilton College, in the State of New York. Here he pursued his studies, chiefly under the guidance of his maternal uncle, one of the Professors, and graduated in 1816. He now entered the office of a lawyer in Hudson ; but within a year he accepted an appointment as a Tutor in Hamilton College, where he taught Mathematics and Greek. In 1818 he married the daugh- ter of the well-known missionary to the Indians, Samuel Kirkland. She died within the year. He remained in charge of the farm be- longing to her, and devoting himself also to classical studies, until 1821, when he went to Andover, where, without becoming a regular OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 26, 1863. 137 member of the Seminary, he studied theology, and became in 1823 one of the teachers of the institution. He translated at that time "Wahl's Clavis Novi Testamenti, and, in connection with Professor Stuart, Winer's Grammar of the Language of the New Testament. Full of admiration of thorough German scholarship, he determined to pursue his studies in Europe, whither he went in 182G, and devoted himself, first at Paris, but chiefly at Halle and Berlin, to Biblical and Oriental studies. At Halle he married the youngest daughter of Pro- fessor Von Jacob, a lady known to the public by her nom de plume of Talvi. After a residence of four years, which was of incalculable influence upon his succeeding career, and after extensive travels in Europe, he returned in 1830 to this country, and was immediately made Assistant Professor and Librarian at the Theological Seminary at Andover. While yet in Germany, he had translated the large Greek Grammar of Buttmann, which was published immediately after his return. He was one of the founders of the Biblical Repository, and for several years a principal contributor to its pages. In 1833 the state of his health induced him to resign his office at Andover, and remove to Boston. Here he was particularly occupied with the preparation of a new Greek-English Dictionary of the New Testa- ment, and a translation of Gesenius's Hebrew-Latin Lexicon. Both were published in 1836. In the following year he accepted the pro- fessorship of Biblical Literature in the newly-established Theological Seminary in the city of New York, on condition of being permitted to visit Europe once more. Revisiting Germany, he now, according to a plan cherished and matured for fifteen years, with the late Dr. Eli Smith, the well-known missionary at Beirut, made a journey to Egypt and Palestine. Returning from his travels in the autumn of 1838, he took up his residence in Berlin, where he remained until August, 1840, to elaborate the results of his researches in his celebrated work, entitled " Biblical Researches in Palestine and Adjacent Countries," which ap- peared simultaneously in Germany and England. Of this work, Karl Ritter said : " It will occupy one of the most impox'tant places for the study of geographico-antiquarian sources of the Scriptures : it will, on account of the many new discoveries and investigations it records, be of enduring value for our knowledge of the Orient, and will furnish the data for an entire reconstruction of the cartography of Palestine, hitherto so imperfect." Returning now to America, he commenced his official labors in the 138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Union Theological Seminary in New York, and continued them until 1852, when he undertook a second visit to Palestine, for the purpose of re-examining many points discussed in his work. It was his intention to give the results of these extensive, patient, and thorough researches in a work entitled " A Physical and Historical Geography of the Holy Land." A few years ago, his literary labors were seriously interrupted by the formation of a cataract ; and as his health as well as his sight had suffered in consequence of an unsuccessful operation, he last sum- mer sought medical advice in Europe, from which he returned in October last. He died in New York, in Januaiy, in the sixty-ninth year of his age. Dr. Robinson's residence at a distance from Boston prevented him fi'om taking that active part in the doings of this Academy which he undoubtedly would have done had he lived among us. Different was his relation to another association, the Oriental Society, of which he was one of the original members, and, after the death of the lamented Mr. Pickering, its President. That Society enjoyed the great advan- tage of being represented by one whose position in the republic of scholars all over the world was recognized and appreciated ; and it wdll be no easy task for any one to fill as honoi'ably and successfully the place occupied by him for seventeen years. After this brief sketch of Dr. Robinson's labors, it is unnecessary to speak of his character as a scholar. His works speak for him. If any one characteristic were to be mentioned as pre-eminent, it would be that of thoroughness, — thoroughness in investigating, thorough- ness in considering and maturing, thoroughness in elaborating the subjects of his choice. This quality was conspicuously shown in the manner in which he prepared himself for his first visit to Palestine. He understood the whole ground, — he made himself familiar with all that had been written and done up to that time, — he consulted every scholar in this country and Europe from whom he could expect to I'eceive useful hints. And, not satisfied with his first explorations, large and valuable as they were, his irresistible desire of exhausting, if possible, his subject, led him to undertake a second visit. The same quality of thoroughness was illustrated in another way. Although to him the knowledge of the Gei'man language was merely a means to the end, — an instrument, — it would be verj difficult to find an American or Englishman who had mastered that lan^uajre so thor- ouglily, and entered so deeply into its spirit and essence. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 26, 1863. 139 Sir Benjamin Collins Brodie, Bart., a Foreign Honorary Mem- ber of this Academy, and recently President of the Royal Society, died, October 21st, 1862, at the ripe age of eighty years. Of that remarkable trio of British surgeons of this century, distinguished alike for their high professional and scientific attainments, Sir Astley Cooper, Sir Benjamin Brodie, and Mr. William Lawrence, the latter now alone remains. Sir Benjamin Brodie was born at Winterslow, Wiltshire, June 9th, 1783. He commenced the study of medicine in London, under the distinguished anatomists Wilson and Thomas, at the Hunterian School of Anatomy, in Great Windmill Street, and subsequently became the pupil of Sir Everard Home, and at a later period his assistant. His first scientific paper was a communication made to the Royal Society, through Sir Everard Home, in 1809, the year before his election as a Fellow of the Society. During the next five years he published in the Philosophical Transactions a series of papers giving the results of experimental researches upon the agency of the brain in maintaining the heart's action, in the processes of secretion, and in the production of animal heat ; upon the mode of action of poisons on the animal economy ; and upon the influence ex- erted by the pneumo-gastric nerve over the secretions of the alimen- tary canal. These papers gained for him European fame as a physi- ologist. But great as was his success in this department of science, he yielded to the increasing demands of practice, and devoted his whole energies to his chosen pursuit of surgery. He nevertheless always retained a deep interest in the subjects of these early investigations, and after his retirement from active practice he collected his Physio- logical Essays in a volume, which he republished in the year 1851, with corrections and additions. His first and most important contribution to surgery is his classical " Observations on the Diseases of the Joints," the first outlines of which appeared in the Medico-Chirurgical Transactions for 1813 and the two subsequent years, and of which five editions were published, the last revised, and in part rewritten, in the year 1850. When he undertook this work, the whole subject was involved in the greatest confusion, and the terms " white-swelling," " scrofulous joints," &c. " were used without any well-defined meaning, and almost indiscrimi- nately, so that the same name was frequently applied to different diseases, and the same disease distinguished by different appellations." This confusion he unravelled, and first established the indications of treatment upon the firm basis of accurate diagnosis. 140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY His next surgical work was a course of " Lectures on the Diseases of the Urinary Organs," published in the year 1832 ; it has gone throusrh four editions, and is still one of the standard works on that subject. In these lectures he considered the operation of lithotrity, which had been performed for the first time upon the living subject by the distinguished Civiale eight years before, and which had been brought to perfection by the improved instruments of Ammusat and Heurteloup. The novel idea of crushing the stone in the bladder, as a substitute for its extraction by a cutting operation, encountered bitter opposition from many of the leading surgeons of the day, who had acquired great dexterity in the performance of lithotomy, and therefore regarded with distrust the new method, which threatened to supersede it. Brodie treated the subject in the spirit of a philosopher, and gave it as his opinion that lithotrity might ultimately take the place of the older operation ; and he lived, not only to see it used by others, but to employ it himself with perfect success. In fact, with the exception of a few special cases, as in young children, in whom lithotomy is an operation of comparatively little danger, and in cases of very large or very hard calculi, and perhaps in a few other instances, lithotrity is now the regular method. A third surgical work, published in 1837, is devoted to the study of certain painful aifections, principally of the joints, which occur, for the most part, in women, and in those who are more or less under the in- fluence of the nervous system. In these " Hysterical Affections of the Joints," he showed that there is little or no local disease, and that the violent and protracted local treatment formerly in vogue, and which often ended in amputation, ought to be altogether abandoned, and the disease treated by constitutional remedies of a tonic and invigorating character. Sir Benjamin's last work, and that by which he is best known to liter- ary and scientific men in general, is his " Psychological Inquiries, being a Series of Essays intended to illustrate some Points in the Physical and Moral Nature of Man." In this charming work he lays open, in the familiar form of dialogue, the operations of his own vigorous intellect, and displays that rare combination of sound judgment with the highest powers of observation which constitutes the true philosopher. Writing less than many others, he wrote more ; for every sentence is pregnant with meaning, and every well-established premise leads to the wisely- drawn conclusion. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 26, 1863. 141 Sir Benjamin Brodie has been Professor of Anatomy and Surgery to the Royal College of Surgeons, and was at one period of his life Surgeon to St. George's Hospital. He was Surgeon to King George IV., and Sergeant-Surgeon to King William IV., in whose reign he was created a baronet. He was afterwards Surgeon to H. R. H. Prince Albert, and Sergeant-Surgeon to her present Majesty Queen Victoria. The actual list of the Academy, as recently revised, will be found appended to the new half-volume of the Memoirs, which now lies upon the table. It will be seen that there are at the present time 164 Resident Fellows, 82 Associate Fellows, and 72 Foreign Honorary Members. In conclusion, the Council presented to the Academy cer- tain nominations. The Treasurer read his annual report, which was accepted and ordered to be entered on the records. Professor Lovering, the Chairman, read the report of the Committee of Publi(?ation, which was accepted and ordered to be placed on file. Dr. Beck offered two resolutions, proposing to request the American Minister in Italy to use his influence, on the ear- liest opportunity, in furtherance of such changes in the ad- ministration of the Vatican Library as will enable students to consult it. With the assent of the mover, the resolutions were referred to the Council. The annual election took place, and the following officers were chosen for the ensuing year : — Asa Gray, President. Charles Beck, Vice-President. William B. Rogers, Corresponding Secretary. Chauncey Wright, Recording Secretary. Edward Wigglesworth, Treasurer. JosiAH p. Cooke, Librarian. 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Council. Thomas Hill, ^ George P. Bond, ^ of Class I. John B. Henck, J Augustus A. Gould, \ Louis Agassiz, V of Class II. Jeffries Wyman, J Robert C. Winthrop,"] George E. Ellis, I of Class III. Henry W. Torrey, j Riimford Committee. Joseph Lovering, Joseph Winlock, Morrill Wyman, Charles W. Eliot, William B. Rogers, Theophilus Parsons, Cyrus M. Warren. Committee of Finance. Asa Gray, ^ t- • i -y, „_ > ex officio, by statute. Edward Wigglesworth, j •' ' -^ J. Ingersoll Bowditch, by election. The other Standing Committees, appointed on nomination from the chair, are as follows : — Committee of Publication. Joseph Lovering, Jeffries Wyman, Charles Beck. 4 Cojnmittee on the Library. Augustus A. Gould, William P. t)EXTER, John B. Henck. Committee to audit the Treasurer's Accounts. Thomas T. Bouve, Charles E. Ware. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 26, 1863. 143 Mr. SafFord presented the following paper : — On the Observed Motions of the Companion of Sirins. By T. H. Safford, Assistant at the Observatory of Harvard College. It is well known to astronomers that the motions of the bright star Sirius indicated the presence of a disturbing body, before the discovery of a companion by Mr. Alvan Clark. It was shown by Bessel,* that there were irregularities in the motion of this star in right ascension which were only to be explained by the presence of an unseen com- panion, unless, indeed, we might permit ourselves to doubt the univer- sality of the law of gravitation. C. A. F. Peters,t some years later, computed such of the elements of the motion of Sirius around the centre of gravity of the system as could be deduced from the motions in right ascension ; and Schubert % pointed out that there was some reason to believe that the motion in declination also was irregular, though he seems to have fallen into the error of supposing that the motions in right ascension and declination were not completed in the same period. Afterwards M. Laugier,§ of the French Institute, represented the observations of Sirius in declination from 1690 to 1852 by a formula of interpolation which I fear we must consider erroneous. Laugier gives a certain weight to Flamsteed's position from the Historia Gcelestis Britannica, which is known to have been reduced (and probably from a single observation), without regard to aberration or nutation ; so that it cannot be depended upon within 15", while the real irregularities of Sirius's motion in declination are less than 2". Calandrelli,'! Director of the Pontifical Observatory ** at Eome, has in several places insisted that the Greenwich Twelve-Year Catalogue was in error by about 3" for the date 1845. This, however, was shown by Main ft to be contradicted by the several years' work ; and I pre- * Astronoraische Nachrichten, Nos. 514, 515, 516. t Ibid., Nos. 745, 746, 747. X Astronomical Journal, Vol. I. p. 1 54. § Astronomische Nachrichten, No. 1142. \ Atti deir Accademia Pontificia de' Nuovi Lincei, 5 Aprile, 1853, p. 316, and elsewhere. ** This is not to be confounded with the observatory of the Collegio Eomano. ft Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, Vol. XX. p 202. 144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY surae most astronomers would agree in considering Calandrelli's argu- ment as irrelevant. In No. 28 of Pi'ofessor Briinnow's valuable "Astronomical Notices" I have shown that, in spite of the misapprehensions to which I have just alluded, the observed motion of Sirius in declination is in fact represented by a formula depending on the previous investigation of Peters, but with four new unknown quantities inserted. The addition of these four quantities, which I have determined by least squares, en- ables us to state with a certain degree of accuracy the angle of position of the centre of gravity with respect to the visible mass, and thus the angle of position of the supposed invisible companion. Closely following the actual publication * of this memoir, came the discovery t of the companion by Mr. Clark. The question at once arose, whether this were the disturbing body ; the evidence bearing upon this appeared very noteworthy. In the first place, the angle of position agreed (within the uncertainty of observation) with that com- puted for the disturbing body, assuming my investigation | as the basis. The following table shows the relation for 18G2 between computation and observation. To my own computation I have added the similar one of Auwers, published afterwards. § Coraputed by Auwers, 1862.1 97.3 Safford, 1862.1 83.8 (yearly diminution 1.4) Observed by Bond,|| 1862.2 84.6 " ChacornaCjT 1862.2 84.6 Lassell** 1862.3 83.8 " Rutherfurd,tt 1862.2 85.0 The difference between Dr. Auwers's theoretical investigation and my own is perhaps not larger than the uncertainty of all the series of observations on Sirius would explain ; as I have before stated, the * The number bears date, Dec. 20, 1861 ; my own communication, Sept. 20th. t Jan. 31, 1862. First announced by Professor Bond, in No. 13.53 of the Astro- nomische Nachrichtcn. |; This fiict was stated by Professor Bond (American Journal of Science for March, 1862, p. 287). § Astronomische Nachrichten, No. 1371. It is proper for me here to express my sense of the courtesy with which Dr. Auwers admitted my priority in the matter II Astronomische Nachrichten, No. 1374. 11 Ibid., No. 13,55. ** Ibid., No. 1360. tt American Journal of Science, May, 1863, p. 407. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 26, 1863. 145 amount of deviation from Avliich the angle of position was computed is very small. But that the companion of Sirius may produce the disturbances, it, the faint object barely visible in the largest class of telescopes, must have a mass nearly two thirds that of Sirius itself. It is difficult to believe this ; but, as the evidence of this year (1863) shows, Ave may be compelled to do so. There are three hypotheses logically possible with respect to the new star. It may be either unconnected with the system of Sirius, or, secondly, a satellite but not the disturbing body, or, thirdly, the dis- turbing body itself. On the first hypothesis, the proper motion of Sirius itself would put it in the following position, assuming the angle of position 84°.5, for 1862.2, and distance ]0".19 for the same date, the latter being the mean of these results (excluding Lassell's 4".92, which is quite wrong). ^^ 10.09 Rutherfurd,* 10.07 Bond.t 10.41 Chacornac.|: Position and Distance by Hypothesis I. ; assuming the little star to be fixed. ^ ,, 1863.0 79.1 10.80 1864.0 73.3 11.69 The second hypothesis gives no ground for calculation, and it will be considered further on. The third hypothesis would give (correcting my own investigation, so as to agree in 1862.2 with observation, by -j- 0°.9). 1863.0 83.5 1864.0 82.1 Observation gives, compared with these hypotheses, 1863.3 Bond,§ O 82.8 Hyp. I. 77°4 Hjp. III. 83°. 1 1863.2 Rutherfurd,|| 81.2 77.9 Computed — Observed. I. III. 83.2 Bond, O O — 54 +0.3 Rutherfurd, — 3.3 + 2.0 * American Journal of Science for May, 1863, p. 407. t Astronoinische 2fachrichten, No. 1374. X Ibid., No. 135.5. § MS. furiii.-hed by Professor Bond. II As before, American Journal of Science for May, 1863, p. 407. VOL. YI. 15 146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY To which must be added, that the first hypothesis requires an in- crease of distance between 1862.2 and 1863.2 of 0".8 ; the third, a very slight diminution ; but observation indicates a diminution of about 0".55, a quantity, to use Mr. Rutherfurd's expression,* " so small that its existence cannot be asserted with confidence." It is hardly conceiv- able that the long and careful series of observations of Mr. Rutherfurd should be in error 3°.3 ; and also inconceivable that Professor Bond's measures, agreeing as they do within 2° 20' among themselves, should be in the mean 5°. 4 erroneous. We have, therefore, nothing to oppose to the hypothesis that the new companion is the disturbing body, but the very improbable supposition that the small star partakes very nearly in the great proper motion of Sirius without physical connection ; or the second hypothesis, that the new star is in the system, but with small mass. If this is the case, the disturbing body must, in lieu of the small light of the companion, have still less, or even be absolutely invisible. It is consequently highly probable that the disturbing body has been actually found ; that what was predicted by theory has been confirmed by sight. The importance of continued observations on Sirius cannot be too highly felt. The companion must be measured the coming year, and for several years ; while Sirius itself should be i-e-observed with meridian instruments. So far as the right-ascension element is concerned, a series of observa- tions is now in progress at Cambridge ; while Captain Gilliss has most obligingly consented to make a series of declination-observations at "Washington ; and the standard observatories at Greenwich and Paris will doubtless continue their series of fundamental star observations, including, of course, Sirius. I am much obliged to Mr. Rutherfurd for the communication of the details of his observations in 1863, and hope he will publish them, together with similar details of those of 1862, and others to be made hereafter. The subject is one where the co-operation of several observers is desirable. Full certainty here can only be obtained after several years' observations. On motion of the Corresponding Secretary, the meeting was adjourned to Tuesday, the 9th of June. * As before, American Journal of Science for May, 1863, p. 407. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1863. 147 Five Iiundred and txveiity-tliird Meeting. June 9, 1863. — Adjourned Annual Meeting. The President, on taking the chair, addressed the Academy as follows : — I cannot with justice to myself take this chair, and enter upon its honorable duties, without saying that, while I defer to the will of the Academy, as expressed by your suffrages, my best judgment does not altogether approve the choice. I sincerely wished that your choice might fall upon an older member of our society, and, so far as I prop- erly could, I had used my endeavors in that behalf For myself, having now for seventeen years served the Academy in a responsible station, I had thought that I might, at least for a time, be released from active official duties here. You have decided otherwise, probably tliinking more highly than they deserve of my efforts to serve the Academy in a subordinate administrative office. It is to be feared, however, that, while relying, as you may, upon my activity and unceasing interest in the Academy, you have over- estimated any qualifications I can bring to this chair. Nor can you reasonably expect in me the mature wisdom, and the wide general knowledge, and the calm and sure judgment, which have dignified the administration of a long line of illustrious Presidents, and which you have seen exemplified in that of my immediate predecessor. Under these circumstances, while keenly alive to the responsibilities, I am profoundly sensible of the honor, which you have conferred upon me. I can only say that, relying both upon the considerate indul- gence and the hearty co-operation of all my colleagues, I will constantly endeavor, during my term of office, to discharge the duties of Pres- ident with assiduity and entire impartiality, and will thus do what I may to promote the harmony and maintain the honor and the efficiency of this society. Just twenty years hence the Academy will complete its century of existence. Many, perhaps very many of us, will have passed off the stage before that day. But it is fairly to be expected that a large majority of our younger Fellows may take part in the centenary cel- ebration. Let us hope, and let us all endeavor while we may, that these coming years shall be years of active usefulness, and of continued and ever-increasing prosperity, to the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. 148 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to the exchanges of the Academy. Professor Jeffries Wyraan, with some prefatory remarks, moved the following votes : — Voted, That the members of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences bear in grateful remembrance the eminent services of their retiring President, Dr. Jacob Bigelow, who has so long discharged every duty with dignity and honor, who has pi'esided over their coun- sels and deliberations so courteously and justly, and who has adorned the office and the Academy with his varied attainments in literature and science. Voted, That the thanks of the Academy are hereby respectfully ten- dered to Professor Daniel Treadwell, for the constancy with which he has devoted himself to its interests, for his valued contributions to its memoirs, and for his uniform urbanity and fidelity in the perform- ance of the duties of the office of Vice-President, which he has hon- orably filled for- many years. Voted, That the thanks of the Academy be also tendered to the late Corresponding Secretary, Professor Asa Gray, and especially to the late Recording Secretary, Dr. Samuel L. Abbot, for the ability, accu- racy, and zealous diligence with which they have fulfilled the exacting duties of their respective charges. They were seconded and supported by Mr. Winthrop and by Professor William B. Rogers, and were unanimously adopted. On motion of Mr. Winthrop, copies of these votes, attested by the Recording Secretary, were ordered to be presented to the retiring officers to whom the votes relate ; and the votes were ordered to be published in the Daily Advertiser. The Librarian read his report on the condition of the Li- brary ; which was accepted, and ordered to be placed on file. On motion of the Treasurer, in behalf of the Finance Com- mittee, votes were passed appropriating eleven hundred dollars for the general expenses of the current year, seven hundred dollars for publications, and five hundred dollars for the Librarv. On motion of Professor Parsons, the Treasurer was requested OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 9, 1S63. 149 to consider and report on the best method of holding and accounting for the trust funds of the Academy. Upon the suggestion of tlie President, the Corresponding Secretary, the Chairman of the Committee of Publication, and the Librarian, were appointed a committee to consider the subject of the distribution of the publications of the Academy, and to report at a future meeting. DONATIONS TO TPIE LIBRARY, FROM MAT 22, 1862, XO MAT 26, 1863. Boston Society of NatU7-al History. Proceedings. Vol. VII. and VIII. 8vo. Boston. 1861-62. Journal. Vol. VII. No. 2 and 3. 8vo. Boston. 1861 - 62. Trustees of the Public Library of the City of Boston. Index to the Catalogue of Books in the Upper Hall of the Public Library of the City of Boston. 1 voh Roy. 8vo. Boston. 1861. Index to the Catalogue of a Portion of the Public Library of the City of Boston arranged in the Lower Halh 1 vol. Roy. 8vo. Boston. 1858. Tenth Annual Report of the Trustees of the Public Library. Nov. 1862. 8vo pamph. Boston. Massachusetts Historical Society. Collections. Voh VI. 4th Series. 8vo. Boston. 1863. Proceedings. 1862 - 63. 8vo. Boston. 1863. Astronomical Observatory of Harvard Oollege. Annals. Vol. III. 4to. Cambridge. 1862. Essex Institute. Proceedings. Voh II. 8vo. Salem. 1862. American Antiquarian Society. Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society, at the Hall of the American Academy in Boston, April 30, 1862. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1862. American Oriental Society. Journal Voh VIL No. 2. 8vo. New Haven. 1862. Portland Society of Naturcd History. Proceedings. Voh I. Part 1. 8vo. Portland. 1862. 15 * 150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Lyceum of Natural History, New York. Annals. Vol. VII. No. 10-12. 8vo. New York. 1861. Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Journal. New Series. Vol. V. Part 2 and 3. 4to. Philadel- phia. 1862-63. Proceedings. Vol. XIV., Vol. XV. No. 1 and 2. 8vo. Phila- delphia. 1862 - 63. American PJdlosophical Society. Transactions. Vol. XII. Part 1, 2, 3. 4to. Philadelphia. 1862 - 63. Proceedings. Vol. IX. No. 67, 68. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1862. Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. American Journal of Pharmacy. Ser. 3. Vol. X., XL No. 1-3. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1862-63. Smithsonian Institution. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. Vol. I. - IV. 8vo. Wash- ington. 1862. Results of Meteorological Observations, made under the Direction of the United States Patent-Office and the Smithsonian Institution, from the Year 1854 to 1859, inclusive ; being a Report of the Com- missioner of Patents made at the First Session of the Thirty-sixth Congress. Vol. I. 4to. Washington. 1861. Catalogue of Publications of the Smithsonian Institution. Cor- rected to June, 1862. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1862. Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Insti- tution for the Year 1861. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1862. U. S. Navcd Observatory. Astronomical and Meteorological Observations made at the United Naval Observatory during the Year 1861 ; Commander J. M. Gillis, U. S. N., Superintendent. 4to. Washington. 1862. Academy of Science, St. Louis, 3Iissouri. Transactions. Vol. 11. No. 1. 8vo. St. Louis. 1863. California Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings. Vol.11. 1858-62. 8vo. San Francisco. 1863. Royal Society of London. Philosophical Transactions for the Year 1861. 4to. London. 1862. Proceedings. Vol. II. No. 47, 48 ; Vol. XIL No. 49-54. 8vo. London. 1862 - 63. List of Fellows. 1861. 4to pamph. London. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 18C3. 151 Astronomical and Magnetical and Meteorological Observations made at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, in the Year 1860. 4to. London. 1862. Geological Society. Quarterly Journal. Vol. XVIII. Vol. XIX., Part 1. Svo. London. 18G2 - 63. List of the Society, November 1st, 1862. 8vo pamph. London. Charter and By-Laws, 1862. 8vo pamphlet. London. Address delivered at the Anniversai-y Meeting on the 21st Febru- ary, 1862, by Professor T. H. Huxley, Secretary. 8vo pamph. London. 1862. Society of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce. Journal of the Society of Arts, and of the Institutions in Union. Vol. IX. No. 454-466; Voh X. No. 481-521; VoL XL No. 522-544. 8vo. London. 1861-63. Royal Horticultural Society. Proceedings. Vol. I. No. 6 - 31 ; Vol. IL No. 1 - 12 ; Vol. IIL No. 1-4. 8vo. London. 1859-62. Journal. Vol. VII. Part 3 ; Vol. VIII. Part 4 ; Vol. IX. Part 3. Svo. London. 1852-54. List of Fellows (1861 - 62). 8vo pamph. London. jBritish Association for the Advancement of Science. Report of the Thirty -first Meeting, held at Manchester in Septem- ber, 1861. 8vo. London. 1862. Royal Institution of Great Britain. Notices of the Proceedings at the Meetings of the Members. Part 12. 1861-62. 8vo. London. 1862. List of Members for 1861. 8vo. London. 1862. Statistical Society of London. Journal. Vol. XXV. Part 3. September, 1862. 8vo. London. Tyneside Naturalists' Field- Club. Transactions. Vol. V. Part 2, 3, 4. Svo. Newcastle-upon- Tyne. 1862-63. Radcliffe Trustees. Astronomical and Meteorological Observations made at the Rad- cliffe Observatory, Oxford, in the Years 1859 and 1860. Vol. XX. Royal Svo. Oxford. 1862. Literary and Philosophiccd Society of Manchester. Memoirs. Series 3. Vol. I. Svo. London and Paris. 1862. Proceedings. Vol.IL Sessions 1860-62. Svo. Manchester. 1862. 152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Rules of the Society. 8vo pamph. Manchester. 1861. Council of the City of Manchester. Tenth Annual Report to the Council of the City of Manchester on the Working of the Public Free Libraries. October, 1862. 8vo pamph. Manchester. 1862. Catalogue of the Chief Lending Library. 8vo pamph. Man- chester. 1862. Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool. Proceedings. No. 16. 1861-62. 8vo. Liverpool. 1862. Royal Dublin Society. Journal. Vol. IIL No. 20 -25 ; Vol. IV. No. 26 - 28. 8vo. Dublin. 1861 - 63. Royal Irish Academy. Transactions. Vol. XXIV. Part 2. Science. 4to. Dublin. 1862. Natural History Society of Montreal. Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. VII. 8vo. Montreal. 1862. Government of India. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. IV. Part I. Royal 8vo. Calcutta. 1862. PaliEontologica Indica, being Figures and Descriptions of the Or- ganic Remains procured during the Progress of the Geological Sur- vey of India. LI; IL land 2. 4to. Calcutta. 1861-62. Annual Report of the Geological Survey of India and of the Mu- seum of Geology for the Year 1861 - 62. 8vo pamph. Calcutta. 1862. Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty, London. The North-Atlantic Sea-Bed ; comprising a Diary of the Voyage on board H. M. S. Bulldog, in 1860 ; and Observations on the Pres- ence of Animal Life, and the Formation and Nature of Organic De- posits, at great Depths in the Ocean. By G. C. Wallich, M. D., F. L. S., F. G. S. Part 1. 4to. London. 1862. Academic des Sciences de VInstitut Imperiale de France. Memoires. Tom. XXVIIL, XXX., XXXIII. 4to. Paris. 1860-61. Memoires Morales et Politiques. Vol. X. 4to. Paris. 1860. Memoires Mathematiques et Physiques. Vol. XVI., XVII. 4to. Paris. 1862. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 18G3. 153 Comptes Eendus. Vol. LIV., LV., LVI. No. 1-17. 4to. Paris. 1862- G3. — Supplement. Vol. II. 1861. Chevreul, M. E. Expose d'un moyen de definir et de nommer les Coulenrs d'apres une methode precise et experimentale avec I'application de ce moyen a la definition et a la denomination des Couleurs d'un grand nombre de Corps uaturels et de Produits artificiels. Atlas. 4to. Paris. 1861. Societe GeograpMque, Paris. Bulletin. Ser. 5. Vol. II., III., IV. 8vo. Paris. 1861 - 62. Societe Imperiale Zoologique cf AccUmatation. Bulletin. Vol. IX., X. No. 1-4. 8vo. Paris. 1862 - 63. Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris. Archives. Vol. X. Part 3, 4. 4to. Paris. 1861. Academie Imperiale des Sciences, etc., Rouen. Precis Analytique des Travaux de 1' Academie pendant I'Annee. 1860-61; 1861-62. 2 vols. 8vo. Rouen. 1861-62. Societe Academique de Maine et Loire. Vol. IX., X. 8vo. Angers. 1861. Societe Linneene de Normandie. Bulletin. Vol. VL, VII. 1860 - 61 ; 1861 - 62. 8vo. Caen. 1862-63. Memoires. Vol. XII. 4to. Paris. 1862. Academie Imperiale des Sciences, etc., Caen. Memoires. 2 vols. 8vo. Caen. 1862-63. Rapport sur le Concours ouvert le 26 Fevrier 1858, lu dans une seance extraordinaire de I'Academie le 4 Decembre 1861 par M. Roulland (Prix le Sauvage). 8vo. Caen. 1862. Academie Imperiale des Sciences, etc., de Bordeaux. Actes. Ser. 3. 24^ Annee. 1862. 8vo. Paris. 1862. Societe des Sciences Naturelles de Strasbourg. Memoires. Vol. V. Part 1, 2. 4to. Strasbourg. 1862. Societe Imperiale des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg. Memoires. Vol. VIII. 8vo. Paris and Cherbourg. 1861. Academie Imperiale des Sciences, etc., de Dijon. Memoires. Ser. 2. Vol. IX. 1861. 8vo. Dijon. 1862. Societe de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de Geneve. Memoires. Vol. XVI. Part 2. 4to. Geneva. 1862. Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Bern. Mittheilungen. 1861. 8vo. Bern. 1861. 154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Naturforschende Geselhchaft in Basel. Verhandlungen. Vol. III. Part 3. 8vo. Basel. 1862. St. Gallische Natunviss. Geselhchaft. Bericht iiber die Thatigkeit. 1861-62. 8vo. St. Gallen. 1862. JJniversitas Frid. Giiil. Rlienana, Bonnce. Academical Dissertations and Indexes. Bonn. 1861. Naturhistorische Verein der Preiiss. Rheinlande mid Westphalens. Verhandlungen. Vol. XVIIL, XIX. 8vo. Bonn. 1861-62. Konigl. Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin. Abhandlungen. 1861. 4to. Berlin. 1862. Monatsberichte. 1861. 8vo. Berlin. 1862. Austrian Government. Reise der Oesterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Ei'de, in den Jahren 1857, 58, 59, iinter den Befehlen des Commodore B. von Wallerstorf-Arbair. 3 vols. Royal 8 vo. Vienna. 1861-62. K. K. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien. Denkschriften. Math.-Naturw. Classe. Vol. XX. 4to. Vienna. 1862. Denkschriften. Philos.-Histor. Classe. Vol. XII. 4to. Vienna. 1862. Sitzungsberichte. Philos.-Histor. Classe. Vol. XXXVIII. Part 1 - 3 ; Vol. XXXIX. Part 1 - 5 ; Vol. XL. Part 1 - 3. Sitzungsberichte. Math.-Naturw. Classe. Vols. XLIV., XLV. 8vo. Vienna. 1862. Register zu den Biinden 31 bis 42 der Sitzungsberichte der Math.-Naturw. Classe. 8vo pamph. Vienna. 1862. Almanach der Akademie. Vol. XII. 16mo. Vienna. 1862. K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt, Wien. Jahrbuch. Vol. XII. No. 2, 4. 8vo. Vienna. 1862. London International Exhibition 1862. 8vo pamph. Vienna. 1862. Die Fossilen Mollusken des Tertioer-Beckens von Wien. Von Dr. Moritz Homes. Vol. II. No. 3, 4. Bivalven. 4to. Vienna. 1862. K. K. Zoologisch-Botanische Geselhchaft, Wien. Verhandlungen. Vol. XL 1861. 8vo. Vienna. 1861. Nachtriige zu Maly's Enumeratio Plantarum Phanerogamicarum Imperii Austriaci Universi, von August Neilreich. 8vo. Vienna. 1861. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1863. 155 Synopsis der im Rothen Meere vorkomraenden Crustaceen von Dr. Cam. Heller (aus den Yerhandlungen 1861). 8vo pampli. Vienna. 1861. Konigl. Siicksische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig. Abhandlungen. Math.-Phys. Classe. Vol. VI. pp. 51-498. Philol.-IIistor. Classe. Vol. IV. pp. Ill -344. Royal 8vo. Leipzic. 1861-62. Berichte iiber die Verliandlungen. Math.-Phys. Classe Nos. 1, 2 ; Philol.-IIistor. Classe, No. 2-4. 8vo. Leipzic. 1862. Fiii'stl. Jahlonoioski' sche Gesellschaft, Leipzig. Preisschriften gekront und herausgegeben von der Gesellschaft. Vol. IX. 1862. Vol. XL. 1863. Royal 8vo. Leipzic. Konigl. GesellscJioft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen. Abhandlungen. Vol. X. 4to. Gottingen. 1862. Konigl. Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Miinchen. Abhandlungen. Math.-Phys. Classe. Vol. IX. Part 2 ; Philos.- Histor. Classe. Vol IX. Part 1. 4to. Munich. 1862. Sitzungsberichte. 1861. Vol. II. 1862. Vol. L and II. Part 1. 8vo. Munich. 1861-62. Annalen der konigl. Sternwarte. Vol. XL 8vo. Munich. 1862. Verzeichniss der Mitglieder. 1862. 4to. Munich. Zum Gediichtniss an Jean Baptists Biot, gesprochen von Carl Friedrich Philipp von Martius. 4to pamph. Munich. 1862. Ueber Parthenogenesis. Vortrag von Dr. C. Th. E. von Siebold. Svo pamph. Munich. 1862. Ueber die lange Dauer und die Entwickelung des Chinesischen Reiches. Rede zur Feier des Geburtsfestes Sr. Maj. Max. 11. Von Dr. Job. Heinrich Plath. 4to pamph. Munich. 1862. Academic Royale des Sciences, S)-c. de Bclgiqxie, Bruxelles. ■ Mcmoires. Vol. XXXIL, XXXIII. 4to. Brussels. 1861. Memoires Couronnes, &c. Vol. XXX. 4to. Brussels. 1861. Memoires Couronnes. Coll. in 8vo. Vol. XL, XII. 8vo. Brussels. 1861 - 62. Bulletin. Ser. 2. Vol. IX. - XIL 8vo. Brussels. 1861-62. Annuaire. Vol. XX VII., XXVIII. 12mo. Brussels. 1861-62. Alexanders Geesten van Jacob van Maerlant. Vol. I. Royal Svo. Brussels. 1860. Glossarium op Maerlants Rymbybel, Vervolgen Slot van Derde Deel. 8vo pamph. Brussels. 1861. 166 PllOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Observatoire Royah de Bruxelles. Annales. Vol. XIII. 4to. Brussels. 1861. Konigl. Physihaliscli- Oehonomische Geselhchaft zu Konigsherg. Scln-iften. Vol. II. 4to. Konigsberg. 1862. Konigl. Bohmische Geselhchaft der Wissenschaften zu Prag. Sitzungsberichte. 1861. 8vo. Prague. K. K. Sternwarte zu Prag. Magnetische und Meteorologische Beobacbtungen. Vol. XXII. 4to. Prague. 1862. Naturforschende Geselhchaft zu Freiburg im Briesgau. Bericbte uber die Verhandlungen. Vol. II. Part 4. 8vo. Frei- burg. 1862. Kaiserl.Leopoldinisch- Carolinisch Deutsche Aha demie der Natmforsclier. (^Academia Ccesarea Leopolditio- Carolina Germanica Naturce Curiosorum.) Nova Acta. Vol. XXVIIL, XXIX. 4to. Jena. 1861 - 62. Naturforschende Geselhchaft zu Halle. Abhandlungen. Vol. VI. Part 2 - 4 ; Vol. VII. Part 1. 8vo. Halle. 1861-62. Naturforschende Geselhchaft in Einden. Jaliresbericht. 1861. 8vo. Eraden. 1862. Kleine Scliriften. Xo. IX. 4to. Emden. 1862. Oberlausitzische Geselhchaft zu Gorlitz. Neues Lausitzisches Magazia. Vol. XXXIX. and XL. Part 1. 8vo. Gorlitz. 1862. Naturhistorische Verein in Augsburg. Jahresbericht fur 1862. 8vo. Augsburg. 1862. Zoologiscli-Minerahgische Verein in Regensburg. Correspoudenz-Blatt. Vol. XVI. 16mo. Ratisbon. 1862. Konigl. Uuiversildts-Sternwarte zu Konigsberg. Astronomische Beobacbtungen. Part 34. Folio. Konigsberg. 1862. Declinationes Stellarum Fundimentalium Nova3 ex Ultimis 111. Bessel Observationibus derivatcE. 4to pamph. Konigsberg. 1859. Entomologische Verein zu Stettin. Entomologische Zeitung. Vol. XXIII, 8vo. Stettin. 1862. Repeitoriura. 1840-62. 8vo. Stettin. 1862. Verein fur Erdkunde, Darmstadt. Notizblait. Ser. 3. Vol. I. No. 1, 2. 8vo. Darmstadt. 1862. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 9, 1863. 157 Aerztliche Verein in Frankfurt a. M. Jahresbericht iiber das Medicinal wesen der Kranken-Anstalten der Freien Stadt Frankfurt. 18G0. 8vo. Frankfort on the Main. 1863. Zoologische GeseUschaft, Frankfurt a. 3L Zoologiscbe Garten. Vol. III. 8vo. Frankfort on the Main. 1862. Naturwissenschaftliche GeseUschaft zu Dresden. Sitzungsberichte. 1861. 8vo. Dresden. 1862. Verein fiir Naturkimde im Herzogthum Nassau. Jahrbiichei-. XVI. Heft. 8vo. Wiesbaden. 1861. Academie Royale des Sciences a Amsterdam. Verhandelingen. Vol. IV. 4to. Amsterdam. 1862. Verslagen en Mededeelingen Afdeeling Letterkunde. Vol. VI. — Natuurknnde. Vol. XIII., XIV, 8vo. Amsterdam. 1862. Jaarboek voor 1861. 8vo. Amsterdam. 1862. Hollandsche Maatschappij der Metenschappen te Haarlem. Natuurkundige Verhandelingen. Serie 2. Vol. XVI. 4to. Haarlem. 1862. Natuurkundige Vereeniging in NederlanscJi Indie, Batavia. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift. Vol. XIX. Serie 4. Vol. V. ; Vol. XXIII. Serie 4 ; Vol. III. Part 4, 6 ; Vol. XXIV. Serie 5. Vol. IV.; Part 1-4. Batavia. 8vo. 1859,1861-62. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae. Vol. V., VI. 4to. Batavia. 1859. Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen, Batavia. Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. Vol. VIL-X. 8vo. Batavia. 1857-60. Verhandelingen. Vol. XXVII., XXVIII. 4to. Batavia. 1860. Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St. Petershourg. Bulletin. Vol. IV. No. 3 - 6. 4to. St. Petersburg. 1861. Memoires. Serie 7. Vol. III. Vol. IV. No. 1 - 4. 4to. St. Petersburg. 1861. Administration of Mines of Russia. Annales de I'Observatoire Physique Central de Russie. 1859. No. 1, 2. 4to. St. Petersbourg. 1862. Kaiserl. GeseUschaft fiir die Gesamm. Mineralogie zu St. Petersburg. Verhandlungen. 1862. 8vo. St. Petersbourg. 1862. VOL. VI. 16 158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin. 1861. No. 1 - 4. 8vo. Moscow. 1861. Societe Royale des Sciences a Upscd. Nova Acta. Serie 3. Vol. IV. Part 1. 4to. Upsal. 1862. o Upsala Universitets Arsskrift. 1861. Medecin. Theolog. Mathe- matik, &c. 5 pamph. 8vo. Upsal. 1861. . Kongelige Norske Frederils Universitet, Ghristiania. Aarsberetning fer 1860. 16mo. Ghristiania. 1862. Forhancllinger i Videnskobs-Selskabet i Ghristiania. 1858-61. 4 vols. 8vo. Ghristiania. 1859 - 62. Norsk Forfatter-Lexicon 1814-1856 af Jens Kraft. Efter For- fatterens Dod. . . . af Ghristian G. A. Lange. Part 1-5. 8vo. Ghristiania. 1857 - 60. Generalberetning fra Gaustad Sindssygeasyl for 1861. Ved Ole Sandberg, Direktor. 4to paraph. Ghristiania. 1861. Beretning om Sunhedstiltsanden og Medicinalforholdene i Norge 11857-1860. 4 pamph. 4to. Ghristiania. 1860-61. Oversigt af Norges Echinodermer ved Dr. Michael Sars. 8vo vol. Ghristiania. 1861. Recherches sur la Syphilis appuyees de Tableaux de Statistique tir(^s des Archives des Hopitaux de Ghristiania par W. Boeck. 4to vol. Ghristiania. 1862. Die Gulturpflanzen Norwegens beobachtet von Dr. F. G. Schiibe- ler, . . . miteinem Anhange iiber die Altnorwegisclie Landwirthschaft, mit einem Vorwort von Ghr. Boeck. Vol. 4to. Ghristiania. 1862. Academia Real das Sciencias de Lishoa. Memorias. Glasse de Sc. Math., Phys. e Naturaes. N. S. Vol. I. Part 1 ; Vol. II. Part 1, 2. Glasse de Sc. Moraes. Polit. e Bellas Lettras. N. S. Vol. I. Part 1, 2 ; Vol. II. Part 1. 4to. Lisbon. 1854-61. Portngaliae Monumenta Historica Scriptores. Vol. I. Part 2, 3. Folio. Lisbon. 1860-61. Quadro Elementar das Relacoes Politicas e Diplomaticas de Por- tugal, com as diversas Potencias do Mundo desde o Principio do XVI. Seculo da Monarcha Portugueza ate aos nossos Dias colligido e coordenado pelo Visconde de Santarem e Gontinuado e dirigido pelo Socio da Acad. . . Luiz Augusto Rebello da Silva. Vol. XVIII. 8vo. Lisbon. 1860. Lendas da India por Gaspar Gorrea publicadas de Orden da OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 9, 1863. 159 Classe da Sc. Moraes, etc., e sob Direcao de Rodrigo Jose de Lima Felner. Vol.11. Part 2. 4to. Lisbon. 18G0-G1. Real Academia de Oiencias de Madrid. Memorias. Vol. IIL Serie 2. Ciencias Fisicas. Vol. L Part 2. Vol. IV. Serie 3. Ciencias Naturales. Vol. IL Part 3 ; Vol. V. Cienc. Nat. Vol. IIL Parti. 4to. Madrid. 1859-61. Resuraen de las Actas de la Academia en el Aiio Academico. 1853 - 59. 8vo. 6 pamph. Madrid. 1857 - 60. Programas de Premios 1859 - 62. 4to. 4 pampli. Madrid. Observatorio de Marina de S. Fernando, Cadiz. Almanaque Nautico para el Ailo 1863 - 64. Royal 8vo. Cadiz. 18G1-62. G. Potdett Scrope. Memoire sur le Mode de Formation des Cones Volcaniques et des Crateres. Traduit de 1' Anglais par Endymion Pieraggi. 8vo pamph. Paris. 1860. Hon. Charles Sumner. Indemnity for the Past and Security for the Future. Speech of Hon. Charles Sumner of Massachusetts, on his Bill for the Confisca- tion of Property and the Liberation of Slaves belonging to Rebels. In the Senate of the United States, May 19, 1862. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1862. Speech of Hon. Charles Sumner of Massachusetts, on the House Bills for the Confiscation of Property and the Liberation of Slaves belonging to Rebels, delivered in the Senate of the United States, June 27, 1862. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1862. Speech of Hon. Charles Sumner on the Bill to authorize the ap- pointment of Diplomatic Representatives to the Republics of Hayti and Liberia. In the Senate of the United States, April 23 and 24, 1862. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1862. Speech of Hon. Charles Sumner of Massachusetts, on the Bill to authorize the President, in all Domestic or Foreign Wars, to issue Letters of Marque and Reprisal. In the Senate of the United States, Feb. 17, 1863. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1863. Immediate Emancipation a War Measure ! Speech of Hon. Charles Sumner of Massachusetts, on the Bill providing for Emanci- pation in Missouri. In the Senate of the United States, Feb. 12, 1863. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1863. Protection and Freedom in Arizona. Speech of Hon. J. M. Ash- 160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY ley of Ohio, delivered in the House of Representatives, May 8, 1862. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1862. Report of the Joint Committee on the Conduct of the Present War (B. F. Wade, Chairman). 8vo pamph. Washington. 1862. Report of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, showing the Progress of the Survey during the Year 1860. 4to vol. Wash- ington. 1861. [Ex. Doc] Report of the Commissioner of the General Land Office, accom- panying the Annual Report of the Secretary of the Interior for the Year 1860. 8vo vol. Washington. 1860. Preliminary Report on the Eighth Census, 1860. By Joseph C. G. Kennedy, Superintendent. 8vo vol. Washington. 1862. [Pub. Doc] Francis Alger. A Course of Instruction in Ordnance and Gunnery ; compiled for the Use of the Cadets of the United States Military Academy. By Captain J. G. Benton, Ordnance Department. Second Edition. Revised and Enlarged. Royal 8vo vol. New York. 1862. Henry W. WilUams, M. D. A Practical Guide to the Study of Diseases of the Eye. 12mo vol. Boston. 1862. Spectacles : their Uses and Abuses in long and short sightedness ; and the Pathological Conditions resulting from their irrational Em- ployment. By J. Sichel, M. D. Translated from the French, by permission of the Author, by Henry W. Williams, M. D. 12mo vol. Boston. 1850. Dr. E. Regel. Catalogus Plantarum quK in Horto Aksakoviano coluntur. 8vo vol. St. Petersburg. 1860. Tentamen Florae Ussuriensis, oder Versuch einer Flora des Us- suri-Gebietes. [Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. de St. Petersbourg. Ser. 7. Vol. IV. No. 4.] 4to vol. St. Petersburg. 1861. Uebersicht der Arten der Gattung Thalictrum, welche im Russi- schen Reiche und den angi'aenzenden Laendern wachsen. 8vo pamph. Moscow. 1861. Nachtriige zur Flora der Gebiete des Russischen Reichs ostlich vom Altai bis Kamtschatka und Sitka nach den von G. Radde, Stu- bendorff, Sensinoffe, Rieder und andei'n gessammelten Pflanzen. Svo pamph. Moscow. 1861. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 9, 1863. 161 Flora der Gebiete des Russisclien Reichs Oestlich vom Altai bis nach Kamtschatka und dem Russischen Nordamerika. Vol. I. Part II. 8vo. Moscow. 1862. Edward Jarvis, M. D. Mechanical and other Employments for Patients in the British Lunatic Asylums. By Edward Jarvis, M. D., Dorchestei', Mass. [Read before the Association of Medical Superintendents of Ameri- can Institutions for the Insane.] 8vo pamph. The Sanitary Condition of the Army of the United States. By Edward Jarvis, M. D. [From the Atlantic Monthly for Octo- ber, 1862.] 8vo pamph. Boston. 1862. Proceedings on the occasion of Opening the New Pennsylvania Hospital for the Insane at Philadelphia. 8vo pamph. Philadel- phia. 1859. Memorial on Decimal "Weights. Presented to the Right Hon. Benjamin D'Israeli, M. P., Chancellor of Her Majesty's Exchequer, March 19, 1859. 8vo pamph. London. 1859. C. H. F. Peters. Report of the Regents of the University of the State of New York on the Longitudes of the Dudley Observatory, the Hamilton College Observatory, the City of Buffalo, and the City of Syracuse. 8vo pamph. Albany. 1862. Jules Marcou. Letter to Joachim Barrande on the Taconic Rocks of Vermont and Canada. 8vo pamph. Cambridge. 1861. The Taconic and Lower Silurian Rocks of Vermont and Canada. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1862. Observations on the Terms " Peneen," " Permien," and " Dyas." 8vo pamph. Boston. 1862. Defense des Colonies. Part I. and II. Par Joachim Barrande. 8vo. 2 pamph. Prague and Paris. 1861, 1862. Thomas Macfarlane. On the Primitive Formations in Norway and in Canada, and their Mineral Wealth. 8vo pamph. 1862. J. W. Dawson. On the Flora of the Devonian Period in Northeastern America. 8vo pamph. London. 1862. On the Footprints of Limulus as compared with the Protichnites of the Potsdam Sandstone. 8vo pamph. 16* 162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY A. Agassiz. The Mode of Development of the Marginal Tentacles of the Free Medusse of some Hydroids. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1862. L. Agassiz. Annual Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, together with the Report of the Director. 1862. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1863. S. Kneeland, M. D. History of North Carolina : with Maps and Illustrations. By Francis L. Hawks, D.D., LL. D. Vol. II. Embracing the Period of the Proprietary Government, from 1663 to 1729. 8vo. Fayette- ville, North Carolina. 1858. Historical Sketches of North Carolina, from 1584 to 1851. Com- piled from Original Records, Official Documents, and Traditional Statements By John H. Wheeler. Vol. I. 8vo. Philadel- phia. 1851. Instruction for Field Artillery, extracted from Gilhara's Manual for Volunteers and Militia. 16mo pamph. Richmond, Va. 1861. J. D. Whitney. Report of a Geological Survey of the Upper Mississippi Lead Re- gion. 4to vol. Albany, N. Y. 1862. John Bacon, M. D. Micrographic Dictionary ; a Guide to the Examination and Inves- tigation of the Structure and Nature of Microscopic Objects. By J. W. Griffith, M. D., F. L. S., etc., and Arthur Henfrey, F. R. S., F. L. S. 8vo. London. 1856. Felix Flugel. Die Absorption des Lichtes in isotropen Mitteln. Von Dr. Adolph Wiillner. 8vo paraph. Marburg. 1862. A. Quetelet. Annuaire de I'Observatoire Royal de Bruxelles. Par A. Quetelet. 1861-62. 2 vol. 16mo. Brussels. 1860-61. Observations des Phenomenes Periodiques. 1859 - 60. 4to. 2 pamph. Brussels. Sur le Congres International de Statisque tenu a Londres le 16 Juillet 1860 et les cinq Jours suivants ; par Ad. Quetelet. 4to pamph. Brussels. De la Necessite d'un Systeme General d'Observations Nautiques et Meteorologiques. Lettre de M. Maury, Directeur de i'Obser- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 18G3. 163 t vatoire de Washington a M. Ad. Quetelet. 16mo pamph. Brus- sels. Dr. Gustav Zeuner. Ueber das Wanken der Locomotiven. 4to pamph. Zurich. 1861. Dr. Rudolf Wolf. Ueber den mittlern jiihrlichen Verlauf des Sternschnuppenphiino- menes nach Beobacbtungen in den Jahren 1851 bis 1859. 12mo pamph. Zurich. B. A. Gould. Standard Mean Right- Ascensions of Circumpolar and Time Stars, prepared for the Use of the U. S. Coast Survey. A. D. Bache, Su- perintendent. 4to pamph. Washington. 1862. Isaac Lea. Observations on the Genus Unio. Vol. IX. 4to. Philadelpliia. Description of a New Genus (Trypanostroma) of the Family Melanidoe. Description of ten new species of Unionida^ of the United States. 8vo pamph. Philadelphia. 1862. Achille De Zigno. Sulla Flora Fossile dell' Oolite. 4to pamph. Venice. 1856. Flora Fossilis Formationis Oolithicre. Le Piante Fossili dell' Oolite descritte ed illustrate. Part I. and II. 4to. 2 pamph. Padua. 1856-58. Delia Geologia e suoi Progressi prima del Secolo XIX. 16mo pamph. Padua. 1853. Sopra un Nuovo Genere di Felce Fossile. 1 6mo pamph. Ven- ice. 1861. Delia Alghe e delle Calamarie dei Terreni Oolitici. 16mo pamph. Padua. 1859. Nouvelles Observations sur les Terrains Cretaces des Alpes Ve- nitiennes. 16mo pamph. Padua. 1850. Prospetto dei Terreni Sedimentarii del Veneto. 16mo pamph. Venice. 1858. Del Terreno Carbonifero delle Alpi Veneti. 16mo pamph. Venice. 1858. Sulla Costituzione Geologica dei Monti Euganei. 16mo pamph. Padua. 1861. Intorno ai Cenni del Professore Tomaso Antonio Catullo sopra il Sistema Cretaceo delle Alpi Veneti. 16mo pamph. Padua. 1846. Sulla Paleontologia della Sardegna del Cav. Gius. Meneghini. Relazione di Achille De Zigno. 16mo pamph. Venice. 1858. 164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY James D. Dana. Manual of Geology : treating of the Principles of the Science with Special Reference to American Geological History, for the Use of Colleges, Academies, and Schools of Science. 8vo vol. Phila- delphia. 1863. Rev. Charles Brooks. Society for the Relief of Aged and Destitute Clergymen. Ex- tracts from Records relating to its History and Objects (not pub- lished). Svo pamph. Boston. 1862. Hon. John P. Hale. Catalogue of Additions made to the Library of Congress from Dec. 1, 1861, to Dec. 1, 1862. Svo vol. Washington. 1862. Albert Kijlliker. Ueber das Ende der Wirbelsjiule der Ganoiden und einigen Te- lostier. 4to vol. Leipsic. 1860. Ueber die Beziehungen der Chorda dorsalis zur Bildung der Wir- bel der Selachier und einiger andern Fische. 8vo pamph. Wurz- burg. 1860. Ueber den Bau der Siigefisches. Svo pamph. Wurzburg. Ueber den Antheil der Chordascheide an der Bildung des Schadel- grundes der Squalidie. Svo pamph. Wurzburg. Ueber die Entwicklung des Geruchsorganes beim Menschen und beim Hiinchnen. Svo pamph. Wurzburg. 1860. Der Embryonale Schneckenkanal und seine Beziehungen zu den Theilen der fertigen Cochlea. Eine kurze Mittheilung. Svo pamph. Wurzburg. 1861. Ueber die Grosse Verbreitung der " perforating fibres " von Sharkey. Svo pamph. Wurzburg. 1860. E. B. Elliott. Preliminary Report of the Mortality and Sickness of the Volun- teer Forces of the U. S. Government during the present War. By E. B. Elliott. (Sanitary Commission, No. 46.) Svo pamph. New York. 1862. Hon. Charles G. Loring. Correspondence on the Present Relations between Great Britain and the United States of America. Svo voL Boston. 1862. Professor William D. Whitney. The Atharva-Veda Pruticiikhya, or Caunakiya Caturadhyayika : Text, Translation, and Notes. By William D. Whitney, Professor OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1863. 165 of Sanscrit in Yale College. (From Jour. Amer. Oriental Society, Vol. VII. 1862.) 8vo. New Haven. 18G2. Editors of American Journal of Science and Arts. Recent Researches relating to Nebulte. By Prof. A. Gautier. (From Am. Jour, of Science and Arts, Vol. XXXV. Jan., 18G3.) 8vo paraph. New Haven. 1863. Elias Fries. Epicrisis Hieraciorum. 8vo vol. Upsal. 1862. Henri de Saussiire. Coup d'QEil sur I'llydrologie du Mexique principalement de la Partie Orientale accorapagne de quelques Observations sur la Nature Physique de ce Pays. 1st Part. Vol. 8vo. Geneva. 1862. Orthoptera Nova Americana. Diagnoses Prajliminares. Ser. III. [Extr. de la Rev. et Mag. de Zool., Avril, 1862.] 8vo pamph. Paris. 1862. Etudes sur quelques Orthopteres du Musee de Geneve. Nou- veaux ou iraparfaitement connus. [Extr. des Ann. de la Soc. En- toraol. de France, Ser. IV. Vol. I. 1862.] 8vo pamph. Paris. 1861. Sur Divers Vespides Asiatiques et Africains du Musee de Leyden. 8vo pamph. G. Giuseppe Bianconi. Del Colore prodotto per I'Attrito fra Fluidi e Solidi in Rapporto colle Sorgenti Tex'mali e cogli Aeroliti. 8vo paraph. Bologna. 1862. Cenni Storici sugli Studi Palfeontologici e Geologici in Bologna e Catalogo ragionato della Collezione Geognostica dell Apennino Bo- lognese. 8vo paraph. Bologna. 1862. Henry T. Parker. Freedom or Slavery in the United States, being Facts and Testi- monies for the Consideration of the British People. By Peter Sin- clair. 2d ed. 8vo vol. London. J. L. Sibley. Report of the Committee of the Overseers of Harvard College ap- pointed to visit the Library for the Year 1862. Submitted Feb. 19, 1863. 8vo paraph. Boston. 1863. Hon. Henry Wilson. Report of the Committee on Military Affairs and the Militia, to whom was referred the Petition of Dr. William T. G. Morton, asking 7 O 166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Compensation for the Discovery and Gift to his Country and Man- kind of the Application of Ethereal Vapor, as a safe and practical Ana3sthesia, or Pain-subduing Agent. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1863. [Pub. Doc] Chai'Ies S. Storrow. Report of the Commissioners upon the Troy and Greenfield Rail- road and Hoosac Tunnel, Feb. 28, 18G3. 8vo vol. Boston. 1863. Charles Folsom. An Essay on the Senses of Smell and Taste ; to which was award- ed the Prize of the Boylston Medical Society in 1863. By Norton Folsom. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1863. St. Louis Mercantile Library Association. Seventeenth Annual Report of the Board of Directors of the Asso- ciation. 8vo pamph. St. Louis. 1863. Young Men^s Mercantile Library Association of Cincinnati. Twenty-eighth Annual Report of the Board of Directors. 8vo pamph. Cincinnati. 1863. Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Report of the Joint Standing Committee on Federal Relations, to whom was referred so much of the Governor's Address as relates to the Military Defences of the State, the Petition of B. N. Bullock in regard to an invention for iron armor for vessels, and the Order of the Senate relative to taking measures for calling out the mechanical and inventive talent of the Commonwealth. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1862. [Senate Doc. No. 177.] Five hundred and twenty-fourth Meeting, August 12, 1863. — Stated Meeting. The Vice-President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary read a letter from Messrs. Sil- liman and Dana, presenting the American Journal of Science and Arts to the Academy for tlie current year. Dr. Charles T. Jackson exhibited a mass of meteoric iron, weighing nearly eleven pounds, which was sent to him by Major John B. Hoffman, United States Agent to the Ponca tribe of Indians. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: AUGUST 12, 1863. 1G7 This specimen was detached from a mass weighing one hundred pounds. It was found on the surface of the earth in the Dacotah In- dian country, ninety miles from any road or dwelling. Owing to a natural fissure in the mass, and its columnar structure, it was found practicable to divide it by aid of a sledge-hammer. It was supposed in Dacotah that this metal was some alloy of silver, on accoimt of the remarkable whiteness of some portions of the mass, and it was sent to Boston to be assayed for silver. The specimen was at once recognized as meteoric iron, and a subsequent analysis confirmed that conjecture. Native metallic iron in large masses has not yet been recognized on this planet, excepting when it is of meteoric origin. Masses which have been seen to fall from the heavens have been found to contain an alloy of iron, nickel, tin, chrome, phosphorus, and occasionally a little sulphur and iron have also been detected in them. Chemical analysis of the Dacotah meteorite gave the following re- sults : — Specific gravity 7.952. Metallic iron, whiter than artificial iron ; has in some places a hard- ened crust on the surface, but internally files quite soft. Analysis. No. 1. No. 2. letallic Iron, 91.735 91.735 " Nickel, 6.532 7.080 « Tin, 0.063 0.063 Phosphi orus, Cobalt, Chrome, [ traces. 0.010 0.010 98.340 98.888 No chlorine, sulphur, or copper was discovered in this meteorite. Dr. Jackson also exhibited some beautiful and perfect crys- tals of green felspar, or Amazonian stone, from the granite quarries of Rockport, Massachusetts. This mineral was first discovered at Rockport by Rev. S. Barden of that town. He subsequently discovei*ed purple fluor-spar, small crys- tals of zircon, and very large and handsome crystals of smoky quartz, equal in beauty to those found near Mount Saint Gothard in Switzer- land. Recently, Rhodonite or red bi-silicate of manganese and Fer- gursonite, a compound of oxides of tantalium, ytti'ia, and cerium, have been discovered by Mr. Barden, and determined by the analyses of Dr. 168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Jackson. Mr. Alger has also recognized some minute crystals of topaz on the green felspar. It appears, therefore, that the granite rocks of Rockport are far from being barren in minerals of scientific value. A report from tlie Rumford Committee was presented, and, there being no quorum for the transaction of business, was referred to an adjourned meeting. Five hundred and twenty-fifth Meeting. September 8, 1863. — Adjourned Stated Meeting. The President in the chair. The President read a letter from Professor Hitchcock, accom- panying a memoir entitled " Supplement to the Ichnology of New England." Also a note from Professor Eliot, resigning his place as a member of the Rumford Committee. Professor Lovering called up the recommendations of the Rumford Committee, which were read at the previous meeting and referred to this meeting for the action of the Academy. On the motion of Dr. Beck, it was Voted, That the sum of three hundred dollars be paid from the in- come of the Rumford fund to Mr. O. N. Rood, to be used by him in making investigations on the subject of the physical relations of the iodized plate to light ; — the results of these investigations to be com- municated to the Rumford Committee, and to be offered by them for publication in the Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Professor Bond gave an account of the construction of ach- romatic object lenses by Dr. Steinheil of Munich, according to the method of Gauss ; this being the first successful attempt at working lenses in the form proposed by Gauss for the correc- tion of chromatic aberration, independently of spherical aberra- tion. Lenses thus constructed have the advantage of combin- ing large apertures with short focal lengths, and thus require only short telescope-tubes, which are least liable to errors from flexure. The thickness of the glass needed for producing lenses of the requisite curvatures is one of the chief difficul- ties in constructing this species of achromatic lens. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: OCTOBER 13, 1863. 169 Professor Peirce presented an account of a ternary system of arithmetical notation, consisting of the three characters 1, 0, and 1 (minus one being written in the manner of the negative characteristics of logarithms). This system has the same property as the binary system discussed by Leibnitz, namely, that of reducing the processes of multiplication and division to series of additions and subtractions. It would require to ex- press the same values about twice as many figures as the deci- mal system ; but, as these are the simple characters 1, 0, 1, they would occupy but little more room on the printed page. Professor Peirce considered the probable consequences of an adoption of such a system for the uses of life, and thought that, if this notation could ever have come into use, it would have been converted into a system of nine figures by the union in pairs of the fundamental characters. Five hundred and t'wenty-sixtli Meeting. October 13, 1863. — Monthly Meeting. The President in the chair. Professor Bond presented a communication " On the new form of the Achromatic Object-Glass recently introduced by Steinheil." In June, 1860, Professor Steinheil communicated to the Royal Academy of Sciences at Munich * a notice of an object-glass of thirty- six lines aperture, executed at his optical establishment according to the system of curves proposed by Gauss in an article published in the Zeitschrift fur Astronomie of Lindenau and Bohnenberger, in 1817.t This telescope, and subsequently another % of similar form, but larger, have been carefully tested, and, in the opinion of competent * Sitzungsberichte der konigl. bayer. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Miin- chen, 1860, II. 160. t Lindenau und Bohnenberger, Zeitschrift fiir Astronomie, Nov., Dec. 1817, IV. 345. X Sitzungsberichte, 1860, V. 662. VOL. VI. 17 170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY judges, they have exhibited a more complete achromatism, and in otlier respects more perfect definition, than was to be found with object- glasses of the ordinary form, of equal dimensions. Some part of this superiority may be attributable to the manner of mounting the lenses, which admits of readily changing their relative positions so as to effect the best adjustment by actual trial ; a provision undoubtedly of considerable value, but perhaps equally applicable in the old system, if a slight separation of the inner surfaces of the crown and Hint lenses were made one of the conditions for determininor the curves. By this means, as Steinheil has remarked, we may not only diminish outstanding errors in the object-glass, but also, to some extent, the aberrations of the eyepiece, and even defects in the eye itself. Thei'e seems, however, to be no reason to doubt that these object-glasses owe their excellence mainly to the improved theory of their curves. Among other advantages, the new combination admits of larger angles of aperture than would otherwise be practicable, without com- promising the clearness of the definition. It is here, in fact, that the value of the improvement is best illustrated. Any shortening of the focal length accomplished without sacrificing illuminating power, or defining qualities, is a substantial gain in more than one direction. It reduces the telescope to a more manageable size, which, in one of the larger class, is a matter of the first importance, for not only is the size of the dome and building required to protect it, and, in general the cost of all the accessory apparatus necessary for its efficiency, largely diminished by a reduction in the length of the focus, but the facility of using it depends also very much on the same condition. Again, by shortening the tube, we apply the only really effectual means of reducing the flexure, — the most intractable of all sources of error in meridian instruments. Hitherto, in the practice of the best opticians, the apertures of the largest object-glasses have not exceeded -j-'^- of the focal length, which is the proportion in Mr. Clark's 18.5-inch lens. With those of mod- erate size the ratio of y'^ to yj has been successfully employed. Of such, the object-glasses of the vertical circle and prime vertical instru- ment at Poulkova, of 6-inch aperture, are examples of remarkable excellence. At present, however, Messrs. IMerz are prepared to ex- tend the ratio of J^ even to lenses of 19^ inches (English) aperture; a gain in the surface exposed to the light for the same focal length, of OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: OCTOBER 13, 1863. 171 nearly seventy per cent. Steinheil has stated, that, with the Gaussian objectives, ratios of the aperture to the focal length as large as ^\y can be used for the largest refractors.* It must be remembered, that, owing to the strong curvature of the surfaces, the light has to traverse a greater thickness of the glass, and must experience more than ordi- nary loss from extinction. Perhaps, also, there will be a sensibly greater loss from reflection, from the greater inclination of the incident ray to the surface near the margin. The gain in area will, therefore, not represent precisely the increase in illuminating power. There are two other objections to the new construction which may be thought in some measure to counteibalance its special advantages : one of these is the much greater depth of its curves, suggesting, per- haps without sufficient foundation, practical difficulties of workmanship. That they have been actually overcome in lenses of moderate size is certainly the best reason for anticipating success when the trial is made on a larger scale. It is further evident, from the peculiar form of the lenses, each of which is a meniscus, that, if they are worked out of flat discs, as usual, greater thickness of material will be required. Tliis would increase the difficulty, ali'eady so great, of procuring suitable glass. It is possible that the material could be accommodated nearly to the ultimate form of the lenses, just as, in the present process of manufacture, an irregular mass is moulded into a flat disc, approxi- mating to the shape required. It does not appear that either of these obstacles would long remain in the way of the general adoption of the new system, if its advantages were distinctly recognized, and sufficient inducements were offered to artists and to the manufacturers of optical glass to turn their efforts in this direction. The contrast presented in the character of the curves in the two combinations, which is so decided that the eye at once distinguishes between them without any occasion for measurement or exact com- parison, is very remarkable ; for if the superiority of Gauss's com- bination be admitted, it shows that the practice of opticians has been confined to a region altogether removed from that in which the best system is to be found. In this they have only adopted the recommen- dations of the many eminent mathematicians who have treated of the theory of the achi'omatic object-glass. The question proposed in this theory is to ascertain that form and * Sitzungsberichte der konigl. bayer. Akad. der Wiss., 1860, V. 663. 172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY disposition of the surfaces of two or more lenses, composed of materials of different dispersive powers, which shall most effectually destroy the aberrations of color and of figure. The problem, in the form in which it has been practically presented, is indeterminate, so that, for instance, in the case of lenses of crown and flint glass, " For every lens of crown-glass of positive focus, whatever the radii of its surfaces may be, a lens of flint-glass can be computed which will form, when united with it, an achromatic object-glass," — achromatic, that is to say, in the limited sense in which the term is commonly accepted. This allows, of course, of a great range in the choice of curves, and a variety of conditions have been proposed for determinhig the selec- tion. In one respect only has there been a general consent of authori- ties. The front lens has always been convex on both surfaces. But it would seem that in this particular the direction given to the investi- gation has not been fortunate. It is at least an oversight, that the relative importance of the two principal sources of indistinctness has not been kept prominently in view. For while it is admitted that the chromatic dispersion is the chief source of indistinctness, the arbitrary condition has not been determined with special reference to this cir- cumstance. This omission has been supplied by Gauss, who has given attention mainly to the more complete elimination of the aberration of color, while, at the same time, his expectations that this could be done with- out sensibly increasing the spherical aberration, have been fully re- alized in the performance of the new object-glasses. Indeed, it de- serves notice that the resulting curves bear a considerable resemblance to one of the systems which has been designed with express reference to the correction of the spherical aberration. Allusion is here made to the forms deduced by Herschel * for the elimination of the spherical aberration of diverging, as well as parallel rays. From the compari- sons subjoined, it will be seen that one of the solutions satisfying his equations approximates nearly to Gauss's system, while the other approaches to a form employed by Frauenhofer. So far, therefore, as this holds good, each fulfils the conditions proposed in Herschel's theory. As Gauss has published neither the mathematical investigation of the subject, nor even the final equations from which his curves were com- puted, we have not the means of deciding with entire certainty, whether * Phil. Trans., 1821, p. 258. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: OCTOBER 13, 1863. 173 the resemblance referred to is merely accidental, or whether it expresses an affinity involved in the nature of the problem. But the latter seems the more probable explanation. The numerical values of the radii in his system, computed for a special case,* are here transcribed from his orio;inal memoir, after reducinsr them to a focal length, for the two lenses combined, of twenty-one French feet, for the sake of comparison with the large Munich refractors. I. Gauss's Curves. ft. 1st surface of the crown lens, convex, radius = -}- 2.535 2d " " " concave, " = — 7.521 1st " " flint lens, convex, " =4-3.123 2d « " " concave, " = — 2.084 f Compound focus, = 21.00 In No. 1289 of the Asd'onomische Nachrichten Oudeman has given the following measurements of an object-glass made by Frauenhofer for the Equatorial of the Observatory at Utrecht. The numbers have been reduced to the same unit as before, assuming the focal length from Astr. Nach. 1281. II. Frauenhofer' s Curves. ft. 1st surface of the crown lens, convex, radius, ^ -|~ 14.157 2d " " " " " =-1- 5.635 1st " " flint lens, concave, " = — 5.775 2d " " " convex, " = + 25.945 Compound focus, = 21.00 Another of his object-glasses, probably computed from a similar for- mula, but for glass of slightly different refractive and dispersive powers, has values of the radii as follows + : — III. Frauenhofer'' s Curves. ft. 1st surface of the crown lens, convex, radius, = -[" 15.430 2d " " " " " =4- 6.144 1st " " flint lens, concave, " = — 6.262 2d " " " convex, " = -[- 22.461 Compound focus, = 21.00 * Zeitschrift fiir Astron., IV. 350. t This number has been corrected to accord with the erratum noticed at the end of the volume cited. t Zeitschrift fur Astron., IV. 352. 17* 174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY These numbers we will now compare with the two solutions of Her- schel's equations, using the notation I, r and ?-', to denote the reciprocals of the compound focal length and of the radii of the front surfaces of the two lenses. The substitution of the values of the indices of refrac- tion and of the dispersive powers which have been used by Gauss for computing the system I. gives the relations * : — 0 = 2.3200 r- — 21.31 Ir -f 59.57 P + 3.5792 I r> — 1.4233 r'^ 0 = 6.6400 r — 24.95 ^ — 4.1119 r' From which we have 0 = — 1.3917 r" + 12.37 I r — 14.56 P with the roots y:= 7.4922, and [=1.3964, which afford the subjoined two sets of values. IV. HerscheVs Curves. 7 = 7.4922 1st surface of the crown lens, convex, radius, : 2d " " " concave, " : 1st " " flint lens, convex, " 2d " " " concave, " Compound focus, " V. ~ = 1.3964 1st surface of the crown lens, convex, radius, 2d " " " convex " 1st " " flint lens, concave, " 2d " " " convex, " Compound focus, With these radii the figures in the accompanying Plate have been constructed, representing sections of the different object-glasses, each having a focal length of two feet, and an aperture of nearly four + ft. 2.803 9.525 + 3.482 2.361 21.00 1 15.038 5.397 5.507 22.135 21.00 * In the equation [z] Phil. Trans. 1821, p. 258, the coefficient of zj^ has been corrected from -^-i-i to -^4:^^ F/Je Article on Light, Encyc. Met., p. 424. Svsliiii ot Gauss. / System of Herscliel . ^ X y Svsfpm nf Fraiiruhrifri System of Herschel . ©yivEs OF ABiHiiiKiATiie 'mw^^ ^" ^SSEa *.,. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 175 inches. The ratio of the aperture to the focal length has been taken larger than can be adopted in practice, in order to exaggerate the amount of curvature. It will be seen that the curves in the systems of Gauss and Frauenhofer may be nearly represented by the two solutions of Herschel's equations.* It follows that Gauss's form, originally designed to secure a more complete elimination of the chromatic dispersion, must be also rather fa- vorable than otherwise as regards the correction of the aberration of figures. It may be remarked, further, that his investigation, neglect- ing the thickness and distance of the lenses, leads to an equation of the fourth degree, which has no solution corresponding to V., nor to the above values of the radii used by Frauenhofer. On the other band, if the curves in III. and V. have been derived from substantially the same theory, which seems a probable inference, it is scarcely possible that Frauenhofer should not have had at some time under consideration the system represented by the other solution of the equations, which would have conducted to forms approximating very nearly to the system of Gauss. Five hnndred and tweiitj'-seventli Meeting. November 11, 1863. — Statute Meeting. The President in the chair. Professor Cooke reported that no purchases of books for the Library had been made since the annual meeting. The Acad- emy voted to continue without change the list of periodicals. The President presented the following report from the Council : — * The refractive and dispersive powers in III., and probably in II., differ by small amounts from those used in computing IV. and V. ; moreover, in the latter, the effect of the thickness of the lenses and of their distance from each other has not been in- cluded, so that the numbers to be strictly comparable would require a small cor- rection. The values V., computed with the elements of refraction and disper- sion used for III., neglecting only the correction for thickness, become ft. + 14.212 -f 6.349 — 6 488 + 25.375 21.00 176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY A proposition in reference to the administration of the Vatican Library, hiid before the Academy at the anniversary meeting, was referred to the Council for consideration. The Council is deeply sensible of the interest and importance of the movement proposed by Dr. Beck. The system adopted by the Papal Authorities for the use, or rather the disuse, of the literary manuscripts of that great collection, has been explained to the Council by Dr. Beck, from his own experience. Nothing can be more desirable to those en- gaged in historical and philological investigations, nor more useful to the cause of learning, than the relaxation of the rigid rules which vir- tually exclude scholars from all inspection and examination of the manu- scripts in the Vatican. Learned men, and especially learned societies throughout the world, it is thought, may with propriety protest against this system, and solicit a change. The Council would suggest, however, that the Academy may wisely refrain from adopting the political expressions contained in the pream- ble with which the resolves under consideration are connected ; and would also express the opinion, that, in view of the importance and deli- cacy of this subject, its practical consideration may advantageously be devolved upon a committee of the executive officers of the Academy, who can, at their discretion, seize upon any favorable opportunities that may offer from time to time for the representation of the case ; act- ing under the following resolution, — which is herewith reported as a substitute for those referred to its consideration, viz. : — Resolved, That the President, Vice-President, and the Secretaries of the Academy be a committee to correspond with the American Minis- ter at Rome, and also with the American Minister at Turin, if they think it expedient, on the subject of securing greater liberality in the administration of the Library of the Vatican, and particularly with a view to secure to scholars an opportunity of examining its rare and valuable manuscripts. The resolution was adopted. The vacancy in the Rumford Committee, occasioned by the resignation of Professor Eliot, was filled by the election of Professor Gibbs. Henry C. Carey of Philadelphia, and George Bancroft of New York, were elected Associate Fellows, in Class IIL, Sec- tion 4. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER H, 1863. 177 John P. Kennedy of Baltimore, and Frederic E. Clinrch of New York, were elected Associate Fellows, in Class III., Sec- tion 4. William I^awrence of London was elected a Foreign Honor- ary Fellow, in place of the late Sir Benjamin C. Brodie, of Class II., Section 4. Dr. Edward Jarvis was elected Resident Fellow in Class II., Section 3. Professor Bond communicated " A List of Xew Nebula3 seen at the Observatory of Harvard College, 1847-1863." An examination of the notes relating to the positions and appearance of nebulaj and star-clusters, occurring in the record-books of the Obser- vatoi'y for the last fifteen years, has furnished the accompanying list of objects which have not been identified in published catalogues. As the number of observations compai'ed has amounted to several hundred, most of the nebula? of course having been previously seen elsewhere, it is quite possible that a few of those entered on the list may be accounted for by errors in the observed places, or by supposing them to be merely groups of a few small stars indistinctly seen. This might the more easily have happened, since the nebula? have, in most instances, been met with by accident, while sweeping for comets, or in the passage of zones of stars. In such cases, but little time could be given to determining the positions, or to a close scrutiny of the object ; the list has been divided into two sections, the second comprising objects rather doubt- ful as to their position or identity as nebute. I. List of new Nehidoe. and Star-clusters seen at the Observatory of Harvard College. (1.) A small faint nebula, 1' north-following a star of the 11th mag- nitude, seen Sept. 16th, 1863, by G. P. Bond, with the Great Refractor. 1863.0 a = 0^ SS"* 10^2 ± 0^4 S = -1- 0° 8' 54" ± 20" (2.) A small, round, pretty bright nebula, diameter 45", seen Jan. 5th, 1853, by G. P. Bond, with the Great Refractor. (In Harvard Zones.) Re-observed Sept. 16th, 1863. 1863.0 a = Q)^ 35"^ 15^2 ± 0^4 S = + 0° 5' 24".0 ± 15" The nebula? h. 39 — 41 and 43 precede the above nearly in the same declination. 178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY (3.) A faint nebula 1' 30" south-following a star of the 11th mag- nitude, seen Jan. 8th, 1853, with the Great Refractor, by G. P. Bond. (In Harvard Zones.) 1853.0 a = 0'^ 59'" 52" 5 = + 0° 8' 52" (4.) A faint nebulosity, seen Jan. 25th, I860, by Sidney Coolidge, with the Great Refractor. (In Harvard Zones.) 1860.0 a = 3" G™ 55^2 S = + 0° 55' 32".5 (5.) A faint nebulosity, seen Dec. 16th, 1859, by Sidney Coolidge, with the Great Refractor. (In Harvard Zones.) 1860.0 a = 3'^ 16'" 29^0 S = + 0° 40' 57".0 (6 and 7.) Two clusters, seen March 19th, 1863, by T. H. Saf- ford, near two stars of the 10 -11th magnitude, with the Great Re- fractor. (In Harvard Zones.) Positions of stars :— 1863.0 a = 6^ V^ 44^9 S = -f 1° 8' 37" = 65 47.2 z= -f 1 10 2 (8.) A cluster, seen March 19th, 1863, by T. H. SafFord, between two stars in the following position, with the Great Refractor. (In Harvard Zones.) Star of 10-11 mag. 1863.0 a = G*' 6™ 27^8 S = + 1° 1 10" 9-10 " =6 7 12. 7 + 1 0 27 (9 and 10.) Two faint nebula; seen Feb. 26th, 1853, with the Great Refractor, by G. P. Bond. (In Harvard Zones.) 1853.0 0=7"^ 22"M5" fi = + 0°5'll" It is not stated to which one of the pair this position belongs. The two are probably quite near each other. (11.) A very faint comet-like nebula, seen Sept. 1st, 1852, with the Great Refractor, by G. P. Bond. 1852.0 a = 7'^ 54"' 44" § = + 20° 35'.8 Nebula north-preceding star of 9th mag. B. Z. 277 Aa = — 0™ 27^05 AS = + 2' 42".2 (12.) A nebulous object, seen March 31st, 1859, by Sidney Cool- idge, with the Great Refractor. (In Harvard Zones.) 1859.0 a = 9'' 59'" 48" ±4" S = +0° 45'.0 ± 2' OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 179 (13.) A faint nebulous object, seen March 31st, 1859, by Sidney Cuolidge, with the Great Retractor. (In Harvard Zones.) 1859.0 a = 10'> IC" IP S = + 0° 46' 31" (14.) A star of 12th magnitude in a faint nebulosity, seen May 3d, 1859, by Sidney Coolidge, with the Great Refractor. (In Harvard Zones.) 1859.0 a = 12'' 30™ 57^4 S = + 0° 57' 33".4 (15.) A star of 12th magnitude in a faint nebulosity, seen April 30th, 1859, by Sidney Coolidge, with the Great Refractor. (In Harvard Zones.) 1859.0 a = IS'' 24™ 29^9 S = + 0° 41' 49".0 (16.) A star of 12th magnitude slightly nebulous, seen April 30th, 1859, by Sidney Coolidge, with the Great Refractor. (In Harvard Zones.) 1859.0 a = U^ 42™ 35^2 S = + 0° 46' 15".7 (17.) A small round nebula, seen June 8tb, 1855, by G. P. Bond, with the Great Refractor. (In Harvard Zones.) Distant 2' from a star of the 9th mag. in the position 1855.0 a = 13M9™ 3« S^+0°30'20" (18.) A nebulous star of 12th magnitude, seen April 29th, 1859, by Sidney Coolidge, with the Great Refractor. (In Harvard Zones.) 1859.0 a = 13'' 53-" 54'.9 g = -f 0° 46' 24".3 (19.) A nebula seen May 9th, 1853, with the Great Refractor, by G. P. Bond. (In Harvard Zones.) 1853.0 a = 14'' 21"" 48^ 8 = 4-0° 13' 9" (20.) A I'ound nebula seen May 9th, 1853, with the Great Refrac- tor, by G. P. Bond. (In Harvard Zones.) 1853.0 0 = 14" 23-" 39« 8 = -|-0°20'9" (21.) An elongated nebula, fainter than the above, seen May 9th, 1853, by G. P. Bond, with the Great Refractor. (In Harvard Zones.) 1853.0 a = 14'' 24™ 24^ S = -|-0°17'9" (22.) An elongated faint nebula, longest diameter 80", seen Sept. 1st, 1859, with the Comet-seeker, by H. P. Tuttle. 1859.0 a = 18'' 23™ 37^ S = -f 74° 30'.2 180 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY The position given is that adopted by Auwers, William Herschel's Verzeichnisse von Nehelflechen und Sternhaitfeii, p. 75. (23.) A faint nebula following a star of the 10th magnitude 0" 1^0, and 1' 29" north of it, seen Nov. 24th, 1852, by G. P. Bond, with the Great Refractor. (In Harvard Zones.) 1852.0 a = 19'^ 56'" 14^5 g = ^ o° 1' 48" (24.) A nebula seen Feb. 10th, 1848, by G. P. Bond, with the Great Refractor. 1848.0 a = 21'^ 44'" 46^ ^ = + 49° 2'.9 (25.) A nebula seen Oct. 23d, 1848, with the Great Refractor, by G. P. Bond. 1848.0 a = 23'' 24"" 56' 8 = — 6° 26' 10" Nebula north-preceding star of 9th mag. Aa = — 0'"18M9 AS = + ri2".7 II. The following are the positions of objects supposed to be nebulae,, but requiring verification. (26.) A nebula quite faint, 3° 30' north of y Cassiopeia, and in the same right ascension with it. Seen Feb. 27th, 1850, by G. P. Bond, with the Comet-seeker. 1850.0 a = 0^ 47-" 41» ± 1™ 5 = + 63° 24' ± 10' Looked for, but could not be found, Sept. 9th, 1863. (27.) A faint, small, round nebula 8° north-preceding Capella. Seen by G. P. Bond with the Comet-seeker, Feb. 18th, 1851. 1851.0 a = 4'^ 33"^ +3" S = + 53° 0' ± 30' (28.) A small nebula, seen near k Orionis, Oct. 6th, 1850, by G. P. Bond, w^ith the Comet-seeker. 1850.0 a = 5^ 37'" 43^ ±20' d = — 10° 8' 39" ± 5' (29.) A nebulous object (?), seen May 3d, 1859, by Sidney Coolidge, with the Great Refractor. (In Harvard Zones.) 1859.0 a = 12'M2™ 8 = -|-0°56' (30.) A faint, rather large nebula, one third of the distance from Arcturus to a Corona Borealis, and in a line w^ith the last-named star. Seen by G. P. Bond with the Comet-seeker, Dec. 30th, 1850. 1850.0 a = Ui" 37'" ± 3'" ^ = + 23° 0' ± 30' Looked for, but not found, Aug. 17th, 1863. OP ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 181 (31.) A nebulous star, seen Nov. 15th, 1859, by Sidney Coolidge, with the Great Refractor. (In Harvard Zones.) 1859.0 a = 22'^ 46™ S = + 0° 44' (32.) A nebula resembling a comet, seen Nov. 7th, 1850, by G. P. Bond, with the Comet-seekei\ 1850.0 a = 23*^ 50™ 46" 8 = — 33° 24' III. Positions of known nebulee have been observed as follows : — h. 555. Faintly seen in the Comet-seeker, March 25th, 1852. Com- pared by G. P. Bond with a star of 9.5 mag. Ai'g. Sternverzeichniss -j-60° 1175. Nebula south-following star. A a = -f 0™ 26^25 A S = — 1' 57".8 h. 90. Compared with a star of 7th magnitude B.A.C. 357, by G. P. Bond. Nebula north-preceding star. Aa = — 0™ 43^0 A 8 = -\-2' 44".5 The nebula discovered by Schonfeld in 1858, and numbered 17 in Auwers's catalogue of new nebulte, was also discovered independently by H. P. Tuttle, Feb. 5th, 1859, as "a nebulosity attached to a star of the 9-10 mag. which follows its centre six seconds and is two minutes north of it." It was visible in the Comet-seeker and in the Finder of the Great Refractor. No. 45 of the same catalogue, discovered by Win- necke in 1853, was also discovered independently by H. P. Tuttle, July 27th, 1859. It appeared as a faint cometary object in the Comet- seeker, but in the Great Refractor as a cluster just resolved of 2' or 3' in diameter. The nebula H, III. 447 was observed Feb. 7th, 1863, with the Great Refractor, by G. P. Bond. Diameter 40", with a faint star or appendage on the north-following side. Nebula north-preceding star of 8th mag. H. C. 10303, Sept. 9th, 1863. A a = — 0™ 34M0 A 8 = -f 2' 47".3 The nebula H, I. 288 was observed by G. P. Bond, April 8th, 1859, as follows : — Nebula north-following star a of 7 - 8th mag. Oeltzen 9183. A a = + 5"' 0^88 A S = + 4' 15".5 Nebula north-preceding star J of 8 - 9th mag. Oeltzen 9305. A a == — 2"> 57^75 A S = -f 4' 15".5 VOL. VI. 18 182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY The nebula H. IV. 33, in the position 1830.0 5^^ 28-" 7^ 8—6° 51', described by W. Herschel as " a star with a milky chevelure or v. B. nucleus with milky nebulosity," appears in the Great Refractor as a fine annular nebula or cluster, very much concentrated on the following side almost to a stellar centre. Professor Cooke gave a description of a new and improved Spectroscope made by Mr. Alvan Clarke. It has nine prisms of plane glass sides filled with bisulphide of carbon, which are so mounted and arranged that they are capable of easy adjust- ment to the angles of least deviation in the refracted ray. By this instrument Professor Cooke has been able to discover a much greater number of lines in the solar spectrum and in metallic spectra than have hitherto been observed. Dr. Gray presented the two following papers : — On Streptanthus, Nutt., and the Plants which have been re- ferred to that Genus. By Asa Gray. A number of plants have been referred to Streptanthus, — some by its founder, Nuttall, and others by myself, — which, upon re-examina- tion, appear to belong elsewhere. Having now before me all the au- thentic materials which exist in herbaria in this country, I have endeav- ored to clear up the group, with the following results. 1. STREPTANTHUS, Nutt. The characters of this genus are the linear or elongated and sagit- tate anthers, and petals with long canaliculate claws (with or without a dilated lamina), along with the flattened siliques and broad flat seeds of Arabis. lodanthus, Torr. & Gray, and Thelypodiurn, Endl. {Pachypodhim, Nutt.), which have long unguiculate petals and narrow anthers (which coil or curve when effete, like those of Streptanthus), have terete and torulose siliques, the valves with an obscure if any mid-nerve, and oblong seeds, the cotyledons in the latter obliquely more or less incumbent. There are transitions which connect, quite too closely, Streptanthus with Arabis. But the genuine species of the former are so strikingly marked, that the genus will pi'obably be kept up. The disposition of the calyx to assume a crimson or purple color, and of the filaments of the longer stamens to unite in pairs, may also be taken into account. I recognize the following species. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 183 § 1. EuSTREPTANTHUS, Encll. Petals with a broad and ample plane lamina. Sepals suberect or erect. Seeds winged. Flowers pretty large, rose-purple. Cauline leaves all sessile and cordate-clasp- ing, glabrous and more or less glaucous. * Flowers all subtended by persistent bracts. 1. S. ERACTEATUS, Gray, Gen. 111. 1, t. 60 ; PI. Lindl. 2, p. 143, & PI. Wright. 2, p. 11. Silique elongated-linear, 6 inches long, spread- ing. Mature seeds not seen. — Texas. * * Flowers (or all but the lowest) ebracteate. 2. S. PLATTCARPUS, Gray, PL Wright. 1. c. Siliques oblong-linear (2J--3 lines wide), very flat, erect. Leaves clasping by rather short and rounded lobes, the lower and radical ones lyrate-pinnatifid. — S. W. Texas. 3. S. :5iACULATUS, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Philad. 5, p. 134, t. 7. S. obtusifolius, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 3317. Brassica Washitana, Muhl. Cat. ? Siliques narrowly linear (only a line wide, 3 or 4 inches long), erect or ascending. Cauline leaves clasping by long and obtuse lobes, making a very deep and neai'ly closed sinus. — Arkansas and E. Texas. § 2. EucLisiA, Nutt. Petals undulate-crisped, the lamina narrow or attenuated, scarcely if at all broader than the claw. Sepals con- nivent, mostly colored, often saccate at the base. The longer stamens often connate. * Flowers distinctly pedicelled. Stem not fistulous-inflated. •1— Wholly glabrous and mostly glaucous : cauline leaves clasping by a cordate or sagittate base. 4. S. CARiNATUS, C. Wright, in Gray, PI. Wright. 2, p. 11. Flow- ers purple (half an inch long) ; the urceolate calyx carinately 5- saccate. Pedicels of the flowers and of the broadly linear and flat (half- grown) siliques erect. Radical and lower cauline leaves runcinate- pinnatifid, the upper ones sagittate-clasping, all very glaucous. Seeds unknown. — S. W. Texas, below El Paso. 5. S. CORDATUS, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 77. This, although marked with the exclamation point, as having been authen- ticated, is not preserved in any American herbarium, so far as I can ascertain. It is characterized by Xuttall as having very obtuse leaves, toothed near the summit, the cauline cordate and clasping, greenish- 184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY yellow flowers on short pedicels, an oblong carapanulate calyx, and deflexed siliques. The locality assigned by Nuttall is " Forests of the Rocky Mountains." An imperfect specimen gathered " on the Col- orado " by Dr. Newberry may be of this species. Otherwise it is wholly unknown to me. I suppose it can be neither the foregoing nor the following species. 6. S. TORTuosus, Kellogg, in Proceed. Calif. Acad. 2, p. 152, t. 46, wood-cut. S. cordatus, Torr. Bot. Whippl. Exped. Pacif. R. R. Surv., p. (65) 9, not of Nutt. Flowers purple, on slender (spreading or ascending) pedicels, in a lax raceme, the lowermost often leafy-bracted, half an inch long ; the (ovate) buds and the sepals usually long-acumi- nate. Siliques, according to Dr. Kellogg's figure and description, nar- rowly linear and falcately recurved-spreading. Seeds, according to Dr. Kellogg's description, wing-margined. Leaves entire or denticu- late, the cauline cordate-clasping and mostly appearing as if perfoliate. Stem paniculately branched. — Dr. Kellogg's uncharacteristic name for this species refers only to the areolation of the septum of the silique. — California, on the Yuba River, Dr. Bigelow ; and " the Copper region of the Sierra Nevada, Mr. C. D. Gibbs," Dr. Kellogg. The habitat is remote from that assigned for his S. cordatus by Nuttall, who, more- over, could never have omitted to notice the taper-pointed flower-buds and sepals, so conspicuous in Dr. Bigelow's specimens and Dr. Kel- logg's figure. But I must remark that two specimens in Dr. Torrey's herbarium, collected in California by Mr. Gibbes (I presume the per- son who supplied Dr. Kellogg) have flowers with nearly obtuse buds and sepals, but in size and all other respects like the S. tortuosus. The " wing-margined seeds," noted by Dr. Kellogg, who alone has seen the fruit, should aid in distinguishing this species from the next. 7. S. Breweri, n. sp. (Gray in Proceed. Calif. Acad, ined.) Flowers purple, on veiy short ascending pedicels, the lowest often leafy- bracted ; the buds a quarter of an inch long, obtuse or barely acute ; the sepals with scarious but recurved blunt tips. Siliques narrowly linear, ascending or erect, straight or slightly incurved (Ig- - 2^ inches long, less than a line wide), compressed, but torulose, the nerve of the valves ob- scure. Seeds wholly marginless. Glaucous, annual, branched from near the base. Cauline leaves, except the lowest, strongly cordate- clasping with a closed sinus, entire or denticulate, the uppermost sagit- tate. California; collected in the State Geological Survey by Prof. William H. Brewer, at three stations, under the following forms: — OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863." 185 1st. In a dry ravine of Shasta Mountain, at the elevation of 8000 feet : a dwarf state, in flower only, a span high ; the foliage resembling that of T/daspi perfolialum. 2d. On the Diablo Mountains, five degrees farther south, on the top of a dry mountain, alt. 3200 feet ; in flower and fruit, 9 inches high. Flowers rather smaller, more numerous. Lower cauline leaves 2 inches long, very glaucous. 3d. On San Carlos, of the Mount Diablo range : in flower and fruit, with more naked and virgate branches, one or two feet high ; the calyx hoary or downy, but otherwise the plant is quite glabrous and glaucous, as in the other forms. -t- -1— Wholly glabrous and somewhat glaucous : cauline leaves not cordate nor auriculate at the base, entire or very obscurely toothed. Flowers violet-purple. 8. S. hyacinthoides, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 3516 ; Gray, Gen. 111. 2, t. 61. S. glahrifolius, Buckley in Proceed. Acad. Philad. Flowers in the virgate raceme spreading and soon pendulous, green and violet- purple ; the calyx cylindraceous. Siliques erect-spreading (2 - 4 inches long, a line wide). Seeds with a narrow wing. Leaves linear- lanceolate and oblong-linear. — E. Texas and the adjacent part of •Arkansas. -1— -f— -i— More or less furnished with bristly simple hairs : cauline leaves or some of them usually auriculate- or sagittate-clasping and laciniate-toothed. Flowers, at least the calyx, crimson-purple or red. 9. S. GLANDULOSUS, Hook. Ic. t. 40. Cauline leaves narrowly lanceolate and mostly sagittate-clasping, their sparse teeth with cal- lous rather than glandular tips. The lax raceme with the pedicels and flowers glabrous or nearly so ; calyx ovate. Siliques narrowly linear (2 or 3 inches long, less than a line wide), straight or curved, ascend- ing. Immature seeds slightly wing-margined. The cauline leaves are commonly sagittate and the siliques glabrous. But Dr. Brewer has collected a form with the leaves slightly auricled at the base, and the siliques beset with a few bristles. — California. 10. S. HETEBOPHYLLUS, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c. Cauline leaves oblong and lanceolate and sagittate-clasping, mostly hispid. Pedicels in the lax raceme spreading in flower, deflexed in fruit, com- monly (as well as the calyx) more or less hispid. Siliques deflexed, straight, very narrowly linear, teretish-subtetragonal, 3 or 4 inches long, 18* 186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY glabrovis, tapering at the summit into a distinct style. Seeds wingless. In Nuttall's original specimens all but the lower pedicels and also the calyx are glabrous : in those of Coulter and of Xantus they are hispid, especially the pedicels. They have, in the fruit, a strongly 2-lobed stigma. In Nuttall's the stigma is only emarginate. — Southern part of California. 11. S. HiSPiDUS, n. sp. (Gray in Proceed. Calif. Acad, ined.) Very dwarf (2 or 3 inches high, from an annual root), hispid through- out, even to the siliques. Leaves cuneate or obovate-oblong, coarsely toothed or incised, the cauline sessile, but hardly at all clasping. Ra- ceme short and loosely flowered : pedicels spreading or at length recurved, but the linear compressed siHques (1^ inch long and a line wide) are erect. Stigma emarginate, almost sessile. Immature seeds winged. The flowers resemble those of the preceding species. The anthers are rather short for this genus, only linear-oblong, and blunt ; but the longer filaments are connate. The whole body of the petal is a long, linear lamina, the base of which is contracted into a narrow claw. — California ; on the dry summit of Monte Diablo, coll. Wil- liam H. Brewer, California State Geological Survey. -1— -1— -1— -)— Sparingly hirsute with simple hairs or nearly glabrous : cauline leaves not clasping nor auriculate at the base, the lower sinuate or pinnatifid and contracted at the base into a margined petiole. Flowers yellowish or greenish-white. 12. S. FLAVESCENS, Hook. Ic. t. 44. Flowers ascending: calyx cylindraceous. Siliques erect, glabrous or sparingly hairy, teretish, pointed Avith a distinct style. Seeds probably wingless. — California. A very large or luxuriant form of this was gathered at the coal-mine near Monte Diablo by Dr. Brewer, 2 or 3 feet high, the lower leaves runcinate, the " greenish-white " flowers half an inch long ; siliques half-grown. * * Flowers sessile or nearly so. Stem fistulous-inflated. 13. S. CRASsiCAULis, Torr. in Stansbury, Rep. Salt Lake Exped. p. 384, 1. 1. Leaves mostly radical, runcinate-pinnatifid. Calyx woolly. Petals dark purple. Silique unknown. — Utah. Doubtful Species. S. REPANDUS, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray. Fl. 1, p. 77, of the EucKsia section, from Santa Barbara, California, is known only from Nuttall's brief character. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 187 2. Species excluded from Streptanthus. S. sagittatus, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Philad. 7, p. 12. The scanty original specimens of Wyeth are in flower only. The S. sagittatus of Hooker and Arnott, from the Snake Country (which in the suppl. to Fl. N. Amer. vol. 1, was referred to S. angustifolius, Nutt.) is appar- ently the same with smaller flowers. These specimens show a torulose terete silique and oblong seeds, in which the cotyledons probably are not truly accumbent. They are identical with Pachypodiurn ( Thelypo- dium) sagittatum, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. ; and so, likewise, we may regard the larger-flowered specimens, until their fruit is known. S. angustifolius, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1. c. To this certain narrow-leaved and smaller-flowered forms of the preceding species have been subsequently referred. But Nuttall's specimens, on which the species was founded, belong to Turritis patida, Graham, which is as good an Arahis as need be, — therefore Arabis patula. S. angustifolius, Gray in Proceed. Acad. Philad. March, 1863, p. 67, coll. Hall and Harbour, no. 35, is Turritis hrachycarpa, Torr. & Gray, FL, a short-fruited form of T. stricta, Graham, which is a true Arahis, — A. Drummondi. S. virgatus, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1. c, although not extant in any of our herbaria, I may rather confidently refer to Arabis retro- fracta, Graham (Tu7-ritis, Hook, etc.), and A. Holbollii, Hornem., probably the purple-red-flowered form which occurs west of the Rocky Mountains. S. arcuatus, Nutt. 1. c, which Mi*. Wallace and Dr. Brew^er have also collected in California, is another genuine wing-seeded Arabis, — A. arcuatus. These last, with Arabis hlepharophylla. Hook, (of which the fruit is unknown), have short, oval or barely oblong anthers, and there is nothing in their flowers to associate them especially with Streptanthus. S. petiolaris, Gray, PI. Fendl. &c. (to which belongs S. Brazoensis of Buckley), having short anthers, &c., must be referred to the wing- seeded division of Arabis, ■ — A. petiolaris. S. longifolius, Benth. PI. Hartw. and S. micranthus, Gray, PI. Fendl. (which is perhaps a form of S. longifolius), with short anthers, very nan-ow siliques, and wingless seeds, may probably be referred to Arabis. But the valves are so carinate that the silique appears almost tetragonal. S. linear if olius. Gray, PI. Fendl., has elongated acute anthers, in- 188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY deed, and long-clawed petals ; but, with its almost terete siliques, having an obscure stipe, and oblong seeds, it best accords with lodan- thus, Torr. & Gray, — which genus, again, is not well, if at all, to be distinguished from Pachypodium, Nutt. {Thehjpodium, Endl.), and this name, though badly chosen, may have to be adopted. It would be better if we could settle upon the name of Thelypodium. No. 684 (or 689 ?) of Coulter's Mexican collection, from Ziraapan, appears to be a strict congener of lodantlms pinnatijidus. A Revision and Arrange^nent (mainly hy the fruif) of the North American Species of Astragalus and Oxytropis. By Asa Gray. In view of the species known to him by the fruit, it was natural enough that Linnreus should distinguish from Astragalus his genus Phaca. Being established, and augmented with a considerable number of species, it is not surprising that the two genera should still have been maintained long after the neat carpological character which alone distinguished them was found in some cases to fail. Perhaps there are not very many large genera in botany which do not at some point grad- uate into some other. But in the present case, — not to refer to the eminent unsafeness of all leguminous genera founded on the legume alone, and to the inutility of genera which are not recognizable by habit or floral structure, — it has now become evident that the distinc- tion between Phaca and Astragalus breaks down so completely and so variously, that the two genera are, as I suppose, no longer tenable. Indeed, from analogous instances we might expect that the intrusion into the cell of one or the other suture, even when, as here, quite con- stant in species, would not of itself be of generic consequence. An obvious alternative to combining these two Linnfean genera is to pro- ceed further in division, by taking the form and texture of the legume into generic account. The manifold diversity which the fruit exhibits, and also the vastness of the group, would invite to this course. But a study even of the North American species only — especially as here grouped mainly in reference to the fruit — demonstrates its impracti- cability. In place of two genera with outlines here and there blended, we should have twenty, most of them still less definable. A partial attempt of this kind, probably one of the best that could be made, was that of Nuttall, in proposing his two genera, Homalohus and Kentro- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 189 j}hyta, upon flat-podded species of what would otherwise belong to Phaca, the single species of the latter and some species of the former being quite peculiar in habit. But intermediate forms connect the compressed with the turgid and inflated legumes. Used for sectional groups, these minor carpological characters may- be turned to good practical account ; for it is no great objection to such natural groups, as it is to genera, that they blend through grada- tions or have occasional exceptions. It is in the botany of this country that the question of the distinction between Phaca and Astragalus is most pressing, and where the data for the answer are most largely to be found. While extra-tropical Asia is the focus of true Astragalus, that of Phaca is in America, mainly in North America, with an extension along the Andes into South America. While the Floi-a of the Russian Empire enumerates 168 species of Astragalus (of which I suppose more than nine tenths are bilocellate or nearly so), and only six species of Phaca, I recog- nize in the following paper 66 species of the Phaca series to 52 of Astragalus proper. Moreover, rather less than half of the latter are completely bilocellate by a dorsal septum, and at least half a dozen, of different groups, have been or might be referred to Phaca. A. abori- ginum, A. RoUnsii, k.c. are retained in the Astragalus series, on ac- count of the vanishing rudiment of a dorsal septum ; and A. lotiflorus chiefly, and A. microlobus entirely, because of their close affinity to cognate Astragaline species ; while, on the other hand, A. Gooperi and A. Bechwithii, associated with their natural allies among the Phacce, might technically be about as well placed in the other series. I cannot avoid the conclusion that Phaca must be merged in Astraga- lus. Also, — since in perhaps the majority of the Phacce there is no intrusion nor peculiar tumidity of the seminiferous suture, — that the subtribe Astragalece of De Candolle has no valid foundation, so that Astragalus is merely a genus of the Galegece. The combination of Phaca with Astragalus at once leads us to con- sider the case of Oxytropis. This is a genus founded by De Candolle upon Linntean species of Astragalus, and now pretty numerous in spe- cies. It is characterized by having, along with the legume of Phaca, carried sometimes to an extreme (that is, with the ventral suture septiferous), a beak-like acumination or cusp at the apex of the carina of the corolla, — whence the generic name. Thus Oxytropis, strictly considered, would now appear to rest upon this cusp or tip alone. 190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY This tip, moreover, while sometimes conspicuously prominent, is obso- lete or barely perceptible in one or more species of every group the genus comprises. We have in North America only 8 species of Oxy- tropis, all northern or montane ; and Europe has about as many ; but the Flora of the Russian Empii'e boasts of sixty-one species. Ought Oxytropis to be retained as a genus ? On the one hand there is a gen- eral congruity of the species in habit ; on the other, 0. Lapponica, with the technical generic character almost obliterated, and others of that group, very closely resemble species of Astragalus with which they are geographically associated. Moreover, the technical generic char- acter is of no such value in Indigofera. Probably the best support of the genus, notwithstanding the reduc- tion of Pliaca to Astragalus, has been the constant coincidence of the pointed keel of the corolla with the introflexion of the ventral suture ; in other words, that no Astragali, in the strict sense, are known with a pointed keel. There are, however, among American species some Astragali and Phacce with the keel either considerably attenuated upwards or acutish. And at length we have one from Arizona, described at the end of the genus, under the name of A. nothoxys, which, along with the habit and the dorsally bilocellate legume of a true Astragalus, has in the corolla a sharply acuminate keel ! Still, although Oxytropis could hardly be more completely invalidated than by this discovery, I think it probable that it may still be kept up, on the ground of general convenience. If Phaca must needs be merged in Astragalus, it is obviously de- sirable that the change should be made as soon as possible, and the requisite alterations in nomenclature effected. Moreover, our species greatly needed revision, and reduction to some systematic arrange- ment. In this view, having obtained from their obliging proprietors the important materials in the herbaria of Dr. Torrey, Mr. Du- rand, and of the Philadelphia Academy (containing the types of most of Nuttall's species), and collated them with those of my own herbarium, I have devoted much time to the study of these plants ; and the result is herewith presented. The general order is from the completely bilocellate legumes, through the imperfectly bilocellate, to the strictly unilocular species ; with no attempt (which would be hopeless) to dispose the groups in any natural series. When brought into proper form for a systematic work, the gi'oups themselves would be considerably condensed, reduced, or subordinated. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : NOVEMBER 11, 1863. ■ 191 1. ASTRAGALUS, Tourn. CLAVIS. I., II. Corolla: carina obtusa. Sp. legitimi, 1 -108. III. CoroUse carina acutissime acuminata. Legumen Astragalorum typicorum. Sp. anomala, 109. I. Legumen sutura dorsali intrusa vel impressa bilocellatum aut subseptatum, sutura ventrali in unilocularibus nullo modo seu minus quam dorsalis intrusa. Astragalus, L., DC. Sp. 1 - 52. Legumen septo complete bilocellatum, didymum, locellis 1 -2-ovulatis. § 8. Legumen septo complete bilocellatum breve, locellis 3 - 4-ovulatis, estipitatum, Ovato-trigonum, crasso-coriaceura, dorso profundissime sulcatum bipartitum. Flores parvi, alboviolacei : carina corolla; falcato-attenuata. § 7. Turgido-ovatum, tenui-coriaceum, sulco levi. Flores parvuli, flaviduli. § 3. Legumen septo completo manifesto bilocellatum, locellis 5-multi-ovulatis, baud (in sp. no. 14 brevissime) stipitatum. Crasso-succulentum, exsiccatum parietibus medullosis. § 1. Membranaceum, vesicario-inflatum, septo versus medium seminiferc ^ 2. Coriaceum vel subcartilagineum. Oblongum, teres, dorso anticeque subsulcatum. Subacaules, villo sericeo mol- lissimo splendentes : flores speciosi. § 4. Oblongum, teres, nee antice vix postice sulcatum. Elati, glabelli; flores baud amoeni. § 5. Oblongum, ovatum seu lineare, postice bicarinatum vel profunde sulcatum, sectione transversali obcordata vel e dorso biloba vel Y-formi. Stipuloe adversus folium pi. m. connata;. Flores spicati vel capitati, medi- ocres. Legumen oblongum, compresso-trigonum, pubescens seu villo- sum. § 6. Stipulai discreta;. Flores parvi seu parvuli ; calycis tubo brevi. ^ 9. Flores majusculi ; calycis tubo cylindrico. Legumen lineari-elongatum, glaberrimum. § 10. Legumen septo incompleto seu nullo uniloculare, sub-bilocellatum, vel sutura dor- sali ventralem attingente interstinctum quasi bilocellatum, Stipitatum. § 11, et pro parte ^ 14. Estipitatum. Stipulte omnes alte folium adversus connate. § 12. Stipulffi prajter inferiores discretas libera;. Legumen 6 - 7-ovulatum floresque (purpurei) minimi. § 13. Legumen pluri-ovulatum, sat magnum, raro parvulum, Vix ac ne vix obcompressum : calyx brevis. Flores albi, violacei, seu purpurei. § 14. Flores flavidi. Calycis dentes elongati. §15. Maturitate obcompressum, suturis approximatis. Calycis dentes tubo sjepis- sime oblongo vel cylindrico breviores. Plantae albo-sericeae vel canescentes : flores violacei seu purpurascentes. § 16. 192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY II. Legiimen sutura dorsali haud vel minus quam ventralis intrusa seu impressa plane unilocalare. Phaca, L., DC. Sp. 53- 108. 1. Pinnatifolii, rarius abortu paucifoliolati seu aphylli, quandoque simplicifolii. Sp. 53 - 106. Legumen lanosissimuni, coriaceum. Herba3 lanuginosse. ^17. Legumen glabnim, inflatum, majusculum, sutura ventrali manifeste intrusa. § 18. Legumen glabrum vel pubescens (nunquam sub lana longa occultura), sutura neutra intrusa, ventrali nunc intus prominula, Membranaceum, inflatum, nee compressum, Vesicarium, magnum seu majusculum, siepe stipitatum. § 19. Vesicarium, subglobosum, parvum, haud stipitatum. § 21. Elongato-cylindricum, stipitatum. § 20. Coriaceum, antice concavum sutura cariniformi percursum, stipitatum. § 22. Cartilagineum, breve, teres, haud stipitatum, suturis utrisque crassis extus promi- nentibus. Flores subpollicares, albi. Foliola persistentia. § 23. Plores purpurei leguminaque minimi. § 13, pro parte. Coriaceum, ovatum, oblongum, raro cylindricum, vix ac ne vix compressum, sajpius estipitatum. § 24: Cf. § 15 (sp. 46). Crasso-cartilagineum, compressum, exserte stipitatum, incurvum, suturis validis marginatum. § 25. Coriaceum vel chartaceum, compressum, rectum seu rectiusculum, suturis nervi- formibus marginatum. § 26. 2. Quasi palmatim trifoliolati. Legumen conico-ovatum, parvum, calyce subin- clusum. § 27. Species ignotse ad calcem. Series I. Legumen sutura dorsali seu inferiori (carinali) intrusa aut subseptatum aut bilocellatura. (In unilocularibus sutura ventralis neutiquam aut minus quam dorsalis intus turaida vel induplicata.) Astragalus, L., DC. § 1. Sarcocarpi. Legumen pruniforrae succulentum (exsiccatura pari- etibus crassis medullosis), indehiscens, in calyce haud stipitatum, septo completo bilocellatum. Radix perennis. Caules foliosi hu- miles. Stipulae discretse fere libera^. Racemi spiciformes breves. * Ovarium et legumen glaberrima. 1. A. CARTOCARPUS, Ker. Bot. Reg. t. 176; Graj^, PI. Wright. 1, p. 51 (ubi syn.). A. caryiosus, Nutt. Gen. (non Pursh, nisi fruct.) A. succulentics, Richards.; Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1324. A. pachycarpus, Terr. & Gray, Fl. 1. p. 332. Pube appressa subcinereus ; floribus violaceis ; legumine globoso vel ovato plerumque apiculato percrasso. — OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 193 Saskatchawan to Texas. A. pachycarpus, known only from a single specimen, seems to be only a depauperate state of A. caryocarpus. 2. A. Mexicanus, a. DC, PI. Hort. Genev. 5, p. 7, t. 3. A. trichocaJyx, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 332. Viridior, altior, minus pubescens ; floribus albis vel ochroleucis apice purpureo seu violaceo pi. m. tinctis ; calyce pube molli brevi albo-villoso vel tomen- toso ; legumine ovato-globoso vix apiculato. — Plains from the Missis- sippi River at St. Louis to S. Texas and to the base of the Rocky Mountains. — As this has not yet been found even on the Mexican side of the Rio Grande, the older name of Mexicaniis should perhaps give way to Nut tail's good name of trichocalyx. Some of the Texan forms especially, with less hairy calyx, run much too close to the foregoing species ; but, on the whole, this pale-flowered and coarser fleshy- fruited Astragalus seems to hold distinct. * * Ovarium cano-hirsutum : legumen vetustate nunc glabratum. 3. A. Plattensis, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c. A. caryocarpus^ Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. Y. Laxe villosum ; stipulis majusculis ; floribus ochroleucis nunc apice purpureo tinctis ; legumine ovato acuminato. — Nebraska to Texas. Var. Tennesseensis. A. Tennesseensis, Gray in Chapm. S. Floi'a. A. Plattensis, Gray, Man. addend. 1863, p. 9L Legumen oblongum, subcurvatum. — Prairies of Illinois, and Nashville, Tennessee, to N. W. Alabama. § 2. Diphysi. Legumen ovatura vel globosum, membranaceum, ved- cario-inflatum, fere glabrum, estipitatum, suturis utrisque introflexis pi. m. didymum complete bilocellatum ; septo versus medium seminifero ; loculis polyspermis. — Multicaules e radice perenni, pube brevi vel subnulla ; stipulis discretis petiolo subadnatis. Flores parvuli, albi vel cyanei, spicati vel subcapitati. * Humiles, glabri vel glabelli ; racemis capituliformibus densifloris. Legumen vesicario-ovatum, acuminatum. 4. A. DiPHYSus, Gray, PI. Fendl. p. 34. Subglaber ; foliolis 9 -11-jugis confertis carnosulis oblongis ; calycis tubo cylindraceo den- tibus subulatis duplo longiori ; legumine glabei'rimo acumine incurvo. — New Mexico, and probably in Utah. Flowers blue or purple, occa- sionally white. Legume half an inch or more in diameter, grooved down both sides. VOL. VI. 19 194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 5. A. LENTiGiNOSUS, Dougl. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. Hirsutulus ; foliolis 8-9-jugis obovatis ; calycis tubo campanulato dentibus vix longiori ; legumine puberulo demum glabro arcuatim incurvo. — Inte- rior of Oregon and Washington Territory. — Flowers known only from specimens collected in Wilkes's Exploring Expedition near Fort Okan- agan. They are much smaller tlian those of the preceding species, only 4 lines long ; the corolla apparently white or purplish. Legumes very much like those of A. diphysus, but more incurved, and less sul- cate down the outer or dorsal side. It is only in Douglas's specimens that they have been found mottled or freckled. * * Elatior, cinereus ; spicis laxitloris. Legumen globoso-didymum. 6. A. Fremontii, Torr. & Gray, Bot. Whippl. Exped. (Pacif. R. R. Surv. 4), p. 24 (80), excl. var. ! Pilis appressis cinereus ; caule ultrapedali parcius folioso ; foliolis 5 — 6-jugis ovalibus obovatisve retusis ; floribus in spica laxiuscula subsessilibus " purpureis " (lin. 4 longis) patentibus ; calycis dentibus tubo longiuscule campanulato brevioribus ; legumine glabro globoso apice brevissimo subincurvo postice paullo antice profunde sulcato didymo. — Banks of the Rio Virgen, in the desert of Nevada, between California and New Mexico, Fremont, who alone has met with it. For the specimens referred to this in Dr. Bigelow's collection are probably different. Legume half an inch in diameter, the apex inconspicuous at maturity, although in the forming fruit there is a broad and more manifest acumination. The two sutures meet and unite in the very middle of the cell. § 3. Chcetodontes. Legumen ovatum, parvum, flore haud longius, estipitatum, coria^eura, turgidum, nunc compressiusculum, postice pi. ra. sulcatum, septo completo bilocellatum, locellis 3 - 4-ovulatis. — E radice perenni multicaules, foliosi, undique villo sei'iceo albi- cantes ; foliolis angustis sfepius acutis. Flores spicati, parvuli, ut videtur flaviduli, patentes ; tubo calycis brevi, dentibus setaceis elongatis corolla parum brevioribus. Stipulaj libera^, subdiscretae, subulatfe. 7. A. CHiETODON, Turr. in Bot. Wilkes Expl. Exped. ined, Pe- dalis ; pube villosa ; foliolis 10 — 12-jugis lanceolatis seu oblongo-line- aribus (3-6 lin. longis) ; pedunculis folia superantibus ; spica oblonga densa nunc basi interrupta laxiuscula ; calyce villosissimo, dentibus tubo longioribus ; legumine villoso postice vix sulcato. — Plains on the Kooskooskie River, interior of Washington Territory, Rev. Mr. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 195 Spalding, Dr. Pickering. — Flowers nearly 5 lines long. Bracts seta- ceous. Legume 2^ or scarcely three lines long, apiculate, under the wool transversely veined, maturing one or two seeds in each cell. 8. A. Lyalli, sp. nov. Albo-sericeus ; spica brevius pedunculata elongata laxitlora ; floribus parvis (lin. 3 longis) ; calyce villoso, denti- bus tubo oequilongis ; leguraine incano postice profundius sulcato : ca?t. prjecedentis. — Upper Yakima River, on the boundary between Brit- ish Columbia and "Washington Territory, Dr. Lyall (no. 8, ex herb. Kew.). — Appears different enough from the preceding by the more silky pubescence, and the loosely-spiked flowers of only half the size. § 4. MolUssimi.* Legumen cartilagineum vel coriaceum, estipitatum, ob- longum, turgidum, nee compressum nee obcompressum, ad suturas utrasque pi. m. sulcatum, septo perfecto bilocellatum, demum in- curvum. — E caudice perenni subacaules, villo sericeo molli (saspius fulvo vel aurato) splendentes ; pedunculis scapiformibus elongatis. Spicte densiflorce. Flores inter majores, violacei ; calyce tubuloso. 9. A. MOLLissiMUS. ToiT. in Ann. Lye. N. Y. 2, p. 178. Legumen angusto-oblongum, cartilagineum (5-9 lin. longum), glaberriraum, su- * The materials in our herbaria are too scanty to justify me in meddling with the Astragali of the region contiguous to the United States on the south. But there are two very well-marked Mexican species which may be noticed here, viz. Phaca mollis, H.B.K., and a new species allied to it. If not referable to the pres- ent group, — with some extension of the character as to the legume, making less account of the introflexion of the dorsal suture, — they will constitute a strictly analogous group. The species are ; — A. HuMBOLDTii. Phaca mollis, H.B.K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 6, p. 496, t. 585. Brevicaulis, fulvo-sericeus ; foliolis oblongis (lin. 4-6 longis) ; spicis oblongis ; flori- bus mediocribus (lin. 8-9 longis) " albis sen violaceis" (ex Kunth); vexillo su- perne recurvo-patente; alis angustis rectis carinam subfalcatam longius superanti- bus ; ovario sericeo suturis hand introflexis. — The specimens examined were col- lected near the city of Mexico, by Dr. Halstead (herb. Torr.), in flower. The legume is still unknown. Instead of the " alaj .... nee adherentia " of Kunth, I find that the wing and keel petals on each side hook into each other neatly, as in other species. A. ORTHANTHUS, sp. uov. BrcvicauHs, velutino-tomentosus ; foliolis ovalibus (6-8 lin. longis); spicis capituliformibus ; floribus elongatis (ultrapollicaribus) ; corolla ut videtur rubro-purpurea recta, vexillo spathulato conduplicato, alis lan- ceolatis carina baud incurva parum longioribus ; legumine ovato tumido obcom- presso coriaceo velutino sutura dorsali septifera fore bilocellato. — Mexico, near Perote, on sandy hillsides, Dr. Halstead, in herb. Torr. — Leaves and peduncles about 9 inches long. Immature legumes nearly an inch in length. The shape of the flower, with its narrow and strict petals, is remarkable. 196 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY turis utrisque sulcatis subdidymum. Ovarium etiam glaberrimum. — Plains of Nebraska to the western borders of Texas. 10. A. BiGELOVii, Gray, PI. Wright. 2, p. 42. Legumen coria- ceum, magis turgidum, ovaU-oblongum (semipollicare), dense lanosum, suturis parum sulcatis. — Western borders of Texas, New Mexico, and near Chihuahua. — Nearly resembles the foregoing, except in the ovary and the legume. § 5. Vliginosi. Legumen coriaceum, turgidum, oblongum, tex'es, nee antice vix postice sulcatum, septo perfecto bilocellatum, fere rectum, estipitatum. — E radice perenni elati (sesqui-tripedales), pube adpressa subcinerei vel glabrati. Spicse densiflorjB. Flores viridulo-albidi vel ochroleuci, nunc purpureo lurido tincti, per an- thesin patentissimi seu deflexi, sed legumina (semipollicaria) in spi- cam confertam ai^ecta. Stipulte a petiolo liberae, nunc discretse, nunc in eadem stirpe adversus folium coadunataj. [A. ULiGiNOSUS, L. Bracteis ovato-lanceolatis longe acuminatis calycem superantibus, et legumine postice longitudinaliter impresso (vix canaliculato) a Canadensi differt. — This Eastern Siberian species was recognized by Pallas as a form or analogue of the following.] 11. A. Canadensis, (Tourn.) L. A. Carolinianus, L. A. ortho- carpus, Dougl. in herb. Hort. Soc. Elatus ; bracteis subulatis calyce brevioribus ; ovario glaberrimo ; leguminis sutura dorsali baud im- pressa, ventrali prominente costceformi. — Canada and Saskatchawan to Louisiana and the interior of Oregon. Occurs with short and also with longer and slender calyx-teeth, the former chiefly eastward. 12. A. MoRTONi, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Philad. 7, p. 19. A. spica- tiis 4" (ex char.) A. tristis, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, FI. Minus altus ; bracteis ovatis vel lanceolatis calyce brevioribus ; ovario pubescente ; legumine {A. spicati, Nutt.), pube tenui excepto, A. Canadensi simil- limo. — Rocky Mountains, Wyeth, Nuttall. Of A. Mortoni we have in herbaria only one or two incomplete flowering specimens ; of A. spicatus a fruiting specimen, apparently of the same species. Except for the cinereous-pubescent ovary and legume I should refer them probably to A. Canadensis. § 6. Onohrychides. Legumen coriaceum, oblongum seu ovatum, rec- tum, scepius pi. m. compresso- vel obcompresso-trigonum, semper postice sulcatum vel exaratum (sectione transversali obcordata vel e dorso biloba), sutura intrusa bilocellatum, pubescens, locellis OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 197 pliiriovulatis. — Caulescentes e radice perenni, cinereo-pilosuli vel glabelli, adsurgentes vel decumbentes. Stipulfe adversus folium pi. m. coadunataj. Spicre seu capitula densiflorjE. Flores raedio- cx'es, sajpissime violacei seu purpureas, semper leguminaqne ad- scendentes vel arrecti. 13. A. ADSURGENS, Pall. Astrag. t. 31. A. Laxmanni, Jacq. Hort. Vind. 3, t. 37 ; Pall. Astrag. t. 30 : forma pallidiflora. A. striatus, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 330. Spithama^us ad sesquipedalem, pube adpi'essa minuta subcinereus, vel glabratus viridis ; caulibus sub- validis ; stipulis scariosis basi plerumque concretis ; spica demum ob- longa vel cylindracea ; leguminibus ovato-oblongis baud stipitatis, pube brevi adpressa. — Plains of Nebraska to the interior of Oregon and throughout the Saskatchawan region. (Also Siberia.) The Russian botanists recognize a white-haired as well as dark-haired calyx in A. adsurgens. A white-haired form, with a rather shorter calyx-tube, a very dense spike, and more nearly erect and rigid stems, which abounds- on the plains of Nebraska, is Hooker's var. robustior (A. nitidus, Dougl. ined.), and is A. striatus, Nutt., or rather Nuttall's specimens are intermediate between this and the laxer form, with longer and partly dark-haired calyx : this particularly well accords with Pallas's original figure and description. 14. A. HYPOGLOTTis, L. ; DC. Astrag. t. 14. A. arenarius, Pall. Astrag. t. 34. A. dasyghttis, Fisch. A. goniatus, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. Humilis, gracilior, diffuso-procumbens, pube laxiore ; stipu- lis subfoliaceis concretis ; capitulo plurifloro ; leguminibus ovato-trigonis albo-villosis brevissime stipitatis oligo-(2 -8-)spermis. — Upper plains of Nebraska, Rocky Mountains, and northward. (Siberia, Europe.) § 7. Rejlexi. Legumen crasso-coriaceum, estipitatum, ovato-trigonum, postice profundissime sulcatum (sulco angusto marginibus rugulo- sis), bilocellatum, sectione trans versali obcordato-biloba, locellis 3 _ 4-ovulatis. Carina corollas falcata, sursum attenuata, vexillura angustum subcequans, alas sublonge superans ! — Caules graciles e radice annua, piloso-pubescentes ; foliolis emarginatis. Flores parvi, brevissime pedicellati, pauciusculi, subcapitati, albo-violacei, patentes : legumina deflexa. 15. A. REFLEXUS, Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 334. — Texas. Known only from Drummond's specimens, Buckley's A. Brazoensis, which I had too hastily referred here, being diiFerent. Flowers scarcely 3 lines 19* 198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY long. Legumes 4 lines long, glabrous, the pericai'p thickened on the back each side of the deep gi'oove. § 8. Didymocarpi. Legumen tenuiter coriaceum, obcompresso-didy- mum, transversim costato-rugosum vel reticulatum, septo angusto bilocellatum, maturitate in cocoa dua intus rima hiascentia mono- disperma (nunquam ultra biovulata) secedentia. Ovarium breviter stipitatum. — Caulescentes e radice annua, parvuli, parce pubes- centes ; stipulis discretis fere liberis ; foliolis emarginatis. Spicte breves densitlor^e. Flores parvi, violacei, nunc fere albi, carina apice arete intlexa. Legumina stepissime deflexa. 16. A. DiDTMOCARPUS, Hook. & Am. Bot. Beech, p. 334, t. 81. A. Catalinensis ^ A. nigrescens (§ Microlohiiirn), Nutt. PL Gamb., in Jour. Acad. Philad. n. ser. 1, p. 152. Triuncialis ad pedalem ; floribus sessilibus in capitulo vel spica demum cylindracea ; legumine didymo parvo valde rugoso (cinereo-hirsutulo scabro vel demum glabro) in calyce brevissime stipitato, locellis uni-ovulatis semine solitario fere repletis. — California. Occurs under a variety of forms, of which Dr. Brewer, of the Geological Survey of that State, has recently collected an instructive series. Ovary truly stipitate ; but the stipe of the legume is very short and occult. 17. A. Brazoensis, Buckley in Proceed. Acad. Philad. Dec. 1861, p. 452. Annuus ? spithamteus ; floribus brevissime pedicellatis laxius- culis ; legumine maturo valde obcompresso fere scutelliformi incurvo glabro transversim nervoso versus margines reticulato, stipite e ca- lyce exserto, locellis biovulatis plerumque monospermis. — W. Texas, Buckley. Valley of the Nueces, Major G. H. Thomas, in herb. Torr. — In a notice of Mr. Buckley's Texan plants, contributed to the Pro- ceedings of the Philadelphia Academy, April, 1862,1 wrongly referred Mr. Buckley's very imperfect specimens of this plant to the little known A. rejiexus, Torr. & Gray. But the good specimens, with mature fruit, which I now find in Dr. Torrey's herbarium, collected by Major Thomas, show that the species is wholly distinct, and is really allied to A. didymocarpus, as its propounder supposed. The disciform and somewhat acetabuliform legume is a quarter of an inch in diam- eter ; its stipe about the length of the calyx. § 9. Micranthi. Legumen coriaceum, oblongum, lanceolatum, seu lineare, rectum vel curvatum, baud stipitatum, postice sulcatum, sutura dorsali intrusa ventralem extus prominulam attingente bi- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 199 locellatum, locellis multiovulatis. — Caulescentes, liumiles vel graciles e radice plerumque annua. Stipulte discrette fere libertB. Flores parvi seu parvuli, violacea seu albida, carina apice incurva vel obtusissima ; calycis tubo brevi. (Species inter se diversie.) * Flores numerosi, dense spicati, per anthesin leguminaque deflexi : pedunculi elongati. Pedales et ultrapedales, strigoso-puberuli. 18. A. VACCARUM, Gray, PI. Wright. 2, p. 43. Cinereo-puberulus ; radice perenni ; calycis dentibus tubo tequilongis ; corolla incurva (alba seu albida nunc post anthesin purpurea) ; leguminibus lanceolato- oblongis arcuatis hirsutulis, sectione transversali late obcordata. — o Arizona. 19. A. Hartwegi, Benth. PI. Hartw. p. 10 ; Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 56. Viridior ; calycis dentibus tubo brevioribus ; corolla fere recta. — Arizona and Mexico. — Legume unknown, but from the enlarging ovary apparently like that of A. vaccarum, which may pass into this. * * Flores pauciusculi in racemo laxo, per anthesin leguminaque penduli. Humiles, glabelli. 20. A. CoBREXSis, Gray, PI. Wright, p. 43. DifFusus ; foliolis retusis ; pedicellis tubo calycis vix brevioribus ; corolla purpurascente ; leguminibus obcompressis oblongis rectis dorso late concavis sub-cym- bseformibus. — New Mexico. Ovary short-stipitate, but the legume sessile in the calyx. * * * Flores pauci capitati, cum leguminibus oblongis erecti. Corolla dentes calycis tubo multo longiores subulato-lineares baud superans. Humiles e radice annua, villoso-hirsuti. 21. A. Wrightii, Gray, PI. Lindh. 2, p. 176, & PL Wright. 1, p. 51. Legumen rectum, subcompressum, bicarinatum, acutum, calyce dimidio longius ; stylo perbrevi. — Texas. — Very unlikr any other of our species. * * * * Flores pauci subcapitati, nunc subsolitarii, parvuli, carina vexillo valde breviori apice inflexa pauUo producta. Legumen lineare, subcompressum, dorso bicarinatum. Humiles e radice annua, diffusi ; foliolis plerumque retusis. 22. A. NuTTALLiANUS, DC. Prodr. 2, p. 289. A. micranthus, Nutt., non Desv. Glabellus vel cinereo-pubescens ; leguminibus juxta basin sursum incurvatis reticulatis aut glabris aut (var. trichocarpus, 200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY etc.) cinereo-hirsntulis. — Arkansas and Texas to Arizona. Flowei'S varying from violet-purple to whitish. 23. A. LEPTOCARPUS, Torn & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 334. Subglaber ; leguminibus rectis patentibus minus reticulatis glabris. — Arkansas and Texas. — Corolla 4 or 5 lines long, curved, violet or violet-tipped, the keel produced into a narrower apex. Legume an inch long, thin-walled. § 10. Succumhentes. Legumen chartaceo-coriaceum, baud stipitatum, lineari-elongatum, valde compressum, sursum falcatum, dorso bica- rinatum sulco profundo, sutura intrusa ventralem extus prorainu- 1am acutam attingente bilocellatum, sectione transversali Y-formi. — Caules humiles, diffusi, flexuosi ; pedunculis brevibus ; stipulis discretis liberis. Flores majusculi, laxiuscule subcapitati, pur- purascentes ; calyce cylindrico. 24. A. succuMBENS, Dougl. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 151. Cinereo-liirsutus ; foliolis obovatis ; leguminibus arrectis nitidis eximie reticulatis rete transversa. — Interior of Oregon, on bai'ren grounds of the Columbia and "Wallawallah. — Flowers narrow, three fourths of an inch long. Legumes from one to two inches long. § 11. Galegiformes. Legumen stipitatum e calyce exsertum, cum flore pendulum, coriaceo- vel cartilagineo-chartaceum, rectum, pi. m. trigonum, in nostris angustum, postice maxime sulcatum, sutura dorsali intrusa semi- vel fere bilocellatum. — Caules foliosissimi, e radice perenni erecti, validi, sulcati ; stipulis discretis liberis. Eacemi elongati confertitiori. Flores majusculi, albi vel ochro- leuci (carina tantum purpureo tincta). * Calyx basi vix gibbosus, nigricanti-pilosus. 25. A. Drummondii, Dougl. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 153, t. 57. Molliter villosus, albiflorus ; calycis dentibus subulatis tubo brevioribus ; legumine glaberrimo lineari-elongato tereti-biventricoso, sulco angusto profundissimo, sectione transversali obcordato-biloba, stipite calycis dentes superante. — Saskatchawan or Hudson's Bay to Nebraska and the Rocky Mountains. — Legume completely or incompletely divided by the intrusion of the dorsal suture. * * Calyx basi valde gibbosus. 26. A. RACEMOSUS, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 740. A. galegoides, Nutt. Gen. Appresse pubescens, glabratus, albiflorus ; calycis albido-pube- ruli dentibus setaceis tubo paullo brevioribus stipitem adteqantibus ; legumine glaberrimo lanceolato-oblongo triquetro. — Plains of Nebraska OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11,1863. 201 and Idaho to the Rocky Mountains. — Legume not divided internally into two cells, but the cross section somewhat equally triradiate or Y-shaped. 27. A. CYRTOIDES, sp. nov. MoUiter pubescens ; stipulis parvis ; foliolis 7 - 10-jugis lineari-oblongis supra glabris ; pedunculis folia longe superantibus ; racemo spiciformi ; floribus in pedicello brevi suberecto resupinato-pendulis ; calycis tomentulosi dentibus subulatis tubo oblongo 3 - 4-plo brevioribus ; corolla ut videtur ochroleuca calyce vix duplo longioi'e ; ovario stipitato lineari cinereo-pubescente. — Clear Water River, interior of Oregon (now in Washington Territory), in rich land on hillsides, April 14, Rev. Mr. Spalding. — This we have long had in the herbarium ; but the legume is still unknown. Its near relationship to A. racemosus is manifest. Its calyx is still more gibbous at the insertion and bossed on the upper side, like that of a Cuphea. Corolla from half to two thirds of an inch long, less exserted from the calyx than in allied species. § 12. Ocreati. Legumen estipitatum, coriaceum, obcompressum vel obcompresso-trigonum, sutura dorsali impressa ventrali approxiraa- ta pi. m. interstinctum, baud bilocellatum. Humiles vel humifusi e radice perenni, pilis incumbentibus canescentes vel strigosi. StipuliB a petiolo libera, inter se adversus folium alte connatte. Flores spicati, vix mediocres ; calycis tubo saepius campanu- lato. * Flores saturate flavi. StipuL'e in ocream obliquam petioli basin cau- lemque vaginantem coalita). 28. A. FLAVUS, Xutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 335. Multicaulis, diffusus, pube tenui canescens ; foliolis linearibus subacutis ; legumine parvo (4 liu. longo) calyce semi-incluso canescente ovato recto utrin- secus impresso, loculo suturis approximatis longitudinaliter strangu- lato. — Rocky Mountains, about lat. 41° ; found only by Nuttall. * * Flores purpurei, patentes. Stipulas vix vaginantes. 29. A. humistraths. Gray, PI. Wright. 2, p. 43. Strigoso-pilosus, subglabratus ; caulibus plurimis e radice perenni procumbentibus elon- gandis ; foliolis lanceolatis seu lineari-oblongis acutis ; calycis dentibus tubo longioribus ; vexillo albo-purpureo et lineato ; carina apice angus- tato producto inflexa ; legumine oblongo-lineari arcuato pubescente obcompresso-trigono, sutura dorsali intrusa ventralem extus prominen- tem carinatam baud attingente. — New Mexico and Arizona. 202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY * * * Flores majusculi ochroleuci ? Stipulaj vix vaginantes. 30. A. Oreganus, Nutt. 1. c. Nanus, hirsutulo-canescens ; foliolis obovatis eniarginatis ; floi'ibus in pedunculo brevi spicato-capitato ; caljce cylindraceo tubo dentibus bis longiori ; ovario fere senii-bilocel- lato. — Western slope of the Rocky Mountains, collected only by Nut- tall, without fruit. Arranged among ochroleucous species in the Flora of North America ; but the color of the corolla is not recorded, nor can it be determined from the only specimen I have seen, that in herb. Tor- rey. The stipules, at least the lower ones, are connate almost to the top. § 13. MicroloU. Legumen minimum (lin. 2 - 3 longum), estipitatum, coriaceum seu cartilagineum, 6 - 7-ovulatum, elliptico-ovatum, aut fere tei'es postice vix complanatum, aut postice late concavum, sem- per uniloculare, sutui-a neutra introflexa, ventrali costiformi crassa extus prominente. — Subcinei-ei : caules erecti vel adscendentes e radice perenni, graciles, rigiduli ; foliolis 5 - 8-jugis linearibus. Stipula3 inferiores subconnata?, ca^terie discretas. Racemi spici- formes, multiflori, virgati. Flores parvi, purpurei, per anthesin recurvo-patentes ; calyce brevi, dentibus abbreviatis. Here are two closely allied species which have been confounded, and indeed are not readily distinguished without the fruit ; one of which, by the strong concavity of the dorsal face of the legume, would be looked for in Astragalus pi'oper, while the other, wanting this concavity, is referable to Phaca, where it would be sought among the Scytocarpi. 31. A. GRACILIS, Nutt. in Fras. Cat., & Gen. 2, p. 100. A. parvi- foUus, Nutt. in herb. Acad. Philad. Dalea parvijiora, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 474. Caulibus virgatis (ultrapedalibus e radice prailonga dulci) ; foliolis angustissime linearibus fere filiformibus obtusis retusisve (hn. 7-10 longis) ; racemis longe pedunculatis elongatis densifloris ; tiori- bus pallide purpureis albidisve (lin. 3 longis) ; leguminibus paten- tibus coriaceis dorso impresso quasi cymbiformibus canescenti-pilosis demum glabellis transversim rugoso-venosis, sutura ventrali suba- cuta. — Plains of Nebraska and Missouri to the Rocky Mountains. — This and the following species may have been confounded from the first. Except as to the fruit, Nuttall's original description would as well or better apply to A. microlohus ; but the original specimens preserved are of the plant here retained as A. gracilis. From his tickets it appears that he more recently noticed that there were two species ; but the fruit of the second species, which confirms the distinc- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 203 tion, was first brought to light in llall and Harbour's recent collection, no. 119. 32. A. MICROLOBUS. A. gracilis, Torr. in Ann. Lye. New York, 2, p. 179 ; Nutt. in herb. Acad. & herb. Torr. 1838 ; Gray in coll. Parry, no. 189, & coll. Hall & Harbour, no. 119. Caulibus subpe- dalibus difFusis ; foliolis linearibus sen oblongo-linearibus emarginatis (lin. 4-6 longis) ; racemis breviusculis sa^pius laxifloris ; floribus saturate purpureis (lin. 4 longis) ; leguminibus reflexis crasso-cartila- gineis puberulis tenuiter rugulosis turgidis, dorso tantum planiusculo, sutura ventrali percrasso. — Plains of Nebraska, &c., to the Rocky Mountains. — By the above characters flowering specimens of this may be distinguished from the original A. gracilis ; and the species is con- firmed by the legume, which is that of a Phaca, and in texture, &,c is much like that of A. pectinatus on a very reduced scale. § 14. Orohoidei. Legumen stipitatum vel estipitatum, coriaceum vel fere membranaceum, vix aut ne vix obcompressum, sutura dorsali nunc paullulum nunc profundius impressa vel introflexa plane uni- loculare vel imperfecte bilocellatura. — Caulescentes, glabelli vel pubescentes, graciles. Stipulaj praeter infimas discretfe, fere liberie. Racemi sa^pe spiciformes breves, vel capitula pauciflora. Flores parvuli vel mediocres, albo-violacei, purpurei seu albi, patentes ; calyce brevi. * Veri, Boreales, e radice perenni adscendentes ; floribus pedicellatis plerumque racemosis. Legumina oblonga, stipitata (in A. Oro- boide et sparsijloro stipite brevissimo occulto), subsecunda, ssepius pendula, sutura ventrali extus prominula. ■i- Legumen membranaceum, glabrum vel tenuiter puberulum, latera- liter compressiusculum, septo e sutura dorsali rudimentario angus- tissimo uniloculare, ventre gibbosum, nempe sutura dorsali I'ecta vel concaviuscula, ventrali arcuata. ++ Legumen longe stipitatum, dorso nequaquam vsulcatum, sectione transversal! ovali. Foliola nunquam retusa, infima stipulis ap- proximata, nisi foliorum inferiorum. Flores in racerao compacto, albi vel cajrulescentes, carina violacea. 33. A. ABORiGiNUM, Richards, in App. Frankl. Journ. ed. 2, sub nom. falso " ahoriginorum." Phaca ahoriginorum, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 143, t. 56. Canescenti-puberulus seu villosulus ;• caulibus adscen- dentibus pedalibus rigidis ; foliolis 3 - 6-jugis linearibus seu oblongo- 204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY lanceolatis ; calycis dentibus filiformi-subulatis tubo parum brevioribus ; leguminibus semi-ellqiticis raox glabris, stipite calycem bis excedente. — Lake Winipeg to Bear Lake and the Rocky Mountains. — The legume is correctly described by Hooker as " sutura hinc plana marginibus paululum introflexis, illinc curvata " ; but in the plate the straight suture is represented as the seminiferous one. Hence the erroneous description in this respect in the Flora of North America. 34. A. GLABRiuscuLUS, Gray, Enum. PI. Parry, Hall & Harbour, no. IIG, in Proceed. Acad. Philad. March, 1863. Phaca glahriuscula. Hook. 1. c. Glaber, vel pilis brevibus raris conspersus ; foliolis tenui- oribus viridibus " lineari-lanceolatis subacutis" seu oblongis utrinque obtusis ; ovario glaberrimo ; leguminibus lanceolato-subfalcatis in stipi- tem calyce bis terve longiorem attenuatis : CMt. fere praecedentis. — Valleys in the Rocky Mountains in British America, Drummond. Also, var. major, near lat. 40°, at middle elevation. Hall and Harbour ; with foliage resembling large forms of A. alpinus. Legume an inch, stipe nearly half an inch long. ++ ++ Legumen brevi-stipitatum, dorso baud vel obsoletissime sulca- tum, sectione transversali obovata retusa, pube minuta subnigri- cante. Foliola subretusa. Flores albi, parvuli (lin. 4. longi). 35. A. RoBBiNSii, Gray, Man. Bot. N. U. S. ed. 2, p. 98. Phaca Rohhinsii, Oakes in Hovey, Mag. Hort. 7, p. 181. Subglaber ; cauli- bus pedalibus suberectis ; foliolis 3 - 5-jugis ovalibus oblongisve ; ra- cemo compacto oblongo ; dentibus calycis tubo multo brevioribus ; leguminibus tenuiter membranaceis oblongis rectis vel subincurvis parvulis (semipollicaribus) obtusissimis basi in stipitem e calyce baud exsertum subito angustatis. — Near Burlington, Vermont, in fissures of limestone banks of the Onion or Winooski River ; the only known habitat, discovered by Dr. Robbins. In this, as in the two preceding species, the dorsal suture is not itself introflexed, but bears the rudi- ment of a septum in the foi*m of a narrow and thin membrane project- ing distinctly, but a very little way, into the cell. The present is a connecting link between the foregoing and the following species. -J— -)— Legumen magis coriaceum, nigro- rariusve cinereo-pubescens, su- tura dorsali sulcato-impressa pi. m. trigonum et semi-bilocellatum, — ++ Subsymmetricum, breve, lentiformi-oblongum, compressiusculum, sectione transversali obcordata, sutura ventrali paullo magis gib- bosa. OF ARTS AISID SCIENCES : NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 205 oG. A. OROBOiDES, Hornem. Fl. Dan. t. 1396. A. leo7itinus, WaU. FI. Lapp. t. 12, f. 4. A. alpinus giganteus, Pall. Astrag. t. 33. A. hra- cht/tropis, C. A. Meyer. Phaca brachytropis (Stev.) & oroboides, DC. P. parvijiora, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. Glabellus ; caulibus sub- erectis sub -sesquipedalibus ; foliolis 5 - 7-jugis oblongis ovalibusque vix retusis ; racemo elongate secundo ; floribus violaceis aut purpureis (lin. 5 - 6-Iongis), alls earinam superantibus ; legumine elliptico-lenti- formi semipollicari sfepissirae nigro-villoso calyce triplo longiore dorso modice sulcato subsemibilocellato oligospermo, stipite brevissime oc- culto. — Arctic and North Alpine Europe and Asia. Var. Americanus. Phaca elegans, Hook. 1. c. Minus viridis, pube tenui subcinereus ; foliolis sjepe lineari-oblongis ; floribus semper mi- noribus (lin. 3-4 longis) ; legumine calycem 3 - 4-plo superante minus nigricante pube appressa Sfepius griseo. — Rocky Mountains, in and considerably below the Alpine region, Drummond, Parry and Hall. Saskatchawan, Bourgeau. Labrador, Eisner, communicated by the late Dr. Steetz. — Legume 5 to G lines long. ++ ++ Legumen dorso magis impresso trigonum, sectione transversali profunde obcordata, rectiusculum vel incurvum, dorso gibbosum, nempe sutura dorsali longiori convexa, ventrali recta seu concava. Foliola nunc retusa vel subemarginata. 37. A. ALPINUS, L. ; Pall. Astral, t. 32. A. secundiis, Micbx. ! A. Labradoricus & Phaca astragalma, DC. Piloso-pubescens seu gla- bellus; caulibus difFusis ; foliolis G-12-jugis ovalibus seu oblongis; racemo brevi vel subcapitato plurifloro ; floribus violaceis seu albo- violaceis (lin. 5-6 longis), alls cai'inam majusculam rare vel paullo superantibus ; legumine oblongo recto vel subcurvato nigro-villoso seu nigro-pubescente trigono-turgido sutura profunde intrusa semi- vel sub- bilocellato, stipite calycem sJEpius excedente. — Arctic and Alpine regions around the Northern hemisphere. Not found on the higher mountains of the Eastern United States, but occurring at moderate elevations in the northern parts of Vermont and Maine, and even on the coast of Maine. 38. A. SPARSiPLORUS. Gray in Enum. coll. Parry, Hall, & Har- bour, 1. c. no. 128, 129, sine char. Appresse pilosulus, glabratus ; cau- libus gracillirais ramosis difFusis ; stipulis triangulari-subulatis discretis ; foliolis 4 - G-jugis obovatis vel suborbiculatis stepe emarginatis parvis (2-3 lin. longis) ; pedunculis folio vix longioribus 3 - 5-floris ; floribus TOL. VI. 20 206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY albis violaceo tinctis parvis (lin. 3 longis), vexillo apice emarginato- bifido alisque carinafn incurvum longe superantibus ; calycis dentibus tubo asquilongis ; ovario 8 - 10-ovulato breviter stipitato ; legumine parvo oblongo falcato-incurvo striguloso-pubescente substipitato oligo- spermo sutura dorsali intrusa semibilocellato. — On the lower Rocky Mountains of Colorado Territory, about lat. 40°, Hall and Harbour, no. 128. — Stems a foot or more in length, with many slender branches. Legumes 3 to 4 lines long, coriaceous, spotted with purplish, either slightly or strongly incurved, pointed with the style, pubescent with whitish short hairs, ripening from three to five seeds ; the stipe as short and occult as in A. orohoides ; the dorsal suture as deeply sulcate-im- pressed as in that species ; the ventral suture acute and prominent. Var. MAJUSCULUS. Glabrior ; foliolis majoribus (lin. 3-5) obovato- oblongis ; pedunculis 5 - 10-floris in racemo laxo secundo ; legumine magis elongato semipollicari 10 - 12-spermo. — With the preceding (no. 129 of the same collection) ; the legumes the same, except in their greater length, similarly spotted. * * Californici, pusilli, e radice annua erecti ; foliolis obcordato-emar- ginatis ; floribus paucis capitatis. Corollas alae et priecipue vexil- lum carinam longe superantes. Ovaria sericeo-canescentia brevi- ter stipitata vel sessilia. Legumina matura ignota. 39. A. TENER, sp. nov. PJiaca astragalina ^3. Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech, p. 334. A. Hypoglottis, var. strigosa, Kellogg in Proceed. Calif. Acad. 2, p. 115, fig. 373. Spithama^us, pilis nigris albidisque brevissimis strigulosus ; stipulis parvis ovatis scariosis ; foliolis 5-7- jugis lineari-cuneatis late emarginatis ; ovario lineari semibilocellato 10- 12-ovulato stipitato, deflorato reflexo. — California, Douglas : from near Monterey or San Francisco. — This was long ago collected by Douglas, without fruit. But the forming legume is deflexed, linear- lanceolate, canescent, and on a stipe considerably shorter than the tube of the calyx. The latter is black-hairy and in other respects much like that of A, alpitius. But the corolla is wholly different, much narrower, with the far smaller keel one third shorter than the wings, and only half the length of the standard ; the color apparently similar, the keel tipped with deep violet. The root is evidently annual. If this is, as I suppose, the plant coarsely figured by Dr. Kellogg, the legumes are oblong-linear, somewhat incurved, not obviously stipitate, and only spreading. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 207 40. A. Bre-weri, sp. nov., Gray in Proceed. Acad. Calif, ined. Subspithamteus ; foliolis 4-5-jugis oblongo-obcordatis ; capitulo 5-7- floro compactiore ; legumine immaturo globoso-ovato cano-sericeo in calyce hand stipitato erecto 6-ovuIato uniloculari, sutura dorsali leviter intrusa ; cajt. prtecedentis. — California, " in the Sonoma valley, com- mon in fields : April 18." Dr. W. H. Bi-ewer, California Geological Survey. — Closely resembling the foregoing in its whole appearance ; but perhaps more branched from the annual root, and with broader leaflets. Calyx and corolla similar ; the latter tinged with violet- purple, and the summit of the keel deep violet But even the ovary is sessile and ovate, and the half-grown legumes (which are very white-hairy and only twice the length of the calyx) are erect, and in a close head. ♦ # * Austro-Orientales ; racemis spiciformibus sfepissime brevibus ; calyce nunquam nigro-piloso. Legumina glaberrima, reticulata, haud vixve stipitata, oblonga, pi. m. incurva. -!— E radice annua multicaulis, diffusus. 41. A. LiXDHEiJiERi, Engelm. in Gray, PL Wright. 1, p. 52. Gla- bellus ; foliolis 6-8-jugis angusto-oblongis plerumque emarginatis ; racemo subcapitato ; calycis dentibus subulato-setaceis tubo subduplo longioribus ; corolla violacea ; carina majuscula alls et vexillo amplo vix emarginato paullo breviore ; leguminibus in pedicello patente adsur- gentibus oblongo-linearibus subfalcatis compressis transversim venuloso- reticulatis dorso bicarinatis sutura intrusa seraibilocellatis, sutura ven- trali costiformi acuta. — Texas. — Corolla half an inch long, showy. Legume an inch or more in length, substipitate, the ovary manifestly short-stipitate. -i— -1— E radice perenni. 42. A. DiSTORTUS, Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 332. Multicaulis, humilis, diffusus, subglaber ; foliolis 8-12-jugis oblongis emai-ginatis ; floribus breviter spicatis ; calycis dentibus lato-subulatis tubo (nigrescenti- puberulo) dimidio brevioribus ; corolla pallide purpurea, vexillo alte emarginato ; leguminibus ovato- seu lanceolato-oblongis arcuatis crasso- coriaceis minutim reticulatis subteretibus ad suturas prtesertim dorsali sulcatis unilocularibus. — Texas, Arkansas, and S. lUinois (Dr. Mead). — Corolla narrow and small, scarcely over four lines long. Legumes variable in thickness, delicately reticulated when mature, 6 to 9 lines long, obscurely obcompressed; the ventral suture a little, but the dorsal more conspicuously introflexed. 208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 43. A. OBCORDATUS, Ell. Sk. 2, p. 227. MulticauHs, Immilis, difFusus, subglaber ; foliolis 7 - 12-jugis obcordatis ; racemo brevi spici- formi ; calycis cinereo-pilosi dentibus setaceo-subulatis tubo fequilon- gis ; corolla pallide purpurea, vexillo emarginato ; leguminibus lunatis subcompressis tenuiter coriaceis maxime reticulatis, sutura dorsali extus sulcata intra loculum leviter intrusa, ventrali acuta costiformi. — Florida and Georgia, in sand-barrens. — Flowers scarcely larger than in the foi'egoing ; the crescent-shaped legumes larger, fully an inch long, the ventral suture salient. 44. A. GLABER, Michx. Fl. 2, p. 66. Elatus (bipedalis), erectus ; foliolis 9-18-jugis elliptico- seu lineari-oblongis crassiusculis vix retusis ; stipulis minimis; racemo laxifloro ; calycis dentibus triangulari-subulatis brevibus ; corolla alba, carina alls vexilloque paullo breviore ; legumin- ibus oblongo-linearibus arcuatis seu rectiusculis subcompressis trans- versim venoso-reticulatis dorso sulcatis et sutura introflexa semibilocel- latis, sutura ventrali extus prominente costiformi. — North Carolina to Florida, in pine-barrens. — Flowers fully half an inch, legumes an inch long. § 15. Lotifiori. Orobideis Austro-Orientalibus subdiv. -i— -j— fere sim- iles, nisi plantfE et legumina villosse seu canescentes, humiliores, floribus flavidis. Legumcn semi-ovatum oblongumve, turgidum, coriaceum, subarcuatum, dorso gibboso pi. m. impresso subtrigonum, uniloculare, sutura ventrali extus carinato-prominente. Corolla calycem paullo superans, carina apice inflexa. Calycis dentibus elongatis tubo lon";ioribus. 45. A. viLLOSUS, Michx. Fl. 2, p. 67. Phaca villosa, Nutt. etc. Laxe villosus ; caulibus spithamjeis adsurgentibus ; foliolis ovalibus retusis ; racemis longe pedunculatis capituliformibus plurifloris ; calycis dentibus lineari-subulatis tubo multum longioribus ; legumine villosis- simo dorso manifeste intruso fere semidiviso, sectione transversali obcordata. — Dry pine barrens. South Carolina to Florida and Lou- isiana. — Corolla 4 lines long, curved. 46. A. LOTiFLORUS, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1. c. Phaca lotijlora^ Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, 1. c. P. {Astragalus) cretacea, Buckley in Proceed. Acad. Philad. Dec. 1861, p. 452. Pilis appi*essis canescens vel cine- reus ; caulibus brevissimis ; foliolis lanceolato-oblongis ; capitulis pau- cifloris ; calycis dentibus subulatis tubo longioribus ; legumine oblongo- ovato magis inflato subcanescente dorso leviter impresso, sectione transversali obovata retusa sispiusve basin versus late obcordata. — OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 209 Forma3 dune : a. pedunculosus, normalis, pedunculis folia subfequan- tibus vel superantibus : /S. brachypds, pedunculis brevissimis vel subnuUis. — Plains of Texas and Nebraska to the Rocky Mountains and Hudson's Bay. Both forms are represented in Hall and Harbour's collection, no. 131. The form ^3, from the withered corolla being car- ried up on the apex of the growing legume, is perhaps precociously fer- tilized. It seems doubtful if the root is perennial. Mature legumes about an inch long ; when fresh or when dried without pressure the impression of the back of the legume is manifest enough, although shallower than in A. villosus, which is a true Astragalus ; while this would be taken for a Phaca, § 1 6. Argophylli. Legumen estipitatum (plerumque crasso-coriaceum et obcompressum), sutura dorsali impressa vel intrusa ventrali approximata pi. m. interstinctum, baud septato-bilocellatum, pu- bescens. — Humiles, albo-sericei vel canescentes. Stipula3 dis- cretJE, fere libertE. Flores spicati vel subcapitati, violacei vel purpurascentes. Calycis dentibus tubo ssepius oblongo vel cylin- drico brevioribus. * Multicaulis e radice annua vel bienni ; floribus parvulis albo-purpu- rascentibus. Legumen inflatum, membranaceum, incurvum. 47. A. PUBENTissiMus, Torr. & Gray, Fl. l,p. 693. A. midticauHs, Nutt. 1. c, non Ledeb. Nanus, pube laxa hirsuto-canescens ; foliolis oblongis obovatisve ; floribus in pedunculo brevi paucis subracemosis ; calycis dentibus tubo campanulato sequilongis ; legumine villoso mem- branaceo inflato ovato-lunato valde incurvo dorso sulcato sutura leviter inflexa uniloculari. — Colorado Territory, near the sources of the Col- orado of the West ; found only by Nuttall. Legumes 9 or 10 lines long, the ventral suture perhaps slightly, the dorsal mox-e deeply sulcate-introflexed. * * Simpliciter caulescens e radice annua ; floribus mediocribus vio- laceis. Legumen rectum ? 48. A. Arthu-Schottii, sp. nov. Pube appressa sericea undique incanus ; caule (spithamteo et ultra) erecto ; foliolis 4 - 9-jugis obo- vatis s£Epe retusis, pagina superiore interdum glabrata ; floribus in pedunculo folium superante pluribus laxe spicatis ; calycis dentibus subulatis tubo oblongo-campanulato vix dimidio brevioribus ; carina majuscula subrecta vexillo pauUo breviore ; legumine juvenili oblongo- lanceolato acuminato recto canescente e sutura dorsali semiseptato. — 20* 210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Interiol' district between Utah and California ; on the Mohave River, April 23, Fremont. Diluvial banks of the Colorado near its mouth, March 12, A. Schott. Boca Grande, Capt. E. K. Smith. — Specimens of this have accumulated enough to show that they belong to a quite distinct species, although only the forming fruit has come to hand. It was unnoticed in the Botany of the Mexican Boundary Survey. * * * Brevicaules vel subcaulescentes, saspiusque depresso-humifusi vel ciEspitantes e radice longa perenni ; floribus majusculis breviter pedicellatis plerumque violaceis ; foliolis oblongis ellipticis obova- tisve. Legumen crasso-coriaceum, maturum obcompressum vel ob- compresso-trigonum transverse rugulosum. {Argophylli genuini.) The immature legumes in dried specimens frequently appear as if compressed (i. e. flattened parallel with the valves) ; but when fully mature I believe they are always obcompressed (i. e. contrary to the valves), or, by the salience of the ventral suture and introflexion of the dorsal one, obcompressed-triangular. 49. A. MissouRiENSis, Nutt. Gen. 2, p. 99. A. melanocarpus, Fraser, Cat. ; Richards, in Frankl. Journ. ; Hook., etc. Subcaulescens, pube brevi appressissima cano-sericeus ; pedunculis scapiformibus capi- tato-paucifloris vel -spicato-S — 14-floris ; calycis dentibus tubo cylin- drico vel cylindraceo subdimidio brevioribus ; corolla Igete violacea (fide Nutt. raro alba) ; legumine fere recto (circiter pollicari) nigricante ellip- tico. — Nebraska and New Mexico to the Saskatchawan. — The short and appressed pubescence of the calyx and of the legume is usually of blackish and whitish hairs intermixed. The mature legumes, when preserved in their natural form, or restored by maceration, are obcom- pressed, oftener so that the dorsal suture touches the ventral, which, however, is externally salient or carinate. But in herbaria, they fre- quently appear as if laterally compressed, with the dorsal suture only slightly intrusive. 50. A. SnoRTiANUs, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 331, ex desci". A. humih's, Geyer ex Hook, in Lond. Jour. Bot. 6, p. 211, non Bieb. A. cyaneus, Gray, Enum. coll. Parry, Hall, & Harbour, no. 126. Subacaulis, pube appressissima sericeo-canescens ; foliolis majusculis (lin. 7-10 longis) obovatis ovatisve ; pedunculis scapiformibus pauci- plurifloris foliis stepius brevioribus ; calyce cylindrico (semipollicari), dentibus tubo dimidio brevioribus ; corolla violacea vel cyanea ; legu- mine immaturo ovato-lanceolato crasso (sesqui-bii3ollicari) puberulo OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 211 arcuato-incurvo. — Rocky Mountains, about the head-waters of the Platte or Nebraska. Var. ? MixOR. A. cyaneus, Gray, PI. Fendl. p. 34 (mao;na pro parte). Stepe subcaulescens ; foliis minoribus ; legumine oblongo- seu lanceolato-lineari arcuato-incurvo postice profunde sulcato-introflexo. — ]\Iountains and plains, from the southern frontier of New Mexico and W. Texas to Nebraska and the Rocky Mountains. — Probably only a smaller form of A. Shortiamis, between that and A. Missouriensis, which it closely resembles (except in the fruit and in usually wanting dark hairs), and with which I have more than once confounded it. In fruit it is distinguished from that species by its long (1^ inches or more), pointed, and strongly arcuate legume. Its cross-section is ob- cordate-two-lobed, the intruded dorsal approaching the externally ca- rinate ventral suture. 51. A. Parrti, Gray, Enum. coll. Parry, in Sill. Jour. n. ser. 33, p. 410, & Enum. coll. Parry, Hall, & Harbour, in Proceed. Acad. Philad. March, 1863, p. 60. Brevicaulis, caBspitoso-humifusus, pilis lasis patentibus villosus ; pedunculis breviusculis 6 - 10-floris ; floribus laxe subcapitatis ; calycis dentibus tubum oblongum subaequantibus ; corolla albida seu flavidula (lin. 6-8 longa), carina apice purpura- scente ; legumine pubescente oblongo-lanceolato, maturo arcuatim in- curvo demumve circinato valde obcompresso tam antice quam postice sulcato-impresso et propter suturas contiguas fere bilocellato. — Rocky Mountains, both low and subalpine, in Colorado Territory, and south to the Llano Estacado in N. "W". Texas. I find in Dr. Torrey's herba- rium a specimen collected by Fremont in his second expedition (station not recorded), with very ripe legumes : these are an inch or rather more in length, strongly rugulose, much obcompressed, and curved nearly into a ring. In Dr. Parry's specimens they are much less incurved and less rigid. 52. A. GLAREOsus, Dougl. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 152. A. argophyllus, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1. c. excl. syn. Ctespitoso- depressus, pilis incumbentibus albidis villoso-sericeus ; pedunculis 3-6- floris folia baud superantibus ; floribus angustis (lin. 9-12 longis) ; calycis dentibus tubo longe cylindrico triplo brevioribus ; corolla la;te violacea ; legumine immature oblongo-ovato apice attenuato incurvo sericeo-pubescente, " maturo subglabro." — Dry gravelly banks of streams, in and near the Rocky IMountains, on the southern tributaries of the Columbia River, and of the Platte. In the herbarium, without 212 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY fruit, it is liable to be confounded with the two succeeding species, but its pubescence is hirsute-silky or villous-silky, not lanuginous ; and the forming legume is canescent with short appressed pubescence. Series II. Legumen sutura neutra introflexa plane uniloculare, aut sutura ventrali magis quam dorsalis intrusa. Phaca, L., DC. 1. Folia pinnato-plurifoliolata, rarius paucifoliolata vel abortu de- foliolata, in nonnullis Homalohis simplicia. § 17. Eriocarpi. Legumen lanosissimum, plerumque sub lana longa copiosissima occultum, breve, turgidum, coriaceum, pi. m. incurvum, acuminatum vel apiculatum, estipitatum. — Brevicaules e radice valida perenni, humifuso-csespitantes, moUissime lanuginosi. Flores elongati, ssepius pollicares, laxe subcapitati ; caljce longe cylindrico. 53. A. injiexus, Dougl. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. l,p. 151. Lanugine laxa subvillosa cinereo-canescens ; caulibus (6- 12-pollicaribus) difFuso- procumbentibus ; foliolis oblongis ; floribus laste purpureis, carina dentes calycis graciles setaceos laxos paullo superante ; legumine ovato-oblongo, juniore lanosissimo, maturo (in herb. Hook.) subdenudato maxime in- curvo obcompresso suturis utrisque proesertim ventrali impressis longi- tudinaliter interstincto. — Barren grounds along the southern tributa- ries of the Columbia River ; on the Clearwater, Rev. Mr. Spalding, &c. — Flowers fully an inch long, evidently purple or violet and showy. — This species, copiously collected by Mr. Spalding, with only form- ing fruit, I have variously confounded with the preceding on account of its purple flowers, and with the following on account of the woollier pubescence and the very woolly young pods. But on now comparing these materials with the description of A. injiexus by Sir William Hooker, and with a ripe pod from his herbarium, I think they may be united. From the mature legume it might as well be referred to the foregoing group ; but here it is clearly the ventral suture which is intruded to meet the slightly impressed dorsal suture. 54. A. PuRSHii, Dougl. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 152. Phaca molUssima, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 350. Lanugine laxa sub- villosa cinei-eo-canescens, subacaulis vel humifuso-depressus ; foliolis oblongis ; floribus ochroleucis, carina apice purpurea dentibus calycis subulatis longius superante : legumine ovato (subpollicari) leviter in- curvo, intus baud interstincto, lana persistente flavida. — Western side of the Rocky Mountains, through Utah and the interior of Oregon to the OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 213 mountains of California. — Flowers more or less smaller, and calyx- teeth much shorter and less attenuated than in the preceding. 55. A. Utahensis, Torr. & Gray, Bot. coll. Gunnison & Beckwith, Pacif. R. R. Exped. 2, p. 120. Pliaca moUissima /3. Utahensis, Torr. in Stansbury, Rep. p. 385, t. 2. Lanugiue implexa niveo-tomentosus, humifuso-cajspitans ; foliolis obovatis seu orbiculatis ; floribus violaceis ; legumine oblongo leviter obcompresso modice incurvo, cset. fere praj- cedentis. — Utah, on the shores of Great Salt Lake. — Flowers rather shorter, but otherwise as large as those of A. injiexus ; the calyx-teeth rather as in A. Purshii ; the pubescence, &c. peculiar. On stripping off the wool from the pods, they are seen to be not unlike those of A. injiexus, except that they are less curved, and only a little sulcate at the sutures, which do not meet to divide the cell. § 18. Oocarpi. Legumen chartaceo-coriaceum, ovatum, vesicario-in- fiatum, estipitatuni, glabrum, sutura dorsali obsolete ventrali mani- feste intrusa. — Glabrati, e radice perenni erecti, foliosi ; stipulis discretis liberis ; foliolis oblongis ovalibusque nunc retusis. Flores in racemo spiciformi plures albi seu albidi, semipoUicares ; calyce brevi. Legumina erecta, nee ultrapollicai'ia. 56. A. CooPERi, Gray, Man. Bot. N. U. S. ed. 2, p. 98. Phaca neglecta, Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 344. Ultrapedalis, foliosus ; foliolis oblongis ; floribus confertis mox reflexis albis ; calyce nigricanti-pube- scente, dentibus subulatis tube brevioribus ; legumine ovato-globoso sub-obcompresso antice posticeque leviter sulcato, sutura dorsali intus prominula, ventrali satis introflexa. — W. New York to Wisconsin along the Great Lakes. Legume lined with cobwebby hairs which traverse the cell. 57. A. OOCARPUS. A. CrotalaricE (in tab. crotalcmoides), Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 56, t. 17, non Phaca Grotalarice, Benth. Elatus (4 - 6-pedalis) ; foliolis ovalibus parvulis crassiusculis ; floribus paten- tibus in racemo sublaxo ; calycis albido-puberuli dentibus brevissimis ; legumine oblongo-ovato acuto antice solum leviter sulcato sectione transversa circulari, sutura dorsali intus vix prominula, ventrali intro- flexa. — Mountains east of San Diego, California, Dr. Parry. — Le- gume rather firmly coriaceous, with a somewhat lateral or oblique contracted insertion, within glabrous. § 19. Inflati. Legumen membranaceum, vesicario-inflatum, globosum, oviforme, vel semi-ovatum, SEepius magnum, tenuiter reticulatum. 214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY glabrum vel glabratum, sutura aut neutra ant rarius ventrali solum intus subintroflexa. * Radix annua. Legumen baud stipitatum, baud maculoso-pictum. Flores parvi, ochroleuci vel purpurascentes. — Humiles : foliola linearia seu lineari-oblonga, striguloso-cinerea. 58. A. TRiFLORUS, Gray, PI. Wrigbt. 2, p. 45. Phaca trijiora, DC. Astrag. t. 1 ? P. Gaadolliana, H.B.K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 6, p. 495, t. 586. A basi ramosissimus ; floribus in pedunculo 3-15 ocbro- leuco-purpurascentibus ; legumine ovali obtuse vel acutiusculo (7-12 lin. longo). — Arizona and Mexico. Legumes larger and more inflated in specimens from the northern stations, otherwise like the Mexican specimens. The specific name not appropriate. 59. A. Geteri. Phaca anmia, Geyer in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. 6, p. 213. Simplicior ; floribus in pedunculo paucis luteo-albis ; legu- mine ovato-lunato acumine incurvo (lin. 8-9 longo). — Drift-sand plains of the Upper Platte, Geyer. Said also to have been collected by Douglas and by Gordon. The crescentic outline and sharp acumi- "nation of the leo^ume distinguishes this from the last. The leaflets are linear. There is an obscure A. annuus. * * Radix filiformis, aut annua? aut perennis (in A. Hooherianus adhuc ignota). Legumen maculosum, in albido seu viridulo purpureo- pictum, stipite brevi calycem adtequante sustentum. Flores in pedunculo pauci, parvuli, albo-rosei seu pallidi ; carina apice in- flexo subproducto. 60. A. PICTUS. Phaca longifolia, Torr. & Gray, Fl. & P. picta, Gray. Pube sericeo-strigulosa canescens, arenicolus ; radice tenuis- sima (ut videtur nunc annua, nunc forte perenni surculos filiformes subterraneos proferente) ; stipulis subulatis rigidis persistentibus ad- versus folium basi connatis ; foliolis anguste linearibus seu filiformibus, plerisque scepius abortivis petiolo persistente folium filiforme mentiente ; legumine pendulo ovoideo vix apiculato. — Nebraska and New Mexico, in drift-sand, " binding the sand-hills with its long filiform roots." — The name flifolius, which I had applied to one form of this species (see below) on remanding it to the genus Astragalus, is preoccupied by Clos in the Flora Chilena. That of pictus, so appropriate for the legume, may be adopted ; for " A. pictus, Steud." is merely a name to replace "^. bicolor, Desf. Cat. addend.," of which no character was ever published, which has been overlooked in the Flora Chilena, and is OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : NOVEMBER 11. 1863. 215 doubtless a synonyme of some described Chilian species. The following two forms ai-e pretty clearly of one species. Var. FOLiOLOSUS. Phaca picta, Gray, PL Fendl. p. 37. Folia perfecta ; foliolis 3 — 7-jugis plerisque semipoUicaribus ; legumine par- vulo vix ultra semipollicari. Yar. FiLiFOLius. Psoralea longifolia, Pursh. Fl. 2, p. 741. Orohiis longifolius, Nutt. Gen. 2, p. 95. Phaca longifolia, Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 346. Astragalus jilifolius, Gray, in Pacif. R. R. Surv. 12, pars 2, Bot. t. 1, A. Folia sajpius imperfecta ; foliolis perpaucis plerumque attenuatis (1-1^ poll, longis), terminali seu rhachi filiformi producto persistente ; legumine 1 - 1^-pollicari. 61. A. HooKERiANus. Phactt Hooheriana, Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 693. Sericeo-pubescens, humilis (spithama^us) ; radice verosimiliter perenni ; stipulis subscariosis discretis ; foliolis lineari-oblongis sub- cuneatis 7 - 9-jugis ; legumine erecto magno (bipollicari) oblongo- obovato apice rotundato basi in stipitem brevem attenuato. — Interior of Oregon, Douglas ; station unknown. Legume beautifully mottled. Species somewhat like P. arenaria, Pall. * * * Radix perennis. Legumen unicolor (baud maculoso-pictum). H— Subacaulis, pauciflorus ; legumen brevissime stipitatum. 62. A. MEGACARPUS. Pliaca megacarpa, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 343. Glabellus ; foliolis 4 - 6-jugis late ovalibus ovatisve ssepius emarginatis ; scapo 3 - 6-floro foliis multo brevioribus ; floribus poUicaribus ochroleucis albidisve ; calycis cylindracei dentibus subulatis elongatis carina pauUo brevioribus ; legumine ovato-oblongo acuminato 2 — 2^-pollicari basi obtusissimo stipite calyce multoties breviore inserto erecto. — Plains of the Rocky Mountains ; found only by Nuttall. No other North American species resembles it. •t— -)— Caulescentes, sat alti, foliosi ; foliolis multijugis oblongis vel sub- linearibus ; racemis spicisve plerumque plurifloris. Prteter A. frigidum Californici. ++ Legumen nunquam stipitatum, ultrapoUicare, saepius lJ--2-pollicare, sutura ventrali recta vel convexiuscula, doi'sali valde gibbosa. a. Corolla flavida vel flavescens, parvula, brevis, supra calycem in- curva ; carina inflexa. Pedunculi folia baud superantes. 63. A. DouGLASii. Phaca Douglasii, Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 346 ; Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech, p. 334. Adsurgens, subglaber vel pube- rulo-subcinereus ; stipulis triangularibus discretis; foliolis 10 - 14-jugis 216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY lineari-oblongis lanceolatisve apice obtuso vel apicnlato ; racemis brevi- bus laxifloris ; dentibus calycis lato-subulatis tubo brevioribus ; legu- mine gibboso-ovoideo, sutura ventrali fere recta. — California, near the coast, Douglas, Fremont, Brewer. 64. A. MACRODON. Phaca macrodon, Hook. & Arn. 1. c. Ad- scendens vel erectus, villosulo-canescens, nunc glabriusculus : stipulis lanceolato-subulatis discretis ; foliolis 11 - 14-jugis lineari-oblongis apice obtuso mucronato ; racemis breviusculis ; floribus demum deflexis ; den- tibus calycis sericei filiformi-subulatis laxis tubo gequilongis corolla (fla- vida) paullo brevioribus. — California, Douglas ; in flower only. — A specimen with forming fruit, like that of the foregoing, collected by Dr. Gibbons, is ambiguous between the two, being glabrate, but with the calyx-teeth nearly of the present species, and with subulate rigid stii^ules. h. Corolla alba vel ochroleuco-purpurascens, e calyce longius exserta, recta apice subincurva, alarum et carinarum unguibus lamina suba3quilongis. Pedunculi folia superantes : racemi elongandi, multi- et conferti-flori, floribus mox deflexis. Foliola multijuga, conferta, apice saepius retusa, infima cauli approximata. 65. A. Crotalari^. Phaca Grotalarice., Benth. PI. Hartw. p. 307 ? P. demifolia, Torr. Bot. Whippl. Exped. (Pacif. R. E. Surv. 4, p. 24, 80), non Smith. Glabratus vel subglaber ; caule valido ad- scendente ; stipulis triangularibus discretis ; foliolis aut lineari- aut obovato-oblongis petiolulatis (6-lG lin. longis) ; corolla alba; legu- mine ovoideo 1 - l|-pollicari chartaceo (rigidiori et minus inflato quam subsequentis). — California. Near Monterey, Coulter, if the plant here described be really Mr. Bentham's species, as I am disposed to con- clude, from a study of sketches and notes kindly furnished by him. But the specimens here described are by no means canescently pubes- cent, nor should I quite term their legumes " sub-coriaceous," although the mature ones are considerably firmer in texture than those of the related species, — chartaceous they may be called : moreover, the teeth of the calyx are much shorter than the tube in Coulter's plant, little shorter than the tube in our specimens ; yet the following species shows a similar diversity in this respect. The flowers of Coulter's plant, moreover, seem to be fewer, and the leaflets more cuneate- obovate ; in all ours they are oblong. (It is certain that Coulter's plant is not that figured by Dr. Torrey, our no. 57.) The matei-ials before me are from the three following sources. Near San Francisco ? OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 217 Dr. Gibbons, received from the late Dr. Darlington, with both flowers and ripe fruit. Cocomungo, Dr. Bigelow, from Dr. Ton-ej, with flowers and fruit. Valley of San Inez River, near Santa Barbara, Dr. Brewer, in the State Geological Survey ; in flower and with forming fruit. In all these the leaves and stems are glabrous, except some scat- tered appressed hairs, especially on younger parts ; the calyx sometimes considerably pubescent. Flowers G to 8 lines long. 66. A. Menziesii. Phaca densifoUa, Smith; Hook. Ic. t. 283, excl. syn. Nutt. P. injlata, Nutt. mss., non Gill. P. NiittalUi, Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1. c. Villoso-canescens ; caule decumbente glabrescente ; stipulis scariosis ad versus folium connatis ; foliolis subcuneato-oblongis subsessilibus ; legumine ovoideo " fere biunciali " tenui-membranacea. — California, near Monterey, Santa Barbara, «&;c. — There is an As- tragalus densifolius of Lamarck. •1-+ ++ Legumen brevi-stipitatum (stipite calycem adjequante); cjeterum praecedentium. Stipuloe scariosse folium adversus fere ad apicem usque (summis exceptis) connatte. 67. A. CURTIPES (Gray in Proceed. Acad. Calif, ined.), sp. nov. Pube appressa minuta canescens, demum glabratus ; caule erecto pedali ; stipulis coalitis majusculis ; foliolis 12-16-jugis oblongis sen lineari-oblongis retusis petiolulatis supra glabris ; racemo fructifero brevi ; calycis dentibus tenui-subulatis tubo campanulato parum brevi- oribus ; legumine sesquipoUicari puberulo glabrato semi-ovoideo (sutura ventrali fere recta, dorsali maxime gibbosa) utrinque vix acutato cum stipite rigido calycis tubum adtequante articulato. — San Luis Obispo, California, on the side of a dry hill, April 13th. Dr. Brewer. Corolla not seen. ++++++ Legumen longiuscule vel longissime stipitatum, f - li-polli- care, sutura ventrali convexiuscula recta vel concaviuscula. Stip- ulae discretje. Flores albi seu flaviduli, rectiusculi. a. Stipes leguminis (basi baud vel parum attenuati) calycem longe superans. Pedunculi folium longe excedentes, racemo brevi ob- longo terminati. Stipulfe parvae. 68. A. LEUcopsis, Torr. & Gray, Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 56, t. 16. Phaca canescens, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 344. P. leucopsis, Torr. & Gray, 1. c. p. 694. Tomentuloso-canescens demumve cinei'eus ; foliolis 10- 18-jugis oblongis vel sublinearibus obtusis retusisve ; den- tibus calycis subulatis tubo brevi-campanulato dimidio brevioribus ; VOL. VI. 21 218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY corolla ochroleuca ; legumine glabro (subpollicari vel sesquipollicari) basi in stipitem calyce bis longiorem subattenuato. — Coast of Cali- fornia from Santa Barbara southward. — Calyx more or less pubes- cent, not silky. Ovary canescent. Legume often appearing as if acute or acutish at the apex, more so at the base. Stipe slender, five or six ines long. G9. A. LEUCOPHYLLUS, Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 236. Phaca lenco- phylla. Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech, p. 333. Sericeo-incanus ; foliolis 10 - 18-jugis lato-Iinearibus lanceolatisve obtusis vel acutiusculis ; den- tibus calycis sericei attenuato-subulatis tubo oblongo dimidio breviori- bus ; corolla ut videtur flavescente ; legumine demum glabro (sesqui- pollicari) ovali-gibboso utrinque obtusissimo, stipite gracillimo ultra calycem pi'^elonge (poUicem) exserto. — California, probably in the northern part of the State. The fruit is now known from the collection of Wilkes's Exploring Expedition (Sacramento Valley) and of a cor- respondent of the Rev. John Blake. Ovary silky-canescent, this pu- bescence remaining on the filiform stipe, which is fully as long as the half-grown legume. 70. A. TRiCHOPODUS. Phaca trichopoda, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c. Cinereo-puberulus, glabratus ; caule sesqui - tripedali ; foliolis 12- 19-jugis lineari-oblongis obtusis ; calycis nigricanti-pubescens den- tibus subulatis tubo campanulato multo brevioribus ; corolla ochro- leuca ; ovario glaberrimo ; legumine ellipsoideo utrinque obtusissimo haud poUicari stipite tenuissimo e calycem prtelonge (semipollicem) exserto paullo longiore. — California, Santa Barbara and Monterey, Nuttall, Dr. Gambell, Dr. Brewer. Flowers 4i to nearly 6 lines long. Legumes only two thirds or three fourths of an inch long, much less gibbous than in the related species, a line from base to apex being nearly axial ; the ventral suture only slightly convex to near the apex, ■where it is strongly convex. Stipe minutely pubescent. b. Stipes calycem bi'evius superans. Legumen utrinque acutatum. 71. A. OXYPHYSUS (Gray in Proceed. Acad. Calif, ined.), sp. nov. Elatus, mollissime canescenti-villosus ; stipulis scariosis ; foliolis 8-11- jugis oblongis, junioribus incanis, adultis viridescentibus ; pedunculis folium longe superantibus ; racemo elongato ; bracteis subulatis parvis ; calycis sericei dentibus subulatis tubo cylindraceo dimidio brevioribus ; corolla " alba sen viridulo-alba " (lin. 9 longa) ; legumine obovato- clavato glabrato apice acute acuminalo basi longe attenuato, stipite recurvo calycem parum superante. — California, Arroyo del Puerto, in OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11,1863. 219 the Mt. Diablo range, on dry hills, June 11, in flower and fruit. Dr. Brewer. — A most distinct and striking species, api^arently at least three feet high ; the younger parts white, the older grayish with soft, villous pubescence. Larger leaflets an inch long. Flowers narrow. Legumes an inch and a half to two inches long, in the dried specimens all much flattened laterally and margined by the two nerviform sutures (the ventral one more or less convex), the general outline being nearly semi-obovate with an attenuated base and a sharp-pointed apex : but the pods are evidently inflated in the fresh plant, and therefore more cla- vate. The texture of the walls is that of a thin parchment-like mem- brane. Seeds numerous. Stipe 3 or 4 lines long, pubescent. 72. A. FRiGiDUS. Phaca frigida, L. Pedalis bipedalisve, subgla- ber; stipulis ovato-oblongis membranaceis ; foliolis 7-9-jugis ovato- oblongis seu elliptico-oblongis viridibus ; pedunculis folium adtequan- tibus ; dentibus calycis abbreviatis ; corolla alba ; legumine oblongo utrinque acutato in stipitem calyce jequilongi vel longiori attenuato nigro-piloso vel in stirp. Amer. glaberrimo. — Rocky Mountains to the Arctic regions and the northern parts of the Old World. § 20. Lonchocarpi. Legumen membranaceum, lanceato-cylindricum, rectum, exserte stipitatum, glabrum, sutura neutra intrusa. Flores raajusculi, calyce cylindraceo. Foliola pauca vel subnulla. 73. A. LONCHOCARPUS, Torr. & Gray, Bot. Whippl. Exped. in Pacif. R. R. Surv. 4, p. 24 (80). Phaca macrocarpa, Gray, PL Fendl. p. 36. Cinereo-puberulus, glabratus ; caule fistuloso bipedali ramoso e radice perenni ; stipulis discretis parvis ; foliis 1 - 5-foliolatis quan- doque ad rhachin complanato-filiformem reductis ; foliolis filiformi- linearibus remotis ; racemis plurifloris laxis ; bracteis pedicello dimidio brevioribus ; floribus pendulis albis ; dentibus calycis lato-subulatis tubo quadruplo brevioribus ; legumine (sesquipollicari) elongato-cylin- drico, utrinque acutissime acuminato, stipite calycem excedente. — New Mexico, near Santa Fe. The plant from the Llano Estacado, with shorter and blunt pods, collected by Dr. Bigelow, and noticed in the Pacific R. R. Survey, above cited, is not included in the character here given. When better known, it may prove to be a second species of this group. § 21. Ilicroci/stei. Legumen membranaceum vel chartaceura, parvum, globosum seu ovatum, vesicario-inflatum, estipitatum, sutura neutra introflexa. — E radice perenni diffusi vel procumbentes, plerique tenelli. Flores parvi, sa^pius pauci. 220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 74. A. MICROCYSTIS, sp. nov. Cinereo-pubescens, e radice lig- nescente procumbens ; caulibus gracilibus ramosissimis ; stipulis scari- osis connatis summisve fere liberis ; foliolis 4— 6-jugis oblongis seu ob- longo-lanceolatis obtusis ; racemis 5-12-floris gracilibus ; calycis pilosi dentibus setaceo-subulatis tubo brevi-campanulato aequilongis ; corolla violacea seu albo-violaceo, vexillo profunda eraarginato alas pauUo carinam incurvam bis superante ; legumine inflato globoso-ovato tenui- membranaceo griseo-pubescente lin. 3 longo. — Interior of Washington Territory, Fort Colville to the Rocky Mountains, Dr. Lyall (ex herb. Kevv. no. 4, 5, 6). — This has the aspect of A. sparsifiorus ; and the flowers are similar ; but the fruit is quite different, neither suture being at all introflexed, and resembling the Liflati on a very small scale. 75. A. LEPTALEUS. A. ( Phcica) paucijlorus, Gray, Enum. coll. Parry, Hall, & Harbour, 1. c. no. 141, non Hook. Phaca paucijlora, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 348, fide herb. Durand. Fere glaber; caulibus tenellis adscendentibus (spithamajis) ; stipulis basi subconnatis elongato-subulatis ; foliolis 7 - 11-jugis lanceolato-linearibus oblongisve saepe acutis ; pedunculis folio brevioribus 2 - 4-floris ; calycis nigro- pilosuli dentibus subulatis tubo campanulato parum brevioribus ; corolla alba, vexillo eraarginato carina apice violacea tertia parte longiore ; legumine ovato seu ovali puberulo chartaceo (lin. 4 longo) sub-obcom- presso ? — Valleys of the Rocky Mountains, in South Park, &c. — Flowers about 4 lines long, on pedicels about the length of the calyx- tube and of the subulate bract. Herbage tender : said to be a good forage plant where abundant ; but it is small and slender. NuttaP states that he has seen but a single specimen, and that not in flower. There is only one specimen named by him in the Philadelphia collec- tions, viz. in Mr. Durand's herbarium, and that is in flower only. 76. A. Thurberi, Gray, PI. Thurb. p. 312, & Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 50. Pube minuta cinereus ; caulibus suberectis (6 - 10-pollicaribus) ; stipulis discretis scariosis parvis ; foliolis 6 - 7-jugis lineari-oblongis retusis crassiusculis ; racemis spicisve laxe 10 - 20-floris in pedunculo brevi ; dentibus calycis subulatis tubo parum brevioribus ; corolla al- bida ; legumine coriaceo-merabranaceo globoso glabello (lin. 3 diame- tro). — Arizona, on dry plains. — Flowers barely 3 lines long, on very short pedicels. § 22. Bisulcati. Legumen coriaceum, e calyce per stipitem brevem exsertum, leviter obcompressum, antice concavum, recessu sutura cariniformi maxime pi-ominente percurso. — Glabelli vel glabri ; OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 221 radice perenni ; stipuHs discretis liberis. Flores mediocres legu- minaque penduli seu patentes. Calycis dentes tubo campanulato vix breviores, setacei. Carina subrecta. 77. A. Beckwithii, Torr. & Gray, in Pacif. R. R. Surv. 2 (coll. Beckwith), p. 120, t. 3. Glaber, hurailis, diifusus ; foliolis late ovalibus ; floribus in racemo brevissimo 5-8 albis ; legumine ovali (pollicari) subincurvo acumine lato compressissimo apiculato, dorso planiusculo sutura levissime sulcata et intus tumida, ventre impresso sutui-a exserta acutissime marginata. — Utah. The legume described from a fruiting specimen communicated to the late Dr. Darlington bj Capt. J. W. Phelps. — From the dorsal suture forming a slight internal ridge on that side of the cell, while the ventral is altogether externally salient, this would technically fall into the Astragalus rather than the Pliaca series. But the conformation of the legume is more like that of A. hisulcatus than any other. 78. A. BisuLCATUS, Gray, in Pacif. R. R. Surv. 12, pars 2, (Bot.) p. 38, t. 1, B. Phaca bisu/cata, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 145. Strigu- loso-puberulus ; caule erecto ultrapedali valido ; foliolis oblongis stepe angustis, imis stipulis approximatis ; racemis spiciformibus densifloris ; floribus violaceis ; legumine parvulo (semipollicari) recto anguste ob- longo semicylindrico antice profunde bi-excavato. — Plains of Nebraska to the Saskatchawan and to the Rocky Mountains. — The ventral su- ture forms a strong and salient obtuse ridge of the same height as the borders of the deep excavation it divides. § 23. Pectinati. Legumen crasso-cartilagineum epicarpio subcarnoso, subovatum vel oblongum, turgidum, estipitatum, nee antice nee postice sulcatum vel intrusum, suturis crassis utrisque extus prominentibus. — Caules subpedales e radice perenni, foliaque rigidiusculi ; foliolis fere filiformibus rhachi baud articulatis per- sistentibus. Stipulos inferiores adversus folium connata?. Flores elongati (subpollicares) in racemo breviusculo plurimi, albi, carina rectiuscula. (From the legume A. microlobus may be sought here.) 79. A. PECTiNATUS, Dougl. Phaca pectinata, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 141, t. 54. Puberulo-cinereus, glabratus ; ramis striatis angulatis ; calycis dentibus tubo cylindraceo multo brevioribus ; vexillo elongate ; legumine pendulo glabro (semipollicari) cuspidato, sutura dorsali per- crassa. — Dry plains, Nebraska to Saskatchawan. 21* 222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY § 24. Scytocarpi. Legumen coriaceum, ovatum seu oblongum, rarius cylindricum, turgidum, nee antice nee postice sulcatum, sutura neutra introflexa. (Inter se valde diversi.) (Here probably A. microlohus, no. 32, might also be sought.) * Legumen stipite crasso calycem subasquante sustentum. Flores magni (poUicares), calyee cylindraceo. 80. A. Preussii, sp. nov. Fere glaber, e radice perenni ? ultra- pedalis ; eaule erecto ; stipulis ovatis discretis ; foliolis 6 - 8-jugis car- nosulis subrotundis quandoque retusis (semipoUicaribus) ; racemis spi- ciformibus brevibus plurifloris ; bracteis ovatis parvis ; dentibus calycis subulatis tubo 3 - 4-plo brevioribus ; corolla ut videtur purpurea, carina subrecta alls paullo breviore, vexillo elongato ; legumine ovali-oblongo recto duriuscule coriaceo inflato (poUicari) glaberrimo apiculato basi subito in stipitem validum contracto. — Banks of the Rio Virgen, a tributary of the Colorado in Nevada, near the eastern borders of Cali- fornia, in loose saline soil. Fremont, in second expedition, 1844. — A well-marked species, named in memory of Fremont's able assistant in all his earlier explorations, Mr. Charles Preuss. The only specimen is preserved in Dr. Torrey's herbarium. A pretty stout, large-flowered species, with firm, leathery, Baptisia-like pods, which are strictly one- celled, Avithout introflexion. * * Legumen baud vixve stipitatum. -f— Fere acaulescens, argenteo-sericeus, grandiflorus, radice perenni. 81. A. Cham^leuce, Gray in Bot. Ives' Colorado Exped. p. 10. Phaca pygmcea, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 349. Caespitoso- depressus (1 - 2-pollicaris) ; foliolis 2 - 5-jugis obovatis ovalibusque cano-sericeis ; scapis brevibus 3 - 8-floris ; calycis dentibus subulatis tubo cylindrico multoties brevioribus ; corolla albo-violacea (f-polli- cari) ; legumine ovato-oblongo crasso-coriaceo (epicarpio subcarnoso?) tereti subarcuato puberulo (pollicari) . — Upper watei's of the Colorado of the West. -I— -I— Humiles e radice annua seu bienni, canescentes, parviflori ; sti- pulis disci'etis. 82. A. TEPHRODES, Gray, PI. Wright. 2, p. 45. Incano-villosus ; caulibus perbrevibus ; stipulis scariosis triangulari-ovatis ; foliolis 7 — 12-jugis oblongis ovalibusque; peduuculis scapiformibus folia demum superantibus spicato-plurifloris ; calycis dentibus tubo campauulato di- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 223 midio brevioribus ; corolla purpurea ; legumine pubescente arcuato- ovato dorso gibboso acuto chartaceo-coriaceo (semipollicari et ultra). — New Mexico, "Wright, Thurber, Bigelow. — Steins only an inch or two in length ; the peduncles at length three inches long. Flowers rather small. 83. A. ARiDUS, sp. nov. Sericeo-canescens ; caulibus spithamteis e radice annua difFuso-erectis foliosis ; stipulis minutis ; foliolis 5 — 6-jugis oblongis utrinque albo-sericeis ; pedunculis spicato-5 - 8-floris folio brevioribus ; calycis dentibus tubo brevi-campanulato brevioribus ; co- rolla ochroleuca, minima (2 - 2^ lin. longa) ; legumine canescente gib- boso-ovato (semipollicari) tenui-coriaceo inflato. — Interior Californian desert, on the route between the mouth of the Gila River and San Diego, Prof. Thurber. The materials are scanty. Perhaps the species has a truly membranaceous legume, and should rather be associated with A. Thurberi. -1— -i— -I— Piloso-sericeus, e radice perenni decumbens ; floribus medi- oci'ibus ; stipulis scariosis adversus folium connatis. 84. A. SoNOR^, Gray, PI. Wright. 2, p. 44. Caulibus gracilibus decumbenti-diffusis prostratisve ; foliolis 7 - 8-jugis oblongo-linearibus lanceolatisve acutatis pilis valde adpressis utrinque canescenti-sericeis ; pedunculis folio longioribus spicato-8- 12-floris ; calycis dentibus seta- ceis tubo carapanulato aequilongis ; corolla incurva purpurea, carina inflexa apice rostratim producta ; legumine canescenti-puberulo ovato- lunato acuminato turgido (semipollicari) chartaceo-coriaceo, suturis extus prominentibus. — On the borders of Arizona and the Mexican province of Sonora. — Flowers 4 or 5 lines long. -1— -)— -i— -1— Glabelli seu pubescentes ; caules e radice perenni adsur- gentes vel erecti, sgepius flexuosi ; stipulis plerumque discretis ; floribus parvis, in unica majusculis ; leguminibus stepe patentibus vel pendulis, stipite brevissimo in calyce occulto. Dentes calycis cinereo- vel nigricanti-pubescens tubo breviores. ++ Legumina ovali-oblonga, inflata, subpoUicaria, chartaceo-coriaceo. 85. A. GRACILENTUS. Phaca gracilenta, Gray, PI. Fendl. p. 36. Pube appressa subcanescens, erectus, subpedalis ; foliolis oblongo- linearibus basi attenuatis ; racemis laxifloris ; corolla purpurascente (lin. 4 longa) ; legumine oblongo utrinque obtuso rectiusculo cinereo- pubescente in calyce arete sessili. — Santa Fe, New Mexico, on rocky hills. 224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 86. A. Fendleri, Gray, PI. Wright. 1. c. Phaca Fendleri, Gray, PI. Fendl. 1. c. Glabellus vel pube appressa puberulus, erectus, ultra- pedalis ; foliolis oblongis seu lineari-oblongis ; racemis longe peduncu- latis laxifloris ; corolla purpurea (lin. 4 louga) ; legumine ovali inflate recto apiculato minute puberulo, stipite brevissirao. — New Mexico, in the Mountains, &c. 87. A. Hallii, sp. nov. {A. Phacce dehili alF., Gray, Enum. coll. Parry, Hall, & Harbour, 1. c. no. 121.) Subcinereo-pubescens, glabra- tus ; caulibus pedalibus adsurgentibus ; stipulis subulatis ; foliolis 9—12- jugis angusto-oblongis subcuneatis retusis ; pedunculis folium superan- tibus racemo densifloro capituliformi terminatis ; floribus majusculis (lin. 7-8 longis) ; calycis nigricanti-pubescens dentibus latiusculis tube campanulato basi gibboso 3 - 4-plo bi^evioribus ; corolla violacea ; legumine oblongo inflate glaberrirao recto apiculato stipite calyce triple breviori suflfulto. — Valleys of the Rocky Mountains of Colorado Terri- tory, lat. 39° -41°, coll. Hall & Harbour, no. 121. — Stems rather stout. Leaflets 4-7 Hues long. Flowers 20 or more in an open head or short and dense raceme, the rhachis in fruit at most an inch and a half long. Calyx broadly campanulate, very gibbous at the base, 3 lines long, the short teeth rather obtuse. Corolla straightish. Ovary very glabrous. Legume 7 -10 lines long, very turgid, its short but distinct stipe about a line long. — This very well-marked species oc- curs in no ether collection that I am aware of. Comparison with an original specimen of the little-known Phaca debilis of Nuttall does not confirm my former suspicion that this might be a larger form of that species. It may therefore appropriately bear the name of the assiduous discoverer. ++ ++ Legumina lineari-oblenga, cylindrica, tenui-coriacea. 88. A. FLEXUOSUS, Dougl. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 141. Phaca eloagata & P. jlexuosa. Hook. 1. c. Cinereo-puberulus, adsur- gens, pedalis ; foliolis oblongo- vel cuneato-linearibus obtusis retusisve ; pedunculis folium superantibus ; racemis plerisque elongatis laxis ; calycis canescenti-pubescens dentibus tube triple brevioribus ; corolla albida vel purpurascente (lin. 4 longa) ; legumine cylindracee (8-11 lin. longe lin. 2 diametro) puberulo apiculato recto vel subincurvo, stipite calyce occulto brevissimo sed- manifesto. — Plains of Nebraska Territory to the Saskatchawan and the borders of the Rocky Moun- tains. or ARTS AND SCIENCES : NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 225 § 25. Podo-sclerocarpi. Legumen crasso-cartilagineum, exserte stipi- tatum, compressum, incurvum, suturis valide incrassatis nequaquam intrusis a valvis demura secedentibus marginatum. — Perennes, ramosi, cinereo-puberuli, arenicolifi, stipulis parvis discretis. 89. A. SCLEROCARPUS. Phaca podocarpa, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 142. Ramosissimus, fere canescens ; foliolis 6-9-jugis linearibus ; racemis laxis ; floribus albis ; legumine canescenti-puberulo lunate nunc fere hamato acumine cuspidate basi in stipitem validum caljce bis terve longiorem attenuate, valvis rigidissimis turgidis rugulosis. — Dry, sandy barrens at the Great Falls of Columbia River, Douglas, and lately collected by Dr. Lyall, with ripe fruit. This when well formed is an inch long, and with the stipe not much shorter ; the very thick valves become strongly convex. There is an A. podocar- pus of long standing. 90. A. SPEiROCARPUS, sp. nov. Subcinereus, semipedalis ; foliolis 4 — 9-jugis oblengis retusis ; racemis paucifloris ; legumine glabrate Hneari-lanceolato complanato spiraliter 1 - 2-cycle, stipite calycem bis superante. — Wenass, in the valley of the Upper Columbia River, Dr. Lyall, ex herb. Kew. In fruit only : the legume coiled like that of a Medicago. — The sutures, at least the thick ventral one, may be seen to separate more or less from the mature fruit in A. gracilis, microlohus, and I believe in A. pectinatus. In this and the preceding, both sutures become at length mere or less detached, as in certain MimosecB. § 26. Homcdobi. Legumen Vicioe- seu Ervi-forme cemplanatum vel pi. m. compressum, rectum, suturis nerviformibus nequaquam in- trusis marginatum, coriaceum vel chartaceum, quandoque stipita- tum. — Perennes, alii pinnatifolii foliolis pluribus paucisve, alii simplicifolii, habitu diversi. {Homcdobus et Kentrophyta, Nutt.) * Genuini ; floribus in racemis spicisve pedunculatis ; leguminibus pluri-(7 - 20-)ovulatis. ■\- Stipuke ut videtur omnes discretre. Legumen exserte longeque stipitatum. Calycis dentes tube 3 - 4-plo breviores. Caulescentes, plerumque ultrapedales, pinnatifolii, plurifoliolati. 91. A. COLLINUS, Dougl. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 141. Phaca collina, Hook. 1. c. Subcineree-pubescens pube laxa, erectus vel diffusus ; foliis linearibus seu oblengo-linearibus obtusis basi attenu- atis ; pedunculis folio duple lengieribus ; raceme brevi oblongo confer- tifloro ; floribus in pedicello suberecto retrofractis ; calyce oblongo- 226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY campanulato vel cylindraceo basi gibboso albido-pubescente, dentibus triangulari-subulatis ; corolla fere alba calyce vix duplo longiori, vexillo carinam alasque subsuperante ; legumine pubescente lineari-oblongo turgido basi in stipitera calyce bis longiorem "attenuato. — Subalpine range of the Blue Mountains, Oregon, Douglas. On the Kooskooskie River, Dr. Pickering in Wilkes, Expl. Expedition (with fruit). Co- lumbia Valley, Dr. Lyall, in flower. Described from the last two col- lections. Corolla purple according to Don, white with a purple spot on each petal according to Hooker, who had Douglas's notes. Legume an inch long including the stipe. 92. A. FiLiPES, Torr. in Bot. S. Pacif. Expl. Exped. ined. Ap- presse-puberulus ; caule gracili paniculato-ramoso ; foliolis subremotis angustissime linearibus parvis (lin. 3-4 longis) ; pedunculis gracillimis folio multo longioribus ; racerao sparsifloro ; floribus in pedicello erec- tiusculo vel recurvo-patente nutantibus ; calyce campanulato baud gib- boso albido-puberulo, dentibus subulatis ; corolte alba; ? vexillo carinam paullo superante ; legumine fere glabro lineari-oblongo complanato basi in stipitem calyce ter longiorem angustato. — Interior of Washington Territory, near Fort Okanagan, Dr. Pickering in coll. Expl. Exped. — Flowers smaller than those of the preceding, and the legume apparently flat, an inch or rather less in length without the slender stipe, which commonly curves upwards out of the reflexed or spreading calyx. 93. A. STENOPHYLLUS, Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 329. A. leptophyl- lus, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Philad. 7, p. 18, non Desf Glaber, erectus ; foliolis anguste linearibus (6-8 lin. longis) ; pedunculis folium bis superantibus ; racemo oblongo 10- 16-floro ; floribus patentibus ; calyce campanulato nigricanti-pubescente, dentibus latiusculis obtusissimis ; corolla " purpurascente " seu alba, vexillo carina longiori ; ovario glabro stipite vix aequilongo. — Rocky Mountains at the headwaters of the Missouri, Wyeth. Fruit unknown, but probably pertaining to this section. Ovary strictly one-celled. -)— 4— Stipula? plerfeque, saltem inferiores, adversus folium connatje. Legumen pi. m. stipitatum. Caulescentes, pinnatifolii, semper plurifoliolati. Dentes calycis tubo dimidio breviores. 94. A. JiuLTiFLORUS. Ervum multijlorum, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 789. Astragalus tenelhis, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 473, pro parte, ex Pursh. Orobus dispar, Nutt. Gen. 2, p. 95. Phaca nigrescens, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. Homalohis dispar & H. nigrescens, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray. H. multi- florus, Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 351. Astragalus (Phaca) nigrescens, OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 227 Gray in coll. Hall & Harbour, no. 115. Subglaber ; caiilibus adsur- gentibus vel difFusis (sub- vel sesqui-pedalibus) ramosis ; stipulis superi- oribus basi tantura connatis ; foliolis 6- 10-jugis angusto-oblongis linea- ribusque obtusis nunc mucronatis ; racemis brevi-pedunculatis plurifloris laxis ; floribus flavido-albis, carina rectiuscula alls breviore obtusissima apice nunc purpureo tincta ; legumine oblongo piano glabro chartaceo (circiter semipollicari) stipite calycem subtequante rarius superante suf- fulo. — Plains of Nebraska to Mackenzie River (lat. G5°) and the Rocky Mountains. — The earliest specific name is fortunately not preoccupied in Astragalus, and may be adopted. It is only in Nicollet's specimens that I have seen the stipe much exceeding the calyx, — in these fully twice its length ; but there is no clear dis- tinction, either by the leaflets or the legumes, between Nuttall's two supposed species. 95 ? A. BouRGOVii, sp. nov. Striguloso-pubescens ; caulibus e caudice lignescente adsurgentibus (spitham^is) ; stipulis fere omnibus alte connatis scariosis; foliolis 7-8-jugis oblongis lanceolatisve acutatis; pedunculis folia multo superantibus ; racemo brevi 5 - 10-floro ; pedi- cellis tubo calycis nigro-pubescens subaequilongis ; corolla violacea, ca- rina apice inflexa subproducta alas adiequante ; legumine immaturo ovato-lanceolato nigro- vel cinereo-pubescente stipite brevi calyce incluso suifulto. — Rocky Mountains on the British Boundary, Bourgeau, in Palliser's expedition (ex herb. Kew.). — Mature fruit unknown, per- haps turgid and not of this section. The forming legume is rounded at the base, on a very short included stipe, the dorsal suture not at all introflexed. Flowers 4^ or 5 lines long, apparently deeply colored : vexillum a little exceeding the wings and large keel. Calyx oblong- campanulate, acute at the base, the teeth rather stout. — I had taken this for the A. vaginatus of Richardson and Hooker. But I am in- formed that Richardson's specimen in the Hookei'ian herbarium is different, and has been referred by Planchon to Phaca australis. 96. A. Palliseri, sp. nov. Parce striguloso-pubescens, glabratus ; caulibus (subpedalibus) e caudice lignescente adsurgentibus ramosis gracilibus rigidulis ; stipulis superioribus herbaceis discretis ; foliolis 4 - 9-jugis linearibus lanceolatisve obtusiusculis ; pedunculis folium aequantibus; racemo sparsi-(7- 12-)floro; pedicellis calyce brevi aequi- longis ; corolla albido-purpurascente, carina apice angustata inflexa violacea alls breviore ; legumine lineai'i (f - |-pollicari lineara lato) glaberrimo stipite brevissimo at manifesto calyce incluso suffulto, 228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY valvis turgidis. — Rocky Mountains on the British Boundary, probably not at great elevations, Bourgeau, in Palliser's expedition (ex herb. Kew.). — Leaflets 7 to 12 lines long, a line or a line and a half wide, rather rigid. Calyx short-campanulate, the teeth not half the length of the tube, often still shorter. Corolla 4^ to 5 lines long, curved ; the carina produced into a narrow inflexed tip. Legume scarcely if at all exceeding a line in width, straight. It has a short stipe hidden in the calyx, like that of A. Jlexuosus, which is the species of Scytocarpi most approaching the Homalohi in the narrowness of its pod, and which the present species somewhat resembles. But the flowers of this are larger and differ much in the narrow and inflexed tip to the keek The pods with turgid valves resemble those of A. colUnus. But its near affinity is with A. campestris and A. decumbens, from which the glabrous legumes, on a manifest though short stipe, distinguish it. -»—-(—-)— StipulaB plerceque, saltem inferiores, adversus folium connatae. Legumen nunquam stipitatum. Caulescentes. ++ Calycis dentes gracillimi tubo sublongiores. Humiles e caudice lig- nescente, omnino pinnatifolii ; stipulis omnibus pi. m. connatis. 97. A. PAUCiFLORUS, Hook. Fl. 1, p. 149. Multicaulis, pumilus, cinereo-pubescens ; caulibus cgespitanti-decumbentibus conferte foliosis stipulis majusculis ; foliolis 3 - 5-jugis oblongis lanceolatisve acutis pedunculis folium suba^quantibus 2 - 5-floris ; floribus approximatis racemosis patentibus ; corolla violacea, carina breviter incurva obtusis- sima alis satis vexillo dimidio breviore ; legumine lineari-oblongo com- planato sericeo-puberulo (lin. 4-5 lin. longo). — Elevated regions of the Rocky Mountains, near the Bi'itish Boundary. The fruit, that of a genuine Homalobus, is described from Bourgeau's specimens. Corolla 4J- to 5 lines long, curved, the large vexillum reflexed. 98. A. MISER, Dougl. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 153, adn. ? Mul- ticaulis, cinereo-puberulus ; caulibus diff"usis (spithamasis) gracilibus laxe foliatis ; stipulis majusculis, superioribus ad medium connatis ; foliolis lato-linearibus oblongisve plerumque obtusis ; pedunculis folium longe superantibus 5 - 12-floris ; floribus in racemo sparsis ; coi'olla et calyce fere praecedentis ; legumine juvenili ovato-oblongo canescente. — Valley of Columbia River, Dr. Lyall (ex herb. Kew.), and, if the same, of its tributary the Spokane, Douglas. Described from Dr. Lyall's specimens (no. 7), and (the fruit being wanting) referred here on account of its resemblance to the preceding species. Douglas's OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 229 name may as well be taken up for this species from the same district. No specimens named by Douglas are extant. ■*-+ ++ Calycis dentes aut breves aut tubo subfequantes. Stipulje su- periores fere discrette. Graciles, rigiduli, ramosi, pinnatifolii vel abortu subsimplicifolii, nunc petiolis nudis. Racemi laxiflori, longius pedunculati. Flores ochroleuci, nunc purpureo suffusi ; carina prtesertim violaceo tincta vexillo parum breviore. 99. A. CAMPESTRis. Homalobus campestris & (forma depauperata) H. tenuifolius, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 351. H. decumbens, Gray in Enum. coll. Parry, Hall, & Harbour, no. 142, non Nutt. Striguloso-cinereus, nunc glabrescens ; caulibus adsurgentibus (3 - 15- pollicaribus) ; petiolis subcomplanatis rigidis sfepius 9 - 13-foliolatis, suramis raro paucifoliolatis nudisve ; foliolis lanceolatis linearibus seu lineari-subulatis plerumque acutis ; racemis 5 - 10-floris ; calycis denti- bus tubo dimidio brevioribus ; carina apice inflexa longe rostratim producta ; legumine oblongo-lineari (subpollicari) puberulo, valvis sub- turgidis. — Colorado Territory, in valleys on both sides of the Rocky Mountains. — Variable in size and in the leaflets, but well marked by the long and narrow falcately inflexed tip to the carina. Flowers rather large, fully 5 lines long when well developed, yellowish-white, usually tinged with violet. 100. A. SEROTINUS, Gray in Pacif. R. R. Surv. 12, 2, p. 47, t. 5. Cinereo-puberulus, glabratus ; caulibus adsurgentibus (9 - 18-pollicari- bus) ; petiolis omnibus pluri-(9 - 21-)foliolatis ; foliohs linearibus ; racemis virgatis 9 - 20-flori3 ; calycis dentibus brevissimis (tubo 3-4- plo brevioribus) ; carina apice brevi subangustata inflexa ; legumine lineari fere glabro. — On the Okanagan near the Columbia River, lat. 48°, Oct., Dr. J. G. Cooper. — Flowers tinged with purple, almost as large as in the preceding species, but the carina very different, having a much shorter and broad inflexed tip. From the next species the distinctions are not so certain, being chiefly the less pubescence and the short calyx-teeth. 101. A. DECUMBENS. Hoynololus decumbens, 'Nntt. 1. c. Cinereo- vel sericeo-pubescens ; caulibus diffusis vel adscendentibus (6 - 10- pollicaribus) ; petiohs nunc subcomplanatis plerisque pluri-(7 - 13-) foliolatis ; foliolis lineari-lanceolatis acutis ; racemis 5 - 10-floris ; caly- cis dentibus attenuatis tubo parum brevioribus ; carina apice brevi inflexa ; legumine lato-lineari recto vel falcato (subpollicari) canes- VOL. VI. 22 230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY centi-puberulo. — On both sides of the Rocky Mountains in Colorado Territory, and farther northward. — Corolla 4 or 4|- lines long, ochro- leucous, sometimes with a purplish tinge. 102. A. DiVERSiFOLius. Homolohus orthocarpus, Nutt. 1. c. Stri- guloso-cinereus ; caulibus diffuso-decumbentibus elongatis (pedalibus) ; petiolis brevibus complanatis 1 - 5-foliolatis ; foliolo terminali seu folio simplici lineari elongato (1 - 2-pollicari) utrinque attenuato ; pedun- culis 1 - 5-floris ; calycis dentibus tubo dimidio brevioribus ; carina falcato-incurva ; legumine oblongo-lineari recto vel subfalcato (^-polli- cari) canescenti-puberulo. — Gravelly plains of Colorado Territory, on both sides of the Rocky Mountains. — Flowers ochroleucous or lurid. — There is an A. orthocarpus of Boissier ; and moreover the pods of this, as of the foregoing species, are often more or less falcate. 103. A. JUNCEUS. Homolohus junceus, Nutt. 1. c. Striguloso-cine- reus ; caulibus erectis paniculato-ramosis ; petiolis filiforraibus aphyllis, " radicalibus foliola 1-2-juga minima gerentibus " ; pedunculis pauci- floris ; calycis dentibus brevissimus obtusis ; legumine lineari recto canescenti-puberulo. — Colorado Territory, on the head-waters of the Colorado of the West. — The only extant specimen of this in American herbaria, that I can find, is one in Dr. Torrey's herbarium, given by Nuttall, out of flower, and bearing a single legume, which is nearly an inch long. If distinct (and I know not to what other of the group it could be united), it may retain Nuttall's specific name, i\\%A. junceus of Ledebour being a synonyme of A. Stevenianus. -t- -1— -i— H— StipulfB scariosiB folium adversus in unum connatae. Le- gumen breve, nunquam stipitatum, oligospermum. Acaulescentes, csespitosi, sericeo-canescentes; foliis simplicibus lanceolato- vel spathulato-linearibus, nonnuUis rare 3 - 5-foliolatis ; scapis folia superantibus plurifloi-is ; corollis purpureis vel roseis. 104. A. c^SPiTOSUS. Homalohus ccespitosus, hrachycarpus^ & ca- nescens, Nutt. 1. c. Late cfespitans ; scapis 2 - 6-pollicaribus ; racemo spiciformi ; calycis dentibus attenuatis tubo suboequilongis ; carina obtusissiraa vexillo multo breviore ; legumine oblongo seu lato-lanceolato vix curvato (lin. 3-5 longo) subplano. — Dry hills and cliffs of the Platte or Nebraska, towards the Rocky Mountains. — Ovary and legume more or less canescent in Nuttall's specimens of his three species, which are all evidently reducible to one ; while the ovary is glabrous in a specimen collected at Scott's Bluffs by Mr. W. H. Wagner. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 231 * * Condensati ; floribus e rosulis foliorum simplicium vix exsertis ; legurainibus pluriovulatis subturgidis suturis validioribus marginatis. 105. A. siMPLiciFOLius. Phaca simpUcifolia, Nutt. 1. c. Pulvi- nato-caespitosus ; foliis lineari- vel spathulato-lanceolatis rigide acutis saepius involutis sericeo-incanis ramos breves caudicis multicipitis dense obtegentibus ; scapis brevissimis inclusis demum subexsertis ; calycis glabrati dentibus tubo oblongo dimidio brevioribus ; corolla parvula ochroleuca ; legumine calyce semi-incluso oblongo acuto subcompresso glabro crasso-coriaceo, sutura veutrali recta acutissima, dorsali gib- bosa. — Rocky Mountains of Colorado Territory near the sources of the Platte, found only by Nuttall. — Legume four lines long, of thicker texture and more turgid than in the preceding species, and with more prominent sutural edges, but formed on the same plan ; the foliage also similar. Ovules about 12. * * * Suhmonospermi, depresso-caulescentes ; floribus in axillis folio- rum subsessilibus ; leguminibus 3 - 4-ovulatis scepius monospermis ovatis baud stipitatis. Pinnatifolii, paucifoliolati. 106. A. Kentrophyta, Gray, Enum. coll. Parry, Hall, & Harbour, 1. c. no. 106. Kentrophyta montana & K. viridis, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c. Intricato-ramosus e radice longa, late depresso-ceespito- sus, undique foliosissimus, sericeo-canescens ; stipulis folium adversus plerisque connatis ; foliis pinnato-3 - 7-foliolatis ; foliolis lineari-subula- tis divaricatis rigidis mox involutis spinula terminatis cum rhachi baud articulatis persistentibus ; floribus in axillis 1-3 parvis cteruleo-albidis ochi'oleucisve ; legumine ovato acuminato compresso tenui-coriaceo ca- nescente parvo (lin. 3 longo) bivalvi basi calyce brevi stipato suturis vix marginato. — Colorado Territory, on both sides of the Rocky Moun- tains, especially on the upper part of the Platte or Nebraska, in de- nuded or sandy places. 2. Folia quasi palmato-trifoliolata. {Phaca § Orophaca, Torr. & Gray.) § 27. Triphylli. Legumen couico-ovatum, acuminatum, nee stipitatum nee corapressum, coriaceura. pluriovulatum, calyce subinclusum, sutura neutra intrusa. — Perennes, e caudice multicipiti lig- nescente caespitosi, depressi, argenteo-sericei, confei'tifolii ; stipulis majusculis tenui-scariosis adversus petiolum connatis ramos imbri- cantibus. Folia simulate palmatim re vera pinnatim trifoliolata, infima rarissime bijugatim o-foliolata, foliolis confertis. 232 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 107. A. TRipnTLLUS, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 740. Phaca ccespitosa, Nutt. Gen. ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. t. 55. P. argophylla, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c. Acaulescens, nititlo-sericeus ; stijiulis hjalinis glabris ; foliis pri- mariis quandoque 5-foliolatis foliolis cuneato-oblanceolatis, sequentibus longe petiolatis foliola 3 longiora lanceolata gerentibus flores (poUicares) sessiles confei'tos superantibus ; calycis denlibus tubo cylindrico diraidio brevioribus ; corolla ochroleuca sen alba ; legumine villoso calyce in- cluso. — Plains of Nebraska to the Saskatchawan. — Even the trifolio- late leaves may be seen on close examination to be of the pinnate type, and not of the palmate, as I had supposed. Some of the earlier leaves of the season (which, by their shorter petioles and shorter and broader leaflets, exemplify Nuttall's Phaca argophyUa), moreover, show two pairs of leaflets and a terminal one, crowded indeed, but evidently pin- nate. Pursh's name is to be restored to the species, the homonyme of Pallas being an Oxytropis. 108. A. SERicoLEtJCUs, Gray, Enum. coll. Parry, in Sill. Jour. n. ser. 33, p. 410, no. 190. Phaca sericea, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, FL 1. c. Latissime crespitosus, sericeo-incanus ; caulibus ramosis prostratis ; ramis stipulis villosis obtectis ; foliis omnibus trifoliolatis pedunculos fihformes 2 - 6-floros baud lequantibus ; foliolis oblanceolatis cuneato- oblongisve (lin. 3 longis) ; calycis dentibus tubo campanulato subcequi- longis ;' corolla purpurea (lin. 3-4 longa) ; legumine ovato-oblongo incano calyce semi-incluso (lin. 3 longo). — Sand-hills and clifi^s of the Platte or Nebraska to the Rocky Mountains. III. Species anomala, cai'ina in acumen producta Oxytropidis in- star, legumine sutura dorsali (carinali) solum introflexa Astragalorum typicorum. 109. A. NOTHOXYS, sp. nov. DifFusus e radice annua, cinereo- puberulus ; caulibus gracilibus (3- 12-pollicaribus) ; stipulis fere liberis discretis ; foliolis 6-9-jugis obovato-oblongis oblongisve ssepe retusis supra glabris ; pedunculis folium superantibus ; racemo brevi spici- formi ; calycis dentibus subulatis tubo oblongo brevioribus ; corolla violacea, carina apice lato incurvo in acumen acutissimum desinente ; legumine lato-lineari falcato puberulo tenui-coriaceo dorso sulcato septifero fere bilocellato, sutura *ventrali extus prominula. — Arizona, formerly the northern part of the Mexican province of Sonora, Prof. Thux'ber. San Luis Mountain and Guadaloupe Canon, Capt. E. K. Smith, in herb. Torr. — Leaflets 3 to 6 lines long. Peduncles 3 to 6 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 233 inches long. Flowers about half an inch long. Legume 8 to 11 lines long, transversely venulose, many-seeded, considerably resembling that of ^. Nuttallianus, with which (notwithstanding the obvious differences) some of the specimens were confounded in the Botany of the Mexican Boundary Survey. The broad and short, moderately incurved apex of the carina is abruptly contracted into a short, very acute, porrected cusp, which would technically refer the plant to Oxytropis. * * * Obscure Species. A. DiAPHANUS, Dougl. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 15], — from near the Great Falls of the Columbia River, — described as having hnear, somewhat diaphanous, bilocellate legumes, I have not iden- tified. I learn that the plant has the aspect of A. distortus. A. CouLTERi, Benth. PI. Hartw, p. 307, near Monterey, California, with silky-villous bilocellate legumes, would seem to belong to the sec- tion Argopliylli. A. POLARIS, Benth. in Hook, f., Arct. PI. (Linn. Trans. 33, p. 323), from Kotzebue's Sound, is said to differ from A. aJjyinus not only in the size (an inch long) and upright direction of the legume, and the obsolete stipe, but also in the absence of any introflexion of the dorsal suture. Phaca debilis, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 345, from the Rocky Mountains, is known to me only by a flowering specimen in herb. Torr. In appearance, and in the size of the flowers, it seems intermediate between A. Hallii and A. flexuosus : but it is dwarf, and has shorter calyx-teeth than either. The legume is a desideratum. Phaca parvifolia, Nutt. 1. c. p. 348, I find no specimen of; but conjecture that it may, hke Nuttall's P. parvijiora, have been founded on P. elegans, Hook., which is the small-flowered, American variety of A. oroboides. Among Astragali which remain undetermined for want of sufficient materials are the following : — 1. A striking one collected, in blossom only, by Capt. Pope, on the Llano Estacado, with a head or short spike of large yellowish flowers. It is mentioned in the Botany of Pope's Exjiloration ; Pacif. R. R. Surv. 2, p. 163. 2. The plant, in flower only, described as a variety of A. Fremontii, in Pacif. R. R. Surv. 4, p. 80 (24), collected by Dr. Bigelow on the Mohave, but which is certainly different from Fremont's plant there 234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY characterized. Dr. Parry gathered the same species on the Gila, still without fruit. 3. A canescent, narrow-leaved species from " Tubac, Sonora, Parry," which in the Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., p. 56, was referred to A. Sonorce. Capt. E. K. Smith collected the same species at Los Nogales, Sonora, also without fruit. 4. A plant mentioned in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 694, under Phaca leueophylla, from Douglas's last collection, of which the legumes only are known ; these are ovate-oblong, rather cartilagineous than coria- ceous, entirely one-celled. • OXYTROPIS, DC. The few North American species of Oxytropis of which materials are before me appear to be as follows : — A. Calyx fruciifer vesicarius. * § 1. Calycophysce. {Physocalyx, Nutt. ined.) Calyx fructifer vesi- cario-inflatus, globosus, legumen ovatum chartaceo-membrana- ceum sutura ventrali solum intrusa sub-semibilocellatum includens. Pulvinato-caespitosae, subacaules : scapi biflori. 1. O. MULTiCEPS, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 341 ; Gray in Enum. coll. Parry, Hall, & Harbour, no. 144 (forma minor). Phy- socalyx multiceps, Nutt. in herb. Rocky Mountains. — The legume of this most rare and charming little alpine species resembles that of 0. pumila, Fischer, but is short-stipitate, and concealed in the persist- ent bladdery calyx. B. Calyx immutatus. § 2. Physocarpce. Legumen vesicario-inflatum, membranaceum, sutura ventrali solum intus tumida vel intrusa. Acaulescentes : scapi umbellato- seu capitato-2 - 6-flori. 2. 0. PODOCARPA. 0. arctica, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 146, pro parte, non R. Br. Astragalus bijlorus, Schweinitz in herb. Depresso- caespitosa, multiceps, albo-villosa, demum glabrescens ; stipulis petiolo longe adnatis ; foliolis 5 — 11-jugis crebris lineari-lanceolatis seu oblongo- linearibus (lin. 2-4 longis) ; peduncuhs folia ad«quantibus bifloris ; corollas (subczeruleas ?) carina brevi-mucronata ; legumine (subpolli- cari) oblongo-ovato tenui-membi'anaceo subglabro acutissime acuminato stipite gracili calycem adajquante sustento. — Labrador, Arctic regions, and Rocky Mountains, lat. 49°. The specimens before me are from OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 11, 1863. 235 Labrador, good flowering specimens in the herbarium of Schweinitz ; from Arctic America, one in Dr. Torrey's herbarium, ticketed '' 0. campestris (Parry) by Sir William Hooker (which may perhaps be his 0. campestris var. melanocephala, but the short peduncles are at most two-flowered), and one from Richardson named by him 0. arctica ; from the Rocky Mountains, Sir William Hooker's 0. arctica S, of Drummond's collection ; — all the above in blossom only ; and, finally, a fruiting specimen of the latter from Bourgeau's collection. This, with its thin-walled inflated legume on a slender stipe (which stipe is evident enough in such flowers of the above as I could venture to dissect), is thus shown to differ essentially from the original 0. arctica, which has the coriaceous nearly sessile legume, along with other characters of 0. Uraleiisis. The present species is surely more nearly related to 0. physocarpa, Ledeb., differing however in its stipitate and pointed pod, and in the merely conjugate, but much crowded leaflets. § 3. Can^])estres. Legumen coriaceum seu chartaceum, nee vel parum vesicarium, in calyce sessile vel substipitatum, sutura ventrali septifera fere vel semi-bilocellatum, sutura dorsali raro subintrusa. Acaules : stipuljE petiolo alte adnatae : scapi raro 2-4-flori, sfepius pluriflori ; floribus capitatis spicatisve ; leguminibus erectis. * Foliola conjugata. -1— Scapi 2-5-flori, 3. 0. Uralensis, L. var. pumila, Ledeb. Fl. Alt. 0. arctica, R. Br. ; Hook, pro parte. 0. Uralensis, var. arctica, Ledeb. Fl. Ross. 0. lagopus, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. — Arctic shores and islands ; and Rocky Mountains to about lat. 40°, Nuttall, Hall and Harbour, no. 143. — I can well believe that this is an arctic-alpine form of 0. Uralensis. The legumes are oval-oblong or elongated-oblong, with the partition from the ventral suture stretching across to the dorsal. But neither in this nor in Siberian specimens of genuine 0. Uralensis (I have no fruiting European) do I detect any wing or rudiment of a septum projecting from the dorsal suture, as described by authors. -i— -i— vSpicfe vel capitula pluriflorae. 4. 0. CAMPESTRIS, L., cum syn. Ledeb. & Hook. f. 0. viscida, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray {0. mollis, Nutt. herb., forma viscidulo-villosa). Legumina chartacea, ovata seu ovato-oblonga, subinflata. Flores lutes- centes, violaceo sufFusi vel picti, rarius cserulei. Foliola plurijuga, oblongo-lanceolata, baud sei'iceo-canescentia. — Arctic regions to Lab- 236 PROCEEDINGS OE THE AMERICAN ACADEMY rador, Maine, and Rocky Mountains, lat. 40°. In legumes of European 0. campestris, but not in the plant of Maine, I find a slight internal projection of the dorsal suture; also, that the septum from the other suture divides the cell, except when the legume is considerably inflated. From the observations of Ruprecht, Ledebour, and others, it would seem that 0. campestris^ argentata, and Uralensis all run together. Equally they appear to run into the next in the Saskatchawan and Rocky Mountain region. 5. O. Lamberti, Pursh. 0. Hooheriana'^ Plattensis 8f sericea, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray. Legumina coriacea, nunc fere cartilaginea, arrecta, oblongo-cylindracea seu elongato-cylindracea (lin. 2-3 lata, longiora poUicem longa), septo e sutura ventral! fere bilocellata. Flores majusculi seu magni (8-12 lin. longi), spicati, purpurei, violacei, ochroleuci, seu albi. Foliola plurijuga, lanceolata, oblonga, vel linea- ria, cum calycibus canescenti-sericea. Stipulte plerumque hirsutissimse seu lanatae.. — Plains of Saskatchawan to Texas and the Rocky Moun- tains. I am unable to compare this with the Siberian 0. grandijiora. 6. O. NANA, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c. 0. argentata, Pursh. Fl. ? non Pall. CiBspitoso-multiceps ; folia confertissima, magis cano-sericea ; foliola 3 - 4-juga. Flores 9 - 12, capitati, majusculi. — Rocky Moun- tains about lat. 40°, Nuttall ; and farther north on Little Blackfoot River, Dr. Cooper ; in flower only. Legumes unknown. * * Foliola pleraque subverticillata. 7. 0. SPLENDENS, Dougl. in Ilook. A well-marked and beautiful, silvery silky-villous species. Plains of Nebraska to Bear Lake, and west into the Rocky Mountains. § 4. Montance. Legumen tenuiter coriaceum, oblongum seu cylindra- ceo-elongatum, in calyce breviter vel brevissime stipitatum, sutura ventrali late impressa (baud vero septifera) sub-semibilocellatum. Caulescentes vel subacaules, pedunculis scapiformibus : stipulas praesertim superiores basi tantum petioli adnatse : foliola crebra : flores laete cserulei, spicati seu capitati, parvuli (tubo calycis brevi), patentes ; leguminibus sjepius patentibus seu deflexis. 8. 0. DEFLEXA, DC. 0. foliolosa, Hook., forma fere acaulis. — Saskatchawan to the Rocky Mountains, as far south as about lat. 40". (Fine specimens m Parry, Hall, and Harbour's collection, no. 120.) The only species of this group yet detected in America. OP ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 12, 1864. 237 Five bundred and t-^ventjr-elglitli Meeting. December 8, 1863. — Adjourned Statute Meeting. The President in the chair. The Treasurer reported that it was not advisable to make any change in the mode of accounting for the trust funds of the Academy. On the motion of Professor Levering, this re- port was accepted. Messrs. B. A. Gould, Levering, A. Gray, Beck, and Win^ throp were appointed a committee to consider and report upon the meaning of Chapter IX., Sections 2 and 3, of the Statutes of the Academy, in relation to nominations made at adjourned Stated Meetings. Five hundred and tvrenty-nlnth Meeting. January 12, 1864. — Monthly Meeting. The President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary read letters from George Ban- croft and Frederic E. Church of New York, from Henry C. Cary of Philadelphia, John P. Kennedy of Philadelphia, and William Lawrence of London, in acknowledgment of their election as members of the Academy. The President called the attention of the Academy to the recent decease of Dr. Francis Boott of London, of the Associate Fellows ; and also of Mr. Francis Alger, a Resi- dent Fellow. Dr. Dean exhibited a series of photographs, obtained by the microscope, of sections of the medulla oblongata of man and other mammals. VOL. VI. 23 238 PKOCEEDINQS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Five hundred and thirtieth Meeting. January 27, 1864. — Statute Meeting. The President in the chair. On motion of Dr. B. A. Gould, it was voted that a commit- tee be appointed to consider the expediency of expunging the words "hereafter elected" in Chapter IX., Section 2, of the Statutes of the Academy, and to consider whether any other, and, if any, what changes in the Statutes are desirable. Messrs. J. A. Lowell, Parsons, Sparks, Winthrop, and B. A. Gould were appointed to serve on this committee. The following gentlemen were elected members of the Academy : — Mr. Ralph Waldo Emerson, to be a Resident Fellow in Class III., Section 4. Mr. Richard H. Dana, Jr., to be a Resident Fellow in Class III., Section 1. Professor J. P. Lesley of Philadelphia, to be an Associate Fellow in Class 11. , Section 1. Professor Wyman presented a Memoir " On the Develop- ment of Raia Batis.^' Five hundred and thirty-first Meeting. February 9, 1864. — Adjourned Statute Meeting. The President in the chair. Professor Lovering, from the Rumford Committee, presented the following Report. "The Academy having voted (June 1, 1862), that six hundred dol- lars be paid to Philander Shaw, to be expended by him in experi- ments or investigations relative to air-engines, the Rumford Committee have considered themselves under obligation to watch the progress of these and similar experiments, &c., and occasionally to report upon them to the Academy. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 9, 1864. 239 " The Committee have examined all the air-engines in Boston that they have been able to find after diligent inquiry, and they believe that they have obtained as much and as accurate information in regard to them as could be had ; and as much as seemed, in the pi-esent state of the question, useful. "They find three kinds of engines in practical operation: 1st, Mr. Ericsson's, to which the Rumford medal was awarded by the Academy at the adjourned annual meeting in June, 1862 ; 2d, Mr. Shaw's ; and 3d, Mr. Roper's. Engines by these inventors were at work in Boston or its vicinity at the time of that award, and were described in the discussions which were had on the Report of the Rumford Com- mittee at that time. The Ericsson engines which were then at work in Boston are still at work ; but the Committee have not been able to find that another of this kind has been added to the number ; and they believe that no addition has been made. " All measurements of these engines have shown that their nominal power greatly exceeds their actual useful effect. The Committee have found, in every one measured, the actual power to be only from one eighth to one seventh of that for which the engine was purchased. " The first one submitted to the Rumford Committee of the preced- ing year (estimated at one horse-power) measured only one seventh of one horse-power. Two other four-horse engines each measured from two thirds to three fourths of one horse-power; and the two-horse engine at the office of the 'Medical Journal' measured only one fourth of one horse-power. These engines consume about fourteen pounds of coal to the horse-power per hour. These measures were taken as the machines were found at their ordinary work, and are believed to ex- press with sufficient accuracy their performance under ordinary cir- cumstances. " The engines of INIr. Shaw and Mr. Roper, while they differ from each other in some important particulars, are similar in the points to which the former Rumford Committee attached most value. They both work under pressure, and heat the air by passing it directly through the flame, without the intervention of any conducting sub- stance. They are also independent of the draught of a chimney, and are as effective in the attic as in the basement of a building ; more- over, they are almost, if not quite, as steady and as noiseless as a steam-engine. " Mr. Shaw, during the past year, has been engaged in experiment- 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY ing upon his engine, chiefly with a view to secure as great economy in fuel as possible. He has sold several engines, however, which seem to have given satisfaction, and has now several others nearly com- pleted. He has increased the power of his engine considerably by adding a small tubular boiler, in which steam is generated by the heat of the exhaust air. This boiler communicates with his reservoir of condensed air, and increases and equalizes the pressure. The Commit- tee have found his estimates of the power of his engines correct. Those from two to three horse-power consume about 2J- pounds of coal to the horse-power per hour. None of his engines have been in operation long enough, however, to put their practical success beyond question, although one of them has now been in constant use for four months, giving satisfaction to its owner. The Committee believe that Mr. Shaw has, or will have, after a few changes, a suc- cessful engine. "Mr. Roper's experiments have been directed rather to improve- ments in other respects than to securing economy in fuel. Plis engine has been greatly improved since the last report of the Rumfoi'd Com- mittee. Mr. Roper has finally settled on the form which he will re- tain, and has begun to manufacture engines from it on a large scale. The ease with which this engine can be repaired, and the facilities which its construction afford for its manufacture in great numbers, will probably lead to its very general use. It consumes not more than five pounds of coal to the horse-power per hour. The Committee be- lieve this to be the most successful hot-air engine now at work in Bos- ton. The largest size made, up to this time, is two-horse-power." Dr. B. A. Gould presented a report from the committee ap- pointed to consider the intent of the statutes concerning the election of Fellows. The report was accepted, and a recom- mendation to modify the statute, Chapter IX., Section 2, by substituting the words " at least ten weeks," for the words " the interval between two stated meetings," was referred to the Committee on amending the Statutes. Dr. B. A. Gould was excused from serving on the commit- tee, and the President was appointed in his place. The following gentlemen were elected members of the Acad- emy, viz. : — OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 9, 1864. 241 To be Foreign Honorary Members : — Henry H. Milman, the Dean of St. Paul's, London, in Class III., Section 3, in place of Archbishop Whately, deceased. Professor Max Miiller of Oxford, in Class HI., Section 2, in place of Jacob Grimm, deceased. Frederick Overbeck of Rome, in Class HI., Section 4, in place of the late Christian Ranch. Professor Thomas Graham, Master of the Mint, London, in Class L, Section 3, in place of Professor Mitscherlich. To be Associate Fellows : — Major-General George G. Meade, U. S. A., in Class L, Section 4. Professor Ogden N. Rood of New York, in Class I., Section 3. To be Resident Fellows : — Mr. Edward Pearce and Dr. "William Watson of Cambridge, both in Class I., Section 1. Dr. H. R. Storer called attention to a matter that might be considered as of general interest, the result of investigations he had for some years been making into the causation of in- sanity among^ women. From the facilities of observation afforded him by a large special practice, and more lately by his position as one of the State Commissioners on Insanity, he had been irresistibly led to certain conclusions that were ap- parently of scientific and practical value. They were not at vai'iance with what had previously been enunciated upon the subject, but they promised to open a new and fruitful field for explanation and curative treatment. He proposed the follow- ing as general laws : — "1. In women of insane tendency, accidental or by inheritance, the access of insanity, its increase and its results, are more likely to occur at times of uterine or ovarian excitement, whether periodical and nor- mal, or from disease. " 2. In women, mental derangement, even of extreme chaft,cter, is very commonly, indeed almost constantly, the consequence of uterine or ovarian derangement, however trifling ; occurring at puberty, at the grand climacteric, or at any point between them, during virginity, during gestation, during or after labor, or during lactation, from ex- cessive sexual gratification, or excessive sexual abstinence, from self- abuse, from organic or functional local lesion. 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY " 3. So large a proportion of the mental derangements of women being sympathetic and reflex, and referable to local derangements, herein differing from what obtains in men, where insanity is more fre- quently of centric and cerebral origin, there is decided indication for local curative treatment much oftener than it is now resorted to in cases of insane women, either at asylums or in private practice." Dr. Storer presented various evidence corroboratory of his views, and related an illustrative case. He also alluded to a peculiar sensational torpor of the insane as explanatory of the otherwise unaccountable fact that severe physical lesions, as fracture of ribs, &c., are not unfrequently discovered at post- mortem examinations of the insane, of which no complaint or suspicion had existed during life. From this he drew another deduction of practical importance in the administration of criminal law. " 4. In medico-legal investigations, whether they are coroner's in- quests, trials for homicide, or for the abuse of insane patients in con- finement, it must not be forgotten that the insane, so far as regards matters of sensation, whether as to effects from wounds or from acute or chronic disease, are not to be judged by the oi'dinary physiological laws." Fl-ve hundred and thirty-gecond Meeting. March 8, 1864. — Monthly Meeting. The President in the chair. The President called the attention of the Academy to the recent decease of three of its members ; viz. Professor Ed- ward Hitchcock of the Resident Fellows, and Baron Plana and Heinrich Rose of the Foreign Honorary Members. The following papers were presented. On thS Right Ascension of the Pole Star, as determined from Observation. By Truman Henry Safford, Assistant at the Observatory of Harvard College. 1. The fixed star a Ursse Minoris, the Pole-Star, has been the ob- ject of very numerous observations, — more indeed than any other celes- OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 8, 1864. 243 tial body, except, perhaps, the sun, the moon, and the principal exterior phmets. The reason is, that all observers of the northern hemisphere must depend upon it in a great degree to assure themselves of the position of their instruments. Not only has this star been much observed, but many of the obser- vations have been made serviceable for the determination of its posi- tion ; whatever accuracy is possible in the place of a star should char- acterize the place of this. Nevertheless, there does not seem to be perfect security about its right-ascension ; the different predictions of it given in different places do not harmonize so well with each other, or with observation, as might, perhaps, be expected. Thus, for example, the fifty-two consecutive transits which I have observed at the Harvard College Observatory (with the Simms meridian circle), in pursuance of the definitive plan mentioned in the Report of Professor Bond for 1862 (pp. 24-26), give the star's mean right ascension for 1863.0, 1^ Q'" 0^34, or gi-eater by O'.Bl than Wolfers's prediction in the Berliner Astro- nomisches Jahrbuch for that year, and greater by 1'.22 than that given in Dr. Gould's pamphlet, " Standard Places of Fundamental Stars, U. S. Coast Survey." Reducing this back to 1860.0 by the proper motion now employed in the Jahrbuch, we have Cambridge Observations, 1860.0 I'' S" 3^464 Wolfers " " 2.654 Obs. — W. =-f0'.81 Bessel- Zech (Jahrbuch for 1860) 2.799 Obs. — B. Z. = -i-0.66 Gould (for 1860) 2 .32 Obs. — G. =4-1-14 2. So far, then, as my own observations go, the earlier prediction of Bessel, the elements of which were determined in 1826, is more accu- rate than either of the later ones. It remains now to examine other observations made lately, to see if they concur in the same conclusion. One observer's work may be, and probably is, afiected by a personal equation. We will compare Dr. Gould's tables of A. R. of Polaris, which extend from 1851 to 1863, with the observations made at Greenwich, Paris, and Cambridge, England, so far as the volumes containing them have reached us. To this will be added a comparison with Bessel's Tabula Regiomontanse, as continued from the same elements by Pro- fessor Zech. 244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Comparison of Dr . Goidd's Table of A. R. of Polaris with Observations. -,■ Observed. Comp'd (G.) O.-C. Comp'd (Z.) C — C. h m s s s s s. Greenwich 1851 1 5 19.02 18.66 +0.36 18.91 +0.11 1852 36.75 36.37 +0.38 36.64 +0.11 1853 54.65 54.19 +0.46 54.49 +0.16 1854 6 12.98 12.13 +0.85 12.45 +0.53 1855 30.86 30.19 +0.67 30.54 +0.32 1856 49.36 48.37 +0.99 48.74 +0.62 1857 7 7.37 6.68 +0.69 7.07 +0.30 1858 25.90 25.10 +0.80 25.52 +0.38 1859 44.23 43.65 +0.58 44.10 +0.13 1860 8 3.17 2.32 +0.85 2.80 +0.37 1861 21.50 21.13 +0.37 21.63 —0.13 Mean for 1856 +0.64 +0.26 Paris 1851 1 5 19.00 +0.34 +0.09 1852 37.09 +0.72 +0.45 1853 54.73 +0.54 +0.24 1854 6 13.55 +1.42 + 1.10 1855 1856 6 49.81 +1.44 + 1.07 1857 7 7.62 +0.94 +0.55 1858 26.18 + 1.08 +0.66 1859* 45.06 +1.41 +0.96 1860* 8 3.45 + 1.13 +0.65 1861 22.56 + 1.43 +0.93 Mean for 1856 +1.04 +0.67 Cambr.Eng. 1851 1 5 19.38 +0.72 +0.47 1852 36.68 +0.31 +0.04 1853 55.44 +1.25 +0.95 1854 6 12.39 +0.26 —0.06 Mean for 1853 +0.64 +0.35 3. There is evidently discrepancy enough between the tables and observation for further investigation. We have Cambridge, Eng., 1853 Greenwich, 1856 Paris, 1856 Cambridge, Mass., 1863 Correction of Bessel. + 0'.35 + 0.26 + 0.67 + 0.66 Correction of Dr. Gould. + 0'.64 + 0.64 + 1.04 + 1.22 All these numbers have the positive sign, and those referring to Dr. Gould's catalogue are the larger. 4. The mode of investigation which I have now adopted is to com- pare Bessel's Tabula? Regiomontanse with observations of Polaris made at different places during a little more than a century. * See Erratum, p. 309 of the Annales, Vol. XVI. of the Observations. • OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MARCH 8, 1864. 245 I am not confident that I have incUuled all the results which might be collected, although I have made a diligent search for them. But there are results from seventeen different observatories, some of them, as Greenwich, Paris, Dorpat, under several directors ; and it is to be noticed that each one of the results in Table I. is derived from more than forty complete transits ; in many cases, the number exceeds three hundred. No results have been excluded on account of discrepancy in the final combination of all. In order to compress Table I. into smaller compass, I have combined several years' work of one observatory, in a somewhat similar man- ner to that used in §§ 2, 3. In many cases this has been already done by the astronomers themselves. The numbers given above for Cam- bridge in England, Greenwich, and Paris do not appear in Table I., as the corresponding observations are differently combined. So far as I conveniently could, I have kept separate the work of different observers. This is not always practicable with the Green- wich, Paris, etc, observations. The names of astronomers in Roman in Table I. are those of the actual observers ; those italicized are those of the directors, in cases where several observers employed the same instrument at about the same time. The notes to Table I. give various details. I have corrected the results reduced by the nutation-coefficient 8".977 to Peters's value 9".223, so far as the lunar nutation is concerned. The variation of the coeflacients of aberration and solar nutation is so mixed with the errors arising from the effect of temperature on the instrument, that the precautions which eliminate the latter will also cause the former to disappear. Table II. contains the corrections to be added to observations already reduced with the lunar nutation 8".977, to make the results accord with the value 9".223. The part of the correction common to all stars is omitted. The corrections for aberration and solar nutation have not been applied. These, it will be seen at once, are of different signs in different seasons. The most conspicuous result of the comparison between Bessel's theory and observation is, that the former does, in fact, require a slight correction. This is not remarkable, as it was published about thirty-eight years ago. At that time the great majority of the obser- vations here employed to correct it were not made, and Bessel adopted the wisest course then possible. He devoted a considerable portion of VOL. VI. 24 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY" his time for twelve years to the observation of this single star ; the result of this was the position for 1820,* 0"^ 57" P.505 +88° 20' 54".27, which, it will be seen, agrees nearly with observations of other astron- omers. For the proper motion he compared this with Bradley's posi- tion (Bessel's own second^ reduction), and from these two determined the A. R. and Dec. for every year from 1750 to 1850. Like all Bessel's works, this has fully stood the test of time ; the correction which now appears necessary can only be deduced by comparison with a great number of observations. The other computations of the position and proper motion of Pola- ris to which allusion has been made are Wolfers's in the Tabulte Re- ductionum and Dr. Gould's. The first agrees very closely with Bes- sel's. It is derived from a slightly different and more accurate reduc- tion of Bradley's observations (the one employed in Table I., and cited in the notes), and from the mean of the best observations made about 1830. It does not, however, agree quite so well with observa- tion as Bessel's. The other one (Dr. Gould's) is also less accurate than Bessel's ; both in A. R., for 1855.0, and in proper motion ; in the former ele- ment its error is about double that of Bessel's, in the latter rather more. The investigation (Astr. Journal, VoL VI.) seems hardly com- plete. We miss in it Bessel's, Argelander's, Carhni's, and Henderson's observations; Airy's Cambridge determination, and, of those made under Struve's direction, the latter half of the Dorpat series (made by Preuss) and Schweizer's Pulcova observations ; besides the long series made at Paris under Arago, and several others of less authority. We must also regret that inaccuracies have crept in. Bradley's place for 1755 is wrongly reduced (by about 2' of time) to 1855, and again in another place to 1850 ; to Piazzi's for 1800, has been added about 3*.6, which seems to be the "probable uncertainty" (error veri- similis)' of a difference between Argelander and Piazzi. Gi'oom- bridge's for 1810 has been changed by 4'.3 on account (it is stated) of the error of Groombridge's meridian mark. But this error had * It will be seen in Table I. that I have given separately the results for 1817 and 1824, of the two transit instrumQnts which Bessel then used, t Using as for his own observations Lindenau's nutation. # * OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 8, 1864. 247 already been in great part eliminated (for Polaris, at least) by Groom- bridge himself; for, of the ninety-three observations, forty-one* at least were taken below the pole. Such an error would have been exactly eliminated had one half of the observations been made below the pole. There are some smaller discrepancies in the reduction to 1850, whose origin it is not easy to trace. All the larger corrections to be made are of negative sign, and refer to the earlier part of the observations, so that, if they were made, the resulting proper motion would be larger algebraically ; while the result for the mean of the dates for which the star's A. R. is correctly given, in the original investigation, would not be much altered, as the follow- ing numbers show. B — G = 0^35 + 0^02o (t — 1855). N—G = 0.64 -1-0.037 (t — 1855). B, G, N, denote respectively Bessel's, Dr. Gould's, and my own f A. R. of Polaris, for the time t, but referred to the equinox of 1855. In Table I. A a denotes Bessel's discrepancy from observation ; A' a, Dr. Gould's ; A" a, my own ; C. — 0. being taken of an opposite sign to the residuals of §§ 2, 3. I have used Dr. Gould's formula, depending on the powers of the time. It is not, however, consistent with the trigonometrical compu - tation from his own elements ; which would deviate more largely from observation. The sura of the squares of the discrepancies is, For B, 12.88; excluding Piazzi and Groombridge, 8.75 « G, 21.91 ; " " " " 15.23 « N, 10.30; " " " " 7.24 5. Remarks upon the Tables. The authorities for the numbers in Table I. are generally well known; and the following remarks would enable any one to derive essentially the same results in detail as I have given. * Philosophical Transactions for 1810. t I have obtained by least squares, using the residuals in Table I., the correc- tion N — B = 0".29 -f 0'.012 (t — 1855). I did not think it expedient to use either Piazzi or Groombridge here, on account of the doubt about the position of both their instruments. But they would have tended to make the discrepancy of N from G larger. % 248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 1755. — Bradley. I have used Peters's reduction of the A. R. of Polaris. 1785. — Maskelyne. The introduction of the known coefficient of nutation into Lindenau's conditional equations for this observer, as well as of L.'s own aberration and parallax, which are very accurate, enabled me to determine the A. R. from 1785, given in the Table with the proper motion -j- 0^065 for the same date ; whicl^ reduced to 1855, is equal to 0^082 ; a quantity sufficiently accurate to show that the progress of wear in the Greenwich transit-instrument would not affect our result seriously. A trifling change (of about 0^04) for the better in the representa- tion of Bradley's observations would be made by omitting Maskelyne altogether. 1815, 1820. — Carlini. From the Effemeridi Astronomiche de Mi- lano, 1821, p. 106 of the Appendix. 1817. — Bessel. Observations with the Dollond Transit, 1814- 1819. Tabular Regiomontanas, p. xliii. 1819. — Struve. Observationes Dorpatenses, III. liii. The latest tables of Bessel referred to are in Volume IV. of the Konigsberg Observations. I have added 0M9 to Struve's results, to refer them to his own later determination of the fundamental stars. 1824. — Bessel. Loco modo citato. Observations with the Reichen- bach circle, 1820-28. 1824, 1832. — Dorpat (Struve and Preuss). See Peters's Nume- rus Constans Nutationis, p. 18. The quantity w was considered as the correction of A. R. for 1824, according to Struve, and iv-\-w' that for 1832, according to Preuss. Hence the values of A a are the same as those of w and w -f- w', with changed signs. 1830. Argelander's A. R. is given by Wolfers in his Tabular Reduc- tionum, p. liii. I have no other knowledge about it save that it is manifestly very accurate. 1832. — Pond. I have preferred to employ the observations as given in the annual catalogues from 1829 to 1835, instead of the result of the catalogue for 1830. There is no appreciable difference of re- sults ; but there is some obscurity as to the reduction of the earlier observations. The result given for 1825 (1817-26) is (corrected for nutation) 0^ 58'" 15\83, which accords well enough with Bessel's value, 0*^ 58" 15^49. 1835. — S. Fernando. The mean of the results for 1834 and 1835, of three observers, # OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MARCH 8, 1864. 249 Obs. — Bessel. Montojo — 1M2 Hoy OS -f 0 .7G Marquez -|- 1 .49 + 0.38 •• has been added to the place of the Tabute Regiomontanse for 1835. 1840, 1850. — Paris. Annales de I'Observatoire Imperial de Paris. Observations, Tome II. p. xxxv. The observations from 1837 to 1845 were reduced to 1840, and those for 1846-1854 to 1850. 1840, 1845. — Berlin. The series in Vol. II. of the Berlin Obser- vations, by Encke and Galle, gives for 1843 A « = -j- 0^06 (corrected for A )'), A'M = -|-0^03, A"a=-f 0M8. 1842, 1845. — Oxford. Mr. Lucas observed with the old transit instrument, and Mr. Johnson with the new one. 1843. — Doellen. I have not been able to find a copy of the Dor- pat observations for 1841 and 1842, which also contain observations by this eminent astronomer. • 1848. — Washington. The transit instrument gives, by thirty-seven double transits, 1^ 4^ 25^81, and the meridian circle by forty-nine, jh ^.m 26\92. I have simply taken the mean. The instruments seem both to be affected by temperature. 1855. — Carrington. Double transits alone. Redhill Catalogue, p. xxii. 1858. — Greenwich. Mr. Airy's new Catalogue of 2020 stars gives I'' B'" 3'.05, reduced to 1860. This would give Aa = — 0'.26; this does not include the result for 1861. In order to justify the course which has been pursued, in determin- ing the correction to Bessel's A. P., it is necessary to show that Bes- sel's declination is not largely erroneous. (See my paper in the Me- moirs of this Academy, Vol. VIII. pp. 541 et seqq.) The declination was computed from the place for 1755 in the Fun- damenta, compared with Bessel's own for 1820. The correction for 1830 was -j- 0".03 ( Argelander in "VVolfers's Tabulae Reductionura, p. liii.) by seven series of observations; that for 1843 is — 0".06 (Pe- ters in Struve's Recueil des Memoires, I. p. 201), and for 1850 and 1860 the Greenwich and Paris observations give, as compared with Bessel, 250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Bessel - Zech. ObserTed. C — 0. 88° 30' 34".90 35.09 — 0".19 33 47 .07 47.23 0 .16 33 47 .07 47.10 — 0 .03 1850 Greenwich 1860 Paris 1860 Greenwich No considerable correction seems necessary. Table II. gives, for the years 1815-1860 inclusive, that part of the correction for the error of Lindenau's nutation, which is not eliminated in the clock-error. In applying it I have been careful to use the mean of the values taken from it for the years of observation, which some- times extend over a large part of one revolution of the node. For this reason the number in the column A v opposite any given date in Table I. is not usually the result of Table II. for that year. TABLE I. — Comparison of Computed and Observed Right Ascen- sions of Polaris. Computed. Obs'd. A V A a A' a s A" a h m s s s s s 1755 Greenwich Bradley 0 43 43.00 42.95 +0.05 +0.69 —0.61 1785 Greenwich Maskelyne, 49 18.20 17.66 +0.54 +1.10 +0.10 1800 Palermo Piazzi 52 25.94 25.30 +0.64 +1.12 +0.33 1810 Blackheath Groombridge 54 39.84 37.56 +0.35 +1.93 +2.33 +1.72 1815 Milan Carlini 55 49.66 49.32 +0.34 +0.65 +0.18 1817 Konigsberg Bessel 56 18.15 17.72 +0.28 +0.15 +0 47 +0.01 1819 Dorpat Struve 56 46.97 46.68 +0 29 +0.59 +0.17 1820 Milan Carlini 57 1..50 0.65 +0.56 +0.29 +0.58 +0.18 1824 Konigsberg Bessel 58 0.52 1.07 —0.01 —0.54 —0.31 —0.61 1824 Dorpat Struve 58 0.52 0.27 +0.25 +0.48 +0.19 1830 Abo Argelander 59 31.71 31.66 +0.05 +0.20 +0.04 1830 Cambr. E. Airjf 0 59 31.71 30.88 +0.83 +0.98 +0.82 1832 Dorpat Preuss 1 0 2.85 3.44 —0.59 —0.47 —0.58 1832 Greenwich Pond 0 2.85 231 +0.54 +0.66 +0.55 1835 S.Fernando Cerquero 0 50.28 5067 +0.25 —0.64 —0.57 —0.59 1838 Edinburgh Wallace 1 38.59 38.21 +0.38 +0.40 +0.46 1840 Berlin Encke 2 11.31 10.21 +0.54 +0.56 +0.54 +0.67 1840 Cambr. E. Chains 2 11.31 10.73 +0.58 +0.56 +0.69 1840 Greenwich Airi/ 2 11.31 10.93 +0.38 +0.36 +0.49 1840 Paris Arago 2 11.31 11.10 +0.21 +0.19 +0.32 1842 Oxford Lucas 2 44.44 45.23 -0.79 —0.85 —0.66 1843 Pulcova Schweizer 3 1.17 1.91 —0.74 —0.82 —0.61 1843 Dorpat Dollen 3 1.17 2.06 —0.10 —0.79 —0.87 —0.65 1845 Berlin Galle 3 34.94 36.31 —0.42 —0.95 —1.07 —0.79 1845 Oxford Johnson 3 34.94 35.26 —0.32 —0.44 —0.16 1845 Greenwich Air If 3 34.94 34.35 +0.59 +0.47 +0.75 1848 Washingt'n Maury 4 26.42 26.37 +0.05 —0.13 +0.25 18.50 Greenwich Airy 5 1.30 1.26 +0.04 —0.19 +0.27 1850 Cambr. E. Chains 5 1.30 1.73 —0.43 —0.66 —0.20 1850 Paris Arago 5 1.30 1.18 +0.12 —0.11 +0.35 1855 Redhill Carrington 6 30.54 31.27 —0.73 —1.08 —0.44 1858 Greenwich Airy 7 25.52 25.84 —0.32 —0.74 +0.01 1859 Paris Le Verrier 7 44.10 44.90 —0.80 —1.25 —0.46 1863 Cambr. M. Safford 1 8 59.68 60.34 —0.66 —1.22 —0.26 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MARCH 8, 1864. 251 TABLE 11. Year. Aw Year. Av Year. Av Year. A v 1815 s —0.02 1827. 8 —0.44 1839 +0.58 1851 s —0.26 1816 +0.16 1828 —0.55 1840 +0.51 1852 —0.05 1817 +0.3.3 1829 —0.59 . 1841 +0.38 1853 +0.16 1818 +0.46 *1830 —0.56 1842 +0.20 1854 +0.35 1819 +0.54 1831 —0.47 1843 0.00 1855 +0.50 1820 +0.56 1832 —0 34 1844 —0.20 1856 +0.60 1821 +0.52 1833 —0.14 1845 —0.38 1857 +0.63 1822 +0.41 1834 +0.06 1846 —0.52 1858 +0.59 1823 +0.26 1835 +0.26 1847 —0.60 1859 +0.48 1824 +0.08 1836 +0.42 1848 —0.62 1860 +0.32 1825 —0.11 1837 +0.53 1849 —0.54 1826 —0.28 1838 +0.59 1850 —0.43 On a Process of Organic Elementary Analysis, by Combus- tion in a Stream of Oxygen Gas. By C. M. Warren. The process in general use for ultimate organic analysis had seemed to me so nearly perfect as to leave little room for any very marked improvement. Like all other processes of analysis, however, it has its own peculiar sources of error, inherent in the nature of the substances employed, and in the manipulations to be performed. But these appear to have been reduced to a minimum ; so that, with great care and the necessary skill, there can be no reason to doubt that that process, with the various modifications which have been proposed to meet special cases, is capable of affording as accurate results, in a majority of in- stances, as can, perhaps, be claimed for any other analytical process. Nevertheless, there are instances, and they are doubtless numerous, where so satisfactory a solution of the question which may be under consideration as would be highly desirable, cannot be attained by that process. It was after repeated unsuccessful efforts, in a case which ap- peared to be of this kind, that I was led to conceive the idea of making the combustion in oxygen gas alone ; and to devise the method which I am about to describe. Were it not for the danger of explosions in the combustion tube, the occurrence of which would, at least, render its use fruitless of good re- sults, the employment of pure oxygen, as a combustion agent in analysis, would seem, of all substances, the one most naturally suggested. This apparent difficulty is probably the' chief reason it has not long ago been brought into general use ; its employment since the time of Prout, so 252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY far as I am informed, having been mostly confined to the combustion of the residual carbon of highly carbonaceous substances, after the other decomposition products, containing the hydrogen, had been burnt at the expense of oxide of copper. By a very simple device I entirely obviate the danger of explosion ; viz. the combustion tube is closely packed with asbestos, or other inert substance,* and yet so loosely as to leave free passage for gases through the interstices. The packing of the tube requires some care. This, however, may be readily accomplished, giving great uniformity to the mass of asbestos, by having the latter carefully broken into small, loose pieces, which are gradually added to the tube, and arranged in position . by means of a stiff iron wire. Little attention need be had to the pack- ing of the centre of the tube, as this will come right of itself, if the packing against the sides is properly done. It will be found convenient and expeditious to turn the tube continuously in the hand, and cause the end of the iron rod to follow around against the sides of the tube, placing the asbestos, by gentle taps, alongside its inner surface, so that only very small open spaces may be seen. In the experiments which I have made I have generally had about ten or twelve inches in length of the tube filled with asbestos. As the combustion takes place within a very short space, it seemed at first that the tube might be reduced considerably below the ordinary length ; it was found, however, that shortening of the tube below a certain limit made it difficult to control the distillation of volatile substances and pre- vent too rapid combustion ; it being essential in this, as in other pro- cesses, that the combustion should proceed slowly, and with a good degree of regularity ; otherwise it would be difficult to regulate the supply of oxygen to meet the demand of the burning substance. By * I have used only asbestos in my experiments thus far, and in every instance with perfect success. Quartz sand, selected with care as to the size of the grains, had suggested itself, on account of greater convenience in filling the tube, as it would properly arrange itself on simply being poured into the tube. It would, however, be liable to the objection, that any jarring of the tube, while lying upon the combustion furnace, would be likely to settle the particles more closely together, and form a channel along the top, in which an explosion might take place which would spoil the analysis. I therefore prefer asbestos to anything which I have thought of; and any apparent inconvenience in preparing a tube with this substance will pass into insignificance, if the precautions which I advise for protecting the tube from breakage are observed, as tlien the same tube may be made to last for a long time. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MARCH 8, 1864.* 253 having the column of asbestos of considerable length, the anterior end of which only is ignited, the substance, if volatile, becomes diffused through a large space, and the distillation thereby easily controlled ; as only a small portion of the substance need then be heated at a time. Doubtless a shorter tube would answer equally well for many non- volatile substances. It will be observed that the asbestos packing is but another application of the principle involved in the use of wire gauze in Davy's safety-lamp.* In order to obtain perfect control of the analysis, and to be always certain that the requisite quantity of oxygen is being admitted, I have adopted certain simple expedients, enumerated below, which have been found fully adequate to that end. 1. The distillation of the substance, if volatile, is effected by means of a bar of copper, placed over and attached to one of Bunsen's burners, as shown at a, in the accompanying figure. This bar, having first been brought to the maximum temperature which the lamp is capable of producing, is placed near or under the bulb containing the substance ; applying that part of the bar nearest or most remote from the flame, or an intermediate point, according to the temperature required. The steadiness of the heat thus applied, and the faciUty with which it may be regulated, by simply moving the bar, render it decidedly preferable to any other means which I have employed for that purpose. I had for a long time used such a bar for the same purpose in the old process, with extreme satisfaction. In some cases a bar of copper laid on the combustion furnace,! one end projecting into the flame by which * It has occurred to me that my safety-tube may serve as the basis of a more simple and equally accurate process for the analysis of gases, by gradual com- bustion, instead of explosion; in which weighing would take the place of measure- ment. I propose, at an early day, to study this question by a series of experiments, t As there are those, and probably there are many, who still persist in the use of charcoal in place of the more modern gas furnaces for generating heat for com- bustions, I desire here to say that I have in use one of Baumhauer's gas furnaces, procured a few years ago from Luhme & Co., in Berlin, which seems to me to have no fault. It is impossible for me to conceive what objection one could have to it, unless it be that a naked tube might become overheated along the bottom ; and this would be a valid objection if the remedy were not so simple. If the tube be laid in a trough of sheet iron (brass is objectionable, in my process, on account of its obscuring the tube with oxide of zinc), with a thin layer of asbestos between, and fastened together with wire, no harm can ever occur from overheating. A VOL. VI. 25 254 PROCEEDINQS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY the tube is being heated, and the other end raised and extending to- wards the substance, has been found to answer a good purpose. 2. In the case of volatile bodies (I have not yet analyzed any others by this process), I have found the combustion to proceed most satisfac- torily when, having first heated about four or five inches of the anterior portion of the tube, which includes the oxide of copper, and started the flow of oxygen, I apply the heated bar to the bulb containing the sub- stance, and immediately expel the whole of the liquid, — which becomes at once absorbed by the asbestos, — and then, if necessary, gradually move the heated bar forward, driving the substance towards the ignited portion of the tube, until it shall have reached that point in the tube where the temperature is just sufficient to cause the oxygen to take up the* vapor in suitable proportion; indicated by the bubbles of oxygen and carbonic acid, as will be described below : — a point as easily found as to find, in the old process, the requisite temperature for proper dis- tillation of the substance. When this is accomplished, which will occupy but a short time, the heat in front of and behind the substance being constant and uniform, no further manipulation of the heat is re- tube of Bohemian glass, thus protected, may be used for a large number of analyses ; and, indeed, become almost a permanent fixture upon the furnace. The asbestos prevents the glass and metal from adhering together, — which is probably the chief or only cause of breakage of wrapped tubes, — so that sudden cooling and re-heating may take place with perfect security. It is important that the iron trough should not extend much backward of that part of the tube where it is desired that the combustion should take place, so that the temperature of the principal part of the column of asbestos may remain under the control of the operator, by means of the heated copper bar, or otherwise. Independent of the use of a metallic bar, as described above, or any novel ap- pliance, the heat can be regulated by this furnace with as great, or even greater nicety than by the use of coal. The partitions in this furnace, between the cocks, are two inches apart ; so that the gas from one of the jets ignites about two inches of the tube. To rely, therefore, alone upon the cocks for regulating the heat in burn- ing the substance, would doubtless often lead to bad results ; but the heat may be made to approach the substance in the most gradual manner, — next to that of con- duction by a metallic bar, — by making use of a piece of thin brass plate, about two inches long, and half an inch wider than the top of the furnace, the edges of which are turned down against the sides. If this plate is laid on the wire gauze covering the furnace, and pressed down so as to fit closely enough to prevent the gas from igniting under it, the gas escaping from the cock underneath may all be made to burn at one end of the plate, and to extend the heat along the tube as gradually as the plate itself is capable of being moved. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 8, 1864. 255 quired ; the supply of oxygen only requiring attention. In the ordinary way, on the contrary, in which the heat is applied only on one side of the substance, the latter, if volatile, is constantly changing position backward in the tube, necessitating a corresponding movement of the heat in the same direction ; which requires constant care and consider- able skill. This procedure — referring to the immediate expulsion of liquid from the bulb, etc. — implies that that portion of the tube immediately forward of the bulb should not already be too warm, which might easily be the case with a body of very low boiling-point. It would then be necessary to expel the substance from the bulb no faster than the oxygen would absorb it in the proper proportion ; which, as experience has shown, may be easily accomplished. With a body of extreme volatility it may be also necessary to place a dish containing pieces of ice under the bulb ; as even the temperature of the surrounding air might in such a case cause the substance to pass forward too rapidly. 3. The oxygen is admitted through Liebig's potash bulbs contaming sulphuric acid ; and the carbonic acid formed is absorbed by similar bulbs with potash ; to which is attached a tube filled with soda-Hme and chloride of calcium, as recommended by Mulder,* to take up any traces of carbonic acid which may escape absorption in the bulbs, and the trace of moisture which is invariably carried forward from the latter. Special care should be taken to select both sets of bulbs with the view to have the openings in the one as nearly as may be of the same size as those of the other, so that the bubbles of oxygen, considered as representing volumes, entering the sulphuric acid bulbs, may be readily compai-ed with the bubbles or volumes of carbonic acid entering the potash bulbs ; these bubbles may then serve as a valuable index by which to regulate the supply of oxygen. Especially is this true in cases where the composition of the body to be analyzed is pretty nearly known, as then the number of bubbles of oxygen required for every bubble of carbonic acid produced may be readily calculated. But as it is, in any case, advisable to conduct the experiment so that there shall always be an excess of oxygen passing unabsorbed through the potash bulbs, and as this excess would seldom be large even * Liebig and Kopp's Jahresbericht, 1858, p. 588. 256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY if a sufficiency of oxygen were admitted to burn the most richly hy- drogenized body known, it may generally be well to admit enough for such a case. The volume of oxygen actually consumed in burning the lightest liquid known — probably of the formula Cg Hk, — which I have separated from petroleum, and which contains a larger percentage of hydrogen than any other non-gaseous body, as compared with the volume of carbonic acid formed, is as 1.62 : 1 ; the fraction representing the oxygen which is taken up by the hydrogen of the body, and which of course becomes condensed and disappears from the volume of car- bonic acid. In burning this body with just the equivalent quantity of oxygen, — assuming that the combustion would be complete under such cireumstances, — we should have one bubble or volume of carbonic acid entering the potash bulbs for every 1.62 bubbles or volumes of oxygen entering the sulphuric acid bulbs. A sufficient excess of oxygen would be secured in this case, and a simple ratio obtained, if 2 bubbles of oxygen were to be admitted for 1 bubble of carbonic acid appearing in the potash bulbs. The case would then be further simplified by having the openings in the sulphuric acid bulbs of such size as would give bubbles twice as large as those from the potash bulbs ; as then, when the bubbling should be equally rapid in both, the relation between the volumes of the gases would still be maintained, viz. 2 vols, of oxygen to 1 vol. of carbonic acid. Such bulbs would be highly desira- ble, but would probably have to be made expressly for the purpose. 4. As an additional control over the supply of oxygen, and serving also as a temporary safeguard against the escape of incompletely ox- idized substance, in case of too rapid distillation, with an insufficient flow of oxygen, I have two or three inches in length of the tube filled with coarse, strongly ignited oxide of copper, placed in front of the asbestos, and this followed by a plug of the latter substance to keep it in place, and prevent the formation of a channel along the upper surface of the oxide of copper. The tube itself being laid in an iron trough, as above described, with the upper half of the tube exposed, the oxide of copper is heated in such a manner that any reduction would be readily ob- served at the end in contact with the asbestos. In this manner it serves as a valuable indicator, by which to determine, at a glance, whether the flow of oxygen is sufficient. It will rarely happen that any reduction of the oxide of copper will take place. I have, however, in some of my earlier experiments, with too short a column of asbestos. ^ -^^= -- m -.5=.— OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 8, 1864. 257 and ill-adapted bulbs, had so much of the oxide of copper reduced that combustible gasses passed through the absorbing apparatus ; and in one instance, when the unabsorbed gases were collected, the quantity of combustible gas was so considerable as to form, with the oxygen col- lected with it, — which of course came forward at an earlier or later stage of the process, — an explosive mixture. Having seen no indica- tions that any other than gaseous bodies escaped the combustion tube in such a case, it occurred to me that such an analysis might be saved by collecting the gas over mercury, and, at the close of the combustion, before detaching the absorbing apparatus, conducting it a second time through the combustion tube.* As a matter of economy, also, in the saving of the excess of oxygen, when a considerable number of analyses are to be made, this idea seemed to recommend itself; as the oxygen would, at the same time, become purified from any traces of combustible matter which might be present, and could then safely be collected as pure oxygen, and finally transferred to the oxygen gasometer. I therefore constructed for this purpose the apparatus which is repre- sented in the background of the accompanying figure as attached to the anterior end of the absorption apparatus. At the close of the com- bustion, when only pure oxygen appears to enter the potash bulbs, the flow of oxygen is interrupted ; the communication with that portion of the drying apparatus which is back of the short U tube, A, is closed at b ; and the tube B — which is movable in the cork — turned up.f The joint at c is then disconnected; the end leading to the receiver C tightly closed with a piece of glass rod ; and a communication estab-: lished between the absorption apparatus and another receiver containing water, — not shown in the figure, — for collecting the pure oxygen. On opening the spring-clip d (the more modern form, which is provided with a fine screw, is excellently well adapted for this purpose), the mercury will flow from the reservoir D into the receiver C, and force * As the time consumed in an experiment is so short, and the quantity of combustible gas present, if any, so very small, and that mixed with a very large quantity of oxygen, it is not improbable that the gas might as well be collected over water; as the quantity which could be absorbed by the water in so short a space of time would probably be inappreciable. t That this tube may not operate as a siphon, the outer limb is formed by attaching, near the bend, a flexible tube, of larger bore than that of the glass tube. Tliis flexible tube is preferable to glass, on account of the readiness with which it adapts itself to any change of position of the glass tube, by which it may always project into the receiver underneath, and prevent waste of mercury. 258 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY the gas through the capillary tube ee ; thence through the short U tube A, containing chloride of calcium, to the combustion tube and absorption apparatus ; and the gas is finally collected over water in the receiver provided for that purpose. The introduction of a longer column of oxide of copper would probably accomplish the same purpose with less expense ; but neither expedient can be regarded as essential to the process. As the saving of an analysis by the use of a longer column of oxide of copper would only be occasional, the additional heat required, and consequent dis- comfort occasioned by its continued use, would hardly be compensated for. So that, while I would not, therefore, recommend the use of an additional quantity of oxide of copper, I would also discard the other expedient of collecting the gas over mercury or water, etc., unless the saving of the surplus oxygen, together with the additional security af- forded, should be considered of sufficient importance to recommend it. As the passing through of the gas the second time requires no attention after it is once started, and occupies but a short time, during which the operator may attend to anything else, I much prefer, for myself, to retain in use that part of the process. 5. Some other less important peculiarities in the construction and use of the apparatus will now be noticed, in connection with some re- marks on the performance of the analysis. The posterior end*, of the combustion tube, as seen in the figure, is bent obliquely upward, as in the common form, except that, instead of being drawn out to a point, it is left of the full size of the tube. The object of this form is to prevent, in a great measure, the escape of oxygen during the time occupied in introducing the substance for anal- ysis ; and also for greater convenience and security from loss in the per- formance of this operation ; especially in the case of volatile liquids. In the latter case," the neck of the bulb — which has previously been provided with one or more scratches on its side near the end — is in- troduced into the end of the combustion tube, and broken off by pressure against the side of the tube ; the bulb itself is then allowed to drop in, and the end of the tube immediately closed with a perforated cork containing a glass tube, f, connecting it with the drying apparatus. This connecting tube is constructed of hard Bohemian glass ; the anterior end of which is drawn out to a short, blunt point, and the opening nearly closed in the blowpipe flame, to the size of a small needle ; the object of which is, to increase the rapidity of the flow of OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 8, 1864. 259 oxygen at that point, and thereby diminish the hability to loss from diffusion of gases or vapor backward into the drying apparatus, which is always too liable to occur when the posterior end of the combustion tube is not sealed. As an additional precaution against loss from this source, this con- necting tube is packed with asbestos in the same manner as the com- bustion tube ; and during the combustion is heated with one of Bunsen's burners. In case vapor of the substance should reach this tube, not- withstanding the above precaution against it, it could not reach the drying apparatus as such ; but would be immediately decomposed, and the carbonic acid formed would at least stand a good chance of being carried forward, and prevent a loss in the determination of the carbon. The heating of this connecting tube may be superfluous for the object above described (a point which I have not yet taken the time to deter- mine) ; but it certainly has the good effect of heating the oxygen, and thus preventing the condensation of liquid at the cork in the end of the combustion tube. In the performance of an analysis, the first step should be to expel the moisture from the combustion tube, while hot, by passing through it, for some time, a stream of dry air from the gasometer.* The tube should then be filled with oxygen, before the substance, if volatile, is added ; as otherwise particles of unburnt substance might escape during the displacement of the air, and occasion loss. The absorbing appa- ratus, having been previously weighed, is then attached, and, if the excess of oxygen employed is to be saved, the oxygen again admitted to expel the air from the absorbing apparatus. The connection is then made with the receiver G, if used, and the tightness of the joints tested by turning down the tube B, so as to partially exhaust the apparatus. * The necessity for this may be entirely obviated, after the first analysis, and much time saved and uncertainty avoided, by connecting the anterior end of the combustion tube, at the close of a day's operations, with a set of stationary drying tubes of ample capacity, which may stand back of the furnace out of the way, com- munication with which is established by means of a flexible tube. Or, better, a movable tube may be attached by means of a screw to the opening in the top of the gasometer, extending to the top of the upper reservoir, so that water cannot enter, and then, by simply turning the cock underneath, communication would be opened between the surrounding air and the combustion tube, through the intervening drying apparatus. At the close of work the anterior end of the combustion tube should then be tightly corked, the fire extinguished, and the tube allowed to cool in diy air. It would thus be always ready for immediate use. 260 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY If found tight, as indicated by the liquid in the potash bulbs, the tube B is again turned up, and the substance then introduced in the manner above described. A very slow stream of oxygen is now admitted ; the tube B again turned down till the level of mercury in this tube shall be half an inch to an inch below the level of mercury in the receiver C ; and from time to time during the combustion the position of this tube is adjusted so as to preserve about this difference between the levels of the mercury, or at least so as to prevent the mercury in the tube from ever rising above that in the receiver. In this manner the mercury, instead of offering resistance to the passage of gas from the combustion apparatus, and thus increasing the internal pressure upon the joints, which would be objectionable, actually operates advantageously by producing partial exhaustion, and thus diminishing the internal pressure upon the joints, and consequently the liability to leakage. The distillation of the substance is now com- menced, and conducted as previously detailed above. So soon as con- densation of moisture appears in the neck of the chloride of calcium tube, indicating that combustion has commenced, the flow of oxygen may be gradually accelerated to keep pace with the progress of the combustion, as indicated by the bubbles in the potash bulbs. When the burning of the substance seems to have been completed, heat is gradually applied, for a shox't time, along the whole length of the column of asbestos, to obviate the possibility of any loss from unburnt substance. The absorbing apparatus may be weighed filled with either oxygen or air ; for myself, I prefer the latter, as, on the whole, more convenient and less liable to lead to error. At the close of the analysis, therefore, I expel the oxygen from the apparatus by admitting air from the air- gasometer,* saving for further use the oxygen which is expelled during * The oxygen-gasometer and the air-gasometer each having a separate drying apparatus, the time consumed in changing from one to the other is very much shortened, as the necessity for displacement of the oxygen or air — as the case may be — which is contained in the drying apparatus is avoided. Each drying apparatus consists, 1st, of Liebig's bulbs, containing sulphuric acid; 2d, of a U tube, 15 inches high (nearly 3 feet of tube), filled vpith soda-lime for carbonic acid ; and, 3d, of two such U tubes (5 to 6 feet of tube), filled with chloride of calcium. The object in using drying tubes of such large dimensions is to avoid the necessity of too frequent renewal. The gasometers stand in a pan of copper, which is provided with an out- let to the sink, so that they may be filled without disconnecting from the drying apparatus ; thus giving a degree of permanence to the apparatus and saving some labor. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 8, 1864. 261 the first five or six minutes. Thus far I have applied this process only in the analysis of volatile hydrocarbons of the formula Cn H„_6; CnHn+2 5 6tc.* As a mixture of the vapors of these bodies with oxygen is highly explosive, a more severe test of the safety of the process could not be applied. In every experiment which I have made, the combustion has pro- ceeded- as quietly as if burning in the open air. The results obtained are extremely accui'ate and uniform. Although the bodies which I have analyzed represent but a single class of organic substances, I can see no reason to doubt that the pro- cess will apply equally well in the generality of cases. If this view be corroborated by actual experiment, the process can hardly fail to supplant the common methods ; if for no other reasons than its greater convenience, economy of time, avoidance of excessive heat, neatness, etc. ; while, as regards accuracy of results, it will, at least, not be found inferior to the other methods ; but, on the contrary, I think preferable, as affording greater security against failures and errors from accidental causes. Having obtained such satisfactory results in the cases referred to, and being prevented by other important work, to which the study of this process is only incidental, from pursuing the subject further at present (except so far as I shall have occasion to use the process in my other investigations), I have thought it advisable to present the process to the Academy as it now stands. I hope, however, before long to be able to resume the work, with the view to determine, by experiment, the extent of its applicability as a general method, and will report the results to the Academy. * la an analysis of amyl-alcohol, made in my laboratory by my friend Mr. Storer, for the sake of familiarizing himself with the process, — it being his first analysis by this apparatus, — the following result was obtained. Experiment. Theory. Carbon, . . . 68.53 68.18 Hydrogen, , . 13.63 13.64 yOL. VL 26 262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Five Hundred and Tlilrty-third Meeting. April 12, 1864. — Monthly Meeting. The President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to ex- changes ; also, letters from Professor Thomas Graham of Lon- don, Professor Max Miiller of Oxford, Dean Milman, Professor J. P. Lesley of Philadelphia, Professor Ogden N. Rood of Columbia College, Major-General George G. Meade, Mr. Ed- ward Pearce, and Dr. William Watson, in acknowledgment of their election into the Academy. Mr. J. A. Lowell presented informally and read a report from the Committee on the Revision of the Statutes, recom- mending certain amendments. The report was laid on the table, to be taken up for action at the Annual Meeting. Professor Rogers, from the committee on the subject, read for information of the Academy a digest of the proposed addi- tions to the Standing Votes. It was moved by Dr. B. A. Gould, " That the several por- tions of the Proceedings of the Academy be distributed by mail to the Fellows and Members, whenever ready for distri- bution." It was ordered that this motion be brought up at the Annual Meeting. Mr. Safford presented a Memoir by Mr. G. W. Hill on the Great Comet of 1858. Dr. Dean exhibited some photo-lithographic representations of the medulla oblongata; being illustrations of his memoir upon the subject, recently published by the Smithsonian Insti- tution. The President presented a Memoir by Professor Tread well, " On the Construction of Hooped Cannon, — being a Sequel to the Memoir on the Construction of Cannon of great Caliber, &c., published in the Sixth Volume of the Memoirs of the Academy." Professor Tuckerman presented the following paper : — OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: APRIL 12, 1864. 268 Observationes LiCHENOLOGiCiE. Observations on North Ameri- can and other Lichenes. By Edward Tuckerman, A. M. (Continued from Vol. V. p. 422.) Collema leptaleum, sp. nov. : tliallo membranaceo-cartilagineo suborbiculari lobato-plicato fenestrato-lacero margine elevato rugoso- granulato e laste-viridi obscuriore subtus pallido ; apotheciis majusculis planis disco e castaneo nigricante margine tenui evanido. Sp. in thecis oblongo-clavatis 6 - Stub, vermiformi-bacillai'es apicibus obtusis, rectius- culiB, 4- 12-blasta3, diam. 8 - 14° demum 20° longiores. Oa trunks, not uncommon from New England to Virginia. New York, 3Ir. Russell. South Carolina, Mr. Ravenel. Alabama, 3Ir. Peters. Louisiana, Dr. Hale. Island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. Long regarded by me as identi- cal with that state of C. fasciculare, Ach., which constitutes C. aggre- gatiim, Nyl., but differing from the European lichen (Fr. Lich. Suec. n. 50. Moug. & Nestl. Cr. Vog. n. 453) in its smaller, narrower spores, no less than in its better-developed fronds. In the latter respect, C. impUcatum, Nyl. (Lindig. Lich. N. Gran. n. 749) rivals, and is indeed much like it, but the spores are more diverse than those of C. aggre- gatuni. Trachylia Californioa, sp. nov. : thallo crustaceo gyroso-plicato superficie rimuloso-ruguloso ambitu lobato glaucescente ; apotheciis in veiTucis thallinis majusculis mastoideis innatis disco subplano nigro margine albido sub-obsoleto. Sp. in thecis lineari-elongatis octonje, ob- tusissime ellipsoidete, diblasta?, medio demum constrictae, obscure fuscae, diametro subduplo longiores. On metamorphic sandstone rocks, Oak- land hiUs, California, 3Ir. H. N. Bolander. May be considered, as respects the thallus, the most remarkable species of the genus. The granules of T. lucida, Th. Fr., become indeed scale-hke, and those of T. tympanella pass at length into a more or less distinctly plaited crust ; but the thallus of the present is originally plaited, and the lobation of its circumference is as distinct as, and resembles, that of Leeidea (Thal- loidima) Candida, ("Web.) Ach., with which species, and L. mamiUaris, it also agrees in the minute wrinkling, looking often like mealiness, of the surface. Apothecia immersed in conoid-hemispherical warts (about half a line in diameter at the base and often a httle exceeding that in height) ; the flattish, black disk, scarcely a httle grayish under a glass, appearing as if bordered only by the very white edge of the thallme receptacle. Examined, however, with a more powerful lens, this edge 264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY is found to include, or often conceal, a white or whitish true margin, not containing gonidia, and appearing to belong to the proper exciple, (but compare here the observations of Koerber, Parerg., p. 286,) being traceable, in a vertical section, if I do not greatly mistake, downward to the base of the apothecium ; which is, in that case, not lecideine (as is assumed or asserted, by several writers, of the exciple of Trachylia), but biatorine. And this biatorine structure appears, indeed, unques- tionable in T. tigillaris, the apothecia of which (often conditioned by the thallus similarly to those of the present), though finally and com- monly black, and so described by all writers (Turner and Borrer observing, however, Lich. Brit., p. 133, that the wall of the exciple, seen in section, is "not black but grayish," to which reference will again be made below), occur also in Lapland specimens collected by Wahlenberg, and in others from this neighborhood, brownish, and even whitish, both externally and in section. Nor does there seem to be any difference of color, in a section of the palest of these apothecia between the base (hypothecium) and the margin ; but, as the exciple blackens above, a very thin continuous line of the same color is ob- servable also below, and, within this, the more conspicuous white layer, extending also upwards, to which we have already referred. And this double hypothecium, variously modified, appears in fact characteristical of Trachylia, as a genus. It is seen in T. Calif ornica (showing in section a white hypothecial layer, and below that a thicker blackish- brown one, disappearing, or at least the color, below the excipular margin), and is marked in T. tym-panella (where the white layer is readily traceable into the powdery inner border characterizing that and other species, as indicated in Acharius's figure, Lichenogr. t. 3, f. 1, while the much-thickened, dark-brown or blackish, inferior layer forms the outer, black one), with which last T. lecideina, Nyl, (Lich. Par. n. 18), T. stigonella (Moug. & Nestl. Cr. Vog. n. 858), and T. lucida (Th. Fr.) sufficiently agree ; and the structure is also the same in T. leucampyx, Tuckerm. (Wright. Lich. Cub. n. 21), a species especially remarkable for the prominence of the white margin, which finally over- lays and conceals the proper black one, as well as in T.javanica, (M. &, V. d. B.) Nyl. (Lich. Cub. n. 22), in which the white layer is re- duced to a mere film, and the black exciple has its most extraordinary development. The view of the structure of the exciple of Acolium ocellatum, Koerb. {Trachylia, Plot.), otherwise unknown to me, taken in the learned author's exhaustive description (Parerg. pp. 285, 286), OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: APRIL 12, 1864. 265 has been already cited, and should be compared with that which I have ventured to prefer ; but it may be added that no other species appears so fully illustrative of the present one. Stereocaulon pilophoroides, sp. nov. : podetiis elatis erectis validis simpliciusculis apicem versus parce ramosis ruguloso-subcorti- catis etomentosis albidis phyllocladiis e verrucisformi dein subelongatis exasperatis ; apotheciis terminalibus mediocribus disco mox semigloboso njo-ro margine albido flexuoso-irregulari. Cephalodia scrobiculato-fove- olata, granulis gonimis in nodulis cylindraceis irregulariter dispositis. Sp. in thecis oblongo-clavatis octonte, e fusiformi aciculares, 4- 10-blasta;, diam. 10-24° longiores. Spermatia acicularia, falcato-curvata, sterig- matibus simplicibus. Sandwich Islands, Dr. W. Hillelrand. "With the aspect of Pilophorus, but the apothecia, spores, and spermatia of Stereo- caulon ; in which genus it belongs to the neighborhood of S. ramulosum. Podetia four to five inches high, stout but brittle, dividing into two or three long branches above the middle, which part distichously, or send out irregularly, short branchlets terminated by the subglobose, black apothecia. Phyllocladia more or less confluent, especially above, but passing into papillcB, which towards the base are elongated and terete. The thin hypothecium is blackish-brown ; the thalamium proper Jess colored, with filiform, sometimes branched, brown-headed paraphyses. Placodiuji cladodes, sp. nov. : thallo erecto dichotomo-ramoso ramis teretibus fastigiatis in crustam papillatam aurantiacam ca3spitoso- stipatis ; apotheciis sub-mediocribus sessilibus disco piano pulverulento fulvescente submarginato, margine thallino demum crenulato. Sp. in thecis brevibus saccato-oblongis singulte, mediocres, incolores, obtuse ellipsoidea^, diblastJB, diam. subduplo longiores. On the earth, in the alpine regions of the Rocky Mountains, Mr. E. Hall. Apparently crustaceous, but in fact fruticulose, and, so far as I am awax'e, the first distinct indication of that type of thallus in the yellow, Parmelia- ceous Lichens with bilocular spores. Thallus of the lichen before us rather exceeding (in the specimens, which do not show the organic or other substratum upon which it grows) a quarter of an inch in height ; the erect branches solid, not very fragile, terete, much and fastigiately branched, and closely crowded together, blackish at the base, but be- coming paler above, where they pass into the papilteform branchlets which constitute the crust-like, warted, orange-yellow surface. Apothe- cia a little darker than the crust, powdery, the disk sometimes margi- 266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY nate ; the thalline border somewhat entire, or at length more or less crenulate. Paraphyses rather stout, branchmg, especially towai'ds the thickened yellowish summits. Spore-sacks short, oblong, never appear- ing to contain more than a single spore, which varies from roundish to ovoid, and at length obtuse-ellipsoid ; the contents very often irregu- larly disposed, but passing at length into two approximated sporoblasts, scarcely showing any trace of an isthmus. Spermogones indicated by their darker-colored ostioles ; spermatia very minute, short, appeai'ing to be ellipsoid, or a little oblong. Placodium ph^um, sp. nov. : thallo subcartilagineo Igevigato mox interrupto subareolato viridi-glaucescente hypothallo nigro prominente ; apotheciis sessilibus biatorinis plano-convexulis disco fusco margine integerrimo sub-concolore. Sp. parvula3, incolores ovoideo-ellipsoideae, polari-diblasta3, diam. l|--22-° longiores. Lecanora, Tuckerm. in Wright Lich. Cub. n. 112. On calcareous rocks in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. The colors well distinguish this lichen, which is scarcely comparable with any other of the group known to me. Lecanora (Squamaria) Bolanderi, sp. nov. : thallo ca;spitoso dichotomo-ramosissimo viridi-stramineo, ramis teretibus fastigiatis, ex- tremis papilteformibus obtusis ; apotheciis mediocribus terminalibus sessilibus disco e carneo-luteolo fulvescente nudo, margine thallino tu- mido integro. Sp. octonfe in thecis clavatis, incolores, mediocres, ovoideo- ellipsoideae, simplices, limbataj, sporobl. dein variabili, diam. 1^-2|° longiores. Spermatia acicularia, arcuata, sterigmatibus simplicibus in- fixa. On rocks (" metamorphic sandstone ") in Marin county, Cali- fornia, Mr. H. N. Bolander. Comparable, as respects the colors and size, with L. rubina, but differing remarkably in its fruticulose thallus, which is divided much as that of L. fruticulosa, Eversm., from the Kirguis steppes. Sods irregularly rounded, and not much exceeding an inch in diameter ; a central trunk dichotomously dividing into thick- ish, short branches, (cartilagineous and greenish straw-colored with- out, and with a densely compacted, white medullary layer,) which pass at the summits into obtuse papillce. Apothecia not unlike those of L. rubina, except in the persistently thicker margin, and the lighter-colored disk. The present and two following species are associable with Squa- maria, Nyl. {Placodium (Massal.) Th. Fr.), — a group undistinguishable, however, from Lecanora (as compare Nyl. Lich. And. Boliv. in Ann. Sci. 4. 15, p. 377, note) except by the more or less effigurate thallus. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: APRIL 12, 1864. 267 This type of frond (intermediate, apparently, between the foliaceous and the crustaceous) is in fact nearest to the latter, and often most manifestly a modification of it, and its systematic value has, it appears to me, been well subordinated by Dr. Stitzenberger (Beitr. z. Flechten- syst. in loco.) Lecanora (Squamai-ia) Hatdeni, sp. nov. : thallo subfoliaceo cras- siusculo coriaceo-cartilagineo lacero-laciniato viridi-stramineo subtus rufo-fuscescente ambitu nigricante, laciniis lobato-divisis margine albo- crenulatis convolutis ; apotheciis Upon the earth, Laramie plains, Nebraska, Dr. F. V. Hayden. " Covers the ground," says Dr. Hayden, in a letter of 28th December, 1861, "in many parts of the West, especially where there is much gypsum in the soil. In the Laramie plains it covered many square miles, in most places detached and blown about by the wind, sometimes even drifted. It is ft)uud in situ where the ground is moist, where it is most abundant oftentimes ; there is no wood or rocks for it to be attached to." Agreeing in its remarkable history with Lecanora esculenta, (Pall.) Eversm., of the Asi- atic and African deserts, but the thallus of the present (in the larger spe- cimens a little exceeding an inch in the largest diameter) is foliaceous rather than crustaceous. It is, however, thickish, and easily broken, and the plant appears certainly to be comparable rather with L. ru- hina, than with any known form of Parmelia conspersa. The lobes are rolled closely together in all the specimens, and none of them show traces of having been gathered iii situ. A fuller description is reserved, in the hope that other observers may be fortunate enough to detect fertile plants. Lecanora (Squamaria) Frostii. Squamaria, Tuckerm. Suppl. I., in Amer. Journ. Sci. 25, p. 425. On granitic rocks, from New Eng- land to Virginia. Lecanora subflava, sp. nov.: thallo cartilagineo primitus con- tio'uo l^vigato rimuloso granulatoque luteo hypothallo atro decussato ; apotheciis mediocribus sessilibus disco plano-convexo fulvescente mar- gine thallo subconcolore obtuso integro. Sp. in thecis clavatis incolores, submediocres, ovoideo-ellipsoidcEe, simplices, diam. 1^ - 2° rarius 2^° longiores. Trunks in the island of Cuba, ilir. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 1G7). Related, in habit and in the spores, rather to L. suhfusca than L. varia. 268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Lecanora pinguis, sp. nov. : thallo crasso areolato-plicato sordicle olivaceo-virescente intus pallido-sulphureo, hypothallo infuscato ; apo- theciis majusculis adnatis disco mox turgido lutescenti-carneo subtiliter pruinoso, margine tliallino tenui subcrenulato demum excluso. SporfB in thecis clavatis octonte, incolores, ex ellipsoideo plus minus oblongfe, simplices, limbat:Ti, sporobl. dein variabili, diam. 3-4° longiores. On metamorphic sandstone rocks, at 2,000 feet, in Oakland county, Califor- nia, Mr. Bolander. Thallus tartareous, often two lines in diameter, and the thickest specimens, made up apparently of several successive layers, reaching half an inch through, contiguous, the surface cracked into irregular, coarse, convex areoles, which are often plaited, and become sometimes effigurate at the circumference, and in young fronds, dull olivaceous-green without, and pale sulphur-colored within, the hypo- thallus being indicated by a purplish-brown discoloration. Apothecia from half a line exceeding at length a line and a half in diameter, from innate becoming superficial, and the pale-yellowish, at length a little flesh-colored, obscurely powdery disk (which is pale within) turgid, (much in the manner of conditions of L. vai'ia, \. polytropa), when the thinnish, scarcely prominent, irregularly wrinkled or notched margin is sometimes excluded. Spores iri*egularly oblong-ellipsoid, and oblong. Spermogones scarcely a little prominent, with fuscescent ostioles ; the spermatia needle-shaped and bowed. There is some appearance in this lichen of a tendency toward the effigurate type of thallus, but it is not marked, and there is nothing else to distinguish the plant from Lecanora proper, where it is associable with the group represented by L. varia. Urceolaria chloroleuca, sp. nov. : thallo tartareo rugoso e glau- cescente flavido intus pallide sulphureo hypothallo albo ; apotheciis ex urceolato margine proprio denticulato-fisso reflexo mox explanatis, disco convexulo nigro cinereo-subpruinoso margine thallino integro evanescente. Sp. 8n£e, ovoideo-ellipsoidete, mox fuscescentes, 4-8- blastoa sporobl. irregulariter subdivisis, diam. 2 - 2j-° rarius 3° longiores. On the earth (" Cuchillas de Bai'acoa ") in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 123). A distinct form (whatever its rank may prove to be), contrasting sharply with the elegant specimens of U. cinereo-ccBsia, (Sw.) Ach., of Lindig's New Granada collection (n. 2,503), but not quite so diverse from those of Wi'ight's Lich. Cub. n. 161. The spores of this last are perhaps longer, but in other respects like those of both the others, as also of U. scruposa (Fr. Lich. Suec. n. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : APRIL 12, 1864. 269 282) ; and Nylander (Prodr. Fl. N. Gran, in loco) refers the West Indian lichen of Swartz ( JJ. cmereo-ccesia) to the European ; which, especially in the var. gypsacea ("Welvvitsch Cr. Lusit. n. 97, 100, saltern pr. p.), often resembles it. Thelotreiia latilabrum, sp. nov. : thallo crassiusculo loevigato incequabili dein ruguloso e glauco olivaceo-subfuscescente ; apotheciis majusculis innato-prominulis ex urceolato-scutelliformi dein dilatatis ditformibus, excipulo exteriori margine lato acuto stellato-fisso retlexo albo-pulverulento discum planum nigrescentem velo subcrustaceo mul- tifore demum rupto coopertum cingente. Sp. in thecis cylindraceo- clavatis octonfe, incolores, oblongte apice altera nunc attenuata?, 6-8- blasta^, diam. 3-6° longiores. Paraphyses filiformes. On trunks in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 137). The spores connect this fine Thelotrema with T. olivaceum, Mont., but externally it is far more like T. Auberianum of the same author. Apothecia a line in diameter, but the largest reaching two lines ; the exterior (proper) exciple brown within, where it is white-powdery, and concrete with the thallus without ; the interior exciple deficient. As in T. Aube- rianum, the now only slightly recurved white margin of the exciple remains sometimes persistently entire, being either elevated and ob- tusish, or, again, scarcely exceeding the thallus ; but more frequently perhaps it is deeply cleft into four or five acute, at length reflexed lobes, a state characterizing the larger apothecia, while also obsei'vable in others from the first. Thelotrema leucastrum, sp. nov. : thallo cartilagineo tenui lasvi- gato pallide olivaceo-fuscescente hypothallo fusco-nigro ; apotheciis majusculis innatis scutelliformibus dilatatis, excipulo exteriori reflexo stellato-fisso albo-pulverulento discum planum tenuem superne nigri- cantem albo-pruinosum cingente, interno deficiente. Sp. in thecis subcylindraceis uniserialiter octonte, parvulte, palhde fuscescentes, e cocciformi-ellipsoideo dein magis oblongte apicibus obtusis, 3 - 4-blast£e, diam. 2-3° longiores. Paraphyses filiformes distinct^. Trunks in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 158). Var. i3 difforme : apotheciis minusculis confluentibus elongatis aliterque ditformibus margine pulveraceo sub-dissoluto. With the last. (Wright Lich. Cub. n. 159.) The species will be most readily compared with T. platycarpum, described in a previous part of these Observations, but the interior exciple, which is so distinct and elegant VOL» VI. 27 270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY in that species, is wholly wanting in this. The spores, though not dissimilar, generally, to those of T. platycarpum, are somewhat larger, and the outline is constantly a little different. It will not be easy to found any subdivision of the present genus on the presence or absence of the interior exciple. Thelotkema platycarpgides, sp. nov. : thallo cartilagineo tenui aequabili dein ruguloso pallide viridi-fuscescente ; apotheciis mediocri- bus innato-prominuhs urceolato-scutelliformibus apertura ampla, mar- gins exteriori elevato subintegro dein reflexo discum planum tenuem superne nigricantem albo-pruinosum excipulo interno membranaceo albido connivente instructum cingente. Sp. octonte, pallide fusces- centes, ex ellipsoideo apicibus acutis dein subelongatfe apice altera attenuatffi, 6-blasta3, diam. 3^-4^° longlores. Paraphyses filiformes conglutinatoe. Trunks in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 157). Differs from T. platycarpum in its 6- (rarely 8-) locular, larger spores, as well as in its smaller, urceolate apothecia, in which the outer margin is more commonly erectish and nearly entire. But the latter feature is not to be relied upon (as already suggested under T. latilabrum), and the lichen occurs in states resembling T. platy- carpum much as the variety of the last-described species does its type, except that here the distinction of the spores continues. Thelotrema lirelliforme, sp. nov. : thallo crassiusculo tenuis- sime ruguloso-granulato lasvigato dein tartareo-subfarinoso e glauco- viridulo cinerascente hypothallo fusco-nigro ; apotheciis majusculis innatis lirellato-difformibus, excipulo exteriori prominulo margine crasso subintegi'O discum nigrum velamine albo coopertum cingente. Sp. octonae, oblongo-ellipsoidese, tetrablastge sporobl. integris, dein nigro- fuscae, diam. 2-2J^° longiores. Trunks in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 150). Belongs to the same gi-oup with the variable T. Auherianum, Mont., and T. Cuhanum of the present writer, but is rather remarkably distinguished by its much-elongated apothecia, sometimes nearly three lines long, and its blackish spores. The lirelli- form exciple, which not unfrequently suggests that of some Graphis, not remote from G. vernicosa, Fee (Nyl. in Herb. Lindig. n. 751, 898) splits sometimes irregularly, becoming 3-4-radiate, recalling short- branched apothecia of the cited Graphis, and still more those of specimens of G. Lyellii (Sm.) Ach. Thelotrema catastictum, sp. nov. : thallo subtartareo inaequa- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : APRIL 12, 1864. 271 bili dein subtiliter pulveraceo glaucescente ; apotheciis minutis immersis urceolatis thallo submai'ginatis apertura ampla, excipulo laxo margine incurvo discum conoideum nigrescentem cingente. Sp. in thecis elongatis subcyliudraceis octonte, pallide fuscescentes, lato-oblongo- ellipsoideae, 6 - 8-blasta3 sporobl. lentiformibus integris, diam. 2-3° longiores. Paraphyses filiformes conglutinatce. On trunks in the isl- and of Cuba, Mr. Wright. T. compimctum (Sm.) Nyl. (Herb. Lindig. n. 2,885) has not very dissimilar though smaller apothecia, but differs from the present in its muriform-pleioblastish, larger spores, as well as in general habit. Thelotrema simplex, sp. nov. : thallo crassiusculo rugoso-verru- coso Igevigato pallide cinerascente ; apotheciis confertis valde minutis thalli verrucis submarginantibus immersis, excipulo subgloboso pallido basi continuo superne nudo radiatim substriatulo poroideo-pertuso discum nucleiformem livescentem fovente. Sp. octonge, mox fuscae, ellipsoidete, 4:-8-blast8e sporobl. dein muriformi-partitis, diam. 1^-3° longiores. Paraphyses conglutinataj. Trunks in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 154). Belongs to the neighborhood of T. Wightii, (Tayl.) Nyl., and is especially comparable with T. trypane- oides, Nyl. (Wright. Lich. Cub. n. 156), but differs in the conspicuous denudation of the upper portion of the verrucarioid apothecium, and apparently in the spores. The proper (exterior) exciple of Thelotrema, for the most part so conspicuously conditioned by the thallus, has in the present lichen (as also in T. album (Fee), and others of that group) only an accidental relation to it. There can hardly be any doubt that the siiiple receptacle of T. simplex corresponds to the exterior exciple of species with compound receptacles (as compare the not dissimilar T. sphinctrinellum, Nyl. in Herb. Lindig. n. 2808) : but when, as in T. compunctum, the exciple soon separates from the thallus, falling loosely inwards, it is difficult not to take it for the interior, and the rim of thallus, often a little prominent, which surrounds it, as in fact as well as appearance the exterior. Gtalecta carneo-luteola, sp. nov. : thallo tenuissimo albo ; apotheciis minutis innato-erumpentibus disco concavo-plano luteolo- rubello margine subconcolori subintegro, velo thallLno dentato-lacero dis- parente. Sp. in thecis elongato-clavatis octonae, incolores, sub-dacty- loideas, ssepius diblast®, diam. 3-5° longiores. Paraphyses filiformes capitulatfe. On trees in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. As in G. 272 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY carneo-lutea (Turn.) the innate disk is enclosed by a thin, thalline veil or exciple, which bursts as the mature apothecium emerges, and finally for the most part disappears. The lichen differs from the European, in being only one third of the size, in its higher-colored apothecia, and smaller, bilocular spores, passing only iri-egularly into 3 - 4-locular conditions. The spores of G. carneo-lutea are commonly quadri- locular, but pass irregularly and imperfectly into 5 - 6-locular states. The thalline veil is by no means peculiar to these species, being suffi- ciently obvious in G. foveolaris and G. geoica, as indicated by Th. Fries, and assuming the character of a genuine thalline exciple in G. rubra ; and it is taken, and with reason as it appears to me, into his definition of the genus, by Dr. Fries (Lich. Arct. p. 137 ; Gen. Het. p. 73.) Lecidea (Biatora) parvifolia, Pers. : thallo squamuloso-micro- phyllo e viridi-glaucescente fuscescente squamulis subcartilagineis imbricatis crenato-incisis laciniatisve hypothallo demum fusco-nigro ; apotheciis plano-convexis mox prolifero-difformibus, margine obtuso tenuescente dein evanido, varie fuscescentibus rufo-fuscis denigratisque. Sp. in thecis clavatis sub-octonce, incolores, simplices, ex ellipsoideo oblongce, diam. e 2° dein 4-6° rarius 8° longiores. Lecidea parvifolia, Pers. in Gaudich. Bot. Uran. p. 192. Biatora, Mont. Prodr. Fl. Fernand. Parmelia (Psoroma), Mont. PI. Cell. Cub. p. 214, t. 10, f. 3. The lichen appears to be common throughout the tropical regions of the earth, and reaches northward in America as far as the low country of Carolina. It is variable in the development and differentiation of the thallus and hypothallus, in the colors, and in the dimension^f the spores. The forms which follow are those collected in Cuba by Mr. Wright ; and after a good deal of labor, lately repeated, I find it im- possible to separate any of them from the type indicated by Persoon. Specimens of several of these were sent, before pubHcation, to Dr. Nylander, in Paris, and this eminent lichenographer has since pub- lished his own determinations of the same, which will be cited below. a. Sporre majores magis elongatte. (Wright. Lich. Cub. n. 179.) L. longiicscida, Nyl. in Prodi-. Fl. N. Granat. in Ann. Sci. Nat. The larger specunen is remarkable, in the younger portions, for its white hypothallus ; the squamules are also much divided, and the apothecia (not appressed as is more common in other conditions, especially where the thallus is less developed, but sessile on the ascending lobes) are especially perfect and well-bordered. The smaller specimen is a sub- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : APRIL 12, 1864. 273 granulose condition (rather comparable, as respects the thallus, with Lich. Cub. n. 183, to be noticed under b, and also with Lich. Cub. n. 185), with a blackish-brown hypothallus, but apothecia and spores not unlike those of the other. In Lich. Cub. n, 179, the squamules are now white-pubescent beneath (a feature finally disappearing, with the hypothallus, in this form), and the same development is observable in n. 180, and also in n. 186, which last I take to be L. parvifolia, as limited by Nylander (1. c), who brings this feature into his description.* Like everything else, the hypothecium also varies in these forms from pale to dark-brown. b. Sporfe minores saepius ellipsoidete. (Wright. Lich. Cub. n. 181.) L. breviuscula, Nyl. 1. c. The thicker, larger, crenate squamules of this form are more appressed, with something of an etfigurate aspect, and are often bordered by the conspicuous, lurid-brown, here fibrillose hypothallus ; while the thallus itself becomes at length more or less brownish. But there is nothing here to separate the lichen from states of a ; and the ellipsoid spores become finally oblong. From this, the lichen in Lich. Cub. n. 183 {L. intermediella, Nyl. 1. c.) appears to me to differ much as the subgranulose state of n. 179, from the squamulose one. The hypothecium varies in these forms, as in a. c. Spora3 adhuc minores. (Wright. Lich. Cub. n. 182.) L. parvi- foliella, Nyl. 1. c. Thallus from greenish becoming pale yellowish and at length brownish, the crenate scales passmg into narrowly lobed ones, the hypothallus and the apothecia (which are at fii'st brown) finally black, and the hypothecium blackish-brown. Spores of the species, but smaller than in the other forms. d. coralUna: squamulis coraUinis. (Wright. Lich. Cub. n. 184.) e. subgranulosa : thallo diminuto squamaceo-granuloso. (Wright. Lich. Cub. n. 185.) Such appears to me to be the range of variation of this species, so far as exhibited in the rich collections of Mr. Wright. It is no more perhaps than were fairly to be presumed in a widely- spread, squamulose lichen, developed by tropical moisture and heat. Much as some of these forms diverge from others in the thallus and apothecia, these differences do not appear to afford satisfactory grounds * Biatora Fendkri, Mont. & Tuck, in Ann. Sci. ser. 4, 8, p. 296, from Venezuela, is an elegant expression of this pubescent form, comparable with Lich. Cub. n. 186, and also with n. 181 of the same collection. 274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY for specific distinction.* And, if I am not so far mistaken, the spores, in which a certain degree of variableness in dimensions is also pre- sumable, seem hardly sufficient alone. Lecidea (Biatora) oncodes, sp. nov. : thallo granuhs minutis dein subconfluentibus rimoso viridi-cinerascente hypotliallo fuscescente evanido ; apotheciis mediocribus appressis, disco mox convexo rufo- fusco hypothecio nigricante imposito margine tenui pallidiori flexuoso, prolifero-difformibusve majusculis in soredia farinacea sa^pe fatiscenti- bus. Sp. octonas, parva3, incolores, simplices, oblongfE, diam. 4-6° longiores. Paraphyses conglutinatte. On trunks in the mountains of Cuba, Mr. Wright. (Lich. Cub. n, 187.) Remarkable for the fre- quent transformation of the apothecia into soredia. Lecidea (Biatora) ORPHNiEA, sp. nov. : thallo e granulis minutis dein coalescentibus subimbricatis rufo-fusceseentibus hypothallo tenui fuscescenti-pallido ; apotheciis minutis sessilibus disco plano-convexo nigro-fusco intus nigricante margine obscuriore evanido demum pro- liferis. Sp. in thecis clavatis 10 - 15-sporis, parvae, incolores, oblongfe, diam. 2J-5° longiores. Paraphyses mox distinctse. On trunkp in the island of Cuba, 3Ir. Wright. Comparable with L. furfuracea^ Pers., Nyl. (Lindig. n. 840), but apparently quite distinct. Lecidea (Biatora) furfurosa, sp. nov. : thallo granuloso e pallido- fusco-cinerascente hypothallo dein nigro ; apotheciis mediocribus ses- silibus disco piano pallido-fusculo hypothecio nigro-fusco imposito margine tenui nigricante. Sp. octonaj, mediocres, incolores, simplices, ovoidete, dein oblongo-ovoidece apice altera nunc attenuator, vel fusiformi- eUipsoideoe, diam. 1^-3° longiores. Paraphyses conglutinatae. Perhaps nearest to L. Piperis, (Spreng.) Nyl., which has a different thallus, and rather smaller spores. Lecidea (Biatora) polycampia, sp. nov. : thallo subcartilagineo inasquabili rimoso mox sorediifero ex olivaceo cinerascente ; apotheciis majusculis adnatis disco subplano opaco lurido-rufescente hypothecio crasso nigro imposito margine crasso obtuso pallidiori mox flexuoso. Sp. in thecis clavatis 6 - 8nae, incolores, simplices, ex ovoideo ellip- soideae, nitidae, diam. \\-2° longiores. On trunks in the island of * Lecidea Halei (Tuck.) Nyl. Enum. Suppl. (Pannaria, Tuck. Suppl. 1, 1. c. p. 424), though differing from the other forms above considered, and in itself suffi- ciently distinct-looking, is, in the larger view we have been enabled here to take, by no means more separable than those. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : APRIL 12, 1864. 275 Cuba, Mr. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 194). It is impossible not to dis- tinguish this lichen from L. aurigera, Fee (Lich. Cub. n. 193) ; but both may prove to be conditions of a single type. The granulate thallus of L. aurigera is (at least originally, or often) pale-sulphur- colored within, and the narrower margin of the thinner and darker apothecia is at length subcrenulate. L. hypomela, Nyl. (Lich. Exot. in Ann. Sci. Nat. 4, 11, p. 223) also occurring in Cuba, is another sufficiently distinct-looking member of the same group, with a thin, and, as compared with the others, depauperate thallus, and still darker, entire apothecia. The spores vary in dimensions in all three, and scarcely afford distinguishing characters. Lecidea (Biatora) chlororphnia, sp. nov. : thallo granuloso- farinoso ochroleuco ; apotheciis valde minutis innatis planis rufo- fuscescentibus margine tenui evanido. Sp. in thecis clavatis 6 - 8nae, incolores, simplices, ellipsoidete dein oblongo-ellipsoide£e,limbat!B, diam. 2^ - 3° longiores. Paraphyses distincta^. On Ficus, Hong Kong, China (U. S. N. Pacif. Expl. Exp.), Mr. Wright. Very like a minute form of L. quernea, (Dicks.) Ach. The European lichen is pronounced immarginate by several recent writers, but an obtusish, paler, flexuous excipular margin (contrasting with that of the present) is certainly evident in Nyl. Lich. Par. n. 134, and also in an equally fine specimen from Borrer. The spores of Mr. "Wright's plant are always colorless, while those of L. quernea (passing from subglobose into ovoid-ellipsoid) are at length, in all my specimens, brown, as indicated by Dr. Koerber (Syst. p. 209), who distinguishes the lichen from Biatora by this certainly remarkable character. The hypothallus of L. quernea is originally whitish, according to Koerber, 1. c, but it certainly appears to blacken (as indicated by Fries) in a specimen from Portugal (Welwitsch. Cr. Lus. n. 53) before me, which is both bordered and decussated by black lines. Lecidea (Biatorella) Wrightii, sp. nov.: thallo e granulis sub- tartareis globularibus conglomeratis glaucescentibus cum hypothallo confusis ; apotheciis mediocribus adnatis e fusco nigricantibus disco subplano primitus cinereo-pruinoso hypothecio fusco-nigro imposito marginem obtusum integrum demum subexcludente. Sp. in thecis elongatis oblongis myriosporis minutissimse, globuloste, incolores. Pa- raphyses filiformes distinctjE. On the earth, growing upon mosses, in the eastern parts of the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 235). 276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Granules of the crust now vermilion-colored within, as in a not wholly dissimilar granulate condition of L. parasema. More rarely the exciple is colored like the thallus. There is a similarly whitish-margined state of Z. (Biatorella) conspersa, Fee (Wi-ight. Lich. Cub. n. 224). The lichen is dedicated to my excellent friend the discoverer, to whose ardor and acuteness, displayed in every quarter of the globe, Botany, and especially the knowledge of Lichens, has been indebted, as to few others. Lecidea (Bilimbia) luteo-rupula, sp. nov. : thallo cartilagineo contiguo Isevigato rimuloso viridi-glaucescente hypothallo albo sub- marginato ; apotheciis mediocribus appressis planis dein flexuoso- lobatis disco e luteolo-rufescente demum fulvo marginem tenuem in- tegerrimum pallidiorem subajquante. Sp. in thecis clavatis suboctonte, parvse, incolores, simplices, ex ovoideo- fusiformi-ellipsoidete, diam. 'i^ — 5° longiores. Paraphyses conglutinatte. On trunks, Loo Choo Islands (U. S. N. Pacif. Expl. Exp.), Mr. Wright. Ilypothecium pale. Apo- thecia flatter and with a thinner margin than in the tropical lichens, known to me, nearest related to L. vernalis, as L. Icetior, Nyl. (Wright. Lich. Cub. n. 197), and much more comparable, except in color, with L. russula. Like the lichen of Cuba fii'st cited, as well as L. subver- ndlis, Nyl. (Lich. Cub. n. 198), the present also differs from the Northern plant (Fr. Lich. Suec. n. 224, Stenh. Suec. n. 54, a) in its smaller spores, which in L. luteo-rufula are always simple. As respects the size of the spores, L. cinereo-rufescens, Nyl. (Wright. Lich. Cub. n. 199) agrees better with L. vernalis, but differs in other respects from that, and especially from the present. I venture to refer this to Bilimbia in order to keep it in its natural relations to L. vernalis, which it is unnatural to place in a distinct group from L. sphceroides, the two latter species scarcely indeed diflFering in most respects, except that the simple spores of the first pass only into the bilocular state, while in the last the differentiation is carried further, to quadrilocular. Lecidea (Bilimbia) pell^a, sp. nov. : thallo tenuissime leproso viridi-cinerascente hypothallo nigro ; apotheciis parvis adnatis margine tenui ruguloso fusco-nigro discum planum opacum livido-nigricantem intus nigrum cingente. Sp. octonoe, parvce, incolores, ex oblongo sub- bacillares, saepius diblastae, dein tetrablastte, diam. 4-6° longiores. On trunks in the mountains of Cuba, Mr. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 206). Lecidea (Bilimbia) scitula, sp. nov.: thallo tenui contiguo in- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : APRIL 12, 1864. 277 requabili glauco-viridulo cum hypothallo confuso ; apotheciis minutis appressis disco mox convexo carneo-rubello margine tenuissimo demisso integro albido. Sp. Snas, incolores, dactyloideae, 5-8- soepius 8- blastiB, diam. 4-6° longiores. On trees in the eastern part of the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 202). Hypothecium brownish. Apothecia rather larger than those of L. orphn(ea. One of a little group of closely allied lichens, of which the species next to be described, and also, if I mistake not, Biatora pusilla, Mont. Cuba, p. 199, t. 10, f. 2, " apoth. minimis carneo-IuteoUs excipulo granulate margine dentato-crenato," and quadrilocular spores, are other members. Lecidea (Bilimbia) palmicola, sp. nov. : thallo tenuissimo con- tiguo Eequabili stramineo-glaucescente cum hypothallo confuso ; apo- theciis minutis sessilibus, disco subplano luteo fulvescente margine inte- gerrimo concolore evanido, accessorio albo primitus subcinctis. Sp. in thecis clavatis octon^e, incolores, dactyloidete, tetrablastsE, s^pe obliquae vel curvulae, diam. 2-3° longiores. On leaves of palms, in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 201). The colors make this httle lichen easily distinguishable. The adnate apothecia become finally free at the circumference, and are rarely at length proliferous. The marginate disk rests upon, or is sometimes elevated by, a white layer, which often more or less borders it. Lecidea (BiUmbia) thtsanota, sp. nov. : thallo subtartareo leproso-granuloso dein granulis confluentibus rimoso albo hypothallo fibrilloso concolore fimbriato ; apotheciis parvis sessilibus, disco piano e rufo-fusco nigrescente margine demisso pallidiore evanido instructo, strato albo subelevatis marginatisque. Sp. in thecis clavatis confertis octonoe, parvse, incolores, ex elhpsoideo subdactyloideae et oblongte, 2 - 4-blast8e, diam. 2 J - 4° longiores. Trunks in the mountams of Cuba, Mr. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 210). The extreme edge of the hypo- thalUne fringe is finally darkened. Paraphyses scarcely to be dis- tinguished. Hypothecium fuscescent. Compared by Dr. Nylander (I.e.) with his L. byssomorpha, occurring, "sub. n. 811 admixta," in the N. Granada collection of Lindig, and distinguished by its byssoid thallus, " verging towards the Byssocaula." The lichens of Mr. Lin- dig's collection were not put up by the eminent lichenographer who has so ably illustrated them, and there is here and there some confusion of specimens. In my copy of the collection, there is, mixed with L. vigilans, under No. 811, a not wholly dissimilar BiUmbia (th. granu- VOL. VI. 28 278 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY loso albido hypothallo tenui fuscescente ; apoth. mecliocribus sessilibus lecanoroideis margine obtusiusculo mox demisso albido discum sub- planum nigro-fuscum hypothecio concolore impositum cingente : sp. in th. elongato-clavatis octonis mediocribus incoloribus e dactyloideo fusiformibus 4-6- plerumque 6-blastis, diam. 3-5° saepius 5° longiori- bus), wbich, with a thallus not unlike that of L. thysanota, a feature sep- arating it from L. hyssomorpha, Nyl., combines apothecia differing from those of both, and spores of almost twice the dimensions, and may, not inappropriately (with reference to the small size of the fruit in most of the species of this group), be called L. majorina. Lecidea (Bilimbia) leucocheila, sp. nov. : thallo tenui carti- lagineo mox contiguo inaequabili cinerascente ; apotheciis mediocribus adnatis, disco plano-convexo fusco-nigro hypothecio fusco imposito margine integerrimo albido-livescente, demum proliferis. Sp. in thecis clavatis octonse, parva;, incolores, dactyloidesB vel subfusiformes, tetra- blastfc, diam. 2^ - 3° longiores. Paraphyses distinctse filiformes. On dead wood in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 208). Comparable with L. triseptata, Hepp, but quite distinct from that species. The apothecia are a little smaller than those of L. majorina, and differ very considerably otherwise, but there is some observable resemblance in the colors. Lecidea (Bacidia) microphtllina, sp. nov.; thallo squamuloso- microphyUo viridi-cinerascente (fuscescente aut dealbato) squamulis cartilagineo-membranaceis imbricatis crenato-incisis laciniatisve hypo- thallo tenui disparente ; apotheciis plano-convexis e luteolo-pallido rufescentibus (rubelhs aut denigratis) margine obtuso tenuescente dein evanido, demum flexuoso-lobatis proliferisque. Sp. in thecis clavatis octonae, incolores, aciculares, graciles, diam. 15 - 30° longioi'es. On trunks in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. a. Squamulee magis appresste crenatse sporis longioribus. (Wright. Lich. Cub. n. 211.) L. microphyllina, Nyl. 1. c. h. Squamul« adscendentes laciniatse sporis brevioribus. (Wright. Lich. Cub. n. 212.) L. tryptophyllina, Nyl. 1. c. c. Squamulse laciniatfe mox dealbatge dein deliquescentes sorediatae sporis diminutis. (Wright. Lich. Cub. n. 213.) L. leucophyllina, Nyl. 1. c. Var. ^ suhgranulosa : thallo diminuto granulls squamaceis in crus- tara imcquabilera demum conglobatis. (Wright. Lich. Cub. n. 214- 218.) L. cognata, & L. pertexta, Nyl. 1. c. OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : APRIL 12, 1864. 279 A tropical potentiation of L. rubella, (Ehrh.) Schisr. (considered as representing the group of which it is a member), analogous to and sometimes not at once distinguishable from L. parvifoKa, which I take for a similar higher expression of L. vernalis. " The latter (L. parvi- folia) appears the stronger species, and is represented by a larger suite of forms, externally, at least, not so well separable from each other, while the hchens approaching it, yet more closely akin to L. vernalis {LL. suhvernalis, Icetior, cinereo-lutescens, lutco-rufula, &c.), are also more varied and distinguishable from the Northern plant than the corre- sponding tropical conditions associable with L. rubella. Strikingly characterized, at their centres, as both species are, in the crustaceous sub-genera to which they belong, by their squamulose habit, this distinc- tion disappears at the extremes, in granulose or scurfy forms not always separable by the eye from Northern members of their groups. Of the enumerated forms which make up a (as the lichen is represented in Mr. Wright's collection), a appears, so far as all the evidence from external characters goes, to pass directly into b ; of which c is (as I understand it) no more than an abnormally whitened, finally deliques- cent condition ; and in this case, I take it, the evidence of diversity derivable from the difference of dimensions in the spores must be sub- ordinated. The variety /3 is the granulose condition of the lichen, analogous to the similar state of L. parvifolia, and often very like it ; but the former is perhaps more readily distinguishable from its type, or in other words less easily reducible to it, than the latter. The apothecia of L. microphyllina are originally not unlike those of L. rubella, and vary from pale-lutescent to rufous and reddish, at length blackening ; and the hypothecium passes, in the same way (as in L. rubella, taken in its largest sense, or as expressed in Nyl. Prodr. Lich. Gall. p. 114, and Enum. Gen. Lich. p. 122), from almost colorless to brownish, vinous, and black. The spores, slender in all the forms, are especially diminished in c, but Mr. Wright collected another lichen, with a thallus scarcely distinguishable from that of c, in which they are more elongated than in any of the conditions here described,* thus approaching the filiform and still more elongated spores of L. prasina, Mont. & Tuck., a lichen externally most resembling Lich. Cub. n. 218. * In all the larger specimens of my copy of Stenh. Lich. Suec. n. 53 (the lichen is Bacidia rubella, y.fallax, Koerb. Par. p. 131, and has been separated as a species by Lonnroth), I find the spores remarkably elongated. 280 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY It remains only to add, that specimens of most of the forms of the spe- cies, as distinguished here, being sent (before pubhcation) to Dr. Ny- lander, that eminent hchenist has published his own determination of the same (in the place already cited under L. parvifolia), which should be compared with the above. Lecidea (Bacidia) medialis, sp. nov. : thallo granulis cartilagineis mox applanatis confluentibus diffracto-rimoso cinerascente cum hypo- thallo pallido confuso ; apotheciis parvis plano-convexis e luteolo-pallido rufescentibus margine obtuso dein evanescente. Sp. in thecis clavatis suboctonaj, incolores, e dactyloideo-fusiformi bacillares, s«pius tetrablas- t£e, diam. 5 - 10° longiores. Paraphyses mox distinctte. Trunks. In Nicaragua (U. S. N. Pacif. Expl. Exp.) Mr. Wright, who also collected it in Cuba (Lich. Cub. n. 203) . Properly a Bilimbia, but the distinction between this group and Bacidia disappears in the lichen, which thus curiously illustrates Fries's reduction of the European types of both groups to a single species. I am at any rate unable clearly to dis- tinguish the Bilimbia in Lich. Cub. n. 204, with dactyloid, quadri- locular spores, very like those of L. sphceroides (Stenh. Lich. Suec. n. 54, b), but smaller,* and finally a little elongated, from the above- described specimens ; which yet may otherwise easily be taken (though differing apparently in the color of the thallus, and the smallness of the apothecia, and diverging considerably in the spores) for a tropical va- riety of L. (Bacidia) rubella. Lecidea (Bombyliospora) leptocheila, sp. nov. : thallo tenui rugoso-verruculoso ex albido dein fuscescente hypothallo fibrilloso ni- gricante sublimitato ; apotheciis mediocribus adnatis plano-convexis disco fusco-nigro opaco marginem tenuem integerrimum concolorem mox excludente. Sp. octonaj, sub-parva?, incolores, oblongo-ellipsoideae, diblastae, dein obUqute, diam. 2-3^° longiores. Paraphyses conglu- tinge. On trunks in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 227). Distinct from L. endochroma (Fee), Nyl. (Wright Lich. Cub. n. 226), in its differently colored thallus, now elegantly fi'inged by the fibrillose hypothallus, thinner-margined apothecia, which are constantly white and not yellow within, and in its smaller spores. It seems im- possible to deny the near affinity of these two species to L. Taitensis * Not larger, as, lapsu calami^ they are said to be in the ticket of the cited speci- men. The spores differ, therefore, from those of the Northern lichen just as the spores of L. Icetior and L. subvernalis from those of L. vernalis . OF ARTS AND SCIENCES; APRIL 12, 1864. 281 (Mont.) and L. vigilans (Tayl.), or that the latter belong to the same natural group with L. tuberculosa, Fee ; and, in that case, the group cannot well be limited by the number of the sporoblasts, any more than Bilimhia. But the spores of L. endochroma, and of the species de- scribed above, are remarkable (as compared with other BomhyliosporcB) for their smallness, and are comparable rather with those of L. atro- purpurea (Massal.), which is L. intermixta, Nyl. This is not always unlike small states of L. tuberculosa, &c., and I have seen similar states of L. vigilans referred to its neighborhood at least (under the name of " L. carneola" in which was understood possibly the rather unfortunate vai\ arceutina, Ach,) in European collections. Lecidea (Bombyliospora) pachycheila, sp. nov. : thallo contiguo injequabili mox verrucoso glaucescente hypothallo demum nigro sub- limitato ; apotheciis mediocribus adnatis disco subplano rufo-nigricante margine tumido obtuso albido persistente. Sp. 2 - 4na3 in thecis ob- longis, magnte, oblongo-enipsoideEe-, 4 - 8-blasta}, sjepius curvute, diam. 3-5° longiores. Trunks. South Carolina, Mr. Ravenel. Mississippi, Dr. Veitch. Alabama, Mr. Beaumont. Island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. (Lich. Cub. n. 230.) Distinguished from L. pachycarpa and tubercu- losa by its shorter, curved (now lunate, and now S-shaped) sporee, which occur in twos, thi'ees, and fours, in the sporesacks ; as well as by its thick, white exciple, which is often tumid, when there is some appearance of an accessory or false margin. Lecidea (Bombyliospora) aureola, sp. nov. : thallo cartilagineo contiguo tenui rimoso flavido hypothallo tenui nigricante ; apotheciis parvis sessilibus disco plano-convexo opaco fulvo-aurantiaco hypothecio pallido imposito marginem tenuem integerrimum concolorem sub- Eequante. Sp. 6 - 8nse in thecis clavatis, incolores, dactyloideee vel subfusiformes, 5 - 6-blast3B, sporobl. rotundatis, diam. 4-6° longiores. Paraphyses mox distinctaj. Trunks, in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. Comparable with L. Domingensis (Pers.), Nyl. ("Wright Lich Cub. n. 231), but receding still further from the type of Bombyliospora. Lecidea (Heterothecium) vulpina, sp. nov. : thallo tenui subcar- tilagineo contiguo inajquabili dein rugoso-verruculoso e glaucescente aurantiaco-flavido hypothallo tenui nigricante ; apotheciis sub-medi- ocribus sessilibus margine obtuso integro ex aurantiaco sanguineo-rufo discum planum rufo-nigrescentem subpulverulentum hypothecio palHdo impositum superante. Sp. 2-4iise in thecis, mediocres, fere semper 282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY incolores, e cocciformi oblongo-ellipsoidece, muriformi-pleioblastfe (ser. transv. 6-12, long, in medio 4-5), diam. 1^-3° longiores. Trunks in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 233). With the thallus of L. Domingensis, and similar but smaller apothecia, this lichen presents the muriform spores of Heterothecium. In the latter group L. leucoxantha, Spreng. (Lich. Cub. n. 234) approaches it nearest, differing in its monosporous sporesacks, and larger, polyblast- ish (ser. tr. 18-20, long, in med. 8) spores, as well as in thallus, &c. According to Dr. Nylander (1. c.) the L. leucoxantha, v. bispora of his Enum. Gen. p. 125, relates to this lichen, but neither this name, nor that of L. bifera, Nyl. Lich. N. Caled., a plant certainly not remote from ours, is quite appropriate to a species the spores of which occur in twos, threes, and fours, in the sporesacks. Lecidea (Heterothecium) turbinata, sp. nov. : thallo e granulis applanatis in crustam verrucoso-rugulosam dein conglobatis pallido- luteo-fuscescente ; apotheciis minutis turbinatis excipulo pallide fusculo basi stipitiformi-constricto margine integro discHm e concavo planum rufo-fuscum hypothecio obscuriore impositum demum a^quante. Sp. in thecis oblongis singuloB, magnna, palhde fuscescentes, oblonga^, muri- ^brmi-polyblastaj (ser. transv. 30-50, long. 8-10) diam. 5-6° lon- giores. Paraphyses distinctte. Encrusting Goccocarpia parmelioides, and mosses, in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. At once distinguish- able from other species of Heterothecium by its substipitate apothecia, resembling those of L. pezizoidea, Ach., upon which Dr. Koerber founds his Lopadium. Hypothallus, so far as observed, very thin, and pale. Disk colorless within ; resting upon a blackish-brown hypothe- cium. Paraphyses conglutinate at first, as observed in the related European species by Koerber (Par. p. 175), but soon separating into a loose mass of long, now branched filaments, which are perhaps capitu- late, but by no means so distinctly as in the cited Northern lichen (Th. Fr, Lich. arct. p. 201, and herb.). The apothecia of the latter are also less turbinate, this feature being remarkably conspicuous in the tropical species. Lecidea (BuelUa) parasema (Ach.), Fee. Buellia, Koerb. Syst. Lich. Germ. p. 228. Notwithstanding some obscurity in the general remarks of Fee, Suppl. p. 101, the descriptions and figures of the spores both of this and of his L. glaucotheca {L. disciformis, v. ccesio-pruinosa, Nyl.) appear to me to leave no question that the lichen (with " bilocular OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : APRIL 12, 1864. 283 sporidia ") which he had in view, as occurring commonly on tropical barks, was the well-known flat state ofL.parasema, Ach. (L. disciformis, Nyl.), which really is common on such barks, and not what is now called L. enteroleuca. And this amounts to a determination of L. parasema as that part only of the original species which is characterized by bilocular, finally brown spores : a limitation dating at least from 1837, if not from 1824. "X. disciformis, Fr.," cited as a synonyme in Moug. & Nestl. Crypt. Vog. n. 745, has no other authority for its definition, that I am aware of, than the specimens published by the French botanists in con- nection with it, and in my copy at least this definition is uncertain, as one of the three specimens (with a similar hypothallus to that of the other two, only here more evidently conditioning the thin thallus, and smaller, flat, dark-reddish apothecia) has the ovoid, simple spores characterizing L. enteroleuca. L. parasema being as common as it is in the warmer regions of the earth, and doubtless passing there into states (the varieties ccesio-pruinosa, and cerugmascens, Nyl., and e7i- dococcina (th. intus miniato), mihi, are some of these) unknown else- where, and L. myriocarpa (DC), Nyl., also occurring in those regions, I do not venture at present to distinguish further, by a diagnosis, the L. catasema of Lich. Cub. n. 242 ; but the apparently granulose thallus of this lichen seems to differ from the granulate conditions of L. parasema, while the minute, soon proliferous apothecia (the thalamium in which, brownish in a thin section, is made up of conglutinate paraphyses, — contrasting both with L. parasema and L. myriocarpa the almost colorless thalamium of which consists of loosely coherent, fihform paraphyses), and especially the small spores, which are less than those of the last-named species (Fr. Lich. Suec. n. 353 ; Nyl. in Lindig. Lich. N. Gran. n. 742) and rather resemble the spores of some Trachylia, may well make proper a separate notice of it. There are, in Mr. Wright's collection, some small forms on living bark, approach- ing the other. Lecanactis, Eschw. Syst. p. 14 (founded on Lichen lynceus, E. Bot., which Acharius referred first to Lecidea and then to Arthonia) was accepted by Fries (Lichenogr. p. 374) in a diiferent. sense from what it afterwards assumed in the mind of its author, and has been since illustrated and extended by Koerber (Syst. p. 275). The group touches at once on Lecideaceous and Graphidaceous types, and its im- portance in the system appears tolerably evident if the close natural affinity of L. lyncea (an Opegrapha, according to Borrer, Schserer, and 284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERrCAN ACADEMY Nylander) to L. illecehrosa (which Acharius, Schcerer, and Nylander have referred to Lecided) is fully considered ; these two species, not- withstanding the divergence in shape of their apothecia, being nearer to each other than to anything else. To these, L. hiformis (Floerk.), Koerb., for a fine specimen of which I am indebted to Mr. v. Krem- pelhuber, approaches near, and L. aUetina (Ach.), Koerb. chiefly differs in its better-defined, larger apothecia, and rather larger spores. It is with this last that L. premnea {Lecidea premnea, Ach. Lich. p. 173, 670. Nyl. Prodi-. Lich. Gall. p. 138, and Lich. Par. n. 67. Nyl. Lich. Scand. p. 241. L. ahietina (Sm.), Hook., non Ach. Opegrapha plocina, Koerb. Syst. Germ. p. 280. Pragmopora ? premnea, Koerb. Pai-erg. p. 280), or the little group of which it is the type, is most naturally associable. Long-forgotten and misunderstood, the well- marked European member of this group was published at length, in both the bark and the rock-forms, by Mr. Leighton and Dr. Nylander, and its characters fully indicated in print. But it remained to observe the varying expressions of the type in other, and especially the warmer regions of the earth ; and Lecidea coniochlora, Mont. & Van den Bosch (Lichenes Javanici, p. 37), scarcely differing from the European lichen (to which it was referred in Nyl. Prodr. Lich. Gall.) except in its longer spores, which are 8-12-locular, while the spores of the European vary mostly from 4 to 6, was the first step, as it is still the most im- portant one, in that direction. Lecidea insignior, Nyl. in Prodr. Fl. N. Granat. 1. c. (Herb. Lindig. n. 2688) appears to be only a more marked expression of this elongation of the spores, which was also indicated in the earlier Lecidea premnea, v. plurilocularis, Nyl. Lich. N. Caled. (Ann. Sci. 4. 15, p. 49) ; a phrase best agreeing, in its present limita- tion, . with the described Java specimens, but not improbably to be extended hereafter to cover the whole extent of the divergence. For there is little else to distinguish these tropical forms. All agree, generally, in their imperfect, or obsolescent thallus, and flattish, black, greenish-pruinose apothecia, the prominent margin of which is pecu- liarly "wrinkled" (Ach.) or "sub-erose" (Koerb.), with the Northern type, and the blunt-fusiform or " oblong-fusiform " (Nyl.) outline of the spores of the latter is traceable throughout. Lecidea proximata, Nyl. in Prodr. Fl. N. Gran. 1. c. (the Lecanactis premnea of the present writer in Lich. Cub. n. 243, where n. 244 is a form with more elongated spores) is particularly observable for its better-developed thallus and apothecia, the spores being rather intermediate (as is the case also in a OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : APRIL 12,' 1864. 285 Hong Kong specimen formerly collected by Mr. "Wright) between the shorter and longer forms. The large and handsome apothecia of this last condition (Lecid. proximata, Nyl.) place it at the head of our specimens, as suggesting even the still more conspicuous and very distinct Lecanactis Leprieurii {Lecidea, Mont. Guyan. p. 38), which, as is remai'ked by Dr. Nylander (1. c), is clearly a member of the present group of species, and perhaps the culmination of it. We have only left to notice a North American expression of the type of L. premnea, diverging from the European in a direction oppo- site to that which has been considered, and offering, possibly, rather more evidence of distinction. Lecanactis cidoroconia, Tuckerm. herb., is a rather rare New England lichen, found by me in the White Moun- tains, growing on rock-maple, and in Hampshire, Massachusetts, on chestnut, and sent to me by my friend Mr. Russell (with dissections indicating its relations to Lecanactis), from Vermont {Mr. Frost), which, with a very thin, glaucous-cinerascent, or often almost obsolete thallus, not at all unlike that of conditions of L. premtiea, and similar but thinner-margined apothecia, combines small, more often exactly dacty- loid, quadrilocular spores, not exceeding one third of the size of those of the form proximata. As compared with the last, this may well be taken for distinct, but the range of its variations is as yet, perhaps, too imperfectly known. Opegrapha microctclia. 0. myriocarpa, Tuckerm. Suppl. I. (Amer. Journ. Sci. 25) p. 429, non Mont. The name originally given to this lichen, occurring in several parts of New England, had been previously applied to a South American species by Montagne. The present has also the advantage of indicating the curious peculiarity of the plant, which is its minute, rounded apothecia. Arthonia (Arthothelium) cyrtodes, sp. nov. : thallo tenui subcar- tilagineo contiguo inaiquabUi rimuloso glauco-cinerascente hypothallo nigro sublimitato ; apotheciis submediocribus adnatis rotundatis con- vexis fusco-nigricantibus intus concoloribus. Sp. Snte in thecis ventri- cosis, majuscul*, incolores (I'arius dein fuscidulte) oblongo-ellipsoideas, 10-12-blastae (sporobl. nunc hie illic muriformi-divisis), S£epe curvulse, diam. 3-5° longiores. Paraphyses obsoletge. Lecidea cyrtodes, Tuck- erm. in litt. Arthonia cyrtodes & A. distendens, Nyl. in Prodi-. Fl. N. Gran. 1. c. a. Thallus viridi-glaucescens hypothallo minus distincto, sporis ob- VOL. VI. 29 286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY longo-ellipsoitleis, (sporobl. integris,) diam. 3-5° longlores. Arthonia cyrtodes^ Nyl. 1. c. On trunks in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 245). /3. Thallus dein cinerascens hypothallo nigro, sporis magis oblongis, (sporobh nunc muriformi-divisis,) diam. 3-4° longiores. Arthonia distendens, Nyl. 1. c. With the other, in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright (Lich. Cub. n. 246). I had referred this to Lecidea (in herb., as an aberrant type of the group Heterotheciuvi), but the exciple is absolutely deficient, and the lichen belongs, as determined by Dr. Nylander (to whom specimens were sent, in advance of publication, and published by him), to Arthonia. I am still, however, unable to discern in the specimens more than the development of a single species. As respects the thallus, the apothecia, and the spore-sacks, both forms entirely agree. The hypothallus be- comes possibly more distinct in /3, and there conditions more or less the color of the thallus, which varies at length in this form, to brownish. The spores, quite similar in their younger states (varying from 2-5- locular) in both forms, become a little dilated in /3, and the sporoblasts (entire in a) are then here and there divided, and thus first indicate the true type of the lichen : exactly as occurs in other spores of the muriform sort, where the same process of differentiation (from narrower and more ellipsoid forms, with entire sporoblasts, to more dilated ones, with subdivided sporoblasts) is observable abundantly in the contents of the same thalamium. Verrucaria Drummgndii, sp. nov. : thallo determinato subcarti- lagineo rugoso-veiTucoso ambitu radioso-subplicato nigricanti-fusco hypothallo indistincto ; apotheciis minutis verrucis thallinis immersis ostiolo prominulo nigro. Sp. in thecis saccatis (1 - 2na3 ?) majusculce, e cocciformi oblongte, muriformi-polyblastJB, nigro-fusca?, diam. Ig- - 3^° longiores. On lime-rock, near Kingston, Canada. The small, rounded, thinnish, and very dark fronds are quite conspicuous on the light-gray rock, and are from a quarter to half an inch in diameter. Thallus warted at the centre, but passing into wrinkles towards the circumference, which is more or less distinctly plaited, and radiant in a manner sometimes approaching that of Lecidea (Sporostatia) Morio, or, still more, some hypothalhne fringes of crustaceous rock-lichens. Apothecia contained in larger, pretty regular warts, the white perithe- cium finally blackening, especially above. Paraphyses scarcely ob- servable, but the " liymenial gonidia " especially abundant. The OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : APRIL 12, 1864. 287 lichen easily reminds one of Acarospora molyhdina, v. microcyclos, Walil. It belongs to the group represented by Verrucuria (Stauro- thele) umhrina, Fr., but is distinguished from that and other allied lichens by the thallus. — Dedicated to the discoverer, A. T. Drura- mond, Esq., of the Botanical Society of Canada, author of a catalogue of the plants of Canada, now in preparation. Addenda. Placodium coralloides, sp. nov. : thallo fruticuloso cartilagineo decumbente vitellino-flavo ramis teretibus subdichotome divisis nodulo- sis obtusis basi nigricantibus ; apotheciis mediocribus lateralibus podi- cellato-elevatis zeorinis plano-convexis disco saturatiori margine tenui integro instructo, thallino mox excluso. Sp. in thecis ventricosis octo- naj, oblongo-elhpsoidese oblongteque, diblastre sporobl. approximatis, diam. dein 2^-3° longiores. California, Herb. Gray, growing prob- ably upon rocks. Thallus solid. Thalline margin of the apothecia commonly excluded. Spores comparable rather with those of P. vitellinum, more or less oblong, rarely a little oblique, a thin dissepi- ment sometimes observable, but no trace of an isthmus. Paraphyses thickened and yellowish above. The genus is here taken in the sense of Dr. Stitzenberger (Beitr. z. Flechtensyst. in loco), and includes merely crustaceous as well as effigurate types, which are well brought together by the pecuHar differentiation of the spores, and, with some exceptions, by the colors. Placodium erythranthdm. Lecanora, Tuckerm. Obs. Lich. 1. c. 4, p. 402. Nyl. in Prodr. Fl. N. Granat., Lich. p. 28. In Cuba. Placodium diphasium. Lecanora, Tuckerm. Suppl. I. 1. c. p. 426. In Texas. Placodium camptidium. Lecanora, Tuckerm. Obs. Lich. I. c. 4, p. 403. In Southern Pennsylvania, and southward. Placodium Floridanum. Lecanora, Tuckerm. Obs. Lich. 1. c. 4, p. 402. In Florida and Texas. 288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Five Hundred and Thirty-fourth Meeting. May 10, 1864. — Monthly Meeting. The President in the chair. The President called the attention of the Academy to the recent decease of Dr. John Ware of the Resident Fellows, and of General Joseph G. Totten of the Associate Fellows. Mr. Oliver presented a partial investigation on the best ap- proximate representation of all the mutual ratios of k quan- tities by those of simple integers. When k = 2, it is well known that the method of continued frac- tions gives every pair of integers whose ratio is more accurate than that of any simpler pair : [as well as every proper approximate ratio, i. e. every approximation — ^ to — m which a certain further crite- rion that involves either the previous or the next proper approxima- tion, as that ?«/'■* 7nS''^^'> — m./^ m/'"'-^> = ± 1, is satisfied.] But when k > 2, the | k {k — 1) separate ratios of the given 'quan- tities (mi , . . nil) can seldom be very accurately represented by those of the same small integers m\ , . . m\. ; and a different kind of crite- rion is needed to show how far we must rectify either ratio at the expense of others. This criterion of excellence depends, of course, on the smallness of some such function F of the ^ k (k — 1) deter- minants tn^ in, — m, m\* and the 2 k general magnitudes (mj, . . m\), as shall be independent of the interchange of (m,. , m\) with (m^ , m\), and shall vanish when all the determinants do, and not otherwise when (mj , . . w^\.) are real and positive. But it remains to fix the precise form of V by other considerations ; for instance, by the neces- sities of some particular problem. Here the simplest case of the problem " to determine the best approximate weights of a set of linear equations," seems hkely to give a very natural criterion, whether others equally natural exist or not. Let (mi , . . m^) be the weights of equations (x = Xi, . . X = x^), from which to determine x. Let S=mi-\- ..mk, *S" = m\ -\- .. m\. * Usually of the squared determinants, so as to be independent of the determi- nants' signs. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 10, 1864. 289 If we knew the tensoi's, but not the signs, of the errors (ci, . . €^) of (xi, .. X/.), the consideration that all the 2* sign-combinations are equally i)robable, would give for that average or probable increase in the squared error of x due to the inaccuracy of (mU : •• m\), the value /m\ _ m^Y ^ 2 I (f^k _ ^Y . 2 , e k J but since of (e{^ , . . e/) we know only that their probable values are inversely as (toj : . . m^.), on the smallness of J_ _ J_ huj _ m^Y I J_ /m^ _ mA^ W nil V^" ^V nik \S' *SV must depend the required criterion. Since — is here proportioned to the square of the probable effect of the inaccuracy of (m\ : . . tn\) upon X, IT may be called the weight of the approximation (?«\ : . . m\) to {m^ : . . mf.) . It remains to examine the properties and results of the criterion F ( — , nil, .. m\) = min., where F depends merely on the gen- W eral magnitudes of — , nii, &c., . . ; and to compare them with those of ^^ I— , nil, . . ni\ j = min., &c. It may be said that Nature, while obeying with absolute precision the resultant of her efficient laws, such as Inertia, Attraction, &c., falls into forms which commonly both utility and taste, often independently of each other, would prescribe ; that some of her iBsthetic laws can be learned from the simple integers (or other simple members of a series whose form is prescribed a priori), whose ratios nearly represent those of certain natural constants ; and that the probability that such sesthetifc laws are intentionally observed may be roughly computed from the constants. Hence the need of some criterion to guide beforehand our selection of approximate ratios, unbiassed by the interests of the special assthetic law we are testing. The phyllotaxis, and still more the planetotaxis noticed by Peirce, illustrate one such aesthetic law. The mutual configurations of two planets, and even their separate motions, whether we regard the dis- turbed orbits as variable ellipses or as higher curves, are patterns containing the element time ; and their character must depend mainly 290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY upon those integers whose ratios best represent those of the revolution- periods. This character is probably most peculiar and beautiful, because most distinct, when the period-ratio is 1 [re an integer, p large,] n + 1 i + ..i i + 1 p as in the actual solar system ; for were the period-ratio 1 [m, . . a, 5, . . c, . . integers, & > 1,] M + . . 1 a-\- 1 ^ + ..1 c + .. the character due to the ratio ('«+-l) would be somewhat confused and overlaid by that of the lower ratio i» + -l). Since p is large, the pattern nearly repeats itself after a few revolutions. Professor Peirce thought that different discussions would require different criteria of excellence in the representation of the constant-ratios involved ; and that it would be of inter- est to determine that form of V which is smallest for those approximate period-ratios which best represent the aggregate of all " terms of long period " in the theory of two or more planets. Five hundred and thirty-fifth Meetin;^. May 24, 1864. — Annual Meeting. The President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to the ex- changes of the Academy ; also a letter from Richard H. Dana, Jr., in acknowledgment of his election into the Academy. The Report of the Council upon the changes which have occurred in the Academy during the past year was presented, and read in part by the Corresponding Secretary, as follows : — OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1864. 291 Since the last Annual Meeting the Academy has received an acces- sion of seventeen new members, viz. five Resident Fellows (two of them in the First Class, one in the Second, and two in the Third Class) ; seven Associate Fellows (two in the First, one in the Second, and four in the Third Class) ; and five Foreign Honorary Members, i. e. Professor Graham, of London, in the place of the late Professor Mitscherlich ; William Lawrence, of London, in the place of the late Sir Benjamin Brodie ; Professor Max Miiller, of Oxford, in that of the late Jacob Grimm ; Henry H. Milman, the Dean of St. Paul's, in the place of the late Archbishop Whately ; and Frederick Overbeck, of Rome, in that of Christian Ranch. During the year no less than fourteen members have been stricken by death from the ranks of the Academy, — a loss not only numerically large, but noteworthy from the many distinguished names which it embraces. Of this long list four were Resident Fellows, six were Associate Fellows, and four were Foreign Honorary Members of the Academy. The Resident Fellows thus withdrawn are : Professor Edward Hitch- cock and Mr. Francis Alger, of Class IL, Section 1, and Dx*. George Hayward and Dr. John "Ware, of Class IL, Section 4. Edward Hitchcock, a distinguished member of our Geological Section, elected into the Academy thirty years ago, died at Amherst, on the 27th of February last. He was born at Deerfeld, Massachu- setts, on the 24th of May, 1793, i. e. exactly seventy-one years ago, received such education as was afforded by the academy of that village, where he early developed a fondness for scientific knowledge, espe- cially for mathematics ; he studied theology at New Haven, and was for four years pastor of a church at Conway, Massachusetts. He was called in the year 1825 to the chair of Chemistry and Natural History in Amherst College, — an institution with which his name is inseparably connected, and which, for its general prosperity, no less than for its renowned scientific cabinets, doubtless owes far more to him than to any other individual. He was for almost forty years a Profes- sor, and for ten years President of the College. A list of his publica- tions is appended to a volume which he published shortly before his death, entitled " Reminiscences of Amherst College." These are very numerous and various. " Sixteen volumes and pamphlets," and " fifty- three papers in the journals," are enumerated as scientific productions. All of them which are of permanent interest relate to geology. His 292 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY principal contributions to science are contained in his Reports on the Geology of Massachusetts, his papers on Ichnology or Fossil Footmarks in the Connecticut Valley, and his " Illustrations of Surface Geology." The former embody the results of his two otficial surveys of the State, undertaken, the first in 1832, the last and most elaborate in 1837. The first survey vpas ordered by the State, at Professor Hitchcock's suggestion. It vpas (with the exception of an attempt on the part of North Carolina) the inauguration of the long and noble series of State and Territorial Geological Surveys under which the geology, mineral resources, and indeed the whole natural history of North America, have been developed during the last thirty years, and which have pro- duced such important results, both for science and for the material interests of the country. Professor Hitchcock not only explored twice the whole breadth of his native Commonwealth, but was also engaged in the survey of two adjacent States. That of New York, one disti'ict of which was consigned to his charge, he gave up at the outset, on account of feeble health. Tiiat of Vermont he courageously undertook even in old age, and under increasing infirmities, and, aided by his two sons, he brought it two years ago to a successful issue. His volume entitled " Illustrations of Surface Geology," which passed to a second edition in the year 1860, is supplementary to his Final Report on the Geology of Massachusetts. That portion of it which answers to the title, although only a beginning or a local fragment of a department the facts of which are spread over the whole breadth of the continent, has the merit of being almost the only special investigation of Amer- ican terraces. But his scientific fame will mainly rest upon his researches in Ich- nology, or the study of fossil footprints ; that is, upon his investigations and illustrations of the tracks imprinted by animals, either birds or reptiles, or both, upon the mesozoic rocks of the Connecticut Valley. The late Dr. Deane and Mr. Marsh of Greenfield had, indeed, brought these objects to his notice, and had pronounced them to be the tracks of birds, — for which these gentlemen were entitled to special acknowl- edgments ; but the scientific investigation belonged almost wholly to Professor Hitchcock, and has been, indeed, the most arduous, and per- haps the most important, scientific work of his life. The results of these researches, conducted under considerable disadvantages, from the want of adequate scientific preparation, are embodied in his Final Report on the Geology of Massachusetts ; in his extended paper on OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1864. 293 " The Fossil Footmarks of the United States," with twenty-four plates, published in the fourth volume of the Memoirs of this Academy ; in his " Report on the Ichnology of New England," with sixty plates, published by the State, in the year 1858 ; and in a " Supplementary Report on the Ichnology of Massachusetts," read last year before this Society, and soon to be published by the Commonwealth. We cannot here call attention to Professor Hitchcock's prolonged services to the cause of education, nor to his various writings upon literary, moral, or religious subjects, many of which have a wide pop- ularity ; although, indeed, his numerous published discourses, articles, or volumes upon natural theology, and upon the relations of science to revealed rehgion, ought not to be overlooked. These, indeed, are characteristic of the man, who was a divine as well as a geologist, not only profoundly convinced that revelation and nature are in essential harmony, but who habitually drew illustrations and arguments from the one for the other with a freedom and confidence that have rarely been equalled. At the age of threescore and ten, under much infirmity, he declares that his " attachment to the works of Nature has all the ardor and enthusiasm of youth " ; and also that, as its highest and an unex- pected service, " Geology has deepened his convictions of the truth, not only of natural, but of revealed religion." These relations, indeed, were the subjects of his fondest contemplation. He counts it as the great failure of his life that he had been unable to fulfil his long- cherished intention of writing a systematic treatise upon Natural The- ology, — a work which, after years of preparation, he " was almost ready to begin," just when his unwilling acceptance of the Presidency of Amherst College — bringing onerous and uncongenial duties upon advancing years and an enfeebled frame — compelled a final abandon- ment of the undertaking. It may be doubted, however, whether a treatise from his pen would have added much of importance to what is contained in his published essays and articles upon this class of topics, — some of them very elaborate, and in their way excellent, but perhaps none of them so accurately grounded in science, or so closely reasoned, as to answer the difficult questions of the day, or to secure a permanently high rank in this field of inquiry. But this excellent man has himself modestly remarked, that most of his publications " were not written with the expectation that they would go down to posterity, but to aid a little in advancing present knowl- edge, in adding some items that should go into the general stock ; so VOL. VI. 30 294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY that, although the works themselves might be forgotten, some feeble influence at least might remain upon the great cause of learning and religion." It is almost superfluous to add, that Dr. Hitchcock was a man of extreme simplicity and sincerity of life and character ; never disposed to over-estimate himself, nor desirous of being over-estimated by others. But it cannot be doubted that his scientific labors, pursued under many discouragements, with entire singleness, but with much tenacity of purpose, have secured for him an honored name in the records of science. He will be remembered as one of the leading pioneers of New England geology, as one of the original promoters of the system of State and National Geological Surveys, and as essentially the founder of a new department of paleontology. Nor should it be for- gotten that he was a prominent originator of the American Association of Geologists and Naturalists ; and when this small but spirited organ- ization took the more comprehensive form of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, he continued a conspicuous sharer in its labors and discussions. Francis Alger, who was elected into the Academy thirty-two years ago, was born in Bridgewater, Massachusetts, on the 8th of March, 1807. He had only a common-school education, but he was a very intelligent and exact observer of facts and of natural phenomena. His attention was first attracted to mineralogy as early as in the year 1824. Two years afterwards he accompanied his father to Annapolis Basin, in Nova Scotia, where a smelting-furnace was about to be erected for the working of the iron ores of that district. There he collected the first Nova Scotian minerals that were brought to the United States. An account of them was published by him in " The Boston Joui'nal of Philosophy and the Arts," and was reproduced, with some additions, in the American Journal of Science and Arts for 1827. During the summer of that year he, with his friend Dr. Charles T. Jackson, made a more extended mineralogical and geological exploration of Nova Scotia, extending over nearly three fourths of the area of the peninsula. The rich results of these joint labors were published in the fourteenth and fifteenth volumes of the American Journal of Science. In 1829 Mr. Alger and Dr. Jackson made another mineralogical exploration of the Province. Chartering a small vessel, they cruised along the coast of the Bay of Fundy, and obtained a very large supply of beautiful minerals. Specimens of these OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1864. 295 were freely distributed to all the public cabinets of Europe, and to many in this country, so that Nova Scotia became widely known as a country in which many rare minerals were found. In 1832 a new and augmented edition of the mineralogical paper by Messrs. Jack- son and Alger, illustrated by a geological map and sections, and with sketches of interesting scenery, was published in the Memoirs of this Academy. Several other valuable papers have been published by Mr. Algei', in the American Journal of Science, in the Journal and the Proceed- ings of the Boston Society of Natural History, and in the Proceedings of this Academy. The most noteworthy are : " Description of Re- markable Crystals of Gold from California, with Drawings," — a paper that has been more than once republished in Europe ; " Description of the Zinc Mines of Sussex County, New Jersey"; " Notices of New Localities of Rare Minerals " ; " Minerals of New Holland " ; " Beau- montite and Lincolnite identical with Heulandite"; and a paper on the values and permanency of building-stones. Wishing to republish the mineralogy of William Phillips, with additions bringing it up to the advanced state of the science, Mr. Alger most industriously collected the requisite materials, and per- formed the laborious work of revising this excellent book, so as to win the applause of mineralogists both in this country and in Europe. This more than editorial labor he performed mostly at night, after his usual mercantile tasks of the day were ended. Soon after the pub- lication of this important work, in 1849, he received from Harvard University the honorary degree of Master of Ai'ts. Mr. Alger in- tended to produce a new edition of his Phillips's Mineralogy, and had been engaged for years in collecting and digesting the materials. He had secured the donation of the inedited papers of Mr. Phillips, and also those of the late Professor Cleaveland, which he had carefully examined and collated ; and his own collections for the republication were very extensive. In addition to his mineralogical studies, Mr. Alger was much inter- ested in the advancement of the mechanical arts. He invented an improvement in shrapnel, by which the shell was made to explode with greater certainty and with more deadly effect ; and he was engaged with officers of the army in testing the merits of his invention when he was seized with the disease which suddenly terminated his useful life. He died at Washington, on the 27th of November, 1863, in the fifty-sixth year of his age. 296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Mr. Alger was one of the founders, and always an active member, of the Boston Society of Natural History, and he presented to that Society the first specimens of minerals that entered its cabinets. Mr. Alger was a most worthy and benevolent man, zealous in promoting the interests of religious institutions, full of patriotism and public spirit. His manners were gentle and retiring, and it was with great diffidence that he ever spoke in public. He was kind and considerate, and more apt to apologize for the shortcomings of others than to censure or expose them. George Hayward, M. D,, the son of Dr. Lemuel Hayward, of Boston, died suddenly, of apoplexy, October 7, 1863, at the age of seventy-two. He was graduated at Harvard College in 1809, and also received a Bachelor's degree at Yale College. Choosing the profession of his father, he received his medical degree at the University of Penn- sylvania, in 1812. vSubsequently he had the advantage, at that time rare, of visiting Europe, and of profiting by the instructions of Aber- nethy, Astley Cooper, and their contemporaries in England and France. On his return, he established himself in his native city, and succeeded to the practice of his father. With this, and an eai'ly election as Phy- sician to the Almshouse, he soon gained a high professional position. He became a Fellow of the Massachusetts Medical Society in 1816, shared zealously in its councils during his long career, delivered its Annual Address in 1837, and was chosen its President in 1852, which office he held for several years. He was chosen Assistant Surgeon to the Massachusetts General Hospital, and was one of the Surgeons-in- Chief from 1838 to 1851, — a service of twenty-five years, — and one of the Consulting Surgeons till his death. " The history and records of the Hospital bear enduring testimony to his faithful and devoted labors in all these relations," say the Trustees ; who on his retirement com- plunented him with a request that he would sit for his bust in marble. From 1835 to 1849 he was Professor of Surgery in the Medical De- partment, and in 1852 was chosen a member of the Corporation, of Harvard University. He became a Fellow of this Academy in 1818. He was an active member of the New England Linnaean Society ; was one of the founders of the Boston Society of Natural History, and its first Vice-President, and always maintained a lively interest in its welfare. For many years he was President of the Boston Athenaeum, and was ever a liberal patron of science, art, and all liberal culture. When the Medical Commission of Massachusetts was established, to OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1864. 297 have a medical oversight of the militia, it was also constituted a Board of Examining Surgeons to decide upon the competency of surgeons for the army ; and Dr. Hayward was selected as its chairman, which duty he performed until his death. In none of his various positions did he play an idle or secondary part. As a surgeon he was quick and con- fident in his decisions and in his operations. In some of the more delicate and unpromising operations he claimed to have originated pro- cesses which contributed essentially to their success. Though a few minor operations with the knife had preceded, it was his lot, as one of the surgeons at the Hospital, to perform the first capital operation (the amputation of a leg) under the anaesthetic effects of sulphuric ether, November 7, 1846, — a circumstance which he often alluded to with evident satisfaction. Both in this country and abroad, he strenuously and conscientiously advocated the claims of this agent over all others, on account of its absolute safety. As a teacher, he may not have been so brilliant as some others ; but no one excelled him in presenting clearly the fundamental principles of his art, and in imparting sound practical instruction. He was ever zealous for the purity and dignity of his profession, was exceedingly intolerant of every form of empiricism, and was ever zealous in devising and promoting measures for the elevation of the true and the abasement of the false. While in Europe as a student he began a translation of the writings of Bichat, which, together with the Supplement by Beclard, were com- pleted and published in four octavo volumes, in 1818-23. This was the first introduction of the works of the French school to this country. In 1834 he pubUshed his " Outlines of Physiology." He was a fre- quent contributor to the medical journals, and in 1855 he republished many of his papers, with additions, under the title of " Surgical Reports and Miscellaneous Papers on Medical Subjects." All his writings were concise and expUcit, and of a strictly practical nature. Among the more important were his " Surgical Reports on Cases and Operations at the Massachusetts General Hospital " ; on " Diseases of the Knee- joint " ; on " Vesico-vaginal Fistula " ; on " Anaesthetic Agents " ; on the "Asiatic Cholera" (1832), in which he was one of the first to maintain, what is now generally admitted, the non-contagiousness of that disease ; and an " Address to the Public on the Necessity of Le- galizing the Study of Anatomy " (1831), in which he most effectively prepared the public mind for the enactment of a State law to that effect, which was passed quite in advance of any action in any other State of the Union. 298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY John Ware, M. D., died in Boston on the 29th of April, 1864. He was the son of the Reverend Henry Ware, for thirty-five years Professor of Theology in Harvard Univei-sity, and was born in Hing- ham, Massachusetts, on the 19th of December, 1795. He was graduated at Harvard College in 1813, received the degree of Doctor of Medi- cine in 1816, and commenced practice in Duxbury ; but in 1817 he re- moved to Boston, where he resided during the rest of his hfe. By the force of his excellent qualities and steady devotion to his profession, he gradually acquired an extensive and profitable practice. In 1832 he was appointed Adjunct Professor of Theory and Practice in the Medical Department of Harvard University, and on the resignation of Dr. James Jackson in 1836 he succeeded him in the chair, which he occupied until 1858. In 1848 he was elected President of the Massa- chusetts Medical Society, which office he held until 1852.* Dr. Ware belonged to a family eminently distinguished for mental and moral endowments. His father was respected as a scholar and famous as a controversialist. His brother Henry, of whom he wrote a Memoir, was widely known as a preacher and theological writer, and had a decided poetical talent ; his brother William, also much esteemed as a preacher, achieved an extended reputation by his classical novels " Zenobia" and " Aurelian." He himself showed a tendency to liter- ary pursuits, one of his earliest publications being a work of imagi- nation. But his life was given mainly to his profession, and his most important writings are connected with the history and treatment * The following is a list of his principal published writings : — 1823. Charles Ashton, a Story. 1833. Duties and Qualifications of Physicians. A Lecture. 1836. Remarks on the History and Treatment of Delirium Tremens. In the " Medical Communications of the Massachusetts Medical Society." 1838. An Appendix to this Essay, in the same publication. 1842. Contributions to the History and Diagnosis of Croup. In the "New England Quarterly Journal of Medicine and Surgery." 1843. Medical Education. A Lecture. 1846. Memoir of Henry Ware, Jr. 1847. Condition and Prospects of the Medical Profession. A Lecture. 1860. On Hasmoptysis as a Symptom. In the "Publications of the Massa- chusetts Medical Society." 1860. Philosophy of Natural History; being the last of a series of editions of Smellie, to which much important matter was added. He also published an Essay on the Relations of the Sexes, and various other articles. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1864. 299 of disease. The Essay on Delirium Tremens had a signal influence. The description of the symptoms is very striking, and the views adopted go far towards reducing this affection, which had been thought by many to have found its specific in opium, to the category of self-limited dis- eases. The dissertation on Croup drew the distinction between the cases with membranous exudation, and those lighter maladies, often confounded with them, in so clear a way, that from the time of its appeai'ance the vital difference between these forms of disease has been universally recognized amongst us. His observations with reference to hasmoptysis, based on long-continued observation of persons who had been subject to it, served to modify some of the sweeping conclusions which had been drawn from the wholesale observation of hospital cases. The style of these and all his writings is plain, easy, and with- out any affectation or display. He observed carefully, reflected ma- turely, and then, having fully made up his mind, recorded simply. In his oral teaching he was clear, minute, and explicit, thinking nothing of effect or eloquence, but only how to teach his pupils to know and to treat diseases. As a practitioner he came very near that golden mean whei'e there is faith enough in remedies to leave no means untried that are likely to be useful, and distrust enough of all questionable agencies to guard against the abuse of powerful measures. None could fail to recognize his kindness, his gentleness, his conscientious devo- tion to the patient; so that the success which his professional skill deserved was made sure by his personal qualities. His great liberality and candor made him more freely eclectic and generously tolerant than many others whose observation is not more exact, and whose intellects are not clearer than was his own. He would sometimes listen where another might think he could employ his time better ; but this was a proof of his fair and evenly-balanced nature, which was always patient with the convictions of others. The verdict of the whole profession to which he belonged, and of the com- munity in the midst of which he lived and labored and died, is, that he was a good and wise man, worthy of love and honor and lasting remembrance. He was faithful to all his duties, a sound thinker, a devoted practitioner, an able writer and teacher; spiritually-minded, yet abounding in practical sense ; with an intellect open to wide ranges of thought, yet willing to expend his life in the round of daily services traced out for him by his calling, — a man whose virtues were acknowl- edged by all who knew him, and who leave? behind liim none but gx'acious recollections. 300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY The Associate Fellows whom we have lost are Professor Joseph S. Hubbard, of Class I., Section 1 ; Major Edward B. Hunt, of Class I., Section 3 ; General Joseph G. Totten, of Class I., Section 4 ; and Dr. Francis Boott, of Class II., Section 2. Joseph Stillman Hubbard, well known for his efficient and thorough work in promoting the progress of astronomy in this country, died in New Haven, on the 16th of August, 1863. He was born in New Haven, September 7th, 1823, and received his education and formed his tastes for mathematical and astronomical pursuits in Yale College, where he was graduated in 184'3, He was then for a short time engaged as an assistant in the High School Observatory in Phila- delphia, under the distinguished astronomer. Sears C. Walker, and was subsequently employed in the reduction of the astronomical observa- tions of the Rocky Mountain expedition under General Fremont. But it is with the annals of the Naval Observatory at Washington that his career as an astronomer and mathematician is chiefly associated. Appointed a Professor in the United States Navy in the spring of 1846, he was assigned to duty in this Observatory, which was then but recently established, and he remained at this post, a faithful and careful observer, for a period of seventeen years, until the time of his death. With the history and success of this Observatory Professor Hubbard's name is indissolubly connected. In the part which the Observatory took in the memorable discovery of the planet Neptune, it was his good fortune to verify by observation the happy conjecture of Sears C. Walker, that the planet had been observed by the astronomer Lalande as a fixed star, and that a particular star would be found to have dis- appeared from the place assigned to it in Lalande's Catalogue in 1795, more than fifty years before its discovery as a planet. The Annals of the Naval Observatory contain the chief part of the astronomical pub- lications of Professor Hubbard. In addition to the regular work of an observer, he prepared, in conjunction with Professor Coffin, a valuable series of " Tables for the Reduction of the Places of the Fixed Stars," which were published in an appendix to the observations of 1847. He also prepared a useful table for facilitating the use of Gauss's formulas for ellipses and hyperbolas of which the eccentricities are nearly equal to unity. This was published in the Appendix to the translation of Gauss's Theoria Motus, ^c.^ by Commander (now Admiral) Davis. In all his work he manifested more solicitude for real excellence than for a temporary reputation. Domestic cares, straitened pecuniary OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1864. 301 resources, and a predisposition to social occupations rather than to severe studies, prevented him from employing to their fullest extent his powers as a mathematician and astronomer. Beside his regular contributions to the publications of the Naval Observatory, he communicated from time to time the following papers to Gould's Astronomical Journal : " On the Orbit of the Great Comet of 1843," Vol. II., 1852 ; " Determination of the Orbit of Egeria," Vols. 11. and III., 1854 ; " On the Orbit of Biela's Comet," Vols. III. and IV., 1856 ; " Correction of Logarithms of A, B, C, and D in the Tabulae Regiomontanie," Vol. IV., 1856. The articles in Appleton's American Encycloptedia on the Telescope and on the Transit-Circle are also from his pen. Edward Bissell Hunt, a distinguished officer of the United States Engineers, and a most promising man of science, was born at Portage, Livingston County, New York, June 15, 1822. He entered West Point in 1841, and was graduated June 30, 1845, standing second in his class. The next day he was appointed Brevet Second Lieutenant in the Corps of Engineers, and commissioned Second Lieutenant at the close of that year. On the 28th of August, 1846, he was appointed Acting Assistant Professor of Engineering in West Point, and he held that office for three years. Afterwards he was employed on several important foiiifications, at Newport, New Haven, New London, &c. He rose by successive promotions to the rank of Major in the Corps of Engineers. At the outbreak of the rebellion he was engaged upon Fort Taylor, at Key West, which will ever stand as an enduring monu- ment of his professional and scientific skill, and^which was saved by his energy and sagacity from falling into the hands of the rebels. From 1851 to 1857, while stationed on the New England coast, in the ser- vice of the Corps of Engineers and the Light House Board, he also rendered large services to the Coast Survey, and through that work to the general cause of physical science. He died on the 2d of October, 1863, while experimenting near Brooklyn Navy Yard upon his own invention for piercing the armor of iron-plated ships. Through some accident, the gun-room was filled with the gases from a burning shell, and upon his entering it by a ladder, he was suffocated before effectual help could be rendered. Major Hunt's personal appearance corresponded to the character of his mind : a noble strength and dii-ectness of address, great modesty VOL. VI. 31 302 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY combined with perfect self-possession, purity, and kindness of heart, were recognized in him at sight. A closer acquaintance showed that culture had given him also a command of at least all the ordinary resources of the calculus, and that in the investigation of physical and other problems he displayed not only a sound common-sense, but a close metaphysical acumen, which rendered liis papers as interesting to the philosophical reader as they were valuable to the man of science. His last publication was an ingenious induction, on scientific grounds, of the perpetuity and perpetual unity of that nation to whose service he had given his powers, and in whose service he finally sacrificed an unexhausted life. A partial list of the papers published by Major Hunt, hereto appended, will show how earnestly, amid the constant duties of his profession, his mind turned toward scientific problems.* * On the Dispersion of Light. — Am. Journ. Sci., N. Ser., Vol. VII., May, 1849. On the Interpretation of Mariotti's Law. — Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. IX., May, 1 8.50. Bemarks on Terrestrial Thermotics. — Am. Association for Advancement of Science, Aug., 1849. Proposed Experiments on the Cohesion of Liquids. — Am. Ass., Aug., 1850. On the Use of Air as a Medium for Conveying Mechanical Povsrer. — Am. Ass., Aug., 1851. Proposal for a Trigonometrical Survey of New York. — Am. Ass., Aug., 1851. Views on the Nature of Organic Structure. — Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. XIII., Jan., 1852. Eemarks on the Proposed Geographical Survey of New York. — Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. XIV., July, 1852. On Cohesion of Fluids, Evaporation, and Steam-Boiler Explosions. — Am. Ass., July, 1853. Remarks on Lithography and Lithographic Transfer. — Am. Ass., July, 1843. The Conical Condenser; a Telescopic Appendage. — Am. Journ. Sci., Nov., 1853. Project of a Geographical Department of the Library of Congress. — Am. Journ. S^i., Vol. XVI., Nov., 1853. Report of Engraving Operations for 1853. — Coast Survey Report for 1853. Letters describing an Instrument, invented by himself, and called the Inter- ranger. — Coast Survey Report for 1 853. Description of the Self-registering Tide-Gauge. — Coast Survey Report for 1853. Notes on Map-Projections. — Coast Survey Report for 1853. Description of the United States Coast Survey Apparatus for Measuring Base Lines. — Am. Ass., May, 1854. On the Nature of Forces. — Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. XVIII., Sept., 1854. Notes on Map-Projections. — Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. XVIII., Nov., 1854. Report on Engraving in Relation to the Coast Survey, — Coast Survey Report for 1854. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1864. 303 Joseph Gilbert Totten, late the veteran head of the United States Engineer Corps, died at Washington, on the 22d of April last. He was born at New Haven, Connecticut, on the 23d of August, 1788, entered the United States Military Academy at West Point in 1803, as one of the thirteen cadets of which the school then consisted, and Greneral List of Coast Survey Discoveries and Developments to 1853 inclusive. — Coast Survey Report for 1854. Condensed Alphabetical Index of the Ten Annual Coast Survey Reports, from 1844 to 1853 inclusive. — Coast Survey Report for 1854. On the Use of Salt Marsh Sods for Facing the Steep Slopes of Parapets, Ter- races, &c. — Am. Ass., August, 1855. On an Index of Papers on Subjects of Mathematical and Physical Science. — Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. XX., Nov., 1855*. On our Sense of the Vertical and Horizontal, and on our Perception of Distance. — Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. XX., Nov., 1855. On Efflorescence from Brick Masonry. — Am. Ass., August, 1856. On Systematizing the Abbreviations of Titles of Periodicals, Transactions, &c.. Am. Ass., August, 1856. Report of an Index of Reference to Memoirs and Papers on subjects related to the Coast Survey Operations. — Coast Survey Report for 1856. On the Idea of Physical and Metaphysical Infinity. — Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. XXV., Jan., 1858. Views and Suggestions on the Practice and Theory of Scientific Publication. — Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. XXVI., July, 1858. Notes on a New Sounding Apparatus proposed by himself for Coast Survey Use. — Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. XXVI., Sept., 1858. Report on the Preparation of an Index of Scientific References. — Coast Survey Report for 1857. On the Dynamics of Ocean Currents. — Am. Jour. Sci., Vol. XXVIL, March, 1859. On some Anomalies in the Florida Gulf Stream, and on their Further Investi- gation.—Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. XXVIL, March, 1859. Description of the new Portable Coff"er Dam. — Am. Ass., Vol. XIV., Aug., 1860. New Method of Preventing Fire-Damp Explosions in Collieries, by Lighting with Coal Gas. — Am. Ass., Vol. XIV., Aug. 1860. Modern Warfare: its Science and Art. — New Englander, Vol. XVIIL, Nov., 1860. Union Foundations : a Study of American Nationality as a Fact of Science. — Pamphlet published in New York, Jan., 1863. On the Origin, Growth, Substructure, and Chronology of the Florida Reef. — Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. XXXV., March, 1863. Key West Physical Notes. — Am. Joum. Sci., Vol. XXXV., May, 1863. 304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY was graduated in 1805, receiving the commission of Second Lieutenant of Engineers on the first of July of that year. He soon resigned from the Corps of Engineei's to take the position of Assistant to his uncle, Professor Jared Mansfield, who was then Surveyor-General, and had in charge the first systematic survey of the Northwestern Territory, which at that period included the present State of Ohio. The impress of young Totten's military education, however, remained. He returned to the Corps in February, 1808, and during the ensuing war with Great Britain went through a distinguished career. He was Chief Engineer under Major-General Macomb, in the campaign of 1814, on the northern frontier of New York ; and he won the brevet of Major, September 11, 1814, "for gallant conduct at the battle of Plattsburg," In September, 1824, he was brevetted Colonel ; in 1838, he was commissioned. As Chief Engineer he accom- panied Major-General Scott to Mexico, and was brevetted Brigadiei*- General, on the 29th of March, 1847, " for gallant and meritorious conduct" at the siege of Vera Cruz. Just before his death, the Presi- dent of the United States nominated him to the Senate as a Major- General, and that body immediately confirmed the nomination. Thus General Totten's whole life, from his sixteenth year to the sev- enty-sixth, was chiefly devoted to the Engineer service of the United States. " In that period, and especially in the last few years of his life, he made many experiments in the leading elements of his profes- sion ; amongst others, on the penetrability of walls by the force of can- non-shot, bi'inging engineers back to consider the use of a well-known fact, namely, that earthen profiles were more sure and more lasting resisters of heavy projectiles than masonry." Among his excursions from the domain of military engineering were the examinations of the growth of the sandy coast-line of the Southern States of the Union on the Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico ; the use of jettees to control the growth of the coast ; the complex changes of harbors and shores ; the preservation of islands, of river shores, of wharves, etc., from encroachment, as at Portland, Boston, New York, Cape Fear Entrance, Charleston, Fernandina, Pensacola, and Mobile. For these labors, executed without remuneration, he received the thanks of the Legislature of New York, of the City Councils of Port- land and Boston, and of the Board of Trade of New York. Next to his own profession and to the studies incident to it, his attention was most attracted to natural history, and especially to OF AKTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1864. 305 conchology, geology, and mineralogy. Fond of exercise and of occu- ])ation, bodily and mental, he made his walks and drives both conducive to his robust health and subservient to these scientific pursuits, in which he accumulated a large amount of knowledge, and evinced powers of observation and reseai'ch of no common order. His genial nature always inclined him to place at the disposal of others, and especially of the assistants under his command, all the treasures and resources which he had garnered ; and this was done more in the spirit of the . elder brother, or head of a family, than as a superior officer. His per- sonal influence and example stimulated and led on to improvement the educated young men who from time to time came into his military family. He marked out or suggested to them subjects of research, mostly of a practical kind, and methods of experiment ; and always encouraged any disposition in them towards oi'iginaUty of thought ; and so freely and generously imparted his own conceptions to his assistants while stimulating theirs, that they might well have been persuaded that many of the ideas originated with themselves. His laboratory was at their service, no less than his example and companionship. An enumeration of his principal professional researches, could they here be given, would illustrate the mental thoroughness, the complete devotion, and the eminently practical character of this excellent and genial man. General Totten was elected, first by Congress, one of the Regents of the Smithsonian Institution at its foundation in 1846, and was con- tinued in the Board of Regents by successive elections held every sixth year thereafter. During the entire period he was constant in his services as a member of the Executive Committee of the Board. He was also a member of the Light-House Board created by Congress in 1852, and one of the most useful of its working members, as Chair- man of the Committee of Engineering and of Finance. " For the past twenty-six years he has been at the head of the Engineer Department, administering with untiring devotion, spotless integrity, and signal ability, the varied duties, the financial responsi- bilities, and the professional labors of that arm of service, so essential to our national defence." Francis Boott, M. D., — whom we claim as a New England naturalist, although elected into the Academy long after he took up his residence in London, — died in that city on Christmas last, in the seventy-first year of his age. His father, Kirk Boott, who came from 306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY England in early life, was a well known and successful Boston mer- chant. His brother, Kirk Boott, Jr., was one of the pioneers of the manufacturing enterprise at Lowell. Francis Boott, the third son, was born in Boston on the 26th of September, 1792 ; was graduated at Harvard College in 1810 ; passed the four succeeding years in England; and, returning to this country in the year 1814, with his scientific tastes awakened, he was mainly occupied for the next' six years in investigating the botany of New England. In the summer of 1816, he, in connection with Dr. Bigelow, undertook the botanical exploration of the higher mountains of New England, and in one tour ascended Wachusett, Monadnock, Ascutney, and Mount Washington, the latter at that time to be reached only by a laborious journey of two days on foot. They were' accompanied upon this at that time formidable expedition by our late associates. Chief Justice Shaw and Francis C. Gray. An interesting account of the ascent of Mount Washington was published at. the time in the New England Journal of Medicine and Surgery, by Dr. Bigelow, now the sole survivor of the party. In the year 1820, at the age of twenty-eight, having determined to adopt the medical profession, Mr. Boott crossed the Atlantic for the last time, and, proceeding to London, became a pupil of the late Dr. Armstrong. He continued his medical studies in the University of Edinburgh, where he took the degree of M. D. in 1824. He then went to Paris for a year, studying in the schools of medicine and of natural history, and forming the acquaintance of the eminent French naturahsts of that period. He soon after established himself in London as a phy- sician, and also as Lecturer on Botany and Materia Medica in the Webb Street School of Medicine, in connection with his preceptor and near friend, Dr. Armstrong. Upon the early death of Dr. Armstrong, he became his biographer and expositor, and published in 1834, after several years' preparation, in two octavo volumes, his " Memoir of the Life and Medical Opinions of John Armstrong, M.D., to which is added an Inquiry into the Facts connected with those Forms of Fever attributed to Malaria and Marsh Effluvium," — a work which excited .considerable attention. He had before published two Introductory Lectures on Materia Medica. He was an active promoter of the establishment of the London University (now University College), and was for more than a quarter of a century an influential member of its Senate and Council. He had been elected a Fellow of the Linnasan 1 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 24, 1864. 307 Society as early as in the year 1819, under the Presidency of its found- er, his friend, Sir James Edward Smith ; and afterwards he served it continuously for the last twenty -five years of his life, as Secretary, Treasurer, or Vice-President. Nearly thirty years ago he was offered the vacant Chair of Natural History in Harvard University. But the ties of family and of a large circle of attached friends bound him to England. About this time, gradually relinquishing medical practice, he began to devote himself to the study of the intricate genus Carex, one of the largest and most difficult genera of the vegetable kingdom. This genus, so admirably illustrated by Schkuhr at the beginning of this century, has since attracted the particular attention of American botanists, as is shown by the caricological writings of Muhlenberg, Schweinitz, and of our surviving associates, Dewey and Torrey. But since the publication of Dr. Boott's account of the British-American Carices, in Sir William Hooker's Flora Boreali-Americana, in 1840, he has been the unrivalled head of tliis department. In his principal work, entitled " Illustrations of the Genus Carex," he has accom- plished for this genus, now that its known species are nearly six hundred, what was done by Schkuhr half a century ago, when less than a quarter of these species were known, and has done it upon a far gi'ander scale, and with unparalleled fullness of illustration. Three folio volumes of this great work, with over four hundred plates, have been produced within the last six years ; and a fourth volume, left in- complete when his long enfeebled strength finally gave way, is about to be published by his family. To this work Dr. Boott devoted not only many years of assiduous labor, but a large sum of money ; the draw- ings, engravings, and letter-press having been produced at his sole ex- pense, while the larger part of the copies have been fi'eely presented to those, both in Europe and in this countj^j^, who were most interested in the subject. It has, therefore, been well said to be '' one of the most munificent contributions ever made to scientific botany, besides being one of the most conscientious and scrupulously accurate, — on which account it certainly entitles its author to take a much higher place among botanists than that of an amateur, which is all his mod- esty would allow him to lay claim to." Modesty, scrupulous accuracy, entire disinterestedness, a winning simplicity and cordial frankness, were characteristics of Dr. Boott. Most of our naturalists and professional men who have visited England within the last thirty years can testify to the kind, even aflfectionate 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY interest which he took in them, and in the furtherance of their pursuits. His pubhshed works will suffice to secure for his name an honorable and permanent place upon the records of science. But only his con- temporaries and friends will know how much he has done to help others, and how disinterestedly and gracefully that aid was ever ren- dered. The Foreign Honorary Members whose eminent names no^ dis- appear from our roll are Baron Plana, Professor Mitscherlich, Pro- fessor Henry Rose, Jacob Grimm, and Archbishop Whately. To these must be added the name of the eminent Russian mathematician, Ostrogradsky, of whose death during the preceding year the Academy was not informed until after the last Annual Meeting. Baron Giovanni Plana, Senator and Director of the Royal Observatory at Turin, died on the 20th of January last, at the age of eighty-two. He was born at Voghera, Piedmont, November 8th, 1781, but re- moved to France in his childhood. He entered the Ecole Polytech- nique at Paris in 1800, taking the rank of eighth among the candidates admitted. The instructions and influence of Monge, of Lagi-ange, Laplace, and Legendre, must have contributed powerfully to determine the direction given to his powers, which afterwards proved him no unworthy successor of these illustrious men. While yet very young, he received an appointment as Professor in the Military School of Alessandria, near his native town. Subsequently he became Professor of Astronomy and of the Higher Mathematics in the University of Turin, Directed" of the Royal Observatory, and President of the Acad- emy of Sciences. In 1821-23, he was associated with Carlini in the measurement of the arc of the meridian in Savoy and Piedmont. The account of the plan and execution of this work, prepared by Plana, received the Lalande prize of the French Institute. The numerous memoirs given to the world by Plana during his long and active career, embracing a great variety of investigations in the more-difficult departments of physics, pure mathematics, and astronomy, testify to the versatility of his talents, and the unwearied industry with which they were exercised. Eveiywhere the treatment is by the hand of a master, and the subject receives some important advance- ment ; yet it did not fall to his lot to attach his name to any of those brilliant discoveries which are the foundation of scientific fame. In point of number, his researches in astronomy, even including those OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 24, 1864. 309 upon subjects only indirectly related to the science, would perhaps furnish the titles of scarcely the half of his published writings ; but they include those by which his name has been most widely known. His celebrated criticisms upon the theory of the planetary perturbations, as developed in the Mecaniqiie Celeste, where he boldly called in question the authority of Laplace upon a subject which had afforded to that renowned geometer one of the most brilliant of his triumphs, were alone sufficient to show his confidence in his own powers, and to place hira in a position of prominence before the scientific world which only abilities of the highest order could have sustained ; nor was this the only occasion on which he exercised great freedom of criticism in charging theoretical errors upon the same author. His attention seems to have been early directed to the Lunar Theory. Already in 1813 he was seriously contemplating its discussion in con- junction with Carlini. The principle on which it was proposed to conduct this discussion may be designated as the literal solution of the problem, where the coefficients of the inequalities are expressed in theoretical form, in contradistinction to the numerical solution, in which they are derived from observation. Plana zealously maintained the former method to be the only solid basis of the Lunar Theory, even carrying the fervor of his advocacy to the extent of charac- terizing the rival system, exhibited in its highest perfection in the Lunar Tables of Hansen, as " un pas retrograde sous le rapport de la theorie." In 1820, a prize, suggested by Laplace, was announced by the Institute for the construction of Lunar Tables, so far as possible, from theory alone. This was adjudged in 1828, by a commission consisting of Laplace, Burckhardt, and Poisson, to be divided between Plana, Carlini, and Damoiseau. The memoir of Plana and Carlini has never been published, but it was probably incorporated, to a considerable extent, in the " Theorie du Mouvement de la Lune," published by Plana in 1832, — a monument of genius and of the most indefatigable industry, triumphing over difficulties of which, to use his own words, it is impossible to form the least conception " sans avoir soi-meme parcouru I'immense ocean qui s^pare le point de depart et le point d'arrivee." A supplement to the "Theorie de la Lune" appeared in 1857 ; and he was still vigorously prosecuting, in his eightieth year, the investiga- tions entered upon almost half a century earlier. Even at a still later VOL. VI. 32 310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY period he was actively engaged in profound scientific labors, the an- nouncement of his latest memoirs scarcely preceding the intelligence of his decease. Few more striking examples have occurred of the preservation and the advantageous employment of intellectual pow- ers of the highest order so far beyond the ordinary term of human Hfe. The two renowned chemists, whose names are now removed from our list, Mitscherhch and Rose, are naturally associated. They were born nearly at the same time, studied together under the same master, were Professors throughout the greater part of their lives at the same University, and died within a few months of each other. But with all these external coincidences in the character of their minds and in their influence upon science, they were widely different ; so that, had either been longer spared to us, he would in ho wise have made good the loss of the other. EiLHARD MiTSCHERLicH died On the 28th of August, 1863. He was born in 1794, in Neurede, a small town near the German Ocean, in the Province of East Friesland, at that time belonging to Prussia. He finished his chemical studies at Stockholm, in the laboratory of Berzelius, and was shortly afterwards, in 1822, made Professor at the University of Berlin. He here published, in 1829, a text-book upon Chemistry, — a work of much originality, and which has retained its reputation to the present day. Mitscherlich's attention was early directed to the connection between crystalhne form and chemical composition; and he had the singular fortune, in his twenty-fifth year, to discover the law which expresses their relation. With this discovery his name has become identified ; and in turn it seems to have given the direction to his thoughts and to the more important of his works. As is usually the case, the way to this discovery was already prepared by the labors of others. It had been laid down by Haiiy as a law, that, with the exception of those substances which crystalHze in the regular system, a difference in chemical composition must necessarily be attended by a difference in crystalline form; and it was thought impossible that the same body could assume two distinct primitive forms. The truth of the former of these views was contested by numerous observers about the beginning of the present century. It was shown as early as 1787 by Leblanc, that from a solution containing the sulphates of iron and of copper crystals may be obtained which have precisely the same form, and yet OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1864. 311 contain the two salts in very different proportions. And Bernhardi, while agreeing with Haiiy that each substance can assume but one primitive form, admitted that different substances may possess the same primitive form ; and also, that a body may have the power to impress upon another with which it is mingled its own peculiar crystalline shape. Finally, in his theory of " vicai'ious constituents," — bodies which are capable of replacing each other in combination without thereby inducing a change of form, — Fuchs had made a near ap- proach to the theory of Isomorphism. It remained for Mitscherlich, by collating and generalizing the views of those who had gone before him, and by largely adding to the facts which they had accumulated, to develop this law ; nor did he at first perceive it in its true light. In his second memoir Mitscherlich says : " Do different elements take the same crystalUne form when com- bined with the same number of atoms of one, or of several other ele- ments? Is identity of crystalline form dependent solely upon the number of atoms ? Is it independent of the chemical nature of these atoms ? Accident leading me at first to investigate a series of com- pounds which answered all these questions in the affirmative, I was on the point of regarding my results as a general law. But on extending my researches to other combinations, ... I found that this identity does not necessarily follow." And he was finally led to the view that " certain elements, when united with the same number of atoms of one or of several elements, assume the same crystalline form ; and that the elements may in this respect be divided into groups." If to this be added the property of the elements in the several groups to replace each other in varying proportions in a compound, without materially changing its crystaUine form, we have the true expression of the law of Isomorphism. The discovery of Isomorphism showed that the first axiom of Haiiy was inexact, and required an essential modification ; the discovery of Dimorphism, made at the same time, completely overturned Haiiy's second axiom. It is a proof of the sagacity displayed by Mitscherlich in these researches, that, in the long time which has elapsed since they were made, his deductions have received no important alteration ; even his own genius could in after life only add to the facts upon which the conclusions arrived at in his youth were founded. The importance of his results to chemistry and mineralogy was at once appreciated ; while their very brilliancy has obscured his subsequent works. 312 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Heinrich Rose died at Berlin, on the 28th of January last. Nearly- half a century of Professor Rose's life was devoted to the unremitted and successful cultivation of pure science. In attempting to form an opinion of any one scientific work so long ago completed, we find a difficulty in representing to ourselves the circumstances under which it was composed, — in rightly apprehending the state of science at the time. The difficulty is still greater of forming a correct idea of what would have been the present state of chemical science, had labors like those of Rose, on the most varied subjects, and extending through a long lifetime, never been undertaken. Few of these works led to great or brilliant discoveries ; most of them resulted in those gradual additions to knowledge which necessarily follow a patient and well-directed course of inquiry. But it is precisely to such labors, which have prepared the way and the age for the reception of great truths, that science is in the end indebted for their discovery. Heinrich Rose was born at Berlin on the 6th of August, 1795 ; con- sequently, at his death he had not completed his sixty-ninth year. His father and grandfather were apothecaries and chemists in Berlin ; the latter a man of considerable reputation, and the discoverer of the fusible alloy which goes by the name of Rose's Metal. In the discourse which H. Rose delivered before the Berlin Academy, in memory of Berzeiius, he tells us : "I had the good fortune in my youth to assist the celebrated Klaproth in his chemical operations, but only in the last years of his life, in the summer of 1816, when his labors were inter- rupted by frequent and severe illness." In 1819 Rose went to Stockholm, and worked for a year and a half in the laboratory of Berzeiius. In 1823 he was appointed Professor of Chemistry in the University of Berlin ; and he retained and fulfilled the duties of this station until his death. The writings of Rose consist of his Treatise on Analytical Chemistry, and of a very great number of papers published at first in Gilbert's, and then in PoggendorfF's Annals. His Analytical Chemistry is the work by which he is best known. Without claiming to be a treatise upon the theory or the operations of chemistry in general, it includes them both, so far as they are required for the purposes of analysis. From its precision and completeness it not only superseded all the earlier works on this subject, but even caused them to be forgotten. Of his papers, some are single essays, devoted to special points of OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 24, 1864. 813 chemistry; others, of a more general nature, and extending in series through one or more volumes of the Annals, are researches upon the composition of, or the reactions which characterize, different groups of chemical compounds. So various, indeed, are these subjects, that there is hardly an element for some portion of our knowledge of which we are not indebted to Heinrich Rose. It is therefore impossible to give an analysis of works whose mere titles would require more space than is allotted by custom to the memory of our distinguished associates. Much of what was afterwards arranged in its proper place in his Analytical Chemistry, appeared originally as contributions to the Annals. The most remarkable of these papers is a series which extends, with interruptions, through more than fifteen years, and contains the history of his discovery of the metal Niobium. The points of interest of this investigation are obscured by its great detail, and by the repetitions, and sometimes inconsistencies, inevitable in a work prosecuted at long intervals. From the different specific gravities of the several varieties of the mineral called Tantalite, as well as of the metallic acids contained in them. Rose was led to believe that these acids were the oxides of different metals. He at first assumed the existence of two new metals, which he called Niobium and Pelopium, and which, by uniting with oxygen, gave rise to the niobic and pelopic acids. Further examina- tion showed, however, that these acids contained but one metal, which was combined in them with different proportions of oxygen. But the one of these acids could in no way be directly converted into the other ; they comported in so many respects like the oxides of two similar but different metals, that for a long time he so regarded them. The metal obtained from these acids is the same, whether the one or the other of them has been employed ; but when the metal is again oxidized, there is formed always the one, never the other, of the two acids. When the metal from either of the acids is made to combine with sulphur, which it does in several proportions, and the resulting sulphuret is reconverted by oxidation into acid, the acid is invariably the same as that from which the sulphuret was formed. " This is a phenomenon," says Rose, " to which there is no analogy in chemistry. For the two acids act, not like the oxides of one and the same metal, but like oxides of two different metals. The tendency to the formation of the one or the other of the acids must have existed beforehand in the metal itself. The inquiry had touched upon ground which is as yet hidden ft-om us by 814 PROCEEDINaS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY an impenetrable veil; and this it is which has led me to devote so much labor and time to the subject." The discovery of a new element is apt to be attended with an eclat which its scientific importance does not always warrant. The combina- tions of the niobic and pelopic acids have little chemical interest, and they are found in such small quantities that few chemists can have the opportunity of investigating them. It was not until Rose had shown that these supposed new bodies were two forms of one and the same element, differing from each other as no two forms of the same matter were known to differ, that the real importance of his discovery was made evident, and that he was' rewarded for those years of persever- ing and sagacious research. To the close of his life, and under the trial of domestic affliction, Rose's interest in science remained unabated. In his last years, and apparently conscious that his life was not to be much prolonged, he published a series of papers under the title of " Contributions to Analytical Chemistry." They contain the results of his latest experiments, and his views upon several points of this his favorite subject. His latest work appeared only a few months before his decease. Not inappropriate to Rose himself are the words with which he concludes his notice of the life of his master, Berze- lius : " The labors of such men present to us the true model of the man of science." Jacob Grimm, the venerable German philologist, was born at Hanau, January 4, 1785. He was educated in the Lyceum at Cassel, and afterwards in the University of Marburg, where he studied law under Savigny. He did not, however, engage in professional life as a jurist, but devoted himself with passionate ardor to the study of medi- aeval literature and antiquities, especially those of his own country. For a number of years his studies were more or less interrupted by public employments. In 1814 he was appointed Hessian Secretary of Lega- tion, and in that capacity attended the Congress of the Allied Powers at Vienna. But from this time forward he renounced political life, except that, more than thirty years later, in 1848 and 1849, he was a member of the National Assembly in Frankfort and Gotha. Fi'om 1816 to 1829, he was Second Librarian at Cassel. From 1830 to 1837, he was Professor and Librarian in Gottingen. When the King of Hanover set aside the Constitution which had been given to his sub- jects, he was one of the seven Professors who protested against the act, and in consequence was not only deprived of his office, but, with OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 24, 1864. 315 Gervinus and Dahlmann, was banished from the country. After four years spent in retirement at Cassel, he was called to Berlin in 1841, as Member of the Academy, with the privilege of lecturing in the Uni- versity. In these changes of residence and service, he was accom- panied by his brother Wilhelm, who was but one year younger than he, and who shared, though with a less vigorous and ardent nature, in the same studies and pursuits. A few years after coming to Berlin, they commenced in common the gigantic undertaking of a German Diction- ary, to contain all words found in German literature since the era of the Reformation, with definitions and copious citations. "While they were engaged in this work, Wilhelm Grimm, after a few months of declining health, died, December 16, 1859: he was commemorated by his brother in a pathetic address delivered before the Berlin Academy. For nearly four years longer, Jacob Grimm continued to work on by himself, in an old age of more than seventy- five years, but with hardly any abatement of activity and power. At length the call of death came unexpectedly : a stroke of apoplexy ter- minated his honorable and useful life, September 20, 1863, in the seventy-ninth year of his age. In the scientific career of Grimm we may trace the patriotic reaction caused in the mind of Germany by the conquests of Napoleon. His studies and labors were comprehensive and multifarious ; but Germany was the centi'e of them all. It was not, however, Germany in the narrow sense that engaged his attention : his interest extended to all sections and members of the Germanic race. They are all represented in what we must regard as the great work of his life, the " Deutsche Grammatik," of which the first volume was pubhshed in 1819, and the fourth in 1837 ; a fifth, which was to complete his plan, never appeared. It is a work of prodigious research, containing an immense amount of scientific material, which had to be collected by the author himself, with scanty help from previous laborers in the field. It is no less dis- tinguished for the originality and boldness of its conception. No scholar had before produced a comparative grammar, embracing a number of related languages, and showing how the same primitive scheme of inflection and structure presents itself in each. It is difficult to over- estimate the acuteness and sagacity which enabled Grimm to trace out a unitary system amid the seeming irregularity and confusion of the phenomena he had to deal with. In his " Geschichte der Deutschen Sprache" (2 vols., 1848), the lights of philology are used to explore 316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY the darkness of German antiquity, to show the early civilization, settle- ments, and migrations of the Germanic races. Of his " Deutsches Wortei-buch" we have already spoken; though the master's hand was arrested in the middle of his work, it is hoped that his collections of material will fall to successors who, working in his spirit and with the guidance of his example, will worthily complete this great monument of his genius and leai-ning. But Grimm was no mere student of words. To him grammar and lexicography were means, not ends. He saw manifested in them the mind of the German people ; and all manifestations of the Germanic mind attracted his attention and awakened his sympathy. This we see in many extensive and laborious works which issued from his study, such as his "Deutsche Rechtsalterthiimer " (1828), his "Deutsche Mythologie" (1835), his "Deutsche Weisthiimer" (3 vols., 1840-42), and not least in the " Kinder- und Hausmarchen," published jointly by himself and his brother Wilhelm, which has endeared their names to the children of all countries. A strong poetic sensibility was among the characteristics of Grimm's mind. He loved the old German poetry, and read it again and again with the keenest relish. In publishing the remains of the early German literature, he rendered important service by his " Reinhart Fuchs" (1834), his Anglo-Saxon "Andreas und Elene" (1840), his " Gedichte des Mittelalters auf Konig Friedrich I." (1844), etc. These and other important works, such as his numerous papers pub- lished in scientific and literary journals, and in the transactions of learned societies, — papers always characterized by great ingenuity and laborious research, — may serve to show that it is no empty vaunt when Grimm says of himself that there is in his nature a cer- tain iron industry. At the same time, it is clear that no industry, how- ever tough and plodding, could have accomplished such results, without the qualities of quickness and acuteness, which Grimm possessed in a high degree. His acuteness was conspicuous in his conversation, which is described as singularly pithy and racy, full of unexpected turns and striking suggestions. His quickness also was extraordinary. His books were written with great rapidity, and were printed just as they were written, without first draught and corrected copy. Composed in this way, they are of course wanting in literary finish. They have not the simplicity and transparency which can only come by careful elaboration. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 18G4. 317 Richard Whatelt, D.D., Archbishop of Dublin, died at his official residence, October 8, 1863, aged seventy-six years. He was born in London, and educated at Oxford, where he received his first degree in 1808. Three years afterwards, he was elected a Fellow of Oriel College, an institution which then became, under the able management of its Provost, Dr. Coplestone, the most distinguished school of specu- lative philosophy in England. Among Whately's contemporaries or immediate successors there were Davison, Hampden, Hawkins, Keble, Arnold, the elder Newman, and Pusey ; and he was wont to allude with commendable pride to the fact, that there were, at one time, no less than seven Bishops of the Established Church, viz. four English, two Irish, and one Colonial, who had been members of this one small College. Vacating his fellowship by marriage in 1821, he became Rector of Halesworth, in Suffolk ; but his admirable qualifications for academic life and labor were already so well known, that, after only four years' absence, he was recalled to the University by an unsolicited appoint- ment as Principal of St. Mary's Hall. In this position he remained till 1831, when Earl Grey, then Prime Minister, appointed him Arch- bishop of Dublin, believing that he was the fittest person in the United Kingdom, not only to take the lead in the Irish Church, but to forward the great scheme of National Education in Ireland, and, as an indispen- sable preliminary to its success, to establish more amicable relations between Catholics and Protestants in that divided country. ' This was an enterprise hedged round with peculiar difficulties and perils; but through Dr. Whately's discretion, energy, and perseverance, it was suc- cessfully carried forward for over twenty years. He showed a rare union of literary talent, knowledge of human nature, and adminis- trative ability ; and the work that he accomplished places him in the highest rank of Christian statesmen. The published writings of Archbishop Whately were numerous, and upon a great variety of topics. He was almost equally distinguished as a theologian, and as a writer upon the Evidences of Christianity, and the sciences of logic, rhetoric, and political economy. In theology, though he cannot be called the founder of a school, he was an inde- pendent and original thinker, always inclining to the side of liberal opinions, but prompt and efficient in the advocacy of all which he regarded as constituting the essential doctrines of his Church. His " Essays upon some of the Peculiarities of the Christian Religion," " On some of the Difficulties in the Writings of the Apostle Paul," " On the VOL. VI. 33 318 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Kingdom of Christ," and in refutation of Tractarianism, have had a wide influence upon the course of religious thought in England for more than a quarter of a century. His " Treatise upon Logic " attained an unex- ampled circulation both in England and this country, and was the chief means of rescuing the study of that science from the neglect in which it had languished for nearly two centuries. The corresponding treatise upon Rhetoric has almost equal merits ; while the admirable little text- books on " Money Matters," " The Evidences of Christianity," and " The British Constitution," which he prepared for the use of the Irish National Schools, are the productions of a Christian philosopher, filling one of the highest offices in the Church, who was not too proud to assist in teaching the humblest of the poor. It ought not to be forgotten, also, that he was even munificent in his charities, though his income was but scanty for an Archbishop, and that he was wholly disinterested in bestowing his patronage, giving but a very modest preferment to his only son. The great popularity and influence of his writings are attributable in a considerable degree to the merits of his style, which has often been compared with that of Paley. It is clear, unpretending, and forcible, abounding with homely but apposite illustrations, which have fre- quently the effect of wit. He appears more as a teacher than an author, repeating the truths which he deems important over and over again in his different works, and always more regardful of the effect to be pro- duced, and the principles to be inculcated, than of what might be thought of his own manner and intentions. His own character peeps out in an unconscious and amusing manner, especially in his later works, but always in a way to command the respect, and even the affection, of his readers. He manifests perfect simplicity and hearti- ness, and that sort of good nature which the French call bonhommie ; he quotes his own writings frequently, and is so eager to impress upon others the doctrines which he thoroughly believes and deems of the highest interest, that his manner might sometimes be chargeable with dogmatism. He was a thinker, rather than a great scholar; the truths which he was most anxious to present were not those which he had found in books, or which related to the interpretation or the enforcement of other people's thoughts, but those which he had evolved from his own researches and meditations, and on which he had dwelt so long that they assumed in his eyes what was perhaps an exaggerated importance. He acquired that influence in his Church, in his own die- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAT 24, 1864. 319 cese, and over his contemporai-ies generally, which never fails to attend the efforts of a disinterested and indefatigable worker, who is eager to impart to others the convictions which have strongly affected his own mind and conduct. Perhaps Dr. Whately overestimated the importance of mere reason- ing, — of holding up truth in the clearest light and supporting it by the most convincing arguments. He was always a logician, aiming much more to convince than to persuade. Even rhetoric, according to his acceptation of the term, was not much moi-e than a department of applied logic, or a science of the discovery and right use of arguments. Of mere oratory he was impatient, and had only a feeling of contempt for fine and eloquent writing. He was a Christian Rationalist, in the highest and best sense of that term, always aiming to furnish a reason for the faith that was in him. He accomplished enough to leave behind him the reputation of which he himself would have been most desirous ; — that of an author whose writings have contributed largely to the instruction and improvement of his countrymen ; and of a prelate whose name will long be honored, not only in his own Church, but by all Christian denominations, for the liberality of his opinions, and for his successful advocacy of religious truth and exemplification of it in his own life and character. A list of the members of the Academy, arranged under their several sections, and corrected up to the present date, is appended to this report. It appears that there are now one hundred and seventy Resi- dent Fellows, seventy-eight Associate Fellows, and seventy-one For- eign Honorary Members. In concltision, the Council submitted nominations to fill va- cancies in the list of Foreign Honorary Members made by the decease of MM. Plana, Ostrogradsky, and Rose. The Annual Report of the Treasurer, attested by the Audi- tors, was read, accepted, and ordered to be entered on the records. On motion of the Treasurer the following vote was passed : — " Whereas certain banks in which the Academy owns stock have become, or are about to become National Banks, our Treasurer is hereby authorized to exchange said stock for equal amounts of stock in the said National Banks respectively." 320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY The Treasurer in behalf of the Finance Committee recom- mended that the same appropriations as for the preceding year be made from the General Fund. Professor Lovering, the chairman, presented a report from the Rumford Committee, and in accordance with its recom- mendations the following votes were passed : — 1. That the sum of six hundred dollars be paid from the income of the Rumford Fund for the purchase of MeyersteirC s Spectrometer^ and Regnaulfs Apparatus for Measuring the Tension of Vapors, to be used by Professor Wolcott Gibbs for special investigations on Light and on Heat ; the results of these investigations to be communicated to the Rumford Committee to be offered by them for publication in the " Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences." 2. That the sum of two hundred dollars be paid from the income of the Rumford Fund for the purchase of glass prisms, to be used by Pro- fessor J. P. Cooke in investigations on the metallic spectra ; the results of these investigations to be communicated to the Rumford Committee, to be oflFered by them for publication in the " Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences." Professor Lovering, as chairman of the Committee of Publi- cation, presented a report accounting for expenditures in printing the Memoirs and Proceedings under the appropria- tions of the last annual meeting. Professor Lovering also presented a report from the Rum- ford Committee in relation to the published works of Count Rumford. In accordance with the recommendations of the special committee to whom was referred the subject of a revision of certain Statutes of the Academy, it was voted that the second Section of Chapter IX. be amended so as to read as follows : — "■ Candidates for election as Resident Fellows must be proposed by two or more Resident Fellows, in a recommendation signed by them, specifying the section to which the nomination is made ; which recom- mendation shall be read at a stated meeting, and then stand on the OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1864. 321 nomination list at least ten weeks, and until the balloting. No person shall be elected a Resident Fellow unless he shall have been resident in this Commonwealth one year next preceding his election ; and any one so elected, who shall have resided out of the Commonwealth for the term of five years, and shall have discontinued the payment of his assessments during that time, shall be deemed to have abandoned his fellowship ; provided, nevertheless, that this abandonment of fellowship for non-residence shall not apply to persons engaged in the service of the State, or of the United States." It was also voted that the 1st Section of Chapter X. be amended so as to read as follows : — " All proposed alterations of the Statutes, or additions to them, shall be referred to a committee, and on their report at a subsequent meet- ing, shall require for enactment a majority of two thirds of the members present, and at least eighteen affirmative votes." The following additions to the Standing Votes of the Acad- emy were also passed. To be added to the second Vote : — " And the current issues of the Proceedings shall be supplied, when ready for publication, free of charge, to all the Fellows and Members of the Academy, who desire to receive them." New Vote, to be the third in order : — " The Committee of Publication shall fix from time to time the price at which the publications of the Academy may be sold. But members may be supplied at half this price with volumes which they are not entitled to receive free, and which are needed to complete their sets." New Vote, to be the fourth : — " One hundred extra copies of each paper accepted for the Memoirs of the Academy shall be separately printed, of which fifty shall be placed at the disposal of the author, free of charge." Dr. J. B. Upham of Boston was elected a Fellow in Class II., Section 4. 322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY The annual election resulted in the choice of the following officers for the ensuing year. Asa Gray, President. Charles Beck, Vice-President. William B. Rogers, Corresponding Secretary. Chauncey Wright, Recording' Secretary. Edward Wigglesworth, Treasurer. Josiah p. Cooke, Librarian. Council. Thomas Hill, ^ George P. Bond, v of Class I. John B. Henck, j Augustus A. Gould, ^ Louis Agassiz, > of Class II. Jeffries Wyman, J Robert C. Winthrop, George E, Ellis, )■ of Class III. Andrew P. Peabody, Rumford Committee. Joseph Lovering, Joseph Winlock, Morrill Wyman, Wolcott Gibbs, William B. Rogers, Cyrus M. Warren. Committee of Finance. Asa Gray > ex officio, by J. Ingersoll Bowditch, by appointment. T^ -n^ )■ ex officio, by statute. Edward Wigglesworth, The otlier Standing Committees were appointed on nomina- tion of the President, as follows : — Committee of Publication. Joseph Lovering, Jeffries Wyman, Charles Beck. OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1864. 323 Committee on the Library. Augustus A. Gould, William P. Dexter. John B. Henck. Committee to audit the Treasurer's Accounts. Thomas T. Bouve, Charles E. Ware. LIST OF THE FELLOWS AND FOREIGN HONORARY MEMBERS, Mat 24, 1864. FELLOWS. Class I. — Mathematical and Physical Sciences. Sectiox I. Mathematics. William P. G.Bartlett, Ezekiel B. Elliott, William Ferrel, Benjamin A. Gould, John B. Henck, Thomas Hill, Simon Newcomb, James E. Oliver, Edward Pearce, Benjamin Peirce, James M. Peirce, John D. Runkle, Thomas Sherwin, Chauncey Wright, Joseph Winlock, Cambridge. Boston. Cambridge. Cambridge. Boston. Cambridge. Washington. Lynn. Cambridge. Cambridge. Cambridge. Cambridge. Dedham. Cambridge. Cambridge. Section n. Practical Astronomy and Geodesy. George P. Bond, Cambridge. J. Ingersoll Bowditch, Boston. Alvan Clark, Cambridge. Charles Henry Davis, Cambridge. William Mitchell, Maria Mitchell, Robert Treat Paine, Henry C. Perkins, C. H. F. Peters, Truman H. Safford, George Searle, Lynn. Lynn. Boston. Newburyport. Clinton, N. Y. Cambridge. Brookline. Section HI. Physics and Chemistry. Joseph Hale Abbot, John Bacon, John H. Blake, William F. Channing, Thos. Edward Clark, Josiah P. Cooke, Jr., Samuel L. Dana, William P. Dexter, Charles W. Eliot, Moses G. Farmer, Wolcott Gibbs, Augustus A. Hayes, Albert Hopkins, Eben N. Horsford, Joseph Lovering, Beverly. Boston. Boston. Providence. Williamstown. Cambridge. Lowell. Roxbury. Cambridge. Salem. Cambridge. Boston. AVilliamstown. Cambridge. Cambridge. 324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Francis Peabody, Salem. Edward S. Ritchie, Boston. Frank H. Storer, Boston. Cyrus M. Warren, Boston. Section IV. Technology and Engineering. Henry L. Abbot, Cambridge. Edward C. Cabot, Boston. Henry L. Eustis, Cambridge. James B. Francis, Lowell. James Hayward, Boston. Charles Jackson, Boston. John C. Lee, Salem. William R. Lee, Roxbury. Charles S. Ston-ow, Boston. William H. Swift, New York. John H. Temple, Boston. Sylvanus Thayer, Braintree. Daniel Treadwell, Cambridge William Watson, Cambridge Morrill Wyman, Cambridge Class II. -■— Natural and Physiological Sciences. Section I. Geology, Mineralogy, and Physics of the Globe. Thomas T. Bouve, Boston. Jonathan P. Hall, Boston. Charles T. Jackson, Boston. Jules Marcou, Cambridge. Henry D. Rogers, Boston. William B. Rogers, Boston. Charles U. Shepard, Amherst. Josiah D. Whitney, Northampton Section n. Botany . Jacob Bigelow, Boston. George B. Emerson, Boston. Asa Gray, Cambridge. John A. Lowell, Boston. John L. Russell, Salem. Charles Jas. Sprague, Boston. Edward Tuckerman, Amherst. Section HL Zoology and Physiology. Alex. E. R. Agassiz, Cambridge. Louis Agassiz, Cambridge. Thomas M. Brewer, Boston. Henry Bryant, Boston. Samuel Cabot, Henry James Clark, John Dean, Silas Durkee, Augustus A. Gould, Samuel Kneeland, Theodore Lyman, Charles Pickering, D. Humphreys Storer, David Weinland, Henry Wheatland, Jeffries Wyman, Boston. Cambridge. Boston. Boston. Boston. Boston. Brookline. Boston. Boston. Cambridge. Salem. Cambridge. Section IV. Medicine and Samuel L. Abbot, Henry J. Bigelow, Henry I. Bowditch, Benjamin E. Cotting, Calvin Ellis, Oliver W. Holmes, James Jackson, John B. S. Jackson, Edward Jarvis, Reuben D. Mussey, Charles G. Putnam, Edward Reynolds, Horatio R. Storer, Charles E. Ware, J. Mason Warren, Surgery. Boston. Boston. Boston. Roxbury. Boston. Boston. Boston. Boston. Dorchester. Boston. Boston. Boston. Boston. Boston. Boston. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1864. 325 Class III. — Iforal and Political Sciences. Section I. Philosophy and Jurisprudence. William Allen, George T. Bigelow, Francis Bowen, John Henry Clifford, Benjamin R. Curtis, Richard H. Dana, Jr., Mark Hopkins, Charles G. Loring, Joel Parker, Theophilus Parsons, George Putnam, William A. Stearns, Benjamin F. Thomas, James Walker, Emory Washburn, Northampton. Boston. Cambridge. New Bedford. Boston. Cambridge. Williamstown. Boston. Cambridge. Cambridge. Roxbury. Amherst. Boston. Cambridge. Cambridge. Section H. Philology and Archceology. Ezra Abbot, Albert N. Arnold, Charles Beck, Epes S. Dixwell, Charles Folsom, William W. Goodwin, Cambridge Ephraim W. Gurney, Cambridge Horatio B. Hackett, Newton. William Jenks, George M. Lane, George Livermore, George R. Noyes, Chandler Robbins, James Savage, Nathaniel B. Shurtleff, Boston. E. A. Sophocles, Cambridge Samuel Swett, Boston. Joseph E. Worcester, Cambridge Cambridge. Hamilton, N.Y. Cambridge. Cambridge. Cambridge. Boston. Cambridge. Cambridge. Cambridge. Boston. Boston. Section HI. Political Economy and History. Caleb Cushing, George E. Ellis, Edward Everett, Levi Lincoln, J. L. Motlev, Francis Parkman, A. P. Peabody, Willard Phillips, Josiah Quincy, Jared Sparks, Henry W. Torrey, Robert C. Winthrop, Newburyport. Charlestown. Boston. Worcester. Boston. Boston. Cambridge. Cambridge. Boston. Cambridge. Cambridge. Boston. Section- IV. Literature and the Fine Arts. Charles F. Adams, William T. Andrews, George S. Boutwell, Francis J. Child, Jos. G. Cogswell, Ralph Waldo Emerson, John B. Fitzpatrick, Nath'l L. Frothingham, John C. Gray, Richard Greenough, Charles C. Jewett, Henry W. Longfellow, Francis C. Lowell, James Russell Lowell, Charles Eliot Norton, Octavius Pickering, William W. Story, George Ticknor, Edward Wigglesworth, Boston. Boston. Groton. Cambridge. Cambridge. Concord. Boston. Boston. Boston. Boston. Boston. Cambridge. Boston. Cambridge. Cambridge. Cambridge. Boston. Boston. Boston. VOL. VI. 34 326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY ASSOCIATE FELLOWS. Class I. — Mathematical and Physical Sciences. Section I. Mathematics. Charles Avery, Clinton, N. Y. Alexis Caswell, Providence, R. I. Wm. Chauvenet, St. Louis, Mo. Charles Davies, New York. Jeremiah Day, New Haven, Conn. H. A. Newton, New Haven, Conn. William Smyth, Brunswick, Maine. Theodore Strong, N. Brunswick, N. J. Section H. Practical Astronomy and Geodesy. S. Alexander, Princeton, N. J. Alex. D. Bache, Washington, D. C. W. H. C. Bartlett, West Point, N. Y. J. H. C. Coffin, Newport, R. I. Wm. H. Emory, Washington, D. C. J. M. Gilliss, Washington, D. C. Jas. D. Graham, Washington, D. C. Elias Loomis, New Haven. Charles Wilkes, Washington, D. C. Section IH. Physics and Chemistry. F. A. P. Barnard, New York. Joseph Henry, Washington, D. C. T. Sterry Hunt, Montreal, Canada. John LeConte, Columbia, S. C. W. A. Norton, New Haven, Conn. John M, Ordway, Manchester, N. H. Charles G. Page, Washington, D. C. Ogden N. Rood, New York. Benj. Silliman, New Haven, Conn. Benj. Silliman,Jr.,New Haven, Conn. Section IV. Technology and Engineering. Richard Delafield, Washington, D. C. A. A. Humphreys, Washington, D. C. Dennis H. Mahan, West Point, N. Y. George G. Meade, Philadelphia. S. F. B. Morse, Poughkeepsie, N.Y. George Talcott, Albany, N. Y. Class IL — Natural and Physiological Sciences. Section L Geology, Mineralogy, and Physics of the Globe. James D. Dana, New Haven, Conn. J. W. Dawson, Montreal, Canada. Edward Desor, Neufchatel. John C. Fremont, New York. Arnold Guyot, Princeton, N. J. James Hall, Albany, N. Y. F. S. Holmes, Charleston, S. C. J. Peter Lesley, Philadelphia. Sir W. E. Logan, Montreal. Geo. E. Swallow, Columbia, Mo. Section H. Botany. Moses A. Curtis, Hillsboro, N. C. Chester Dewey, Rochester, N. Y. Geo. Engelmann, St. Louis, Mo. W. S. Sullivant, Columbus, Ohio. John Torrey, New York. Section HI. Zoology and Physiology. John Bachman, Charleston, S. C. Spencer F. Baird, Washington, D. C. J. C.Dalton, New York. Jno. E. Holbrook, Charleston, S. C. J. P. Kirtland, Cleveland, Ohio. John L. LeConte, Philadelphia. Joseph Leidy, Philadelphia. St. J. Ravenel, Charleston, S. C. Section IV. Medicine and Surgery. Isaac Hays, Philadelphia. Wm. Sweetser, Burlington, Vt Geo. B. Wood, Philadelphia. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1864. 327 Class III. — 3Ioral and Political Sciences. Section I. Philosophy and Jurisprudence. L. P. Hickok, Schenectady, N.Y. Alonzo Potter, Philadelphia. Francis Way land. Providence, R. I. Section II. Philology and Archceology. S. P. Andrews, New York. James Hadley, Jr., New Haven. S. S. Haldeman, Columbia, Pa. George P. Marsh, Burlington, Vt. Alph. S. Packard, Brunswick, Maine. Edward E. Salisbury, New Haven. William D. Whitney, New Haven. Theodore D. Woolsey, New Haven. Section III. Political Economy and History. Sam. G. Arnold, Newport, K. I. George Bancroft, New York. Henry C. Carey, Philadelphia. Francis Lieber, New York. Section IV. Literature and the Fine Arts. Wm. C. Bryant, New York. Hiram Powers, Florence. Fred. E. Church, New York. J. P. Kennedy, Baltimore. FOREIGN HONORARY MEMBERS. Class I. — Mathematical and Physical Sciences. Section I. Mathematics. John C. Adams, Cambridge. George B. Airy, Greenwich. Sir Wm. R. Hamilton, Dublin. Hansen, Seeberg. Le Verrier, Paris. Liouville, Paris. Sir J. W. Lubbock, London. Section H. Practical Astronomy and Geodesy. Argelander, Bonn. Encke, Berlin. Sir J. F. W. Herschel, Bart., London. Peters, Altona. William H. Smyth, W. Struve, London. St. Petersburg. Section HI. Physics and Chemistry. Sir David Brewster, Edinburgh. Dumas, Paris. Michael Faraday, London. Thomas Graham, London. Christopher Hansteen, Christiania. Liebig, Munich. Regnault, Paris. Section IV. Technology and Engineering. Charles Babbage, London. Sir William Fairbairn, Manchester. Fourneyron, Paris. 328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Class II. — Natural and Physiological Sciences. Section I. Section III. Geology, Mineralogy, and Physics of the Globe. Paris. Elie de Beaumont, Duperrey, Dove, Sir Charles Lyell, Sir R. I. Murchison, Quetelet, Adam Sedgwick, De Verneuil, Paris. Berlin. London. London. Brussels. Cambridge. Paris. Section II. Botany. Decaisne, Paris. Alph. DeCandoUe, Geneva. Elias Fries, Upsal. Sir Wm. J. Hooker, Kew. John Lindley, London. Von Martius, Munich. Von Mohl, Tubingen. Zoology and Physiology. Von Baer, St. Petersburg. Theod. L. W. Bischoff, Munich. Ehrenberg, Milne-Edwards, Albrecht KoUiker, Richard Owen, C. Th. von Siebold, Valentin, Berlin. Paris. Wurtzburg. London. Munich. Berne. Section IV. Medicine and Surgery. Andral, Paris. Louis, Paris. Rayer, Paris. Rokitansky, Vienna. William Lawrence, London. Class III. — Moral and Political Sciences Section I. Philosophy and Jurisprudence. Cousin, Mittermaier, Trendelenburg, William Whewell, Paris. Heidelberg. Berlin. Cambridge. Section H. Philology and Archaeology. Bekker, Boeckh, Bopp, Eyries, Berlin. Berlin. Berlin. Paris. Lepsius, Berlin. Duke di Serradifalco, Palermo. Pascual de Gayangos, Madrid. Max MuUer, Oxford. Section HI. Political Economy and History. Guizot, Paris. George Grote, London. John Stuart Mill, London. Henry H. Milman, London. Leopold von Ranke, Berlin. Section IV. Literature and the Fine Arts. Gino CapponI, Italy. J. J. da Costa de Macedo, Lisbon. Overbeck, Rome. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1864. 329 Five liuudred and thirty-sixth Meeting. June 14, 1864. — Adjouened Annual Meeting. The President in the chair. ), Mr. F. H. Storer was elected a member of the Rumford Committee, to fill the vacancy left at the annual election. Professor Goodwin presented the following papers : — I. Note on Thucydides, I. 22. In the following passage of Dionysius of Halicarnassus (^Art. Rhetor. XI. 2, p. 398 R.) we find the original of the famous saying, History is philosophy teaching hy examples. (See Bolingbroke's Letters on His- tory, No. 2, p. 14.) IlaiSeta apa iaTiu fj emev^is Tav rjdaii/. tovto koi QovKv8i8r]s eoiKe Xe-yeii', Trepi IcrToplas Xeycoi' on koi I (tt op i a (piT^ocrocfiia e (tt\v e k TrapadeiyfidraV ''"Oo-ot Se ^ovXrjaovTai tS)v re yevofxevav to (Ta(f)€s (TKOTreiv koi Ta>v p-eWovrcov rrore avdis Kara to dpdpanretou toiovtcov koi 7rapaTr\T](Ti(ov eaecrdai w^eXt/^a, p^pJjfr^at tois naXaiais iuTopiais. It will be seen that Dionysius professes to give merely the idea contained in the passage quoted from the preface of Thucydides (I. 22). That passage, however, as it stands in our editions of Thu- cydides, contains no such idea. It reads : oo-ot be ^ov\fj(TovTai tSuv re yevofievav to cra(f)es aKOTreiu Koi Ta>v fj.e\X6vT(ov eaeadai, acpeXifxa Kpivfiv avTQ apKovvTcos e^et. It is commonly translated, / shall be well content, if so many as shall wish to have a clear view, not merely of the past, hut also of what will in all human prohability he like or analogous (to the past) in the future, shall judge my work {avTo) to he proftahle. The difficulties in the way of this interpretation are wellnigh insuperable, and one of the acutest modern editors, Krtiger, gives up the passage, in his last edition, as utterly hopeless. At all events, it is certain that Dionysius found a veiy diifei-ent idea in the passage as it stood in his day. It will be noticed that he makes the word a>(f)€Xtna a part of the relative clause introduced by oaoi ^ovXTja-ovTai. This suggests at once a slight change in the punctuation of the common text of Thucydides, which will, we think, remove the chief difficulties both in construction and sense. We propose to remove the comma after eaea-Oai and to insert it after Kpiveiv, so that the construction shall be : oo-ot ^ovXrjo-ovTat tS)p T€ yevop.iva>v to (Ta(p€S aKoirelv Koi tu>v fieXKovTcov acpeXifia Kpiveiv, avTa dpKovuras e^fi. The phrase t5)V neWovTcop ox^eXijia Kp'iveiv will mean 4 330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY to draw (i. e. from the past) useful inferences for the future, the geni- tive fieWovToiv being used with acfjeXifia for the sake of parallehsm witli t£)v yeponfucov to a-a(j)es. We consider mcfieXifMa a kindred accusative after Kpivetv, the phrase being equivalent to Kplaiv dxpeXifiop Kpiveiv, which no one will think too harsh a construction for Thucydides, especially in such an involved sentence. Compare Plat. Rep. II. 360 E: rfiv Kpiaiv Kplvai opdas, and N. Test. JOH. VII. 24 : rfjv biKalav Kpia-iv Kpivare, judge righteous judgment. See also Luc. XX. 47 : puKpa npoa-evxovTai, they make long prayers. The omission of the antecedent of oo-oi is illustrated by ThuC. I. 82 : dueTrl(pOovov 8e, ocroi Sajivep KOi fjpels VTTo tS)v 'Adrjvatcov em^ovKfvopeda. The whole passage will then read : — Kat is pev aKpoacnv laas to pfj pvdwdes avTav aTepTTfa-Tepov (fyauelTai • oeroi 8e ^ovkrjaovTai tS>v re yevopepcav to vai iroKiopKia fieyicTTOv e(TTi arjp.e'iov rov 8 la t ov r ov s tt € icr di vr as ws vno rov ^ikimrov crwdrjaovTaL ravra TraBeiv • ov yap iKelvov ye rjyvoovv. AKOVfTe, w avbpes Adrjvaloi. 6 p,o\ oy la ^iXimrov Koi ^aKiatv, (^-qcrlv, K. T. X. Kai TrdXiv TrapaSovvai 8e ras TroXeis ^coKeas (j)Tjcr\ ^tXiTTTTO), ovxi Orj^aiois ov8e QerraXols ov8e oXXo) oiiBevL 8ia ri ; ort ^iKiiviros aTTT^yyeXXero TTpos vpas VTTO T o V T o V (i. C. Aeschincs) ini rrj tcov ^cokIcov (Tcorrjpia Trapt^Tjkvdevai. tovto) 8r] navT iTticmvov, Ka\ irpos toZtov irdvT ecTKOTTOvv, TT p 6 S T O V T O V ilV O lOVVT O T T] V € I p Tj V T] V . 2. In the same oration, § 27 (p. 72, 12), we find in most editions this passage : dXX' vpels ol Kal awievres avrol koi tS)v Xeyovrcov dicovovTes ^fiav ais eTTi^ovXfvecrBe, as TepiVTOL-xl^^ecrOe, i k rov prjSev rj8-q tt o irj c a i Xfjafd', COS epo\ SoKet, rrdvO' (Trdvra ravra OV Trdvra) VTTop.flvavTes- Here 2. reads axrre pr^8ev rj8r) ttokIv \ t] (t e a d\ k. t. X. No editor, however, has adopted this reading, except Voemel in the Halle edition above mentioned, and he gives the passage an interpretation which we think the words will hardly bear. We venture, therefore, to call attention to it as more Demosthenic than the common reading. It seems hardly possible that any one can have been deterred from accepting this reading by any difficulty in interpreting aare pr]8ev ^8r] ttoluv. We need merely refer to Plat. Gorg. 479 C : irdv iroiovcriv, aa-re 8iKT]v prj SiSdmi, they do everything, to avoid suffering punishment, where wo-re fxri 8i86vai is almost equivalent to the final clause, Iva pfj 8i,8S}aiv. The whole sentence will thus mean : but you, — who not only understand for yourselves, hut cdso learn from us orators, how you are plotted against, how you are encompassed hy toils, — in order to avoid imme- diate action, will, it seems to me, insensibly submit to everything. We should hesitate to accept the form Xrja-ecrd', for Xr](Te6\ with the participle without better authority, especially as cS" (the abbreviation for (T&) and 6 would be so easily confused. Even if we admitted the middle form here, we should consider it as equivalent to Xrjaere in its OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 14, 1864. 333 neuter sense ; Voemel, however, translates Xrja-fade ttuvO' vnofieivavTa, immemores eritis omnia vos tolerasse, and gives the following note : ohlivio priorum malorum praecipmim imprudentiae et desidiae signum est. But the aorist participle with \av6dva), Tvyxava, and similar verbs, seems to have no more force as a past tense than the aorist subjunctive or imperative does ; see evka^elaOai fitf XjjcreTe 8iav, to get off without his knowing it, Xex. An. I. 3, 17 ; roiis avBpm-irovs Xrjcrofiep iTrmecrovTes, An. VII. 3, 43. With such verbs the present participle is used in its ordinary sense, denoting a continued action, while the aorist expresses a momentary act coincident with that of the verb, and the perfect seems to have been used when a special reference to the past was required in the participle. TIius, ervxov oTrXlrai KadevSovres, soldiers happened to be sleeping, Thuc. IV. 113; crTparia ervxe TrapeXdovcra, an army happened to march, VI. 61 ; ervyxavov oi crrpaTrj-yol apri jrapeiX)j<^drfs Trjv dpx']v, the generals happened to have just assumed their authority, VI. 96 ; fdv Tis T]8iKT]Kas TL TvyxdvT] TTfv TToKiv, if it shall happen that any one has done any wrong to the city, Dem. Cor. § 123. So Xijo-ere irdvff viropeivavTes will not mean, you will forget that you have endured everything, but you will insensibly {before you know it) submit to everything. Dr. A. A. Gould presented the Annual Report of the Libra- rian, which was accepted, and a recommendation to increase the salary of the Assistant Librarian was referred to the Finance Committee. DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY, FROM MAY 27, 1863, TO MAY 24, 1864. Boston Society of Natural History. Journal. Vol. VII. No. 4. 8vo. Boston. 1863. ■ Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge. Bulletin. 8vo pamph. 1863. Astronomical Observatory of Harvard College. Annals. Vol. IV. Part 1. 4to. Cambridge. 1863. Report of the Committee of the Overseers of Harvard College, appointed to visit the Observatory in the Year 1862 ; together with VOL. VI. 35 334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY the Report of the Director, submitted January 29, 1863. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1863. Essex Institute. Proceedings. Vol. IV. No. 1. January, February, March, 1864. 8vo. Salem. American Antiquarian Society. Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society at the Semi- annual Meeting in Boston, April 29, 1863. Proceedings at the An- nual Meeting held in Worcester, October 21, 1863. 2 pamph. 8vo. Boston. 1863. American Oriental Society. Journal. Eighth Volume. No. 1. 8vo. New Haven. 1864. Proceedings at Boston and Cambridge, May 20th and 21st, 1863. 8vo. New Haven. 1863. Editors of American Journal of Science and Arts. Journal. N. S. Vol. XXXVI. - XXXVHI. No. 112. 8vo. New Haven. 1863-64. Lyceum of Natural History of New York. Charter, Constitution, and By-Laws of the Lyceum, with a List of the Members, etc. 1864. 8vo pamph. New York. Mercantile Library Association of the City of New York. Forty-Second Annual Report of the Board of Directors, May, 1863. Bvo pamph. New York. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Journal. N. S. Vol. V. Part 4. 4to. Philadelphia. 1863. Proceedings. 1863. No. 3-7. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1863. American Philosophical Society. Proceedings. Vol. IX. No. 69, 70. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1863. Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. American Journal of Pharmacy. Ser. 3. Vol. XL, XII. No. 1. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1863 - 64. Smithsonian Institution. Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian In- stitution for the Year 1862. 8vo vol. Washington. 1863. Library of Congress. Catalogue of the Library of Congress. Printed by order of Con- gress. 8vo vol. Washington. 1861. Catalogue of Additions made to the Library of Congress from December 1, 1862, to December 1, 1863. 8vo vol. Washington. 1863. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1864. 335 American Association for the Advancement of Science. Third Meeting, held at Charleston, S. C, March, 1850. 8vo vol. Charleston, S. C. 1850. Young Men's Mercantile Library Association of Cincinnati. Twenty-Eighth and Twenty-Ninth Annual Report of the Board of Directors for the Years 1862, 1863. 2 pamph. 8vo. Cincinnati. 1863 - 64. California Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings. Vol. III. pp. 1-112. 8vo. San Francisco. 1863. Literary and Historical Society of Quebec. Transactions. Vol. IV. Part 1-3. Vol. V. Part 1. 8vo. Quebec. 1843 - 63. Report of the Council for the Year 1862. 8vo pamph. Quebec. 1863. The Gold Fields of Canada ; a Paper read before the Literary and Historical Society of Quebec, November 18, 1863. By Rev. James Douglas. 8vo pamph. Quebec. 1863. Geological Survey of Canada. Report of Progress from its Com- mencement to 1863 ; illustrated by 498 Wood-Cuts in the Text, and accompanied by an Atlas of Maps and Sections. Royal 8vo vol. Montreal. 1863. Royal Society of London. Philosophical Transactions. Vol. 151, Vol. 152, Part 1. 4to. London. 1862 - 63. Proceedings. Vol. XIL, Vol. XIII. No. 58, 59. Svo. London. 1863. List of Fellows, etc. December 1, 1862. 4to pamph. Lon- don. Astronomical and Magnetical and Meteorological Observations made at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, in the Year 1861. 4to vol. London. 1863. The Bakerian Lecture. On the Total Solar Eclipse of July 18, 1860, observed at Rivabellosa, near Miranda de Ebro, in Spain. By "Warren De La Rue, Esq., Ph. D., F. R. S., etc. [From Philos. Trans. Part 1. 1862.] 4to. London. 1862. Linnean Society of London. Transactions. Vol. XXIIL, Vol. XXIV. Part 1. 4to. Lon- don. 1862 - 63. 336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Journal of the Proceedings. Zoology, Vol. VI., Vol. VII. No. 25, 26. Botany, Vol. VI., Vol. VII. No. 25, 26. 8vo. London. 1862-63. List of the Linnean Society, 1861 - 62. 8vo. London. Address of Thomas Bell, Esq., F. R. S., etc. The President Friday, May 24, 1861. 8vo. London. 1861. Address of George Bentham, Esq., F. R. S., etc. The Presi- dent Saturday, May 24, 1862. 8vo. London. 1862. Zoological Society of London. Transactions. Vol. IV., Vol. V. Part 1, 2. 4to. London. 1862-63. Proceedings for the Years 1861, 1862. 8vo. London. 1861-62. Statistical Society of London. Journal. Vol. XXVI. 8vo. London. 1863. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal. Vol. XIX. 8vo. London. 1863. Royal Horticultural Society of London. Proceedings. Vol. III., Vol. IV. No. 1, 2. 8vo. London. 1863 - 64. Royal Astronomical Society. Memoirs. Vol. XXXL 1861-62. 4to. London. 1863. British Association for the Advancement of Science. Report of the Thirty-Second Meeting, held at Cambridge in Octo- ber, 1862. 8vo vol. London. 1863. Royal Institution of Great Britain. Proceedings. Vol. IV. Part 1, 2. No. 37, 38. 8vo. London. 1863. List of the Members, Officers, and Professors. 1863. 8vo pamph. London. Society of Arts, Mamfactures, and Commerce. Journal of the Society of Arts and of the Institutions in Union. Vol. XL No. 545-571, 575. 8vo. London. 1863. Chemical Society of London. Journal. Ser. 2. Vol. I. 8vo. London. 1863. British Government. Extension of the Triangulation of the Ordnance Survey into France and Belgium with the Measurement of an Arc of Parallel in Latitude 52° N. from Valentia in Ireland to Mount Kemmel in Bel- gium By Colonel Sir Henry James, R. E., F. R. S., etc.. Di- rector of the Ordnance Survey. 4to vol. London. 1863. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1864. 337 Tyncside Naturalists' Field- Club. Transactions. Vol. VI. Part 1. 8vo. Newcastle-upon-Tyne. 1863. A Synopsis of the Geology of Durliam and Part of Northum- berland, by Richard House and J. W. Kirby. 8vo pamph. New- castle-upon-Tyne. 1863. Radcliffe Trustees. Astronomical and Meteorological Observations made at the Rad- cliffe Observatory, Oxford, in the Year 1861. Under the Super- intendence of the Rev. Robert Main, M. A., Radcliffe Observer. Vol. XXXI. 8vo. Oxford. 1861. Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool. Proceedings during the Fifty-Second Session, 1862 — 63. No. XVII. 8vo vol. Liverpool. 1863. Royal Dublin Society. Journal. Vol. IV. No. 29, 30. 8vo. Dublin. 1863. Geological Society of Dublin. Journal. Vol. IX. Part 2. Vol. X. Part 1. 1861 - 63. 8vo. Dublin. Government of India. Palfeontologia Indica. Ser. 11. Part 3-6. Ser. III. Part 1. 4to. Calcutta. 1862-63. Annual Report of the Geological Survey of India and of the Museum of Geology, for the Year 1862 - 63. 8vo pamph. Cal- cutta. 1863. Academic des Sciences de VInstitut Imperiale de France. Comptes Rendus. Vol. LVL, LVII., LVIII. No. 1-18. 4to. Paris. 1863-64. Societe Imperiale Zoologique d'Acclimatation. Bulletin. Vol. X. Serie 2. Vol. I. No. 1-3. 8vo. Paris. 1863-64. Societe de Geographic. Bulletin. Ser. 5. Vol. V. 8vo. Paris. 1863. Academic Imperiale des Sciences, etc. de Dijon. Memoires. Ser. 2. Vol. X. 1862. 8vo. Dijon. 1863. Academie Imperiale des Sciences, Belles- Lettres, et Arts de Lyon. Memoires. Classe des Lettres. N. S. Vol. IX., X., XI. Classe des Sciences. Vol. X., XI., XII. 8vo. Pai-is and Lyons. 1859 -62. 338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Konigl. Preussische Ahademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin. Abhandlungen. 1862. 4to. Berlin. 1863. Monatsberichte. 1862. 8vo. Berlin. 1863. Konigl. Universitdts Sternwarte, Bonn. Atlas des Nordlichen Gestirnten Himraels fur den Anfang des Jahres 1855, unter Mitwirkung der Herren Dr. E. Schonfeld und Prof. Dr. Krueger. Entworfen und in Namen Sternwarte heraus- gegeben von dem Director derselben, Dr. F. W. Argelander. Long 4to. Bonn. 1863. Universitas Frid. Guil. Rhenana, Bonnes. Academical Dissertations and Indexes. Bonn. 1862. Naturforschender Verein in Brunn. Verhandlungen. Vol. I. 1862. 8vo. Brunn. 1863. Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Danzig. Schriften. N. S. Vol. I. Part 1. 4to. Dantzic. 1863. Verein fiir Brdkunde und verwandte Wissenschaften zu Darmstadt. Notizblatt. Serie 3. No. 13-24. 8vo pamph. Darmstadt. 1863. Konigliche Blindenanstalt zu Dresden. Jahresbericht. 1862. 8vo pamph. Dresden. Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Emden. Jahresbericht. 1862. 8vo. Emden. 1863. Kleine Schriften. No. X. 4to. Emden. 1862. Zoologische Gesellschaft, Frankfurt a. M. Zoologische Garten. Vol. IV., V., No. 1. 8vo. Frankfort-on- the-Main. 1863 - 64. Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Freiburg im Briesgau. Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen. Vol. III. Part 1. Svo. Freiburg i. B. 1863. Oberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur und Heilkunde, Geissen. Zehnter Bericht. 8vo. Geissen. 1863. Oberlausitzische Gesellschaft zu Gorlitz. Neues Lausitzisches Magazin. Vol. XL. 8vo. Gorlitz. 1863. Konigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen. Nachrichten von der Georg-Augusts-Universitat und der Konigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften vom Jahre 1862. 16mo vol. Gottingen. Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Halle. Abhandlungen. Vol. VII. Part 2. 4to. Halle. 1863. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1864. 339 KiSnigl. Physikalisch- Oekonomische Gesellschaft zu Kbnigsherg. Schriften. Vol. III. Part 1, 2. 4to. Konigsberg. 1863. Konigl. Sdchsische Gesellschaft der Wtssenschaften, Leipzig. Abhandlungen. Math.-Phys. Classe, Vol. VI. pp. 501 - 570 : Philol.-Histor. Classe, Vol. X. pp. 348 - 496. 8vo. Leipsic. 1863. Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen. Vol. XIV. 8vo. Leipsic. 1862. Naturwissenschaftlicfier Verein fur das Fiirstenthum Luneburg. Jahresbericht. 1862-63. 8vo. Luneburg. 1863. Societe des Sciences Naturelles du Gi-and-Duche de Luxembourg. Vol. V. Annees 1857 - 62. 8vo. Luxembourg. 1862. Konigl. Bayerische ATcademie der Wissenschaften, Milnchen. Abhandlungen. Math.-Phys. Classe. Vol. IX. Part 3. Philos.- Philolog. Classe. Vol. IX. Part 3. 4to. Munich. 1863. Sitzungsberichte. 1862. Vol. IL Part 2-4. 1863. Vol. L Part 1-4. Vol. IL Part L 8vo. Munich. 1862-63. Denkrede aut' Joh. Andreas Wagner. Gehalten von Dr. Carl Fried. Phil, von Martins. 4to pamph. Munich. 1862. Rede in der OfFentlichen Sitzung der Akademie der Wissen- schaften am 28 Marz, 1863, zur Feier ihres Einhundert und Vier- ten Stiftungstages, gehalten von J. F. von Liebig. 4to pamph. Munich. 1863. Rede gehalten von dem Konigl. Universitats-Professor Dr. Cor- nelius. 4to pamph. Munich. 1862. Naturhistorische Gesellschaft zu NiLrnberg. Abhandlungen. Vol. I., II. 8vo. Nuremberg. 1858 - 61. Offenbacher Verein fur Naturkunde, Offenbach. Der Dr. Joh. Christ Senckenbergischen Stiftung widmet zu ihrer Saecularfeier am 18 August, 1863, diese Denkschriften der Offen- bacher Vei'ein fur Naturkunde. Der Gorilla, mit Beruchsichtigung des Unterschiedes zwischen Menschen und Affen, und der neueren Umwandlungstheorie der Arten, dargestelt von Dr. med. R. Meyer. Mineralogisch-chemische Notizen, von Dr. Theodor Petersen. Geschichte zweier Kaiserschnitte, von Dr. med. Heinrich Walter. Neue Semperviven, von C. B. Lehmann in Offenbach a. M., und Hofgartendirector Schnittspahn in Darmstadt. 4to pamph. Offen- bacli. 340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY K. K. Sternwarte zu Prag. Magnetische und Meteorologische Beobachtungen. Vol. XXIII. 4to. Prague. 1863. Zoologisch-Mineralogische Verein in Regenshurg. Correspondenz-Blatt. Vol. XVII. 16nio. Ratisbon. 1862. Entomologischer Verein zu Stettin. Entomologische Zeitung. Vol. XXIV. 8vo. Stettin. 1863. Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien. Denkschriften. Math.-Naturw. Classe. Vol. XXI. 4to. Vi- enna. 1863. Sitzungsberichte. Math.-Naturw. Classe. Vol. XLVI., Vol. XLVII. Part 1, No. 1-3; Part 2, No. 1-4. 1864. No. 1. Philos.-Histor. Classe. Vol. XL., Vol. XLI. No. 1-3, Vol." XLII. No. 3. 8vo. Vienna. 1862-63. Register der Sitz. Philos.-Histor. Classe. Vol. XXXI. - XL. 8vo. Vienna. 1863. Almanach der Kaiserl. Akademie. Vol. XIII. 1 6mo. Vienna. 1862. K. K. Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft, Wien. Verhandlungen. Vol. XII. 1862. 8vo. Vienna. 1862. Personen-, Orts- und Sach-Register der Zweiter Funfjahrigen Reihe 1856 - 60 der Sitzungsbei-ichte und Abhandlungen. 8vo vol. Vienna. 1861. K. K. Geographische Gesellschaft, Wien. Mittheilungen. Vol. V. 8vo. Vienna. 1861. K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt, Wien. Jahrbuch. Vol. XIIL No. 1, 2. 8vo. * Vienna. 1863. General Register. Vol. L-X. 1850-59. 8vovol. Vienna. 1863. Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Bern. Mittheilungen. 1862. 8vo vol. Berne. 1862. Societe Suisse des Sciences Naturelles. Compte Rendu de la 45*^ Session reunie a Lausanne les 20, 21, et 22 Aout, 1861. 8vo vol. Lausanne. 1861. Schweizerische Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen bei ihrer Versammlung zu Luzern, den 23, 24 und 25 Septembei', 1862. 46. Versammlung. 8vo vol. Lucerne. Academic Royale des Sciences, ^c. de Belgique, Bruxelles. Memoires. Serie 2. Vol. XIIL, XIV. 4to. Brussels. 1862. Memoires Couronnes. Coll. in 8vo. Vol. XIIL, XIV. 8vo. Brussels. 1862. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1864. 341 Annuaire. Vol. XXIX. 18mo. Brussels. 1863. Alexanders Geesten van Jacob van Maerlant. Vol. 10. Royal 8vo. Brussels. 1862. Bibliotlieque de M. Le Baron de Stassart leguee a I'Academie Royal de Belgique. 8vo vol. Brussels. 1863. Observatoire Royale de Bruxelles. Annales. Vol. XV. 4to. Brussels. 1862. HoUandsche ^laatschoppij der Wettenschappen te Haarlem. Natuurkundige Verhandelingen. Ser. 2. Vol. XVII., XIX. Part 1. 4to. Haarlem. 1862. Koninhlijk Nederlandsch Meteorologiseh Instituut. Meteorologische Waarnemingen in Nederland en Zijne Bezittin- gen en Afwijkingen van Temperatuur en Baroraeterstand op vele Plaalzen in Europa, 1862. Long 4to vol. Utrecht. 1863. Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Vol. XXXVI. No. 1, 2. 8vo. Moscow. 1863. Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St. Petershourg. Memoires. Ser. 7. Vol. V. No. 4 ; Vol. VI. No. 7. 4to. St. Petersburg. 1862-63. Bulletin. Vol. IV. No. 7-9; Vol. V. No. 1, 2. 4to. St. Petersburg. 1862. Positiones Mediae Stellarum Fixarum in Zonis Regiomontanis a Besselio inter +15° et +45° Declinationis Observatarum. 4to vol. St. Petersburg. 1863. Jahresbericht am 14. Juni, 1863, dem Comite der Nicolai Haupsternwarte, abgestattet vom Director der Sternwarte (O. Struve). Aus dem Russischen iibersetzt. 12mo pamph. St. Pe- tersbm-g. 1863. Kongel. Danshe Videnskabernes Selshab, Kjobenhavn. Skrifter. Ser. 5. Naturv. og Math. Afd. Vol. V. Part 2. 4to. Copenhagen. 1861. Oversigt. Forhandlinger. 1861. 8vo vol. Copenhagen. 1861. Kongel. Norske Frederiks Universitet, Christiania. Aarsberetning for 1861. 16mo pamph. Christiania. 1862. Index Scholarum. 1863. 2 pamph. 4to. Christiania. Norske Voegtlodder fra Fjortende Aarhundrede. Beskrevne af C. A. Holraboe, Prof. LL. 00. Universitetsprogram for Andet Halvaar 1863. 4to pamph. Christiania. 1863. VOL. VI. 36 342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Det Kongel. Fred. Universitet Halvhundredaars-Fest, Sept. 1861. 8vo pamph. Christiania. 1862. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne. Udgives af den physio- graphiske Forening i Christiania ved M. Sars og Th. Kjerulf. Vol. XII. Part 1-3. 8vo. Christiania. 1863. Lappiske Sprogprover. En Samling af lappiske Eventur. Ord- sprog, og Gaader, raed Ordbog, af J. A. Friis. 8vo vol. Chris- tiania. 1856. Muttom Salmak, mak leek samas jorggaluvvum darro-ja suomagiel salbmagirjin. 16mo pamph. Christiania. 1861. Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps Akademien. Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps Akademien Forhandlingar. Vol. XVII. -XIX. 8vo. Stockholm. 1861-63. Kongl. Vetenskaps Akademien, May 1861, 1862, 1863. 3 pam- phlets, 8vo. Stockholm.' Kongl. Svenska Fregatten Eugenics Resa omkring Jorden. Ve- tenskapliga Jakttagelser. Part 8-11. 4to. Stockholm. 1861. Jakttagelser och anteckningar till Finnmarkens och Spetsbergens Djiggdjursfauna. Af A. J. Malmgren. 8vo pamph. Stockholm. Anteckningar till Spetsbergens Fogel-Fauna. Af A. J. Malm- gren. 8vo pamph. Stockholm. Crustacea decapoda podophthalma marina Suecice, interpositis speciebus Norvegicis aliisque vicinis, enumerat A. Goes. 8vo pamph. Stockholm. Regia Societas Scientiarum Upsaliensis. Nova Acta. Ser. 3. Vol. IV. Part 2. 4to. Upsal. 1863. o Upsala Universitets Arsskrift. 1862. 8vo. Upsal. 1863. Societa Reale di NapoU. Eendiconto dell' Accademia delle Scienze Fisiche e Matematice. Vol. I. 1862. Vol. II. Part 1-7. 1863. 4to. Naples. 1862 - 63. Reale Academia delle Scienze di Torino. Memorie. Ser. 2. Vol. XX. 4to. Turin. 1863. Accademia Real das Sciencias de Lisboa, Memorias. Classe de Sciencias Moraes, Polit., e Bellas Lettras. N. S. Vol. 11. Part 2. Classe de Sciencias Math. Phys. e Nat. N. S. Vol. III. Part 1. 4to. Lisbon. 1863, Historia e Memorias. Classe de Sciencias Moraes, Polit. e Bellas Lettras. N. S. Vol. IIL Part 1. 4to. Lisbon. 1863. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1864. 343 Portugaliae Monumenta Historica. Leges et Consuetudines. Vol. I. Part 3. Folio. Lisbon. 1863. Lendas da India por Gaspar Correa publicadas de Ordem da Classe de Sciencias Moraes, etc., e sob a Direccao de Rodrigo Jose de Lima Felner. Vol. IIL Part 1, 2. 4to. Lisbon. 1862 - 63. Corpo Diplomatico Portuguez, Vol. L 4to. Lisbon. 1862. NatuurTcundige Vereeniging in Nederlanilsch Indie, Batavia. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift. Vol. XXIV. Serie 5. Vol. IV. Part 5, 6. Vol. XXV. Serie 5. Vol. V. Part 1-6. Vol. XXVL Serie 6. Vol. L Part 1, 2. 8vo. Batavia. 1862-63. L. Agassiz. Annual Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, together with the Report of the Director, 1862. 8vo pam- phlet. Boston. 1863. Charles Beck. The Manuscripts of the Satyricon of Petronius Arbiter, described and collated by Charles Beck. 4to vol. Cambridge. 1863. Report of the Trustees of the Subscription-Fund for the Benefit of the Cambridge Volunteers. 8vo pamph. Cambridge. 1863. George Tichior. History of Spanish Literature. By George Ticknor. In Three Volumes. Third American Edition, corrected and enlarged. 12mo. Boston. 1863. Life of William HickUng Prescott. By George Ticknor. 4to vol. Boston. 1864. Charles Folsom. Catalogue of the Officers and Students of Harvard University for the Academical Year 1863 - 64. First Term. 12mo pamph. Cambr i dge . 1863. 0. P. Hubbard. Catalogue of the Officers and Students of Dartmouth College for the Academical Year 1863-4. 8vo pamph. Hanover, N. H. 1863. Professor William, D. Whitney. On the Views of Biot and Weber, respecting the Relations of the Hindu and Chinese Systems of Asterisms ; with an Addition on Mailer's Views respecting the same Subject. [From Jour. Am. Or. Soc. Vol. VIIL 1864.] 8vo. New Haven. 1863. Henry Bryant, M. D. Traite de la Turbine-Tourneyson Par Dobronravoff, Colo- 344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY nel du genie et Professeur de I'lnstitut des voies de communication. Traduit du Russe, par I'Auteur. 8vo vol. St. Petersburg. 1850. Prof. Joseph Winlock, U. S. N. American Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac for the Years 1855 - 64. 10 Vols. Royal 8vo. Washington. 1852-62. John Dean, M. D. The Gray Substance of the Medulla Oblongata and Trapezium. Memoir, with Photographs. [Smithsonian Contributions to Knowl- edge,] 2 Parts. 4to. Washington. 1864. William F. Poole. List of Books added to the Library of the Boston Athenaeum from Decem^ber 1, 1862 to December 1, 1863. 2 pamph. 8vo. Boston. 1863. Charles C Jewett. Eleventh Annual Report of the Trustees of the Public Library. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1863. Isaac Lea, LL. D. Observations on the Genus Unio, together with Descriptions of New Species, their Soft' Parts, and Embryonic Forms in the Family Unionidfe. Vol. 10. 4to pamph. Philadelphia. Colonel Samuel Swetl. Original Planning and Construction of Bunker Hill Monument, with Engravings. 8vo pamph. Albany. 1863. Edivard Jarvis, M. D. Memorial of the Boston Sanitary Association to the Legislature of Massachusetts, asking for the Establishment of a Board of Health and of Vital Statistics. 8 vo pamph. Boston. 1861. Hon. Charles G. Loring. England's Liability for Indemnity. Remarks on the Letter " Historicus," dated November 4, 1863 ; printed in the London " Times," November 7, and reprinted in the " Boston Daily Adver- tiser," November 25. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1864. James Hall. Sixteenth Annual Report of the Regents of the University of the State of New York, on the Condition of the State Cabinet of Natu- ral History Transmitted to the Legislature, April 15, 1863. 8vo pamph. Albany. 1863. Hon. Charles Sumner. Letter of the Secretary of War, communicating, in answer to a OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1864. 345 Resolution of the Senate, a Copy of the Report of Major D. Fergu- son on the Country, its Resources, and the Route between Tucson and Lobos Bay. 8vo pamph. "Washington. 1863. Report of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, showing the Progress of the Survey during the Year 1861. 4to vol. Wash- ington. 1862. Expedition of Captain Fisk to the Rocky Mountains. Letter from the Secretary of War in atiswer to a Resolution of the House of February 26, transmitting Report of Captain Fisk of his late Expedition to the Rocky IMountains and Idaho. 8vo pamph. Wash- ington. 1864. George W. Clinton. Preliminary List of Plants of Buffalo and its Vicinity. 8vo pamph. Buffalo. 1864. X W. Dawson, LL. D., F. R. S., etc. Air-Breathers of the Coal Period ; a Descriptive Account of the Remains of Land Animals, found in the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia. 8vo pamph. Montreal. 1863. Sir William Logan. Geological Survey of Canada. Report of Progress from its Commencement to 1863 ; illustrated by 498 Wood Cuts in the Text, and accompanied by an Atlas of Maps and Sections. 8vo vol. " Montreal. 1862. Rev. Samuel Haughton, M. A., F. R. S., etc. Experimental Researches on the Granites of Ireland. Part 3. On the Granites of Donegal. 8vo pamph. London. 1862. On the Rainfall and Evaporation in Dublin in the Year 1860. 8vo pamph. Dublin. 1862. On the Direction and Force of the AVind at Leopold Harbor. Bvo pamph. Dublin. 1863. On the Form of the Cells made by various Wasps, and by the Honey Bee ; with an Appendix on the Origin of Species. 8vo pamph. Dublin. 1863. Essay on Comparative Petrology. By M. J. Durocher. Trans- lated from the " Annales des Mines." Vol. XL 1857. By Rev. Samuel Haughton. 8vo pamph. Dublin. 1859. On the Phenomena of Diabetes Mellitus. 8vo pamph. Dublin. 1863. On the Rainfall and Evaporation of St. Helena. By John Haughton, Esq., Lieut. R. R. A. 8vo pamph. Dubhn. 1862. 346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Editors. The Reader. A Review of Literature, Science, and Art. Vol. ni. No. 63, 65-68. 8vo. London. 1864. Carl Friedr. Phil, von Martins. Glossaria Linguarum Brasiliensium. Glossarios de diversas Lin- goas e Dialectos que fallao os Indios no Imperio do Brazil. Worter- saramlung brasilianischer Sprachen. Beitrage zur Ethnographic und Sprachenkunde BrasiHens. IL Zur Sprachenkunde. 8vo vol. Er- langen. 1863. Von dem Rechtszustande unter den Ureinwohnern Brasiliens. Eine Abhandlung von Dr. C. F. Ph. von Martius. 4to pamph. Munich. 1832. Die Fieber-Rinde, der China-Baum, sein Vorkommen und seine Cultur ; von Dr. C. F. Ph. von Martius. (Besonderer Abdruck aus Buchner's " Neuem Repertorium fUr Pharmacie." Bd. XIL S. 337.) 8vo pamph. Dr. L. F. von Schlechtendal. Linnaea. Ein Journal fur die Botanik in ihrem ganzen Um- fange. Vol. XXXL Part 2 - 6 ; VoL XXXIL Part 1, 2. 8vo. Halle. 1861 - 63. X. W. Schaufuss. Dictator Schaum. Ein Offner Brief an alle Entomolo^en. Zweite unveranderte Auflage. 8vo pamph. Dresden. 1863. A. Quetelet. Annuaire de I'Observatoire Royal de Bruxelles. 1863. Vol. 30. 18mo. Brussels. 1862. Difference des Temps entre Bruxelles et Vienne pour les Epoques Critiques des Plantes et des Animaux, par M. Ad. Quetelet. 8vo pamph. Brussels. 1862. Sur les Nebeleuses. Sur I'Hygrometrie. Sur les Variations Periodiques de I'Atmosphere, etc. 8vo pamph. Brussels. 1862. M. J. Desnoyers. Note sur des Indices Materiels de la Coexistence de THomme avec I'Elephas Meridionalis dans un Terrain des Envii-ons de Char- tres, plu ancien que les Terrains de Transport quaternaries des Val- lees de la.Somme et de la Seine. (Extr. des Comptes Rendus de 1' Academic des Sciences. Seance du 8. Juin, 1863.) 4to pamph. Paris. 1863. Reponse a des Objections faites au Sujet de Stries et d'Incisions OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : AUGUST 10, 1864. 347 constatees sur des Ossements de Mammiferes Fossiles des Environs de Chartres. (Extr. des Compt. Rend, de rAcademie des Sciences. T. 56. Seance du 29. Juin, 1863.) 4to pamph. Pans. 1863. Henri de Saussure. Etudes sur le Metamorphisme des Roches, par M. Delesse. Tir^ de la Bibliotheque Universelle et Revue Suisse [Archives des Sciences Phys. et Nat.] livr. d'Avr. 1863. T. XVI. 8vo paraph. Ephemeriden der seit 1845 entdeckten Planeten fur das Jahr 1864. Supplement zu dem Berliner Jahrbuch fur 1866. 8vo vol. Berlin. 1864. T. C. Winkler. Mus^e Teyler. Catalogue Syst^matique de la Collection Pal^on- tologique. 1st Part. 8vo pamph. Harlem. 1863. Prof. C. Hansteen. Magnetiske Jagttagelser paa Island og Spitsbergen. 8vo pamph. Christiania. Resultate Magnetischer, Astronomischer, und Meteorologischer Beobachtungen auf einer Reise nach dem Oestlichen Sibirien, in den Jahren 1828 -30. 4to vol. Christiania. 1863. Five hundred and tliirty-seventh Meeting. August 10, 1864. — Statute Meeting. The President in the chair. The President read letters from Mr. R. W. Emerson and Dr. J. B. Upham, in acknowledgment of their election into the Academy. The following paper was presented by the President : — Synopsis of North American GaurinecB. By J. T. Rothrock. In an examination of Gaura coccinea, I noticed an appendage at the base of each filament, and an indusium surrounding the stigma. Both these characters appearing to us at the time not to have been observed before, at the suggestion of Professor Gray I undertook to see how far they could be turned to account in the classification of 348 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Gaura and its near allies. While so engaged, I found that Linnaeus had noticed these appendages at least as early as in the fifth edition of his Genera ^ Plantarum.* It is probable that they were mentioned in his paper in the Acta Holmiensia, in which he established the genus. With the exception of Jussieu,t subsequent authors seem to have lost sight of them. These appendages are present in all the species of Gaura (though in G. jyarvijlora reduced to a minimum) ; but are wanting in Stenosi- phon and the G. heterandra of Torrey. On account of this and other differences, I have been led to propose the latter as the type of a new genus {Heterogaura). The nearest analogue to these appendages with which I am ac- quainted will be found in many of the ZygophyllacecB, — Larrea, for example, — where they are much more developed, and are almost as long as the filament. From their position, it may be inferred that they do not represent an additional set of stamens, but are part of the filament to which they are attached. If the hypothesis of chorisis be admitted, they may be regarded as fine examples of it, either of vertical chorisis, if their position before the filament be taken as nor- mal ; or of collateral, if (as the notch at their apex sometimes may indicate) they be considered as homologous with a pair of stipules. I have never been able to find such appendages on the inside of any broad-based filaments. Though the presence or absence of the appendages is a good generic character in Gaurinece, they are much too variable to serve for limit- ing species, except in G. parvijiora, where they are reduced to mere papilla3, and in G. Drummondii, which has those of the filaments oppo- site the petals decidedly shorter than the others. As to the indusium or ring surrounding the base of the stigma, in the same genus, I found that this also had been noticed before, or at least represented. That is, it had been figured in Payer's Organo- genie Vegetale (tab. 150, f. 34-36), in young flower-buds of G. bien- nis ; but there is no reference to the subject in the letter-press. It is clearly of the same nature as the indusium in Ericacece, noticed by Robert Brown, in which, as Mr. Bennett remarks, the likeness to * " Glandula nectarifera conica intra basin singuli." — Linn. Gen. Plant. Ed. 5 (1754). t " Glandulas 8 in G. hienni memorat Linnyeus summo calici adnatas." — Juss. Gtn. Plant, OP AKTS AND SCIENCES : AUGUST 10, 1864. 349 the more strongly developed one of Goodenoviece is too obvious to escape attention.* In several species of Gaura, the whole structure is strikingly like that of Eingcea repens, i. e. with the four (in Epigcea five) lobes of a manifest indusium adnate to the under side of each projecting stigma. Sometimes, as in G. villosa and .G. tripetala, the lobes of the indusium are confluent with or firmly adherent throughout to their stigmas. In others, as G. Lindheimeri, the lobes are free at the summit, or soon become so, or may easily be separated down to their base. In G. coccinea, the annular or crateriform indusium is quite entire and mainly free ; in G. longijlora, nearly so ; in G. sinu- ata, slightly four-lobed. In G. parvijiora alone, the stigmas are scarcely exserted beyond the indusium. Probably the indusium may in some instances furnish good charac- ters ; but they are difficult to fix in dried specimens, and vary some- what during and after anthesis. G. Lindheimeri is the only species of which I can at this season examine the live plant. In Stenosiphon, the indusium is peltate and nearly entire, but (in the dried specimens) more or less plicate or intruded between the stigmas, so as partly to enwrap their bases. In Gaura heterandra, Torr., there appears to be no indusium : at least, if there is anything answering to such an organ, it is so completely confluent with the entire and disk-shaped proper stigma that it is not at all discernible. This, added to the total want of appendages on the base of the fila- ment, as already remarked, strengthens the conviction that this anoma- lous plant is a new generic type, much more distinct from Gaura, indeed, than Stenosiphon is. The habit of the plant, which is rather that of Clarkia, and the equally spreading instead of the dechned stamens, confirm this view. The three genera of the group {Sckizocarya, Spach, and apparent- ly his Gauridium, not differing from Gaura) may be contrasted as follows. Subtribus GAURINE^, Spach. Calyx tubo supra ovarium producto, post anthesin deciduo. Stamina duplo petalorum numero. Ovarium (4-3-, rarissime 6-) ovulatum. Fructus nucamentaceus, abortu 1-4-spermus. 1. GAURA, L. Calycis tubus obconicus vel elongato-clavatus. * Plantse Javanicae Rariores, 1 . p. 86. VOL. VI. 37 350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Stamina conformia, declinata: filamenta basi intus appendice squamas- formi aucta : antlierce sa?pissime lineari-oblonga?. Stigma quadriparti- tum, indusio vel adnato vel fere libero cinctum. Ovarium 4- (quan- doque 3-) loculare, loculis 1- (in alternis raro 2-) ovulatis. Fructus dissepimentis evanidis unilocularis. 2. STENOSIPHON, Spach. Calycis tubus filiformis. Stamina conformia, declinata : antherte ovales, medio atfixa3 ; filamenta tenuis- sima, exappendiculata. Stigma quadripartitum, indusio peltato basi loborum adnato (inter lobos pi. m. involuto) suffultum. Ovarium (dissepimentis nuUis) uniloculare, 4-ovulatum. Fructus abortu mono- spermus. 3. HETEROGAURA, nov. gen. Calycis tubus brevis, obconicus. Stamina erecta, 4 petalis alterna fertilia antheris ovato-cordatis ; 4 petalis opposita fere ananthera breviora : filamenta exappendiculata. Stigma disciforrae, integrum : indusium nullum. Ovarium 4-loculare, loculis uniovulatis. Fructus obovato-gibbosus, 2-4-locularis, abortu mono- (vel di?-) spermus. Vide infra. Respecting Stenosiphon (still of a single species), I have nothing to add. The species of Gaura I have endeavored to define mainly by the flower and fruit. As to the latter, it must be remarked that only the mature or nearly mature fruit is of much account in distinguishing the species ; and in the following characters the ripe fruit is to be understood as in view, except where it is otherwise specified. The young or forming fruit is quite too variable. The characters of our species derived from the fruit may be briefly presented in the following tabular key. Fructus sessilis vel subsessilis (i. e. flores spicata) : usque ad basim tetraqueter, quandoque triqueter, pyramidatus, glaber, angulis acutissimis, faciebus in sicco plus minus cor- rugatis. G. tripetala, G. suffulta. oblongus, glaber, Isvis, angulis acutissimis. G. Lindheimeri. oblongus seu ovatus, pubens vel puberulus, acutissime angulatus, utrinque acutus. G. angustifolia. obtusiuscule angulatus, subcanescens, parvus. G. longiflora. obtusiuscule angulatus, velutino pubescens (3-4 lin-longus). G. biennis. basi teretiuscula sensim breve attenuatus, superne obtusanguius. G. parviflora. infra medium in coUum teres subito contractus, superne pyramidatus, canescens, collo crasso. G. Drdmmondii. glaber, collo tenui. G. coccinea. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : AUGUST 10, 1864. 351 Fructus manifeste in pedicellum clavato-attenuatus vel contractus : parvus, parte setniiiifera (l^^ lin.) ovato-pjramidata obtusissima. G. filipes. elongatus, cum pedicello semipoUicaris, apice ssepius pi. m. attenuatus, tctraqueter, angulis acutis. G. villosa. fusiformis, obtusarj^ulus (maturus vero baud visus), cano-puherulus, costis inter angulos validis percursus. G. macrocarpa. glaber, costis angulis alternantibus obsoletis. G. sindata. The following synopsis is restricted to the North American species of Gaura. I am unable to complete the monograph by adding the few peculiar to Mexico, no specimens of these being accessible to me. GAUR^ BORE ALI- AMERICANS. § 1. Antherce lineares sen lineari-oblongcB (in G. angustifolia tantum hrevi-ohlongce)^ supra hasim ajffixcB ; appendices jilamentorum squamceformes vel subulatce: stigmata ultra indusium exserta. * Fructus sessilis vel subsessilis. •ir- Fructus tetra- {quandoque tri-) queter, vix ac ne vix attenuatus. — Biennes vel annuce {nunc perennes?), caulibus elo7igatis virgatis, bracteis caducis. ■*-*■ Rhachis fructu delapso hand dentata vel squarrosa, cicatricibus parvis. Fructus ad latera Icevis. Appendices staminum parvv, eiSoKt/^jfcro/iei' • ei 8e (f>o^r](r6 fifda tovs Kivdv- vovs, fls noXhas rapn^ai Karaa-njiroijifv Tjfias avrovs, what scholar can pre- tend to see any difference between the subjunctive and the future indic- ative in the protasis, except that the latter is the more vivid form ? The former is if we shall he willing to die, the latter ifive shall fear the dangers. Certainly no one would think that the orator intended to imply that the latter supposition was more in accordance -^liXxfact than the former. Again, Demosthenes (Aph. I. p. 834, 24) says, av yap aTTocpuyr) /if ovTot, b /X17 yevoiTo, ttjv Inui^fXiav ocpXfjcrco, if this defendant shall escape me, and may it not happen, &c. But in the second part of his argument (Aph. II. p. 842, 15), referring to precisely the same thing, which was quite as contingent, quite as possible, and quite as little matter of fact as it had been before, he says, et S* vfiels aXAo n yvwcretrde, o p.rj yivoiro, Tiva o'UvTo, they would not be able to do this (as they do), if they did not lead an abstemious life, XeN. Cyr. I. 2, 16: ovk av vrjaoov iKpdrei, (I /hi) vavTiKov fixtv, he would not have been master of the islands, if he had not had a navy, ThuC. I. 9 : et 6 $iX(7r7roy TavTrjv eax^ "f"^" yvcopLrjv, oiibev av av vvv\ TrenoirjKev fTrpa^ev, if Philip had formed this opinion, he would have done noth- ing of what he has done, Dem. Phil. 1. p. 41, 18. A, caution is ne- cessary here against introducing the idea of possibility or impossibility into our definition of this construction. The construction implies merely that the condition is not or was not fulfilled ; the supposition OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : DECEMBER 6, 1864. 373 made in the protasis may be a possible one or not, according to the circumstances. Thus the suppositions made in the three examples above quoted, aUliough they are contrary to fact, are still perfectly pos- sible suppositions ; while, on the other hand, we use the same construc- tion to express el ra 8a}8eKa Sly nevre ^v, if twelve Were twice Jive, which we cannot even imagine to be true. It will be remembered that the two tenses of the Greek subjunctive and optative which are most frequently employed in conditional sen- tences, the present and the aorist, differ here only by the present ex- pressing a continued or repeated action, and the aorist expressing a momentary or single action ; the perfect denoting the completion of an action at the time at which the present or aorist would denote simply its occurrence. This distinction between the present and aorist is wanting in Latin, the present subjunctive there performing the duties of both present and aorist in Greek. In particular suppositions, the Latin present subjunctive corresponds to the Greek present and aorist optative, and occasionally to the present and aorist subjunctive ; the perfect (when it occurs) corresponding in general to the perfect optative or subjunctive. In general suppositions, the Latin present subjunctive corresponds to the Greek present and aorist subjunctive, and the Latin imperfect subjunctive to the Greek present and aorist optative.* Fur- ther, in the forms of protasis which imply the non-fulfilment of the con- dition, the Latin imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive correspond to the Greek imperfect and aorist (rarely pluperfect) indicative. In practice it will be found most convenient to divide conditional sentences into those with particular suppositions and those with gen- eral suppositions, and then to subdivide the former into those express- ing present or past conditions and those expressing future conditions. The following table will give a general view of the whole. I. PARTICULAR SUPPOSITIONS. A. Present and Past Conditions. 1. Simple supposition, implying notJdng as to fulfilment of condi- tion : — Present and past tenses of the indicative in protasis ; any tense of * For the relations of the Greek optative to the subjunctive, and a comparison of both with the Latin subjunctive, see Proceedings, "Vol. V. pp. 96 - 102. VOL. VI. 40 374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY the indicative (or the imperative, or any form expressing a wish or ex- hortation) in the apodosis ; — the same in both Greek and Latin. E. g. Et TovTo TTpaa-a-fi, KoKms i'xfi, si hoc facit, bene est ; ?*/" he is doing this, it is well. El Toi/To enpa^e, KaXas e^ei. (eix^" ^r ^o'X^^)i si hoc fecit, bene est (erat or fuit) ; if he did this, it is (or was) well. 2. Implying non-fulfilment of condition : — Past tenses of the indicative (with nV in the apodosis) in Greek ; im- perfect and pluperfect subjunctive in Latin. E. g. Et TOVTO €7rpaa-(Te, KoXSis av tlx^v, si hoc faceret, bene esset ; if he were doing this, it woidd he well. (Tlae same Greek may also refer to re- peated or continued action in past time, when it will be equivalent to si hoc fecisset, bene fuisset). Ei tovto eirpa^e, Ka\S>s av ecrxev, si hoc fecisset, bene fuisset ; if he had done this, it would have been well. B. Future Conditions. 1. Ifore vivid form: — simple supposition referring to future time. In protasis, — subjunctive (with lav) or future indicative (with ft) in Greek, future or future-perfect indicative (sometimes present or per- fect subjunctive) in Latin. In apodosis, future indicative (or some other form denoting future time) in both Greek and Latin. E. g. 'Eaj/ TOVTO TTpda-a-rj (or Trpd^rj), KoXas e^et, if he shall do this, it will be well. El ToiiTo irpd^fis, koKcos e|fi, if he shall do this, it will be well. (Both forms are equally good in Greek.) Si hoc faciet {or fecei'it), bene ei-it (sometimes si hoc facial, bene erit), if he shall do this (or shall have done this), it will be well. 2. Less vivid form : — In Greek, optative (any tense except the future) in both protasis and apodosis (with av in apodosis) ; in Latin, present or perfect sub- junctive in both protasis and apodosis. E. g. El TOVTO TTpaaaoi (or irpd^eie), Ka\ais av e^oi, si hoc faciat, bene sit ; if he should do this, it would be tvell. Et tovto dpvrjdfirjv, -^(vbolfxriv av, si hoc negem, mentiar ; if I should deny this, I shoidd lie. II. GENERAL SUPPOSITIONS. 1. Referring to indefinite time (expressed in English by present), and depending on a verb of present time which expresses repeated or custom- ary action or a general truth. In Greek, subjunctive (with idv), rarely present indicative. In OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : DECEMBER 6, 1864. 375 Latin, present or perfect indicative, sometimes subjunctive; latter sel- dom in Cicero and earlier writers. E. g. 'EaV Tis avTov dStKJj, /xkteT, if any one {ever) ivrongs Mm, he (always) hates hini. "Anas Xdyos, av aTrfj to Trpayfiara, fxaraiov ti (f)aiveTai, all speech, if deeds are wanting, appears vain. Dem. 01. II. 21, 20. Si qui ex reliquis excellit diguitate, succedit ; si sunt plures pares, . . . . de piin- cipatu contendunt. Caes. B. G. VI. 13. See other examples, includ- ing cases of the subjunctive, above, p. 370. 2. Referring to indefinite past time, and depending on a past verb which expresses repeated or customary action or a general truth. In Gi'eek, optative (with el), rarely past tense of indicative. In Latin, past tenses of indicative, sometimes past tenses of subjunctive. E.g. El Tis alrov dBiKOLij (or dSi/ciycreiev), e/xi'cret, if any one (ever) icronged him, he (always) hated him. Si quis dignus erat describi, notabant. Si quis prehenderetur, eripiebatur. See other examples above, p. 370. When conditional sentences are thus classified, it is easy to see the close correspondence which appears in Greek between them and the various forms of conditional relative and temporal sentences. Each form will be stated, under the same designations which are used in the preceding table. LA. 1. "O Ti exei. Soxrei, whatever he (now) has he ivill give. "O n (iX^v iStoKev, whatever he had he gave. A fif] oiSa oiS' oio/xat eldevai, ivhat I do not hioio I do not even think I know. Tiiese relative sentences correspond in form to d n e'xet, et rt dx^v, and ei nva fir] olba. 2. 'o TL dx^v edcoKeu av, whatever he had had he woidd have given ; corresponding to el n elx^v, if he had had anything. Ovk av iirex^ipninev irparreiv a pfj rjiriaTapeda, we should not then he undertaking (as we now are) to do what we did not understand ; like el nva pf) fjuia-rdpeda, if we did not understand certain things (the whole supposition of the sen- tence being contrary to fact). B. 1. 'O Ti av exn Bacrei, whatever he shall have he will give ; like edv Ti exu- 'Eireidav diaTrpd^copai Taiira, rj^co, ivhen I shall have accom- plished this, I will come ; like lav nore 8iaTrpd^oopai. 'Qs av eiTrcu, ireidupeda, let US obey as I shall direct ; like edv ncos etTrw. The future indicative, which is very common in ordinary protasis of this class, very rarely occurs in these relative and temporal clauses. 376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 2. "O Ti e^oi toir) av, he woiild give whatever he might have ; like ei n e^ot, if he should have anything. AvVatro 70^ av, oTrore ^ovXoiro, tovto TToie'iv, for he would be able to do this whenever he might ylease ; like ei' TTore j3oi;Xoiro, if ever he should please. II. 1. "O rt av exj] 8iS&)o-i, whatever he has (at any time) he gives ; like edv rt exj], if he (ever) has anytldng. ^vjifxaxelv tovtois edeXova-iv arravrfs, ovs av opaxri TTapfaKfvaa-fievovs, those ivliom they {at any time) see prepared ; like idv rivas opuxriv. Here we sometimes find the indicative, especially after oam, that pro- noun expressing the indefiniteness sufficiently without help from the verb. See Soph. Antig. 178; and compare Od. XIV. 157 with II. IX. 313. 2. "O TL e'xoi ibiBov, whatever he had (at any time) he (always) gave ; like e'i Ti i'xoi" Ovs '1801 firaKTas 'iovras eirrjvei, he (always) praised those whom he saw marching in good order ; like ei nvas t'Soi.* I have attempted, in the preceding remarks, to call attention to the general principles which govern the constructions in question, leaving out of account all real or apparent exceptions which would tend to obscure the principles themselves. It is seldom that any language will allow its principles of construction to be stated so accurately that no exceptions will have to be made ; if such a case is to be found, it is in the Attic Greek, and in the constructions which are here discussed. In the Homeric language, which is much less accurate in its use of the moods and tenses, and in some respects less complete (having for ex- ample no future optative), we find many constructions which would be impossible in the Attic Greek ; and the same is true of the Latin, which never attempted such accuracy in the expression of thought as its sister language. The introduction of these exceptional construc- tions in too prominent a position has often greatly interfered with a right understanding of the regular forms in both languages. In conclusion I would add a few remarks on the English subjunctive in conditional sentences. The modern English, especially the spoken lan- guage, makes no distinction between present and future time in protasis, if he does this being used to express all the various meanings which the Greek expresses by el tovto npda-aei, el npd^ei, and eav TTpaaar) (or irpd^rj), * Although the Latin agrees with the Greek in several of these constructions, still the peculiarities of the use of the subjunctive in Latin relative sentences are so great, that it would have created confusion to include them in the table. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : DECEMBER 6, 1864. 377 and the Latin by si facit and si faciei (ov fecerit). The Commonwealth of Massachusetts recently abolished the subjunctive as well as the fu- ture indicative in protasis, as far as it could, by expunging both from its statute-books, so that now our laws have, " Whoever steals," " If a clerk embezzles" &c., instead of the time-honored forms, " Whoever shall steal," " If a clerk shall embezzle " (or " If a clerk embezzle "). In the riot act we find : " If any persons .... ore unlawfully, riotously, or tumultuously assembled in any city or town," &c. In Athens at least a law thus expressed would have been worthless against any rioters who were not already assembled when the law was passed. Still there is no doubt that this is the common English form, authorized by modern usage ; although it is to be regretted that our language should lose its power of expressing nice distinctions of thought, — a power which espe- cially distinguishes the ancient languages, and the Greek pre-eminently, from the modern. For example, the English sentence, he said that, if they should pass this vote, the State would be safe, could be expressed in Greek in twelve or more distinct forms, each depending on some deli- cate shade of meaning which no modern language would attempt to ex- press, the changes being confined to the last two verbs. It is one mark of the degeneracy of the modern Greek that it has lost the ancient dis- tinction between the subjunctive and the indicative ; ypacjid and ypti^??, not being distinguished in pronunciation, have now lost their distinctive force to the mass of the people. The scholars in Greece are doing their best to revive this, as well as other distinctions of the ancient lan- guage of their country, by observing the proper spelling in the written language ; it would seem as if our tendency were rather to abolish whatever distinction of the kind has been left to us, and to make our present indicative do the work of both present and future. Still the English has a subjunctive, which is distinguished from the indicative in most verbs only in the third person singular ; and it is still in good use, although it is to be feared that the levelling power of cus- tom will soon obliterate it entirely. But on what principle do modern writers use the English subjunctive after if? I think that many writers would admit that they use it without thinking of any special distinction between if it be and if it is ; while others are influenced by the sup- posed distinction between the corresponding classic forms, if it be being used where doubt is to be expressed, if it is where the writer beUeves his supposition is correct. How far such a distinction in English is now authorized by usage I will not pretend to say ; it has been one of the 378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY chief objects of this paper to show that no such distinction is found in either Greek or Latin. If we look at the English translation of the Bible, which represents the language when the subjunctive was in full use, we find the Greek subjunctive in the New Testament invariably translated by the subjunc- tive or the future (except where it is expressed by a participle), never by the present indicative. But this investigation proves too much ; for the same translation is equally consistent in expressing the Greek pres- ent indicative by the English subjunctive. Thus, if it fall, — if any man shall say unto you, — if a house he divided, — if any man say unto you, — if thy brother trespass against thee, rebuke Mm, and if he repent, forgive him, — if another shall come, — are translated from lav efXTrecrr} , — edi> tis emrj, — eav oiklo fiepicr0fj, — eai> tis e't-TT]], — tav dfxaprr] 6 d8e\(f>6s crov, .... Koi fav fxeravoriar], — eav aWos eXdij. But we also find, if the light that is in thee be darkness, el to (pas vkotos laTw, — if Satan cast out Satan, d iK^aWfi, — if he be Christ, el ovtos ia-nv 6 XpiaTos, — if David call him Lord, el Kokel, — if any man have not the spirit of Christ, e'l tis ■nveZfxa ovk e'xei- It is plain that no principle as to the distinction of the subjunctive and indicative can be derived from this source ; and yet here, if anywhere, the Greek distinction would have been followed, if it had been recognized. We find as little help in the language of Shakespeare ; thus we have in Macbeth, " If such a one be fit to govern, speak " ; " If it be mine, keep it not from me"; "Let me endure your wrath if't be not so"; but just below the last example, " If this, which he avouches, does appear." In Bacon (Maxims of the Law, IX.) we find the following ; " If I. S. devise land by the statute of 32 H. VIIL, and the heir of the devisor enters and makes a feoffment in fee, and feoffee dieth seized, this descent bindeth." So, " If the land after descend to me, I shall never be re- mitted." Again (Ibid. XII.), "If a man recovers by erroneous judg- ment, and hath issue two daughters, and one of them is attainted, the writ of error shall be brought, &c." In turning over the pages of the Spectator, I find fifty instances of the present indicative after if, without meeting any of the subjunctive ; this can hardly be accidental. The following extract from Macaulay's Essay on Church and State will not disclose very plainly the principle which that writer followed: "If the propagation of religious ti'uth be a principal end of government, as gov- ernment ; if it be the duty of a government to employ for that end its constitutional power ; if the constitutional power of governments extends, as it most unquestionably does, to the making of laws for the burning of OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: DECEMBER 13, 1804. 379 heretics ; if burning he, as it most assuredly is, a most effectual mode of suppressing opinions, why should we not burn ? If the relation in which government ought to stand to the people be, as Mr. Gladstone tells us, a paternal relation, we are irresistibly led to the conclusion that perse- cution is justifiable." Just below he says: "If a boy plays truant at church-time, a task is set him." Again, we find if it be true and if ex- perience shows, both in the same paragraph. It might be thought that Macaulay was unwilling to use any other subjunctive than be, which in- deed is the one that most frequently occurs in modern English. Mr. Gladstone writes (Studies on Homer, I. p. 18), " If Homer is not fully studied in our Universities," and in the next page, " If my estimate of those purposes he correct." Again (p. 39), "If it he contended," and (p. 80) " If such there has been." These instances are quoted here not by way of criticism, but simply to show the utter want of any principle in English on the subject. It is for scholars to determine whether it is desirable to retain the sub- junctive in English; and whether, if it is to be retained, it is not better to restrict its use to conditions referring to the future, or at least not to allow it to be used beyond the hmits which the classical languages so clearly define. The present laxity of usage in respect to it is certainly no honor to our language. Five hundred and forty-third Meeting. December 13, 1864. — Monthly Meeting. The President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to ex- changes. Mr. Ferrel read the following paper. Note on the Influence of the Tides in causing- an Apparent Secular Acceleration of the Moon's Mean Motion. As the unit of time depends upon the time of the earth's rotation upon its axis, any slight secular change in the time of its rotation, must cause an apparent secular acceleration or retardation of the moon's mean motion. There are two circumstances which may affect the time of the earth's rotation, first, the effect of the attractions of the sun and moon upon the tidal wave retarded by friction, secondly, a gradual decrease of the earth's volume from a loss of heat. 380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY If we conceive the whole surface of the earth to be covered with w:ater, and consider only one section of it perpendicular to the earth's axis, as that of the equatoi*, the effect of tlie moon is to cause the out- line of the fluid to assume the form of an ellipse ; and if the tidal wave moved without friction the vertices of this ellipse would be either ex- actly in the plane of the meridian on which the moon is vertical, or 90° from it, the position depending mainly upon the latitude of the place and the depth of the ocean. In either of these cases the attrac- tion of the moon could not affect the time of the earth's rotation. But as the fluid cannot move over the surface of the nucleus without fric- tion, the position of the vertices of the ellipse, or tidal wave, is a little displaced from the position which they would have without friction, in the former case a little to the east, and in the latter a little to the west. If the resultant of the moon's attraction upon the earth and the coun- teracting centrifugal force be resolved into radial and tangential forces perpendicular to the planes of the meridians, the latter only can have any tendency to affect the earth's rotation. In the first quadrant east of the meridian upon whicji the moon is vertical, and its opposite, these tangential forces are towards the west, but in the other two quadrants toward the east. Neglecting quantities of a very small order, these forces in the different quadrants are exactly equal, and hence when the quantity of matter in these quadrants is the same, they can have no tendency to affect the earth's rotation. But we have seen that friction tends to throw the greater part of the tidal wave into the quadrants in which the tangential forces are toward the west. This is also the case when the tide is produced by an oscillatory or rocking motion of the fluid east and west, as in the Atlantic Ocean. Hence there is a pre- ponderance of force toward the west, which causes a slight westward motion of the water, and this motion, by means of friction, transfers this force to the nucleus. In the third volume of Gould's Astronomical Journal I have shown, upon the hypothesis that the outline of the whole tidal wave over the surface of the earth assumes the form of a prolate spheroid, having its vertices displaced 30° by friction, and that the height of the wave above low water is two feet at the equator, that the rotatory motion of the earth at the equator would, by the joint effect of the moon and sun, be retarded about forty-four miles in a century. As the moon moves about 84" of arc in its orbit while the earth at the equator moves forty- four miles, the moon's motion from that cause would be apparently OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : DECEMBER 13, 1864. 381 accelerated that amount in a century. But as the observed secular acceleration of the moon as determined from the records of ancient eclipses, is only about 11" per century, and this amount of acceleration seemed, at that time, to be almost exactly accounted for by the real acceleration caused by the secular change in the eccentricity of the earth's orbit, as determined by Laplace, so that he inferred that the length of the day had not changed j^^ of a centesimal second since the time of Hipparchus, it was inferred in that paper that, if tidal ac- tion had any sensible effect, it must be counteracted by a correspond- ing contraction of the earth's volume from a gradual loss of heat. IMayer, in his interesting paper on Celestial Dynamics, has also shown that the attraction of the moon upon the tides retai'ded by fric- tion, tends to increase the length of the day. He has not, however, attempted to determine the amount of effect produced from any as- sumed form and position of the tidal wave or aqueous spheroid, but assumes that the retarding pressure must be at least one thousand mil- lions of kilogrammes, and upon this hypothesis he determines that the length of the day would have increased -^^ of a second in the last twenty-five hundred years, if the volume of the earth had not changed, and that, if the length of the day has not changed, the radius of the earth must have diminished Aj metres in the same time. Although Mayer's paper was originally published several years before mine, yet as it has only quite recently been brought before English readers by means of a translation published in the London, Edinburgh, and Dub- lin Philosophical Magazine, and also in Silliman's Journal, it was en- tirely unknown to me at the time of the publication of my paper. At the time of the original publication of Mayer's paper, and also at the time of the publication of my own, Laplace's result of about 11" per century, for the amount of acceleration of the moon's mean motion arising from a secular change of the eccentricity of the earth's orbit, was supposed to be correct, but since that time, it is known, De- launay and Adams, and also quite recently, Mr. Cayley, by separate and independent investigations, have all obtained less than 6" for the amount of secular accelex-ation per century, and it is with reference to its bearing upon this new determination that I especially desired to bring forward the subject at this time. This determination, compared with the most reliable determination of the acceleration deduced from the discussion of the recorded observations of ancient eclipses, leaves about 6" to be accounted for by tidal action, or some other unknown VOL. VI. 41 382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY cause. Although we cannot determine the exact amount of effect aris- ing from tidal action on account of the uncertainty of the data upon wliich the computations are based, yet it may be shown that it requires no extravagant and unreasonable liypothesis with regard to the magni- tude of the tidal wave, and its retardation by friction, to produce an apparent secular acceleration of 6", after making due allowance of the eflPect of tidal action for counteracting the effect arising from any prob- able amount of contraction of the earth's volume. If upon the hy- pothesis of a tidal wave two feet in height, and displaced 30° by fric- tion, the effect of tidal action is to cause an apparent secular accelera- tion of 84", then, since the effect is as the sine of double the angle of displacement, an acceleration of 6" would be obtained from a wave of the same height displaced only about 2°, that is, retarded only about eight minutes, by friction. This is upon the hypothesis of no contrac- tion of the earth's volume. According to the investigations of Fou- rier the loss of heat sustained by the earth by conduction, in a century, would only be sufficient to cause a diminution of the earth's radius to the amount of about seven millimetres, (nearly one third of an inch) the effect of which upon the earth's rotation would be counteracted by an additional retardation by friction of the tidal wave of only about two minutes. The retarding pressure assumed by Mayer corresponds with the effect of a tidal wave two feet high delayed about 1| hours by friction, but from this assumption he obtains a result which is twenty-six times too great for Fourier's theory of the loss of heat sus- tained by the earth. But he thinks that the loss of heat by simple conduction taken into account in Fourier's investigations, may be but a small part of the whole amount, and enumerates several other ways in which the earth loses heat. Although the loss of heat may be consid- erably greater than that which would result from Fourier's theory, yet I think the whole amount of loss cannot be so great as to require any unreasonable amount of retardation of the tidal wave by friction, in order that the effect may be great enough to counteract the effect of the con- traction of the earth's volume, and also to retard the time of the earth's rotation enough to cause an apparent secular acceleration of 6" per century in the moon's mean motion, and that the hypothesis in my paper of a displacement of 30°, or retardation of two hours, and also Mayer's hypothesis of the amount of tidal pi'essure, which corresponds to a retardation of about 1^ hours, are both much too great to be rea- sonable hypotheses, or to be necessary to account for the balance of the OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 10, 1865. 383 moon's secular acceleration over and above the late determination. We have seen that the hypothesis of a retardation of the tidal wave by friction of only ten minutes is sufficient, according to Fourier's the- ory, of the loss of heat, and if we suppose the loss to be somewhat greater than this theory requires, it is only necessary to make the hy- pothesis a very little greater. If 6" of the moon's secular accelera- tion is due to tidal action, then the length of the day has increased about -j^g- of a second in the last twenty-five hundred years. If the effect of tidal action is insensible, and the late determination of the moon's secular acceleration from theory be received, then we have no way of accounting for the remaining 6", and besides we cannot allow that the earth's volume has contracted as much as even Fourier's the- ory requires. The main point at which we have arrived is, that tidal action is adequate to account for 6" of secular acceleration upon a very reasonable and probable hypothesis with regard to the magnitude and retardation of the tidal wave by friction, after making due allowance of the effect for counteracting the effect of a probable contraction of the earth's volume, and that we therefore have no just reason to reject the late determination of secular acceleration arising from a change of the eccentricity of the earth's orbit, because it does not cover the whole amount determined from the observations of ancient eclipses. Professor Whitney read a paper on the progress of the Geo- logical Survey of California, and presented to the Academy a volume of his report on the Paleontology of that State. On the motion of Dr. H. R. Storer a committee was ap- pointed, consisting of Professor Rogers, Dr. A. A. Gould, and Professor Agassiz, to consider what action the Academy should take toward promoting the Geological Survey of California and the adjacent territories. Five hundred and forty-fourth Meeting. January 10, 1865. — Monthly Meeting. The President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to ex- changes ; also a communication from Mr. Otto Struve of the Observatory at Pulkova, announcing the decease of the emi- nent astronomer his father. 384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY The following communication from Mr. E. W. Morley to Professor A. Hopkins of Williams College, was presented. I have lately completed the reduction of my observations for the lati- tude of Williams College Observatory, and thinking you might like to have the result in some form which you can preserve, I transmit the final equations of condition with their solution. You will find the mode of observation fully described in Loomis's Practical Astronomy ; briefly it is as follows. The telescope of the transit instrument being adjusted so as to move nearly in the plane of the prime vertical, the star's time of transiting the prime vertical is computed, together with its altitude at that time, and the transit pointed in readiness. The star moves trans- versely across the field, and is kept in the centre by moving the eye- piece horizontally and the telescope vertically. Its transits over the first ten wires are noted by the chronograph, the instrument is carefully reversed and the transits over the same wires in a reverse order are noted. After passing the meridian the transits over the same wires are noted again, and the instrument reversed as before. This gives forty passages to be noted, and, as a rule, ninety-six readings of the level. As the interval between the east and west passages is from three to five hours, there is but a small probability of getting a complete obser- vation, and the loss of one of the four transits over each wire makes an observation valueless. Unfortunately, during the time I was occupied with the enclosed observations, the weather was so variable that a great proportion of my observations were lost, seven eighths or more I should think. The form of reduction is as follows. Take an observation of a Lyrse, July 19, 1861. Transit over wire (1). East vertical, circle South . « " North West vertical, circle North « « South W. — E., circle South W. — E., circle North . . 16 35 2.51 20 28 26.00 . 20 34 23.57 4 5 20.26 . 3 53 23.49 1 59 40.94 2 59.19 9.9378777 Cos i Difference 9.9999032 ^ Sum ^ Difference Cos |- Sum h. m. 8. 16 29 3.31 4 Cotang ^ (declination) .... 0.0969342 Cotang ;l (latitude) .... 0.0347751 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 10, 1865. 385 X = 42 42 30.73 Correction for level -|~3.30 " for azimuth — 0.35 " for declination -|-1.02 X 42 42 34.75 The great part of my observations were lost by clouds, which would come up unexpectedly and spoil the labor of four hours, again and again. I have on some nights made as many as twenty observations, involving four hundred passages in the E. V., without getting a single star in the W. v., thus losing all. I can, therefore, rest the latitude of Williams College on only fifty-two observations, but hope these may be enough for present purposes. Let X'= (latitude of P. V. instrument — 42° 42' 20"). X be the value of one division of the level, which Mr. Phelps thinks to be near 1".0. Values oi aV -\- a' X — h = Q. (A.) {From Observation.) A A^ 1 V - \- 5.39 X — 20.88 — — .92 .8464 2 X' - \- 5.39 X — 19.53 — — 2.27 5.1529 3 X' - \- 5.39 X 19.53 — — 2.27 5.1529 4 X' - h 5.39 X 20.73 — — 1.07 1.1449 5 X' - 1- 5.39 X 21.56 — .24 .0576 6 X' - \- 5.39 X 21.09 — — .71 .5041 7 X' - I- 5.39 X 21.85 — -f .05 .0025 8 X' - 1- 5.39 X 22.27 — + .47 .2209 9 X' - \- 5.39 X 23.63 — + 1.83 3.3469 10 X' - \- 5.39 X 21.64 — — .16 .0256 11 X' - \- 5.38 X 21.85 — + .06 .0036 12 X' - [- 5.38 X — 22.55 — 4- .76 .5776 13 X' - [- 5.38 X 20.73 — — 1.06 1.1236 14 X' - h 5.38 X 21.40 — — .39 .1521 15 V - 5.38 X 21.04 — — .75 .5625 16 X' - - 5.38 X — 22.06 — -- .27 .0727 17 X' - 5.38 X 22.72 — -- .95 .9025 18 V - h 5.38 X 23.02 — -- 1.23 1.5129 19 V - - 5.38 X 22.63 — -- .84 .7056 20 X' - - 6.40 X — 23.35 — -- .57 .3249 21 X' - 6.40 a: 23.16 — -- .38 .1444 22 X' - _ 6.40 X — 22.07 — — .71 .5041 386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY A A2 23 k' + G.40 X 22.92 — + -14 .0196 24 k' + 6.40 X — 23.72 — + .94 .8836 25 k' + 6.40 X — 23.21 — 4- .43 .1849 26 X' + 6.40 X — 22.52 — .26 .0676 27 r + 6.40 X 24.87 — + 2.09 4.3681 28 X' + 6.40 X — 23.32 — + .54 .2916 29 X> _^ 6.40 X 23.22 — + .44 .1936 30 I' 3.30 X 10.40 — 1.95 8.8025 31 X' 3.30 X 11.09 — — 2.26 5.1136 32 X' 3.30 X 11.26 — 2.09 4.3681 33 X' 3.30 X 10.25 — — 3.10 9.6100 34 X' — 3.30 X — 11.42 — 1.93 3.7249 35 ;i' _ 3.30 X — 10.95 = 2.40 5.7600 36 i' — 3.30 X — 10.62 — 2.73 7.4529 37 X' — 3.30 X — 11.12 — 2.23 4.9729 38 I' — 3.30 X — 9.75 — 3.60 12.9600 39 A' 3.30 X 11.69 — 2.66 7.0756 40 X' 3.69 ic 14.26 — + 1.29 1.G641 41 A' — 3.69 X — 14.37 — -- 1.40 1.9600 42 X' 3.69 X 15.72 — -- 2.75 7.5625 43 X' — 3.69 a: — 15.93 — + 2.96 8.7816 44 V — 3.69 X — 15.82 — — 2.85 8.1225 45 X' — 3.69 ic — 15.34 — -- 2.37 5.6169 46 X' — 3.69 a; — 15.20 — — 2.23 4.9729 47 X' — 3.69 ic — 15.26 — + 2.29 5.2441 48 X' 3.80 a: 13.40 — + .53 .2809 49 A' 3.80 X 15.15 — — 2.28 5.1984 50 X' 3.80 X 13.76 — — .89 .7921 51 X' — 3.80 a; — 13.95 — + 1.06 1.1236 52 X' 3.80 .r 13.33 — + .46 .2116 (a.) I )2 r +84.10 X 944".ll — 0, 2 a2 — 145.4221. Values oi a' aX' -\- a'^ X — a' b = 0. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (B.) 5.39 X' 29.05 X - - 112.54 0 5.39 X' — 29.05 X - - 105.27 0 5.39 X' 29.05 X - - 105.27 0 5.39 X' — 29.05 X - - 111.73 0 5.39 X' 29.05 X - - 116.21 0 5.39 X' 29.05 X - - 113.68 0 5.39 X' 29.05 X - - 117.77 0 5.39 X' 29.05 X - - 120.03 0 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 10, 1865. 387 9 r 5.39 V 29.05 X - - 130.37 — 0 10 - 5.39 i' 29.05 a: - - 116.64 — 0 11 - 5.38 V 29.05 X - - 117.55 — 0 12 - 5.38 V 28.94 X - - 121.32 — 0 13 - 5.38 A' 28.94 X - - 111.53 — 0 14 - 5.38 V 28.94 X - - 115.13 — 0 15 - 5.38 ;i' 28.94 re - - 113.39 — 0 16 - 5.38 ;l' 28.94 X - - 118.68 — 0 17 - 5.38 V 28.94 a; - - 122.23 — 0 18 - 5.38 ;i' 28.94 X - - 123.85 — 0 19 - 5.38 X' 28.94 X - - 121.75 — 0 20 - 6.40 I' 40.96 a; - - 149.44 — 0 21 - 6.40 X' 40.96 a; - - 148.42 — 0 22 - - 6.40 r 40.96 X - - 141.25 — 0 23 - 6.40 ;' 40.96 X - - 146,69 = 0 24 - 6.40 k' 40.96 cc - - 151.81 — 0 25 - 6.40 A' 40.96 X - - 148.54 — 0 26 - 6.40 X' 40,96 X - - 144.13 — 0 27 - 6.40 A' 40.96 X - - 159.17 — 0 28 - 6.40 V 40.96 X - - 149.25 — 0 29 - 6.40 V 40,96 a: - - 148.61 — 0 30 3.30 V 10.89 X - - 37,62 — 0 31 ^ 3.30 V 10.89 X - - 36,60 — 0 32 3.30 V 10.89 X - - 37,16 — 0 33 3.30 V 10.89 X - - 33.83 — 0 34 3.30 V 10.89 X - - 37.69 — 0 35 3.30 V 10.89 X - - 36,14 — 0 36 3.30 V 10.89 X - 35,05 — 0 37 5.30 V 10.89 X - - 36,70 — 0 38 3.30 X 10.89 X - - 32,18 — 0 39 3.30 ;i' — 10.89 X - - 38.57 — 0 40 3.69 V 13.62 X - - 52,62 — 0 41 3.69 V — 13.62 X - - 54,03 — 0 42 3.69 V 13.62 X - - 58.01 — 0 43 3.69 A' 13.62 X - - 58.78 — 0 44 3.69 l> 13.62 X - - 58.38 — 0 45 3.69 A' 13.62 X - - 56.60 — 0 46 3.69 A' 13.62 X - 56,09 — 0 47 3.69 V 13.62 X - 56.21 = 0 48 3.80 i' 14.44 X - - 50,92 — 0 49 — 3.80 V 14.44 X - 57.57 — 0 50 3.80 A' 14.44 X - - 52.29 — 0 51 3.80 V 14.44 X - - 53.01 — 0 52 3.80 A' 14.44 X - - 50,65 .— 0 (b.) 85.1 0 A' + 1250.65 X — 2625' .55 — 0. 388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY (a) 52.00 A' + 85.10 a;— 944" .11 -0, (5) 85.10 V + 1250.6. 5 X — 2625" .55 0, ■log 1250.65 3.0971358 13874.87 log 85.10 1.9299296 + 2625.55 log (a) 1.1672062 — 11249.32 log 52 1.7160035 1250.65 X log 52 -f- log (a) 2.8832095 764.20 — 1250.65 X 0.0 a; log 944.11 2.9750226 log (944.11 X «) 4.1422288 13874.87 -1- 764.20 X' — 85.10 A' Hence, 764".20 X' + 1250".65 x — 13874".87 = 0 -|- 679".10 X< 679.10 A' — 11249.32 = 0. log 11249".32 4.0511263 log 679".10 2.8319337 log A' 1.2191926 A' — 16".56 (1) log 85".10 1.9299296 log (85MOA0 3.1491222 1409".80 1409" .80 2625" .55 log 1215".75 3.0848452 1215" .75 log 1250". 65 {x) 3.0971358 log {x) 9.9877064 X — 0".9721 (2) 2A2 — 145.4221, if- _ 2.603 log 2.603 0.4156910 log (2.603)i 0.2078455 log constant 9.8289751 Probable error of single log prob. error 0.0368206 observation ± 1".0885 (3) log (2.603 )i 0.20785 log constant 9.60091 log mean error 9.80876 Mean error 0".644 (4) \o4"^'^\ 0.71650 ^^4 n ) log reciprocal 9.28350 Precision .1921 (5) log \l reciprocal 9.64175 Weight .4383 (6) OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 10, 1865. 889 2A^ = e^ = 2.908442 log e^ log X- e^ logxe •2 0^ = 62 (2 a a'f = 7242.01 52 — 2 0.463660 0.825686 Table in Coast Survey Report, 1.289346 1854, p. 136.* .644673 ± 4".412 Limit by Peirce's Criterion. (7) 2 a'2= 1250.65 2 a a' = 85.10 c = 2a^-2a'^—(2a a'Y = 57791.79. log 2 a'2 logc log d" \ogd log mean error lo2 mean error of result v. 3.096118 4.761868 8.334250 9.167125 9.80876 8.97589 X. log 2 a^ 1.71600 4.76187 log d'^ 6.95413 log d' 8.47706 9.80876 8.28582 Mean error A' 0".0946 (8) Mean error x 0".0193 (9) log constant 0.22807 0.22807 log prob. error of result 9.20396 8.51389 Probable error A' 0".1599 (10) Prob. error a; 0".0327 (11) (A) are the fifty-two observations. Each equation should be = 0, the quantities in the column A are the errors of each observation. The column A^ contains the squares of these errors, and the values of \' and X are those which make -2" A^ (the sum of the squares of the errors) a minimum, and are, therefore, the most probable values. (3) gives the quantity 1".0885, as the probable error of a single observation. (7) gives 4". 41 as the limit, by Peirce's Criterion, for a doubtful observa- tion. (10) gives, as the probable error of the resulting latitude, 0".l 6. It is more likely than not that the result is within this amount of the truth. The common tables will show that it is 100 to 1 that my lati- tude is within 0".61 ; 200 to 1 that it is within 0".67; and 300 to 1 that it is within 0".78 of the truth. The prime vertical transit was one hundred feet south of the centre of the dome, which is 1".0 of arc, which is to be added to my result. a Lyras's place was taken from the P^nglish Nautical Almanac. Its declination {d) is 1".0 different in the American, and 0".l less in the VOL. VI. 42 890 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Berlin Jahrbuch. To reduce to either of these authorities, the variation of the dedination (8d) must be multiplied into 1.02. When all terras are taken into account, the latitude is X = 42° 42' 20" + 16".56 + 1".0 + 1.02 8d± 0".1599, from which for use, i = 42° 42' 37".56 ' or, 42° : 42' : 37".6 ; The value of one division of the level is 0".972 ± ".033. Five buudred and forty-fifth Meeting. January 25, 1865. — Statute Meeting. The President in the chair. The President called the attention of the Academy to the recent decease of two of its members, — Hon. Edward Ev- erett and Mr. W. P. G. Bartlett, of the Eesident Fellows. Professor Henry D. Kogers, of Glasgow, was elected an Associate Fellow in Class H. Section 1. Mr. Frederick W. Putnam, of Salem, was elected a Resi- dent Fellow in Class H. Section 3. Five bundred and forty-sixth. Meeting. February 14, 1865. — Monthly Meeting. The President in the chair. The President called the attention of the Academy to the recent decease of Capt. J. M. Gilliss, an Associate Fellow, and the Director of the National Observatory at Washington. Mr. Ferrel made the following communication : — " It was shown in a note read on a former occasion, tliat if the tidal wave of the ocean is on an average two feet high and displaced two degrees by friction, the elfect of the moon's attraction on the tidal wave must cause an inci'ease of y^^ of a second in the length of the day in 2,500 years. From this we may readily determine that the earth's OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 391 rotatory velocity relative to the moon is diminished, in round numbers, the s-^TTiTTjffTrTrir P^^^ "^ ^ century. Now if we suppose the moon to have been originally in a fluid state, it may be demonstrated that the effect of the earth in retarding the moon's rotatory velocity would have been to that of the moon in retarding the earth's rotatory velocity, all other conditions being the same, as the square of the earth's mass is to that of the moon, or as 6,400 to unity, assuming the mass of the moon to be ■g^ih of that of the earth. But the density of the tidal wave on the earth is much less than the mean density of the earth, and also than the density of the earth's surface, and it moreover occupies only about three fourths of its surface, so that we may assume, if the moon be considered homogeneous or nearly so, that the effect of the earth upon the moon must have been, at least, 20,000 times greater than the effect of the moon upon the earth in diminishing the rotatory velocity. Hence, if we assume that the rotatory velocity of the moon originally was equal to that of the earth, and its tidal wave was displaced two de- grees on its surface by friction, it would have lost ij^jjij part of its rotatory velocity relative to the earth in a century, and consequently, if the amount of tidal displacement could have remained the same, the time of the moon's rotation on its axis would have been reduced to the time of its revolution in its orbit, as we now find it, in 14,000 centuries. But if we suppose friction to diminish with the velocity of rotation rela- tive to the earth, the amount of tidal displacement would diminish in the same ratio, so that if we put v for the rotatory velocity of the moon relative to the earth at any time t, the original velocity being consid- ered unity, we get from the preceding condition, dt = —14,000-". V Putting m for the modulus of common logarithms, this gives rp 14,000 , T = j^ log. v', T being the time in which the original rotatory velocity would be re- duced to some given velocity v'. From the preceding equation it is seen that the rotatory velocity of the moon relative to the earth, or to the time of its revolution, could never have been reduced to nothing, however lonof the moon might have remained in a fluid state, but that it could have been reduced within any assigned limits, however small. Now Laplace has shown, that in order that the mean relative velocity should become nothing, 892 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY or in other words, that the time of rotation should be equal to the time of revolution in the case of the solid spheroid, it is not necessary that these motions should have been exactly so at the origin of these mo- tions, which is infinitely improbable, but only that tliey should have differed by a very small quantity ; hence, however much these motions may have differed originally, it was only necessary that the difference should be reduced within certain very small limits by tidal action be- fore solidification, in order that the mean motions should be made to coincide afterwards. The reason of this is readily seen if we consider that at the time of solidification, the longer axis of the spheroid would be almost exactly directed toward the earth, and that at that time, if there was still a very small velocity of rotation relative to the earth remaining, the attraction of the earth upon the excess of matter of the spheroid above that of the inscribed sphere, would bring the vertex back before it would move through a quadrant, and thus prevent a ro- tation and cause a libratory motion, the period of which, according to Laplace, upon the hypothesis of homogeneity, would be about seven years. But the motion would not only have to be too small to carry the vertex of the spheroid through a quadrant, but too small to carry it so far as to make the libratory motion observable from the earth ; for, I believe, no such motion has been observed. If, with Laplace, we assume that the coefficient of the term expressing the libration must be 6,000 centesimal seconds, or more, in order to be observable from the earth, we can readily determine upon this hypothesis that the daily ro- tatory velocity of the moon, at the time of solidification, must have been reduced, at least, to uji^jVuzr part of a revolution. Substituting this for v' in the preceding equation, we get _ 14^ 300,000. This equation gives, in round numbers, T' equal to about 175,000 cen- turies. We know nothing with regard to the amount of rotatory motion which the moon may have had originally, or with regai'd to the amount of displacement of the vertex of the spheroid or tidal wave caused by friction, and the preceding hypotheses upon which our results are based have been assumed, not because they are considered the most probable, but merely as a basis for results, from which approximate results can readily be obtained for any other hypotheses. It is extremely improbable that the two motions should have origi- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUAKY U, 1865. 393 nally corresponded with each other, so nearly as Laplace's limits re- quire, by mere accident, but much more probable that they were made to coincide very nearly before solidification, by tidal action, which, I think, has been shown to be an adequate cause for this near coinci- dence. This idea, so far as I know, was first suggested in my paper, in Gould's Astronomical Journal, in the year 1853. The same was also advanced by Helmholtz, in a lecture at Konigsberg, in the year 1854. The following paper was presented ; — Proofs of the Animal Nature of the Cilio-flagellate Infusoria, as based upon Investigations of the Structure and Phi/si- ology of one of the Peridinice (^Peridinium Ci/pripedium, n. sp.'). By Prof. H. James Clark, A. B., B. S. Whatever tends to elucidate the doubtful nature of any group of beings which stands undecided (as it were on the dividing line) between sentient and non-sentient things, has an importance, at the present day, which would not have been deemed worthy of very grave considera- tion before the theories of Spontaneous Generation, and what is some- times mistakenly called Darwinism, had been revived. The resurgence of these doctrines has given a prominence to the discussion of the char- acter of the lowest, obscure forms of Ufe, simply because, in their ex- treme simplicity, they hardly seem to rise above a state of inorganic nature, and their vitality is exhibited in such a guise as would readily be mistaken for the operation of exo-endosmotic, inanimate, inorganic forces. Hence the readiness, the eagerness with which the Physicists of the Materialistic school clutch at these " toys " of the older micro- scopists, hoping therein to find an abundance of argument by which they may prove that rock and flesh do not incompatibly jostle each other whenever they come in contact. Claiming, and justly too, that these extremes of the inorganic and organic bodies are naturally and incontestably related to each other through their common basis, the simple elements of the chemist, it does not seem possible to the Materialist that their relations should be changed, or dissevered, by the introduction of any modes of existence, however varied or elevated. The Carbon, the Hydrogen, the Nitro- gen, and the Oxygen once being established as definite existences, they 394 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY always remain C, H, N, and 0, no matter under what forms or re- lations they may be disguised : the various modes of being not in the least changing the fact of their existence. For instance, they say, the transition from one kind of animate being to another kind is only a graduated change in the mode of existence, or of the manner of an out- ward expression of the relations of the component elements of the or- ganism ; certainly not an actual metamorphosis of the nature of these elements. To this assertion there may not possibly be any objection ; but if the same explanation were urged for the transition to the Monad from the infinitesimally small, vibrating, inorganic corpuscle of the " Brownian motion," we have not come to that state of knowledge of the forces of nature to so readily accept it as in the former case. Still the growing tendency, among the philosophical chemists, to merge the vital and the inorganic forces into one, would seem to be inevitably preparing us to regard such a transition as identical in kind with that which obtains among the undoubtedly organized bodies, whether ani- mals or plants. In this state of hesitancy to step across the vanishing line of demar- cation, between the animate and the inanimate, we can at least safely venture to give, in general terms, an expression of the relations of the three forms of existence. We may say that it is the mode of existence which constitutes the difference between the inorganic and the organic bodies, or between the two forms of organic life, viz. animals and plants. So that every fact enunciated in regard to an animal or plant is the record of a symbol of one of the methods of existence, or of the nature of the influences which enter into the life of the being. From this point of view the study of these insignificants rises to the rank of the highest philosophical inquiry, and the minute wonders of the " microscopist " become the agents in the pursuit after the knowl- edge of the ways of the Infinite, which one could hardly have the temerity to smile at. These thoughts have been suggested by the results of some investi- gations into the thus far doubtful animal nature of the Cilio-fiagellate Infusoria, as the Peridiniens and their congeners are designated by Claparede in his, conjointly with Lachman, most recent publications upon the Infusoria.* =* Claparede and Lachman, l^tude sur les Infusoires et les Rhizopodes, Mem. de Tins. Genevois, Tomes V., VI., VII., 1858 - 1861. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 395 In order that the various points of the proof, that the Peridiniens are undoubtedly animals, may be comprehended in systematic sequence, it seems most desirable to present them under separate sections, each de- voted to some particular vital function. Habitat and Form. There is probably no generic difference be- tween the species in question here and those described and figured by Allman, in the third volume of the Journal of Microscopical Science, 1856, and by Claparede in the memoir above referred to; but in their specific relations no doubt they are distinct. This (fig. 1, 2, 3) has an oblique pyriform outline, more than one third longer than its greatest breadth, and hollowed on one side by a broad longitudinal depression (rf), extending from the narrower end (P) to a short distance beyond the broadest part of the body. Not far from the narrower end the so- called flagellum {Jl) is attached, in the middle line of the broad depres- sion, and is so long as to project beyond the end near to which it is situated. As the narrower end (P) is always the posterior, and the broader end (A) the anterior in the act of swimming, and the relations of the other parts of the body, such as the position of the mouth {m), and particularly the trend of the oesophagus (ce), correspond to these, the one which precedes should be called the anterior, and the other the posterior end of the body ; and as such they will hereafter be desig- nated in this article. There are two shallow furrows which encircle the body ; one {pf), rather broad, passes obliquely backwards and around it just behind its middle, and the other {af), quite narrow, encircles the broader end just in front of the termination of the broad longitudinal depression above mentioned. The whole of the body posterior to the narrower transverse furrow is clothed with vibratile ciHa, but the anterior end is devoid of them, and appears to be covered by a low cap {pc) in the form of the segment of a sphere. In the young this cap is so shallow as to be readily overlooked, during the motions of the animal. Close to the posterior end there is a large, clear vesicle (cv), which is quite con- spicuous, even during the rapid motions of the animal. This is the contractile vesicle, which will be described presently. In point of sen- sitiveness this Peridinium exhibits it in almost as great a degree as Pleuronema and many other timid Infusoria. These are the most evi- dent and striking features, such as readily attract the attention when the body is in motion ; and, moreover, they are the chief and charac- teristic traits of this species. The specific name is derived from the 396 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY resemblance in the form of the body to the labelhim of one of the Or- chidacefe, viz. Cypripedium. It is very common in the fresh-water ditches and slow streams about Cambridge ; and in the aquarium con- gregates in great numbers around decaying matter. It varies from sh^ to 2-iTj- of ^^ iiich in length, but occasionally adults were found ■j-^jj of an inch long. It is probable, however, that the latter were in a preparatory state, just before self-division. The color is a uniform light brown, which resides mostly in the derm. Contractile vesicle. This organ (cv) is so conspicuous, in the species before us at least, that one is apt to wonder why it has not been dis- covered before. The only reasonable excuse for this seeming delin- quency would appear to be, that the animal is so incessantly active and so rapid in its motions, that a large amount of patience could hardly compensate for the want of a quiet subject. Fortunately, at the pres- ent day, our lenses, even of moderate power, are constructed with such large angles, broad fields, and excellent definition, that the difficulty of keeping the infusorian in sight, and of getting a clear, decided view of its interior, are about done away with. By strewing the glass slide with abundance of indigo, little lagoons are formed here and there, in which, when the specimens are plentiful, there is no difficulty in find- ing and confining any particular individual, without the necessity of a thin glass covering. In this way the motions of the body are reduced to a simple revolution on its longer axis, with an occasional inversion, end for end. The eye soon gets accustomed to the rhythmical appear- ance of any particular region as it comes round at each revolution, so that, by a systematic study of each and every feature, a knowledge of the whole organism may be obtained as readily as in most infusoria. The contractile vesicle is invariably situated close to the narrower, or posterior, end of the body, but at a considerable distance from the ven- tral, dorsal, or lateral surfaces. At the moment just before systole, it has a perfectly globular form (fig. 1, cv), and a very sharp, strongly refracting, conspicuous contour, and occupies rather more than the mid- dle third of the transverse diameter of the body at this point. The systole and diastole are as regular in their recurrence as in any of the ciliated infusoria, and as conveniently observed. The systole, in per- fectly fresh specimens, occurs with perfect regularity once in forty sec- onds, as numerous and carefully registered observations prove. As in other infusoria, between diastole and systole, the vesicle is more or less irregular in outline, but gradually approximating to a spherical form. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 397 At the moment of systole it rather quickly changes from a broad sphe- roidal figure to one which is globular, and then contracts suddenly and rapidly until it is nearly invisible. The diastole then follows slowly, and during this it passes from a jagged, rounded outline (fig. 3, cv) to a lenticular form (fig. 2), then to a hemispherical shape (fig. 4) with the flattened side next to the posterior end of the body, and finally as- suming a spheroidal contour it remains quiet awhile, until the time for the next systole. If the water is not renewed the specimens become unhealthy, which they exhibit by changing their form, and swelling up into an oval, and finally a globular mass. In such a condition the systole of the contractile vesicle oftentimes occurs five or six times in a minute, and will continue at that rate even when the animal is very much flattened out, and until it bursts or falls to pieces. Tincture of opium stops the action of the contractile vesicle almost immediately, even before the rest of the body is sensibly affected by it. The effect is to swell the vesicle to an enormous size, and then, breaking through the postei'ior end of the animal, it expands to a dimension often exceed- ing that of the whole body before it bursts. The mouth (m). That this creature has a mouth might be premised from the manner in which particles of indigo or carmine approach and recede from the body. When the animal is mooi'ed by its flagelliform appendage (Jl), and gyrates about it as if on a pivot, these particles of colored food may be seen to pass along the face of the broad longitu- dinal depression (d), and, striking the body just behind its mid-region, glance off in a backward direction. At the point where the indigo strikes may be seen an obliquely longitudinal, ovate opening (m), which leads into an elongated funnel-shaped cavity (ce). The former is the mouth, and the latter is the oesophagus. The mouth lies altogether within the posterior obliquely transverse furrow {pf), and extends from its anterior to its posterior edge, trending diagonally across the axial plane of the body, from right, backwards, toward the left. Its anterior edge (m}) is broad, and from thence it gradually narrows to a sharp angle, which forms tiie posterior edge. It is so inconspicuous that in all probability it is nearly or altogether closed, except when taking in food ; certainly it is not one of the prominent features of the organism, although one of the most important. When the animal is in a sickly condition, and swollen up, the mouth is easily descried, but its relations are not readily made out, because in tliis state the annular furrows are all obliterated ; yet its connection with the oesophagus at VOL. VI. 43 898 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY such a time is clearly seen. There are no appendages whatever about, or belonging to the mouth ; not even the flagelliform body {Ji) has anything to do with it, but is attached to the body at a very sensi- ble distance {fi^) behind it. It would seem, therefore, to be dependent upon the simple cilia around it for the transfer of food to its lips. From the mouth the cesophagus (o?) passes obliquely backwards and toward the dorsal region, at least half-way through the body, and then terminates, rather abruptly, just before the contractile vesicle, but a little to the right side (fig. 3, ce) of the axial plane. At the mouth it is widest antero-posteriorly, but suddenly narrowing a little, it after- wards gradually lessens its calibre as it extends into the body, and finally ends as just described. The whole track of this channel is much more readily seen than the mouth. The food is taken in such excessively small particles that its entrance into the mouth cannot be detected with any degree of satisfaction ; and a single digestive vacu- ole {dv) requires from twenty minutes to half an hour to form and fill ; and although it may be comparatively quite large, even two thirds of its fullest capacity, yet so infinitesimally minute are the particles that even indigo or carmine is not readily seen, although it may be the only kind of food present. Beyond this point, however, these coloring matters become rapidly visible, so that when a vacuole is fully formed, the indigo or carmine is as conspicuous as in any other infusorian. These vacuoles are very large, in fact equalling in size the contractile vesicle ; and as they form sometimes pretty far back, they are apt to obscure the latter ; without doubt thus causing this vesicle to be mis- taken for one of them, since they bear a certain resemblance to it. No anus was detected during these investigations, although the specimens at times were kept w^ell fed. The locomotive organs. The most prominent among the cilia is the so-called flagellum {fi). This, however, is not a single filament, as has usually been asserted, but owing to the manner in which it is used it very naturally appears to be so. Most frequently its compound na- ture becomes apparent when the numerous cilia of which it is com- posed divide into two groups (fig. 7, fl fi^), thus simulating a double flagellum.* At other times, after having divided into two groups, they * Claparede, loc. cit., speaks of frequently noticing that some of the Ceratiums, &c. appeared to have a double flagellum. Probably they were a group of cilia divided as here described. OP ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 399 twist about each other in such a way as to resemble a sharply-pointed screw, with a long drawn out double thread. Such is the condition in which this pseudo-flagellum is most frequently seen, and then, with the best magnifying powers, up to five hundred diameters, its compound nature is not easily recognized. But there are times when the whole group of cilia spreads out into a distinct brush, so that each individual ciHum may be seen. The base {fi^) of attachment is in the axial plane of the body, a short distance posterior to the mouth (w?), and distinctly disconnected from it, as has been already noticed. When not in motion, which seldom occurs, the brush lies along the median furrow {mf) which trends from the mouth to the posterior end of the animal, and in this position it projects for nearly half its length beyond the body. Its most ostensible use would seem to be that of a sort of rudder when the creature is swimming, and as a means of attachment when not progressing. The body may be seen gyrating, and at the same time revolving on its longitudinal axis, for long pei-iods around a point to which the pseudo-flagellum is attached, and upon which it turns like a pivot. It is most frequent that, during this act, a part of the brush separates from the rest, and performs the office of an extra propeller. When the animal is darting and spinning thi'ough the water, this appendage projects obliquely from its point of attachment (as in tig. 1), and always following, with the narrower end of the body, in the rear, it seems pretty evidently to be the main agent in the vari- ous and sudden tackings to which this infusorian is addicted, and also the axis upon which the body revolves ; at least the latter whirls, re- peatedly changing as quick as thought from right to left, or vice versa, upon an imaginary axis which is oblique to its greatest length, and which exactly corresponds to the trend of the flagelliform appendage when operating in this capacity. Under these conditions the animal shoots along with a compound motion, which might be described as wabbling, or like the action of an eccentric wheel. Apparently in confirmation of this view the annular, obliquely transverse anterior {of) and posterior {pf) furrows trend almost exactly at right angles to this imaginary axis. These two furrows seem, at first sight, to be bands of vibratintj cilia, and in fact it is in the line of their trend that these cilia are most readily detected, simply because they are rather more crowded alons their edsres than elsewhere ; but an attentive ex- amination reveals their presence all over the body, posterior to the anterior transverse furrow. Between the two furrows (i. e. from of to 400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY pf) they are longer than at the narrower end of the body, and at both points they have a pretty uniform length, moderate extension, and are very delicate, so as not to be easily observed when the body is in mo- tion. At the anterior transverse furrow they appear to be a little longer than elsewhere, and acting more or less in concert, they have the semblance of a wreath disposed along the edge of the low skullcap- like covering {pc) of the anterior end. The cuirass {pc). It is pretty evident that, in the species before us, this is a mere dermal specialization, without any trace of indurated mat- ter which would entitle it to the name of a genuine cuirass. Where vibratile cilia are present no such covering can be said to exist, and as the broad anterior end (A) of the body is devoid of them, its skullcap covering is the only portion of the derm where one could expect to find a cuirass. But this it is only in form, since it participates with the rest of the body in the general expansion when an individual is dying. It has, without doubt, a different character from the rest of the skin, for the style of ornamentation is not of the same kind, and, curiously enougli too, it is less truly ornamented than in the other re- gions of the body, amounting to a mere scattered punctuation ; whereas over the field where the cilia prevail, these punctuations, which are in reality minute, cylindrical, strongly refracting bodies, standing perpen- dicular to the surface of the derm, are arranged in perfectly regular rows, which have a diiferent character in the three regions posterior to the pseudo-cuirass. In the space (Hg. 5, D) between the anterior («/") and posterior (pf) transveise fui-rows, the rows trend longitudinally and transversely ; in the posterior transverse furrow (pf) they have the same arrangement as the last, but they are more closely set to- gether ; and in the region behind the latter furrow they trend in decus- sating lines (P), like those in the carapace of Arcella vulgaris. Tills region is also characterized by being divided longitudinally, on the ventral side, by a furrow (fig, 1, 2, G, tnf) which trends in a direct line from the end of the body to the mouth, and gradually widens an- teriorly where it joins the annular, transverse furrow (pf). At this point of juncture the flagellar appendage arises, and opposite to it the anterior edge of the transverse furrow just mentioned forms an inequi- lateral angle at the broader margin (m^) of the mouth, so that the right and left halves of this furrow are rendered asymmetrical ; a character in perfect accordance with that of many, if not of all the Peridiniae. 2^he nucleus (n) at the period when these observations were made, mf \> Tvr. 4. Fio;. 7. [To face page 401.] OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 401 viz. early last December, the genital organ invariably laid transverse to the longitudinal axis, and occupied a very large portion of the bulk of the posterior end of the body. Most frequently it had a U-shaped form (fig. 3, n), and embraced the contractile vesicle with its two limbs. It was then of a yellowish brown color and perfectly homogeneous. Occasionally it was observed to be divided into three or four masses, which extended toward the region encompassed by the posterior annu- lar furrow. While in the U-shaped form the whole semi-opaque mass was enclosed in a transparent envelope (?ie). Oftentimes there was to be seen immediately over and close to the dorsal region of the nucleus and directly in the plane of the axis of the body, a minute, clear, ves- icular corpuscle (fig. 3, t), which seemed to have the character of a "nucleolus" or — as is now becoming the belief, since the investiga- tions of Balbiani and Claparede — a testicle. Reproduction from the egg has not been observed, but transverse division occurred in a number of instances. In the latter case it agrees, in the process, with what Allman, loc. cit., has described, ex- cepting that the resultants (fig. 6, I., II. ; fig. 7) are quite different in their proportions from the adults (fig. 1, 2, 3). At the moment of separation the young offshoot (fig. 7) is about two thirds the size of the adult, and is almost as broad as long, and bulges strongly on the ventral side (Y), in front of the mouth (m). It has a very flat ante- rior end, and the pseudo-cuirass (joc) of this part is represented by an inconspicuous unguiform body. The anterior transverse furrow, on account of its narrowness, hardly attracts attention, except along its ventral edge (of), where it is rendered conspicuous by the strong pro- jection of the unguiform cuirass. As in the adult, it is broadest ven- trally, but, growing shallower, thins out (o/^), going dorsally, to almost nothing. The relations and structure of the various organs, cilia, &c. are the same as in the full-grown individuals ; but with progressing growth the proportions of the diverse regions of the body change in- sensibly, as may be seen by comparing figures 7, 4, and 1, which are respectively representatives of the youngest, middle-aged, and adult in- dividuals. Description of Figures. In all the figures the same letters refer lo corresponding parts. A. The anterior end of the body. P. The posterior end. D. The dorsal side. V. The ventral side. R. The right side. L. The left side. 402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY of. anterior transverse, or annular furrow, a/i. dorsal part of a/. ■pf. posterior transverse, or annular furrow. mf. median, or longitudinal furrow. d. depression on the ventral side. cv. contractile vesicle. m. mouth, m^. anterior edge of m. T 120.68 23.58 30.75 37.58 44.07 50.24 56.08 61.60 !)^ 129.98 24.64 32.16 39.33 46.17 52.67 58.85 64.71 !)|. 139.66 25.71 33.58 41.10 48.29 55.13 61.65 67.84 10 149.73 26.79 35.01 42.88 50.41 57.61 64.47 71.00 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 431 Cast-iron 10 feet long-. if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings • 1 Diameter of Pillar outside. li Inch. If Inch. 1^ Inch. 11 Inch. 1| Inch. IJ Inch. 2 Inch. Inches. 2 3 H H 5.57 ' H 7.06 7.14 4 8.78 8.92 9.00 H 10.76 11.06 11.27 11.43 U 12.64 13.04 13.35 13.57 13.73 4f 14.65 15.18 15.59 15.91 16.15 16.32 5 16.80 17.46 18.00 18.43 18.76 19.01 19.20 5i 19.07 19.89 20.57 21.12 21.57 21.91 22.18 5J: 21.46 22.45 23.28 23.98 24.55 25.01 25.37 5| 23.95 25.13 26.14 26.99 27.71 28.30 28.77 G 26.55 27.93 29.12 30.15 31.03 31.76 32.37 H 29.24 30.83 32.23 33.45 34.49 35.39 36.14 61 32.02 33.84 35.45 36.87 38.10 39.17 40.09 6f 34.89 36.94 38.78 40.41 41.85 43.10 44.20 7 37.82 40.12 42.20 44.06 45.71 47.17 48.45 n 40.83 43.39 45.71 47.81 49.69 51.37 52.85 n 43.90 46.73 49.31 51.65 53.77 55.68 57.38 ^ 47.03 50.14 52.98 55.59 57.95 60.10 62.03 8 50.22 53.60 56.73 59.60 62.23 64.62 66.79 8i 53.45 57.13 60.54 63.69 66.58 62.23 71.65 8^ 56.73 60.71 64.41 67.84 71.01 73.93 76.61 8f 60.06 64.34 68.34 72.06 75.52 78.71 81.66 9 63.42 68.02 72.32 76.34 80.09 83.57 86.79 H 66.82 71.73 76.35 80.67 84.72 88.49 91.99 ^i 70.25 75.49 80.42 85.05 89.40 93.47 97.27 9? 73.71 79.28 84.53 89.48 94.14 98.51 102.60 10 77.20 83.10 88.67 93.95 98.92 103.60 lOS.OO 432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weights, in tons of 2,000 pounds, which they can support, ing columns, in which the thickness of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar outside. Solid. 1 Inch. ^ Inch. 1 1 Inch. 1 Inch. i Inch. 1 Inch. ] J Inch. Inches. 2 0.66 0.53 0.60 n 1.00 0.76 0.88 0.94 H 1.45 1.04 1.22 1.33 1.40 2f 2.04 1.38 1.63 1.80 1.91 1.98 3 2.77 1.78 2.12 2.36 2.54 2.65 2.72 H 3.69 2.23 2.69 3.03 3.28 3.45 3.56 3.63 3^ 4.80 2.76 3.34 3.80 4.14 4.39 4.56 4.67 H 6.13 3.35 4.09 4.68 5.13 5.47 5.72 5.89 4 7.71 4.02 4.93 5.67 6.25 6.71 7.05 7.30 H 9.56 4.76 5.87 6.78 7.52 8.10 8.56 8.90 U 12.31 5.24 6.58 7.73 8.70 9.52 10.20 10.76 4| 14.64 5.92 7.46 8.80 9.96 10.94 11.77 12.46 5 17.24 6.64 8.39 9.93 11.28 12.44 13.44 14.28 5i 20.13 7.38 9.36 11.12 12.67 14.03 15.20 16.21 5^ 23.30 8.15 10.37 12.35 14.12 15.68 17.05 18.24 4 26.77 8.95 11.41 13.64 15.63 17.41 18.98 20.36 6 30.55 9.77 12.49 14.96 17.20 19.20 20.99 22.58 H 34.64 10.62 13.61 16.34 18.82 21.06 23.08 24.88 H 39.06 11.49 14.75 17.74 20.48 22.97 25.23 27.26 6| 43.82 12.37 15.92 19.19 22.19 24.94 27.45 29.72 7 48.91 13.28 17.11 20.67 23.95 26.96 29.72 32.24 n 54.34 14.20 18.33 22.18 25.74 29.03 32.06 34.83 7^ 60.12 15.14 19.58 23.71 27.57 31.14 34.44 37.49 7f 66.26 16.10 20.84 25.28 29.43 33.29 36.88 40.19 8 72.76 17.07 22.12 26.87 31.32 35.48 39.35 42.95 Si 79.62 18.05 23.42 28.49 33.24 37.70 41.88 45.77 8^ 86.84 19.04 24.74 30.12 35.19 39.96 44.43 48.62 8f 94.44 20.05 26.07 31.78 37.17 42.25 47.03 51.52 9 102.41 21.06 27.42 33.45 39.16 44.56 49.66 54.45 H 110.76 22.09 28.78 35.14 41.18 46.90 52.32 57.42 n 119.49 23.12 30.15 36.85 43.22 49.27 55.00 60.43 9f 128.60 24.17 31.54 38.57 45.28 51.66 57.72 63.47 10 138.09 25.21 32.93 40.31 47.35 54.06 60.46 66.53 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 433 Cast-iron 1 1 feet long;. if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the I'espective headings. Diameter of I'illar outside. Inches. 2 H H 4i 4| 6i "a ' 4 81- 81 9 9| 10 lilnch. 4.74 6.00 7.47 9.15 11.20 13.03 14.98 17.06 19.26 21.56 23.97 26.48 29.08 31.76 34.53 37.37 40.28 43.25 46.29 49.38 52.52 55.72 58.96 62.23 65.55 68.91 72.30 li Inch. 6.07 7.58 9.32 11.54 13.48 15.56 17.78 20.13 22.60 25.19 27.89 30.70 33.60 36.59 39.67 42.83 46.06 49.37 52.73 56.16 59.64 63.17 66.75 70.38 74.05 77.75 l^Inch. 7.65 9.43 11.80 13.83 16.02 18.36 20.85 23.48 26.24 29.12 32.12 35.23 38.44 41.75 45.15 48.63 52.19 55.83 59.53 63.29 67.12 71.00 74.92 78.89 82.91 1| Inch. 9.50 12.00 14.10 16.39 18.84 21.46 24.22 27.14 30.19 33.37 36.68 40.10 43.62 47.25 50.97 54.78 58.68 62.64 66.68 70.79 74.95 79.18 83.45 87.78 11 Inch. 12.13 14.30 16.67 19.22 21.95 24.84 27.90 31.11 34.46 37.95 41.56 45.30 49.15 53.10 57.15 61.29 65.52 69.82 74.20 78.65 83.16 87.73 92.36 li Inch. 14.45 16.88 19.51 22.34 25.35 28.53 31.88 35.39 39.05 42.85 46.78 50.84 55.01 59.29 63.67 68.15 72.71 77.36 82.08 86.88 91.74 96.66 2 Inch. 17.03 19.73 22.64 25.75 29.05 32.53 36.19 40.01 43.98 48.09 52.35 56.73 61.23 65.84 70.56 75.37 80.28 85.27 90.34 95.48 100.69 434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weiglits ,, in tons of 2,000 pounds, which they can support. ing columns, in which the thickness of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar outside. Solid. f lach. ^ Inch. 1 Incli. 1 Inch. I Inch. 1 Inch. U Inch. Indies. 2 0.57 0.46 0.52 2i 0.86 0.66 0.75 0.81 2i 1.25 0.90 1.05 1.15 1.20 n 1.76 1.19 1.40 1.55 1.65 1.71 3 2.39 1.53 1.83 2.04 2.19 2.29 2.34 H 3.18 1.93 2.32 2.61 2.83 2.98 3.07 3.13 H 4.14 2.38 2.88 3.27 3.57 3.78 3.93 4.03 H 5.29 2.89 3.53 4.03 4.42 4.72 4.93 5.08 4 6.65 3.47 4.25 4.89 5.39 5.78 6.08 6.29 H 8.24 4.10 5.06 5.85 6.48 6.99 7.38 7.67 H 10.10 4.81 5.96 6.92 7.70 8.34 8.84 9.23 4f 12.23 5.59 6.95 8.10 9.05 9.84 10.48 10.98 5 15.38 6.00 7.57 8.96 10.16 11.19 12.08 12.82 5i 17.99 6.69 8.47 10.05 11.44 12.65 13.70 14.59 5^ 20.86 7.40 9.41 11.20 12.78 14.18 15.40 16.46 5f 24.02 8.15 10.38 12.39 14.19 15.79 17.19 18.42 6 27.46 8.92 11.39 13.63 15.65 17.46 19.06 20.48 6i 31.21 9.72 12.44 14.92 17.17 19.19 21.01 22.63 6^ 3,5.25 • 10.54 13.51 16.24 18.73 20.99 23.02 24.85 6|- 39.61 11.37 14.62 17.61 20.34 22.84 25.11 27.16 7 44.30 12.24 15.75 19.00 22.00 24.74 27.25 29.53 7i 49.30 13.11 16.91 20.44 23.70 26.70 29.46 31.98 7^ 54.65 14.01 18.10 21.90 25.43 28.70 31.72 34.49 7f 60.33 14.92 19.30 23.39 27.21 30.75 34.03 37.06 8 66.36 15.85 20.53 24.91 29.01 32.84 36.39 39.69 8i 72.74 16.80 21.78 26.46 30.85 34.96 38.80 42.37 8^ 79.47 17.75 23.04 28.03 32.72 37.13 41.25 45.09 8| 86.56 18.72 24.33 29.62 34.62 39.32 43.74 47.87 9 94.02 19.70 25.63 31.24 36.54 41.55 46.26 50.69 9i 101.84 20.70 26.94 32.87 38.49 43.81 48.83 53.55 9^^ 110.03 21.70 28.27 34.53 40.46 46.09 51.42 56.45 9| 118.59 22.71 29.61 36.19 42.46 48.40 54.05 59.38 10 127.53 23.73 30.97 37.88 44.47 50.74 56.70 62.35 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 435 Cast-iron Ifi feet long". if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings. Diameter of Pillar outside. Inches. 2 21 21 H 5# 6 6| 7 8f 9i 9| 10 li Inch. 4.09 5.18 6.44 7.89 9.53 11.37 13.44 15.34 17.36 19.49 21.73 24.06 26.48 29.00 31.60 34.27 37.02 39.84 42.73 45.67 48.68 51.73 54.84 57.99 61.19 64.43 67.71 1 1 Inch. 5.24 6.54 8.04 9.74 11.66 13.94 15.97 18.13 20.41 22.81 25.31 27.93 30.64 33.45 36.35 39.33 42.39 45.53 48.73 52.00 55.33 58.72 62.16 65.65 69.19 72.77 li Inch. 6.60 8.14 9.89 11.88 14.34 16.48 18.77 21.19 23.73 26.41 29.20 32.11 35.11 38.22 41.43 44.72 48.10 51.55 55.08 58.67 62.33 66.05 69.83 73.66 77.54 1| Inch. 8.19 9.99 12.03 14.66 16.90 19.29 21.84 24.53 27.35 30.31 33.39 36.59 39.90 43.32 46.83 50.44 54.14 57.91 61.77 65.69 69.69 73.74 77.86 82.03 II Inch. 10.05 12.13 14.90 17.22 19.72 22.38 25.19 28.16 31.27 34.52 37.90 41.40 45.02 48.74 52.57 56.50 60.52 64.62 68.81 73.07 77.40 81.80 86.26 ] I Inch. 12.18 15.08 17.47 20.05 22.81 25.74 28.84 32.09 35.50 39.04 42.72 46.53 50.46 54.50 58.65 62.91 67.25 71.69 76.21 80.80 85.47 90.21 2 Inch. 15.21 17.66 20.32 23.16 26.20 29.41 32.79 36.33 40.04 43.88 47.88 52.00 56.24 60.61 65.08 69.66 74.34 79.11 83.96 88.90 93.91 436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weights, in tons of 2,000 pounds, which they can support, ing columns, in which the thickness of the iron is given in Diameter \ of Pillar outside. Inches. 2 n 4| 5 Of 6 6i 63 7J- 74 7f 8 10 Solid. 0.49 0.75 1.09 1.53 2.09 2.78 3.61 4.61 5.80 7.19 8.81 10.68 12.81 16.17 18.78 21.66 24.81 28.23 31.95 35.96 40.27 44.90 49.84 55.11 60.70 66.64 72.91 79.53 86.50 93.82 101.51 109.55 117.96 § Inch. i Inch. I Inch. 0.40 0.57 0.79 1.04 1.34 1.68 2.08 2.52 3.02 3.58 4.20 4.88 5.62 6.08 6.75 7.45 8.17 8.91 9.69 10.48 11.29 12.13 12.98 13.85 14.74 15.64 16.56 17.49 18.44 19.40 20.37 21.35 22.34 0.45 0.66 0.92 1.23 1.59 2.02 2.52 3.08 3.71 4.42 5.20 6.06 7.01 7.70 8.57 9.48 10.42 11.40 12.41 13.46 14.53 15.63 16.75 17.90 19.07 20.27 21.48 22.71 23.97 25.23 26.52 27.82 29.13 I Inch. 0.71 1.00 1.36 1.78 2.28 2.86 3.52 4.27 5.10 6.04 7.07 8.20 9.12 10.19 11.30 12.46 13.66 14.91 16.19 17.51 18.87 20.26 21.68 23.13 24.61 26.11 27.64 29.19 30.77 32.36 33.98 35.61 1.05 1.44 1.91 2.47 3.12 3.86 4.71 5.66 6.72 7.90 9.20 10.37 11.62 12.93 14.29 15.70 17.17 18.69 20.25 21.86 23.50 25.19 26.91 28.67 30.46 32.28 34.13 36.00 37.90 39.83 41.77 Inch. 1.49 2.00 2.60 3.30 4.12 5.05 6.10 7.28 8.59 10.03 11.46 12.88 14.37 15.92 17.54 19.22 20.96 22.76 24.60 26.50 28.45 30.43 32.46 34.53 36.63 38.77 40.94 43.14 45.38 47.63 1 Inch. 2.05 2.68 3.43 4.30 5.31 6.44 7.72 9.14 10.72 12.40 13.97 15.63 17.37 19.18 21.07 23.02 25.04 27.12 29.26 31.45 33.70 35.99 38.33 40.71 43.14 45.60 48.10 50.63 53.20 U Inch 2.73 3.52 4.43 5.49 6.70 8.06 9.58 11.28 13.19 14.92 16.74 18.65 20.64 22.72 24.88 27.12 29.42 31.79 34.23 36.72 39.27 41.87 44.53 47.23 49.98 52.77 55.60 58.46 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 14, 1863. 437 Cast-iron 13 feet long. if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings. Diameter of I'illar outside. Inches. 2 93 3 H 31 3| 4 5i Of 6 6| 7 H n 8f Jf 10 4 Inch. 3.57 4.52 5.62 6.89 8.32 9.92 11.72 13.86 15.72 17.69 19.76 21.93 24.20 26.55 28.99 31..^0 34.10 36.77 39.50 42.30 45.17 48.09 51.06 54.08 57.16 60.28 63.44 1| Inch. 4.57 5.71 7.02 8.50 10.18 12.06 14.41 16.40 18.51 20.73 23.06 25.49 28.03 30.66 33.39 36.20 39.09 42.06 45.10 48.22 51.39 54.63 57.93 61.28 64.68 68.14 l^Inch. 1 1 Inch. 5.76 7.10 8.63 10.37 12.31 14.87 16.97 19.20 21.55 24.03 26.63 29.34 32.16 35.08 38.10 41.21 44.40 47.68 51.03 54.46 57.96 61.52 65.14 68.82 72.56 1| Inch. 1 1 Inch. 7.15 8.72 10.50 12.50 15.23 17.43 19.77 22.26 24.87 27.62 30.50 33.49 36.59 39.81 43.12 46.53 50.03 53.62 57.29 61.04 64.86 68.75 72.70 76.71 8.77 10.58 12.63 15.52 17.80 20.25 22.84 25.59 28.48 31.50 34.66 37.94 41.34 44.85 48.46 52.18 56.00 59.90 63.89 67.96 72.11 76.33 80.61 2 Inch. 10.63 12.72 15.73 18.09 20.63 23.33 26.19 29.21 32.37 35.68 39.12 42.70 46.39 50.21 54.13 58.16 62.29 66.52 70.83 75.23 79.70 84.26 12.77 15.89 18.32 20.93 23.72 26.69 29.82 33.11 36.56 40.16 43.90 47.77 51.77 55.89 60.13 64.48 68.93 73.48 78.12 82.85 87.66 VOL. VI. 48 438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weights, in ton's of 2,000 pounds, which they can support, ing columns, in which the thickness of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar Solid. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. I Inch. 1 Inch. li Inch. outside. Inches. 2 0.44 0.35 0.40 2i 0.66 0.51 0.58 0.63 n 0.96 0.69 0.81 0.88 0.93 n 1.35 0.91 1.08 1.19 1.27 1.31 3 1.84 1.18 1.40 1.57 1.68 1.76 1.80 31 2.45 1.48 1.78 2.01 2.17 2.29 2.36 2.41 3.^ 3.18 1.83 2.20 2.52 2.75 2.91 3.03 3.10 3| 4.07 2.22 2.71 3.10 3.40 3.63 3.79 3.91 4 5.11 2.67 3.27 3.76 4.15 4.45 4.68 4.84 H 6.34 3.16 3.90 4.50 4.99 5.38 5.68 5.81 41 7.77 3.70 4.58 5.32 5.93 6.42 6.80 7.11 4| 9.41 4.30 5.35 6.23 6.97 7.57 8.06 8.45 5 11.29 4.95 6.18 7.23 8.11 8.85 9.45 9.94 5i 13.43 5.66 7.09 8.31 9.36 10.24 10.98 11.59 51 15.84 6.43 8.07 9.50 10.73 11.77 12.66 13.39 of 19.63 6.82 8.68 10.34 11.82 13.12 14.27 15.26 6 22.51 7.50 9.56 11.42 13.09 14.57 15.88 17.04 6t 25.65 8.20 10.48 12.55 14.41 16.08 17.58 18.90 6.1 29.07 8.93 11.43 13.71 15.79 17.66 19.34 20.84 6| 32.77 9.68 12.41 14.92 17.21 19.29 21.17 22.86 7 36.75 10.45 13.43 16.17 18.68 20.98 23.07 24.96 7^ 41.02 11.24 14.47 17.45 20.20 22.72 25.03 27.13 7.i 45.60 12.05 15.53 18.77 21.76 24.52 27.05 29.37 7| 50.49 12.88 16.63 20.12 23.36 26.36 29.13 31.67 8 55.69 13.72 17.75 21.50 25.00 28.25 31.26 34.04 H 61.22 14.59 18.88 22.91 26.67 30.18 33.44 36.46 81 67.07 15.47 20.05 24.35 28.38 32.15 35.67 38.94 8| 73.25 16.36 21.23 25.81 30.12 34.17 37.95 41.48 9 79.77 17.27 22.43 27.30 31.90 36.22 40.27 44.06 9t 86.63 18.19 23.65 28.82 33.70 38.30 42.63 46.69 91 93.84 19.13 24.89 30.35 35.53 40.42 45.03 49.37 i)| 101.40 20.07 26.14 31.91 37.38 42.57 47.46 52.09 10 109.31 21.03 27.41 33.49 39.26 44.74 49.94 54.85 OP ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY U, 1865. 489 Cast-iron V^ feet long. if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the re spective leadings. Diameter of I'ilhir outside. 1| Inch. 1 1 Inch. 1^ Inch. 1§ Inch. 1| Inch. 1 1 Inch. 2 Inch. Inches. 2 2| 3 H H 3.15 H 3.98 4.03 4 4.96 5.03 5.08 H 6.07 6.19 6.26 6.31 H 7.33 7.50 7.61 7.69 7.73 4| 8.75 8.98 9.14 9.26 9.33 9.39 5 10.33 10.63 10.86 11.02 11.14 11.21 11.26 51 12.08 12.46 12.77 12.99 13.16 13.27 13.35 oi 14.00 14.49 14.88 15.18 15.40 15.57 15.68 5| 16.12 16.85 17.46 17.98 18.40 18.73 19.00 6 18.04 18.91 19.65 20.28 20.80 21.23 21.57 6^ 20.06 21.07 21.95 22.70 23.34 23.87 24.31 6J- 22.17 23.35 24.37 25.26 26.02 26.67 27.22 6| 24.37 25.72 26.90 27.94 28.84 29.62 30.28 7 26.66 28.19 29.54 30.74 31.79 32.70 33.50 n 29.03 30.74 32.28 33.67 34.86 35.93 36.86 7:^ 31.48 33.39 35.12 36.67 38.05 39.28 40.36 7! 34.00 36.12 38.05 39.79 41.36 42.76 44.00 8 36.59 38.93 41.07 43.01 44.77 46.35 47.76 ^i 39.25 41.82 44.18 46.33 48.29 50.06 51.66 8^ 41.98 44.78 47.36 49.73 51.90 53.87 55.66 82- 44.76 47.81 50.62 53.22 55.61 57.79 59.79 0 47.60 50.90 53.96 56.79 59.41 61.81 64.02 9i 50.50 54.05 57.36 60.44 63.29 65.92 68.35 9i 53.44 57.26 60.83 64.16 67.25 70.12 72.77 9i 56.44 60.53 64.36 67.95 71.29 74.40 77.29 10 59.48 63.85 67.95 71.80 75.40 78.77 81.90 440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weights, in tons of 2,000 pounds, which they can support, ing columns, in which the thickness of the iron is given in Diameter of I'illar outside. Solid. i Inch. ^ Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. I Inch. 1 Inch. 1 1 Inch. Inches. 2 0.39 0.32 0.36 n 0.59 0.45 0.52 0.56 H 0.86 0.62 0.72 0.78 0.82 93 1.20 0.81 0.96 1.06 1.13 1.17 3 1.64 1.05 1.25 1.40 1.50 1.56 1.60 3^ 2.18 1.32 1.59 1.79 1.93 2.04 2.10 2.14 H 2.83 1.63 1.97 2.24 2.44 2.59 2.69 2.76 3| 3.62 1.98 2.41 2.76 3.03 3.23 3.38 3.48 4 4.55 2.37 2.91 3.35 3.69 3.96 4.16 4.31 ^ 5.64 2.81 3.46 4.00 4.44 4.78 5.05 5.25 H 6.91 3.29 4.08 4.73 5.27 5.71 6.05 6.32 ^ 8.37 3.82 4.75 5.54 6.20 6.73 7.17 7.51 5 10.04 4.40 5.50 6.43 7.21 7.87 8.41 8.84 ^h 11.94 5.03 6.30 7.39 8.33 9.11 9.77 10.30 5i 14.09 5.72 7.18 8.45 9.54 10.47 11.26 11.91 5| 16.50 6.45 8.12 9.59 10.86 11.95 12.88 13.66 6 19.19 7.24 9.14 10.81 12.28 13.55 14.64 15.57 H 23.41 7.57 9.66 11.55 13.26 14.79 16.15 17.35 H 26.56 8.25 10.55 12.65 14.55 16.27 17.80 19.17 6i 29.97 8.95 11.48 13.79 15.89 17.80 19.52 21.07 7 33.65 9.68 12.43 14.96 17.28 19.39 21.31 23.04 7i 37.62 10.43 13.42 16.18 18.71 21.03 23.15 25.08 7J- 41.86 11.20 14.43 17.42 20.19 22.73 25.06 27.19 7| 46.41 11.99 15.47 18.71 21.71 24.48 27.03 29.37 8 51.25 12.80 16.53 20.02 23.26 26.27 29.05 31.61 8i 56.40 13.62 17.62 21.36 24.86 28.11 31.12 33.91 8i 61.86 14.46 18.73 22.74 26.49 29.99 33.25 36.27 8| 67.63 15.32 19.86 24.14 28.15 31.91 35.42 38.69 9 73.74 16.19 21.02 25.57 29.85 33.87 37.63 41.15 9i 80.17 1708 22.19 27.02 31.58 35.87 39.89 43.67 9i 86.93 17.98 23.38 28.50 33.33 37.90 42.20 46.24 9f 94.04 18.89 24.59 30.00 35.12 39.96 44.54 48.85 10 101.48 19.82 25.81 31.52 36.93 42.06 46.91 51.50 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 441 Cast-iron 15 feet long. if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings. Diameter of Pillar outsiJe. U Inch. 1 finch. l^Inch. 1| Inch. 1| Inch. 1| Inch. 2 Inch. Inches. 2 2^ n 3 • H H 2.80 H 3.54 3.58 4 4.41 4.48 4.52 H 5.40 5.50 5.57 5.61 H 6.52 6.67 6.77 6.84 6.88 H 7.78 7.98 8.13 8.23 8.30 8.34 5 9.19 9.45 9.66 9.80 9.90 9.97 10.01 5^ 10.74 11.09 11.35 11.55 11.70 11.80 11.87 0.1 12.45 12.88 13.23 13.50 13.70 13.85 13.95 51 14.32 14.86 15.29 15.64 15.91 16.11 16.25 6 16.35 17.01 17.55 17.98 18.33 18.60 18.80 6^ 18.41 19.33 20.12 20.80 21.37 21.84 22.24 61 20.38 21.45 22.37 23.18 23.86 24.45 24.93 6| 22.44 23.66 24.74 25.68 26.49 27.19 27.78 .7 24.59 25.98 27.21 28.30 29.25 30.07 30.78 7i 26.82 28.38 29.78 31.03 32.12 33.09 33.92 7^ 29.12 30.87 32.45 33.86 35.12 36.23 37.21 ^ 31.51 33.45 35.21 36.80 38.23 39.50 40.62 8 33.96 36.11 38.07 39.84 41.45 42.89 44.17 8i 36.48 38.85 41.01 42.98 44.77 46.39 47.84 8i 39.07 41.66 44.03 46.21 48.19 50.00 51.63 8| 41.72 44.54 47.13 49.52 51.71 53.72 55.54 9 44.43 47.48 50.31 52.92 55.33 57.53 59.55 9^ 47.20 50.49 53.56 56.40 59.02 61.45 63.67 91 50.02 53.57 56.87 59.95 62.81 65.45 67.89 9J 52.90 56.70 60.25 63.58 66.67 69.54 72.20 10 55.82 59.88 63.70 67.27 70.61 73.72 76.61 442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weights, in tons of 2,000 pounds, which they can support, ing columns, i n which the tliicknes 5S of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar outside. Solid. 1 Inch. ^ Inch. g Inch. I Inch. i Inch. 1 Inch. I i Inch. Inches. 2 0.35 0.28 0.32 2^ 0.53 0.40 0.46 0.50 n 0.77 0.55 0.64 0.70 0.74 n 1.08 0.73 0.86 0.95 1.01 1.05 3 1.47 0.94 1.12 1.25 1.34 1.40 1.44 3i 1.95 1.18 1.42 1.60 1.73 1.82 1.88 1.92 H 2.54 1.46 1.77 2.01 2.19 2.32 2.41 2.47 3f 3.24 1.77 2.16 2.47 2.71 2.89 3.02 3.12 4 4.08 2.13 2.61 3.00 3.31 3.55 3.73 3.86 4i 5.05 2.52 3.10 3.59 3.98 4.29 4.53 4.71 4.; 6.19 2.95 3.65 5.24 4.72 5.11 5.42 5.66 4| 7.50 3.43 4.26 4.96 5.55 6.03 6.42 6.73 5 9.00 3.95 4.92 5.76 6.46 7.05 7.53 7.92 5^ 10.70 4.51 5.65 6.63 7.46 8.16 8.75 9.23 5^ 12.G2 5.12 6.43 7.57 8.55 9.38 10.09 10.67 5| 14.78 5.78 7.28 8.59 9.73 10.71 11.54 12.24 6 17.19 6.49 8.19 9.69 11.00 12.14 13.12 13.95 H 19.87 7.25 9.17 10.87 12.37 13.68 14.82 15.80 H 24.35 7.64 9.77 11.70 13.45 15.02 16.43 17.68 6| 27.51 8.30 10.64 12.77 14.71 16.47 18.05 19.46 7 30.92 8.99 11.54 13.88 16.02 17.96 19.72 21.31 7i 34.60 9.70 12.47 15.03 17.37 19.51 21.47 23.24 7^ 38.55 10.43 13.43 16.21 18.77 21.12 23.27 25.23 7| 42.78 11.18 14.42 17.42 20.21 22.77 25.13 27.29 8 47.29 11.95 15.43 18.67 21.68 24.47 27.04 29.41 8^ 52.10 12.74 16.47 19.95 23.20 26.22 29.01 31.60 84- 57.20 13.54 17.53 21.26 24.75 28.01 31.03 33.84 8| 62.61 14.36 18.61 22.60 26.34 29.84 33.10 36.14 9 68.32 15.20 19.71 23.97 27.97 31.71 35.22 38.49 ^i 74.36 16.05 20.84 25.36 29.62 33.63 37.38 40.90 9i 80.71 16.91 21.98 26.78 31.31 35.57 39.59 43.35 9| 87.39 17.79 23.14 28.22 33.02 37.56 41.83 45.86 10 94.40 18.68 24.33 29.68 34.76 39.57 44.12 48.40 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY U, 1865. 443 Cast-iron 1 6 feet long. if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings. Diameter of I'illar outside. 1^ Inch. 1 i Inch. 1 J Inch. 1 % Inch. 1| Inch. 15 Inch. 2 Inch. Inches. 2 2i n 2| 3 '. 3^- 2.51 3f 3.18 3.21 4 3.95 4.01 4.05 4i 4.84 4.93 4.99 5.02 4:^ 5.84 5.97 6.07 6.13 6.16 4| 6.97 7.15 7.29 7.38 7.44 7.47 5 8.23 8.47 8.65 8.78 8.87 8.93 8.97 b\ 9.62 9.93 10.17 10.35 10.49 10.58 10.64 5i 11.16 11.55 11.86 12.10 12.28 12.41 12.50 5f 12.83 13.31 13.70 14.01 14.25 14.43 14.57 6 14.66 15.24 15.72 16.11 16.42 16.66 16.84 6i 16.63 17.34 17.92 18.41 18.80 19.11 19.34 6^ 18.79 19.76 20.61 21.33 21.95 22.48 22.91 6| 20.72 21.84 22.82 23.67 24.41 25.04 25.57 7 22.74 24.01 25.13 26.12 26.98 27.73 28.37 7i 24.83 26.27 27.55 28.68 29.68 30.55 31.31 7i 27.01 28.61 30.06 31.35 32.49 33.51 34.39 7| 29.26 31.05 32.66 34.12 35.42 36.58 37.60 8 31.58 33.56 35.36 36.99 38.46 39.77 40.94 8i 33.97 36.15 38.14 39.96 41.60 43.08 44.41 8^ 36.43 38.82 41.01 43.01 44.84 46.50 47.99 8f 38.95 41.56 43.96 46.16 48.18 50.02 51.69 9 41.54 44.36 46.98 49.39 51.61 53.64 55.50 9i 44.18 47.24 50.08 52.71 55.13 57.37 59.41 9i: 46.88 50.17 53.24 56.10 58.74 61.18 63.43 9| 49.63 53.17 56.48 59.56 62.43 65.09 67.54 10 52.44 56.23 59.78 63.10 66.20 69.08 71.75 444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weights i, in tons of 2.000 poun ds, which they can support, ing columns, in whic h the thickness of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar Solid. 1 Inch. i Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. i Inch. 1 Inch. IS Inch. outside. Indies. 2 0.31 0.25 0.29 2\ 0.48 0.36 0.42 0.45 H 0.69 0.50 0.58 0.63 0.67 n 0.97 0.66 0.78 0.86 0.91 0.94 3 1.32 0.85 1.01 1.13 1.21 1.26 1.30 H 1.76 1.07 1.28 1.44 1.56 1.65 1.70 1.73 31 2.29 1.32 1.60 1.81 1.97 2.09 2.18 2.23 3| 2.92 1.60 1.95 2.23 2.45 2.61 2.73 2.81 4 3.68 1.92 2.35 2.70 2.98 3.20 3.36 3.48 H 4.56 2.27 2.80 3.24 3.59 3.87 4.08 4.25 H 5.58 2.66 3.30 3.83 4.26 4.61 4.89 5.11 4f 6.77 3.09 3.84 4.48 5.01 5.44 5.79 6.07- 5 8.12 3.56 4.44 5.19 5.83 6.36 6.79 7.15 H 9.65 4.07 5.09 5.98 6.73 7.36 7.89 8.33 54- 11.39 4.62 5.80 6.83 7.71 8.46 9.10 9.63 5t 13.33 5.21 6.57 7.75 8.77 9.66 10.41 11.04 6 15.51 5.85 7.39 8.74 9.92 10.95 11.83 12.58 6i 17.93 6.54 8.27 9.81 11.16 12.34 13.37 14.25 H 20.61 7.27 9.22 10.95 12.49 13.84 15.02 16.05 6| 23.56 8.05 10.23 12.t7 13.91 15.44 16.79 17.97 7 28.51 8.37 10.74 12.90 14.88 16.68 18.31 19.77 7i 31.93 9.04 11.62 13.99 16.16 18.14 19.95 21.58 n 35.61 9.73 12.53 15.11 17.48 19.66 21.65 23.46 n 39.55 10.45 13.46 16.26 18.84 21.22 23.41 25.41 8 43.76 11.18 14.42 17.45 20.25 22.84 25.23 27.42 8i 48.25 11.93 15.41 18.66 21.69 24.50 27.10 29.49 8Jr 53.03 12.69 16.42 19.91 23.17 26.20 29.02 31.62 8f 58.09 13.48 17.46 21.19 24.69 27.95 30.99 33.81 9 63.45 14.28 18.51 22.50 26.24 29.74 33.01 36.06 9^ 69.12 15.10 19.59 23.83 27.82 31.57 35.07 38.35 9.^ 75.09 15.93 20.69 25.19 29.44 33.43 37.19 40.70 9| 81.38 16.77 21.81 26.58 31.08 35.33 39.34 43.10 10 87.98 17.63 22.94 27.98 32.76 37.27 41.53 45.55 OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 445 Cast-iron 17 feet long. if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings. Diameter of Pillar outside. Inches. 2 24- H H 3| U A3 5f 6 6f 73 8 8^ 8f 10 1:^ Inch. If Inch. 2.26 2.86 3.56 4.36 5.27 6.29 7.43 8.68 10.06 11.57 13.22 15.00 16.93 19.00 21.08 23.05 25.10 27.23 29.42 31.69 34.03 36.43 38.89 41.41 43.99 46.63 49.32 2.90 3.62 4.45 5.39 6.45 7.64 8.96 10.42 12.01 13.75 15.64 17.68 19.88 22.24 24.37 26.58 28.88 31.25 33.71 36.24 38.84 41.52 44.26 47.06 49.93 52.85 Ij Inch. 3.65 4.50 5.47 6.57 7.80 9.18 10.69 12.36 14.18 16.17 18.32 20.64 23.27 25.54 27.91 30.37 32.91 35.55 38.27 41.07 43.94 46.89 49.92 53.01 56.17 1| Inch. 4.53 5.53 6.65 7.92 9.34 10.91 12.64 14.54 16.60 18.85 21.27 24.18 26.58 29.09 31.70 34.41 37.22 40.12 43.11 46.18 49.33 52.57 55.88 59.26 1| Inch. 5.56 6.71 8.01 9.46 11.07 12.86 14.82 16.95 19.28 21.80 24.97 27.50 30.14 32.90 35.76 38.73 41.80 44.97 48.23 51.58 55.02 58.54 62.14 15 Inch. 6.74 8.06 9.54 11.19 13.02 15.03 17.23 19.63 22.24 25.65 28.29 31.06 33.96 36.97 40.09 43.33 46.66 50.10 53.64 57.28 61.00 64.82 2 Inch. 8.09 9.59 11.27 13.14 15.19 17.45 19.91 22.59 26.23 28.98 31.87 34.89 38.04 41.31 44.70 48.20 51.81 55.53 59.36 63.28 67.30 VOL. VI. 49 446 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weights, in tons of 2,000 pounds, which they can support, ing columns, in which the thickness of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar outside. Solid. § Inch. i Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. J Inch. 1 Inch. IJ Inch. Inches. 2 0.28 0.23 0.26 2i 0.43 0.33 0.38 0.41 n 0.63 0.45 0.53 0.58 0.60 H 0.88 0.60 0.70 0.78 0.83 0.86 3 1.20 0.77 0.92 1.02 1.10 1.15 1.18 3i 1.60 0.97 1.16 1.31 1.42 1.49 1.54 1.57 3* 2.08 1.19 1.45 1.64 1.79 1.90 1.97 2.02 3-1 2.65 1.45 1.77 2.02 2.22 2.37 2.48 2.55 4 3.34 1.74 2.13 2.45 2.71 2.90 3.05 3.16 4i 4.14 2.06 2.54 2.94 3.26 3.51 3.70 3.85 H 5.07 2.41 2.99 3.47 3.87 4.19 4.44 4.64 4| 6.14 2.80 3.49 4.06 4.54 4.94 5.26 5.51 5 7.37 3.23 4.03 4.71 5.29 5.77 6.17 6.48 H 8.76 3.69 4.62 5,42 6.11 6.68 7.16 7.56 ^ 10.33 4.19 5.26 6.20 7.00 7.68 8.26 8.74 5t 12.10 4.73 5.96 7.03 7.96 8.76 9.45 10.02 6 14.07 5.31 6.71 7.93 9.00 9.94 10.74 11.42 6^ 16.27 5.93 7.51 8.90 10.13 11.20 12.13 12.93 ^ 18.70 6.60 8.36 9.94 11.33 12.56 13.63 14.56 H 21.38 7.31 -9.28 11.05 12.62 14.01 15.24 16.31 7 24.32 8.06 10.25 12.23 13.99 15.56 16.96 18.18 n 29.55 8.44 10.84 13.05 15.07 16.91 18.58 20.09 n 32.98 9.10 11.70 14.11 16.32 18.34 20.19 21.86 7f 36.66 9.78 12.59 15.20 17.61 19.82 21.85 23.71 8 40.60 10.47 13.51 16.33 18.94 21.35 23.57 25.61 8i 44.81 11.19 14.45 17.49 20.31 22.93 25.35 27.58 8^ 49.28 11.92 15.41 18.68 21.72 24.55 27.18 29.60 8f 54.03 12.67 16.40 19.90 23.17 26.22 29.06 31.69 9 59.07 13.44 17.41 21.15 24.65. 27.93 30.98 33.83 H 64.40 14.22 18.44 22.42 26.16 29.67 32.96 36.02 H 70.02 15.01 19.50 23.73 27.71 31.46 34.97 38.27 9| 75.94 15.83 20.57 25.06 29.29 33.28 37.04 40.56 10 82.17 16.65 21.66 26.41 30.90 35.14 39.14 42.90 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 44: Cast-iron 1 8 feet long;. if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective leadings. Diameter of l>illar outside. 1^ Inch. If Inch. IJ Inch. if Inch. 1| Inch. 15 Inch. 2 Inch. Inches. 2 n 3 2.05 3f 2.60 2.63 4 3.23 3.28 3.31 4i 3.96 4.03 4.08 4.11 ^ 4.78 4.89 4.97 5.01 5.04 ^ 5.71 5.86 5.96 6.04 6.09 6.12 5 6.74 6.93 7.08 7.19 7.26 7.31 7.34 H 7.88 8.13 8.33 8.48 8.58 8.66 8.71 ^ 9.13 9.45 9.70 9.90 10.05 10.16 10.23 5f 10.50 10.90 11.22 11.47 11.67 11.81 11.92 6 12.00 12.48 12.87 13.19 13.44 13.64 13.79 H 13.61 14.19 14.67 15.07 15.39 15.64 15.83 ^ 15.36 16.04 16.62 17.10 17.50 17.82 18.07 6| 17.24 18.04 18.73 19.30 19.78 20.18 20.50 7 19.26 20.19 20.99 21.67 22.25 22.73 23.12 n 21.45 22.66 23.74 24.70 25.54 26.27 26.90 n 23.38 24.75 25.97 27.06 28.03 28.87 29.61 n 25.39 26.92 28.29 29.53 30.62 31.60 32.46 8 27.47 29.17 30.70 32.09 33.33 34.44 35.42 8i 29.62 31.49 33.20 34.71 36.14 37.39 38.51 8^ 31.84 33.89 35.77 37.49 39.04 40.45 41.71 8f 34.12 36.37 38.43 40.32 42.05 43.61 45.03 9 36.47 38.91 41.17 43.24 45.14 46.88 48.46 n 38.87 41.53 43.98 46.25 48.33 50.25 51.99 H 41.34 44.20 46.86 49.33 51.61 53.71 55.63 H 43.86 46.94 49.82 52.49 54.97 57.26 59.37 10 46.44 49.75 52.84 55.73 58.41 60.90 63.21 448 PROCEBDINaS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weights , in tons of 2,000 pounds, which they can support, ing columns, in which the thickness of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar outside. Solid. f Inch. i Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. I Inch. 1 Inch. 1 J Inch. Inches. 2 0,2G 0.21 0.24 n 0.39 0.30 0.35 0.37 n 0.57 0.41 0.48 0.52 0.55 n 0.80 0.54 0.64 0.71 0.76 0.78 3 1.10 0.70 0.84 0.93 1.00 1.05 1.07 H 1.46 0.88 1.06 1.20 1.29 1.36 1.41 1.43 H 1.89 1.09 1.32 1.50 1.63 1.73 1.80 1.84 H 2.42 1.32 1.61 1.85 2.02 2.16 2.26 2.33 4 3.04 1.59 1.95 2.24 2.47 2.65 2.78 2.88 H 3.77 1.88 2.32 2.68 2.97 3.20 3.38 3.51 ^ 4.62 2.20 2.73 3.17 3.53 3.82 4.05 4.23 4f 5.60 2.56 3.18 3.71 4.14 4.50 4.80 5.03 5 6.72 2.95 3.68 4.30 4.83 5.26 5.62 5.91 H 7.99 3.37 4.22 4.95 5.57 6.10 6.53 6.89 H 9.43 3.82 4.80 5.65 6.38 7.01 7.53 7.97 of 11.04 4.32 5.44 6.41 7.26 7.99 8.62 9.14 6 12.84 4.85 6.12 7.24 8.21 9.06 9.79 10.42 6^ 14.84 5.41 6.85 8.12 9.24 10.22 11.06 11.80 6^ 17.06 6.02 7.63 9.06 10.34 11.45 12.43 13.28 6f 19.50 6.66 8.46 10.07 11.51 12.78 13.90 14.88 7 22.19 7.35 9.35 11.15 12.76 14.20 15.47 16.59 n 25.13 8.08 10.29 12.29 14.09 15.71 17.14 18.41 n 28.35 8.84 11.29 13.51 15.51 17.31 18.92 20.35 7f 34.08 9.16 11.80 14.24 16.48 18.55 20.44 22.16 8 37.77 9.83 12.67 15.31 17.75 20.00 22.07 23.97 H 41.71 10.51 13.57 16.41 19.05 21.50 23.76 25.83 8i 45.91 11.21 14.49 17.55 20.40 23.04 25.50 27.76 8f 50.37 11.92 15.43 18.71 21.78 24.63 27.28 29.74 9 55.11 12.66 16.39 19.90 23.19 26.26 29.12 31.78 9i 60.12 13.41 17.38 21.12 24.64 27.93 31.01 33.88 9^ 65.42 14.17 18.39 22.37 26.12 29.64 32.94 36.02 n 71.00 14.95 19.42 23.65 27.63 31.39 34.91 38.22 10 76.88 15.75 20.47 24.95 29.18 33.17 36.93 40.46 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY H, 1865. 449 Cast-iron t9 feet long-. if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings. Diameter of Pillar outside. 14 Inch. II Inch. IJ Inch. 1| Inch. 11 Inch. IJ Inch. 2 Inch. Inches. 2 93 3 H H 3f 4i ^ 5i 64 6| 7f 8 Si 8f 9i Q3 10 1.87 2.37 2.95 3.61 4.36 5.21 6.15 7.19 8.33 9.58 10.94 12.42 14.01 15.73 17.56 19.53 21.63 23.73 25.70 27.74 29.84 32.02 34.25 36.55 38.90 41.31 43.78 2.40 2.99 3.68 4.46 5.34 6.32 7.42 8.62 9.94 11.38 12.94 14.64 16.46 18.41 20.51 22.74 25.14 27.27 29.48 31.76 34.11 36.53 39.02 41.58 44.20 46.88 3.02 3.72 4.53 5.44 6.46 7.60 8.85 10.23 11.74 13.38 15.16 17.08 19.14 21.36 23.72 2(3.42 28.70 31.06 33.50 36.03 38.63 41.31 44.06 46.88 49.78 3.75 4.57 0.51 6.56 7.73 9.03 10.46 12.03 13.74 15.60 17.61 19.77 22.09 24.57 27.56 29.98 32.49 35.09 37.79 40.56 43.42 46.36 49.38 52.47 4.60 5.55 6.63 7.83 9.17 10.64 12.26 14.03 15.96 18.04 20.29 22.71 25.30 28.57 31.13 33.78 36.54 39.39 42.33 45.36 48.48 51.69 54.98 5.58 6.67 7.90 9.26 10.78 12.44 14.26 16.25 18.40 20.73 23.24 25.93 29.47 32.15 34.94 37.84 40.84 43.94 47.14 50.44 53.82 57.30 6.70 7.94 9.33 10.87 12.58 14.44 16.48 18.70 21.09 23.68 26.45 30.26 33.06 35.97 39.00 42.15 45.40 48.76 52.23 55.79 59.45 450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weights , in tons of 2,000 pounds, which they can support, ing coliiinns, in which the 1 thickness of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar Solid. 1 Inch. i Inch. finch. 1 Inch. 5 Inch. 1 Inch. IJ Inch. outside. Inches. 2 0.24 0.19 0.22 n 0.36 0.28 0.32 0.34 n 0.53 0.38 0.44 0.48 0.51 2f 0.74 0.50 0.59 0.65 0.69 0.72 3 1.00 0.64 0.77 0.86 0.92 0.96 0.98 H 1.33 0.81 0.97 1.10 1.19 1.25 1.29 1:31 H 1.74 1.00 1.21 1.37 1.50 1.59 1.65 1.69 H 2.22 1.21 1.48 1.69 1.86 1.98 2.07 2.13 4 2.79 1.45 1.78 2.05 2.26 2.43 2.55 2.64 H 3.46 1.72 2.12 2.45 2.72 2.93 3.10 3.22 U 4.24 2.02 2.50 2.90 3.23 3.50 3.71 3.88 4 5.13 2.34 2.92 3.40 3.80 4.13 4.40 4.61 5 6.16 2.70 3.37 3.94 4.42 4.82 5.15 5.42 51 7.32 3.09 3.86 4.53 5.11 5.59 5.99 6.32 H 8.64 3.51 4.40 5.18 5.85 6.42 6.90 7.30 5f 10.12 3.96 4.98 5.88 6.66 7.33 7.90 8.38 6 11.77 4.44 5.61 6.63 7.53 8.31 8.98 9.55 H 13.60 4.96 6.28 7,44 8.47 9.36 10.14 10.81 * 15.63 5.52 6.99 8.31 9.47 10.50 11.39 12.17 6f 17.87 6.11 7.76 9.23 10.55 11.71 12.74 13.64 7 20.34 6.74 8.57 10.22 11.70 13.01 14.18 15.20 7i 23.03 7.40 9.43 11.27 12.92 14.39 15.71 16.87 7^ 25.98 8.11 10.35 12.38 14.21 15.86 17.34 18.66 7| 29.19 8.85 11.31 13.55 15.59 17.42 19.07 20.55 8 32.67 9.63 12.33 14.80 17.04 19.07 20.90 22.55 8i 38.92 9.89 12.76 15.43 17.90 20.19 22.30 24.24 4 8J- 42.87 10.55 ' 13.63 16.51 19.18 21.66 23.96 26.08 • 8f 47.07 11.24 14.53 17.62 20.50 23.18 25.66 27.96 9 51.53 11.94 15.46 18.76 21.85 24.73 27.42 29.91 9i 56.25 12.66 16.41 19.93 23.23 26.33 29.22 31.91 9^ 61.24 13.39 17.37 21.12 24.65 27.96 31.06 33.96 9| 66.52 14.14 18.36 22.35 26.10 29.64 32.95 36.06 10 72.07 14.90 19.37 23.59 27.58 31.35 34.88 38.21 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 451 Cast-iron 20 feet long: if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings. Diameter of Pillar outside. Inches. 2 2^ 2| 4f 6i 6f 8f 91 n 10 1| Inch. 1.72 2.17 2.70 3.31 4.00 4.77 5.63 6.59 7.63 8.78 10.03 11.38 12.84 14.41 16.10 17.90 19.82 21.86 24.03 26.02 28.02 30.09 32.22 34.41 36.66 38.96 41.32 1 1 Inch. 2.20 2.74 3.37 4.09 4.90 5.80 6.80 7.90 9.11 10.43 11.86 13.41 15.08 16.88 18.80 20.85 23.03 25.34 27.64 29.81 32.04 34.35 36.72 39.16 41.67 44.23 IJ Inch. 2.77 3.41 4.15 4.99 5.92 6.96 8.11 9.38 10.76 12.27 13.90 15.65 17.55 19.57 21.74 24.05 26.51 29.11 31.43 33.83 36.31 38.86 41.49 44.18 46.95 If Inch. 3.44 4.19 5.05 6.01 7.09 8.28 9.59 11.03 12.60 14.30 16.14 18.12 20.24 22.52 24.95 27.53 30.44 32.91 35.47 38.11 40.84 43.64 46.52 49.48 1| Inch. 1 1 Inch. 4.22 5.09 6.07 7.18 8.40 9.75 11.24 12.86 14.63 16.54 18.60 20.82 23.19 25.73 28.43 31.64 34.25 36.96 39.76 42.65 45.62 48.68 51.82 2 Inch. 5.11 6.11 7.24 8.49 9.88 11.40 13.07 14.89 16.87 19.00 21.30 23.76 26.40 29.21 32.72 35.46 38.31 41.26 44.30 47.44 50.67 53.99 6.14 7.28 8.55 9.97 11.53 13.24 15.11 17.13 19.33 21.70 24.24 26.97 29.88 33.67 36.54 39.53 42.62 45.81 49.11 52.50 56.00 452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weights 3, in tons of 2,000 pounds, which they can support, ing columns, ] in which the thickness of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar outside. Solid. 1 Inch. ^ Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. I Inch. 1 Inch. I J Inch. Inches. 2 0.22 0.18 0.20 2^ 0.33 0.25 0.29 0.31 2^ 0.48 0.35 0.40 0.44 0.46 n 0.68 0.46 0.54 0.60 0.64 0.66 3 0.92 0.59 0.71 0.79 0.85 0.88 0.91 H 1.23 0.74 0.89 1.01 1.09 1.15 1.19 1.21 U 1.60 0.92 1.11 1.26 1.38 1.46 1.52 1.56 3f 2.04 1.12 1.36 1.56 1.71 1.82 1.90 1.96 4 2.57 1.34 1.64 1.89 2.08 2.23 2.35 2.43 4i 3.18 1.59 1.96 2.26 2.50 2.70 2.85 2.96 4^ 3.90 1.86 2.30 2.67 2.97 3.22 3.42 3.57 4| 4.72 2.16 2.68 3.13 3.50 3.80 4.05 4.24 5 5.67 2.48 3.10 3.63 4.07 4.44 4.74 4.99 5i 6.74 2.84 3.56 4.17 4.70 5.14 5.51 5.82 H 7.95 3.23 4.05 4.77 5.38 5.91 6.35 6.72 5| 9.31 3.64 4.58 5.41 6.13 6.74 7.27 7.71 6 10.83 4.09 5.16 6.10 6.93 7.64 8.26 8.79 6^ 12.52 4.57 5.78 6.85 7.79 8.62 9.33 9.95 H 14.39 5.08 6.44 7.65 8.72 9.66 10.49 11.20 6f 16.45 5.62 7.14 8.50 9.71 10.78 11.72 12.55 7 18.72 6.20 7.89 9.41 10.77 11.98 13.05 13.99 7^ 21.20 6.81 8.68 10.37 11.89 13.25 14.46 15.53 7^ 23.91 7.46 9.52 11.39 13.08 14.60 15.96 17.17 7f 26.86 8.15 10.41 12.48 14.35 16.03 17.55 18.91 8 30.07 8.87 11.35 13.62 15.68 17.55 19.24 20.76 8i 35.54 9.63 12.34 14.82 17.09 19.15 21.02 22.71 H 40.12 • 9.95 12.85 15.56 18.07 20.40 22.55 24.53 8| 44.07 10.61 13.71 16.62 19.32 21.84 24.17 26.33 9 48.28 11.28 14.60 17.71 20.61 23.32 25.85 28.19 9i 52.73 11.96 15.50 18.82 21.94 24.85 27.57 30.09 9^ 57.45 12.67 16.43 19.97 23.30 26.41 29.33 32.05 9f. 62.43 13.39 17.38 21.14 24.69 28.02 31.14 34.06 10 67.68 14.12 18.35 22.34 26.11 29.66 32.99 36.12 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 45^ Cast-iron 21 feet long. if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings. Diameter of I'illar outside. Inches. 2 n 3 H 3^ 4 4i 4^ 4f 5 6 6| 7 7i 7^ 7f 8 8J 8^ 9 n 03 10 li Inch. 1.58 2.00 2.49 3.05 3.68 4.39 5.18 6.06 7.03 8.08 9.23 10.48 11.82 13.27 14.82 16.47 18.24 20.12 22.12 24.23 26.36 28.32 30.35 32.44 34.59 36.79 39.06 \% Inch. 2.02 2.53 3.10 3.76 4.51 5.34 6.26 7.27 8.38 9.60 10.92 12.35 13.88 15.53 17.30 19.19 21.19 23.33 25.59 28.02 30.15 32.35 34.61 36.94 39.34 41.79 1^ Inch. 2.55 3.14 3.82 4.59 5.45 6.41 7.47 8.63 9.90 11.29 12.79 14.41 16.15 18.02 20.01 22.14 24.40 26.80 29.54 31.83 34.19 36.62 39.12 41.70 44.34 If Inch. 3.16 3.86 4.65 5.53 6.52 7.62 8.83 10.15 11.59 13.16 14.85 16.68 18.63 20.73 22.96 25.34 27.87 30.92 33.36 35.87 38.46 41.14 43.89 46.71 1| Inch. 3.88 4.68 5.59 6.60 7.73 8.98 10.34 11.84 13.46 15.22 17.12 19.16 21.34 23.68 26.17 28.81 32.17 34.74 37.40 40.15 42.99 45.91 48.91 15 Inch. 4.71 5.63 6.66 7.81 9.09 10.50 12.03 13.71 15.52 17.49 19.60 21.87 24.30 26.88 29.64 33.30 36.00 38.80 41.70 44.69 47.77 50.95 2 Inch. 5.65 6.70 7.87 9.17 10.61 12.18 13.90 15.77 17.79 19.97 22.31 24.82 27.50 30.35 34.30 37.13 40.07 43.11 46.25 49.48 52.82 VOL. VI. 50 454 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weights, in tons of 2,000 pounds, which they can support, ing columns, in which the thickness of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar outside. Solid. 1 Inch. \ Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. I Inch. I Inch. IJ Inch. Inches. 2 0.20 0.16 0.19 n 0.31 0.23 0.27 0.29 u 0.45 0.32 0.37 0.41 0.43 2f 0.63 0.42 0.50 0.55 0.59 0.61 3 0.85 0.55 0.65 0.73 0.78 0.82 0.84 H 1.13 0.69 0.83 0.93 1.01 1.06 1.10 1.12 u 1.48 0.85 1.03 1.17 1.27 1.35 1.40 1.44 . 3f 1.89 1.03 1.26 1.44 1.58 1.68 1.76 1.81 4 2.37 1.24 1.52 1.74 1.92 2.06 2.18 2.25 H 2.94 1.46 1.81 2.09 2.31 2.49 2.63 2.74 44- 3.60 1.72 2.13 2.47 2.75 2.98 3.16 3.30 4 4.37 1.99 2.48 2.89 3.23 3.51 3.74 3.92 5 5.24 2.30 2.87 3.35 3.76 4.10 4.38 4.61 H 6.23 2.62 3.29 3.86 4.34 4.75 5.09 5.37 51 7.35 2.98 3.74 4.40 4.97 5.46 5.87 6.21 5| 8.60 3.36 4.24 5.00 5.66 6.23 6.72 7.13 6 10.01 3.78 4.77 5.64 6.40 7.06 7.63 8.12 H 11.57 4.22 5.34 6.33 7.20 7.96 8.62 9.19 ^ 13.29 4.69 5.95 7.07 8.06 8.93 9.69 10.35 6| 15.20 5.19 6.60 7.85 8.97 9.96 10.83 11.60 7 17.29 5.73 7.29 8.69 9.95 11.07 12.06 12.93 7i 19.59 6.29 8.02 9.58 10.99 12.24 13.36 14.35 7^ 22.09 6.89 8.80 10.53 12.09 13.49 14.75 15.86 7i 24.82 7.53 9.62 11.53 13.25 14.82 16.22 17.47 8 27.78 8.19 10.49 12.58 14.49 16.22 17.78 19.18 8i 30.99 8.90 11.40 13.69 15.79 17.70 19.42 20.98 ^ 34.45 9.63 12.36 14.86 17.16 19.25 21.16 22.89 8f 38.19 10.41 13.37 16.09 18.60 20.89 22.99 24.89 9 45.32 10.67 13.80 16.73 19.47 22.03 24.40 26.60 9i 49.53 11.32 14.67 17.80 20.74 23.49 26.05 28.43 9.^ 53.99 12.00 15.56 18.90 22.04 24.98 27.73 30.30 9| 58.70 12.69 16.46 20.02 23.37 26.52 29.47 32.22 10 63.68 13.39 17.40 21.17 24.74 28.09 31.24 34.20 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY U, 1865. 4.35 Cast-iron 22 feet long-. if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings. Diameter of Pillar outside. 1 i Inch. If Inch. l^Inch. 1 1 Inch. 1| Inch. Iflnch. 2 Inch. Inches. 2 2i 2* 2f 3 3^ 1.46 H 1.85 1.87 4 2.30 2.33 2.35 H 2.82 2.87 2.90 2.92 U 3.40 3.48 3.53 3.56 3.59 4f 4.06 4.16 4.24 4.29 4.33 4.35 5 4.79 4.93 5.04 5.11 5.16 5.20 5.22 5i 5.60 5.78 5.92 6.03 6.10 6.16 6.19 5^ 6.49 6.72 6.90 7.04 7.14 7.22 7.27 5f 7.47 7.75 7.97 8.15 8.29 8.40 8.48 6 8.53 8.87 9.15 9.38 9.56 9.70 9.80 H 9.68 10.09 10.43 10.71 10.94 11.12 11.26 H 10.92 11.41 11.82 12.16 12.44 12.67 12.85 H 12.26 12.83 13.31 13.72 14.06 14.34 14.57 7 13.69 14.35 14.92 15.41 15.82 16.16 16.44 7i 15.22 15.98 16.65 17.22 17.70 18.11 18.45 7^ 16.86 17.73 18.49 19.15 19.72 20.21 20.62 7f 18.59 19.58 20.45 21.22 21.88 22.45 22.93 8 20.44 21.55 22.54 23.42 24.18 24.84 25.41 8i 22.39 23.64 24.76 25.75 26.62 27.39 28.05 8^ 24.45 25.85 27.11 28.22 29.22 30.09 30.85 8f 26.62 28.18 29.58 30.84 31.96 32.95 33.82 9 28.64 30.51 32.23 33.81 35.25 36.55 37.73 9i 30.63 32.67 34.55 36.28 37.87 39.31 40.63 9Jr 32.68 34.90 36.95 38.83 40.57 42.16 43.62 n 34.79 37.19 39.41 41.46 43.36 45.11 46.71 10 36.96 39.54 41.94 44.17 46.23 48.14 49.89 456 PROCEEDINGS ©F THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weights, in tons of 2,000 pounds, which they can support, ing columns, in whicli the thickness of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar outside. Solid. 1 Inch. i Inch. % Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. I J- Inch. Inches. 2 0.19 0.15 0.17 2f 0.29 0.22 0.25 0.27 U 0.41 0.30 0.35 0.38 0.40 n 0.58 0.39 0.46 0.51 0.55 0.57 3 0.79 0.51 0.60 0.67 0.72 0.76 0.78 H 1.05 0.64 0.77 0.86 0.93 0.98 1.02 1.04 H 1.37 0.79 0.95 1.08 1.18 1.25 1.30 1.33 3f 1.75 0.96 1.17 1.33 1.46 1.56 1.63 1.68 4 2.20 1.15 1.41 1.62 1.78 1.91 2.01 2.08 41 2.73 1.36 1.67 1.93 2.14 2.31 2.44 2.54 4^ 3.34 1.59 1.97 2.29 2.55 2.76 2.93 3.06 4| 4.05 1.85 2.30 2.68 3.00 3.26 3.47 3.63 5 4.86 2.13 2.66 3.11 3.49 3.80 4.06 4.27 H b.ll 2.43 3.05 3.58 4.03 4.41 4.72 4.98 H 6.81 2.76 3.47 4.08 4.61 5.06 5.44 5.76 5f 7.98 3.12 3.93 4.63 5.25 5.78 6.23 6.61 6 9.28 3.50 4.42 5.23 5.94 6.55 7.08 7.53 H 10.72 3.91 4.95 5.87 6.68 7.38 8.00 8.52 H 12.33 4.35 5.51 6.55 7.47 8.28 8.98 9.60 6f 14.09 4.82 6.12 7.28 8.32 9.24 10.04 10.75 7 16.03 5.31 6.76 8.06 9.22 10.26 11.18 11.99 n 18.16 5.84 7.44 8.88 10.19 11.35 12.39 13.31 7i 20.49 6.39 8.16 9.76 11.21 12.51 13.67 14.71 7f 23.01 6.98 8.92 10.69 12.29 13.74 15.04 16.20 8 25.76 7.60 9.72 11.67 13.43 15.03 16.48 17.78 8i 28.73 8.25 10.57 12.70 14.64 16.41 18.01 19.46 8^ 31.95 8.93 fl.46 13.78 15.91 17.85 19.62 21.22 8| 35.41 9.65 12.39 14.92 17.25 19.37 21.31 23.08 9 39.13 10.40 13.37 16.12 18.65 20.97 ' 23.10 25.04 n 46.61 10.73 13.89 16.86 19.64 22.23 24.64 26.89 H 50.83 11.38 14.75 17.91 20.88 23.66 26.26 28.68 n 55.30 12.04 15.62 18.99 22.16 25.13 27.92 30.52 10 60.01 12.72 16.51 20.09 23.47 26.64 29.62 32.41 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 457 Cast-iron 23 feet long-. if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings. Diameter of Pillar outside. li.Inch. 1| Inch. 1 J Inch. 1 1 Inch. 1| Inch. 1 5 Inch. 2 Inch. Inches. 2 2i 2i 2| 3 « 1.85 H 1.71 1.73 4 2.13 2.16 2.18 H 2.61 2.66 2.69 2.71 H 3.15 3.22 3.27 3.31 3.32 4f 3.76 3.86 3.93 3.98 4.01 4.03 5 4.44 4.57 4.67 4.74 4.79 4.82 4.84 H 5.19 5.36 5.49 5.59 5.66 5.71 5.74 H 6.02 6.23 6.40 6.53 6.62 6.69 6.74 5| 6.92 7.18 7.39 7.56 7.69 7.79 7.86 6 7.91 8.22 8.48 8.69 8.86 8.99 9.09 6^ 8.97 9.35 9.67 9.93 10.14 10.31 10.44 H 10.13 10.58 10.96 11.27 11.53 11.74 11.91 6f 11.37 11.89 12.34 12.72 13.04 13.30 13.51 7 12.69 13.31 13.84 14.29 14.67 14.98 15.24 7i 14.11 14.82 15.43 15.96 16.41 16.79 17.11 7^ 15.63 16.44 17.14 17.76 18.29 18.74 19.12 7f 17.24 18.16 18.97 19.67 20.29 20.81 21.26 8 18.95 19.98 20.90 21.71 22.42 23.03 23.56 8i 20.76 21.92 22.96 23.88 24.68 25.39 26.01 H 22.67 23.97 25.13 26.17 27.09 27.90 28:60 8a 24.68 26.13 27.43 28.60 29.63 30.55 31.36 9 26.81 28.41 29.85 31.16 32.32 33.36 34.28 9i 28.96 30.88 32.65 34.28 35.76 37.12 38.35 9i 30.93 33.01 *34.94 36.71 38.34 39.84 41.20 9| 32.94 35.20 37.29 39.22 41.01 42.65 44.15 10 35.02 37.45 39.71 41.81 43.75 45.54 47.19 458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weights 5, in tons of 2,000 pounds, which they can support, ing columns, in which the thickness of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar outside. Solid. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. I Inch. I Inch. U Inch. Inches. 2 0.17 0.14 0.16 21- 0.26 0.20 0.23 0.25* ^ 0.39 0.28 0.32 0.35 0.37 2f 0.54 0.37 0.43 0.48 0.51 0.53 3 0.74 0.47 0.56 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.72 H 0.98 0.59 0.71 0.80 0.87 0.92 0.95 0.96 U 1.27 0.73 0.89 1.01 1.10 1.16 1.21 1.24 H 1.63 0.89 1.09 1.24 1.36 1.45 1.52 1.56 4 2.05 1.07 1.31 1.50 1.66 1.78 1.87 1.94 4|- 2.54 1.26 1.56 1.80 2.00 2.15 2.27 2.36 4.1 3.11 1.48 1.83 2.13 2.37 2.57 2.72 2.84 4f 3.76 1.72 2.14 2.49 2.79 3.03 3.22 3.38 5 4.52 1.98 2.47 2.89 3.24 3.54 3.78 3.98 H 5.37 2.26 2.83 3.33 3.74 4.10 4.39 4.63 5i 6.34 2.57 3.23 3.80 4.29 4.71 5.06 5.36 H 7.42 2.90 3.65 4.31 4.88 5.37 5.79 6.15 6 8.63 3.26 4.11 4.86 5.52 6.09 6.58 7.00 ^ 9.97 3.64 4.60 5.46 6.21 6.87 7.44 7.93 H 11.47 4.05 5.13 6.09 6.95 7.70 8.36 8.93 n 13.11 4.48 5.69 6.77 7.74 8.59 9.34 10.00 7 14.92 4.94 6.29 7.50 8.58 9.54 10.40 11.15 7i 16.89 5.43 6.92 8.27 9.48 10.56 11.52 12.38 7i 19.05 5.95 7.59 9.08 10.43 11.64 12.72 13.68 7| 21.41 6.49 8.30 9.94 11.43 12.78 13.99 15.07 8 23.96 7.07 9.05 10.85 12.50 13.99 15.33 16.54 8i 26.73 7.67 9.83 11.81 13.62 15.26 16.75 18.10 8^ 29.72 8.31 10.66 12.82 14.80 16.61 18.25 19.74 8f 32.94 8.97 11.53 13.88 16.04 18.02 19.83 21.47 9 36.40 9.67 12.44 14.99 17.35 19.51 21.48 23.29 9i 40.12 10.40 13.39 16.16 18.71 21.06 23.22 25.20 9J. 44.10 11.17 14.39 17.37 20.14 22.69 25.05 27.21 9| 52.18 11.44 14.83 18.03 21.03 23.85 26.48 28.94 10 56.65 12.09 15.69 19.09 22.29 25.29 28.11 30.75 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 459 Cast-iron 94 feet long. if solid, as in 1 the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings Diameter of Pillar outside. li Inch. 1§ Inch. l^Inch. 1| Inch. 1| Inch. IJ Inch. 2 Inch. Inches. 2 n 2| 3 31- H 1.26 3| 1.59 1.61 4 1.98 2.01 2.03 4i 2.43 2.47 2.50 2.52 H 2.93 3.00 3.04 3.07 3.09 4f 3.50 3.59 3.66 3.70 3.73 3.75 5 4.13 4.25 4.34 4.41 4.45 4.48 4.50 H 4.83 4.99 5.11 5.20 5.26 5.31 5.34 H 5.60 5.79 5.95 6.07 6.16 6.23 6.27 5! 6.44 6.68 6.88 7.03 7.15 7.24 7.31 6 7.36 7.65 7.89 8.09 8.24 8.36 8.45 H 8.35 8.70 9.00 9.24 9.43 9.59 9.71 Gi 9.42 9.84 10.19 10.49 10.73 10.92 11.08 6| 10.57 11.06 11.48 11.84 12.13 12.37 12.57 7 11.81 12.38 12.87 13.29 13.64 13.94 14.18 7i 13.13 13.79 14.36 14.85 15.27 15.62 15.92 n 14.54 15.29 15.95 16.52 17.01 17.43 17.78 n 16.04 16.89 17.64 18.30 18.97 19.36 19.78 8 17.63 18.59 19.44 20.20 20.85 21.42 21.92 8i 19.31 20.39 21.36 22.21 22.96 23.62 24.19 8| 21.09 22.30 23.38 24.34 25.20 25.95 26.61 8J 22.96 24.31 25.52 26.60 27.56 28.42 29.17 9 24.93 26.43 27.77 28.98 30.06 31.03 31.88 9i 27.01 28.65 30.14 31.49 32.70 33.78 34.75 9^ 29.19 30.99 a2.64 34.13 35.47 36.68 37.77 9J 31.23 33.36 35.33 37.15 38.84 40.38 41.79 10 33.22 35.51 37.65 39.63 41.46 43.15 44.70 460 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weights , in ton s of 2,000 pounds, which they can support, ing columns, in which the thickness of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar outside. Solid. i Inch. i Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. i Inch. 1 Inch. IJ Inch. Inches. 2 0.16 0.13 0.15 n 0.25 0.19 0.22 0.23 H 0.36 0.26 0.30 0.33 0.35 n 0.50 0.34 0.40 0.45 0.47 0.49 3 0.69 0.44 0.52 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.67 H 0.91 0.55 0.66 0.75 0.81 0.85 0.88 0.90 H 1.19 0.68 0.83 0.94 1.02 1.09 1.13 1.16 H 1.52 0.83 1.01 1.16 1.27 1.35 1.42 1.46 4 1.91 1.00 1.22 1.40 1.55 1.66 1.75 1.81 H 2.37 1.18 1.45 1.68 1.86 2.01 2.12 2.20 U 2.90 1.38 1.71 1.99 2.21 2.39 2.54 2.65 4| 3.51 1.60 1.99 2.32 2.60 2.83 3.01 3.15 5 4.21 1.85 2.31 2.70 3.03 3.30 3.53 3.71 5^ 5.01 2.11 2.64 3.10 3.49 3.82 4.10 4.32 H 5.91 2.40 3.01 3.54 4.00 4.39 4.72 5.00 5f 6.92 2.71 3.41 4.02 4.55 5.01 5.40 5.73 6 8.05 3.04 3.84 4.54 5.15 5.68 6.14 6.53 H 9.31 3.39 4.29 5.09 5.79 6.41 6.94 7.40 6^ 10.70 3.77 4.79 5.68 6.48 7.18 7.80 8.33 6| 12.23 4.18 5.31 6.32 7.22 8.01 8.72 9.33 7 13.92 4.61 5.86 6.99 8.00 8.90 9.70 10.40 7i 15.76 5.06 6.46 7.71 8.84 9.85 10.75 11.55 7^ 17.78 5.55 7.08 8.47 9.73 10.86 11.87 12.77 n 19.97 6.06 7.74 9.27 10.67 11.92 13.05 14.06 8 22.36 6.59 8.44 10.13 11.66 13.05 14.30 15.43 8i 24.94 J.16 9.17 11.02 12.71 14.24 15.63 16.88 8^ 27.72 7.75 9.94 11.96 13.81 15.49 17.03 18.42 8f 30.73 8.37 10.76 12.95 14.97 16.81 18.50 20.03 9 33.96 9.02 11.60 13.99 16.18 18.20 20.04 21.73 H 37.43 9.71 12.49 15.07 17.46 19.65 21.67 23.51 H 41.15 10.42 13.42 16.21 18.79 21.17 23.37 25.38 H 45.12 11.16 14.39 17.40 20.18 22.77 25.15 27.34 10 49.36 11.93 15.40 18.64 21.64 24.43 27.01 29.39 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 461 Cast-iron 25 feet long: if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings. Diameter of t'illar outside. Inches. 2 ^ 3 H 4 4f 6i 6f 71 71 '2- 73 8 8J 9i 9f 10 \\ Inch. 1.17 1.49 1.85 2.27 2.74 3.26 3.85 4.51 5.22 6.01 6.86 7.79 8.79 9.86 11.02 12.25 13.56 14.96 16.44 18.01 19.67 21.42 23.26 25.20 27.23 29.36 31.39 If Inch. 1.50 1.88 2.31 2.80 3.35 3.97 4.65 5.41 6.23 7.14 8.12 9.18 10.32 11.55 12.86 14.26 15.76 17.34 19.02 20.80 22.68 24.65 26.73 28.92 31.20 33.60 1^ Inch. 1.89 2.34 2.84 3.41 4.05 4.76 5.55 6.42 7.36 8.39 9.51 10.71 12.01 13.39 14.88 16.46 18.14 19.92 21.81 23.81 25.91 28.12 30.45 32.89 35.45 1| Inch. 2.35 2.87 3.45 4.11 4.85 5.66 6.56 7.55 8.62 9.78 11.04 12.40 13.85 15.41 17.07 18.84 20.72 22.71 24.82 27.04 29.38' 31.84 34.42 37.13 \\ Inch. 2.88 3.48 4.16 4.91 5.75 6.67 7.69 8.80 10.01 11.32 12.73 14.24 15.87 17.60 19.46 21.42 23.51 25.72 28.05 30.51 33.09 35.81 38.67 15 Inch. 3.50 4.18 4.95 5.81 6.76 7.80 8.95 10.19 11.54 13.00 14.57 16.26 18.06 19.99 22.04 24.21 26.51 28.95 31.52 34.22 37.07 40.06 2 Inch. 4.20 4.98 5.85 6.82 7.89 9.06 10.34 11.72 13.23 14.85 16.59 18.45 20.45 22.57 24.82 27.21 29.74 32.42 35.23 38.20 41.31 VOL. VI. 51 462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weights, in tons of 2,000 pounds, which they can support, ing columns, in which the thickness of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar outside. Solid. § Inch. i Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. i Inch. I Inch. 1| Inch. Inches. 2 0.15 0.12 0.14 i> 2i 0.23 0.18 0.20 0.22 H 0.34 0.24 0.28 0.31 0.32 n 0.47 0.32 0.38 0.42 0.44 0.46 3 0.64 0.41 0.49 0.55 0.59 0.61 0.63 3i 0.85 0.52 0.62 0.70 0.76 0.80 0.82 0.84 U 1.11 0.64 0.77 0.88 0.96 1.02 1.06 1.08 H 1.42 0.78 0.95 1.08 1.19 1.27 1.32 1.36 4 1.79 0.93 1.14 1.31 1.45 1.55 1.63 1.69 H 2.21 1.10 1.36 1.57 1.74 1.88 1.98 2.06 H 2.71 1.29 1.60 1.86 2.07 2.24 2.37 2.48 H 3.29 1.50 1.87 2.17 2.43 2.64 2.81 2.95 5 3.94 1.73 2.16 2.52 2.83 3.09 3.30 3.47 ^i 4.69 1.98 2.47 2.90 3.27 3.58 3.83 4.04 51 5.53 2.24 2.82 3.32 3.74 4.11 4.42 4.68 5| 6.48 2.53 3.19 3.76 4.26 4.69 5.05 5.36 6 7.53 2.84 3.59 4.25 4.82 5.32 5.75 6.11 6^ 8.71 3.18 4.02 4.76 5.42 5.99 6.49 6.92 H 10.01 3.53 4.48 5.32 6.06 6.72 7.29 7.79 6f 11.44 3.91 4.97 5.91 6.75 7.50 8.15 8.73 7 13.02 4.31 5.49 6.54 7.49 8.33 9.07 9.73 7i 14.75 4.74 6.04 7.21 8.27 9.21 10.06 10.80 7^ 16.63 5.19 6.62 7.92 9.10 10.16 11.10 11.94 ^ 18.68 5.67 7.24 8.68 9.98 11.15 12.21 13.15 8 20.91 6.17 7.89 9.47 10.91 12.21 13.38 14.44 8i 23.33 6.70 8.58 10.31 11.89 13.32 14.62 15.79 H 25.94 7.25 9.30 11.19 12.92 14.49 15.93 17.23 8f 28.75 7.83 10.06 12.11 14.00 15.73 17.30 18.74 9 31.77 8.44 10.86 13.09 15.14 17.02 18.75 20.33 H 35.02 9.08 11.69 14.10 16.33 18.38 20.27 22.00 9.^ 38.49 9.75 12.56 15.16 17.58 19.81 21.86 23.75 9| 42.21 10.44 13.46 16.27 18.88 21.30 23.53 25.58 10 46.18 11.16 14.41 17.43 20.24 22.85 25.27 27.50 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 463 Cast-iron 26 feet long-. if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings. Diameter of Pillar outside. Inches. 2 H 4f 5| H 6f n n 8i 8f Q3 10 1| Inch. 1.10 1.39 1.73 2.12 2.56 3.05 3.61 4.22 4.89 5.62 6.42 7.29 8.22 9.23 10.31 11.46 12.69 14.00 15.38 16.85 18.40 20.04 21.76 23.57 25.47 27.46 29.55 1§ Inch. 1.41 1.76 2.16 2.62 3.13 3.71 4.35 5.06 5.83 6.68 7.59 8.59 9.65 10.80 12.03 13.34 14.74 16.22 17.80 19.46 21.21 23.06 25.01 27.05 29.19 31.43 1^ Inch. 1.77 2.18 2.66 3.19 3.79 4.46 5.19 6.00 6.89 7.85 8.90 10.02 11.23 12.53 13.92 15.40 16.97 18.64 20.40 22.27 24.24 26.31 28.48 30.77 33.16 Ig Inch. 2.20 2.68 3.23 3.85 4.54 5.30 6.14 7.06 8.06 9.15 10.33 11.60 12.96 14.42 15.97 17.63 19.38 21.25 23.22 25.29 27.48 29.79 32.20 34.74 I| Inch. IJ Inch. 2.70 3.26 3.89 4.59 5.38 6.24 7.19 8.23 9.36 10.59 11.91 13.32 14.84 16.47 18.20 20.04 21.99 24.06 26.24 28.54 30.96 33.50 36.17 2 Inch. 3.27 3.91 4.63 5.43 6.32 7.30 8.37 9.53 10.80 12.16 13.63 15.21 16.90 18.70 20.61 22.65 24.80 27.08 29.48 32.02 34.68 37.47 3.93 4.66 5.47 6.38 7.38 8.47 9.67 10.97 12.37 13.89 15.52 17.26 19.13 21.11 23.22 25.46 27.83 30.33 32.96 35.73 38.65 464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weights , in tons of 2,000 pounds, which they can support, ing columns, in which the thickness of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar outside. Solid. i Inch. ^ Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. I Inch. 1 Inch. IJ Inch. Inches. 2 0.14 0.12 0.13 2i 0.22 0.17 0.19 0.20 n 0.32 0.23 0.26 0.29 0.30 n 0.44 0.30 0.35 0.39 0.42 0.43 3 0.60 0.39 0.46 0.51 0.55 0.58 0.59 H 0.80 0.48 0.58 0.66 0.71 0.75 0.77 0.79 H 1.04 0.60 0.73 0.82 0.90 0.95 0.99 1.01 H 1.33 0.73 0.89 1.02 1.11 1.19 1.24 1.28 4 1.67 0.87 1.07 1.23 1.36 1.46 1.53 1.59 H 2.08 1.03 1.28 1.47 1.63 1.76 1.86 1.93 ^ 2.54 1.21 1.50 1.74 1.94 2.10 2.23 2.33 4f 3.08 1.41 1.75 2.04 2.28 2.48 2.64 2.77 5 3.70 1.62 2.02 2.37 2.66 2.90 3.09 3.25 H 4.40 1.85 2.32 2.72 3.06 3.35 3.60 3.79 ^ 5.19 2.10 2.64 3.11 3.51 3.85 4.14 4.39 5f 6.07 2.37 2.99 3.53 4.00 4.40 4.74 5.03 6 7.06 2.67 3.37 3.98 4.52 4.99 5.39 5.73 H 8.17 2.98 3.77 4.47 5.08 5.62 6.09 6.49 ^ 9.38 3.31 4.20 4.99 5.69 6.30 6.84 7.31 H 10.73 3.67 4.66 5.54 6.33 7.03 7.65 8.19 7 12.21 4.04 5.14 6.14 7.02 7.81 8.51 9.13 7i 13.83 4.44 5.66 6.76 7.76 8.64 9.43 10.13 7^ 15.60 4.87 6.21 7.43 8.53 9.52 10.41 11.20 7f 17.52 5.31 6.79 8.14 9.36 10.46 11.45 12.34 8 19.61 5.78 7.40 8.88 10.23 11.45 12.55 13.54 H 21.88 6.28 8.05 9.67 11.15 12.49 13.71 14.81 U 24.32 6.80 8.72 10.49 12.11 13.59 14.94 16.16 8f 26.96 7.35 9.44 11.36 13.13 14.75 16.23 17.57 9 29.80 7.92 10.18 12.27 14.20 15.97 17.59 19.06 n 32.84 8.52 10.96 13.22 15.32 17.24 19.01 20.63 H 3G.10 9.14 11.78 14.22 16.49 18.58 20.50 22.27 n 39.59 9.79 12.63 15.26 17.71 19.97 22.06 23.99 10 43.31 10.47 13.51 16.35 18.99 21.43 23.70 25.79 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 465 Cast-iron 27 feet long. if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings. Diameter of Pillar outside. Inches. 2 n n 3^ 4i 4f 6i 6f 7^ 7f 8i 8f n 10 Inch. 1.03 1.30 1.62 1.99 2.40 2.86 3.38 3.95 4.58 5.27 6.02 6.83 7.71 8.65 9.66 10.75 11.90 13.13 14.43 15.80 17.26 18.79 20.41 22.11 23.89 25.76 27.71 1| Inch. 1.32 1.65 2.03 2.45 2.94 3.48 4.08 4.74 5.47 6.26 7.12 8.05 9.05 10.13 11.28 12.52 13.82 15.22 16.69 18.25 19.90 21.63 23.45 25.37 27.38 29.48 Ij Inch. 1.66 2.05 2.49 2.99 3.55 4.18 4.87 5.63 6.46 7.36 8.34 9.40 10.53 11.75 13.05 14.44 15.92 17.48 19.14 20.89 22.73 24.67 26.71 28.86 31.10 1 1 Inch. 2.06 2.52 3.03 3.61 4.25 4.97 5.76 6.62 7.56 8.58 9.69 10.88 12.15 13.52 14.98 16.53 18.18 19.93 21.77 23.72 25.77 27.93 30.20 32.58 1| Inch. 2.53 3.05 3.65 4.31 5.04 5.86 6.75 7.72 8.78 9.93 11.17 12.50 13.92 15.45 17.07 18.80 20.62 22.56 24.61 26.77 29.04 31.42 33.92 1 1 Inch. 3.07 3.67 4.35 5.10 5.93 6.85 7.85 8.94 11.41 12.79 14.27 15.85 17.54 19.33 21.24 23.26 25.40 27.65 30.03 32.52 35.14 2 Inch. 3.69 4.37 5.14 5.98 6.92 7.95 9.07 10.29 11.61 13.03 14.56 16.19 17.94 19.80 21.78 23.88 26.10 28.44 30.91 33.51 36.25 466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weight 3, in tons of 2,000 pounds, which they can support. ing columns, m which the thicknej js of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar outside. Solid. 1 Inch. ^ Inch. t Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. 1 J Inch. Inches. 2 0.13 0.11 0.12 n 0.20 0.16 0.18 0.19 2^ 0.30 0.21 0.25 0.27 0.29 n 0.42 0.28 0.33 0.37 0.39 0.40 3 0.57 0.36 0.43 0.48 0.52 0.54 0.56 H 0.75 0.46 0.55 0.62 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.74 H 0.98 0.56 0.68 0.78 0.85 0.90 0.93 0.95 3f 1.25 0.68 0.84 0.95 1.05 1.12 1.17 1.20 4 1.57 0.82 1.01 1.16 1.28 1.37 1.44 1.49 4i 1.95 0.97 1.20 1.38 1.54 1.65 1.75 1.82 U 2.39 1.14 1.41 1.64 1.82 1.97 2.09 2.19 4 2.90 1.32 1.64 1.92 2.14 2.33 2.48 2.60 5 3.48 1.52 1.90 2.22 2.50 2.72 2.91 3.06 H 4.13 1.74 2.18 2.56 2.88 3.15 3.38 3.57 H 4.88 1.98 2.48 2.92 3.30 3.62 3.90' 4.12 5f 5.71 2.23 2.81 3.32 3.76 4.13 4.46 4.73 6 6.64 2.51 3.16 3.74 4.25 4.69 5.07 5.39 H 7.68 2.80 3.54 4.20 4.78 5.28 5.72 6.10 H 8.82 3.11 3.95 4.69 5.35 5.92 6.43 6.87 6f 10.09 3.45 4.38 5.21 5.95 6.61 7.19 7.70 7 11.48 3.80 4.84 5.77 6.60 7.34 8.00 8.58 7i 13.00 4.18 5.32 6.36 7.29 8.12 8.87 9.52 74 14.66 4.57 5.84 6.99 8.02 8.95 9.79 10.53 7f 16.47 4.99 6.38 7.65 8.80 9.83 10.76 11.60 8 18.44 5.44 6.96 8.35 9.62 10.76 11.80 12.73 8i 20.57 5.90 7.57 9.09 10.48 11.74 12.89 13.93 84 22.87 6.39 8.20 9.86 11.39 12.78 14.04 15.19 8| 25.34 6.91 8.87 10.68 12.34 13.87 15.26 16.52 9 28.01 7.44 9.57 11.54 13.35 15.01 16.53 17.92 9i 30.87 8.00 10.30 12.43 14.40 16.21 17.87 19.39 94 33.94 8.59 11.07 13.37 15.50 17.46 19.27 20.94 9| 37.21 9.20 11.87 14.35 16.65 18.78 20.74 22.55 10 40.71 9.84 12.70 15.37 17.85 20.15 22.27 24.24 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 46T Cast-iron 28 feet long-. if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings. Diameter of Pillar outside. U Inch. If Inch. l^Inch. 1 1 Inch. 1| Inch. 1 1 Inch. 2 Inch. Inches. 2 2i 2* 2| 3 H 3* 0.97 3| 1.23 1.24 4 1.53 1.55 1.56 H 1.87 1.90 1.93 1.94 U 2.26 2.31 2.34 2.37 2.38 4f 2.69 2.76 2.81 2.85 2.87 2.89 0 3.18 3.27 3.34 3.39 3.43 3.45 3.46 5i 3.72 3.84 3.93 4.00 4.05 4.08 4.11 5i 4.31 4.46 4.58 4.67 4.74 4.79 4.83 5f 4.96 5.14 5.29 5.41 5.50 5.57 5.62 6 5.66 5.89 6.07 6.22 6.34 6.44 6.51 6^ 6.42 6.70 6.92 7.11 7.26 7.38 7.47 6^ 7.25 7.57 7.84 8.07 8.25 8.41 8.52 6| 8.13 8.51 8.83 9.11 9.33 9.52 9.67 7 9.09 9.52 9.90 10.22 10.50 10.72 10.91 7i 10.10 10.61 11.05 11.43 11.75 12.02 12.25 7^ 11.19 11.76 12.27 12.71 13.09 13.41 13.68 7| 12.34 13.00 13.57 14.08 14.52 14.90 15.22 8 13.56 14.30 14.96 15.54 16.05 16.49 16.86 8i 14.86 15.69 16.43 17.09 17.67 18.17 18.61 8i 16.22 17.16 17.99 18.73 19.39 19.97 20.47 8f 17.67 18.70 19.63 20.47 21.21 21.87 22.45 9 19.19 20.33 21.37 22.30 23.13 23.88 24.53 9i 20.78 22.05 23.19 24.23 25.16 25.99 26.74 9^ 22.46 23.85 25.11 26.26 27.30 28.23 29.06 9f 24.21 25.74 27.13 28.39 29.54 30.57 31.50 10 26.05 27.71 29.24 30.63 31.89 33.04 34.07 468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weights, in tons of 2,000 ijounds, which they can support, ing columns, in which the thickness of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar outside. Solid. 1 Inch. i Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. I Inch. 1 Inch. 14 Inch. Inches. 2 0.13 0.10 0.12 n 0.19 0.15 0.17 0.18 H 0.28 0.20 0.23 0.26 0.27 2f 0.39 0.26 0.31 0.35 0.37 0.38 3 0.53 0.34 0.41 0.45 0.49 0.51 0.52 H 0.71 0.43 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.66 0.69 0.70 u 0.92 0.53 0.64 0.73 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.90 H 1.18 0.64 0.79 0.90 0.99 1.05 1.10 1.13 4 1.48 0.77 0.95 1.09 1.20 1.29 1.36 1.40 H 1.84 0.92 1.13 1.30 1.45 1.56 1.65 1.71 ^ 2.25 1.07 1.33 1.54 1.72 1.86 1.97 2.06 ^ 2.73 1.25 1.55 1.81 2.02 2.20 2.34 2.45 5 3.27 1.44 1.79 2.10 2.35 2.56 2.74 2.88 5i 3.89 1.64 2.05 2.41 2.71 2.97 3.18 3.36 5^ 4.59 1.86 2.34 2.75 3.11 3.41 3.67 3.88 of 5.38 2.10 2.65 3.12 3.54 3.89 4.20 4.45 6 6.26 2.36 2.98 3.53 4.00 4.42 4.77 5.08 H 7.23 2.64 3.34 3.96 4.50 4.98 5.39 5.75 H 8.31 2.93 3.72 4.42 5.04 5.58 6.06 6.47 6f 9.50 3.25 4.12 4.91 5.61 6.23 6.77 7.25 7 10.81 3.58 4.56 5.43 6.22 6.92 7.54 8.08 n 12.25 3.94 5.02 5.99 6.87 7.65 8.35 8.97 n 13.81 4.31 5.50 6.58 7.56 8.43 9.22 9.92 n 15.52 4.71 6.02 7.21 8.29 9.26 10.14 10.93 8 17.37 5.12 6.56 7.87 9.06 10.14 11.11 11.99 8i 19.37 5.56 7.13 8.56 9.87 11.06 12.14 13.12 U 21.54 6.02 7.73 9.29 10.73 12.04 13.23 14.31 8f 23.88 6.51 8.36 10.06 11.63 13.06 14.37 15.56 9 26.39 7.01 9.02 10.87 12.57 14.14 15.57 16.88 29.08 7.54 9.71 11.71 13.56 15.27 16.84 18.27 9=^ 31.97 8.09 10.43 12.59^ 14.60 16.45 18.16 19.72 n 35.06 8.67 11.18 13.52 15.68 17.69 19.54 21.25 10 38.36 9.27 11.97 14.48 16.81 18.98 20.99 22.84 OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 14, 1865. 469 Cast iron 29 feet long". if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings. Diameter of I'illar 1^ Inch. If Inch. 1^ Inch. If Inch. 1| Inch. 15 Inch. 2 Inch. outside. Inches. 2 2^ 2| 3 ' H H 0.91 H 1.15 1.17 4 1.44 1.46 1.47 4J 1.76 1.79 1.81 1.83 4^ 2.13 2.17 2.21 2.23 2.24 4f 2.54 2.60 2.65 2.68 2.71 2.72 5 2.99 3.08 3.15 3.20 3.23 3.25 3.26 H 3.50 3.61 3.70 3.77 3.81 3.85 3.87 5^ 4.06 4.20 4.31 4.40 4.47 4.51 4.55 5| 4.67 4.84 4.99 5.10 5.19 5.25 5.30 6 5.33 5.55 5.72 5.86 5.98 6.06 6.13 61 6.05 6.31 6.52 6.70 6.84 6.95 7.04 H 6.83 7.13 7.39 7.60 7.78 7.92 8.03 61 7.66 8.02 8.32 8.58 8.79 8.97 9.11 7 8.56 8.97 9.33 9.63 9.89 10.10 10.28 71 9.52 9.99 10.41 10.76 11.07 11.32 11.54 7* 10.54 11.08 11.56 11.97 12.33 12.63 12.89 7| 11.62 12.24 12.79 13.27 13.68 14.04 14.34 8 12.78 13.48 14.09 14.64 15.12 15.53 15.89 Sj 14.00 14.78 15.48 16.10 16.64 17.12 17.54 8i 15.28 16.16 16.95 17.65 18.27 18.81 19.29 8| 16.64 17.62 18.50 19.28 19.98 20.60 21.15 9 18.08 19.16 20.13 21.01 21.79 22.49 23.11 H 19.58 20.77 21.85 22.83 23.70 24.49 25.19 9^ 21.16 22.47 23.66 24.74 25.71 26.59 27.38 9| 22.81 24.25 25.56 26.75 27.83 28.80 29.68 10 24.54 26.11 27.54 28.85 30.04 31.12 32.10 VOL. VI. >2 470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Cylindrical Pillars of Safe weight, in tons of 2,000 pounds, which they can support. ing columns, in which the thickness of the iron is given in Diameter of Pillar outside. Solid. f Inch. i Inch. 1 Inch. 1 Inch. \ Inch. 1 Inch. li Inch. Inches. 2 0.12 0.10 0.11 n 0.18 0.14 0.16 0.17 n 0.26 0.19 0.22 0.24 0.25 2f 0.37 0.25 0.30 0.33 0.35 0.36 3 0.50 0.32 0.38 0.43 0.46 0.48 0.49 3i 0.67 0.41 0.49 0.55 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.66 H 0.87 0.50 0.61 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.83 0.85 H 1.11 0.61 0.74 0.85 0.93 0.99 1.04 1.07 4 1.40 0.73 0.90 1.03 1.14 1.22 1.28 1.33 H 1.74 0.86 1.07 1.23 1.37 1.47 1.55 1.62 H 2.13 1.01 1.26 1.46 1.62 1.76 1.86 1.94 ^ 2.58 1.18 1.46 1.71 1.91 2.07 2.21 2.31 5 3.09 1.35 1.69 1.98 2.22 2.42 2.59 2.72 H 3.68 1.55 1.94 2.28 2.56 2.80 3.01 3.17 5^ 4.34 1.76 2.21 2.60 2.94 3.22 3.46 3.67 5f 5.08 1.99 2.50 2.95 3.34 3.68 3.96 4.21 6 5.91 2.23 2.81 3.33 3.78 4.17 4.50 4.79 H 6.83 2.49 3.15 3.73 4.25 4.70 5.09 5.43 H 7.85 2.77 3.51 4.17 4.75 5.27 5.72 6.11 6^ 8.97 3.07 3.89 4.63 5.29 5.88 6.39 6.84 7 10.21 3.38 4.30 5.13 5.87 6.53 7.12 7.63 n 11.56 3.71 4.73 5.66 6.48 7.22 7.88 8.47 n 13.04 4.07 5.19 6.21 7.13 7.96 8.70 9.36 n 14.65 4.44 5.68 6.80 7.82 8.74 9.57 10.31 8 16.40 4.84 6.19 7.43 8.55 9.57 10.49 11.32 8i 18.29 5.25 6.73 8.08 9.32 10.44 11.46 12.38 8^ 20.33 5.69 7.29 8.77 10.13 11.36 12.49 13.51 8f 22.54 6.14 7.89 9.50 10.98 12.33 13.57 14.69 9 24.91 6.62 8.51 10.26 11.87 13.35 14.70 15.94 9i 27.45 7.12 9.16 11.06 12.80 14.41 15.89 17.25 9^ 30.18 7.64 9.84 11.89 13.78 15.53 17.14 18.62 9f 33.10 8.19 10.56 12.76 14.80 16.70 18.45 20.05 10 36.21 8.75 11.30 13.67 15.87 17.92 19.81 21.56 OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 14, 18G5. 471 Cast-iron 30 feet long. if solid, as in the first column, or if hollow, as in the succeed- the respective headings. Diameter of Pillar outside. li Inch. 1 1 Inch. IJ Inch. 1 finch. 1| Inch. 1 1 Inch. 2 Inch. Inches. 2 n n ^ 3 H ^ 0.86 H 1.09 1.10 4 1.36 1.38 1.39 H 1.66 1.69 1.71 1.73 U 2.01 2.05 2.08 2.10 2.12 4| 2.39 2.46 2.50 2.53 2.55 2.57 5 2.83 2.91 2.97 3.02 3.05 3.07 3.08 5^ 3.31 3.41 3.49 3.56 3.60 3.63 3.65 H 3.83 3.97 4.07 4.15 4.22 4.26 4.29 KZ Oj 4.41 4.57 4.71 4.81 4.89 4.96 5.00 6 5.03 5.23 5.40 5.53 5.64 5.72 5.78 6^ 5.71 5.95 6.16 6.32 6.46 6.56 6.64 6^ 6.45 6.73 6.97 7.18 7.34 7.48 7.58 6f 7.23 7.57 7.86 8.10 8.30 8.47 8.60 7 8.08 8.47 8.81 9.09 9.34 9.54 9.70 7i 8.98 9.43 9.82 10.16 10.45 10.69 10.89 7^ 9.95 10.46 10.91 11.30 11.64 11.93 12.17 7* 10.97 11.56 12.07 12.52 12.91 13.25 13.54 8 12.06 12.72 13.31 13.82 14.27 14.66 15.00 8i 13.21 13.95 14.61 15.20 15.71 16.16 16.55 8^ 14.43 15.26 16.00 16.66 17.24 17.76 18.21 8f 15.71 16.63 17.46 18.20 18.86 19.45 19.96 9 17.06 18.08 19.00 19.83 20.57 21.23 21.82 n 18.48 19.61 20.63 21.55 22.38 23.12 23.78 n 19.97 21.21 22.33 23.35 24.27 25.10 25.84 9f 21.53 22.89 24.12 25.25 26.27 27.19 28.02 10 23.17 24.65 26.00 27.24 28.36 29.38 30.30 472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Five hundred and forty-seventli Meeting. February 27, 1865. — Special Meeting. The President in the chair. Addresses were made by the President, Mr. Safford, and Professor Parsons on the scientific services and character of the late Professor Bond. Mr. Whitney read a paper on the development of the min- eral productions of California and the adjacent Territories. Five hundred and forty-eighth Meeting. March 14, 1865. — Adjourned Statute Meeting. The President in the chair. The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to ex- changes ; also a letter from Leopold von Ranke of Berlin, in acknowledgment of his election into the Academy. The following paper was presented : — On a New Process for the Determination of Sulphur in Or- ganic Compounds, by Combustion with Oxygen Gas and Peroxide of Lead. By C. M. Warren. In my former communication " On a Process of Organic Elementary Analysis by Combustion in a Stream of Oxygen Gas," * I treated ex- clusively of the determination of carbon and hydrogen in volatile liquid hydrocarbons, — my experiments up to that time having been confined to the analysis of substances of this class. It was my intention, how- ever, to have applied the process before this to other classes of bodies, and especially to have tested its applicability, with suitable modifica- tions, for the analysis of organic substances containing other elements. Other work with which I was then occupied, and to which this pro- cess was only incidental, as already stated in the paper referred to, has prevented me from extending the research beyond the requirements of my other investigations. * Proceedings of the American Academy, 1864, p. 251. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 14, 1865. 473 Having recently had occasion to determine sulphur in some volatile liquid compounds, for which neither of the processes now in use seemed satisfactorily adapted, I was naturally led to make an effort to utilize my safety-tube and the stream of oxygen in this species of analysis also. But the fact that sulphur is usually, at least, but partially converted into sulphuric acid by combustion in oxygen gas, seemed at first to present a difficulty not to be easily overcome. It soon occurred to me, however, that the well-known reaction between sulphurous acid and peroxide of lead, by which the former is completely converted into sulphuric acid, might probably serve to remove this objection. Furthermore, that by placing the peroxide of lead within the combustion-tube in the manner which I shall presently describe, and by maintaining the peroxide of lead at a temperature sufficient to prevent condensation of water within the combustion-tube, the carbon, hydrogen, and sulphur might all be determined from the same portion of substance. This result has been accomplished.* Referring to my former paper above mentioned for details regarding the construction and use of the apparatus employed, I need here de- scribe only such modifications as have been found expedient to adapt the process to this special purpose. The combustion-tube being packed with pure asbestos between the points a and S, Fig. I., Fig. i. and the space — about two inches in length — between b and c left va- cant, a plug of pure as- bestus is placed at c, and * Carius (Annalen der Chemie und Pliarmacie, 1860, CXVI. 28) has observed that when substances rich m sulphur are burnt with oxide of copper — a tube con- taining peroxide of lead being placed between the chloride of calcium tube and the potash bulbs in the usual manner — the determination of carbon is too liigh. And on the other hand he found that, with substances rich in carbon the determination of the carbon was too low. In the latter case the peroxide of lead was supposed to absorb and retain carbonic acid ; and in the former, sulphurous acid was found to pass unabsorbed through the peroxide of lead. The incomplete absorption of the sulphurous acid may be reasonably accounted for on the supposition that a channel was formed, by handling or jarring, along the top of the peroxide of lead, which indeed would be very likely to occur in using, by itself, so heavy a powder. Through such a channel sulphurous acid might pass, in so small proportion, without coming in contact with the peroxide of lead. It 474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY the space between c and d, about three or four inches in length, then filled with a mixture of pure asbestos and peroxide of lead, and finally a plug of asbestos is placed at d. As the sulphuric acid formed is to be absorbed bj, and finally determined from, the pei'oxide of lead, — in order to ob- viate the necessity of treating the whole of the asbestos in the tube to obtain the sulphuric acid, which would be troublesome, and at the same time preserve the asbestos packing in the posterior part of the tube in a fit condition for future use, — it is important that the asbestos plug at c should be packed closely enough to prevent any particles of the perox- ide of lead from passing back of this plug. As already stated, the object of mixing asbestos with the peroxide of lead is to prevent the formation of a channel along the top. In this manner but a short column of the mixture of asbestos and peroxide of lead will suffice to secure complete conversion of the sulphurous acid. The combustion is conducted precisely as for the determination of car- bon and hydrogen alone, except that the portion of the tube which con- tains the peroxide of lead is maintained at a gentle heat, sufficient to prevent condensation of water in that part of the tube and at the cork, but avoiding a temperature which would decompose the peroxide of lead. As usual, the water formed is absorbed in a chloride of cal- cium tube, and the carbonic acid in Liebig's potash bulbs with a mulder tube attached. After the close of the combustion, when the tube shall have sufficiently cooled it is carefully removed from the furnace, the mixture of peroxide will be seen that the liability to the formation of a channel is obviated in my pro- cess by mixing the peroxide of lead with a large proportion of asbestos. The asbestos serves also to increase the porosity of the mass, and in this manner also to lessen the chances of escape of sulphurous acid without coming in contact with the peroxide. I may here add that, in making the combustion with oxygen in presence of asbestos, the quantity of sulphurous acid which reaches the peroxide of lead is by no means very large. In a preliminary experiment in which carbonate of soda was employed instead of peroxide of lead, (the substance burnt being bi- sulphide of carbon,) the carbonate of soda was found to contain witliin about 9 per cent of the equivalent quantity of sulphur; and a portion of the deficiency it is ncit unlikely may have been taken up by the impure asbestos that was employed in this instance. Concerning the other source of error in the determination of carbon which Carius mentions, it will suffice to remark that, in my process, the peroxide of lead is kept at so high a temperature that the absorption of carbonic acid appears to be prevented. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MARCH 14, 1865. 475 Fig. II. of lead and asbestos cautiously drawn out into a beaker glass, by means of a bent iron wire, and the tube then inverted within another tube, e e, closed at one end, as shown in Fig. II. The mixture of peroxide of lead and asbestos contained in the beaker glass is now treated with a strong solution of bi-carbonate of soda, and left to stand for about twenty-four hours, with frequent shaking.* Solution of bi-cai'bonate of soda is also poured into the tube e e until the level of the liquid shall have reached a point, f, on the combustion-tube, a little above that which was occupied by the plug c, and this is also left to stand as the other. After the lapse of suffi- cient time for the reaction to be completed, the solution is filtered from the asbestos mix- ture, including also the solution in the tube e e, and not omitting to carefully rinse out the anterior portion of the com- bustion-tube. The asbestos mixture upon the filter is then thoroughly washed, the filtrate concentrated by evaporation, and the sulphuric acid precipitated with chloride of barium. The following results of analyses of bi-sulphide of carbon indicate the degree of accuracy afforded by this process. The preparation employed was commercial bi-sulphide of cai'bon, which was first subjected to re-distillation. Analysis 1. 0.1414 gramme of bi-sulphide of carbon gave 0.0806 of carbonic acid, and 0.8592 of sulphate of baryta. Calculated. Carbon, C 6 15.79 Sulphur, s. 32 84.21 99.31 100.00 Analysis 2. 0.274 gramme of the same substance gave 0.158 of carbonic acid, and 1.6768 of sulphate of baryta. Calculated. Found. Carbon, C 6 15.79 15.73 Sulphur, S2 32 84.21 84.05 100.00 99.78 * H. Rose, Chimie Analytique, new French edition, p. 662. 476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Analysis 3. In this analysis, in which I was prevented from deter- mining the carbon, 0.1537 of bi-sulphide of carbon gave 0.9461 of sul- phate of baryta, corresponding to 84.5 per cent of sulphur. The mixture of asbestos and peroxide of lead employed was of that which had already been used in the preceding analyses, and may possi- bly have contained a trace of undecomposed sulphate of lead, as the per cent of sulphur found in this case is 0.3 per cent above, while in the preceding analyses it was a fraction below the theoretical quantity. Trusting, however, that the results already obtained will be deemed suf- ficient to show the method to be a good one, I have not thought it ad- visable at this time to further repeat the analysis of this substance. I may here state that I have already applied the process in the analysis of bodies containing hydrogen, and have obtained satisfactory results which will soon be published. The important advantage thus gained of being able to determine the different elements from the same portion of substance, considering also the simplicity of the process, can hardly fail, I think, to secure for this the preference over the older methods. Five Iiundred and forty-ninth Meeting. March 28, 1865. — Special Meeting. The President in the chair. Professor Gibbs presented the following paper. Observations on Crystals and Precipitates in Blowpipe Beads. By George H. Emerson. Believing that the subject of this article is so far novel, at least, as not to have been brought into general notice through the press, I have thought it of sufficient interest to merit publication. While studying, a few months since, the blowpipe behavior of the alkaline earths, I noticed that the opacity produced by " flaming," or exposing to an intermittent heat, a borax bead sufficiently saturated with one of the earths, was often only partial, — a variable portion of the bead becoming opaque white, while the remainder was perfectly trans- parent. The extent of the opacity seemed dependent on the duration of the heat. Moreover, when nearly the whole surface was obscured, OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 28, 1865. 477 the interior was transparent ; for, upon carefully removing the external part of the bead, a clear, vitreous nucleus was disclosed ; but beads ex- posed to longer heat, w^hen broken showed no trace of this vitreous interior. But just beginning the study of Chemistry, I was wholly unac- quainted with the phenomena of the devitrification of glass, and did not feel well assured, therefore, that crystallization was the cause of this opacity, though it occurred to me at the time that such was probably the case. But if the change produced by flaming was a result of crystallization, then a crystalline structure ought under some circumstances to be discernible ; and the density of the crystallized portion could be no obstacle, as I had already ascertained that to be variable at the pleasure of the operator, my experiments yielding results of every degree, from a translucent film to complete opacity. Although density of aggregation did not seem to stand in the way, minuteness of crystalline form might be an impediment to investigation. A borax bead charged with lime exhibited a thin, filmy band stretch- ing across the otherwise transparent surface, when slightly heated with a fine-pointed flame ; but in this I could find no crystals with a hand lens magnifying fourteen diameters. Magnesia, however, when simi- larly treated, gave a very different result. The bead became studded with beautiful, needle-Uke crystals, arranged in tufts, or fascicular bunches, and visible even to the naked eye. Several trials with the same base confirmed the fact of crystallization, and showed a surprising uniformity of crystalline form. But was this form, seemingly constant, a character whereby to recognize the earth, or would other members of the group likewise exhibit it, if properly dealt with ? for the ex- periments with magnesia had taught me that crystals were not always obtained by flaming, an amorphous cloud being sometimes the only re- sult. I reverted to lime ; but with no success. I could get no crystals. Next, I tried baryta. The first trial of slight flaming yielded crystals, of which the hexagonal and rectangular outline could be easily seen with- out a glass. Sometimes a third shape was visible, looking something like an hour-glass ; but these forms seemed to be constant, and there was nothing in the beads in the least resembling the magnesia crystals. Strontia, similarly treated, yielded transparent crystals of a plumose character. Three members of the group, then, had yielded crystals with borax ; and crystals possessing quite well-marked distinctive characters. Lime VOL. VI. 53 478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY did not crystallize, its opacity, as seen when magnified two hundred diameters, being due to a dense aggregation of exceedingly minute bubbles. Upon treatment with microcosmic salt, lime and magnesia gave, with very slight flaming, nebulous films ; that of the former being resolvable into a multitude of spicular crystals, when magnified four hundred times ; and the latter into rectangular crystalline forms, in most cases, very nearly square. With the same flux, baryta gave hexagonal crystals, discernible by the naked eye ; and which, when not rendered too opaque by prolonged flaming, viewed under the micro- scope, resembled the common stellate form of snow crystals. Strontia produced equally conspicuous crystals, but of a rectangular form, the length being twice or three times the breadth. Several experiments with each of the bases just named, in both fluxes, showing no variation in crystalline form from those I had already observed, although in every instance I submitted the result of my trials to microscopic examination, rarely using a less magnifying power than eighty diameters, I passed on to such of the other earths and metallic oxides as were within my reach, of which a list will be found upon page 481. Before describing in detail the phenomena produced by flaming with these several substances, a few words in reference to the methods pur- sued may net be unacceptable ; premising, however, that these state- ments, together with all included in these pages, are not predicated upon sufficiently numerous experiments to be regarded as authoritative ; and that they are offered rather as suggestions to persons better fitted, and with more ample leisure and opportunity than the author, to follow out the subject exhaustively. The loop of platinum wire should be about one eighth of an inch in diameter, and quite circular, in order to give as uniform convexity to the surface of the bead as possible. Two turns of the wire are better than one where microcosmic salt is used, on account of the greater fluidity of this flux than borax. The bead should not be much over one twentieth of an inch thick at least, where examination by a high magnifying power is desirable. Crystallization is best produced by thrusting the tip of the blowpipe well into the flame of the lamp, until a fine-pointed jet of flame, less than an inch in length, is ob- tained ; then expose a small portion of the bead, close to the edge, (see diagram,) for an instant to its action, until the part so exposed. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 28, 1865. 479 and the wire immediately adjacent, become of a dnll red heat, when the bead should be at once withdrawn, and examined with the lens. It may- be necessary to repeat this operation several times before crystals are ob- tained ; but the bead should always be cool when heat is applied. Often an amorphous cloud will be the only result, even of repeated trials, although the substance employed is quite easily crystallizable ; and this is especially apt to be the case when the bead is too highly charged, or when heated too long, the suspended matter being then so rapidly precipitated as to prevent crystallization. The bead should in such cases be sub- jected to the action of a powerful flame till perfect transparency is obtained, and, if the first mentioned be the difficulty, a little more of the flux added before again flaming. It seems to make little diflPerence with the earths whether the glass containing them be prepared in the oxidating or reducing flame, pre vious to flaming, though they are most readily dissolved at the point of greatest heat; but the oxides of the non-volatile metals give the best results when the bead is charged in the oxidating, and, after cool- ing, subjected to the action of a fine-pointed reducing flame. One advantage of using this small fine-pointed flame is, that only a portion of the bead is subjected to the reducing influence ; and as the heat is maintained but an instant, the portion of the glass fused is not only circumscribed, but superficial, so that the reaction takes place where it can easily be observed. Moreover, a devitrifying action goes on, at the same time, in the unfused but reheated portion of the bead.* I shall use the term " intermittent flame " to distinguish the ordinary process of flaming from that just described. The amount of the substance used varies, of course, with the sub- ject of the experiment, although the formation of striae in the glass, * As the method of treating beads just described in the text promises to be of value, in certain of its applications, in the arts, as well as of scientific interest, the author intends to secure such applications by patent, after having made some additional experiments. 480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY which are easily seen with the lens, when the bead is not so highly colored as to render them invisible, is in general an indication that the proper point of saturation has been reached. In examinations with a compound microscope, I have found cork slides, two and one fourth inches long, one inch broad, and one sixth of an inch thick, very convenient. Two perforations are made through the cork, somewhat larger than the beads, which are placed in the centre, and easily retained in position by sinking the wire used for a handle into slits in the cork prepared to receive them. (See diagram.) This adjustment holds the bead steadily, and, combined with the flexibility of the wire, permits any part of the convex surface to be brought into field, which is very important, as the crystals are very frequently formed only close to the margin. In photographing the crystallizations, the beads being transparent, and transmitted light employed, the solar rays were reflected from the surface of a concave mirror, their power being diminished by the inter- position of a piece of ground glass between the mirror and the bead ; the curved surface of the bead rendering the illumination by the plane mirror very unsatisfactory. In regard to the ensuing descriptions of the crystalline reactions of the substances dealt with, although the phenomena differ very per- ceptibly to the eye of the microscopic observer, yet I have found it exceedingly diflScult to convey verbally any exact conception of their differences ; and have, therefore, contented myself with roughly sketch- ing the most prominent features, feeling assured that a few easily made experiments will, to persons interested, be in every case far more satisfactory than any written description. On the next page will be found a list of the substances experimented upon. I cannot conclude these introductory remarks without expressing my obligations to Professor Josiah P. Cooke, who has kindly furnished me with many of the rarer substances experimented with, and to my OF AKTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 28, 1865. 481 friend, Mr. A. E. Verrill, assistant in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, to whom I am indebted for the photographs from which the plate was taken, and who, in the midst of pressing occupations, has accomplished for me what professional photographists would not undertake. List of Substances experimented upon. Baryta, Strontia, ... Lime Magnesia, Alumina, Glucina, ... Zirconia, Zinc, Oxide of. Cadmium, Oxide of, . Lead, " " . Bismuth, Teroxide of, . Antimony, " " Arsenic (Arsenious Acid) Niobic Acid Selenium (BaO (SrO (CaO (MgO (AI2O3 (GI2 Os (Zr, O3 (Zn O (Cd 0 (PbO (BiOa (SbO, (ASO3 Supplement. Tin, Binoxide of, (Sn 0,) Silver, Oxide of, . (AgO) Copper, " " . . (CuO) Nickel, " " . (NiO) Cobalt, " " . . (CoO) Manganese, Red Oxide of, . (Mna O4) Iron, Sesquioxide of, (Fe, Os) Uranium, Sesquioxide of. (U, 0,) Chromium, Sesquioxide of. (Cr, O3) Tnngstic Acid, (WO3) Titanic Acid (Ti 0,) Molybdic Acid, (Mo O3) (Nbj O3) 1 Tellurium I Cerium, Protoxide of. (CeO) Baryta. — Baryta is dissolved in borax in large quantities before a precipitate is obtained.* When carefully flamed, opaque, milk-white crystals of a hexagonal, and also of an hourglass shape, are formed (see Plate, Figs. 1 and 2), often distinctly visible even to the naked eye. There are likewise, sometimes, aggregations of rectangular crys- tals. In what corresponds to the terminal, or basal planes of the hourglass-shaped crystal, a hexagonal outline may be observed in the one delineated in the plate (see Fig. 2) ; but, rarely having obtained so large and perfect crystals of this form as the one photographed, I am unable to say how constant this feature may be. With microcosmic salt, slight flaming produces beautiful hexagonal, stellate crystals, not opaque, at least in their inception, and exhibiting a structure resembling some of the commonly depicted forms of snow- flake crystals. Accompanying these I have noticed a rectangular * As a matter of convenience, I use the term "precipitate" to designate the crystalline or other aggregation, produced by the flaming process within or upon the surface of the bead. 482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY crystal. Fui'ther flaming renders these crystals opaque white. They are sometimes produced on cooling merely, without submitting the bead to the flaming process. Strontia. — Strontia, with borax, yields plumose crystallizations, more or less translucent, according to the state of saturation of the glass, and the amount of flaming ; and which are made up of slender, bladed crystals, sometimes arranged around a common centre in nearly circular disks. With microcosmic salt, slight flaming gives to the surface of the bead a peculiar speckled aspect, due to the formation of oblong, rectan- gular crystals, varying in size, being often large enough to be made out without using a lens (see Plate, Fig. 3) ; but never possessing such well-defined angles as the crystallizations of baryta. (See Plate, Fi"-. 3.") This is a better reaction than that with borax. Mixed with an equal quantity of baryta, in the same flux, a precipi- tate is instantaneously produced by flaming, made up of microscopic spiculoe, sometimes asteriated. The most superficial observation would not, however, confound this reaction with that obtainable from the earths separately. Lime. — Lime, with borax, yields on slight flaming a thin, filmy precipitate, often in the form of a band stretching across the surface of the bead ; but in which I have never been able to detect any crys- tals, the element of opacity being a dense aggregation of colorless, microscopic globules, or bubbles. Mixed witii an equal quantity of magnesia, I have been unable to obtain any different reaction from that just described. With microcosmic salt, delicate flaming produces a slight precipitate, which, when highly magnified, is seen to be made up of exceedingly minute spiculge, closely aggregated. Magnesia. — With borax, magnesia yields quite readily elegant, acicular crystals, almost invariably united in tufts, or sheaf-like bunches. (See Plate, Fig. 4.) With microcosmic salt, microscopically small crystals are produced by slight flaming, sometimes possessing a stellate form, and sometimes being rectangles approaching the square. The reaction with borax, I regard as by far the most decisive. Alumina. — With borax, alumina dissolves to a limpid glass, which is not rendered opaque by saturation or flaming. When more of the earth is present than can be dissolved by the flux, prolonged blowing OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 28, 1865. 483 produces a white, vitreous-looking exudation at the margin of the bead, which is hard enough to scratch glass, and is not easily soluble in borax. Keeping the bead a long time at a high temperature produces the same effect, even when the glass is not saturated ; and the same thing occurs when this earth is treated with microcosmic salt. With microcosmic salt, patient flaming is rewarded by a very slight precipitate, consisting of an immense number of exceedingly minute, asteriated crystals, partaking of the snow-flake character, but not nearly so well defined and symmetrical as the crystallizations of baryta with the same flux. In borax, mixed with an equal quantity of lime, I have obtained crystals ; but of a very irregular form, and unfinished appearance. It should be borne in mind, however, that I have not been able to crys- tallize either of these earths alone in borax. Glucina. — AYith borax, an exudation, similar to that noticed with alumina, takes place upon long heating. Flaming produces a precipi- tate composed of colorless globules or bubbles. Mixed with an equal quantity of lime, a similar precipitate is obtained. "With microcosmic salt, upon flaming, the surface of the bead becomes studded with crystals, but so minute as to require a high. magnifying power to discern their form. They are generally rather slender, soli- tary, oblong figures ; but quite often cruciform, and sometimes irregu- larly assembled.- Zirconia. — In borax, the intermittent flame causes a crystalline pre- cipitate ; but the individual forms are too minute to be distinguished, when magnified four hundred diameters. Long blowing produces the exudation observed with the two preceding earths. Addition of lime, in very considerable quantity, causes a very decided precipitate upon flaming, consisting of bubbles. The zircon, from which the earth used was prepared, gave a similar precipitate to that last named, but much less dense. With microcosmic salt, flaming is followed by the formation of an indistinct, crystalline film. Zinc. — Oxide of zinc, with borax, yields, in the intermittent flame, acicular crystals, arranged in tufts, asteriated, and sometimes arbores- cent. These crystals resemble those of magnesia in the same flux, except that I have not observed either the stellate or arborescent arrangement with the latter. In the reducing flame a bright metallic precipitate, flesh-colored to brassy, is easily obtained, after adding oxide 484 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY of copper, thorough fusion in the outer flame, and refrigeration of the bead. With microcosraic salt, crystals are formed, in the intermittent flame, which I am inclined to regard as flattened octohedrons. Cadmium. — With borax, in the intermittent flame, oxide of cad- mium gives crystals much like those of zinc and magnesia, except that the tendency to a stellar arrangement is more marked than with either of the last-mentioned substances. In the reducing flame, oxide of copper being previously added, the precipitate is similar to that ob- served with zinc, but not so brassy, and bordered, moreover, on the edge from the flame, by iridescent bands, which I have not observed with zinc. In microcosmic salt, it crystallizes in rectangles, one diameter being two or three times greater than the other. The crystals are quite minute, and, generally, transparent. Lead. — With borax, and treated in the intermittent flame, litharge gives a precipitate consisting of microscopically minute spheres, darker than the globules mentioned as occurring with some of the earths ; and associated with which I have noticed a few prismatic crystals, so small as to be scarcely distinguishable, even when magnified four hundred diameters. Slightly heated in the reducing flame, a dark -gray, lustre- less, amorphous precipitate appears on the surface of the bead. With microcosmic salt, the phenomena, with the intermittent flame, are much the same as when borax is employed, except that, in most instances, the precipitate is crystalline rather than globular. Bismuth. — Oxide of bismuth does not crystallize, in the intermittent flame, with borax, but yields globules like those of lead. Touched with the reducing flame, I have observed a slight, amorphous precipi- tate on the surface of the glass ; but not nearly so dark, or distinct, as that of lead. With litharge, a partially metallic precipitate is ob- tained. With oxide of copper, the precipitate resembles that of zinc, though, perhaps, somewhat less lustrous. With microcosmic salt, it crystallizes in very small, square, trans- parent disks, when treated in the intermittent flame. A considerable number of globules, like those observed in the borax beads, accom- pany the crystals. Antimony. — In borax, teroxide of antimony yields no precipitate, either with the intermittent or reducing flame, although they both pro- duce a peculiar corrugation on the surface of the glass. Addition of OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 28, 1865. 485 litharge is followed by the appearance of an apparently insoluble sub- stance, in the glass, which renders it opaque without devitrification taking place ; but the reducing flame does not produce a precipitate in a bead thus treated. When tex'oxide of antimony is added, in consid- erable quantity, to a bead colored dark blue with oxide of copper, and just removed from the oxidating flame, it is at once taken up by the still fluid glass, in which an amorphous, red precipitate — apparently sub-oxide of copper — is immediately formed. When the copper bead is a very dark, nearly opaque, blue, addition of much teroxide of anti- mony converts it, after fusion in the outer flame, into a parti-colored enamel, in which red and yellow predominate ; and the bead, upon cooling, loses its uniform convexity of outline, the surface becoming very irregular. Treated in the reducing flame, a rather indistinct, dull- gray looking precipitate is then obtained. When much less teroxide of antimony is present, the precipitate is not unlike that of zinc, though it is, in most cases, accompanied by a red border of sub-oxide of copper, which I have not noticed in the zinc beads. With microcosmic salt, I have noticed an amorphous precipitate on the surface of the glass, when treated in the reducing flame, which was, in one case, accompanied by solitary, needle-like crystals, distinguish- able by the lens. Arsenic. — With the intermittent flame, I have not obtained crys- tals in either flux. Addition of arsenious acid to a hot borax bead, colored dark blue with oxide of copper, is immediately succeeded by the formation of a precipitate similar to that just described under the head of antimony ; but in no case, however large be the quantity of arsenious acid added, does the bead lose its form, or assume the colors of the antimony enamel, after being reheated in the outer flame. The precipitate in the reducing flame is principally sub-oxide of copper, accompanied sometimes, however, by brassy-looking, metallic particles. With ses- quioxide of iron, there is a rather scanty precipitate, in the reducing flame, in color and lustre not unlike metallic arsenic. Tin. — In borax, binoxide of tin yields a very slight, filmy precipi- tate, in the intermittent flame, made up of exceedingly transparent, but very indefinitely shaped crystals, which, viewed under tlie micro- scope, bring forcibly to mind a pellicle of recently formed ice floating in clear water, the corrugations of whose surface alone serve to dis- tinguish it from the fluid on which it rests. VOL. VI. 54 486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY With oxide of copper, and treated in the reducing flame, the pre- cipitate closely resembles that of zinc under the same circumstances. With microcosmic salt, I have observed no crystallization. Silver. — Oxide of silver, fused with borax in the outer flame, to a clear glass, and treated with the reducing flame, gives a yellowish precipitate of very minute crystals, of which the form appears to be octohedral ; and with microcosmic salt, the reaction is similar. Addition of considerable oxide of silver to a bead containing litharge renders it opaque, and of an oil-yellow color. Treated in the reducing flame, there is a precipitate of what appears to be metallic silver, in minute globules and irregularly shaped masses. The part of the bead acted upon likewise becomes straw-colored, and slightly iridescent. When oxide of copper is substituted for litharge, the bead becomes opaque, and of a light greenish-blue color. Touched with the re- ducing flame, the part within its influence changes to a very beau- tiful pale blue, bordered by bands of a somewhat cupreous shade, and enriched by a fine play of colors. A precipitate resembling me- tallic silver frequently accompanies this reaction. With oxide of nickel, in the outer flame, a grayish-brown, streaked enamel is pro- duced. The reaction with the reducing flame slightly resembles that with copper ; but the bands around the part heated are very light, — almost white, in fact, — and the delicate pale blue of the copper re- action is entirely wanting. With teroxide of antimony, in the reducing flame, there is a metallic precipitate. Addition of litharge to the silver-copper and silver-nickel beads, and treatment with the reducing flame, produces a metallic precipitate, in the form of globules distin- guishable with the lens. Copper. — Oxide of copper, with borax, and treated as just described under silver, yields a metallic precipitate, which is somewhat increased by addition of litharge. With microcosmic salt, there is a similar precipitate, accompanied sometimes by the formation of sub-oxide of copper. By means of the reaction with borax, I have detected copper — obtaining a metallic cupreous precipitate, in an iron pyrites, said to contain but two or three per cent of that metal ; and where the pro- portion of copper was so small, that it did not affect the characteristic iron-yellow of the glass when heated in the outer flame. Nickel. — With borax, oxide of nickel gives a gray, metallic precipi- tate, when heated in the reducing flame. Addition of litharge renders OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 28, 1865. 487 the precipitate somewhat globular. Arsenious acid does not seem materially to affect the character of the precipitate ; nor do the sesqui- oxides of iron and chromium, and the red oxide of manganese. With equal parts of the oxides of nickel and copper, the color of the pre- cipitate indicates the presence of both metals, in some parts the cupre- ous, and in others the uickelic hue prevailing. Where the oxide of copper is very considerably in excess of the nickel, the precipitate has still a decidedly grayish cast; but when the latter oxide is in excess, the presence of copper is scarcely perceptible, aside from the blue color it imparts to the glass. With microcosmic salt, the reactions are similar to those described with borax ; but not so easily obtained, owing, perhaps, to the greater fluidity of glasses made with that flux.* Cobalt. — With borax, oxide of cobalt, in the reducing flame, gives a gray metallic precipitate, not distinguishable from that of nickel. Arsenious acid causes a larger precipitate, but does not affect its ap- pearance. Sesquioxide of iron seems to promote the precipitation of the cobalt. With an equal amount of oxide of copper, the precipitate is cupreous, inclining to gray, the latter shade being best recognized by comparison with a pure copper precipitate. Manganese. — In a borax bead, highly colored by oxide of manga- nese, but still translucent, a scanty dark-colored precipitate is obtained in the reducing flame ; but this precipitate is not metallic, and seems to be within the glass rather than on its surface. Lime seems to hasten this reaction; and after adding this substance I have noticed a crystalline precipitate form upon flaming. The crystals were trans- parent prisms, quite large, and apparently modified. With microcosmic salt, in the reducing flame, there is a crystalline precipitate, composed of spiculae, bearing some resemblance to those of lime, only rather larger and more conspicuous than any I have ob- served with that earth. Iron. — Sesquioxide of iron, fused with borax, in the outer flame, to a dark, brownish-yellow bead, and then treated with the reducing flame, affords an amorphous precipitate, in streaks and reticulated * In treating pyritic minerals, they should be carefully roasted before fusion with borax, otherwise a precipitate of sulphide of iron may occur, which somewhat re- semliles the metallic precipitates of Nickel and Cobalt, and might be mistaken for one of those metals, thereby misleading the operator as to the constitution of the substance under examination. 488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY aggregations, which appear black by ti-ansmitted, and grayish-black by reflected light. When the bead saturated with iron is heated for some time in the ordinary reducing flame, and, when quite cold, a small portion of its surface exposed for a few seconds to the influence of the small fine-pointed reducing flame, the precipitate Avhich forms is ap- parently metallic. When a bead, nearly opaque with sesquioxide of iron, is thoroughly fused in the outer flame, teroxide of antimony added, and then reheated for a short time in the same flame, a gray metallic- looking precipitate forms on the surface, upon cooling. Substituting arsenious acid for antimony, the experiments otherwise being conducted in the manner just described, I have obtained no precipitate whatever. Lime and litharge seem to have but little effect on the iron reaction. Upon adding the red oxide of manganese, I have noticed a dark cloudy precipitate form in the glass, after treating with the reducing flame ; but the reaction is very unsatisfactory. Uranium. — With borax, in the intermittent flame, sesquioxide of uranium yields a light-colored flocculent-looking precipitate ; but no crystals, so far as I have observed. In the reducing flame, the precipi- tate is very much like that of iron ; and addition of sesquioxide of iron, or lime, does not sensibly affect it. Manganese produces, in the reducing flame, the same precipitate that it does with iron. In microcosmic salt, I have obtained a crystalline precipitate ; but the form of the crystals was not determinable, when magnified four hundred diameters. This precipitate formed only after repeated ap- plications of the reducing flame. Upon adding sesquioxide of iron, I noticed crystals, in outline like those of strontia, but much smaller than any that I have seen of that earth. Chromium. — Sesquioxide of chromium, fused with borax in the outer, and then treated with an intermittent inner flame, yields a glass filled with bubbles which are often microscopic. Reversing the pro- cess, viz. first treating with the reducing flame, is followed by the same result. With microcosmic salt, I have not obtained any differ- ent reaction. Berzelius alludes to this phenomenon, in his treatise on the blowpipe, stating at the same time his inability to account for it. Tungstic Acid. — With borax, in the reducing flame, tungstic acid readily yields a crystalline precipitate, often bluish at the edges, and slightly iridescent. Under the microscope, this precipitate strikingly resembles the arborescent crystallizations of frost upon window-glass OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 28, 1865. 489 (see Plate, Fig. 5) ; and, when viewed by reflected light, it exhibits a frosty lustre. Mixed with an equal quantity of sesquioxide of iron, the tungstic acid reaction is easily obtained, and quite apparent, in a translucent glass ; but where the bead is opaque from excess of iron, a slight gi'ayish precipitate only is distinguishable. Silicic acid seems to promote the formation of this precipitate, even when added in large quantities. Equal parts of tungstic acid and oxide of copper give a cupreous precipitate, but decidedly grayish. With microcosmic salt, the reactions are much the same as with borax ; except that in a transparent bead containing a mixture of sesquioxide of iron and tungstic acid I have noticed, besides the arbo- rescent variety, crystals of a hexagonal stellate form, one of the axes being, however, at least one half longer than the others, thus giving to the crystals a distorted aspect. Titanic Acid. — In borax, treated with the reducing flame, titanic acid affords an amorphous, blue precipitate, usually as a band stretch- ing across the surface of the bead. Mixed with equal parts of tungstic acid, in the reducing flame, the reaction of the last-named acid is very apparent, while that of titanic acid might easily be confounded with the blue boi'der mentioned as frequently accompanying the tungstic acid precipitate ; though I am inclined to think that the presence of the titanic acid renders the blue color deeper and more distinct. An excess of titanic acid gives a blue band, too well defined to be easily mistaken for any similar appearance of tungstic acid ; yet the reaction of the latter is quite apparent, even when the former is three or four times in excess. Mixed with sesquioxide of iron, avoiding an excess of iron, however, the blue titanic acid precipitate is easily obtained and recog- nized, the glass being still translucent. When the quantity of sesqui- oxide employed was six or seven times that of the acid, I obtained a very dark iron-gray precipitate, on the surface of an o[)aque bead. Equal parts of titanic acid and oxide of copper yield a slightly gray copper precipitate. With microcosmic salt, in the reducing flame, titanic acid gives a transparent, colorless crystalline pi-ecipitate. Molyhdic Acid. — With borax, in the reducing flame, molybdic acid yields quite easily a lustrous, iridescent metallic precipitate, in color from silver-gray to black, and bordered, on the side remote from the flame, by a brown band. In the portion of the glass not obscured by this precipitate I have noticed transparent hexagonal and rhomuoidal 490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY crystals, (see Plate, Fig. 6,) accompanied by very irregularly shaped, but equally transparent, crystalline masses. In mixtures of equal parts of molybdic acid and oxide of copper, the copper precipitate is some- what inclined to gray. With sesquioxide of iron, there is a black metallic-looking precipitate, not iridescent. When the iron was con- siderably in excess, the precipitate was slight, and difficultly obtainable. In presence of manganese, the precipitate was quite dense, and simply characteristic of molybdic acid ; and such was also the case in mixtures of equal parts of molybdic and tungstic, and molybdic and titanic acids. With microcosmic salt, I have obtained a precipitate similar to, but less distinct than, that noticed with borax. Concluding Remarks. Beads, at a certain point of saturation, will become wholly or par- tially opaque upon cooling ; and, under such circumstances, well-defined crystalline forms are sometimes produced ; but they are generally ob- scured by the increase of the devitrified portion of the glass, during the process of cooling. In two or three instances, however, while experi- menting with baryta, I have observed distinctly marked hexagonal crystals form beneath the surface of the glass (when obtained . by the reheating or flaming process, the crystallizations are quite close to the surface), as it cooled after complete fusion, prior to flaming, without any further devitrification taking place ; and the crystals of Fig. 1 of the plate are examples of this kind. Wherever mention is made in the foregoing pages of treatment with the "reducing flame," the short, fine-pointed flame of the diagram, described in the commencement, is intended, except in one or two cases, where the " whole surface of the bead " is spoken of as being acted on by the reducing flame ; and previous fusio7i in the oxidating- fiame, and cooling of the glass, is always presupposed, unless a different method of procedure is explicitly stated. An " intermittent reducing flame " is also alluded to, and by this is meant repeated applications of the fine jet of flame, time being allowed between each application for the bead to cool. This method will often insure a precipitate where a single heat would altogether fail, which is especially apt to be the case in glasses not very highly charged with the subject of experiment ; for, it must be borne in mind, it will not do to heat the bead too long at any one time, when a precipitate by reduction is desired, as the precipitate OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 28, 1865. 491 ordinarily forms at or near the margin of the red-hot portion of the glass, the tendency seemingly being to aggregate away from the point of greatest heat, and in a matrix which has not assumed the fluid con- dition. In consequence of this tendency, if the heat be too long con- tinued— which may be known by the reddening of the whole or greater part of the surface of the bead — the precipitate, especially when scanty, is driven completely off the glass and thrown upon the wire loop, where it is often invisible, besides exercising, if in the metallic state, a damaging influence on the wire itself. Frequently the precipi- tate is in the form of a narrow, crescent-shaped band, at the edge of the heated portion of the glass ; and repeated cautious applications of the flame will generally produce a repetition of these bands ; thus render- ing quite distinct what otherwise might scarcely have been visible. Where the precipitate is metallic, translucency of the glass is not important, and, unless microscopic study is intended, rotundity of the bead is not objectionable ; on the contrary, within certain limits, is pref- erable, on account of its being more slowly heated, and thus allowing a moi'e prolonged action of the flame. In reference to the mixtures experimented on, where the proportions are given, bulk, not weight, is to be understood. Many and carefully conducted experiments are needed to determine the constancy and deli- cacy of the reactions I have described, to say nothing of the multitude of combinations which remain untried. The subject of combinations suggests the possibility of finding certain substances which, when brought together under the influence of the fluxes, and of the different blowpipe flames, shall give decisive evidence of the presence of one or both of them, when, perhaps, alone they would wholly have escaped detection in this method of chemical investigation, and as bearing on this point, the reactions of antimony and arsenic with oxide of copper, that of the former with iron and of alumina with lime, are especially worthy of attention. The following extracts from Muspratt's " Chemistry, as applied to Arts and Manufactures," pages 194 and 197, Art. " Devitrified or Semi-crystallized Glass," cannot fail to be of interest in connection with the subject of crystals in blowpipe beads : — " As excessive brittleness results from the sudden cooling of glass, so, on the other hand, when the fused metal is cooled too slowly, the amorphous state entirely disappears, the mass assumes a crystalline structure, and other changes occur which are termed devitrijication. 492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY If the glass contains different bases, a partial separation takes place ; the silica divides itself between the bases, and thus forms compounds of definite proportions which crystallize separately. In this case the intimate mixture of the materials which constitute the true glass is destroyed ; the glass becomes very hard, fibrous, opaque, much less fusible, a better conductor of heat and electricity." " ' To sum up,' in the words of Dumas, to whom the editor is chiefly indebted for what has been said on this interesting subject, ' devitrifica- tion is a crystallization of glass, due to the formation of definite com- pounds infusible at the temperature existing at the instant of devitrifica- tion. Sometimes this infusibility is produced by the volatilization of the alkaline base ; sometimes by a single division or separation, the alkali then passing into that portion of the glass which preserves the vitreous state. All glasses may therefore be devitrified, for all glasses are capable of passing to the state of definite, and consequently crystal- lizable, silicates. Glasses which contain at the same time indifferent oxides and basic oxides will devitrify better than others, by the ten- dency which the indifferent silicates and basic silicates have to combine in definite proportions. Lastly, devitrified glasses will possess very variable properties, for their composition itself will differ completely, according to the nature of the glasses and the circumstances of devitri- fication. Thus sometimes the devitrified glass will be crystallized in needles of considerable size, as happens with window-glass ; sometimes it will be crystallized in very fine needles, or even simply transformed into an opaline mass, without appearance of crystals, as in the case of bottle-glass.' " Supplement. Since the preceding pages were prepared for publication, I have been enabled, through the kindness of Dr. Gibbs and Prof. Cooke, to submit Niobic Acid, Selenium, Tellurium, and Protoxide of Cerium to the methods of blowpipe examination, of which I have just treated, and with the following results. Niobic Acid. — Niobic Acid (Nbg O3), with borax, after fusion in the outer flame, gives easily, either in the intermittent or fine-pointed reducing flame, a whitish precipitate, tinged with blue, yellow, and vio- let, and remarkably iridescent by transmitted as well as by reflected light. I have observed no crystals in this precipitate ; but highly mag- nified, it is resolved into minute spheroidal-shaped masses. The pre- cipitate is the same in the reducing as in the intermittent flame, and OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MARCH 28, 1865. 493 is liable to be confounded with that given by titanic acid when treated with the intermittent flame, unless submitted to microscopic examina- tion, when it is easily distinguished, the titanic acid precipitate being amorphous matter, sometimes presenting a reticulated structure, but never, to the extent of my observation, either in numex'ous distinct points or spheroidal. When a small proportion of tungstic acid is present, both it and nio- bic can easily be distinguished, though in this case the reducing flame sometimes produces an amorphous precipitate not unlike that of titanic acid, but subsequent treatment with the intermittent flame will bring out the characteristic spheroids of niobic acid. Mixed with titanic acid, niobic acid being in excess, the precipitate shows traces of the presence of the former acid ; but the reaction is not nearly so definite or delicate as that just described with tungstic acid. Manganese seems to facilitate the precipitation of niobic acid. Columbite, from Middletown, Connecticut, gives the niobic acid pre- cipitate, though the presence of iron detracts from its iridescence as viewed by transmitted light. With microcosmic salt, there is a slight amorphous, brownish-yellow precipitate. Selenium. — Fused with borax in the outer flame, the selenium glass, when very slightly touched with the reducing flame, gives minute, transparent, spindle-shaped crystals, forming apparently a crust on the surface of the bead. These crystals closely resemble those of selenious acid formed when selenium is heated in the closed tube. With microcosmic salt I have obtained no reaction, the glass being exceedingly fusible. Tellurium. — Its reaction is like that of selenium, except that with microcosmic salt I have observed crystals similar to those obtained with borax. Protoxide of Cerium. — With borax, both in the reducing and inter- mittent flames, I have noticed a granular, crystalline precipitate. The crystals are very minute, and with the microscopic facilities at my dis- posal, I have not been able to determine their form, though of their crystalline character I think there can be no doubt, except in cases where the reheating process has been too much prolonged, when they appear to lose their angular structure, and sometimes fuse together to a mass not unlike the precipitate of titanic acid in the reducing flame. VOL. VI. 65 494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Fig. 1. Ba 0. Fig. 2. BaO. Fig. 3. Sr 0. Fig. 4. Mg 0. Fig. 5. W Oj. Fig. 6. MoO,. Explanation of the Figures. Fig. 1. " 2. " 3. " 4. " 5. " 6. Baryta in microcosmic salt (obtained without flaming). Baijta in borax. Strontia in microcosmic salt. Magnesia in borax. Tungstic Acid in borax. Molybdic Acid in borax. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : APRIL 25, 1865. 495 Five hundred and fiftieth Meeting. April 11, 1865. — Monthly Meeting. The President in the chair. Mr. Alexander Agassiz read a paper on the young of a spe- cies of Planaria. Five hundred and fift^-first Meeting. April 25, 1865. — Special Meeting. The President in the chair. Professor Lovering presented a report from the Rumford Committee, recommending that the Rumford Premium be awarded to Professor Daniel Treadwell for improvements in the management of heat, and the subject of the report was assigned as tlie special business of the meeting on the second Tuesday of May. Professor Cooke made the following communication : — An accident to one of the large turbine wheels employed by the Merrimack Manufacturing Corporation of Lowell has furnished a most remarkable illustration of the modern mechanical theoiy of heat, and through the kindness of Mr. Isaac Hinckley, the accomplished agent of the Corporation, I have the pleasure of bringing tiie facts to the notice of the Academy. I cannot do better than to begin by reading Mr. Hinckley's own statement, in a letter addressed to me, dated December 30th, 1864. The specimens referred to in the letter I have placed on the table for the inspection of the Academy. " In accordance with your request, I herewith send you five pieces of metal, once portions of one of our turbines. I have placed these pieces in the box in the same relative positions which they occupied when they made a part of the turbine. To make my statement clear to you, I would refer to Plate I. of Mr. Francis's admirable work, ' Lowell Hy- draulic Experiments,' which you will find in the College Library. Our turbines are similar to the Tremont turbine therein shown. " The turbine of which these pieces were a part is one of 250 H. P., under a fall of 32 feet, using 75 cub. ft. of water per second. The wheel is of 58^ inches diameter, with depth of float of 6 inches, and a velocify 496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY of 144 revolutions per minute. Its position is horizontal, and at a level of 3 feet below the surface of Merrimack River at its ordinary stage. It is mounted upon a vertical wrought-iron shaft 25 feet long and 6 inches diameter at smallest place. This shaft is fitted at its upper end vpith a series of disks, by means of which it is supported in its box, which again is supported by a massive cast-iron frame. This frame supports the entire weight of the wheel and shaft. The shaft at its lower end is bored in the line of its axis to a depth of 5^ inches to re- ceive a steel pin of 17j- inches length and 2J- inches diameter ; and which projects from the shaft 12 inches. The steady-pin has no func- tion to perform other than that of restraining the shaft from lateral aberration. It is free to revolve in a box made of three pieces of case- hardened iron, so placed in a cast-iron frame as to allow free play to the steady-pin and the free access of water to it. Each of these three pieces composing this box is kept up to its place by following-screws working in the cast-iron frame which is bolted to the stone floor of the turbine pit. In the Tremont turbine this floor is of wood, and in Plate I. the steady-pin is marked 'I.' " The pieces sent are marked Nos. 1 to 5. No. 1 is the portion of the steady-pin which was nearest the shaft ; No. 2, the other extremity of the same pin ; Nos. 3, 4, 5, the three pieces of case-hardened iron forming the box, with portions of the steady-pin attached. You will at once perceive that this steel has been partially fused, and can thus account for its attachment to the iron. " The facts are, that on noticing some irregularities of motion on the part of the wheel, it was stopped, and the water pumped from the pit until the floor was bare. Inspection showed that the following-screws had not done their duty uniformly ; and the three pieces, Nos. 3, 4, 5, no longer preserved their proper relative positions, nor allowed free play to the steady-pin. The consequence was, an amount of friction causing heat sufficient to fuse steel, although the latter was immersed tliree feet deep in a raceway ten feet wide, through which was passing seventy-five cubic feet of water per second. " A similar accident happened thrice to our turbines, which are now, however, safely guarded against such mishaps." There are two points in connection with these facts to which I wish especially to call attention. In the first place, the weight of the wheel did not rest upon the surfaces of friction. The three pieces of case-hardened iron in their displaced position acted simply as a brake OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 9, 1865. 497 upon the revolving shaft, so tliat the heat must have resulted wholly from the destruction of mechanical motion. The immense moving power of the wheel, instead of being directed wholly into its appro- priate channel, was in part transformed into that mode of atomic mo- tion called heat. In the second place, the temperature attained was at least the welding-point of iron, and this, too, although the heated metal was immersed in a stream of flowing water. It is undoubtedly true, that the spheroidal condition of the water would greatly retard the loss of heat, but still the loss must have been exceedingly rapid. Now the loss, even at the highest temperature attained, must have been fully supplied by the heat generated during the same time ; and this must, therefore, have been evolved with equal rapidity at the surfaces of friction. No change in the molecular condition of the iron, and no abra- sion of the metal, is at all sufficient to account for this continuous, pro- longed, and immensely rapid evolution of heat, and the facts force upon us the conclusion, that the destruction of mechanical motion is the one and only efficient cause. Moreover, if we admit the generally received principle of mechanics, that motion cannot be annihilated, the conclu- sion that heat is a mode of motion is equally irresistible. Lastly, it is evident that the facts here stated perfectly accord with the well-known experiments of Rumford and Davy ; only since the moving power of the Merrimack turbine is so much greater than that employed by these distinguished experimentalists, the results which I have had the pleasure of exhibiting are more striking and conclusive than any which have been previously obtained. Five bundred and fifty-second fleeting. May 9, 1865. — Monthly Meeting. The President in the chair. The Recording Secretary read letters relative to exchanges. The proposition of the Rumford Committee, that the Rumford Premium be awarded to Professor Treadwell for his improve- ments in the management of heat, which had been referred to this meeting, was then brought up for discussion, and was re- ferred to the Annual Meeting for the action of the Academy. 498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Five hundred and fifty-third Meeting. May 30, 1865. — Annual Meeting. The President in the chair. The Report of the Council upon the changes which had occurred in the Academy during the past year was presented and read by the Corresponding Secretary, as follows: — In our annual survey of the changes Avhich have taken place in the membership of the Academy, our thoughts naturally turn in the first instance to the losses which we have sustained by death. These, al- though less numerous by one half than in the year preceding, are still severe. The four names which now disappear from the roll of Resident Fel- lows are those of Messrs. Bartlett and Bond of the first Class, of Everett and Quincy of the third ; — two taken from us in their prime, and two in the fulness of years and honors. Only two Associate Fellows have deceased, the astronomer Gilliss, and the venerable Silliman ; and only one Foreign Honorary Member, the venerable astronomer Struve. Taking into view the important services rendered to Astronomy by Messrs. Quincy and Everett, it will be noticed that the losses of the past year fall peculiarly upon that department of science. William Pitt Greenwood Bartlett, one of the youngest mem- bers of our mathematical section, died at Cambridge on the 13th of January last, just as he was entering upon a promising scientific career. He was born at Boston, on the 27th of October, 1837, entered Harvard University in the summer of 1854, and graduated with honors in July, 1858. He soon entered into the corps of computers for the American Ephemeris, and was assiduously engaged in this work until his decease. He contributed to Runkle's Mathematical Monthly some valuable pa- pers on the elements of Quaternions, and to the Memoirs of this Acad- emy a paper on Interpolation. In the Nautical Almanac Office he had charge of the Time-stars and the Circumpolar Stars ; and he showed great ability and industry in preparing their Ephemeris and tables. The character of his work is highly eulogized by the simple statement of the fact, that it was left in such condition that another computer could take it up, without the loss of any of Mr. Bartlett's labor, at the point where it was dropped through the sudden and fatal illness by which a life of great promise was cut short. OP ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 30, 1865. 499 George Phillips Bond, the worthy successor of his father, the first director of the Cambridge Observatory, died, of consumption, on the 17th of February last, a few months less than forty years old. He was born at Dorchester, on the 20th of May, 1825, and was grad- uated at Harvard University in the summer of 1845. He began to make observations as early as the year 1842, at the temporary Obser- vatory on Quincy Street, where he soon took the place of his deceased brother, W. C. Bond, Jr., a young man of high promise as an astrono- mer. After graduation, and upon the permanent establishment of the Observatory, George Bond took the post of Assistant Observer, which he held until 1859, when, upon the death of his lamented father, he was called to succeed him as Director. Thus his whole life, even from boyhood, was devoted to astronomical labors in connection with the Observatory which the Bonds, father and son, have made illustrious. Upon them devolved the heavy task of organizing the new establish- ment, and of carrying it on with means in slender proportion to its work. Suffice it to say, that the high position which the Observatory took under the direction of the elder Bond "was maintained under the younger. To its interests, and to scientific labors in connection with his official duties, he gave himself, from first to last, with entire de- votion. The most important of his scientific investigations are : — 1. Those relating to the mathematical theory of some portions of Astronomy, especially his papers on Cometary Calculations, and the Method of Mechanical Quadratures (in which he anticipated a valuable improvement afterwards given independently by Encke), and that on the use of Equivalent Factors in the Method of Least Squares. To this category belong in part his investigations upon Saturn's rings, which form the first step towards the present state of the problems connected with that system. 2. The Reduction of the Observations made for the United States Coast Survey Chronometric Expeditions between Cambridge and Liv- erpool, effiiicted under his direction. Upon these depend the most trustworthy American longitudes. 3. The Observations of Zones of small Stars. He mainly prepared the plan for observing and reducing these zones, and even graduated the mica scales employed in them. He also made many of the obser- vations,— the most of the published portion, and a large share of those still in manuscript. 600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 4. The two works on the Comet of Donati and the Nebula of Orion are, however, his most important contributions to astronomical science. The former commanded the general admiration of astronomers as a full and faithful monograph of the physical phenomena of that celebrated comet, and was crowned with the highest honors by the Royal Astro- nomical Society in the recent award of its gold medal. The latter work, — understood to be complete as to the researches, but the expo- sition of which his waning strength did not permit him to finish, — it is hoped may, in the main, yet be given to the world, to vindicate the essential accuracy of his father, and to reflect additional lustre upon his own memory. The spirit and personal characteristics of Professor Bond may be expressed in few words. He was a remarkably patient and industri- ous as well as skilful investigator, and was ever anxious that his works should possess the qualities, now so imperatively demanded, of unity and completeness. That he did so much for science, and did it so well, during the few years that were allotted to him, must have been partly owing to an extreme reluctance to dissipate his powers by beginning new works while old ones were still unfinished. Science to him was not a pastime, but a serious calling, to be pursued with utmost consci- entiousness and singleness of purpose. These characteristics were strikingly exemplified in the latter months of his life, in the persever- ance and earnestness with which, under great physical weakness and constant suffering, he continued to the last his work upon the nebula of Orion, dictating to and directing his amanuenses long after the strength to write was gone from him. He was ever watchful of the interests of the institution committed to his charge, and strict in the performance of every duty. All who knew him well can testify to the great simplicity, purity, and uprightness of his chai'acter. He was deeply penetrated Avith the spirit of Christianity, and was a devout member of the Episcopal Church. He visited Europe first in 1851, and again in 1863. In 1851 he observed the total eclipse of that year in Sweden, and visited the prin- cipal Observatories of the North of Europe. In 1863 he spent a few months in England and Germany, renewing personal intercourse with old friends and correspondents, and forming new ties, too soon, alas! to be severed. Edwakd Everett was born in Dorchester, Massachusetts, on the 11th of April, 1794, and was graduated at Harvard University with OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 30, 1865. 601 the highest honors in 1811. In 1812 he was appointed Latin tutor at the University. Meanwhile he had devoted himself to the study of Divinity, and in 1813 he was installed as pastor of Brattle Street Church in Boston. In 1815 he was elected Professor of the Greek Language and Literature at Cambridge, and soon afterwards embarked for Europe to prepare himself, by study in Germany, and by travels in Greece and other parts of the Old World, for the duties of this Profes- sorship. He had hardly entered on his twenty-first year when he was thus called to quit the clerical profession ; but he had already won the highest reputation as a pulpit orator, and in 1815 had published an elaborate defence of Christianity, in a volume of five hundred pages, which would have done no discredit to the most mature theologian of the time. Returning from Europe in 1819, he proceeded at once to the dis- charge of his duties as Greek Professor in Harvard University, where he acquired fresh distinction both as an orator and a scholar by his bril- liant lectures on Greek literature. He found time also to publish a Greek Grammar translated by himself from the German of Buttmann, and a Greek Reader based upon that of Jacobs. In 1820, while still holding this Professorship, he assumed the editorial charge of the North American Review, to whose pages during the four following years he contributed about fifty articles. Fifty or sixty articles were contrib- uted by him to the same Review in subsequent years after he had ceased to be its editor. In 1824, Mr. Everett was chosen a Representative from the Middle- sex District in the Congress of the United States, and continued to serve his fellow-citizens in that capacity for more than ten years. His eloquent speeches on almost all the great political questions of that pe- riod, and his able reports as chairman of the Committee of Foreign Affairs, would have been enough to secure him a permanent national reputation, had this been his only sphere of public service. In 1835, Mr. Everett was elected Governor of Massachusetts, and held that office with great dignity and distinction for four years. Fail- ing of a re-election by only one vote, he embarked lor Europe in 1840 with a view to his own health and that of his family, and not without plans of literary labor which he hoped to accomplish in Italy. There is the best reason for thinking that " Rome in the Times of Cicero " was the subject of a work which he had proposed as the occupation of the period of his residence abroad. But public employment was again VOL. VI. 56 502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY destined to interrupt his literary labors. In 1841, be was appointed to represent his country at the Court of St. James, where he remained for four years as Minister Plenipotentiary, and where he found an am- ple field for displaying his abilities as a diplomatist as well as his ac- complishments as a scholar and his eloquence as an orator. Returning home in the autumn of 1845, Mr. Everett was met with the appointment of President of Harvard University. He accepted this office with reluctance, but he administered its difficult duties with the greatest assiduity and ability for three years, when the state of his health compelled him to resign it. In 1852, on the death of Mr. Webster, Mr. Everett was summoned to Washington as Secretary of State of the United States, and con- ducted the foreign affiiirs of the country with great brilliancy during the brief term which remained before the expiration of President Fill- more's administration. In 1853, he was elected a Senator of the United States for six years by the Legislature of Massachusetts, but his health proved insufficient for the arduous labors of Congress during that exciting period of our national affairs, and in the summer of 1854 he resigned his seat, and retired finally to private life. This summary statement of Mr. Everett's official career, distinguished and varied as that career was, furnishes, however, a very inadequate idea of his life and labors even during the yeai's to which it relates. While he always discharged the duties of the successive offices to which he was called with conscientious and most exemplary fidelity, he by no means confined himself to the mere routine of official service. On the contrary, it was during this very period that he achieved the highest distinction as a scholar and an orator by effiarts quite apart from the duties of public station. In the three noble volumes of his works al- ready published there will be found nearly a hundred orations, speeches, or lectures, upon almost every variety of topic, moral, historical, literary, or scientific, delivered during these thirty years of his official career, from 1824 to 1854, hardly one of which has any relation to the offices which he held. They were purely labors of love, superadded to those of office, and undertaken voluntarily in the cause of popular education and improvement. It is hardly too much to say, that had Mr. Everett held no office during this whole period, the record of his life would still have exhibited an amount of work done, and admirably done, which would have insured him a most grateful remembrance and a most en- viable reputation with posterity. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 30, 1865. 503 Nor was the private life of Mr. Everett, when he finally withdrew from all official position, a life of retii-ement or inaction. Indeed, it may be doubted whether he was ever more actively or more successfully employed in serving the public than during the last ten years of his life, when he was free from all official obligations. As President of the Board of Trustees of the Public Library of Boston, and as one of the Overseers of the University at Cambridge, he continued to render the most valuable aid to the cause of popular education. As a lecturer before many of our mercantile, literary, and charitable associations, as a speaker at almost all our great anniversary festivals and occasional meetings, and as a contributor to the public journals of his own or other cities, he found ample opportunities for expressing his views on the va- rious questions of the day, (and he expressed them with more inde- pendence and more weight as a private citizen of the highest accom- plishments and largest experience, whom all honored and respected, than if he had held the most important and distinguished office in the gift of the people.) Among the public addresses delivered by him at this period of his life, there is, perhaps, none of more commanding excellence than the one which he pronounced in August, 1856, be- fore the American Association for the Advancement of Science, on the occasion of dedicating the Dudley Astronomical Observatory, — a dis- course which for felicity and scope of illustration and for effisctive oratory may well be ranked among the most brilliant of the contribu- tions which science owes to literature and eloquence. During a por- tion of this period of his private life he devoted himself particularly and with the greatest success to the collection of a fund for the purchase of Mount Vernon, 'and for securing the home and the grave of Wash- ington as the property of the nation. To this end he visited almost all the great cities of the Union, delivering a brilliant discourse on the character of the Father of his Country wherever he went, and contribut- ing the proceeds of every such occasion to the Mount Vernon Fund. It was to him more than to any or all other persons that the ultimate accomplishment of the object was due. On the breaking out of the Rebellion, four years ago, Mr. Everett seemed to consecrate himself, and with a new earnestness, to the service of his country, and his voice, his pen, his personal influence and example, were of inestimable value to the cause of the Union. He was not spared to see the final triumph of that cause ; but he lived to be gladdened by not a few of those suc- cesses wli'cli rendered the ultimate issue only a question of timp. He 504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY witnessed the rescue of East Tennessee from the Rebel forces, and forthwith devoted himself to the collection of a fund of a hundred thou- sand doHars for the relief of that afflicted and devastated region. He witnessed, still later, the capture of Savannah by the Federal arms, and allowed no considerations of health or of private business to pre- vent his unitinof with his fellow-citizens at Faneuil Hall in makin"; ar- rangements for sending food to her starving people. On this occasion his admirable and forcible appeal proved too much for his strength. He returned home greatly exhausted, and after a few days of suffering was struck with apoplexy on the morning of January 15th, 1865, and died without a struggle. The highest public honors were paid to his remains. A statue of him was at once ordered by the citizens of Boston, and his memory will be cherished by scholars and by patriots to the latest generation. Mr. Everett was elected into the Academy in 1820, being then in his twenty-sixth year. He served first as Recording and afterwards as Corresponding Secretary from 1822 to 1828 inclusive, and was its Vice-President from 1846 to 1851. In 1843 he contributed to the Transactions a " Report on the Discovery and Name of an eighth satel- lite of Saturn." The Hon. Josiah Quincy closed a long life, for the most part spent in public service, and honored with high distinctions, on Friday evening, July 2, 1864, at his country seat in Quincy, Mass. Born in Boston, February 4, 1772, he had nearly half completed his ninety -third year. His family history is an honorable and distinguished one through the whole period of our American annals. He was in the fifth generation of descent from his ancestor Edmund Quincy, who, with six servants, marking him as a man of consideration for the time, emigrated to Bos- ton with the Rev. John Cotton's company in 1633, and occupied lands in Braintree, now Quincy, a portion of which have to this day remained in the possession of his descendants. Our late associate was the only child of the honored and lamented young patriot, Josiah Quincy, Jr., who, having shown his fidelity and ability by valuable services to his country just previous to the opening of hostilities in our Revolutionary war, was lost to our cause by his death on his homeward voyage from England, April 24, 1775, at the age of thirty-one years. His son was thus left, when but three yeai's old, to the care of the widowed mother, daughter of William Phillips, an eminent merchant of Boston. She was every way qualified for the OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAT 30, 1865. 505 trust, and she devoted herself with absorbing fidelity to the oversight of the physical, moral, and intellectual training of her charge. He was sent at the age of six to the then newly established academy at An- dover, and after eight years of preparation entered Harvard College in 1786, at the age of fourteen, to graduate in 1790 with the highest hon- ors of his class. He studied law in Boston with the Hon. Winiam Tu- dor, and in 1793 was admitted to the bar (and entered upon practice), though from the first it seemed as if he was intended rather for a pub- lic than a professional career. In the high party strife which marked the period of his maturity, he gave his whole-hearted devotion to the Federalists, and accredited himself through his long life to that fellow- ship and its succession. During a visit to New York and Philadelphia in 1795, he was presented to Washington, and made tlie acquaintance of the leaders of the Federal party. In 1797, he married Eliza Susan Morton of New York, living in the happiest domestic relations with her for a period of fifty-three years, which was terminated by her death in 1850. He lost his mother in 1798. He was elected a member of the State Senate in 1804, and was elected to the House of Represent- atives at Washington in December, 1805, having previously been un- successful as the Federal candidate for Congress from his District. For this latter honor he was afterwards a successful competitor with his former rival, and retained his seat by four successive elections, until 1813, when he voluntarily withdrew. His years of this service were years of intensest political excitement, his party being in a small minority, and he himself on a marked occasion having the privilege of proving his fidelity to conscience by voting in a minority of one. During the seven years following he was a member of the Massachusetts Senate, and then for two years Speaker of the House of Representatives, which office he resigned to become Judge of the Municipal Court of Boston. On the second year after Boston had received its City Charter, Mr. Quincy was chosen Mayor. He discharged his trust so faithfully, and with such unsparing hand and voice against abuses, that, after five re- elections, he was superseded. He was inaugurated as President of Harvard College, June 2, 1829, and resigned the office after Com- mencement in 1845, to retire to private life, but by no means to abate his activity or interest in all matters of the public welfare. His lofty and earnest patriotism in the civil war which agitated without clouding his closing years, was but the concentration of the sterling qualities wliich he had manifested through his whole life. He was an example of the 506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Roman virtues of integi'ity and severe rectitude, an ardent champion of universal freedom, and a stern rebuker of every form of corruption and oppression. His last years were crowned with the veneration of the community which he had served so uprightly and wisely in such a va- riety of ways. He added dignity to each of the numerous offices which he had filled, and won conspicuous distinctions in all of them. Elected in the year 1803, only twenty years after the establishment of this Academy, he was for many years its senior Fellow. He filled the office of Vice-President for several years, and until near the close of his long life he manifested, by his frequent attendance at the meet- ings and participation in its business concerns, his lively interest in its prospei'ity. He may almost be called the founder of the Observatory at Cambridge. He called the elder Bond to the charge of the incipient institution, which the Academy helped to maintain, took a leading part in those measures through which the ampler endowment and equipment of the present establishment were secured, caused to be printed at his own cost the principal part of its three volumes of Annals, and contin- ued to the last his interest and useful services in its behalf as one of its official advisers. Mr. Quincy's most considerable literary works are, — 1. His " Memoir of Josiah Quincy, Jr.," published in the year 1825. 2. His " History of Harvard University," in two volumes, published in 1840, which passed to a second edition. 3. " Journals and Life of Major Samuel Shaw, first American Con- sul at Canton," issued in 1847. 4. "History of the Boston Athenasum," in 1851. 5. " The Mimicipal History of the Town and City of Boston during Two Centuries," 1852, written when in his eightieth year. And still later, G. "The Life of John Quincy Adams," publislied in 1858. Not to enumerate the many pamphlets which proceeded from his vigorous pen, we may mention the last, an " Essay on the Soiling of Cattle," produced in 1859, at the age of eighty-seven. It is with no ordinary emotion that we now strike from the roll of surviving Fellows the long-honored name of one whose membership of sixty-one years dates back almost to the lifetime of our first President, Governor Bowdoin, and whose literary studies had commenced wlien this Academy was founded. Captain Jamks M. Gilliss of the United States Navy, Sup'erin- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 30, 1865. 607 tendent of the Naval Observatory at Washington, was born in George- town, in the District of Columbia, on the 6th of September, 1811. He entered the Navy in 1827, and made his first cruise in the Delaware, under the command of Captain John Downes. On returning home in 1830, he passed with honor the usual examination, and was appointed a Passed Midshipman. At that time the only instruction provided by the government for Cadets in the Navy was given on board the ships in actual service ; and this instruction depended much upon the size of the vessel and the nature of the service. Upon receiving the custom- ary leave of absence accorded to young officers after their first voyage, he entered himself as a student in the University of Virginia, and pur- sued with success the course of instruction given in this institution, which had at that time among its instructors Doctors Patterson and Bonnycastle. His studies were interrupted near their close by an in- flammation of the eyes occasioned by too intense application ; and re- ceiving permission to travel, during the continuance of this malady, he visited Europe and spent several months in Paris. His first public service on returning to the United States was in the Hydrographical Office, then recently established, and in charge of Lieutenant, now Commodore Wilkes. On the departure of that officer in command of the South Sea Expedition in 1838, it was arranged that all phenomena of use in determining longitudes, and of which the voyagers might be able to avail themselves during their pro- gress, should be observed at Harvard College Observatory under Mr. Bond's direction, and at Washington by Lieutenant Gilliss. For this purpose a small building was erected near the Capitol, and furnished with a transit instrument which had been made for the survey of the coast. So faithfully did Lieutenant Gilliss perform his part of this service, that of the whole number of occultations visible at Washington during the absence of the expedition, only one was lost. The building in which the observations were made, a wooden one, stood near the Capitol on a part of the same elevation. Its proximity to the halls of Congress enabled members of both branches to become familiar with one of the most important operations in astronomy, — its application to the determination of time and of geographical position. This practical exhibition of the uses of an astronomical observatory, aided by the kindly and courteous manners of the director, did much to remove the prejudice which at that time prevailed in our National Legislature against a permanent National Observatory, and to induce 508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Congress to entertain the project of such an establishment. In 1841 and 1842, Lieutenant Gilliss submitted plans and estimates for the construction of a permanent observatory, and in the latter year the law was passed which authorized the erection and equipment of the pres- ent Naval Observatory. On account of the active and efficient part which Lieutenant Gilliss had taken in the furtherance of this project, he was intrusted with its execution ; and in the discharge of this duty he again visited Europe. He there consulted with the most distinguished astronomers concern- ing the details of his plans, and contracted with the celebrated artists of that time for the necessary instruments, and on his return he super- intended the erection of the building and its equipment. In October, 1844, he surrendered the building and apparatus nearly in the state in which they have since remained to Lieutenant Maury, ■who had been appointed Superintendent. Of the observations made by Lieutenant Gilliss with the Coast Sur- vey Transit in connection with the South Sea Expedition, the most important were those for the determination of the right ascensions of the principal stars visible at Washington. The results were published in 1846, and make the first volume of published observations ever printed in this country. From October, 1844, until April, 1861, when Lieutenant Gilliss suc- ceeded to the superintendence of the Observatory, made vacant by the desertion of Lieutenant Maury, he was constantly employed in duties connected with the various geodetic and astronomical operations of the public service. His chief work, however, executed between 1849 and 1853, consisted in observations of the planets Venus and Mars, made at Santiago de Chile, for the purpose of obtaining a more perfect de- termination of the parallax of the sun. From a combination of unfa- vorable circumstances this work did not attain the valuable results which were anticipated. While at Santiago, Lieutenant Gilliss em- ployed the intervals between his principal observations in executing a series of observations upon stars of the southern hemisphere. On taking charge of the Naval Observatory in 1861, Captain Gil- liss proceeded immediately to reform the character of the establish- ment, which, under the control of his predecessor, had lost much of its astronomical prestige, and become mainly a meteorological bureau. Under his supervision a new organization was given to the astro- nomical department. Series of observations which had been inter- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 30, 1865. 509 rupted or discontinued were resumed, and a new spirit was infused into the personnel of the estabhshment, which was also increased in num- ber. Arrangements were made that the work of computation should keep pace with the observations, so that the annual volume should be ready for the press at the end of each year. This was accomplished in every year of Captain Gilliss's superintendence. In 1863, he ordered from the celebrated artists Pistor and Martins of Berlin a Meridian Circle of larger dimensions than any now in this country. The details of its construction, and the preparations for its proper reception and mounting, were matters of much soUcitude to him. Indeed, these were the subjects which most occupied his thoughts at the time his career was so suddenly brought to a close. He died on the moi'ning of the 9 th of February, almost in the act of waking from an undisturbed slumber, without any previous illness or indisposition, and apparently without pain. The previous day had been one of unusual happiness to him, — his eldest son, a captain of artillery, who had been a prisoner since October in the hands of the Rebels, having just been exchanged and restored to him. We now turn our thoughts to one whose prolonged labors as a teacher and cultivator of science claim our grateful recognition, and whose ser- vices as the founder and conductor of the most widely known and valued of American scientific journals entitle him to a distinguished place among the promoters of science in this country. Benjamin Silliman was born in North Stratford (now Trumbull), Connecticut, August 8, 1779, of a family which has resided in Fairfield, in that State, since the early colonial days, and which is believed to have come originally to this country from Switzerland. His father. Gold Selleck Silliman, a distinguished lawyer of Fairfield, held during the Revolutionary war the office of Brigadier-General of the State militia, was intrusted with the protection of the Long Island coast, commanded the troops that were gathered in 1777 for the defence of Danbury, and three years after was taken prisoner, and for several months held in captivity. The subject of our notice, the younger of the two sons of General Silliman, entered Yale College at thirteen, and graduated at the early age of seventeen. Three years later he was called to a tutorship in the College, and, devoting his leisure to the study of law, he was in 1802 admitted to the bar. • At this critical moment, fortunately for the interests of the College VOL. VI. 57 510 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY and of science, a more congenial field of labor presented itself to the young college tutor in the rapidly expanding domain of Chemistry ; and we can imagine how readily he consented, at the solicitation of Dr. Dwight, the President of Yale, to renounce his proposed profession and to accept the chair of Chemistry, then for the first time established in the College. To prepare himself for this position he spent some time under the instruction of Dr. Woodhouse, the celebrated Professor of Chemistry in the University of Pennsylvania, and in 1805 made a visit to Europe ; in the course of which he attended the lectures of eminent professors in London and Edinburgh, travelled over the mining districts of Eng- land, and gathered for the College books, apparatus, and other facilities for illustrating chemical and physical science. Returning thus equipped, he resumed the duties of the chair in which he had already made a beginning, and entered upon that career as a college teacher and public lecturer, in which his ready and impres- sive elocution and his attractive presence, as well as the clearness and value of his instructions, soon won the interest of his pupils, and in later years marked him as a popular expounder of science. In the College lecture-room and laboratory his genial enthusiasm kindled a taste for experimental and natural science, and gathered around him many eager spirits whose scientific labors have in later years given proof of the value of his hearty, enthusiastic teaching. For some years Professor SiUiraan's instructions were confined to the department of Chemistry, in which his tact in manipulation was scarcely more remarkable than the dehght with which, it is said, he seemed to enjoy his own experiments, as if, hke the class, he had never before witnessed them. After a time, he added to the course on Chem- istry one on Mineralogy and another on Geology, in both of which he soon surrounded himself with earnest students, of whom not a few in after years became known as dihgent collectors or as scientific ex- plorei's. The inspiring influence which Professor Silliman exerted as a col- lege teacher shines forth in the fact that so many of the minds which he aroused to the study of nature have been successful investigators and teachers in different portions of the country, and tliat all his pupils, whether devoted to science or letters, bear testimony to the interest which he awakened in their pursuits. Nor was it simply his enkindling influence as an instructor that OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 30, 1865. Oll wrought these results. The kindness and sympathy with which he was accustomed to counsel and help his students he extended to all who were laboring to advance knowledge, cheering them in their stud- ies and in their efforts at original investigation with a generous ap- preciation no less honorable to him than it was helpful to the rising science of the country. In estimating Pi'ofessor Silliman's services as a teacher of science, we should remember that he began his labors when Chemistry was in its infancy, and Geology was but emerging from a chaos of conjectu- ral cosmogonies. AVhen he entered upon his task, he was unprovided with apparatus or specimens, " with scarcely a retort, and only minerals enough to fill a candle-box." With the intrepidity of a pioneer he set himself to his work, and such was his success in it, that, at the close of the fifty years of almost unbroken service as a college professor, he could not only point to a long array of chemists and geologists whom either directly or indii'ect- ly he had helped to train, but to superb collections of minerals and fos- sils and other materials of instruction gathered for his College mainly through the influence of his enthusiasm and personal popularity. The characteristics which marked his college lectures were even more conspicuously shown when Professor Silliman was called on to discourse on scientific subjects before a general audience. His bril- liant experiments and other illustrations, and the rhetorical attractions of his style, made him one of the most welcome of popular lecturers on Chemistry and Geology, and secured him a large attendance on the courses of lectures which he gave in many of the principal towns of the United States, from Boston as far west and south as St. Louis, New Orleans, and Mobile. Important as were Professor Silliman's services as a college teacher and officer and as a popular lecturer, his strongest claim to the gratitude of men of science, especially in this country, rests upon the establish- ment and the maintenance, often under very discouraging circumstan- ces, of the American Journal of Science, better known both in Europe and this country as Silliman's Journal, with which his name contin- ued to be connected until his death, and of which for twenty years he was sole, and for eight years more senior editor. Founded in 1818 as a quarterly, but for many years past pubhshed as a bi-monthly periodical, this journal has for a period of forty-seven years been the leading exponent of the investigations and discoveries 512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMEEICAN ACADEMY of the science of this country. The comprehensive plan set forth in the Prospectus by which the Journal was first heralded marks the sagacious foresight of its author. Sustained for so many years by his untiring perseverance and unfailing hope, and in later times by the editorial ability of his coadjutors and successors, it has held its position as a chosen repositoi-y of American scientific thought and activity, and as the faithful exponent of scientific progress in other countries. Of the services of this journal to American science it is not too much to say, that, more than any other similar publication, it has aided and stimulated our countrymen in their scientific labors, and has made their names and works familiar to men of science abroad, while through the variety and weight of its contributions it has not only won a high repu- tation among contemporary journals, but has vindicated for our country an honorable place among the communities in which science is most promoted and esteemed. To have been instrumental towards such results is certainly no slight distinction, and when we remember that the Journal was maintained from the beginning at the pecuniary risk of its founder, and that its publication has been for the most jiart a financial burden to him, we feel that the generous devotion to science which led him to persevere, in spite of these discouragements, entitles him to our lasting gratitude. With such various and engrossing labors as teacher, editor, lecturer, and in other modes of helpful activity, it was not to be expected that Professor Silliman could devote much time to original scientific inves- tigation, and perhaps his peculiar gifts of temperament and intellect were such as to find their most useful application in the wider and more social sphere of effort in which they were so earnestly employed. He however found time to make a number of oi-iginal experiments and observations, among which may be specially noted the application of the newly invented blowpipe of his friend. Dr. Hare, to the fusion of a variety of bodies which were before regarded as infusible, the dis- covery of the transference of the particles of carbon from the positive to the negative pole of the galvanic apparatus, and the fusion of the carbon in the voltaic arc ; the two last-named facts, though long dis- puted in Europe, being now generally recognized. In the field of scientific literature, Professor Silliman's labors, apart from his contributions to the Journal, consist of a Text-Book on Chem- istry, in two octavo volumes, which appeared in 1830, and the Notes and Appendices which ^ added to Bakewell's Geology, republished OP ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 30, 1865. 513 about the same time, and of which three editions were issued in the course of ten years. Of Professor Silliman's other publications the most noteworthy are the " Journal of Travels in England, Holland, and Scotland," which appeared in 1810, embodying his observations during the early tour of scientific preparation before referred to, and the narrative of his second "Visit to Europe," published in 1853, both of which, by their genial spirit and literary graces, as well as by the interest of their local, per- sonal, and scientific details, won the favor of readers on both sides of the Atlantic. It was in the latter of these years that our associate, now venerable from his age as from his labors, resigned his Professorship in the Col- lege ; but he continued for two years more to discharge the duties of , of the chair of Chemistry and Geology, and had thus the rare distinc- tion of extending to half a century a career of active college service. His remaining years, passed in retirement from academic, and for the most part from scientific labors, showed no abatement of interest in the progress of science and in the promotion of enterprises tending to the moral and material welfare of his fellow-citizens. The kindness of his nature, growing even more tender as age ad- vanced, combined with a simple, hopeful piety to shed a lustre on the evening of his happy and honorable life. Taking a warm interest in all great public affairs, he continued to the last to watch the growth of that national life of which in childhood he had witnessed the commencement. Moved by the wrongs of the oppressed, and indignant at the attempt to perpetuate injustice by the overthrow of our government, our venerable colleague came forward at the outbreak of the Rebellion, with all his youthful ardor and the influ- ence of his years and reputation, to second his fellow-citizens in re- establishing the national unity on the basis of equal justice and Chris- tian humanity and truth. It is a touching proof of his zeal in all that related to the welfare of our soldiers and the success of our cause, that the last public meet- ing he attended was a service held in behalf of the Sanitary Commis- sion, and that the indisposition which resulted in his death was proba- bly the immediate consequence of his exposure at that time. Ten days after this, on the morning of November 24, 1864, the day set apart by President Lincoln for a national thanksgiving, while yet the words of patriotism, pious worship, and* tender endearment were upon his lips, he passed away. 514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Thus, at the advanced age of eighty-five, peacefully and beautifully closed the life of one whose labors in behalf of education, science, and social advancement have been inwoven in the history of more than two generations, and will long cause his name to be honored and gratefully remembered. Last year five distinguished names disappeared from our list of for- eign honorary members. During the year now closed we have lost only one. Friedrich Georg Wilhelm Struye, one of the great astrono- mers of the age, died at Pulcova on the 23d of November last. He was born at Altona in 1793, and was the son of Jacob Struve, a scholar of high reputation, especially as a philologist. He emigrated to Russia at the age of fifteen, and was educated at the University of Dorpat, where he became Professor of Astronomy at the early age of twenty, and began at once his astronomical observations. These were contin- ued, with few interruptions (caused mostly by geodetical work and sci- entific journeys), until the year 1839, when he was called to the charge of the Imperial Observatory at Pulcova, an institution in some respects the first in the world. He retained the directorship of this celebrated establishment until the year 1861, when, under the weight of advan- cing years and infirmities, he resigned it to his son, at the close of a half-century of labors of great importance to science and to his adopted country. In the first place, Struve had no superior among his compeers as an astronomical observer. Even Bessel must yield to him the palm for nicety of work in detail, while in Struve's early volumes of observa- tions the influence of Bessel's great mind is plainly seen. The first three volumes of the " Observationes Dorpatenses " are chiefly occupied with those made with Dollond's transit instrument, and, partly unre- duced as they are, they are still indispensable in all researches relating to stars near the pole. Struve's remaining observations at Dorpat are brought into the shape of fully discussed results in his two great works, " Stellarum Duplicium Mensuros Micrometricse," and " Stellarum Fixa- rum imprimis Duplicium et Multiplicium Positiones Medias." These almost exhaust the subject of double stars for the years about 1830, and ai-e of the highest historical importance for future astronomy. The Pulcova observations, of which about fifty thousand have been made by the meridian instruments alone, are now in process of publi- cation. It has been thought well that their results should appear to- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 30, 1865. 615 gether as a whole, and it is expected that they will put a new face upon many astronomical subjects. Many detached papers have appeared, however, which embody the results of completed investigations. The geography of Russia, on the other hand, owes very much to Struve. The measurement of the arc of the meridian, of 25° 20' in length, between Fuglenaes on the Arctic coast and Ismail on the Dan- ube (the largest yet completed, and which may at some future time be prolonged as far south as Constantinople, or even to Crete), was in great part his work, although the names of Jenner, Selander, and Hansteen appear with his on the title-page. But the chief peculiarity of Russian geography is, that it is founded largely upon astronomical determinations, these taking the place of tri- angulation in that extensive country. It has been found possible in ^this way to survey large districts with great expedition, yet in a thor- ough manner. But for this two things are indispensable, — portable instruments which possess great delicacy, and a corps of observers trained in all the refinements of modern astronomy. Struve incited the makers of such instruments to turn their powers in this direction, while he stimulated their ambition by establishing a workshop at Pul- cova to compete with them ; and the Repsold vertical circles and the Munich theodolites of small dimensions are now the admiration of as- tronomers. And Dorpat and Pulcova were the best possible training schools for the young astronomers who were to use these instruments. It is an interesting fact to us, that the first determination of the lon- gitude of San Francisco, which was within ten miles of the truth, was calculated under Struve's direction, from observations made by his pupil, Preuss. In fine, it may fairly be said that Russia has done more for her own geography than any other country, and that Struve has been more ef- fective in this work than any other Russian. Without prejudice to his astronomical reputation, it may be concluded, that what Bessel was to proper astronomy Struve was to astronomical geography. Struve was no recluse, but he enjoyed society in a high degree. To his personal friendship with the Emperor and with the leading states- men of the time is owing much of the hberality with which his various scientific undertakings were supphed. Those who have visited the as- tronomical colony at Pulcova have invariably returned charmed by the genial hospitality of the head of the estabhshment, — a hospitality most freely dispensed to all who had in any degree claims upon it, and which ,516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY made the great Observatory a delightful home for the time to those who came from foreign lands. The elections into the ranks of the Academy during the past year have been unusually few ; consisting of two Resident Fellows, of whom one is placed in Class II. Section 3, one in Class II. Section 4. Three Foreign Honorary Members, all in Class I., are placed severally in Sections 1, 2, and 3 of that Class. One of the members (Professor H. D. Rogers of Glasgow) has been transferred from the list of Resident to that of Associate Fellows, in Class II. Section 1. Ill conclusion, the Council submitted a nomination to fill the vacancy in the list of Foreign Honorary Members made by the decease of M. Struve ; also a nomination to the list of Associate Fellows. Professor Levering, as Chairman of the Committee of Pub- lication, presented the report of the committee, accounting for expenditures in printing the Memoirs and Proceedings under the appropriations of the past year. Dr. A. A. Gould, as Chairman of the Library Committee, presented the Annual Report on the condition of the Library. The Annual Report of the Treasurer, attested by the Au- ditors, was read, accepted, and ordered to be entered on the records. The following appropriations were made for the ensuing year : — ^ For General Expenses $1,200.00 For the Library 700.00 For Publications 800.00 The following report of the Rumford Committee was ac- cepted, and the vote recommended was passed: — WJiereas, Prof. Daniel Treadwell, of Cambridge, Massachusetts, between the years 1840 and 1845, did devise, execute, and publish certain improvements in the management of heat, by which guns of great strength and endurance were constructed, — especially by the coiling of iron in the direction of its greatest tenacity, and welding the coils by means of moulds and mandrils and hydraulic pressure OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 30, 1865. 617 into a hollow cylinder ; whereby a system of construction, before used in small-arms only, was rendered applicable to guns of any cahbre, and which is now generally adopted in the manufacture of large can- non ; therefore, the Rumford Committee recommend to the American Academy of Arts and Sciences that the following vote be passed : — Voted, That the Rumford Premium be awarded to Professor Daniel Treadwell, for improvements in the management of heat, embodied in his investigations and inventions relating to the construction of cannon of large calibre, and of great strength and endurance. The following gentlemen were elected members of the Academy. To be Resident Fellows : — Dr. John E. Tyler, in Class II. Section 4, Dr. Edward H. Clark, " " 11. " 4, Rev. Edward Everett Hale, " " III. " 3, Mr. George Bemis, " " III. " 1, Hon. Charles Sumner, " " III. " 3. To be Associate Fellows : — Mr. F. B. Meek, of Washington, in Class II. Section 1, Dr. John W. Draper, of New York, " " I. " 3, Dr. Tayler Lewis, of Union College, " " III. " 1, Dr. S. Weir Mitchell, of Philadelphia, « " II. « 3, Prof. Samuel G. Brown, of Dartmouth Coll.," III. " 3, Rev. Dr. Daniel R.Goodwin, of Philadelphia," III. " 1. Nominations for election into the Academy were presented and read. The annual election resulted in the choice of the following officers for the ensuing year. Asa Gray, President. Charles Beck, Vice-President. William B. Rogers, Corresponding Secretary. Chauncey Wright, Recording' Secretary. George Livermore, Treasurer. JosiAH P. Cooke, Librarian. VOL. VI. 58 618 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Council. Thomas Hill, "^ Joseph Lovering, > of Class I. John B. Henck, J Augustus A. Gould,"] Louis Agassiz, > of Class II. Jeffries Wyman, J Robert C. Winthrop, George E. Ellis, y of Class III. Andrew P. Peabody, Rumford Committee. Joseph Lovering, Joseph Winlock, Morrill Wyman, Wolcott Gibbs, William B. Rogers, Cyrus M. Warren, Frank H. Storer. Committee of Finance. ' ( ex officio, by statute. George Livermore, j No ballot was taken for the third member of this Committee. The other Standing Committees were appointed on the nomination of the President, as follows : — Committee of Publication. Joseph Lovering, Jeffries Wyman, Charles Beck. Committee on the Library. Augustus A. Gould, Charles Pickering, John B. Henck. Committee to audit the Treasurer's Accounts. Thomas T. Bouve, Charles E. Ware. OP ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 30, 1865. 519 Professor Gray presented the following paper : — Characters of some Neiv Plants of California and Nevada^ chieflyfrom the Collections of Professor William H. Breiver, Bota7iist of the State Geological Survey of California^ and of Dr. Charles L. Anderson, ivith revisions of certain Genera or Groups. By Asa Gray. The diagnoses of two or three of the following species, of the col- lections of 1860-1862, have already been published in the Proceed- ings of the California Academy of Natural Sciences, Vol. 3, pp. 101-103. The plants described are from the collections of the Geo- logical Survey when not otherwise specified. Arabis (Lomaspora) platysperma : humilis e hasi suffrutes- cente ; foliis cum caule pube stellata canescentibus spathulatis integer- rimis, summis oblongis arete sessilibus obtusis ; racemo paucifloro ; (petalis roseis;) siliquis arrectis rectisque lato-linearibus (l2--2| poll, longis, lin. 2J- latis) acuminatis planis, valvis laxe reticulatis ; stigmate sessili; seminibus amplissime alatis. — Sierra Nevada, on Mount Dana, alt. 13,227 feet, and above Ebbett's Pass. Streptanthus poltgaliodes : Eucilsia, Dipterochlcena, glaber, paniculato-ramosus ; foliis filiformibus integerrimis, nonnulis basi sub- amplexante sagittatis ; racemis spicifbrmibus ; calyce luteo petala pur- purascentia subeequante, sepalis duo exterioribus maxime dilatatis sub- cordato-rotundatis, interioribus oblongo-Ianceolatis acuminatis ; siliquis (immaturis) angustissime linearibus stylo brevi apiculatis. — On very dry hillsides, in serpentine soil, along the Tuolumne River. A re- markable species, with the petals, &c., of the Euclisia section, but, on account of its peculiar calyx, rather to be distinguished as of a separate section. The light-yellow and apparently scarious petaloid sepals are of two very different shapes ; the inner pair nearly as in other species of the genus ; but the outer much dilated, ajDparently nearly flat, and not unlike the wings of some species of Polygala, about 3 lines in length and breadth, and as it were enclosing the rest of the flower ; the tips of the purplish or white and purple petals, and the oblong-sagittate blunt anthers barely exserted. A pair of the filaments frequently connate. The plant is probably an annual. Streptanthus procerus, Brewer. S. flavescens,\GT2iy, in Pro- ceed. Amer. Acad. 6, p. 186, as to the "very large or luxuriant form 520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY gathered at the coal-mine near Monte Diablo by Dr. Brewer." This is doubtless a truly distinct species, growing six or seven feet high in alluvial soil, the greenish-white flowers fully half an inch long, the stem glabrous and glaucous. Theltpodium (Pachypodium, Nutt.) BRACHYCARPUM, Torr. (in Wilkes's S. Pacif. Ex. Exped. Bot. W. Amer. t. 1) ; caule virgato ; foliis caulinis parvis crebriusculis sagittatis integerrimis erectis; racemo elongato angustissimo spiciformi; pedicellis calyce brevioribus; sepalis linearibus; petalis angustissime linearibus; antheris mucronatis; siliquis semi- aut sub-poUicaribus, valvis carinato-uninerviis. — Valley of Mono Lake, alt. 6,500 feet. This well-marked species having been rediscov- ered by Prof. Brewer, a diagnosis is here given, since that of Dr. Torrey is still unpublished, and the plate is little known. Dr. C. L. Anderson has collected it in Nevada, with a very long virgate spike, and with some mature fruit. Smelovs'skia ? Californica : cinereo-puberula, glabrata ; radice ut videtur annua vel bienni ; caule 1 — 2-pedali ; racemis demum panicula- tis ; foHis pinnatipartitis, segmentis 5-7 oblongis obtusis scepe 3-5- lobatis ; floribus parvis luteis ; calyce deciduo ; siliculis pusillis ellip- ticis oblongisve utrinque acutis stylo brevissimo apiculatis, loculis 1-2- spermis. — On Mount Dana, alt. 10,000 feet, June, in flower; and near Mono Lake, alt. 6,450, July, with young fruit. — With its annual or biennial root, and much the habit of Sisymbrium canescens, this would render the genus Smelowskia yet less natural ; but here it technically belongs. The flowers are only a line long ; the elliptical, ovoid, or somewhat fusiform silicles one or two lines long ; valves very obscurely one-nerved ; cells 2-ovulate. Young seeds oblong. Draba euryc arpa : multiceps, nana, stellato-tomentosa ; foliis spath- ulatis integerrimis in caudice rosulato-confertis ; scapo leviter exserto paucifloro; siliquis ovatis stylo subulato acuminatis glabris (^-|-polli- caribus). — On a peak of the Sierra Nevada south of Sonora Pass, alt. 11,500 feet. In fruit only, the seeds and most of the valves shed. The tufts of leaves (half an inch in length) rise only about an inch above the surface of the ground, and above them the large and silvery parti- tions of the pods are very conspicuous. Funiculi short, about 10 in each cell. Cleomella paryiflora : tenuis, diffxisa ; foliolis cum bracteis sim- plicibus linearibus ; floribus parvis ; pedicellis filiformibus elongatis ; OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 30, 1865. 521 capsula obovato-globosa, stipite (vix calycem superante) styloque bre- vissimis ; seminibus laevibus. — Nevada, near Carson City, Dr. C. L, Anderson. The foliage nearly as in C tenuifoUa, but a more deli- cate plant, only about a span high, the flowers and pods only half the size, and the stipe much shorter than in any other species, not half a line in length. Dr. Anderson also sends C. longipes, Torr., from Ne- vada. LiNUM § Hesperolinon. Spec. 3 Californicae, annuse, trigynse, capsulis 6-locellatis ; unguibus petalorum basi tri-appendiculatis. Styli a basi liberi, stigmatibus pax'vis. Dentes inter stamina nulli. Sepala ovato-lanceolata, herbacea, immarginata, vix uninervia. Flores brevi- pedicellati. Folia angustissime linearia, subfiliformia, plerumque al- terna. Caulis inferne simplex, strictus. LiNUM Californicijm (Benth., PI. Hartw. p. 299) : glabrum ; caule superne in cymam effusam repetito-dichotomam soluto ; glandulis stipularibus geminis ; sepalis margine subglandulosis ; petalis albis roseisve. — Dr. Torrey, in Bot. Mex. Boundary, first noticed the trigy- nous character, which it shares with the following new Californian species. All three exhibit three little teeth or auricles at the base of the claw of the petals, one on each margin and one adnate to its inner face. The coincidence of these characters invalidates the technical distinction of the genus Reinwardtia, — in which, however, the teeth or appendages of the petals according to Planchon (in Lond. Jour. Bot. 7, p. 522), or two of the three according to Bentham and Hooker (Gen. PI. p. 243), are dorsal. Ltnum congestum : glandulis stipularibus inconspicuis ; caule foliis- que fere glabris ; floribus in ramis brevibus suberectis capitato-glome- ratis ; sepalis pubescentibus eglandulosis ; petalis roseo-purpureis ; stigmatibus brevibus vix incrassatis. — Marin County, coll. H. N. Bo- lander. Flowers about the size of those of L. Californicum. LiNUM Brevteri (Gr^ in Proceed. Calif Acad. 1. c.) ; glabrum; caule exili apice confertim paucifloro ; foliis raro oppositis ; glandulis stipularibus conspicuis ; sepalis margine glandulosis ; petalis aureis ; stigmatibus acutis. — Dry hills of the Monte Diablo range. Plant only a span high, in flower ; the fruit not seen. There might seem to be a fourth species of the group, L. trisepa- lum, of Kellogg, in Proceed. Acad. Calif. 3, p. 42, fig. 10. But his plant is Helianthemum scoparium, Nutt. ! And his L. decurrens is evidently L. perenne. 522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY LuPiNus MEIONANTHUS : undique sericeo-incanus ; caulibus ut vide- tur herbaceis vel sufFi'uticosis adscendentibus e radice perenni ; foliolis 6-9 concoloribus oblanceolatis obtusis ; stipulis parvis setaceis ; brac- teis calyce brevioribus ; floribus minimis (vix lineas 3 longis) verticil- latis in racemum spiciformem congestis ; calyce pedicello longiori ebracteolato, labiis fere integris coroUam glabram subtequantibus ; cari- na apice brevi lato obtuso inflexa ciliata; leguminibus ovatis incanis 1 -2-spermis. — Nevada, near Carson City, Dr. C. L. Anderson. It would be unsafe to describe a new Lupine before the old species are settled, except in a case like this, — a silvery-canescent species with remarkably small flowers. These are blue or purple, with a yellow spot on the vexillum. Leaflets 6 to 11 lines long, mostly equalling the petiole. Legumes half an inch long. Seed with a small hilum. Trifoliuji Andersonii : (§ Liipinaster) undique albido-villosissi- mum, cjespitoso-depressum ; caudicibus crassis lignescentibus stipulis majusculis scariosis vestitis ; foliolis 4-6 oblongo- seu obovato-cuneatis mucronatis integerrimis ; pedunculis folia adsquantibus ; capitulo glo- ■boso multifloro ; floribus sessilibus ; dentibus calycis tubo campanulato sublongioribus subulato-setaceis ; corolla roseo-purpurea baud scariosa. — Mountains of Nevada, near Carson City, Dr. C. L. Anderson (1862 and 1864). A most peculiar species, forming tufts a few inches in height, at first nearly acaulescent, but the stout caudices or stems some- times attaining the length of five or six inches, and ascending or de- cumbent, leafy, beset, as is the whole plant, with very soft silky-villous hairs ; the calyx, &c., very densely so. Petioles and peduncles IJ- to 2 inches long. Leaflets half an inch in length. Head very compact, with an alveolate-squarrose receptacle, the outermost very short bracts forming a vestige of an involucre. Flowers half an inch long ; the corolla apparently pink, with paler wings and keel, these adnate by their claws to the tube of filaments. Ovary tomentose, scarcely stipi- tate : ovules about 5. Legume globular, 1 - 2-seeded. Trifoliuji bifidum (Gray in Proceed. Acad. Calif, supra cit.) : villosiusculum seu glabellum ; caulibus e radice exili (annua ?) diffusis gracilibus ; stipulis ovato-lanceolatis setaceo-acuminatis integris ; foliolis lineari-cuneatis lateribus rariter dentatis apice bifidis vel excisis mu- crone interjecto ; pedunculis folia bis terve excedentibus; capitulo nudo 6-12-floro; floribus pedicellatis demura reflexis ; calycis 5-partiti dentibus subulato-setaceis parce hirsutis coroUam roseam scarioso-per- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 30, 1865. 523 sistentem subajquantibus. — In a ravine between Monte Diablo and the San Joaquin. Heads about the size of those of the small form of T. gracilentum, to which species this is allied. Trifolium monanthum : Involucraria, pygmteum, parce villosu- lum, e radice exili (annua ?) ramosum ; stipulis ovato-lanceolatis sub- foliaceis intesjerrimis 3 — 5-nervatis cusoidato-acuminatis ; foliolis obo- vato-cuneatis nunc retusis mucronato-dentatis ; pedunculo folium baud superante ; involucro unifloro (rarius bifloro) fere diphyllo calyce cylin- draceo dimidio breviore ; corolla albo-purpurascente elongata. — Moist bank by Soda Springs, Tuolumne River, alt. 8,700 feet. A very distinct little species, only about an inch high, the stems or branches terminated by a peduncle of 3 to 9 lines in length. Leaflets 2 or 3 lines long. Corolla half an inch long, twice or thrice the length of tlie calyx (the teeth of which are broadly lanceolate, spinulose-pointed, and shorter than the tube), somewhat glandular on the elongated tube, not scarious or. inflated after flowering. Legume stipitate, two-seeded. Leaves of the involucre mostly two-cleft. Trifolium amplectens, Torr. & Gray, occasionally white-flow- ered, instead of a nearly sessile 4 - 6-seeded legume, as in the specimens of Douglas, has it stipitate and with only one or two large seeds (in- deed with the ovary biovulate) in those of Coulter, Bigelow, and Brew- er. Generally there is a central pedicellate flower, under which is a minute truncate involucel, like the involucre of the following plant ; sometimes indeed this involucel is two-flow^ered, showing a tendency in the head to become proliferous. Trifolium depauperatum, Desv. {T. stenophyllum, Nutt. . PI. Gamb. p. 151 ?), now identified in California, adds another to tlie Clo- vers common to that country and to Chili. Dr. Brewer collected two forms on successive days (April 18 and 19) in the vicinity of Sonoma. One, which is slender and erect from an annual root, well accords with specimens of Gay's Flora Chilena, except that the flowers are rather larger and a few more in the head ; and the leaflets are longer and nar- rower ; while Fremont gathered (in 1845, no. 235) the exact counter- part of the Chilian plant. Dr. Brewer's other form is more tufted and decumbent, the root as if perennial. The involucre in T. depauperatum is minute and truncate, or reduced to a mere scarious ring. Tlie central flower is commonly pedicellate and with an obsolete involucel, just as in T. amplectens, and the calyx, corolla, &c., so accord with that spe- 524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY cies, that, althoujijh the differences are constant so far as yet observed, it may confidently be interred that one has been derived from the other. In T. microcephalum, Pursh, well-developed heads show a receptacle bearing the flowers in three verticils. Astragalus lentigingsus (Dough, Gray, Rev. Astrag., p. 194), var. FLORiBUNDUS : subglaber ; caulibus productioribus (pedalibus) adscendentibus e pleris axillis floriferis ; pedunculis breviusculis spicato- plurifloris ; floribus albis nunc apice purpureo tinctis ; leguminibus junioribus rectis acutissime acuminatis glabris. — Nevada, near Carson City, Dr. C. L. Anderson. Flowers and legumes considerably smaller than those of the nearly allied A. dipki/sus, the teeth of the cylindra- ceous calyx shorter. The mature legumes in one specimen are some- what mottled. Astragalus Andersonii : undique pube moUissima subvillosa canescens ; caulibus e radice perenni adsurgentibus (pedalibus) foliosis ; stipulis discretis triangulari-lanceolatis ; foliolis 7-12-jugis ovalibus oblongisve rarius obovatis ; pedunculis folium superantibus ; spica cy- lindrica vel oblonga densius multiflora ; calycis dentibus setaceis tubo campanulato subcequilongo corolla caerulescente dimidio breviori ; legu- mine oblongo-lineari (semi-sub-pollicari) chartaceo-coriaceo tomentu- loso arcuatim incurvo subcompresso dorso sulcato septo ad suturara ventralem intruso bilocellato 1 2 - 20-spermo. — Near Carson City, Ne- vada, Dr. C. L. Anderson (1863 and 1864). A soft-downy and hoary species, not particularly related to any other North American species known to me, but with much the aspect of A. chcetodon Torr.,* of the same region larther north. Leaflets 3 or 4 lines long. Flowers of about the same length, usually crowded in a spike of one or two inches in length (in fruit from 2 lo 6 inclie.-- ; the pedicels very short. Bi-acts setaceous, equalling the calyx tube. Corolla apparently ochroleucous tinged with blue or purple, becoming white or yellowish. Flowers more or less deflexed after anthesis. So are the pods, which curve upwards or are almost hamate when fully ripe. They are not at all stipitate. Seeds small. * Vide Gray, Rev. Astrag. p. 194. The specific name chcetodon being preoccu- pied by Bunge, this may be named, in honor of the discoverer, the Rev. Mr. Spalding, A. Spaldingii. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 30, 1865. 525 Astragalus ctrtoides, Gray, Rev. Astrag., p. 201 ; forma magis pubescens; foliolis sajpius obovatis vel obcordatis, cum fructu; — nempe, legumine cartilagineo dorso baud intruso prorsus unilocular! sublineari utrinque acutato tereti e stipite pendente caljcem longe superante sur- sum curvato bami- vel falciformi nunc demum annulari, suturis mar^i- nantibus angustis, ventrali acutissiraa. — Nevada, near Carson City, Dr. C. L. Anderson, who collected flowering specimens in 1863, and mature fruit in 1864, wbich enables me now to complete the account of this species. The fruit will be seen to accord with the Podo-sclerocarpi, but the habit and structure of the flowers show the nearest afiinity with A. racemosus, Pursh, with which the species was associated in my revision of our Astragali. The legume is an inch or more in length, on a stipe nearly half an inch long ; it is of a very firm cartilaginous texture, tomentulose, curved in the form of a pruning-hook or sickle, or at length even into a complete ring, the nerviform replum in old pods separable, that on the ventral side forming a narrow acute margin or edge. Astragalus tener. Gray, 1. c, p. 206 : forma foliis fere linearibus raro emarginatis ; floribus la^te violaceis. — Oakland, coll. Wm. Hol- der. Immature legumes more or less reflexed, half an inch long, lan- ceolate-linear, silky-puberulent, on a very short stipe which is hidden in the tube of the calyx, several-seeded, 2-locellate, the transverse section obcordate, the partition reaching to the ventral suture. Astragalus ineptus: (Oroboidei?) cinereo-pubescens ; caulibus e radice perenni diflTusis ramosis (spithamoeis et ultra) ; stipulis scario- sis discretis ; foliolis 6-9-jugis oblongis emarginatis supra fere glabris ; racemis oblongis densifloris brevi-pedunculatis folio brevioribus; corolla alba vel ochroleuca apice pupurascente, ala rectiuscula ; legumine im- mature ovato acuminate subincurvo puberulo membranaceo inflato baud stipitato polyspermo septo intruso fere bilocellato. — Dry, rocky moun- tain near Sonora Pass, alt. 9,000 feet. — A low, homely species, of which mature fruit is still a desideratum. The root apparently peren- nial. Leaflets 4 to 6 lines long, slightly fleshy, grayish underneath with a fine lax pubescence. Flowers half an inch long, on very short pedicels, narrow, the tips of the narrow wings and sometimes of the short keel tinged with purple. One or two forming legumes occur ; they are scarcely above half an inch in length, thin-walled, and evi- dently inflated at maturity, moderately grooved at the dorsal suture, VOL. VI. 59 626 - PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY the thin septum extending so as nearly or quite to touch the ventral suture. Astragalus Whitneti: (Injlati,) striguloso-puberulus ; caulibus e radice perenni conferte ramosis spithamreis ; stipulis brevibus adver- sus petiolum connatis ; foliolis 5-9-jugis lineari-oblongis ; pedunculis folium adtequantibus subcapitato-plurifloris ; calycis dentibus triangula- tis tubo campanulato quadruplo brevioribus ; corolla Isete purpurea, carina falcato-incurva alas adaequante vexillo paullo breviore ; legumine pendente glaberrimo (maculoso) vesicario ovali subpollicari apice ob- tusissimo basi in stipitem e calyce leviter exsertem attenuate. — On the same mountain with the preceding species, in loose soil, near the sum- mit, alt. 10,000 feet. — This species, which may appropriately bear the name of the distinguished Director of the California Geological Survey, would appear to be a near relative of the incompletely known A. Hookerianus, Gray, Astrag., 1. c, p. 215 ; but the pubescence is strigulose, the stipules concreted and not scarious, and the pods very much smaller and glabrous. The young pods on the flowering speci- mens are not quite an inch long (including the short stipe) : a loose one which seems as if full grown is not larger, and is mottled with pur- ple. The flowers are half an inch long, and apparently blue or pur- ple ; in Dr. Brewer's notes upon the fresh plant, they are said to be " bright red-violet." Astragalus platttropis : multiceps e rhizomatibus elongatis, nanus, vix caulescens, sericeo-argentatus ; foliolis 3 - 5-jugis obovatis ; pedunculis scapiformibus folium adaequantibus apice capitato-pauciflo- ris ; calycis dentibus subulatis tubo campanulato paullo brevioribus ; corollse (albfe seu lutescentis apice purpurataj), carina dilatata recta apice hinc rotundata alas vexilloque aequilonga ; legumine globoso-ovato membranaceo vesicario-inflato (vix pollicari) estipitato cinereo-puberulo polyspermo bilocellato, septo versus medium seminifero. — With the preceding species, in loose gravel and sand near the summit (alt. 10,000 feet). — Leaves and flowering stems or scapes rising only two or three inches above the soil. Stipules triangular or ovate, canescent. Leaflets 3 or 4 lines long. Flowers 5 or 6 in a small head, barely 4 lines in length ; the broad keel tipped with purple ; the rest of the corolla apparently white or yellowish. Forming legumes canescent, when older glabrate, scarcely grooved at the sutures ; both sutures are septiferous, the funiculi being adnate to the ventral portion of the sep- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 30, 1865. 627 turn, in the manner of the Diphysi, — to which this remarkable species would belong by its fruit ; but its habit is of the Lotijlori, and the short wings -and standard are peculiar. Astragalus ptcnostachius : caule valido foliisque pube molli canescentibus ; stipulis scariosis discretis ; foliolis multijugis oblongis apice obtuso vel retuso mucronatis ; pedunculis folium sequantibus ; spicis etiam fructiferis densissimis oblongis vel cylindraceis ; calycis pubescentis dentibus subulatis tubo brevi-campanulato brevioribus ; co- rolla ut videtur pallida ; leguminibus ovatis coriaceis glabris turgide lentiformibus stylo cuspidatis baud stipitatis calycem 2-3-plo excedenti- bus in spicam retrorsum congestis 1 -3-spermis (ovulis 5), sutura neu- tra intrusa. — Baulinas Bay, in salt marshes within I'each of tide, H. N. Bolander. — I have not seen the base of the stem : it must be more than a foot high, and rather stout. Leaflets 3 to 6 lines long, equally canescent-downy on both sides. Peduncles from all the upper axils, 2 or 3 inches long. The very compact spike an inch long in flower, 2 inches long in fruit. Flowers about 4 lines long, on very short pedi- cels : the cox'olla apparently white or ochroleucous. Legumes 4 or 5 lines long, the valves strongly convex, rather thin coriaceous, and with a few transverse veins ; the sutures acute, the ventral one only promi- nent. The species would be arranged among the Scytocarpi ; but it is quite different from any other North American Astragalus. The following new triphyllous species, from a region east of the Rocky Mountains, may be added. Astragalus tridacttlicus : {TriphyUi,) habitu foliisque ^. ^n- phylli Pursh ; floribus bis terve minoribus ; calycis dentibus tubo aequi- longis ; corolla pallide purpurea ; legumine globoso-ovoideo puberula calyce deciduo nudato ; stipulis extus villosis. — Flores lin. 5 longi. Legumen hn. 3-4 longum, turgidissimum, 12-ovulatum. Semina matu- ra 3-4, ratione leguminis magna. — Near Boulder City, Colorado Ter- ritory, in dense tufts or mats, on gravelly knolls. Dr. C. C. Parry, 1864.* * Dr. Parry's collection of 1864 contains the following other Astragali which deserve notice : — Astragalus junceus, Gray, Rev., p. 230, with the teeth of the calyx in one specimen somewhat larger and sharper, so that this very rare species may pass into A. ditersifolius. Astragalus Fendleri, Gray, just like the original. No. 157 of Fendler's col- lection, but probably passing into A.Jlexuosus. Astragalus glabsiusculus. Gray (Phaca, Hook.), verging towards A. ab- originum, of which it is probably only a variety. 628 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY The genera HorJcelia, Cham. & Schlecht, Ivesia, Torr. & Gray, and Sibbaldia, L., border so closely upon Potentilla that, for lack of abso- lute distinctions, they are not unlikely all to be referred to that already vast genus.* Such a combination, however, will hardly be thought sat- isfactory, even if unavoidable. The Linna^an genus, Sibbaldia, appears to have the least claims to its rank, having no peculiarity of habit, and comprising pinnate as well as trifoliolate species, which may well be regarded as Potentillas with the stamens, and in a less degree the car- pels, reduced in number. If kept distinct, the deeply lateral styles will aid in separating Sibbaldia from the following. Horhelia, however, if strictly limited, is pretty well marked in habit, and decidedly so in technical characters. These are the campanulate calyx and the (10) dilated filaments. This last and most distinguishing feature was omitted from the original generic character, and also from that of Endlicher. Ivesia (striking out I. gracilis) I think should also be kept distinct from Potentilla, and probably from Horhelia. It cannot fail to be re- tained as a genus, if Sibbaldia is. There are now several species, all with the same peculiarity of foliage, which is quite unlike anything in Potentilla. Its characters are the campanulate or cyathiform calyx, the definite (5 to 20) stamens with slender filaments, and the few, in one instance even solitary, carpels. In thus arranging these plants, it will be seen that there is one am- biguous and very troublesome species, viz. Horhelia tridentata, Torr., which, with the calyx and nearly the habit of Horhelia, has slender filaments. They are not, however, filiform, nor inserted, with the pet- als, at the bottom of the calyx, as represented in the plate. They are short, and inserted in the throat of the calyx, as in Horhelia, from which they differ only in being subulate. My specimen is insufficient. HoRKELiA, Cham. & Schlecht. Calyx campanulatus, 10-fidus. Petala unguiculata seu spathulata (alba vel rosea). Stamina 10, fauci calycis inserta : filamenta brevia, dilatata, plerumque deltoidea petaloidea persistentia. Carpella pluri- ma, nunc pauciuscula, in receptaculo villoso parvo elevato insidentia : * This has been done in the yet unpublished second part of Bentham and Hooker's Genera Plantarum. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 30, 1865. 529 stylus cum ovarii apice articulatus. — Pinnatifoliae, plurifoliolatJB ; foli- olis subsparsis sajpius incisis vel partitis, superioribus confluentibus. § 1. Genuine. * Foliolis subrotundis cuneatisve dentatis incisisque. ■i- Caljcis segraentis accessoriis vera adaequantes vel iis subconfor- mia. Cym^E subfolioso-bracteatse, floribus alaribus longius pedi- cellatis. 1. HoRKELiA Californica, Cham. & Schlecht. H. grandis, Hook. & Arn. H. capitata, Torn Bot. Whipp., non Lindl. — California. Accessory calyx-lobes, or some of them, only occasionally bifid at the apex or toothed. In one specimen, from Los Angeles, Wallace, in a single flower only, there is a broadly subulate sterile filament, longer than the fertile ones, between each petal and its anteposed stamen ! Var. /3. CUNEATA. H. cuneata, Lindl., I cannot distinguish as more than a smaller variety of Chamisso's species, with accessory calyx-lobes more conformed to the true ones, leaflets smaller, more cuneate, &c. Var. y. sericea: pube molli sericea subcanescens. — Oakland, near San Francisco. ■1— -t-Calycis segmentis accessoriis quam vera multo minoribus. 2. HoRKELiA PARViFLORA, Nutt. Oregon, Nuttall. Nevada, Dr. Newberry, Dr. C. L. Anderson. 3. HoRKELiA CAPITATA, Lindl. Oregon, Doudas. * * Foliolis angustis lobatis seu profunde incisis, laciniis lobisve linea- ribus ; stipulis laciniatis vel pectinatis. Calycis segmentis acces- soriis linearibus vel subulatis. Cyraas demum perfectas multiflorge. 4. HoRKELiA FUSCA, Lindl. Subviscoso-pubescens ; foliis demum glabratis ; petalis anguste cuneatis obcordatis. — Oregon, Douglas. 5. HoRKELiA CONGESTA, Hook. H. Mrsuta, Lindl. Villoso-bar- bata, superne denudata ; petalis late obovatis vel rotundatis ungue an- gusto. S. Oregon, Douglas, Nuttall. N. California, Newberry. 6. HoRKELiA TENUiLOBA. II. fuscci var. tenuiloha, Torn Bot. Whipp. Pacif. E. R. Surv. 4, p. 84. Villoso-canescens ; foliolis brevi- bus (lin. 3-4 longis) ambitu cuneatis profunde palmato-4 - 8-partitis, sinu medio saepe profundiori, lobis lineai'ibus ; calycis segmentis ac- cessoriis linearibus vera lanceolata subaequantibus ; petalis anguste oblongo-spathulatis emarginatis ; filamentis lanceolatis. — Santa Rosa 530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Creek, California, Dr. J. M. Bigelow. — Pubescence more like that of H. congesta, but softer, shorter, and less shaggy. Flowers small ; petals 3 lines long, narrow, not unguiculate. § 2. AmbiguEe (an Ivesia ?) ; filamentis subulatis. 7. HoRKELiA. TRiDENTATA, Torr. Bot. Whipp. 1. c, t. 6. California, Dr. J. M. Bigelow. IVESIA, Torr. & Gray, pro parte. Calyx campanulatus vel basi cyathiformis, 10-fidus. Stamina definita^. (5, 10, 15, 20) : filamenta gracilia (tenuiter subulata vel filiformia). Carpella pauca, quandoque solitaria, in receptaculo parvo villoso : stylus subterminalis. — Pinnatifolite, millefoliolatse, foliolis parvis palmati- seu pedatipartitis creberrimis nunc quasi-verticillatis vel rhachin undique imbricantibus, petalis late obovatis vix unguiculatis post anthesin spathulatis. * Flaviflorae, 5 -10-andr£e, glabelte ; foliis plerisque radicalibus ; scapo apice congestifloro. 1. IvEsiA GoRDONi, Torr. & Gray in Newberry, Rep. Pacif. R. R. Exped. 6, p. 72. {^Horhelia Gordoni, Hook. Kew Jour. Bot. 5. p. 341, t. 12. H. millefoliata, Torr. in Sitgreaves Zuni Exped.) Spithamaea e caudice crasso, viscido-pubens vel glabrata ; foliolis confertis 5-9- partitis, segmentis obovato-spathulatis obtusis ; cyma capitata pluriflora ; calycis mox turbinati lobis ovatis demutn triangularibus quam accessorii oblongi demum sublineares longioribus ; staminibus 5 ; receptaculo longe villoso ; carpellis 10 - 14. — Besides the New Mexican habitats, we have what appears to be a dwarfer and alpine form (from which the above character is mainly drawn) of the same species, collected by Professor Brewer in the Sierra Nevada, at Ebbett's and Sonora Pass, near Soda Springs, «&c., at the altitude of 8,700 to 10,800 feet ; in flower and with young fruit. The fruiting specimens are very well represented by Hooker's figure. The golden-yellow petals, at first almost orbicular, become spatulate or even oblanceolate after anthesis, and then shorter than the accrescent calyx-lobes, as delineated and de- scribed by Hooker. Stamens only 5, alternate with the petals. 2. IvESiA LYCOPODioiDES, sp. nov. Nana (sesqui-tripoUicaris), fere glabra ; foliis in caudice crasso Cfespitoso-confertis, pinnis quasi verticillatis creberrimis, foliolis minimis 5 - 7-sectis, segmentis obovato- rotundis crassiusculis rhachin undique imbricantibus ; scapo capitato- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 30, 1865. 531 3 - 5-floro ; staminibus 5 ; receptaculo longe villoso ; carpellis 5-10. — High alpine region of the Sierra Nevada, on Mount Dana, alt. 11,000 to 12,000 feet. (Also Bear Mountain, Mariposa, Miss Erring- ton, ex Torr.) Leaves only an inch long ; the leaflets and their divis- ions less than a line in length, nearly sessile, so crowded on the rhachis and imbricated that the leaves may be likened to the shoots of a minute tufted Lycopodium. Flowers like those of the preceding species, ex- cept in size, only a quarter of an inch in diameter. Fruit not seen. 3. Iyesia ptgm^a, sp. nov. Habitu prsecedentis, sed minutim glandulosa ; foliolis minus confertis, segmentis oblongis setam nunc setulas 2-3 accessorias gerentibus ; bracteis calycibusque parce hir- sutis ; staminibus 10 ; receptaculo breviter piloso ; carpellis circiter 7. — Among rocks in the Sierra Nevada, from 1 1 ,000 feet (where it abounds) up to 12,000 feet; Prof. Brewer, coll. 1864. — This, more than the last, resembles I. Gordoni on a diminished scale ; and it is possible that all three may run together. This, however, in the speci- mens, is distinguished by some hairiness, especially on the calyx, by the bristle which conspicuously tips each little leaflet or segment, by the less villous receptacle, and by the 10 geminate stamens. * * Albiflorte, 15 - 20-andrge ; caulibus gracilibus magis foliatis ; cyma paniculata ; foliis albido-lanatis myosuroideis ; filamentis gracil- limis. 4. IvESiA PiCKERiNGiT, Torr. in Bot. "Wilkes Pacif. Exped. (Calif. & Oregon), t. 4. Pedalis ; foliis primum myosuroideis, foliolis de- mum patentiusculis 3 - 5-partitis sectisve, segmentis oblongis ; pedi- cellis calyce (fructifero obconico-campanulato) brevioribus ; lobis ac- cessoriis calycis ovato-lanceolatis ; staminibus 20 manifeste triseriatis ; antheris mucronulatis ; carpellis 4-6. — Coll. by Dr. Pickering, &c., on the journey from Oregon, to California, probably on the Sacramento. (Character from a fragment, and from the plate cited.) 5. IvESiA SANTOLiNOiDES, sp. nov. Spithama^a ; foliis myosuroi- deis ; foliolis minimis 3 - 5-sectis (segmentis ovalibus obtusis) appressis rhachin arctissime imbricantibus ; pedicellis primariis elongatis filiformi- bus ; floribus parvis ; calycis tubo cyathiformi lobis propriis dimidio brevioribus, lobis accessoriis parvis ovatis ; staminibus 10? -15; an- theris didymis baud apiculatis ; carpello unico in fundo calycis sub lana occulto. — In the Sierra Nevada. This is to I. PicJceringii, what I. lycopodioides is to /. Gordoni : its myriad minute leaflets or segments 532 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY (barely half a line in length) most closely imbricated all around the rhachis, so that the leaf (1^ to 2 inches long) resembles a mouse- tail, when young clothed with soft silky down, which conceals the parts beneath. When old the leaflets are more apparent, but they seem to remain permanently imbricated. Flowers, when expanded, scarcely 3 lines in diameter ; the petals exceeding the calyx, roundish- flabelliforra, and scarcely at all unguiculate, becoming obovate after anthesis. Fruit not seen. Tvesia gracilis, Torr. & Gray, in Newberry, Rep. 1. c, t. 11, = Po- tentilla Neivberryi, Gray. Epilobium obcordatum : nanum, glabrum ; caulibus (3 - 5-polli- caribus) decumbentibus 1 - 5-floris ; foliis oppositis lato-ovatis ovalibus- que subintegerrimis opacis glaucescentibus ; alabastris nutantibus ; calycis tube ultra ovarium pruinoso-puberulum producto infundibuli- formi lobis lato-lanceolatis subdimidio breviore ; petalis magnis liBte roseis obcordato-bilobis patentibus ; stylo stamina superante declinato ; stigmate breviter quadrilobo ; capsulis pedicellatis clavato-oblongis. — In the Sierra Nevada, at Squaw Valley and Ebbett's Passes, alt. 8,000 - 8,500 feet. — A charming alpine species, connecting the Chamcenerion with the other sections of the genus, and with large and showy flowers, having the aspect of an (Enotkera or a Glarkia. The leaves are numerous, mostly longer than the internodes, closely sessile, and only from one third to two thirds of an inch in length. [Also found recently by Dr. Torrey.] EuCHARiDiUM Brev^ ERi : foliis oblongo-lanceolatis ; petalis latis- sime cuneato-obcordatis cum lobo intermedio lateralibus longiori valde angustiori ; filamentis apice eximie clavatis ; antheris villoso-ciliatis ; stigmate 2 — 4-partito (s;T?pius bipartito segmentis elongatis bilobis) ; cap- sula elongata (ultrapollicari) ; seminibus magis alatis. — Dry summit of Mount Oso, at the elevation of about 3,200 feet. — This would be a fine acquisition to the gardens, as the flowers are larger and fuller than those of E. concinnum, the petals fully three fourths of an inch wide, very broadly cuneiform-obcordate with a narrow linear-spatu- late median lobe (not exceeding two lines in width) in the deep sinus. The filaments, also, instead of being filiform, are conspicuously dilated at the summit, where they are broader than the linear anther, ap- parently clavate rather than petaloid. The villosity of the anthers, which is here very striking, is found sparingly in JS. concinnum. I OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAT 30, 1865. 633 MiTELLA (MiTELLARiA, licet stain. pctalis altera.) Breweri : foliis omnibus radicalibus rotundato-reraiformibus incise duplicato-crenatis brevi-petiolatis ; scapo (spithamaso) nudo ; calyce explanato 5-undu- lato ; staminibus 5 petalis pectinato-pinnatifidis alternis. — Mount Hoffmann, in a damp place, at the elevation of about 11,000 feet. The outline and crenation of the leaves and the short (shaggy-hirsute) peti- oles distinguish this at a glance from M. pentandra, with which it accords in the structure of the flower, in the two two-lobed sessile stigmas, &Q,. ; but here the very short filaments are inserted before the calyx-lobes, instead of before the petals. This is all that was needed thoroughly to suppress Drummondia of De Candolle {Mitellopsis, Meisn.). Saxifraga bryophora: Arabidia, S. stellari et leucanthemifolicB proxima; foliis abbreviatis oblanceolatis lineari-oblongisve aveniis inte- gerrimis ciliatis sessilibus saspissime rosulatis ; scapis aphyllis panicu- lato-ramosis, ramis elongatis flore unico perfecto terminatis, pedicellis lateralibus plurimis racemosis filiformibus mox refractis proles gemmi- formes (flores mutatos) gerentibus ; sepalis lato-ovatis ; petalis lanceo- lato-ovatis basi abruptis bimaculatis ; stylis vix ullis. — Ebbett's Pass, and on a peak near Mount Dana, alt. 9,000 feet, on wet rocks. — Leaves half an inch or less than an inch long. Scapes a span high, usually with divergent branches ; the fertile and gemmiferous pedicels half an inch or less in length ; some of the gemmce are mere altered flower-buds ; others are rosulate tufts from which a shoot is proceeding. This bears much the same relation to S, leucanthemifoUa that S. stellaris var. comosa does to ordinary S. stellaris. But the small and quite entire leaves, and the reflexed filiform pedicels of the gemmae are peculiar. Some new materials and observations make it desirable to revise the genus. LITHOPHRAGMA, Nutt., Torr., & Gray. * Petala lamina tripartita, segraentis angustis : folia omnia partita vel infima lobata : radix (quandoque caulis) bulbillifera. 1. LiTHOPHRAGMA GLABRA, Nutt. Glabella ; racerao axillisque foliorum ssepe bulbilliferis ; pedicellis calyce campanijlato pubero lon- gioribus ; ovario basi tantum calyce adnato ; seminibus muriculatis. — Blue Mountains of Oregon, Nuttall. Pine forests on small tributaries of the Upper Sacramento, California, Fremont. Rocky Mountains in Colorado Territory, mixed with Saxifraga cernua, Hall and Har- VOL. VI. 60 534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY bour. — It must have been through some mistake that, in the Flora of North America, this species was placed in the section with an adherent ovary. 2. LiTHOPHRAGMA TENELLA, Nutt. Glanduloso-hirsutula ; foliis minus dissectis ; pedicellis calyce primum obconico dein carapanulato tequilongis ; ovario infra medium adnato ; seminibus lasvibus. — Rocky Mountains. The only specimens are the original, scanty, and appar- ently depauperate ones of Nuttall. The plant resembles a diminutive L. parvijiora, with less divided leaves, and a campanulate calyx, the base of which is certainly adnate to the lower part of the ovary. The seeds are much smaller and oval. 3. LiTHOPHRAGMA PARViFLORA, Nutt. (Tellima parvijlora, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1. p. 239, t. 78.) Scabro-hirta ; pedicellis suberectis calyce obconico (fructifero nunc clavato) creberrime glanduloso-hirtello saepius brevioribus ; ovario ultra medium adnato ; seminibus l^vibus oblongis. — Rocky Mountains and Oregon, to Vancouver's Sound. The plant referred to this species in Ives's Colorado Expedition, col- lected by Dr. Newberry on hills along Cedar Creek, in the western part of New Mexico, is, from the calyx, «fec., more like L. tenella on a larger scale, but probably is of a different species, not to be made out satisfactorily with the extant materials. It bears some granules or bulblets on the base of the stem, which have not been detected in any of the following species. * * Petala lamina dilatata triloba, raro Integra : folia radiculia reni- formi-rotundata subindivisa vel crenato-lobata, superiora 3-5-fida vel partita : bulbilli ad radices, etc., nulli. Flores majusculi. 4. LiTHOPHRAGMA AFFiNis, sp. nov. Scabro-hirta, 1 - 1^-pedalis; floribus modice pedicellatis; calycis creberrime glanduloso-hirtelli tubo turbinato ad apicem fere ovarii adnato ; stylis granulosis ; petalis maxime dilatatis apice trilobis ; seminibus Isevibus. — This has been confounded with L. heterophylla, and it is apparently as common in California around and north of San Francisco, where Dr. Brewer has abundantly gathered it, at several stations. To it belongs the speci- mens (named L. heterophyUa) collected by Dr. Bigelow in Whipple's Expedition, a part of Dr. Parry's, collected at Monterey, in the Mexi- can Boundary Survey, Thurber's fi'om Napa County, and specimens from Ross, long ago distributed by the St. Petersburg Academy. It is at once distinguished from the next by the calyx tapering to an OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 30, 1865. 635 acute base, and the ovary almost wholly inferior. It is commonly a larger plant ; the petals are from one third to nearly half an inch in length, their middle lobe occasionally laciniate-toothed. The pedicels are usually about the length of the fruiting calyx. 0. L. HETEROPHYLLA, Hook. & Am. sub Tellima. Scabro-hirta, subpedalis; pedicellis brevissimis; calyce lato-campanulato minus hirto, fructifero basi quasi truncato ; ovario libero stylisque glabris ; petalis trilobis ; seminibus muriculatis. — California, common near the coast, and northward. — The difference in the seeds (which are smaller and rounder as well as muriculate) may assure us that the case of this and the foregoing is not one of dimorphism. There appears also to be a slight difference in the anthers. 6. LiTHOPHRAGMA BoLANDERi, sp. nov. Major (1 -2-pedalis, fo- liis ssepe 1-2-poll. latis),hirsutulo-scabrida; racemo elongato plurifloro; pedicellis brevissimis seu calyce lato-campanulato (fructifero basi quasi truncato) diraidio brevioribus ; ovario ima basi excepta libero ; petalis nunc integerrimis nunc leviter trilobatis vel dente utrinque instructis ; seminibus muricatulo-scabridis. — California, in a shady ravine, S. E. of Monte Diablo (Dr. Brewer), and farther north in the Mendocino district, H. N. Bolander. — The largest species : petals white, 3 or 4 lines long, more commonly all entire, sometimes all but one of the flowers more or less toothed or even lobed. Styles, as in the next, very short and glabrous. A slender form, in herb. Torrey, was col- lected in the valley of the Sacramento by Dr. Stillman. 7. LiTHOPHRAGMA Cymbalaria, Torr. & Gray {Saxifraga Cali- fornica, Nutt. mss.). Exilis, ghibella ; caule scapiformi (6-14-polli- cari, foliis ^ - §-poll. diam.) 4-7-floro; pedicellis calyce campanulato- cyathifbrmi (basi acuto) longioribus; ovario basi adnato; petalis spathu- latis oblongisve integerrimis; seminibus muricatulo-scabridis. — Near Santa Barbara, Nuttall, Parry, Brewer, in caiions. Cauline leaves sometimes a pair and opposite or nearly so, sometimes alternate, occa- sionally almost obsolete. Lobes of the calyx much shorter than the tube except in Nuttall's very depauperate specimen. Petals, in good flowers, 3 or 4 lines long. Cymoptkrus cinerarius : parvus; caudice repente ; petioHs basi scarioso-dilatatis sursum scapisque gracilibus (1 -3-pollicaribus) gla- berrimis ; folio decomposito ambitu subcordato glauco-cinereo pruinoso- puberulo, segmentis lobisque coufertissimis ; umbelluUs 1-4 (t-JEpe 536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY solitariis) capitatis involucellum completum multifidum (lobis ex ovato subulatis) subsuperantibus ; floribus albidis roseisque ; calycis dentibus parvis obtusis ; fructibus 10-alatis, alls suberoso-scariosis maxime un- dulatis ; seraine ventre intus profiinde excavate. — In volcanic asbes, on dry hills in the high Sierra Nevada, at Sonora Pass, and above Lake Mono, alt. 9-10,000 feet. Leaves and scapes emerging from a subterranean creeping rhizoma ; the lamina of the former mostly less than an inch in diameter, the divisions extremely crowded, the ultimate lobes a line or rarely two lines long, oblong, obtuse, mucro- nate. Scape commonly exceeding the leaves. Involucel nearly herba- ceous. Pedicels extremely short. Fruit 3 lines long, with complete, rather broad, white (or purplish-tinged) and much undulate wings : vittae 3 in each interval and a few on the commissure. Seed deeply excavated at the commissure, the cross-section strongly reniform, more so than in G. montanus, &c. (noticed in PI. Fendlerianaj, p. 57) ; so that the fruit is decidedly campylospermous. Cymopterus fceniculaceds, Nutt., as I suppose it to be, also col- lected by Dr. Brewer in the Sierra Nevada, is almost equally campy- lospermous. It is hoped that the primary divisions in this order may yet be established upon other characters than the form of the seed. Cymopterus ? Nevadensis : depresso-ciespitosus, glaucus, fere glaber ; petiolis brevibus, basibus* scarioso-dilatatis caudices breves ves- tientibus ; lamina foliorum 3-7-partita, segmentis rigidis lato-lanceo- latis cuspidatis, lateralibus raro 2 - o-fidis ; scapo {\ - 4-pollicari) folia parum superante umbellam capitatam quasi simplicem gerente ; involucelUs 4-5 lateralibus 3-fidis flores (flavidos ?) ad^quantibus in- volucrura simulantibus. — At and near the summit of Mount Dana, one of the highest peaks in the Sierra Nevada, alt. 13,227 feet. In flower only, the genus quite uncertain. Plant only an inch or two in heio-ht, tufted. Leaves and scapes obscurely puberulent. Umbel 3 or 4 lines in diameter, composed of 3 to 5 subsessile umbellets, each adnate to the base of a foliaceous 3 - 5-cleft involucel (the divisions ovate) ; these involucels imitating a complete common involucre. Pedicels scarcely any. Ovary showing obscure rudiments of wings. Calyx-teeth lanceolate-subulate. Styles long and slender. SPHENOSCIADIUM, nov. gen. Angelicearum. Calycis margo obsoletus. Petala spathulato-obcordata, cum lacinula setaceo-acuminata inflexa. Styli filiformes. Fructus cuneatus : meri- OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 30, 1865. 537 carpia compressa sursum sensim quinquealata ; alis suberosis, margi- nalibus latioribus ; valleculis univittatis ; commissura bivittata. Carpo- phorum bipartitum. Semen more Cymopteri sectione transvera plani- usculo-lunata. — Herba Californica ; radice fusiforrai ; caule valido fistuloso usque ad urabellas cum foliis sub-bipinnatisectis glabro ; ura- bellis tomentosis exinvolucratis ; involucellis multipartitis flores albos sessiles densissime capitatos subtequantibus. Sphenosciadium capitellatum. — In the Sierra Nevada, near Ebbett's Pass, alt. 7 - 8,000 feet, by a stream ; in flower. Nevada, near Carson City, Dr. C. L. Anderson ; with fruit. Root rather strong-scented, acrid. Stem 2 to 5 feet high, sti'iate. Petioles spatha- ceous-dilated. Divisions of the leaves ovate- or oblong-lanceolate, about an inch long, coarsely and sharply few-toothed or incised ; veinlets finely reticulated. Umbel 7 - 10-radiate ; the umbellets are globose heads, 4 or 5 lines in diameter, in fruit about three fourths of an inch ; the flowers (pubescent) sessile on a dilated receptacle, to which the short involucel is somewhat adnate. Fruits 3 lines long, pubescent ; the mericarps (including the wings) obovate-cuneate or obscurely ob- cordate ; the narrow base strongly o-ribbed ; but the corky ribs en- large towards or at the summit into thickish wings, the lateral ones being the broadest, sometimes nearly as broad as the seed. A thick vitta in each interval, and two submarginal ones on the commissure. LoNiCERA (Xylosteon) Breweri : caule erecto ; foliis ovalibus vel obovatis pubescentibus breviter petiolatis ; pedunculis folio sublon- gioribus ; ovariis urceolato-oblongis basi coadnuatis ; bracteolis mini- mis ; corolla lurido-purpurea campanulata late gibbosa ultra medium bilabiata ; faucs styloque hirsutissimis. — In a ravine of the Sierra Nevada, near Mount Dana, at the elevation of about 10,000 feet. — Allied to L. nigra of the Old World ; but the leaves (only an inch or less in length) rounder, much more pubescent, and of a different vena- tion ; the ovaries narrower, and crowned with subulate calyx-teeth, the corolla more gibbous, the style hirsute, &;c. Galium Andre'WSii: pulvinato-csespitosum ; rhizomatibus longis fili- formibus ; foliis crebris quaternis subulatis setuloso-apiculatis rigidis nitidulis glabris aut fere nudis aut cum angulis caulium pi. m. spinuloso- ciliatis, costa valida ; pedunculis 1 - S-floris nudis ; floribus albidis ; fructu laevi. — Var. a. gracilius ; foliis lineari- vel aciculari-subulatis margine aut parce aut rarissime spinuliferis : pedunculis folia adagquan- 638 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY tibus. — /3. compacte pulvinatum ; pedunculis brevissimis unifloris, foliis subulatis creberrimis. — y. corapactum ; pedunculis foliis breviori- bus 1 - 3-floris ; foliis latioribus lanceolato-subulatis ad margines angu- losque acutissimos caulium crebrius spinuliferis. — California, Dr. Andrews, Mr. Shelton (Herb. Torrey). Near Fort Tejon, Dr. Horn, Dry Hills, Atascadero (var. a), and Santa Inez Mountains near Santa Barbara (var. (S), near Kirka Pass (var. a), and near Monterey? (var. •y), Dr. Brewer. — The laxer forms have the aspect of G. orientale, the more condensed, of G. Pyrenaicum and G. Cyllenium, Boiss. ; and the species is very different from any other North American one. The Chilian G. hypnoides, Clos, is similar, but its leaves are nearly destitute of costa, and it is said to have a distinct limb to the calyx. The fruit apparently dry ; no involucre or whorl of bracts on the pe- duncle. Plants from two inches to a span high. Galium Bloomeri: glaberrimum, inerme,* erecto-difFusum ; foliis quaternis ovatis cuspidato-acuminatis subtrinerviis opacis, floralibus SEepe tantum oppositis ; floribus abortu dioicis, masculis cymulosis brevipedunculatis, foemineis subsolitaris subsessilibus ; corolla ut vide- tur ochroleuca; fructu (juvenili) hirsutissimo. — Nevada Territory, near Virginia City, Mr. H. G. Bloomer, to whom, as its discoverer, and an ardent devotee to Botany, I have much pleasure in dedicating this very well-marked species. The specimens are a foot or less in height, from a perennial or suffrutescent base. Stems paniculately branched. Leaves 3 to 5 lines long, closely sessile, rather rigid, vein- less, the midrib evident, the larger leaves with a pair of lateral ribs, which vanish near the middle. Corolla a line and a half in diameter. The nature of the verticil is well shown in some of the floral leaves, which are reduced to a pair, sometimes slightly connate by a transverse membranous line, and sometimes with a smaller bifid or bidentate leaf interposed on each side, this evidently answering to a connate pair of stipules. Galium hypotrichium : humile, pube minuta cinerea scabridum, inerme ; foliis quaternis ovatis apiculatis subtrinerviis, floralibus oppo- sitis ; floribus submonoicis vel hermaphroditis parce cymulosis ; pedi- cellis flore longioribus post anthesin recurvis ; fructu (juvenili) juxta basin setis longis crinito, coeterum la^vi. — Sonora Pass, in the Sierra Nevada, alt. 8,000 to 9,000 feet, in dry and rocky places. — A span high, apparently tufted, in habit, foliage, «&c., much resembling the OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 30, 1865. 539 preceding species ; the flowers smaller, apparently white or yellowish. The bristly hairs on the forming fruit are rather few, much longer than the ovary, and all confined to its base. The floral leaves, in sim- ple pairs, often show minute interposed stipules. Kellogia galioides, Torr. in Bot. S. Pacif. Ex. Exped. coll. N. W. Amer. Phaenog. t. 4. — This interesting plant, which, we be- lieve, was discovered in the northern part of California, has now been collected by Dr. Brewer [and more recently by Dr. Torrey himself], in the foot-hills of the Sierra. It is, as it were, an Asperula with opposite leaves and scarious interposed stipules. Mach^ranthera (Hesperastrum ; ligulaj steriles) Shastensis : nana, e caudice perenni multicaulis, tomentuloso-canescens ; caulibus 1 — 2-cephalis ; foliis integerrimis obtusis, inferioribus spathulatis sub- trinervatis, supex'ioribus oblongis subamplexantibus ; involucri cam- panulati squamis lanceolato-linearibus sagpiufe acutis, extimis apice herbaceis, interioribus tenuioribus inappendiculatis; ligulis " roseo-viola- ceis " ? — Northern California, on Mount Shasta, at the height of 9,000 feet. Very little of this was found. It is a dwarf alpine plant (3 to 6 inches high, the lower leaves less than an inch long, the upper cau- line successively smaller), Avith the aspect, styles, and generally the character of Machceranthera, except the perennial root and completely neutral rays, or of Aster, excepting the last-named particular. As it has neither the peculiar appendages to the style nor to the anthers of Lessingia and Corethrogyne, I cannot refer it to the latter genus, but on the whole conclude to append it to Machceranthera. The ovaries are scarcely compressed. Involucre 3 or 4 lines in diameter. Aster Bloomeri : depressus, caespitoso-diffusus ; ramis foliosis apice monocephalis ; foliis parvis (3 - 6 lin. longis) oblongo-linearibus imisve lineari-spathulatis sessilibus uninerviis aveniis hispidulo-scabris et ciliolatis ; involucri hemisphaerici squamis subtriserialibus lineari- lanceolatis acuminatis dorso vel apice herbaceis minute granuloso- glandulosis laxiusculis ; ligulis pallide violaceis ? — On high slopes of Mount Davidson, near Virginia City, Nevada, H. G. Bloomer. A pe- culiar little species, to be ranked, perhap-^, with the Ericoidei, but not obviously related to any other. Stems tufted from a somewhat ligne- ous caudex, the branches very leafy nearly to the heads ; the leaves uniform. Heads about 4 lines in diameter, exclusive of the rays. Appendages of the style subulate. Achenia pubescent. Pappus soft. 540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Erigeron (Celmisia) Andersonii: lana tenui arachnoidea mox decidua glabratum ; caulibus e rhizomate nudo adsurgente erectis sim- plicissimis apice nudo monocephalis ; foliis coriaceis linearibus acutis, radicalibus elongatis (spithamteis) 3 - 5-nerviis deoi-f-um attenuatis, caulinis brevibus basi latioi'ibus in bracteas subulatas decrescentibus ; capitulo hemisphaarico majusciilo (f-pollicari) ; involucri lanulosi squa- mis lineari-lanceolatis subherbaceis parum biseriatis ; ligulis uniseriatis exsertis lato-linearibus (cferuleis vel purpureis) ; styli ramis fl. herm. filiformibus, parte hispida quam stigraatosa 3 - 4-plo longiori ; ache- niis oblongo-linearibus villosis 4 - 6-costatis ; pappo uniseriali, setis sequalibus barbellulatis. — Nevada, near Carson City, Dr. C. L. An- derson. Lake Tenaya in the Sierra Nevada, Prof. Brewer, a single depauperate specimen. Stems a span to a foot high : the rigid leaves soon glabrous. Bristles of the pappus all alike, but with a few minute setulas intermixed, as in most Erigerons. This is a North American representative of the Andine group of species, sometimes referred to Aster, which Schultz has recognized as identical with Celmisia, and Weddell has referred to Erigeron. I am constrained by the uniserial pappus, etc., to adopt the same view, rather than to refer this plant to Aster. But the long and filiform appendages of the style (resembling those of some of its South Anlerican relatives) are most unlike those of the true Erigerons. The several species of Celmisia differ greatly in the form of the style. Erigeron concinnum, Torr. & Gray, var. aphanactis, liguhs abortivis stylo brevioribus eradiatum. — Near Carson City, Nevada, Dr. C L. Anderson. Virginia City, H. G. Bloomer. Erigeron Bloomeri ; nanum, multiceps e radice fusiformi ; foliis plerisque radicalibus confertis fere filiformibus cum scapis monocephalis pube minuta appressa cinereis ; involucro lanato-villoso, squarais sub- sequalibus disco parum brevioribus ; ligulis plane nullis ; acheniis plano- compressis hirsutulis ; pappo simplicissimo. — Nevada, near Virginia City, H, G. Bloomer ; near Carson City, Dr. C. L. Anderson. Scapes about three inches high, twice the length of the leaves, naked above, 2 - 3-leaved towai'ds the base. Heads about twice the size of those of E. JilifoUum, the involucre clothed with copious white and soft hairs. Pappus a little shorter than the tubular corollas. Achenia flat, with a nerve only on each margin. Appendages of the style short and acute. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAT 30, 1865. 641 Erigeron Breaveri : Pseuderigeron, pube minuta cinereum ; cauli- bus e rhizomate tenui repente adsurgentibus gracilibus usque ad apicem corj'mboso-l - 5-cephaluin foliosis ; foliis oblanceolatis sen lineari- spathulatis uninerviis integerrimis ; pedunculis brevibus ; involucre fere glabro disco maturo dimidio brevioribus, squamis 2 - 3-seriatis inoequa- libus ; ligulis elongatis uniserialibus (ut videtur violaceis) ; acheniis parce hirtellis ; pappo duplici, exteriore brevi setuloso. — Yosemite Valley, alt. 4,000 feet ; in flower. Near Carson City, Nevada, Dr. C L. Anderson ; in fruit. Stems mostly simple from the base, a span to a foot high. Leaves an inch or less in length, mostly narrow-spatulate and obtuse. Heads smaller than those oi E.foliosiim, Nutt. {E. Doiig- lasii, Torr. & Gray) ; the involucre more imbricated, as in E. Bigelovii, but decidedly shorter. Pappus as long as the disk-corolla. Append- ages of the style very short and obtuse. Achenia linear, flat, 2- nerved. LiNOSYRis (Chrtsothamnus) Howardii, Parry, in litt. : fruticosa, semi-sesquipedalis ; ramis junioribus lanoso-dealbatis ; foliis linearibus acutatis uninerviis glabratis (primum tenuiter arachnoideis), floralibus capitula corymboso-congesta superantibus vel subeequantibus ; involu- cro 5-floro cylindraceo, squamis laxiusculis lanceolatis omnibus modo L. Parryi attenuato-acuminatis ; corollas pallide flavoe tubo parce vil- losulo ; acheniis linearibus pubescentibus. Var. a. foliis angustissime linearibus elongatis ; involucro tenuissime arachnoideo glabrato. — Colorado Territory, on gravelly hills near " Hot Springs " of Middle Park, where it is often associated with L. Parryi, Gray, coll. C. C. Parry, 1863. It is more shrubby than that species, its smaller and fewer-flowered heads in terminal, fastigiate, almost capitate clusters, &c. A little of it was included under Hall and Harbour's No. 293. Var. j8. Nevadensis : foliis pi. m. latioribus brevioribus (inferiori- bus subspathulato-linearibus), apice cuspidate saspius incurvo ; involu- cri squamis prsesertim ad margines magis arachnoideis subviscosis. — Mount Davidson, Nevada, above Virginia City, H. G. Bloomer. Near Carson City, Dr. C. L. Anderson. Ebbett's Pass, within the borders of California, alt. 9,000 feet. Prof. Brewer ; a dwarf form, only 5 or 6 inches high. Aplopappus Bloomeri : suffruticosus, pedalis, subresinosus, gla- ber ; ramis fastigiatis usque ad apicem foliosis corymbose- (vel sub- paniculato-) polycephalis ; foliis subspathulato-linearibus basi attenuatis VOL. VI. 61 542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY rigidis uninerviis vel inferne obsolete trinerviis ; capitulis folioso-brac- teatis ; involucre subturbinato 3 - 4-sei'iali, squamis coriaceis lanceo- latis pi. m. resinosis et villoso-ciliatis, exterioribus folioso- vel subulato- caudatis, intimis tenuioribus inappendiculatis ; floribus radii 3-4 ligula oblonga exserta, disci 15-20; acheniis linearibus pubescentibus. — On Mount Davidson, Nevada, H. G. Bloomer. Near Carson City, Dr. C. L. Anderson, vi'ith a very narrow-leaved and more loosely corym- bose-beaded foi'm. Leaves from one to barely 2 inches long. Heads crowded, about half an inch long ; and the ligules 4 or 5 lines long. Anthers and style exserted ; the short branches of the latter bearing long subulate-filiform appendages, as in Linosyris section Chrysotham- 71US, Aplopappus section Ericameria, and in the following species, to which it is nearly related. Aplopappus suffruticosus {Macronema suffruticosa, Nutt.) : spithamasus e basi depresso-ramosa lignosa, glanduloso-puberulus, sub- viscidus ; ramis usque ad apicem foliosis sajpissime monocephalis ; foliis linearibus sen lineari-subspathulatis acutatis uninerviis ; involucre folioso-bracteato fere hemisphserico, squamis tantum biseriatis requali- bus laxis lineari-lanceolatis, extimis folioso-appendiculatis, intimis tenui- oribus inappendiculatis, floribus radii 3 -8 ligulis discum subsuperan- tibus, disci circa 30 ; acheniis linearibus pubescentibus. — Collected by Prof. Brewer in the eastern part of the Sierra Nevada, on Pyramid Peak, near Carson's Pass, alt. 8 - 10,000 feet. — This has no just claim to a separate generic rank, but must be referred, with the preceding, to Aplopappus. Aplopappus Macronema, Macronema dtscoidea, Nutt., of which fine specimens were distributed in Hall and Harbour's Rocky Mountain collection, is distinguished from the last by the arachnoid-woolly branches, somewhat simpler involucre, and broader leaves, as well as by the ab- sence of rays. The achenia are not glabrous, as described. Chrtsopsis (Ammodia) Brev^^eri : viscoso-subpubescens, laxe paniculato-ramosa ; foliis oblongis seu ovato-lanceolatis membranaceis basi lata tenuiter trinervi arete sessilibus ; capitulis (nunc nudis gracili- ter pedunculatis nunc foliis 1-2 fulcratis) discoideis ; involucro quara discus dimidio brevioribus, squamis lanceolatis acuminatis tenuibus ; acheniis obovatis plano-compressis hirtellis ; pappo exteriori setuloso satis copioso. — Near Sonora Pass and Ebbett's Pass, in the Sierra Nevada, common at the elevation of 4,000 to 8,000 feet. — This is a OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAT 30, 1865. 543 close congener of G. (Atnmodia, Nutt.) Oregana ; but is at once dis- tinguished by the above characters, and by its laxer inflorescence. The involucre is less imbricated and much shorter, scarcely exceeding the achenia, which are broad and flat. There is an evident setulose outer pappus, like that of Chrysopsis villosa, &c. A new examination of the Oregon species shows the same, only scantier. So I venture to regard Nuttall's Ammodia as a discoid section of CIvysopsis. Chrysopsis Bolanderi: § Achyrcea, C. pilosce affinis, villosior; radice perenni ; foliis superioribus acutioribus, summis conformibus capitula sessilia involucrantibus vel fulcrantibus pauUo superantibus- que ; corollis disci extus parce arachnoideis ; pappo exteriori e paleolis linearibus subulatisque achenio angusto cano-sericeo vix dimidio bre- vioribus. — Hills of Oakland, near San Francisco, abundant, H. N. Bolander. From the general character, and the foliose-bracted sessile heads, this would seem to be Nuttall's C. sessilijiora (from Santa Bar- bara), of which I find I have no specimen, though I must some time have examined it. But the present plant shows an outer pappus as conspicuous as that of O. pilosa itself, although of longer and narrower scales. A few scattered, long, arachnoid hairs are borne on the upper part of the disk-corollas. SoLiDAGO GuiRADONis : FeV^jrate, glabcrrima ; caule gracili stricto ; foliis anguste linearibus elongatis integerrimis, imis lanceolatis in petio- lum marginatum longe attenuatis ; panicula angustissima oligocephala ; capitulis parvis; involucri squamis subulatis, costa crassa ; ligulis 8-9 flores disci 10-12 baud si'25erantibus ; acheniis puberulis. — Along a brook at the base of San Carlos, coll. Guirado. Stem 2^ or 3 feet high, from a ligneous rhizoma. Lowest leaves 6 inches long, less than half an inch wide ; the principal caiiline leaves 3 inches long and only 2 or 3 lines wide, above gradually reduced to linear-subulate bracts, venulose. Heads 2J- lines long, erect, sometimes in almost a simple raceme. A very distinct species, named for the collector, a veiy in- telligent young native Californian assistant in the surveying party, Guirado. Wyethia (ALARgONiA) GLABRA: W. helenioidei proxima, sed glabra, pi. m. viscosa ; foliis caulinis in petiolum brevem attenuatis ; pappo calyciformi e paleis 5-8 ovatis vel triangulatis nunc basi nunc ad medium usque coalitis. — Marin County : specimen with the large head foliose-involucrate, as in many specimens of W. helenioides ; the 544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY cauline leaves obtuse and tapering into a short and margined petiole. Pass El Robles in Salinas Valley, south of San Luis Obispo, with a naked head (said to have the disk sometimes 4 inches in diameter, but in the specimens much smaller), and the cauline leaves more petioled. I have a radical leaf (about 1^ feet long and 4 J- inches wide) and a head of this, collected by Dr. Andrews, probably near San Francisco. W. helianthoides, Nutt. (of which, however, I have not present access to any specimen), W. robusta, Nutt., and W. angustifolia, Nutt., belong probably to one species. The following, with the aristifoi-m pappus of the above, has the wooUiness and aspect of W. helenioides, but much smaller heads. Wyethia mollis : arachnoideo-lanata, aetate subdenudata ; caule 1 - 3-cephalo ; foliis oblongis ovalibus ovatisque omnibus petiolatis in- tegerrimis; involucri squamis ovato-lanceolatis cum liguUs elongatis 10-12 ; acheniis linearibus e pappo breviter coroniformi longius biaris- tato vel in radio triaristato. — Mono Lake and summit of Sonora Pass in the Sierra Nevada. Also near Carson City, Nevada, Dr. C. L. Anderson ; and in great patches on Mount Davidson at Virginia City, H. G. Bloomer. The Nevada specimens much more densely clothed with a coat of floccose white wool than those of Prof. Brewer : this may readily be rubbed off, and partly wears away from the old leaves. Radical leaves a foot or less in length, besides the stout petiole : cauline leaves 4 to 6 inches long. Scales of the involucre about an inch long, the outer and larger ones a little surpassing the disk, very woolly. Ligules an inch and a half long. Achenia about half an inch long, the subulate awns 3 or 2 lines long. — Mr. Nuttall regretted, as all must do, that this genus could not retain De Candolle's name of Alargonia. Helianthus Bolanderi : Annui ; caule hirsuto bipedali et ultra ramoso ; foliis omnibus alternis ovato-lanceolatis sen ovato-rhomboideis crebre SiEpius grosseque serratis e basi attenuata trinerviis longe petio- latis ; involucri squamis foliaceis lineari-lanceolatis sensim attenuatis acutissimis patentibus vix imbricatis hirsutis discum superantibus ligu- las 10-12 subaequantibus ; acheniis sericeis ; pappi paleis 2 aristae- formibus. — At the Geysers, Lake County, near Clear Lake, H. N. Bolander. The root is pretty clearly annual ; and the species (with leaves somewhat like those of H. petiolaris, but much more serrate, &c.) is very different from any other we have. Heads small, the brown-purple disk less than an inch in diameter, the involucre resem- bling that of JI. decapetalus or H. tracheliifoHui. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 30, 1865. 545 HELiANTHrs EXiLis : Annul, hirsutus, nunc tantum scaber ; caule gracili pedali et ultra ramoso ; foliis (oppositis superioribus alternis) lineari-oblongis lanceolatisve subintegerrirais basi obscure trinerviis in petiolum brevem attenuatis ; capitulis pro genere minimis ; invohicri squamis 10-12 lanceolatis foliaceis laxis ligulis 5-8 subdimidio bre- vioribus ; paleis receptaculi aristato-cuspidatis ; acheniis glabris ; pappi paleis ovato-lanceolatis. — In wet places about Clear Lake, H. N. Bolan- der. A glabrate form from Owen's Valley, Dr. Van Horn. Leaves an inch or an inch and a half long. Heads on almost filiform pedun- cles ; the brown-purple disk only half an inch broad. Chaff of the receptacle truncate-tricuspidate with the middle point projected into a rigid awn, all but the outer chaff carinate-winged on the back. PuGiOPAPPUS BiGELOVii, Gray in Torr. Bot. Whipp. Exped., Pacif. R. R. Rep. 4, p. 104. Add. char, gen.: Achenia plano-obcom- pressa ; radii fertilia, ala suberosa cincta, calva ; csetera inania, disco epigyno cylindrico styli basin cingente apiculata, paleis pappi pugio- niformibus demum deciduis. — Prof. Brewer collected this very little known plant on dry hills at San Buenaventura, in the southern part of California, and also received it from Fort Tejon, collected by Dr. Van Horn, with some fruit. Ch^nactis Xantiana (C. glabriuscida var. megacephala, Gray in coll. Xantus, Fort Tejon, Jour. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc, non Bot. Whipp.) : C. heterocarphce affinis, sed robustior, magis glabrata, caule fistuloso ; C. glabriusculam var. megacephalam aemulans sed pappo duplici, paleis 4 interiorLbus lanceolatis corollara subaequantibus 4 ex- terioribus brevissimis late cuneato-obovatis vel obcordatis ; ab utraque differt involucri squamis angustioribus laxioribus, coroUis ut videtur carneis, marginalibus parum ampliatis caeteras baud superantibns. (Capitula majora fere pollicaria.) — This, the No. 45 of the col- lection made by Xantus near Fort Tejon, I confounded, as is noted above, with a different species ; but we now have it, in fine state, from Dr. Anderson, who found it near Carson City, in Nevada. Var. INTEGRIFOLIA : foliis anguste linearibus integerrimis rariusve 1 - 2-lobatis. — Near Fort Tejon, Dr. Van Horn. ' Ch^nactis tanacetifolia : humilis, lana tenui canescens, mox glabrata ; foliis plerisque radicalibus bipinnatipartitis, segmentis lobis- que confertis parvis oblongis seu ovalibus obtusissimis ; caulibus Bcapisve (3 - 4-pollicaribus) monocephalis ; involucri squamis lineari- 546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY subspatliulatis; corollis aureis, marginalibus ampliatis ; pappo dupHci e paleis 4 oblongis obtusissimis corolla (disci paullo, radii dimidio) brevioribus et 4 alternantibus minimis ovalibus. — Lake County, near Clear Lake, H. N. Bolander. A very distinct species, with Tan>y-like leaves in a radical tuft, heads rather smaller than those of G. lanosa, and bright yellow flowers ; it makes the third known species with a short outer pappus. AcTiNOLEPis MULTiCAULis, DC, var. PAPPOSA : acheniis disci etiam pappo donatis. — Prof. Brewer's specimens, from three stations, all in Santa Barbara County, uniformly have a pappus to the disk, like that of the ray flowers. This is the same in specimens otherwise exactly resembling the plant on which the genus was founded, and in a more woolly form, gathered in Santa Maria Valley, which however, except in the pappus, would not be distinguished from Dr. Parry's specimens, figured in the Botany of the Mexican Boundary Survey. Actinolepis might accordingly be reduced to a section of Bahia : but the reception of the external achenia into a concavity at the base of the involucral scales may still enable us to keep the genus. AcHYROPAPPUS WoODHOUSEi : humilis, ramosissiraus, subviscoso- puberulus ; foliis fere omnibus oppositis tripartitis, segmentis linearibus obtusis integerrimis vel interraedio trilobo ; capitulis brevi-peduncula- tis ; involucri squamis obovato-oblongis ; (floi'ibus albidis ?) ligulis par- vis ; cor. disci tubo gracili ; pappi paleis 8-10 lanceolatis acutis (alternis saepe brevioribus) nervo valido excurrente modo PalafoxicB instructis. — New Mexico, Dr. Woodhouse, in herb. Durand. Ap- parently only a span high ; the leaves all less than an inch long. Rays linear-oblong, a line and a half in length, scarcely exceeding the disk. Branches of the style tipped with a short and obtuse puberulent cone. This kind of style and the opposite divided leaves prevent us from referring the plant to Palafoxia, of which it has the pappus, nor will it fall into Florestina. BuRRiELiA LEPTALEA : fere glabra ; caule vel ramis subradicalibus 1-3 capillaribus simplicissimis monocephalis ; foliis perpaucis filifor- mibus parvis ; involucri squamis 4-5 ovalibus oblongisve ; hgulis totidem exsertis at disco maxime elevato brevioribus ; achemis parce hispidulis bi- (raro tri-) aristatis ; aristis flores adajquantibus inferne sensim leviter dilatatis superne tenuissimo scaberrimo. — Santa Lucia Mountains, on very dry hillsides along the Nacismento River. Allied OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAT 30, 1865. 647 to B. microglossa, and, like that species, having an acute appendage surmounting the branches of the style, and a very slender, subulate, naked-pointed receptacle ! The rays are more apparent, the involucral scales wider, and the pappus more slender and rough. Lasthenia (Monolopia) ambigua : gracilis, arachnoideo-lanata; caule spithamseo ramoso ; foliis alternis spathulato-linearibus lanceo- latisve subintegerrimis ; involucri angusto-campanulati squamis 8-9 acuminatis ultra medium connatis ; ligulis ovalibus brevibus ; corollis disci tubo hirsutissimo, limbo sensim ampliato glabrato ; acheniis linea- ribus o-gonis subglabris (exterioribus ad angulos hirtelHs) nunc calvis nunc fere omnibus pappo brevi e paleis tenuibus eroso-truncatis coro- natis. — Near Fort Tejon, Dr. Van Horn, in coll. Brewer. Nearly related to L. {Monolopia, Benth.) bahicefolia of Hartweg's collection, which has a broader and more woolly involucre, disk-coi'ollas with a narrower tube which is villous only in a ring at the junction with the broadly expanded limb, and hairy achenia, all, so far as known, desti- tute of pappus. In the present species the discovery of the pappus, conspicuous enough in some heads but wanting in others, confirms the suspicion that the 3fonolopi6e are epappose Heleniece. HuLSEA ALGiDA : viscoso-villosula ; caule (spithamnso) folioso monocephalo ; foliis lineari-lingulatis aut repando- aut laciniato-den- tatis sessilibus, imis subspathulatis, basibus dilatatis scariosis apicem caudicis crebre vestientibus ; capitulo maximo ; involucri squamis linearibus apice attenuatis albo-lanatis ; ligulis 50 - 60. — High peaks of the Sierra Nevada, on Mount Dana, at 11,500 feet, and Wood's Peak, 10,500 feet. Stems several from an ascending caudex, leafy nearly or quite to the head. Leaves 1^ to 3 inches long, 3 to 6 lines wide. Head an inch in diameter. Achenia 3 to 4 lines long. Nearly related to H. Californica, of which I possess only a portion of an in- volucre (which is similar) and some flowers and achenia, the latter much smaller than in the present plant. HuLSEA vestita: caulibus abbreviatis e caudice subterraneo erecto folia conferta obovato-spathulata subintegerrima albo-tomentissima sca- posque monocephalos gerentibus ; involucri squamis oblongo-linearibus viscoso-pflbescentibus ; ligulis 20-30; pappi paleis conspicuis. — In dry volcanic ashes, near the summit of a volcanic hill south of Lake Mono, alt. about 9,000 feet. A remarkable species of this now well- established genus. Leaves thickly coated with matted white wool 648 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY (which may at length be deeiduons ?), broadly-spatulate or cuneate- obovate, one or two inches long, including the long-attenuate base or petiole. Scapes from 2 to 4 inches high, naked or with a few small linear bracts, viscous-pubescent, but entirely destitute of the white wool, as is the involucre also. Head about as large as that of H. nana, the involucre similar. The broad and truncate, eroded, silvery palesB of the pappus are one fourth or nearly one third the length of the silky- villous achenia. RIGIOPAPPUS, Nov. Gen. Heleniearum. Capitulum pluriflorum, heterogamum ; floribus radii 5-8 fcemineis, ligula parva discura vix superante ; disci herraaphroditis, corolla tubu- losa angusta 3 - 4-dentata, dentibus brevissimis. Involucrum biseriale, floribus brevius, e squamis subulato-linearibus rigidis foliis ramealibus conformibus. Receptaculum planum nudum. Styli rami fl. harm, parte stigmatosa brevi glabra (more Asteroidearum) complanata in ap- pendicem gracilem subulatam hirtellam producta. Achenia gracilia, linearia, compressa, hispidula, transverse rugulosa. Pappus simplex, e paleis 4-5 rigidis subcorneis aristiformibus (angusto-subulatis corol- 1am superantibus achenio ipso paullo brevioribus) constans. — Herba annua, gracilis, puberula ; foliis alternis linearibus ; ramis floriferis ex apice caulis simplicis paucis filiformibus monocephahs inferne aphyllis ; floribus luteoHs vel albidis ? RiGiOPAPPUS LEPTOCLADUS. — Dalles of the Columbia River, Oregon, Dr. Lyall, coll. Oregon Boundary Commission ; communicated from the Herbarium of the Royal Gardens, Kew. HEMIZONIA, DC, Torr. & Gray, § Hemizonella. Capitulum modo Harpcecarpi pauciflorum ; floribus radii 4 — 5, ligula brevissima styli ramos haud superante, disci ad unicum rare duos intra cupulam 3-5 dentatam reducti. Achenia omnia perfecta ; radii pi. m. obcompressa, subincurva. — Herbse annual, tenellse, foliis linearibus hirsutis fere eglandulosis. Acheniis exceptis ad Harpecar- pum referenda^. Hemizonia (Hemizonella) minima : caule tenuissimo subpolH- cari 1 - 3-cephalo ; foliis brevibus, summis capitula sessilia involucran- tibus eaque vix superantibus ; acheniis glabris, radii obovatis erostris. — Dry soil, near Soda Springs, alt. 8,680 feet. Leaves 1^ to 2 lines OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAT 30, 1865. 549 long, mostly opposite ; the lower oval or oblong, minute. Doubtless this plant grows larger, but probably still remains different from the following species in its much obcompressed and broad achenia, the summit rounded and entirely destitute of any beak. Involucre, as in the other species, hispid-glandular on the back, completely enclosing the achenia. Hemizonia (Hemizonella) parvula : bi-tripolhcaris, pilis albi- dis magis hispida; caule patentim ramoso; foliis angusto-linearibus, superioribus capitula sessilia involucrantibus eaque longe superantibus ; acheniis glaberrimis angustis fusifoi'mi-falcatis subtrigono-obcompres- sis, rostro brevi incurvo. — Klamath Valley, Oregon, Mr. Kronkite. Leaves half an inch to an inch long, half a line wide. It is this species which by the achenia most appi'oaches the genus HarpcBcarpus, but these are still decidedly obcompressed instead of compressed ; and it would be very inconvenient now to admit compressed and obcompressed achenia into the same genus. Obviously these little plants are much reduced Hemizonice. Hemizonia (Hemizonella) Durandi: caule a basi ramoso 3 - 6-pollicari ; capitulis e dichotomiis plerisque pedunculatis folia ful- crantia adaequantibus ; acheniis intus prsesertim parce pilosis, floris centralis trigono apice truncato, radii obovato-oblongis trigono-ob- compressis arcuatis, rostro brevi inflexo. (^Harpcecarpus madarioides, Durand, PI. Pratten. in Jour. Acad. Philad., non Nutt.) — Nevada County, California, Mr. Henry Pratten. Washoe County, Nevada, Mr. Stretch, communicated by Dr. Torrey. — Heads a line and a half in length, larger than in the foregoing species. I think this was also collected by Fremont, in his second expedition. But I possess no specimen of it. WHITNEY A, Nov. Gen. Heleniearum v. Senecionearum, epapposum. Capitulum multiflorum, heterogamum ; floribus radii ligulatis foemi- neis, disci tubulosis hermaphroditis. Involucrum biseriale, e squamis 10-12 agqualibus oblongo-lanceolatis acutis herbaceo-membranaceis. Receptaculum convexo-conicum, epaleatum, dense hirsutum. Ligulas magnge. . Corollas disci infundibuliformes, lobis breviusculis ovatis. Antherae ecaudatse. Stylus radii elongatus, disci ramis brevibus linea- ri-subulatis complanatis obtusiusculis extus hirtellis. Achenia oblonga, obcompressa, calva. — Herba Arnic(B facie, montium CaliforniaJ in- voL. vr. 62 650 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY cola; caule simplici e i-liizomate gracili repente foliisque oppositis tomento tenui argentatis ; capitulo specioso ; floribus aureis. WiiiTNEYA DEALBATA. — Dry woods on the Yosemite trail, alt. 7,000 feet. Stem - simple, a foot bigli, naked above, and bearing a single head, or with an additional monocephalous peduncle from the axil of the uppermost leaves. Leaves entire, mucronate ; the radical or subradical ones obovate or oval, 3 - 5-nerved at the base, tapering into a flat or winged petiole ; the cauline usually a single pair, smaller and narrower, sessile, and sometimes connate. Rarely there are two alternate bracts. Lateral peduncles, when they occur, usually bibracte- ate. Involucre half an inch long, equalling the disk, tomentulose. Tube of the corolla glandular-pubescent. Ligules over an inch long, lanceolate-oblong, 7 - 9-nerved, minutely three-toothed at the apex. Branches of the style in the disk-flowers tapering into a bluntish hairy apex, but not tipped with any distinct cone or appendage. Achenia hirsute-pubescent ; those of the ray flat, 3-nerved on the inner face, and obscurely so on the outer face ; those of the disk apparently similar and fertile, but immature in the three specimens collected. — This handsome Composita, doubtless belonging either to the Senecionece or HeUniex (although destitute of pappus), is dedicated to the eminent Geologist in charge of the Californian State Survey, Professor Jo^iah D. Whitney, under whose superintendence a most interesting and ex- tensive collection of dried plants of California, especially of the high sierras, has been made. RAILLARDIA, Gaudichaud, § Raillardella. Achenia magis compressa. Pappus niveus. Styli rami appendice tenuiori superati. Receptaculum planum seu convexum. — Herbae acaules, pumilte, regionum alpinarum California^ montium incolge, rhizo- matibus subterraneis repentibus apice folia rosulata lanceolata subuni- nervia scapumque gracilem monocephalum proferentibus. Raillardia (Raillardella) argentea : foliis spathulato-lanceo- latis utrinque argenteo-sericeis ; involucro cylindrico 7-15-floro cum scapo nudo glanduloso, squamis longe ultra medium coalitis ; recep- taculo piano glabro. — Sonora Pass, 8,000- 10,000 feet, and Ebbett's Pass, at about the same altitude, on dry slopes. — Leaves one or two inches long, tapering into a short petiole, subcoriaceous ; the silvery- gilky pubescence perhaps somewhat deciduous with age. Scape H to OF AKTS AND SCIENCES : MAT 30, 1865. 551 5 inches long, leafless and bractless. Involucre over half an inch in length, of 7-12 linear scales, which coalesce to near their acute tips, but are readily separable. Corolla light yellow. Branches of the style linear and gradually produced into a slender subulate appendage* Achenia linear, compressed, silky-pubescent, scarcely narrowed at the base. Bristles of the pappus softly plumose, bright white, nearly equal- ling the corolla. Raillardia (Raillardella) scaposa: foliis subspathulato-line- aribus ciliolatis cum scapo elongato inferne nunc 1 - 2-phyIlo subvis- cosis ; involucro cylindraceo-campanulato 20 - 30-floro, squamis vix ultra medium coalitis ; receptaculo convexo subpiloso. — On a peak of the Sierra Nevada, N. N. E. of Soda Springs, in sunny places, at an elevation of 10,000 feet. Leaves narrower and mostly longer than in the preceding species, 2^ to 4 inches long, including the slender taper- ing base or petiole, wholly destitute of silvery pubescence, glabrous except a slight glandular pubescence along the margins, and viscid. Scape very slender, eight inches to a foot high. Head nearly an inch long. Receptacle showing somewhat of the hairiness and convexity of the genuine species of Raillardia. These two species are, perhaps, the most interesting botanical dis- covery made by Professor Brewer. I had long since remarked that Argyroxiphhcm and Wilkesia, — very peculiar Composites of the Sand- wich Islands, — represent there the Madieoe so characteristic of Cali- fornia and Oregon. We have here, in turn, two Californian plants so intimately allied to a most characteristic Hawaiian genus, Raillardia that, notwithstanding the difference in habit, I cannot venture to dis- tinguish them generically. Artemisia potentilloides : Seriphidium, undique incano-sericea, subpedalis ; foliis radicalibus bipinnatisectis, caulinis plerisque pin- natipartitis, segmentis 3-11 Hnearibus nunc latiusculis ; capitulis 3-6 hemisphaericis (majusculis) corymbosis ; pedunculis gracilibus ; involu- cri squamis circa 10 aequalibus obovatis, marginibus hyalinis ; recep- taculo convexo hirsutissimo ; floribus corapluribus flavis. — Nevada, near Carson City, Dr. C. L. Anderson. — A most distinct species, with a tuft of simple ascending stems and bipinnately-divided silvery leaves from a thickish caudex ; the cauline leaves few and small, an inch or less in length, the uppermost reduced to simple linear bracts. Heads 4 lines in diameter, depressed ; the flowers all hermaphrodite and fertile. 652 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY Calais eriocarpha: C cyclocarphce et Blgelovii similis; foliis Taraxaci ; acheniis paullo gracilioribus acute costatis ; pappi paleis (quandoque 3-4) ovalibus integerrimis extus lanatis arista sesqui- brevioribus. — Nipoma, on low hills. The woolly paleae of the pap- pus pi-esent a striking feature. Calais aphantocarpha : 0. Bigelovii similis; acheniis paullo gracilioribus ; pappi paleis 5 minimis deltoideis subito in aristam tenuem scabram achenio longior productis. — Bushy Knob, southeast of Monte Diablo. Leaves and scapes (one to two feet high) and the whole aspect not unhke Leontodon autumncde. Achenia of Eucalais, the outermost villous. Pappus of Scorzonella, the paleae being re- duced to a mere basal dilatation of the slender awn, but only five in number. Stephanomeria lactucina : caule subsimplici e radice perenni tenuiter puberulo ad apicem usque gequaliter folioso oligocephalo ; foliis lanceolatis seu linearibus parce spinuloso-dentatis vel integerrimis ; ca- pitulis subcorymbosis ; involucri (semipollicaris) squamis lanceolatis subimbricatis ; floribus circiter 10. — Dry hill near Big-tree Road in the Sierra Nevada, alt. 6,000 feet. A somewhat anomalous and large- flowered species of this genus, with the aspect rather of a reduced form of Midgedium pulchellum. Stem not much branched. Leaves from 1^ to 2^ inches long, sessile, not clasping. Scales of the involucre somewhat broadly lanceolate, the outer ones of various lengths, and thus gradually passing into the inner ones, making the involucre somewhat imbricated. " Flowers delicate rose-color." Mature achenia not seen ; but the ovaries wholly as in Stephanomeria. Pappus bright white, 4 or 5 lines long. Stephanomeria? cichoracea: tomento tenui mox evanido gla- brata ; caule rigido elato, ramis virgatis superne nudis racemoso-oligo — polycephalis ; foliis caulinis lanceolatis coriaceis rariter pinnatifido- dentatis vel denticulatis, dentil)ns spinescentibus ; involucro circiter 12-floro e squamis plurimis lanceolatis gradatim imbricatis (exteriori- bus subsquarrosis) constante ; receptaculo favoso ; ligulis brevibus ut videtur roseis ; acheniis liEvibus ; pappo sordido rigidulo bi'eviter plu- mose. — In the collection of Dr. Van Horn, from Fort Tejon, comm. to Professor Brewer. A plant of wholly doubtful genus, with the habit of Oichorium Intyhus, but more leafy up the stems or branches ; the leaves fi'om 2 to 6 inches long, rigid, the larger ones furnished, OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 30, 1865. _ 553 especially toward the base, with some coarse salient teeth. Flowers larger than in any genuine Stephanomeria ; the involucre fully half an inch in length, of more rigid and imbricated scales than in that genus ; the ligules about three lines long, scarcely exceeding the tube of an- thers. Achenia, still young, short, truncate, costate, with wide inter- vals, not at all narrowed at the summit. Bristles of the pappus 15 to 20, uniserial, somewhat coalescent at the base, 3 lines long, equalling the tube of the corolla, barbellate-plumose after the manner of a Lia- tris. Plant apparently as much as three feet high ; the base of the stem not seen. Crepis Andersonii: glaber (capitulis exceptis) ; caudice perenni folia oblongo-spathulata vel oblongo-lanceolata laciniato-pinnatifida seu dentata subruncinata scaposque corymboso-ramosos proferente, ramis monocephalis ; involucro glanduloso-pubero vel glabrato 2 - 3-seriali, squamis lanceolatis, interioribus attenuato-acuminatis discum fructi- ferum adaequantibus ; acheniis fusiformibus sensim brevi-rostratis an- gulato-pluricostatis. — Nevada, in the vicinity of Carson City, chiefly in low grounds. Leaves 2 to 5 inches long, including the tapering base or petiole, sometimes only denticulate or dentate, sometimes pin- natifid and with the lobes laciniate-toothed. Scapes from 10 to 24 inches high, angled and strongly striate, usually leafless and with a few linear bracts. Heads three fourths of an inch in length, or some- times smaller ; the involucre more imbricated than in C. occidentalis and G. runcinata. Flowers golden yellow. Achenia about 3 lines long,' smooth, angled with salient ribs and deep furrows. Pappus soft and white. HiERACiUM Breweri : humilis (triuncialis ad subpedalem) ; foliis uniformibus oblongo-spathulatis integerrimis cum caule usque ad api- cem folioso pilis longis mollibus albo-villosissimis ; panicula corymbosa polycephala; capitulis parvis 10 - 15-floris ; involucro subimbricato cylindraceo vix glanduloso cum pedicellis parce piloso ; floribus flavis ; acheniis oblongo-Unearibus baud apice vix basi angustatis. — Silver Valley in the Sierra Nevada, alt. 7,350 feet, and (a dwarfed alpine state) Silver Mountain, alt. 11,000 feet. Somewhat resembling the most hairy forms of H. Scouleri, Hook. ; but dwarf, very leafy to the top, and canescent with very soft shaggy hairs, except the inflores- cence ; the latter of very numerous heads in a crowded panicle. Invo- lucre 3 lines long. 654 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY To the account of these new Compositce of Western North America I append the characters of a striking new genus belonging to the Sand- wich Islands, recently discovered by Mr. Horace Mann. HESPEROMANNIA. Nov. Gen. Mutisiacearum. Capitulum homogamum, multi- et a^qualiflorum, discoideum, flori- bus hermaphroditis. Involucrum campanulato-turbinatum, multiseriale ; squamis chartaceo-rigidis obsolete nervatis, mucronato-acutis, interiori- bus lineari-lanceolatis, exterioribus sensim brevioribus. Receptaculum planum nudum. Corollte subcoriaceie, angustte, subregularis (leviter bilabiata3,§, extus intusque glabrae, tubo 5-nervi), laciniis longis lineari- bus erectis. Filamenta irao tubo corolla? inserta, e fauce exserta : an- therge lineares, brevissime caudatfE, caudis truncatis ultra articuluni baud productis. Stylus filiformis, ramis brevissimis angustis acuti- usculis. Achenium oblongo-lineare, angulatum, erostre, glabrura. Pappus multiserialis, setis rigidulis scabris. — Arbuscula inermis, glaber; foliis obovato-oblongis subserratis penninerviis breviter petio- latis ad apices ramorum brevium confertis ; capitulis terminalibus sub- urabellatid brevi-pedunculatis ea Chuquiragce insignis temulantibus ; floribus flavis. Hesperomannia arborescens. — On the highest part of Lanai, one of the Sandwich or Hawaiian Islands ; coll. Hoi'ace Mann and W. T. Brigham. This is specially interesting as being the only known Lahiatijlora from any of the proper Pacific Islands. These Compositce, so char- acteristic of South America, appear to be wanting even in Juan Fernan- dez. As the present plant does not fall into any published genus, it would appropriately bear the name of its discoverer, Mr. Horace Mann, the latest and one of the most ardent explorers of the botany of the Sandwich Islands, who has gleaned not a few novelties in a field which has been harvested by numerous botanists, from Nelson and Menzies, in the times of Cook and Vancouver, down to Remy in 1851 - 1853. The name of Mannia, however, having been already bestowed upon a genus of Simarubece, in commemoration of the arduous botani- cal services of Mr. Gustavus Mann in Tropical Africa, I venture, in the generic appellation here proposed in compliment to our Western young botanist of the same name, to compound the word by a distin- guishing prefix. OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 30, 1865. 555 The genus belongs to the Flotowiece, according to Weddell's neat arrangement: and agrees with Chnquiraga and Doniophyton in hav- ing the long filaments free from the corolla down almost to its base. But the merely scabrous copious pappus, and naked and glabrous re- ceptacle, as well as the corolla glabrous within, and the achenia, wholly separate it from these andine genera. On the other hand, it quite as much resembles the Brazilian and Cuban Stiftia and Anastrophia ; but in the latter of these genera the filaments are adnate almost, and in the former quite, to the sinuses of the corolla ; while the anthers in both of them are long-tailed, and the lobes of the corolla more or less revolute,* Two well-marked new Ferns, which the explorations of the Cali- fornia State Geological Survey have brought to light, are characterized by Professor Eaton as follows : — Pell^a Breweri, D. C. Eaton (sp. nov.) : caudice brevi assur- gente ; stipitibus bi - tripoUicaribus confertis fulvo-nitentibus teretibus fragillimis basi paleis angustissimis fulvis obtectis ; frondibus tri-qua- dripollicaribus oblongis pinnatis, pinnis brevi-petiolatis membranaceis pellucidis plerumque bipartitis, segmento superior! majore, segmentis pinnisque superioribus ovatis vel triangulari-ovatis basi cuneatis, venis liberis pluries furcatis ; sporangiis ad apices venularum paucis indusio continuo tenui revoluto velatis. — Rupestris inter montes Sierra Ne- vada Californife, altitudine 7,000 - 9,000 ped. super mare. Prof. W. H. Brewer, n. 1919, 2102, 2038. AspiDiuii (Polystichum) Califoenicuji, D. G. Eaton (sp. nov.) : elatum, insigne ; frondibus oblongo-lanceolatis pinnatis, pinnis confer- tis lanceolatis falcatis acutissimis basi superior! auriculatis, imis vix minoribus, inferioribus pinnatifidis, mediis pinnatilobatis, supremis gra- datim minoribus spinuloso-serratis, lobis ovato-oblongis spinuloso-apicu- latis subtus paleis angustis conspersis supra glabris, venis pinnatis liberis, pinnis fere omnibus soriferis ; soris confertis ; indusiis teneribus orbiculatis ciliatis pedicello brevi gracili suflPultis; rhachi stipiteque paleis difformibus instructis aliis magnis lato-lanceolatis aliis minoribus * In Stiftia chrysantha I do not find the tube of the coroila lOnerved, nor the branches of the style acute ; the latter are rather spatulate and very obtuse. 656 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY. anguste Hnearibus ciliatis. — In montibus Californiae prope Santa Cruz, H. N. Bolander. Frons fere bipedalis, 5-6 poll. lata. Stipes pedalis et ultra. E grege A. lohati, sed aspectu et elegantia A. munitum referens. INDEX TO VOL. VI A. Achromatic object-glass, 169. Actinolepis multicaulis, 546. Achyropappus Woodhousei, 546. Agassiz, a., Communication from, 495. On Embryology of Asteracan- thion berylinus, 106. Agassiz, Prof. L., Communica- tion from, 81. Algee, Francis, Obituary Notice of, 294. Amendments to Statutes, 294. Ampelicbnus sulcatus, 86. Analysis, New methods of, 251, 472. Anisopus gracilior, 86. Anomoepus intermedius, 85. minimus, 85. Apatichnus curvatus, 86. Aplopappus Bloomeri, 541. Macron ema, 542. sufifruticosus, 542. Appleton, Nathan, Obituary Notice of, 1. Arabis platysperma, 519. Artemisia potentilloides, 551. Arthonia cyrtodes, 285. Aspidium Californicura, 555. Associate F'ellows elected, 23, 24, 96,176,238,241,390,517. Asteracanihion berylinus, 111. pallidus, 112. Aster Bloomeri, 539. Astragalus aboriginum, 203. adsurgens, 197. alpinus, 205. Araericanus, 205. Andersonii, 524. aridus, 223. VOL. VI. 63 Astragalus Arthu-Schottii, 209. Beckwithii, 221. Bigelovii, 196. bisculatus, 221. Bourgovii, 227. Brazoensis, 198. Breweri, 207. CEBspitosus, 230. campestris, 229. Canadensis, 196. caryocarpus, 192. chfetodon, 194. Chamasleuce, 222. Cobrensis, 199. collinus, 225. Cooperi, 213. Coulteri, 233. Crotalari^e, 216. cui-tipes, 217. cyrtoides, 201, 525. decumbens, 229. diaphanus, 233. didymocarpus, 198. diphysus, 193. distortus, 207. diversifoHus, 230. Douglasii, 215. Drummondii, 200. Fendleri, 224. filifolius, 215. filipes, 226. flavus, 201. flexuosus, 224. Fremontii, 194. frigidus, 219. Geyeri, 214. glaber, 208. glabriusculus, 204. gracilentus, 223. gracilis, 202. 558 INDEX. Astragalus glareosus, 211. Hallii, 224. Hartwegi, 199. Hookerianus, 215. humistratus, 201. liypoglottis, 197. ineptus, 525. jiinceus, 230. Kentropliyta, 231. lentiginosus, 194, 524. leptaleus, 220. leptocarpus, 200. leucophyllus, 218. leucopsis, 217. Lindheiraeri, 207. lonchocarpus, 219. lotiflorus, 208. Lyalli, 195. macrodon, 216. megacarpus, 215. Mexicanus, 193. Menziesii, 217. microcystis, 220. miser, 228. Missouriensis, 210. mollissimus, 196. Mortoni, 196. miiltiflorus, 226. nothoxys, 232. Niittallianus, 199. obcordatus, 208. oocarpus, 213. Oreganus, 202. oroboides, 205. oxyphysus, 218. Palliseri, 227. Parryi,211. pauciflorus, 228. pectinatus, 221. pictus, 214. Plattensis, 193. platytropis, 526. Preussii, 222. pubentissimus, 209. Purshii, 212. pycnostachius, 527. racemosus, 200. refiexus, 197. Robbinsii, 204. sclerocarpus, 225. Astragalus sericoleucus, 232. serotinus, 229. Shortianus, 210. simplicifolius, 231. Sonoras, 223. sparsiflorus, 205. speirocarpus. 225. stenophyllus, 226. succumbens, 200. tener, 206, 525, Tennesseensis, 193. tephrodes, 222. Thurberi, 220. trichopodus, 218. tridactylicus, 527. triflorus, 214. tripliyllus, 232. uliginosus, 196. Utahensis, 213. vaccarum, 199. villosus, 208. Whitneyi, 526. Wrightii, 199. B. Baldwin, James F., Obituaiy Notice of, 129. Barlow, Peter, Obituary No- tice of, 15. Bartlett, William P. G., Obit- uary Notice of, 498. Baryta, Aluminates of, 97. Beck, Dr. Charles, Communi- cation from, 106. Bell, Luther V., Obituary No- tice of, 5. Bifurculapes curvatus, 87. BiGELOw, Jacob, Reports, 27, 32, 34, 83, 472. BiOT, Jean Baptiste, Obituary Notice of, 16. Bisculus undulatus, 86. Blowpipe beads, 476. Bond, Prof. G. P., Achromatic Object-Glass, 169. A List of New Nebula?, 177. Obituary Notice of, 499. BooTT, Francis, Obituary Notice of, 305. INDEX. 659 Bo"WDiTCH, J. L, Report of, 356, Brodie, Sik Benjamin Collins, Obituary Notice of, 139. Brontozoura isodactylum, 86. Burrielia leptalea, 546. C. Calais apliantocarpha, 552. - eriocarpha, 552. Calamagi'ostis Aleutica, 80. Canadensis, 77. confinis, 79. deschampsioides, 80. Langsdorffii, 77. Lapponica, 78. Nuttalliana, 79. Pickeringii, 80. Porteri, 79. stricta, 78. strigosa, 78. sylvatica, 80. Calceolaria bartsiasfolia, 49. calycina, 49. petiolaris, 49. Calderon, Angel de la Barca, Obituary Notice of; 12. Chajnactis tanacetifolia', 545. Xantiana, 545. Child, Prof. F. J., Communica- tion from, 26. Chrysopsis Bolanderi, 543. Brewew, 542. Clark, Alvan, Communication from, 97. Clark, H. J., On the Animal Na- ture of Cilio-flagellate Infu- soria, 393. Communication from, 96. Cleomella parviflora, 520. Clerodendron Amicorura, 50. inerme, 50. ovalifolium, 50. CoUema leptaleum, 263. Conditional Sentences, 363. Cooke, Prof. J. P., Communica- tions from, 182, 495. Crepis Andersonii, 553. Crustacean Tracks, 88. Cymopterus cinerarius, 535. I Cymopterus foeniculaceus, 536. Nevadensis, 536. Cyrtandra anthropopliagorum, 41. biflora, 37. dolichocarpa, 40. induta, 38. involucrata, 41. labiosa, 40. Milnei, 40. pogonantha, 40. Pritchardi, 41. pulchella, 38. Richii, 39. Samoensis, 39. Taitensis, 39. D. Dean, Dr., Communications from, 237, 262. Demosthenes, Note on, 330. Dexter, W. P., Alumniates of Baryta, 97. Communication from, 96. Draba eurycarpa, 520. E. Eliot, Samuel A., Obituary No- tice of, 2. Emerson, G. H., Crystals and Precipitates in Blow-pipe Beads, 476. Epilobium obcordatum, 532. Erigeron Andersonii, 540. Bloomeri, 540. Breweri, 541. concinnum, 540. Erythrasa sabteoides, 41. Euchardium Breweri, 532. Everett, Edward, Obituary No- tice of, 500. Exocampe minimus, 86. F. Fellows elected, 23, 81, 96, 176, 238, 241, 321, 390, 517. 580 INDEX. Fellows and Foreign Honorary Members, list of, 323. Felspar, Green, 167. Felt ON, C. C, Obituary Notice of, 7. Ferrel, William, Influence of the Tides, 379. Qommunication from, 390. FoLSOM, Charles, Communica- tion from, 106. Foreign Honorary Members elect- ed, 23, 96, 97, 176, 241, 363. Francis, J. B., On the Strength of Cast Iron Pillars, 403. G. Galium Andrewsii, 537. Bloomeri, 538. hypotrichium, 538. Gaura angustifolia, 352. biennis, 351. coccinea, 352. Drummondii, 353. filipes, 353. Lindheiraeri, 351. longiflora, 351. macrocarpa, 353. parviflora, 354. sinuata, 353. suffulta, 352. tripelata, 352. villosa, 353. Gilliss, James M., Obituary No- tice of, 506. Goodwin, Prof. W. W., Condi- tional Sentences, 363. Note on Demosthenes, 329. Note on Thucydides, 330. Gould, Dr. B. A., Communica- tions from, 81, 92, 105. Report, 240. Graham, Col. J. D., Communica- tion from, 354. Grallator parallelus, 86. Grammichnus Alpha, 86. Gray, Prof. Asa, Characters of New Plants from California and Nevada, 519. Gray, Prof. Asa, Characters of Monopetalous Plants in col- lection of U. S. South Pa- cific Exploring Expedition, 37. A Revision of the N. Ameri- can Species of Astragalus and Oxytropis, 188. A Revision of the N. Ameri- can Species of Calamagros- tis, 77. Synopsis of Genus Pentste- mon, 56. Note on Rhytidandra, 55. On Strepthanthus, 182. Greene, Benj. D,, Obituary No- tice of, 132. Grimm, Jacob, Obituary Notice of, 314. Gyalecta carneo-luteola, 271. H. Hale, Nathan, Obituary Notice of, 131. Harpedactylus crassus, 86. graciliqr, 86. Harpepus capillaris, 87. Hayward, George, Obituary Notice of, 296. Helianthus Bolanderi, 544. exilis, 545. Hemizonia (Hemizon&lla) Duran- di, 549. minima, 548. parvula, 549. Hesperoraannia arborescens, 554. Heterogaura Californica, 355. Hieracium Breweri, 553. Hill, Dr. T., Communication from, 84. Hitchcock, Prof. E., Commu- nication from, 104. Ichnology of New England, 85. Obituary Notice of, 291. Horkelia Cahfornica, 529. capitata, 529. congesta, 529. fusca, 529. INDEX. 561 Hoi-kella parviflora, 529. tenuiloba, 529. triclentata, 530. Hubbard, J. S., Obituary Notice of, 300. Hulsea al.nida, 547. vestita, 547. Hunt, Edatard B., Obituary No- tice of, 301. I. Ichnology of New England, 85. Infusoria, 393. Insanity among women, 241. Insect tracks, 87. Ivesia Gordoni, 530. lycopodioides, 530. Pickeringii. 531, pygmgea, 531. santolinoides, 53 I.- Jackson, Dr. C T., Communica- tions from, 81, 166. K. Kellogia galioides, 539. Lasthenia ambigua, 547. Lecanora Bolanderi, 266. Frostii, 267. . Haydeni, 267. pinguis, 268. subflava, 267. Lecidea aureola, 281. chlororphnia. 275. furfurosa, 274. leptocheila, 280. leucocheila, 278. luteo-rufula, 276. raedialis, 280. microphyllinia, 278. oncodes, 274. orphnaea, 274. pachycheila, 281. Lecidea palmicola, 277. parasema, 282. parvifolia, 272. pellfea, 276. polycampia, 274. thysanota, 277. turbinata, 282. vulpina, 281. Wrightii, 275. Letters received, 1, 26, 34, 81, 84, 95, 96, 105, 106, 127, 148, 166, 168, 237, 262, 290, 347, 362, 379, 383, 472, 497. Library, Donations to, by Academic des Sciences de I'ln- stitut Iraperiale de France, 152, 337. Academy, Royal Irish, 152. Academy, Royal Leopold Charles, Dutch, 156. Academy of Sciences, Royal Swedish, 342. ' Agassiz, A., 162. Agassiz, L., 162, 343. Alger, Francis, 160. American Assoc, for Advanc. of Science, 335. American Journal of Science and Arts, Editors, 165, 334. Amsterdam, Royal Acad, of Sciences of, 157. Augsburg, Nat. Hist. Soc. of, f56. Austrian Government, 154. Bacon, John, 162. Basel, Nat. Hist. Soc. of, 154. Batavian Nat. Hist. Soc, 157, 343. Batavian Soc. of Arts and Sci- ences, 157. Beck, Charles, 343. Berlin, Royal Prussian Acad- emy of Sciences of, 154, 338. Berne, Nat. Hist. Soc. of, 153, 340. Bianconi. G. Giuseppe, 165. Bonn, UniversiT:y of, 154, 338. Bordeaux, Imperial Academy of Sciences of, 153. 562 INDEX. Library, Donations to by, Boston Public Library, 149. Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist., 149, 333. British Assoc, for Advanc. Science, 151, 336. British Government, 336. Brooks, Rev. Charles, 164. Briinn, Nat. Hist. Soc. of, 338. Brussels, Royal Acad, of Sci- ences, 155, 340. Brussels, Royal Observatory, 156, 341. Bryant, Henry, 343. Cadiz, Observatory at, 159. Caen, Imperial Academy of Sciences, 150, 335. Californian Acad. Nat. Sci- ences, 150, 335. Cambridge, Observatory at, 149, 333. Cambridge, Museum of Comp. Zool., 1>33. Cherbourg, Imperial Soc. of Nat. Sciences, 153. Chevreul, M. E., 153. Christiana, Royal University, 158, 341. Cincinnati, Young Men's Mer- cantile Libr. Assoc, 166, 335. Clinton, George "W., 345. Congress, Library of, 334. Copenhagen, Royal Danish Acad., 341. Dana, James D., 1 64. Dantzig, Soc. of Naturalists, 338, Darmstadt, Geological Soc, 156, 338. Dawson, J. W., 161, 345. Dean, John, 345. Desnoyers, M. J., 346. De Zingo, Achille, 163. Dijon, Imperial Acad, of Sci- ences, 153, 337. Dresden, Nat. Hist. Soc, 157. Dresden, Royal Institution for the Blind, 338. Dublin, Geological Soc, 337. Library, Donations to, by Dublin Royal Society, 152, 337. Elliott, E. B., 164. Emden, Nat. Hist. Soc, 156, 338. Essex Institute, 149, 334. Flugel, Felix, 162. Folsom, Charles, 166, 343. Frankfort on M., Zoolog. Soc, 157, 338. Frankfort on M., Soc. of Arts, 157. Freiburg, Nat. Hist. Soc, 156, 338. Fries, Elias, 165. Geissen, Upper Hessian Soc. Nat. Hist., 338. Geneva, Soc Physics and Nat. Hist., 153. Gorlitz, Upper Hessian Soc, 156, 338. Gottingen, Royal Soc. of Sci- ences, 155, 340. Gould, B. A., 163. Great Britain, Royal Institu- tion of, 151, 336. Haarlem, Dutch Academy of Sciences, 157, 341. Hale, James, 344. Hale, Hon. John P., 164. Halle, Nat. Hist. Soc, 156, 338. Hansteen, Prof. C, 347. Haughton, Rev.- Samuel, 345. Hubbard, O. P., 343. India, Government of, 152, . 337. Institution, Meteorological, of the Netherlands, 341. Jai'vis, Edward, 161, 344. Jewett, Charles C, 344. Kneeland, S., 162. Kolliker, Albert, 1 64. Konigsberg, Royal Observa- tory at, 156. Konigsberg, RoAal Physical and Economical Society, 156, 339. Lea, Isaac, 163, 304. INDEX. 663 Library, Donations to, by Leipzig, Jablonowskian So- ciety of, 155. Leipzig, Royal Soc. of Sci- ences of, 155, 339. Lisbon, Royal Acad, of Sci- ences of, 158, 342. Liverpool, Lit. and Phil. Soc, 152, 3.37. Logan, Sir "William, 345. London, Chemical Soc. of, 336. London, Geological Soc. of, 151, 336. London, Horticultural Soc. of, 151, 336. London, Lords' Commiss. of the Admiralty, 152. London, Linnjean Soc. of, 335. London, Royal Soc. of, 150, 335. London, Statistical Soc. of, 151, 336. Lomlon, Zoological Soc. of, 336. Loring, Hon. Charles G., 164, 344. Luneburg, Soc. of Physical Sciences of, 339. Luxembourg, Soc. of Natural Sciences of Grand Duchy of, 339. Lyons, Imp. Acad, of Sci- ences, Belles-Lettres, and Arts of, 337. Macfarlane, Thomas, 161. Madrid, Royal Acad, of Sci- ences of, 159. Maine et Loire, Academic. Soc. of, 153. Manchester, City Council of, 152. Manchester, Lit. and Phil. Soc. of, 151. Marcou, Jules, 161. Martins, C. F. Ph. von, 346. Massachusetts,Commonwealth of, 166. Massachusetts Hist. Soc, 149. Montreal, Nat. Hist. Soc. of, 152. Library, Donations to, by Moscow, Imperial Soc. of Naturalists of, 158, 341. . Munich, Royal Acad, of Sci- ences of, 155, 339. Naples, Royal Soc. of, 342. Nassau, Soc. of Nat. Sciences in Grand Duchy of, 157. Normandy, Linnssan Soc. of, 153. . New York, Lyceum of Nat. Hist, of, 150, 333. New York, Mercantile Lib. Assoc of, 334. Nurnberg, Nat. Hist. Soc. of, 339. Offenbach, Nat. Hist. Soc. of, 339. Parker, Henry T., 165. Paris, Geographical Soc. of, 153, 337. Paris, Museum of Nat. Hist. of, 153. Peters, C. H. F., 161. Philadelphia College of Phar- macy, 150, 334. Philadelphia, Acad, of Nat. Sciences of, 150, 334. Poole, William F., 344. Portland Soc. of Nat. Hist., 149. Prague, Royal Observatory of, 156, 340. Prague, Royal Soc of Sci- ences of, 156. Quebec, Lit. and Hist. Soc. of, 335. Quetelet, A., 346. Radcliffe Trustees, 151, 337. Reader, Editors of, 346. Regel, Dr. E., 160. Regensburg, Zoolog. and Min- eralog. Soc. of, 156, 340. Rhineland and Westphalia (Prussian), Nat. Hist. Soc. of, 154. Rouen, Imperial Acad, of Sci- ences, &;c of, 153. Russia, Administration of Mines of, 157. 664 llsDEK. Library, Donations to, by Saussure, Henri de, 165, 347. Schaufuss, L. W., 346. Schlechtendal, Dr. L. F. von, 346. Scrope, G. Poulett, 159. Sibley, J. L., 165. Smithsonian Institution, 150, 334. Society, American Antiqua- rian, 149, 334. Society, American Oriental, 149, 334. Society, American Philosoph- ical, 150, 334. Society of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce, 151, 336. Society, Imperial Zoolog. of Acclimation, 153, 337. Society, Royal Astronomical, 336. Society, Swiss, of Naturalists, 340. Society, Swiss, of Nat. Sci- ences, 340. St>. Gall, Soc. of Physical Sci- ences, 154. St. Louis, Acad, of Sciences, 150. St. Louis, Mercantile Library Assoc, 166. St. Petersburg, Imperial Acad, of Sciences, 157, 341. St. Petersburg, Royal Min- eralogical Soc, 159. Stettin, Entomological Soc of, 156, 340. Strasbourg, Soc. of Nat. Sci- ences, 153. Storrow, Charles S., 166. Sumner, Hon. Chas., 159, 344, Swett, Col. Samuel, 344. Ticknor, George, 343. Turin, Roj'al Acad, of Sci- ences of, 342. Tyneside Naturalists' Field Club, 151, 337. U. S. Naval Observatory, 150. Upsal, Royal Soc. of Sciences of, 158, 342. Library, Donations to, by Whitney, J. D., 162. Whitney, Prof. William D., 164, 343. Wien, Royal Acad, of Sci- ences, 154, 340. Wien, Royal Geographical Soc, 340. Wien, Royal Geological Soc, 154, 340. Wien, Royal Zool. and Bo- tanical Soc, 154, 340. Williams, Henry D., 160. Wilson, Hon. Henry, 165. Winkler, T. C, 347. Winlock, Prof. Joseph, 344. Wolf, Dr. Rudolf, 163. Zeuner, Dr. Gustav, 163. Limnanthemum Kleinianum, 42. Linosyris Howardii, 541. Linum Breweri, 521. Californicum, 521. congestum, 521. Hesperolinon, 521. Lippia seriphioides, 49. Lithophragma affinis, 534. Bolanderi, 535. Cymbalaria, 535. glabra, 533. heterophylla, 535. parviflora, 534. tenella, 534. Lonicera Breweri, 537. LOVERING, Prof. J., On the Velocity of Light and Sun's Distance, 114. Reports, 168, 238, 320, 495, 516. Lowell, J. A., Repoi't, 262. Lunar Bolis, 36. Lunula obscura, 86. Lupinus meionanthus, 522. Lycium Sandwicense, 44. M. Machcei'anthera Shastensis, 539. Meteoric Iron, 166. MiTCHEL, 0. M., Obituary Notice of, 133. INDEX. 565 Mitella Breweri, 533. MiTSCHERLiCH, EiLHARD, Obitu- ary Notice of, 310. MoRLEY, E. W., Communication from, 384. Myroporum Sandwicense, &c., 52. N. Nebul£B, List of New, 177. Nesogenes euphrasioides, 51. Nothocestrura breviflorum, 49. latifolium, 48. longifolium, 48. O. Officers, Election of, 24, 141, 322, 356. Oliver, J. E., Communication from, 288. Opegrapha microcyclia, 285. Oxytropis campestris, 235. dertexa, 236. Lamberti, 236. multiceps, 234. nana, 236. podocarpa, 234. splendens, 236. Uraleusis, 235. Palgrave, Sir Francis, Obitu- ary Notice of, 13. Parsons, Prof. T., Communica- tions from, 105, 472. Peirce, Prof. B., Communica- tions from, 84, 96, 97, 114, 128, 169. On the Lunar Bolls, 36. Pentacoelium, 52. Pelloea Breweri, 555. Pentstemon acuminatus, 61. albidus, 67. alpinus, 60. ambiguus, 64. antirrhinoides, 57. attenuatus, 72. azureus, 75. baccharifolius, 58. VOL. VI. 64 Pentstemon barbatus, 59. breviflorus, 57. casruleo-purpureus, 72. cteruleus, 61. caespitosus, 66. campanulatus, 74. centranthitblius, 63. CoTaaea, 68. confcrtus, 72. cordifolius, 58. corymbosus, 58. cristatus, 67. cygnanthus, 60. dasypbyllus, 65. deustus, 73. diffusus, 74. Digitalis, 68. dissectus, 64. Douglasii, 57. Fremonti, 60. frutescens, 76. Gairdneri, 65. gentianoides, 63. glaber, 59. glandulosus, 74. glaucus, 70. gracilis, 69. gracilentus, 75. grandiflorus, 62. Hallii, 70. Harbourii, 71. Hartwegi, 64. heterander, 73. heterophyllus, 75. humilis, 69. imberbis, 59. Jamesii, 67. laatus, 76. lanceolatus, 65. laricifolius, 64. Lewisii, 56. linarioides, 66. Menziesii, 56, 76. microphyllus, 57. muhitlorus, 08. Murrayanus, 62. Newberryi, 57. occidentalis, 60. ovatus, 71. perfoliatus, 74. 566 INDEX. Pentstemon pubescens, 69. pumilus, 67. puniceus, 63. Richardsonii, 74. Scouleri, 57. spectabilis, 63. stenophyllus, 65. stenopetalus, 70. strictus, 60. tenuitblius, 64. ternatus, 58. Thurberi, 65. Toi-reyi, 59. tinphyllu.-;, 75. tubifiorus, 68. venustus, 74. virgatus, 66. Wliippleanus, 73. Wislizeni, 59. Wrightii, 63. Phaca, 192, 212. debilis, 233. panifolia, 233. Pickering, Dr., Communication from, 360. Pillars, Cast Iron, Strength of, 403. Plana, Baron Giovanni, Obit- uary Notice of, 308. Placodium camptidium, 287. cladodes, 265. coralloides, 287. diphasium, 287. erythranlhrura, 287. Floridaniini, 287. phiEum, 266. Plantago Hawaiensis, 54. hirtella, 54. Kavaiensis, 55. laxiflora, 54. Maviensis, 54. Orbignyana, 53. pachyphylla, 54. pauciflora, 53. princeps, 54. uncialis, 54. Polar and Clock Stars, Catalogue of, 35. Pole Star, 242, 356. Polycoelium, 52. Pugiopappus Bigelovii, 545. Q. ' QuiNCY, Josiah, Obituary Notice of, 504. R. Raillardia (kaillardella) argentea, 550. scaposa, 551. Ren WICK, James, Obituary No- tice of, 134. Reportof the Committee on Publica- tion, 24, 141,320,356,516. Report of the Council, 1, 128, 175, 290, 498. Report of the Library Committee, 24, 148, 333, 516. Report, Treasurer's Annual, 24, 141, 319, 516. Rhytidandra, Note on, 55. Rigiopappus leptocladus, 548. Ritchie, E. S., Communication from, 104. Robinson, Edward, Obituary Notice of, 136. Rogers, Prof. William B., Com- munication from, 128. Rose, Heinrich, Obituary Notice of, 312. Rothrock, J. T., Synopsis of North American Gaurineae, 347. Rumford Committee, Reports, 238, 495, 516. Rumford Fund, 24, 27, 34, 84, 164, 238. Rumford Premium, 26, 495, 497, 516. S. Safford, T. H., Communications from, 35, 93, 96, 262, 472. On Observed Motions of the Companion of Sirius, 143. On the Right Ascension of the Pole Star, 242. Saxifraga bryophora, 533. Scaliclmus incertus, 87. Short, Charles W., Obituary Notice of, 135. INDEX. 667 SiLLiMAN, Benjamin, Obituary Notice of, 509. Smelowskia Califoruica, 520. Solanum Araicorum, 44. inamoenum, 44. incompletum, 43. Kavaiense, 43. Nelsoni, 42. repandum, 44. Sandwicense, 43. viride, 44. Solidago Guiradonis, 543. Spectroscope, 182. Sphenosciadium capitellatum, 537. Stephanomei'ia cichoracea, 552. lactucina, 552. Stereocaulon piloplioroides, 265. Streptanthus bracteatus, 183. Breweri, 184. carinatus, 183. cordatus, 183. crassicaulis, 186. flavescens, 186. glandulosus, 185. heterophyllus, 185. hispidus, 186. maculatus, 183. platy carpus, 183. poiygaloides, 519. procerus, 519. repandus, 186. tortuosus, 184. Stoker, Dr. H. R., Communica- tion from, 241. Struve, Friedrich Georg WiLHEiii, Obituary Notice of, 514. Sullivan, Richard, Obituary Notice of, 4. Sulphur, Analysis of, 472. Sun's distance, 114. Tetrathyranthus, 50. Thelotreraa catastictum, 270. latilabrum, 269. leucastrum, 269. lirelliforme, 270. platycarpoides, 270. simplex, 271. Thelypodium brachycarpum, 520. Thucydides, Note on, 329. Tides, Influence of, 354, 379. ToTTEN, Joseph G., Obituary Notice of, 303. Trachylia Californica, 263. Treadwell, Prof. Daniel, Communications from, 127, 262, 402. Trifolium amplectens, 523. Andersonii, 522. bifidura, 522. monanthum, 523. Trihamiis elegans, 86. Trisculcus laqueatus, 86. Tuckerman, Edward, Observa- tions on North American Lichens, 263. U. Urceolaria choroleuca, 268. Velocity of light, 114. Verrucaria Drummondii, 286. W. Ware, John, Obituary Notice of, 298. Warren, C. M., Communication from, 361. On a Process of Organic Ele- raentary Analysis, 251. On a Process for determining Sulphur in Organic Com- pounds. 472. Washburn, Prof. Emory, Com- munication fi'om, 106. Whately, Richard, Obituary Notice of, 317. Whitneya dealbata, 550. Whitney, Prof., Communications from, 383, 472. WiNLOCK, Prof. J., Communica- tions from, 114, 356. Wyethia glabra, 543. mollis, 544. Wyman, Prof. J., Communication from, 238. MBI. WHOI LIBRARY H 1A7N 4 ^^3"^